: : 4 ,
<< ua¢ wr
St hago eS pt ~
et bed 09

Lalficg

Vig Che I, OWA

=|
VOL. IV.—PART I. ;
; RANSACTIONS AS

!

OF THE

HG) URTON-ON- TRENT

Ratural oo

|| = ARCHAOLOGICAL SOCIELY,<
| Annual Report, Balance Sheet, &c.,

FOR SESSION 1896-97.

EDITED BY
BL, OSWELL,
Hon. Secretary

DSDS DS

BURTON-ON-TRENT :
JOHN C, PERFECT, PRINTER, 204 & 205, STATION STREET.

MDCCCXCIX.

BURTON-ON-TRENT

NATURAL HISTORY & ARCHAOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

30, HicuH STREET.

BURTON-ON-TRENT:
Joun C. PerFect, PRINTER, STATION STRE

1898.

PAST” PRESIDENTS.

1876-77—S. EVERSHED, Esg., M.P.

1877-78— ” » »

1878-79—Rev. C. F. THORNEWILL, M.A.
1879-80—H. G. TOMLINSON, Eso.

1880-81—W. MOLYNEUX, Esg.

1881-82—R. THORNEWILL, Eso.

1882-83—C. O’SULLIVAN, Esg., F.R.S.
1883-84—REV. C. F. THORNEWILL, M.A.
1884-85—HON. G. H. ALLSOPP, M.P.

1885-86—J. T. HARRIS, Eso.

1886-87— ne ,

1887-88—-HORACE T. BROWN, Esq., L.L.D., F.R.S.
1888-8g— 5 5 5 es
1889-g0-—P. B. MASON, Esg., J.P., M.R.C.S., F.L.S.
1890-g1--- 5 1 ” ”
1891-92—T. KNOWLES, Esg., M.A.

1892-93— __,, ”

1893-94—G. HARRIS MORRIS, Ph.D., F.L.C.
1894-95—P. B. MASON, Esg., [25 0ERC.S.. FES.
1895-96—F. E. LOTT, Esg., Assoc.R.S.M., F.LC.
1896-97— r» » »

OFFICERS; QE WME; SOGIETY,

1897—1898.

President :
R. MOXON, Esq.

Vice-Presidents :
Horace T. Brown, Esg., L.L.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c.
ADRIAN J. Brown, Esg., B.1.G.; FiG.S:
Puitip B. Mason, Esg., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S., &c.
G. Harris Morris, Esg., Ph.D., F.1.C., F.C.S.
R. Moxon, Esq.
C. O’SuLtivan, Esg., F.R.S., F.1.C., &c.
Rev. C. F. THORNEWILL, M.A., F.E.S.
F. E. Lorr, Esg., Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C.
Rev. V. A. Boye, M.A., B.C.L.

Hon. Tveasuvrer :

Mr. Epwin A. Brown.

Hon. Secretary :
Mr. B. L. OsweELt, 71, Spring Terrace Road.

Committee :
Mr. R. CHURCHILL Mr: Ei. Ee Pors
» J. E. Nowers » J. OF Srna
5 C. G. MATTHEWS Dr. A. L. STERN
» W. ODLING Mr. G. H. STORER

Mr. J. G. WELLS.

SECTIONS AND SECTIONAL: OFFIGERS:

BOTANICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL.

Chaivman :

Mr. P. B. Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S., &c.

Hon. Secretary :
Mr. J. E. Nowers, 282, Blackpool Street.

PHOTOGRAPHIC,

Chaiyman :

Mr. R. CuHuRcHILL.

Hon. Secretary :

Mr. H. H. Port, 103, Scalpcliff Road.

Members wishing to join either of the above Sections ave requested to
communicate with the vespective Secretaries.

Annual General Meeting, 1897.

The Twenty-second Annual General Meeting was held
in the Masonic Hall, on Thursday, October 21st, 1897.

The President (Mr. F. E. Lott) was in the Chair, and
was supported by a fair attendance of Members.

The Honorary Secretary read the Report and Balance
Sheet for the past year, as follows:

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING SEPTEMBER 30TH, 1897.

Your Committee have pleasure in presenting their Report
of the Society’s 21st Session.

An exceilent Programme was arranged for the Winter
Session, and was carried out successfully, the average attend-
ance being 54—a substantial increase on that of the previous
Season, shewing that the interest of Members in the
proceedings of the Society continues unabated.

The following list gives the papers read, and other business
transacted at the Evening Meetings.

1896.
Oct. 29.—Annual General Meeting and Exhibition of Lantern Slides.
Attendance 28.

Nov. 19.—Presidential Address: ‘‘ Burton Waters, drinking and brewing.”’
Attendance 65.

Dec. 17.—‘' The Origin and History of Monk’s Bridge.” H. A. Rye.
Attendance 50.

Jan. 21.—'‘ The Climatal Distribution of British Plants." T. Gibbs.
Attendance 25.

Feb. 18.—'tGlimpses of Animal Life in the Geological Past.”
Prof. J. W. Carr, M.A., F.G.S. Attendance 55.

Mch. 18.—‘‘ Mountain Lakes.” Adrian J. Brown, F.I.C., F.C.S.
Attendance 75.

Apl. 8.—'‘ The Solar Eclipse of August 9th, 1896.’’ James G. Wells.
Attendance 8o.

~

/

Only one Excursion was arranged and carried out during
the Summer. This was to Ashby-de-la-Zouch, on May 29,
under the leadership of Mr. R. Moxon. The party numbered
upwards of 40, and, through the great kindness of Canon
Denton, Vicar of Ashby; Miss Hogg, of The Girls’ Grammar
School; and J. Hemsley, Esq., of the Manor House, a very
pleasant afternoon was spent, notwithstanding somewhat
unfavourable weather. The Parish Church of St. Helen,
which dates from the Fifteenth Century, was shewn and
described to the party by Canon Denton, and a visit was
paid to the interesting and picturesque Ruins of the Castle,
which date from the same period.

Various causes have contributed to delay the issue of
Volume III, Part III, of the Society’s Transactions: the
part is, however, in type, and will shortly be despatched to
Members.

A Popular Lecture was delivered by Prof. J. P. Poynting,
of Mason College, Birmingham, on ‘‘The Rontgen Rays,”
on March 25th, in the Wesleyan School Room, and was
attended with great success: 31t paid for admission, the
room being crowded, and a gain of £6 6s. 4d. resulted to
the Society. Your Committee would wish to place on record
their appreciation of Prof. Poynting’s kindness in consenting
to deliver the Lecture.

The Committee regret to announce that, owing to his
leaving Burton, the Society has lost the valuable services of
its indefatigable Hon. Secretary, Mr. T. Gibbs, who has held
the office for the past three years. * Your Committee have
already expressed their regret to Mr. Gibbs at his leaving
Burton, and also their appreciation of, and their gratitude
for, the invaluable aid he has afforded the Society, and they
feel sure that you will endorse their action. Mr. Gibbs
took over the Secretaryship at a very critical period in the
history of the Society, and it is, in a great measure, due
to his efforts that the Society has maintained its prosperous
condition.

At the April Meeting, Mr. R. Moxon was unanimously

8

elected President for the Session 1897-98, and your Com-
mittee feel that, in quitting the Chair, after his two years’
service to the Society as President, Mr. F. E. Lott is
deserving of your hearty thanks for the interest he has shewn
in the Society, and for the energy he has thrown into its
work. Your Committee recommend his election as a Vice-
President.

The Photographic Section has been very active during
the past Session, frequent meetings have been held, most of
which have been well attended. It arranged an excellent
Exhibition of Lantern Slides and Photographs at the last
Annual General Meeting, and is doing so again for the
ensuing one.

The Botanical Section has only held one meeting, but
is publishing a second instalment of the Flora in the Volume
of Transactions, which will be issued shortly.

The Membership of the Society again shews a slight
decline, the number of Subscribing Members being 187,
against 191 last year. There are also 11 Honorary Mem-
bers and 2 Associates, making a total of 200.

The Society is in a very satisfactory financial condition,
the balance in hand being £35 8s. 2d., against £36 17s. 10d.
for the previous year. During the past year the cost of
publishing Part II of Vol. III of the Transactions and two
Annnal Reports has been borne, while, on the other hand,
there has been an extra income of the surplus from the
Popular Lecture. There is also a sum of £42 7s. 4d.
standing to the credit of the Investment Account.

In accordance with Rule 2, The Rev. V. A. Boyle and
Mr. E. F. Daniel retire from the Committee, and are not
eligible for re-election.

In consideration of the valuable services rendered to the
Society by Mr. T. Gibbs and Mr. H. A. Rye, the Committee
recommend their election as Honorary Members, and a motion
to that effect will be submitted to you to-night.

The late Mr. J. B. Willcox, a member of the Society,
bequeathed to it his collections of Minerals, Fossils, and

9

Shells, upon which his Executor kindly paid the duty. This
bequest brings again to the fore the question of the provision
of suitable accommodation for the Society’s Collections, upon
which matter your Committee have been in correspondence
with the Town Council, but with, at present, no satisfactory
result.

The Report was adopted on the motion of Mr. G. M. Day,
seconded by Mr. Howarth.

The Balance Sheet was also adopted on the motion of
Mr. F. Thornewill, seconded by Mr. H. Churchill.

The Officers, Committee, and some New Members were
elected.

A vote of thanks was accorded the Chairman, after
which, a display of Lantern Slides, lent by the Editor of
the Amateur Photographer, brought the evening to a close.

Io

NATURAL HISTORY & ARCHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

BALANCE SHEET FOR YEAR ENDING 30th SEPTEMBER, 1897.

Dr.

To Balance in hand, September 3oth, 1896

,, Members’ Subscriptions—187 @ 5/-

2 @ 1/-

,, Proceeds of Popular Lecture— a)
Receipts - hs I2 15
Expenditure tis 6 9

,, Sale of Transactions aor .

ia » Reprints :

‘ » Oxygen a

INVESTMENT ACCOUNT.
££ Sa A;
Balance on September 3oth, 1896 41 10 6
Bank Interest am ube .. © 16 10
£42 7 4

if sid.
36 17 10
46 15 oO
o 20

OoDOD
Lal
“NI

ao OU Fs

491 6 11

Cr.
By Rent of Room, 30, High Street
», Gas 49 53 ae
,, Insurance of Furniture and Collections
» Hire of Masonic Hall ie Ss
, Printing and Stationery—
J. C. Perfect—Notices of Meetings, &c. ...

f Publication of ee
and Report ng

» Postages era ae Ac — st
», Collector’s Commissio: es aAE

Bei
distributing Transactions ... soc

,, Refreshments at General Meetings cise
,, Expenses of Lantern ate Gs 7

,, Expenses of General Meetings = aS
» Secretary’s Sundries 06 a

», Cheque Stamps ... ee ae Bec

,, Balance in hand ane has ‘ee nA

see

Examined with Vouchers and found correct, October roth, 1897.

G. MORLAND

TES ESS (ol
10) 0) 0
On 5s .6
OF 3519
2716.0
5 11 oO
25 10 10
479
23 4
rion 10
1 6 8
O15 9
015 Oo
o12 6
o72 6
EAA tly
£or 611
DAY.

II

REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL & MICROSCOPICAL
SECTION, 1896-97.

CHAIRMAN - - P. B. Mason, Esq.

The work of this Section during the past Session has consisted
in the publication of the second instalment of the Flora of the
District. This comprised the families RosacE& to CAPRIFOLIACE2,
and was included in Part III of Vol. III of the Transactions.

JAMES G. WELLS,
Hon. Sec. of Section.

REPORT OF THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION,
1896-97.

CHAIRMAN - - R. CHURCHILL, Esg.

This Section may consider that progress has been made during
this year.

There have been twelve Monthly Meetings, with an average
attendance of five Members at each.

The Section has lost one Member by death—Rev. J. Bramell,
and gained eleven new ones.

12

At the General Meeting of the Society, in October, there was a
good display of Lantern Slides, contributed by Messrs. P. B. Mason,
R. Churchill, W. C. Briggs, J. Nowers, T. A. Gaved, and H. H. Port;
Mr. J. G. Wells reserving his to illustrate his Paper read before the
Society on April 8th.

On December 3rd, Mr. R. Churchill gave a demonstration in
Platinotype Printing, &c.

During the Summer, several Excursions were made, and a number
of Photographs taken; amongst which are the two views on the
frontispiece—the one of Ashby Castle being from a photograph by
Mr. H. H. Port, and the other, Walton-on-Trent, by Mr. W. C. Briggs.

An appeal has been made by the Royal Society to assist in
making a Geological Survey of the district, but, from various
causes, only a small portion of the work has been done. It is
hoped that, during the coming season, the work will be continued,
and some steps be taken to make a general Survey of the town and
neighbourhood.

He H. PORG,
Hon. Secretary.

13

EXCURSION TO ASHBY-DE-LA-ZOUCH,
SaTurDAY, May 29TH, 1897.

Leaders :

THe Rev. Canon Denton, M.A., Vicar oF ASHBY,
AND Mr. R. Moxon.

AL PARTY of upwards of fifty started from Burton,

about twenty in brakes, and the remainder on bicycles.
Heavy rain compelled several of the latter to return without
reaching their destination, but about forty proceeded, and,
owing in a great measure to the hospitality of friends at
Ashby, spent a very enjoyable afternoon. Miss Hogg, the
Head Mistress of the Girls’ Grammar School, very kindly
entertained the whole party at Tea on their arrival, after
which, they were conducted to the Parish Church by Canon
Denton, who delivered an Address, in the course of which he
drew attention to the most interesting features of the building
and its contents. An adjournment was then made to the
Castle, Mr. Hemsley, of the Manor House, having kindly
given permission to approach it through his private grounds,
from which the famous and picturesque ruins are seen to
great advantage. The members of the party, and especially
the ladies, were moreover much indebted to Mr. Hemsley and
his Family, who gave them shelter in the Manor House from
the rain which again fell heavily. Canon Denton acted as
cicevone to those who, notwithstanding the wet, explored the
ruins. Both Church and Castle were built chiefly in the
reign of Edward IV, but in both cases there are parts that
must have belonged to a building at least a century earlier in
date.

14

LIST.‘OF MEMBERS.

SESSION,

HONORARY

1896-97.

MEMBERS.

BAKER, G., Rozel Road, St. Jacques, Guernsey.
BLATCH, W. G., Temple Road, Knowle, Birmingham.
BROWN, HORACE T., L.L.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., 52, Nevern Square,

Kensington, W.

DAWKINS, W. BOYD, MA., F-.R.S:, F.GS., &c.,

Manchester.
HARRISON, W.
HERON, J.,

jo BGS:

Owen's College,

ish Ded Fes. F.1.C., 343, Clapham Road, London, S.W.

MARTIN, is C., 44, White Ladies’ Road, Clifton, Bristol.

MELLO, Rev. J

M., F.G.S., &c., Mapperley Vicarage, near Derby.

MORRIS, G. HARRIS, Ph. D., F1.C., F.C.S., 18, Gwendwr Road, West

Kensington, W.

THORNEWILL, Rev. C. F., M.A., F.E.S., Calverhall Vicarage, Salop.

TRIPP, C. U., M.A., F.R. Met. Soc.,

Allsopp, G. H., M.P., ‘J: ee
Anderson, V. D. fe
Auty, R. H. ;

Auty, Mrs. R. H

Baggley, C.

Barnes, Rev. E. ren
Baxter, F.

Beaven, Rev. F. i.

Beck, H.

Beckett, Rev. iM W., M. A.
Beels, G. = é
Bence, H., B.A.
Bernard, Mrs. bes
Blackhall, G. L.
Blackhall, Mrs.
Blackhall, Miss

Boyle, Rev. Vicars A., GL.
Boyle, Miss ...

Bradbury, H. K., M.R.C.S.,L.R.C.P.

Bradbury, Mrs. H. K.
Bramell, Rev. J.

Bridgman, H. 1 Des M.R.CS., L.R.C.P.

Briggs, S.

The Grove, Addlestone, Surrey.

: Foston Hall.
‘ Shobnall Street.
Arthurlie House, Ashby Road.

” ” ” ”

13, Sydney Street.

. Horninglow Street.

: Abbey Street.

St. Paul’s Vicarage.

Branston Road.

The Grammar School.

Ashby Road.

.. Clay Street.

: Holly £ Bank, Scalpcliff Road.
.... The Abbey.

The Vicarage, Orchard Street.

Horninglow Street.

Branston Vicarage.
Bridge Street.
Ashby Road.

Ce

Briggs, W. C.

Brown, Adrian J., rcs: BG ogee

Brown, Mrs. A, J.
Brown, Edwin A.

Burton, Right Hon. Lord
Burton, Lady

Butt, H. G.

Bing, Mrs.

Brentnall, F., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.

Cartmell, A. ie
Cartmell, Mrs. A.
Charrington & Co.
Churchill, R. Hs
Churchill, Mrs. R.
Churchill, R. A. T.
Churchill, H.
Churchill, L. A.
Clarke, R.

Daniel, E. F.
Dannell, J. O.
Day, Miss M. E.
Day, G. Morland
Drewry, W. I. ee?
Dunwell, F. S

Daltrey, Rev. T. W., M.A., F.LS.

Eadie, J.

Evans, W. ...
Evershed, S., M P., Ope.
Evershed, Mrs. S:
Evershed, Percy
Evershed, S. H.

Fisher, S. ) oan
Fletcher, Mrs.
Fox, A.

Gaved, T. A.
Gibbs, T.

Gibson, Thomas
Gorton, T.
Gothard, F.
Graham, W. N.
Grinling, J. C., J.P.

= Borough Road.
6, Alexandra Road.

Bank House, High Street
; : . Rangemore.

298, Branston Road.
182, Ashby Road.
Branston Road

119, Alexandra Road.

Lichfield Street.
. Rangemore Street.

”

St. Paul's Square.

Madeley Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffs.

89, Derby Street.
206, Ashby Road.
40, Lichfield Street.
8, Alexandra Road.
Drakelow.

28, Stapenhill Road.

Barrow Hall, Derby.
ne 71, Branston Road
Albury House, Stapenhill

” The Oaks, Shobnall.
Clay Street, Stapenhill.

: 32, Derby Road.
Ruthven, Ashby Road.
Cumnor House, Branston Road.

9, High Street.

29, Fentonville Street, Sheffield.
87, High Street.

62, Branston Road.

Bearwood Hill.

Branston Road.

“ Barton- under-Needwood.

Hallam, Mrs. F.
Hanson, C., Jun.
Hardy, J. A.

Harper, J.

Harris, W. P.
Harrison, C., J.P.
Harrison, C. R. -
Harrison, Rev. G. R. ae
Harrison, R, ‘
Healey, Miss...
Hearn, R. :
Herratt, J.

Backs |Giss a
Hineks, H. S: -:-
Hogg, Miss E. J.
Hooper, A. ;
Hopkins, T.
Howarth, W.

Jackson, J. T.
Jenkins, T.
Jarvis, T.

Lathbury, G

Lawson, H.

Lott, Frank Ee; “Assoc. R. ‘S? M,
Lott, Mrs. F. E.

Bowe; lB, J-P-

Lowe, S. 4

Lowe, W. G., M. D_

16

.. High Street.

195, Ashby Road.

29, Moor Street.

Richmond House, Wyggeston Street.
oe 117, High Street.
Branston House.

123, Alexandra Road.

60, Branston Road.

: ; Branston.

120, Alexandra Road.

: High Street.

; : Horninglow.
Shortlands, Linton.

” The Grammar School, Ashby-de-la-Zouch.

a3 Horninglow Street.
‘The Oaks, Newton Road.
151, High Street

... 7, Alexandra Road.
“Laurel Bank, Stanton Road.
Brea Shobnall Street.

. Hunter’s Lodge, Horninglow Road.

: 124, Alexandra Road.

oe ane Ashby Road.

F.C Glenthorne, Alexandra Road.

; / I, Alexandra Road.
_ 490, Stanton Road, Stapenhill.
Horninglow Street.

Lowe, C. H., Mites! LReP ~ ” Clay Street, Stapenhill.

Lowe, Mrs. G. lal

Madeley, F

” ” ”

163, High Street.

Mason, P. B., J.P. M.R.CS.FLS,FZS... .. Bridge Street.

Mason, Mrs. P. B.
Matthews, C. G., F.1.C., FES.

: “Abendberg, Stapenhill Road.

McAldowie, A. M., M. DB: EUR-S:, Edin. . Brook Street, Stoke-on-Trent.

Meakin, Lewis J.
Meakin, ne
Meredith, J. H

Miers, Miss ...

Miller, Rev. S. O., M. A.
Morris, J. --

Morris, Mrs. fr

Moxon, R. ...

Moxon, Miss W. M.

Nowers, J. E.

Tatenhill.

Callingwood.

“Sansome Street, Worcester.
27, Rangemore Street.

: . Horninglow Vicarage.
Primrose Hill, Newton Road.

206, Newton Road.

282, Blackpool Street.

Odime iW. F.C, F.C.S. _... i ten a 132, High Street.
Oisolivan, C., F.R:S., F.1.C., F:C.S. .. e High Street.
O’Sullivan, J., F.1.C., F.C.S. me ” High Bank, Ashby Road.
O'Sullivan, A. J. J. C., B.A. os j Spring Terrace Road.
Oswell, BLL. ... ae aa 71, “Spring Terrace Road, Stapenhill.
Pearson, W. P. ay xe rr x ai ... 26, Bridge Street.
Rerfecty J.iG.\) 4 a oe xi. as: Stapenhill.
Perks, C., M.R.CS., LREcr 3 2a Se eae High Street.
Peters, W.N. ... : pe ah aes Aa Stapenhill Road.
Peters, Mrs. W. N. oe x = me on ¥ ..
Port, H. H. ae =e cos sa Bie ... 103, Scalpcliff Road.
Poster; Hi... .:: _ mt rs As .-- Donithorne, Horninglow.
Pullin, LJ. Be he = bce “of ze 16, Ashby Road.
Ramsden, F. L. = “Ke ast seh ... Corporation Gas Works.
Randell, H. “ee — sue ace Heb of Derby Road.
Ratcliff, Miss F.... Bee pee om Holly Bank, Scalpcliff Road.
Ratcliff, Robert ae oa iss : ... Newton Park.
Ratcliff, Richard, J.P. Be ad .. Stanford Hall, Loughborough.
Ransford, Miss oe se Wen eae ... The Infirmary.
Reeve, A. ... Fe ot 5a we Matlock Villa, Derby Road.
Reynolds, R.... oe = a ee oes Alexandra Road.
Riddell, R. ... os am = ae op 87, Horninglow Street.
Robinson, F._... 5 a So ie f. 30, Stapenhill Road.
Robinson, G. ee am! tee fae «st 88, Horninglow Street.
Robinson, R. M. S e, se 61, High Street.
Robinson, T., M.R.C. ee oe (One a ee sa Scalpcliff Road.
Rugg, H., M. R.C. Ses R.C.P. aa a : 3 Guild Street.
Rye, H. fe : ee sa .. Castle Street, Bakewell.
Sadler, J. W. »... 7" SS be = Ae 11, Market Place.
Sadier, L. ... : Y co = ne cH * x
Sadler, Mrs. M. Be. wes ose oe ae 10, Lichfield Street.
Salt, E. D. ... ee : ce Bee “ex ce Newton Solney.
Salt, Mrs. E. D. ae we a Lae Bs aa _ a
Salt, W. C. ae ms ee an bcc = Willington Hall.
Samble, J. ay, oe x3 re xs foc oot Stapenhill.
Samble, Mrs. J. _ ... A he at “ae a5 ae i
Slator, Henry ... ee SP “ee ie aoe 9, Lichfield Street.
Smithy D. |... = ae nse os 2 ... Alexandra Road.
Smith, Mrs. D. as a see aa sae i =
Smith, BE, 1, Alma Terrace, Sandown Lane, Wavertree, Liverpool.
Soar, W. EE Te ie ag eo ... 120, Alexandra Road.
Starey, B. ” <. abs ee a nt nee 26, Stapenhill Road.
Starey, Mrs. E. “‘ cos oes » re
stern, ALL, DSc, BIC, F.C.S. Sor i sa ... Ashby Road.
Storer, G. H., F.ZS. ee ees Blackpool Street.
Swindlehurst, J. E., Assoc. M. ‘Inst., GEw 138, Alexandra Road.
Swindlehurst, Mrs. K E. eee :

Swinnerton, W._... Fi Hy BR Wea: 73) Branston Road.

Tabberer, Miss
Talbot, J.

Tarver, G.
Taverner, W.
Thoday, A. Ee
Thompson, Frank .
Thompson, Mrs. Frank
Thompson, Miss M.
Thompson, Miss S.
Thornewill, F. 5
Thornewill, R., J,P.
Tod, A. Maxwell
Tomlinson, H. G.
Thorpe, S. K.
Tresise, J. N.
Tresise, Mrs.

Underhill, C. F.
Van Laer, N.

Walters, W.
Wartnaby, G. :
Wartnaby, Mrs. é.
Wells, James G.
Whitehead, £eN:
Wilkinson, J.
Wilkinson, Mrs. ye
Willcox, J. B.
Wilson, Miss Annie 'R.
Wright, Josh.
Wyllie, Miss

Hind, H. L.
Wells, E. L.

18

10, Alexandra Road.
Lichfield.

... Station Street.

- I, Stapenhill Road.
21, Ashby Road.
Newton Road.

= Ivy ‘Lodge, Stapenhill.

364, Rosliston Road.
x Craythorne.
160, Newton Road.

. The Woodlands.
. Derby Road.
Branston Road.

. 151, New Street.

195, Derby Street.

144, Alexandra Road.
195, Newton Road.

: Selwood House, Shobnall Street.
Bridge House, Bridge Street.

141, Alexandra Road.

Be 6, Claremont Terrace, Branston Road.
Girls’ Grammar School, Ashby-de-la-Zouch.

ASSOCIATES.

Oe

. 64, Branston Road.
27, Stapenhill Road.

Ash Villa, Ashby Road.
8, Derby Road.

19

RUEES.

1.—That this Society be called the ‘‘ BuRTON-ON-TRENT NATURAL
History AND ARCH#OLOGICAL SociEtTy,’” having for its object the
promotion and encouragement of the practical study of Natural History,
Archeology, and General Science.

2.--That the Officers of the Society consist of a President. two or more
Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, General and Excursion Secretaries, Assistant
Secretary, Curator, and Librarian; these officers to retire annually, but to
be eligible for re-election.

That the Committee consist of nine Members, and that the two Members
who have made the least attendances retire annually, and be not eligible for
re-election for the ensuing year. All Officers shall be ex-officio Members of
Committee. Three to form a quorum.

3. —That a General Meeting be held not later than the end of October in
each year, for the purpose of electing Officers for the ensuing year, and
transacting any other business which may be brought before it.

4.—That Candidates for Membership shall be proposed and seconded
(in writing) at any Meeting of the Committee, and may be elected at the
next General Meeting by a majority of the Members present.

5.—That the Society commences its year with October rst. That an
annual subscription of five shillings be paid by each Member zx advance,
and that all Members whose subscriptions are six months in arrear be
considered to have forfeited their privileges as Members of the Society ;
that all Members who have not given notice to the Treasurer or Secretary
of their intention to retire before the Annual General Meeting in October,
shall be held responsible for the current year’s subscription

6.—That the Committee may elect as Associates any persons under the
age of eighteen, and that the subscription of such Associates be one shilling
per annum, payable in advance; Associates to have no voice in the appoint-
ment of officers or the management of the Society, except in the election of
their own Secretary, who shall be considered as a Member of the General
Committee.

Note.—Associates must be elected Members in the ordinary way on
exceeding eighteen years of age.

7-—That the Committee may recommend as Honorary Members any
person distinguished for scientific attainments, or who may have in any
special manner advanced the interests of the Society.

8.—That Field Meetings or Excursions be held during the year, in
suitable localities, and that timely notice of each be given to the Members
by circular.

20

9.—That in addition, the Committee may organize a series of Field
Meetings for Junior Members, under the leadership of one or more Members
of the Society, to be invited for that purpose by the Committee; such
Meetings to be devoted to practical explanation and the collecting of
specimens.

10.—That Evening Meetings be held during the Winter months at such
times and places as the Committee may appoint, for the exhibition of
specimens, and the communication or discussion of any subjects connected
with the objects of the Society; that at Evening Meetings Members
may introduce one friend, but no one resident in or within
five miles of Burton may be present at more than two Evening
Meetings in one Session; that the notice of Meeting sent to each
Member be the entrance ticket, admitting bearer and one friend; that the
Secretary be empowered, on application, to issue additional tickets when
necessary; and that a book be kept at the door of the place of Meeting in
which Members must enter the names of any friends they introduce.

11.—That the Committee may select and recommend to be given annually
a series of prizes for the best selection of specimens in any one of the
branches of Natural History made by Associates individually during the
preceding year, and that Members be invited to offer Prizes or Special
Subscriptions for that purpose.

12.—That the Committee have power to make such arrangements as
they may consider advisable for the establishment of a Museum in connec-
tion with the Society, for the preservation of specimens illustrating the
Natural History and Antiquities of the district.

13.—That after providing for the payment of all incidental expenses, the
funds of the Society shall be applied to the maintenance of a Museum, the
purchase of Books, Journals, etc., or in any other way the Committee may
think likely to advance the interests of the Society.

14.—That the Committee have power to make rules for the circulation
amongst the Members generally, of Books, Periodicals, etc., belonging to
the Society.

15.—No rules of the Society shall be altered except at a General Meeting
called for that purpose.

eth i ial

21

LIBRARY.

NUMBER. .. \TITLE. AUTHOR.
1 School Botany Lindley.
2 Manual of Botany Balfour.
3 Elements of Botany Balfour.
4 Handbook of the British Flora Bentham.
5 Elementary Botany ay abe Ms “ep Grugeon.
6 Useful Plants : zee an ae Johnson and Sowerby.
7 Elements of Metallurgy 3: ae / Phillips.
8 Elementary Course of Geology Ansted.
9g Students’ Elements of Geology : Lyell

10 Introductory Text Book of Geology Page

11 Advanced Text Book of Geology Page

12 School Manual of Geology : Jukes

13 Laws of Winds prevailing in Europe as 25 Ley.

14 Elementary Geology Se ; she ue 2! Skertchley.

15 Geology and Mineralogy Buckland.

16 Manual of Geology a Harrison.

17 Popular History of the Aquarium Sowerby.

18 The Aquarium Ae Taylor.

19 The Fresh Water Aquarium - itbberd.

20 Mineralogy Ramsay.

21 British Butterflies and Moths 3 Newman.

22, 23 Manual of Butterflies and Moths—Vols. I&II... Stainton.

24 Notes on Collecting and Preserving Natural History Objects Taylor.

25 British Coleoptera ... ot sss oe sor met Be S Shuckard.

26 Modern Meteorology > rn Ley.

27, 28, 29 Nests and Eggs—Vols. q, Il, IL Morris.

30 Lepidopterist’s Guide = a Knaggs.

32—40 Circle of the Sciences, Vol. I to Ix Orr.

41 Popular History of British Ferns Moore.

42, 43 British Mosses--Vols. I & II Tripp.

44 Popular History of British Mosses Stark.

45 Synopsis of British Mosses : Hobkirk.

46 Natural History of Selborne White.

47 Dale, and its Abbey J. Ward.

History of Uttoxeter kedfern.

49 British Molluscs “a ae ae Tate.

50 The Bone Caves of Creswell Crages af .. Mello & Dawkins.

51 Old English Churches ax a “ti .. Markland.

52 Moab's Patriarchial Stone i as is oe King.

53 A List of Diurnal Birds of Prey .. 0 #, a. ide Gurney.

54 History of British Butterflies ave rad .. Rev. F. O. Morris.

55 Lepidopterist’s Calendar de ste o .- J. Merrin.

56 Larva Collecting and uinn He Hf .. Rev. J. S. St. John.

57 British Beetles Pex : a ace 4) Rye & Fowler.

58 British Pyralides ... oes wild of 33 J. &. Leech.

59 British Tortrices.. xe us ie S. J. Wilkinson.

60 Insect Hunter’s Companion = as ¢2 kev. J. Green.

61 Flora of Derbyshire ane Be i. kev. W. H. Painter.

Flora of West Yorkshire

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

63 Flora of Repton ; Pe and others.
64 Lectures on the Physiology of Plants. Sachs.
65 Flora of Warwickshire “ Ws EZ. Bagnall.
66 Flora of Leicestershire F. T. Mott and others.
67 Naturalistic Photography Dr. P. H. Emerson.
68 Chemistry of Photography R. Meldola.

69 Dictionary of Photography ... “7 a5 se E. J. Wail.

70 Book of the Lantern .. . C. Hepworth.

71 Negative Making Capt. W. de W. Abney.

72 Processes of Pure Photography ae Burton and Pringle.

73 Chemistry of Light and Photography : : H. Vogel.

74 Reports of the Burton-on-Trent Natural History

and Archzological Society, 1876-84.

75-76 Transactions do. do. do. Vols. t and II.

100-104 Year Book of Scientific and Learned Societies, 1887-91.

110-118 Reports of the British Association, 1886-96.

120-129 Midland Naturalist, 1884-93.

135 Handbook of Cardiff—Compzled for British Association Meeting.

140 Optical Projection : ee Lewis Wright.

t41, 142 The Year Book of Science, 1891, 1892 te a Bonney.

143, 150 The Grevillea (1872-1889).

151 Handbook of British Fungi

152 Birds of Staffordshire

153 Staffordshire Knots

154 Gresley Charters . ass

155 Beginner’s Guide to Photography

158 County Records : 555

159 Natural History of Tutbury

160 Reports of Burton-on-Trent Natural History and
Archeological Society, 1885-92.

“= M. C. Cooke.

“Dr. a Mc Aldowie.

Edited b Me Dr. A. Mc Aldowie.
Ll. H. Jeayes.

Lerkins, Son & Co.

A. D. Weld French.

Mosley & Brown.

161 Transactions do do. Vol. III.
PAMPHLETS AND REPORTS OF SOCIETIES.
Geography of Warwickshire ise dv a oat = Fretton.

On Quartzite Pebbles oc
On the occurrence of Hzmatic Nodules in Leicestershire
Foundation Charter of Burton Abbey
Education and Culture : Rev. A, Mackennal.
The Atmosphere of the Birmingham Town Hall. Dr. G. H. Morris.
Recently discovered Insects in Carboniferous and Silurian Rocks JZ. Goss.
Prehistoric Factory of Flint ca at panes Rev. J. M. Mello.
History of the Creswell Caves a i

Les Grottes de Creswell if
Microscopical Structure of Rocks : + i.
Report on Prehistoric Inhabitants of Great Britain British Assoctation.
The Lepidoptera of Burton-on-Trent and Neighbourhood Zxtomol. Section.

W. J. Harrison.
W. S. Gresley.
Duignan & Carter.

Part II The Micro-Lepidoptera do. do.

Prominent Moths of Bucks bos Rev. H. Harpur-Crewe
History of Tatenhill ae St : Upton.
Dale Church: its Structural Peculiarities "John Ward.
Method of taking Phenological Observations E. Mawley.

Ordnance Map of Burton-on-Trent and District.

A Contribution to the Chemistry and peeology of \ H. T. Brown and
Foliage Leaves... 2 G. H. Morris,

Variation in the Shells of the Mollusca P. B. Mason.

23

Mosses and Hepatics of Staffordshire , aes .. J. E. Bagnall.

British Museum (Natural History) Guides to the Zoological,
Geological, Mineralogical, and Botanical Departments.

British Association, Illustrated Programme of Toronto Meeting, 1897.

Ripple-marked Sandstone at Grimesthorpe ee je C. Bradshaw.

SOCIETIES WITH WHOM PUBLICATIONS ARE
EXCHANGED.

Birmingham Natural History and Microscopical Society (1880-91).

Dulwich College Science Society (1890-92).

Elisha Mitchell Society, North Carolina, U.S.A. (1889-94).

Holmesdale Natural History Club (1888-95).

Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society (1890-96).

Marlborough College Natural History Society (1889-94).

North Staffordshire Naturalists’ Field Club and Archzological Society
(1877-95).

Nottingham Netaralists' Society (1878-91).

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union (1877-1864).

Yorkshire Philosophical Society (1849, 1855, 1886-94).

Sheffield Naturalists’ Club (1894, 1895).

LIBRARY REGULATIONS.

1.—Books shall be issued to Members by the Librarian, General
Secretary, or Assistant Secretary only.

2.—No Member shall have more than two Books at any one time

3.—Any Book may be retained for one month from date of issue provided
no other Member has applied for it in the meantime, in which case it must
be returned within 14 days of date of issue, or on demand, as the case
may be.

4.—On returning a Book, a Member may renew it for a further period of
one month should no other application be made for it.

.—All Books required for Sectional Meetings must be applied for
beforehand in the usual way by the Secretary of the Section, who will be
held responsible for their safe custody and return.

6.—All Books must be returned to the Library by September rst in
each year, and will not be re-issued until October Ist.

7.—The Officer who issues or receives a book shall make an entry of
the same in the book provided for that purpose, and initial it.

8.—Members will be held responsible for Books issued to them, and
will be required to replace all Books lost or damaged while in their custody.

=

a

Pe

Trip

: Pe f
‘ 2
tt
~—
+ «a
&
>
=

vil ue ets ia 1b, a ees

in i "x é ie agit iguana wm krs
7 ’ bel etn bikie agit aig ter
: ale e's v Soil, spa dey DTT A ae
Ty 6 : oa suit tes an MPA Cine
P .
. va
tL : i! tw pus aa Tpio de
- ; " ‘- i ” Ga a : 14 hl 5 q Day
“ tee. | it
' i athe fT
Te 7 7
\ rh-4
a
ry si
— AS 4 # iv id
- ao . .
- *
; -_
’ a*
uy ii t j ‘ :
.7
the
te
ot os
is nie
a 5 ) 4
i ENE = Nt
_ AIP Oo:
7 ha
. ; Tn ——s z
ee ae eee ee
ee ae
irs SAS Sh eae th 5:
bin ie ve 9? ‘ i si aie pay Sita “? he f
a Bhs oi an) oo ar; oh aif ; oe
: : og Vay ty ve Deu le Loge at vt i

os
.

To .

Te

Ashby Castle. H. H. Port, Photo.

Walton-on-Trent. W. C, Briggs, Photo.

PAANSACLIONS

OF THE

BURTON-ON-TRENT
Aatural History & Archwolagical
Society.

B. L. OSWELL,
Hon. Secretary.

VOLUME IV., PART I.

Burton-on-Trent :
J. C. PERFECT, PRINTER, 204 & 205, STATION STREET.

1899.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

R. Moxon, Preszdent.

Frank E. Lott, A.R.S.M., F.I.C.
Aprian J. Brown, F.I.C., F.C.S.

Puitie B. Mason, M.R.C.S., F.L.S., &c.
James G. WELLS.

Bele. OswELL, Hon. Secretary.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE
Burton WaATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. -

By Frank E. Lott, A.R.S.M., F.I.C., &c, Nab US 5
THE ORIGIN AND History oF MONkK’s BRIDGE ON THE DOVE.

By H. A. Rye ee Bee sas sa en wae 32
THE CLIMATAL DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS.

By T. GIBBs. ... Ge se ee ise i a AS
THE Burton ParisH REGISTERS (Part III).

By Tue Rev. Vicars A. Boye, M.A., B.C.L. ee 50
THE Burton ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES.

By Henry A. Rye. we see we eee ae OS

THE Fiora oF BurTON-ON-TRENT AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.
CoMPILED BY THE BoTANICAL SECTION (PaRT III). ... 75

BURTON-ON-TRENT

Natural History & Archeological Society.

Burton Waters—Drinking and Brewing.
By Frank E. Lott, Assoc.R.S.M., F.1.C., &c.

Presidential Address, delivered November 19th, 1896.

ONSIDERING that the wonderful position of this

town, as the chief of all Brewing centres, is almost
entirely due to the question of the water supply, I considered
I might very well take this subject as one worthy of our
consideration this evening, giving you the information so
far as I have been able to obtain evidence, and trusting
that I may be corrected on points that others are in a
better position to verify; also I hope that those of my
hearers who have studied the subject will excuse the very
elementary character of much of what I have to say, my
desire being to make it clear to even those who have not
the elementary knowledge usually taken for granted.

I purpose dividing my subject into two parts—Drinking-
Water, and Brewing- Water.

1.—DRINKING WATER.

In consideration of this subject we are at the outset
confronted with the necessity for a definition; we must
have a clear idea what it is we have to consider, and I
think in this case that will not be difficult.

6 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

I take it that by drinking-water, and of course I mean
pure drinking-water, we mean water obtained from natural
or artificial sources, of such a composition that it may be
daily taken into the human system in reasonable quantity
without producing any injurious effect. On the other hand,
any substance in solution or suspension which would, when
taken either for a short or for a long period have an
injurious effect on the average human system, must be
considered as an impurity.

I need hardly, perhaps, remind this audience that,
chemically speaking, absolutely pure water is a compound
consisting of one volume of the gas called oxygen, and
two volumes of the gas called hydrogen, in such an
intimate state of union that their characters are entirely
changed, and it is only by the expense of a very considerable
amount of energy in some form or other that this compound
body, water, can be split up into its component elementary
parts, oxygen and hydrogen. But it is not my object
this evening to enter into the chemical properties of this
absolutely unnatural body, pure water. To man, generally
speaking, water is either sea-water, rain-water, river-water,
well-water, spring-water, or tap-water, and all these are,
more or less, mixtures of pure water with other substances,

As our water supply is a sort of endless chain arrange-
ment—the sea evaporating and producing rain clouds, and
the rain accumulating and forming streams and rivers, and
falling back into the sea—it is rather difficult to decide
which is the best point in the process to take as the
commencement. I will, however, take rain-water as the
primary supply of all our water, and whilst tracing its
course to the jug of drinking-water, I will endeavour to
make clear to you how it is, that such a chemically simple
substance as pure water, becomes such a complicated body
in the form of ordinary drinking-water.

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. 7

Rain water which as it first condenses in the clouds may
be considered as the purest natural form of water, containing
then only the gases oxygen and nitrogen in solution, takes
up several substances during its descent through the air,
especially through the smoky atmosphere in the immediate
neighbourhood of large towns or manufacturing centres,
thus carbonic, nitric, sulphuric, and sulphurous acids,
finely divided carbon, and, in some cases, poisonous
metallic bodies, such as lead and arsenic in the neigh-
bourhood of lead works, so that rain-water as we meet
with it on the surface of the earth is not pure water by
any means.

In its passage through the ground to the various under-
ground reservoirs from which our springs arise, still further
changes take place, organic matter is taken up from the
surface and top soil, and as the water slowly percolates
through that soil, this organic matter is decomposed, and
ammoniacal salts are produced, which are rapidly altered
by the agency of two different kinds of bacteria, first into
nitrites and then into nitrates. At the same time, other
salts, such as chlorides of the alkalies, sulphates of lime
and magnesia, are also often taken into solution before the
water has reached the true strata upon which the soil and
sub-soil rest.

I must here explain the geological and mineralogical
conditions more directly influencing the character of our
spring waters. For this purpose we may first divide the
rocks forming the various strata of the earth’s crust, into
(A) those which allow water to percolate freely through
them, or Porous Strata, such as gravel beds, coarse sand-
stones, and other sandy beds; and (B) those beds which do
not permit of such percolation or Impervious Strata, such as
clays, slates, and most marls.

Again, we may divide the minerals forming these rocks
or giving the general character to any particular strata,
into (A), those which are practically Insoluble in water, such

8 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

as quartz, felspar, mica, &c., which give the characteristic
property to most of the volcanic and metamorphic rocks,
slates, and many sandstones; and (B), those which are,
more or less, Soluble in water, such calcite or carbonate of
lime, gypsum or sulphate of lime, salt or chloride of
sodium, familiar to us in the Derbyshire mountain lime-
stone and marl beds of this district.

The great masses of mountain limestone, chalk, and
dolomite or magnesian limestone, have a very important
influence upon the waters passing over and through them.
The carbonic acid taken into solution by the rain-water in
falling through the air, enables this water to dissolve these
rock masses, and take into solution carbonates of lime and
magnesia and small quantities of carbonates of iron and
manganese. The other acids previously named as occurring
in small quantities in rain-water, also act on these rocks,
and pass into the ground in solution, as salts of lime or
magnesia.

Chlorides, sulphates and nitrates of the alkalies, sodium
and potassium, may be taken into solution, and almost
invariably small quantities of silica and alumina.

Decomposing iron pyrites supplies sulphuric acid, which,
splitting up the carbonates, yields sulphates even when
gypsum is not found in the soil, and salt is invariably
present in more or less quantity.

Our spring-water may now, on the one hand, be but
little removed from the chemically pure mixture of oxygen
and hydrogen before mentioned, and contain but few of the
above named bodies, or rather, but small quantities of them;
such waters are common in rocky districts, such as Wales,
Scotland, Cumberland, and Westmoreland, and they form
exceptionally good drinking water supplies—hence the
Liverpool, Manchester, Birmingham, and Glasgow water
works at Vyrnwy, Thirlmere, Cwm Elan, and Loch
Katrine. On the other hand, if the rock consist of lime-
stone, or chalk, or the strata contain gypsum, the springs

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. 9

are sure to be hard water springs; or, if the water supply
come from the coal measures it may be so acid from the
decomposition of iron pyrites as to be undrinkable, or from
the solution of other salts found in these measures, it may
be saline and equally unpalatable. I may here refer to the
brine water in the Old Bath pit at Moira, and a salt
spring, tapped by Messrs. Nadin & Co., in their colliery,
which contained over 4,000 grains of salt in the gallon, or
more than twice as much as the Atlantic Ocean water
contains.

I think it will be evident to most of you that with the
bases and acids that I have named, a large number of
combinations and resulting salts may be obtained,

Carbonates - -\ of Lime, Magnesia, Tron,

Sulphates - -;Manganse, Alumina,

Chlorides and Nitrates Sodium and Potassium,
all occurring more or less frequently in ordinary good
drinking-water; and _ their presence in reasonable quantity
can in no way be considered as making a water injurious;
you will, however, specially note that I say in reasonable
quantity, and although some of our Burton waters containing
excessive quantities of gypsum and other salts are used for
drinking purposes, and so far as we know can be included
in my definition, they are certainly not to be considered as
the most desirable form of drinking-water, and they are
Practically useless for such domestic purposes as washing,
whereas, for the manufacture of beer, they are pre-
eminently suitable.

I may now mention some of those substances occasionally
found in what is believed to be good drinking-water, and
foremost must name those bodies which result from organic
contamination—ammoniacal salts, nitrogenous organic
matter yielding the so called albuminoid ammonia,
chlorides and phosphates. If I were to enter into the
question of the quantities of these substances which render

Io BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

a water unfit for drinking purposes, I should be introducing
a subject which has been the source of more controversy
and discussion in our special science of analytical chemistry
than almost any other subject. Such questions as, What
constitutes organic impurity? How can it be detected?
How removed? When can its removal be considered as
effectually carried out? are all of the greatest importance,
and have been answered in very different ways at different
times, according to the increase of our knowledge of this
subject. Now it may occur to some of you to ask, why
should we be so particular about the contamination of
water by organic matter, considering that we are living
organisms ourselves, and make our entire meals of organic
substances? To answer this question I must refer you to
that marvellous world that the microscope has disclosed to
us, the well-named world of microbes, with its innumerable
multitudes of living individuals, now classified into a great
number of species and varieties, having very widely different
functions. You have heard how it has been definitely
proved that some of our most deadly enemies in the shape
of contagious disease are conveyed by distinct microbes of
bacteria, and how some of these are more especially to be
found in water. Also you have heard how extremely
minute some of these are, one of the most recently
discovered—the Influenza Microbe—being, so far as I know,
the smallest of all, each circular cell not much above
100,000 of an inch diameter. It is these facts that lead us
to base so much importance upon the presence or absence
of organic contamination. Fortunately, the presence of
contamination in water does not necessarily prove that that
water would do anyone drinking it any injury, but it does
prove that it might do so, and it is certainly unwise, if not
absolutely unsafe to drink it. On the other hand, a water
free from organic contamination is undoubtedly free from
this objection, and other points being satisfactory, it may
be considered as a safe supply.

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. II

Recent experiments have shewn that micro-organisms
may occur in water, sufficiently filtered through soil, to
render it quite free from direct organic contamination, so
that the oxidized products of decomposed organic matter—
the nitrites and nitrates before referred to as the results
of such filtration—are distinct evidence of the contaminated
condition of the source of supply, or of the condition of the
strata through which the supply passes, and remembering
what I said as to the minute size of bacteria, you will not
be surprised at chemists considering waters so contaminated,
as distinctly suspicious, and therefore not pure drinking
waters, more especially as it has been recently proved that
some of the pathogenic bacteria, above referred to, are not
removed from water even after filtration has entirely oxidized
the whole of the organic matter with which they were
originally associated.

In considering the suitability of a water for drinking
purposes, it must be borne in mind that any arbitrary
standard for its chemical composition beyond certain broad
limits, is absolutely out of the question, and only a careful
consideration of all the facts connected with its source or
origin in relation to its composition, will enable one to give
an opinion of real value. Of other substances which it is
necessary to look out for in drinking-waters, there are many,
and the composition of a water may depend considerably
upon surrounding circumstances, as well as the nature of
the strata through which the water passes. You can well
understand that a chemical, bleaching, paper, or dye
works near to a stream might very seriously contaminate
that stream by fouling it with inefficiently filtered bye
products. Arsenic, lead, and copper, all of which are
poisonous even in very minute quantities, (the two latter on
account of their cumulative character,) are also not uncommon
contaminations in mining districts, or near works where
fumes of any of these substances get into the air. It will

I2 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

thus be evident why it is that spring waters are nearly
always less contaminated than streams, rivers, or open
reservoirs, and are consequently a safer source of drinking
water in inhabited districts. Some spring-waters contain so
little organic matter,—less that one part per 100,000,000 of
albuminoid and free ammonia together—that it would be
most difficult to prepare distilled water as pure.

It may perhaps be as well cto here explain what a spring
is. Surface water percolating through the soil, and accumu-
lating in natural underground reservoirs—usually in the form
of porous strata, interstratified between two impervious
beds—finds an outlet through a crack or fault in the upper
bed of impervious material and the overlying strata, or at
the outcrop of the porous strata, and is pushed to the
surface by the pressure of the accumulated water in the
porous strata. Such an escape of water forms a spring,
and it may be on the surface of the ground or in the bed
of a river, or below a surface bed of gravel or sand, as is
the case with many springs below this town. The pressure
depends upon the volume of water contained in the under-
ground reservoir, and the slope of the beds forming that
reservoir.

Some of our ordinary shallow-well waters are good
examples of this, consisting of a very hard gypseous water,
fairly free from organic contamination, which is almost
entirely spring-water from the underlying marl and sand-
stone beds; but a very much greater number of our wells
on the other hand contain a water which is a mixture of
the ordinary valley drainage with the very hard gypseous
spring-water above referred to. As the gravel bed acts as
a filter, and favours the conversion of organic matter into
salts of ammonia, nitrites and nitrates, our well waters
nearly all contain these salts in some quantity, and are
consequently, if not undrinkable, more or less suspicious.
Well waters as a class must be considered suspicious, and

13

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

Lzo. 0$.0 £0.0 goo. VINOWWY GIONINOdTYy
Soo. 00.$ Z1.0 goo. 100. £00. 100. - - - VINOWWY aaay
(‘xoiddy) (xoiddy) { ‘ACIMGAHNY OlYOHdATAS
0.092 0.Z1 o.L1 o.L€ o.Z1 0.$ $.0 | SV GaSSaudxXd SaLVHdTAg
N@SOULIN SV Gassayaxa
i "SOOeI : : “‘SOORI Ae) ‘gu0

et: wrenge En at ae ee | ees GNV S@LIMLIN

= ANINOTHD
0.000z O.1I 1.6 S.g 0.z oz 8.0 Ves aassayaxa saarwotH5
0.00g£ o.LL 0.£9 0.011 0.1$ 0.62 oP - - - SGIIOS IVLO],

(‘sas<yeuy = 4
5. _ae *suMOT, OF *IBIE AY Ajddng Ajddng R a
Jae AY Jo a3vIsay query, Ooz aSvisay) “A A'S'S “AVAM'S"S Ajddng Amurk , ‘900 ‘oor sad

BIS

“SIPM Moles

Joodieary

syed Ul SUOTJCUITIST

*aSEMaS AIATY uojng quasaig PIO

14 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

tubes to be preferred, especially if these latter pass through
an impervious bed, cutting out the contaminated surface
water.

The present Lichfield supply, or tap water, is a hard
spring water, usually obtained from tubes in the gravel
beds at Fradley, and it is remarkably free from organic
contamination. The old supply was a much softer water,
being a mixture of surface and spring water from Cannock
Chase; this was usually slightly contaminated by organic
matter, but only in times of drought did the amount
assume proportions that rendered the supply suspicious as a
drinking water.

I may here say that the presence of certaim living organ-
isms in water—unless in great numbers—does not seriously
interfere with its value as drinking water. I refer more
especially to the minute and beautifully marked Diatoms
and the Desmids, specimens of which are found in all rivers,
streams, lakes, and open reservoirs, as they may certainly
be taken into the human system, even in some quantity
without any injurious effect.

Also the presence of suspended matter in small amount
need not necessavily make a water unfit for drinking purposes.
I say, ‘need not necessarily do so,’ for if that suspended
matter contains the microbes of infectious diseases, or if it
contains other poisonous substances, it would, of course,
make the water unfit for use, in any case we naturally
prefer a bright clear water to a cloudy or turbid one, and
any company supplying drinking-water may reasonably be
asked to filter off such impurities.

2—BURTON BREWING WATERS.

I cannot do better in the first place, when speaking of
this part of my subject, than quote one or two extracts
from Molyneux’s ‘‘ Waters of Burton-on-Trent.” In speaking
of the valley gravels of Burton, he says, “Although in no
instance rising more than 8 feet above the present water

o tape

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. 15

line of the river Trent they attain a thickness of from 20
to.35 feet below it...... they are remarkably free from
organic matter.” In reference to this freedom from organic
matter he goes on to point out the fact of there being
large tracts of peaty matter indicating old river courses,
and he gives a map shewing their positions so far as he
was able to estimate them. I must here note that these old
river courses are more or iess approximate, and it does
not do to conclude that the boundaries indicated by Molyneux
are definitely proved at more than a few points. In the
recent excavations for the deep sewers, these peat beds
were cut through in several places, Horninglow Street by the
L. & N.W. Railway, and Guild Street at Bass & Co’s. Crossing.
It is to be hoped that the Borough Surveyor has kept a
record of these cuttings, so that the underground survey
of the town, if I may so call it, may be more accurately
recorded. In this book of Molyneux’s you will find some
very interesting geological data which are of the greatest
value to any one when considering this question of the
water bearing beds of the town, especially if taken in
conjunction with the work done by Mr. Horace Brown and
put before us in his ‘ Notes on the Geology of the District,”
together with the recent evidence obtained by the deep
bore holes made into the Lower Keuper and Bunter Con-
glomerate, of which I shall have to speak later on.

Further to quote from Molyneux, who you must remember
was writing in 1869, ‘All the old wells of Burton are sunk
in ordinary valley gravels.” ‘‘Until the year 1856 none of
these wells exceeded 20 feet deep.” ‘In that year however,
by the assistance of powerful pumping machinery, a well
was carried to the depth of 24 feet on the premises of
Messrs. Ind, Coope & Co., Station Street, and since that
time it has been customary to deepen the old, and carry all
new wells connected with the breweries completely through
the gravels to the underlying Keuper beds.”

16 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

Formerly then, Burton beer was produced entirely with
water from the so-called shallow wells in the gravel beds:
the deepest point in which occurs, I believe, in the centre
of the town between the Old Bowling Green—now Messrs.
Worthington & Co’s. Cooperage, and New Street; here the
marl is 32 feet from the surface, and is covered for a depth
of 2 feet by a fine sand.

Many of these- shallow wells, when properly made with
due precaution against the surface water finding direct
access, supplied a water, which for brewing purposes it was
impossible to improve upon, and it was only when the
large increase of the Burton trade caused a great drain
upon this source, reducing the average level yearly, that it
was found necessary to look elsewhere for the water so
absolutely essential to the continued success of this great
industry. Tubes and wells near the river were tried, and
yield enormous volumes of water to most of the large firms.
This, no doubt, led to a common fallacy regarding Burton
brewing water formerly very widely spread, I mean the
belief that river water was used for brewing Burton ale.
Although river water is used in some of the breweries, it
is not for brewing ale with, but for cleansing and cooling
purposes, and we have very good reason to believe that
the actual bed of the river is almost impervious, so that
wells close to the river side even are not filled with river
water. Asa proof of this I may refer to a well Messrs.
Salt & Co. sank in that part of the Broad-Holme, north
of the bridge, which quickly drained all the shallow wells
on the other side of the river, near the Swan Hotel.

Referring to the above analyses of Burton shallow wells,
you will note a very great divergence, and I must ask you
to recall what I said about the chance of these wells being
nearer to, or further away from hard water springs in the
marl.

I think I may pause a few minutes to point out to those,

17

AND BREWING.

DRINKING

BURTON WATERS

9.1 lz z.1 v.0 ‘QOPI, - - UsSOI}IN Se passoidxe sajzer}yIN
$.g 1.8 £.g 0.9 8.2 - - 9UlIo[YD se passoidxe sepra0tyo
goo. 600 Loo. goo. fe) - - - - eluoWWY plourmnqd|y
goo Soo. Loo. S10. £o. : = = - - PIUOUIWIY 901.7
O.11I o.ob1 0.zg 0.9zz 0.09 - - - ‘9,081 }e palip sprfos [e}0T,
0.1 O.I OI 0.1 0.1 - ‘Ow ‘UOIT “BUTUINTY ‘eoT[IS—oouss1eyIq
0.Z1 0.f1 0.11 0.6 0.Z1 - UINISSE}Og PU UINIPOS jo sapri0;ya
0.Z 0.Z 0.z == —_—— - - - uINIsousey JO BpLio[yO
0.6 0.Z1 0.9 0.£ —— I: = = = BISOUSRIA JO 9}LIUIN
—— — —— 0.z — - - - - epos jo oyeydns
0.L1 o.bz 0.01 0.g£ 0.9 - - - - eIsousey[ Jo ayeydins
o.Sh 0.09 0.0£ o.SP1 0.02 - - - - awry jo ayeydyns
0.$ 0. 0. 0.$ 0.9 - . - - BISAUSeI JO a}euoqIeD
0.02 0.£z o.L1 0.£z 0.$1 - - - - aul] JO ayeuoqieg
“OOL BAOge "OOI MOT2 hs Re
boop hea (opues me, (cpus re, [e10, Pe cease [210, alae ‘ooo‘oor sad sjred ur suonewns |
jo e3e190y jo oder TA e[duies Tprst aidutes

‘SCaad THAVYD AHL NI LAA Zé o1 o%
‘SHGNL GNV STTAM MOTIVHS NOLYNG AHL WOU SYALVM

‘6 ATAVL

18 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

who have not considered the subject, that for brewing
purposes, water is required in enormously greater quantity
than the amount of beer produced, thus, there is used in
Burton not less than *1o barrels of water in winter, and 13
barrels of water in summer for each barrel of beer produced.
Fortunately the water required need not all be of the same
special quality, so essential, for the actual production of
high class ales. Thus for boiley use, rain water and the
softest water obtainable is desirable, perfectly irrespective of
its organic purity or its temperature. Then for washing-out
plant and casks, and general cleansing purposes, the
temperature of the original supply is unimportant, in fact,
it is economical and advisable to use the water which has
already been used for cooling the beer in the refrigerator
for this purpose. On the other hand for cooling purposes,
both in the refrigerator and through the attemperators, it
is desirable to have the coolest possible supply, and the
question of its chemical composition is of but little importance,
so that river water mixed with ice may here be used with
impunity, especially if it has first been filtered through a
little sand to remove suspended matter, as this is undesirable,
tending to choke the pipes. Waters tending to quickly “ fur”
or scale, such as highly carbonated waters, are undesirable
either for boiler use or refrigerator purposes, as such scale
would reduce the heating and cooling efficiency, respectively,
of the boilers and refrigerators. Then for actual brewing
purposes the temperature of the supply is unimportant, but
the purity and chemical composition is of the greatest
importance.

Molyneux, in 1869, quotes the approximate output of all
the breweries in Burton at about 1,400,000 barrels, not as
much, I believe, as our leading firm now produces alone,
and I think I am not far out if I say Burton is now
producing considerably over 4,000,000 barrels a year. Taking

* Nore: these figures have been corrected since the reading of the paper.

nly

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. I9

the mean of water required at a little over 124 barrels for
each barrel of beer, it will be found that not less than
50,000,000 barrels, or over 1,800,000,000 gallons of water
have to be obtained every year in order to carry on the
staple industry of the town. This, of course, altogether
dwarfs the 400 or 500 millions of gallons required for general
domestic use, more than 2 of which is probably supplied by
the S.S.W.W.

Molyneux also said ‘In addition to the supplies of the
ordinary wells, attempts have been made to obtain water
by artesian borings into the different deposits upon which
the gravel rests.” In 1863, according to the same authority,
Messrs. Bass & Co. sunk a well in their New Brewery
Yard Station Street, through 26 feet of gravel into the
Keuper marl, and then boring through 70 feet of gypseous
marls, obtained a fine supply of water from a bed of loose
sand and gravel; whilst in their Middle Yard, a boring 200
feet deep failed to reach any water. I can quote a similar,
even more marked example of this uncertainty in obtaining
water from the marl beds. At Messrs. Robinson’s Brewery,
a deep tube was driven, in 1870 1 believe, and a copious
supply of very hard water secured at a depth of about 100
feet, the tube was driven 150 feet deep, but the chief
supply came in between 95 and 120 feet. In 1883 Messrs.
Robinson’s tried to obtain an increased supply by driving
a tube 150 feet in the marls at about 20 yards to the west
of their first tube, and failed to find any trace of water,
although apparently passing through the same strata;
whereas Messrs. Salt & Co. have three tubes [close to the
Staffordshire Knot in Station Street,] not 60 yards N.E. of
Messrs. Robinson’s first tube, which draw a steady, if not
a copious supply of hard water from a depth of about 95
feet. The temperature of these waters is constantly the
same, 52° F., but the water level has been steadily falling
since they were first put down. I understand from Mr.

20 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

Brown that the quantity of sulphates varies considerably
in Messrs. Salt’s tubes, and is much lower than the amount
in Messrs. Robinson’s, which remains fairly constant.

Messrs. Allsopp’s, Truman’s, Charrington’s, Evershed’s,
Peter Walker’s, Bell’s, Marston’s, Bindley’s, and possibly
other firms, have tried deep bores in the marls with varying
successes, and at the present time there are a considerable
number of tubes drawing large quantities of water from
these beds, so that the conclusion drawn by Mr. Molyneux
that ‘the Marl beds underlying Burton are not to be
considered as water bearing beds” must certainly be qual-
ified, as there is undoubtedly a fairly large and regular
supply of water of a very distinct character. But it is
evident that this supply is very considerably reduced, for
whereas, when these tubes were first sunk, the water often
rose up much higher than the level of water in shallow
wells in the immediate neighbourhood, xow, most of the
tube waters stand several feet lower than they did, and
frequently at the same level as the shallow wells, which
have been lowered as much as 20 feet in many places.
The continued reduction in the average rainfall of the
district, as shewn by the accompanying table kindly supplied
me by Mr. Gibbs, must have had a very important effect
upon the amount of water in these beds, as well as in the
gravel beds.

These bore holes or ‘‘Deep Bores,” as they have been
usually called, supplied water almost free from even traces
of organic matter, and of constant composition and temper-
ature (52° F.) Although suitable for the production of pale
and strong ales, which were allowed plenty of time to
condition, these very hard waters were quite unsuitable for
running mild ales and light bitter beers, the increased
demand for which has so markedly altered the character of
the average trade of the town during the past 20 years,
and consequently the water from this source is mostly used

DIAGRAM I.

Feet below
Surface

so

sya

ARTESIA

TRENT.

Messrs. SALT & Co.,
Wetmore Road.

Gravel.

Gypseous
Marl.

Gypseous Marl, with
Sand and Pebbles.

Messrs. BELL & Co.,
Lichfield Street.

Gravel.

——— 00

DIAGRAM I.

ARTESIAN BORINGS IN BURTON-ON-TRENT.

| MEssrs
Feet below) Messrs. SALT & Co., THE Burton Brewery Co. ‘, Messrs. BEtt & Co.,
Surface | Wetmore Road Wetmore Road. Sree Giese eg Lichfield Street
Gravel a Gravel Gravel Gravel
a ee = —— | —25
— Gypseous — a I Ls)
‘o 3
5 Marl 5
(Sa art =I an eas)
Gypseous Marl, with Gypseous
Sand and Pebbles. | __ Marl aes
100 | 100 “Too |
25—— Gypseous —= = 2 —125
Marl
Gypseous
150. aaah) Marls —150
Red Sandstone and
1 | Red Sandstone: Saney pias Gypseous :
75 Sandy Marl with Marls 7 —r175
Pebbles
eo “200 Alternating Beds of 200 pe)
Red and Grey Sandstone, = Hard Grey Sandy Rock=
225——| _ Alternating Beds of |__| with Red Marl | nat 225
Red and Grey Sandstone, i
with a few thin Alternating Beds of
250 Marl Beds ——] Red and Grey Sandstone, |—— = ——250
with Pebbles
275—— —— =i Gy 2715
Alternating Beds of Red and Grey! Conglomerate pS eone
Sandstone, with a few Pebbles. a Marls
| er = Thin layer of Marl. = [pews 300
300 300
Conglomerate Conglomerate
B25 Alternating Beds of = = = Alternating Beds of = —— 325
Red and Grey Sandstone Red and Grey Sandstone
350 SS SS] with Marl
—, ——] Coarse Red Sandstone, : =I ps
Gonelomerate with Pebbles A little Gypsum
Alternating Beds of
375 | a = —] Red and Grey Sandstone 375
Grey and Red Sandstone, ——— - 4 Alternating Beds with Marl
400 with a few Pebbles Conglomerate. Sandstone and Marl. A little Gypsum
hone —400
End of Bore. End of Bore. (8
a Alternating Beds
oe ——| Sandstone and Marl ——425
Gs —| |
Alternating Beds of eee
Red and Grey Sandstone.
475— a=: Alternating Beds of 475
Red and Grey Sandstone
500-— Le Laan
300
End of Bore.
3 — iene =5)
End of Bore.
| —| — —

{ALL THESE Bores WERE MADE BY Messrs. E, Timmins & Sons, Lrp., or RUNCORN.]

BURTON WATERS—DRINAING AND BREWING. 21

TABLES?
BURTON RAINFALL, 22 YEARS.

YEAR. INCHES FALL. 5 YEAR AVERAGE.
1876 31°96 )
1877 3129 |
1878 30°53 t 30°48
1879 28°96 }
1880 29°68 J
1881 27°31 }
1882 37°97 |
1883 27°95 t 28°69
1884 23°24 |
1885 26°96 i}
1886 32°74 )
1887 18°72 |
1888 22°99 f 24.53
1889 28°42
1890 19°80 J
1891 27.22 |
1892 22°15
1893 19°72 t 22°91
1894 22°10 |
1895 Sao ay |
*1806 20°87
*1897 A 27°80
*MEAN - 26°44

* These figures added since the reading of the paper.

for cooling, or, when used for brewing, is blended with
shallow-well water.

Molyneux says, ‘‘ During the years 1867-8, both Messrs.
Allsopp & Sons and Messrs. Salt & Co. have executed a
series of borings on their different premises in High Street,
Horninglow Street, and Anderstaff Lane.”

“Messrs. Salt & Co., boring at the White Horse Inn,
showed 38€ feet of Keuper marls above the Keuper sand-
stone; at Messrs. Allsopp’s Brewery, High Street, 143 feet
of Keuper sandstones are succeeded by 147 feet of Bunter
conglomerates; and at Messrs. Salt & Co’s. Brewery Yard,
Keuper sandstones have increased to 1go feet, and overlie
Bunter.”

I understand from Mr. Adrian Brown that these data are

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

22

TABLE 4.

WATERS FROM THE BURTON ARTESIAN BORES.

if : Conglomerate
From the Marl Beds (Upper Keuper) omnia Beds (Bunter)
From 70 to 200 ft. ower Keuper)| 186 to 400 ft.
350 to 525 ft. N.E. of Town.
Estimations in parts per 100,000.
Average of Average of
ro Bores, with | 5 Bores, with Average of Average of Average of
Total Solids Total Solids 50 Analyses. 3 Bores. 2 Bores.
over 209. under 200.
Carbonate of Lime - - - - - 20'0 19'0 20'0 18'0 16'0
Carbonate of Magnesia - - - - 30 30 30 4:0 9'0
Sulphate of Lime - - - - - 170'0 94'0 1470 870 140
Sulphate of Magnesia - - - - - 35:0 30'0 32'0 18:0 ae
Sulphate of Soda - - - - - 2'0 — 10 24'0 10°0
Nitrate of Magnesia - - - - - 40 40 4:0 == ==
Nitrate of Sodas - - - - - - —— 30 10 --— =
Chloride of Magnesium - - - - ie) 10 10 —— an
Chlorides of Sodium and Potassium - - 10'0 10'0 10'0 41'0 190'0
Difference—Silica, Alumina, Iron, &c. - - 2:0 | ie) 10 2:0 ———~
Total Solids dried at 180°C. - - - 247'0 1650 220'0 194'0 68:0
a | |

Free Ammonia - - - . - - 003 "004 003 028 025
Albuminoid Ammonia - - - - 004 005 ‘004 004 "005
Chlorides expressed as Chlorine - - - 61 ies 6.5 25°0 11"4
Nitrates expressed as Nitrogen - - : 06 13 o'8 Trace None

BURTON WATERS—DRINAING AND BREWING. 23.

not altogether reliable, as a matter of fact, no evidence of
the Bunter being reached at either of the places named is
forthcoming, and consequently Mr. Molyneux’s interesting
theory of the double fault explaining the position of these
beds is not necessary.

At Messrs. Salt & Co’s. boring in the ‘‘ White Horse” yard,
the water ran 6 feet above the surface, when the tube was
first sunk in 1868, whereas fifteen years later it did not
reach the top of the tube. The water was a very saline
one, with only a moderate amount of gypsum in solution.

During recent years Messrs. Worthington & Co. have
sunk tubes over 500 feet at the back of their offices in
High Street, and, without reaching the Bunter beds, secured
an apparently inexhaustible supply of a very hard gypseous
water, almost as hard as, but much more saline than the
marl-water before referred to, and in the latter respect
resembling Messrs. Salt & Co’s. ‘‘ White Horse” yard water,
the temperature common to both being about 56° F.

Within the last two years, the Burton Brewery Co., and
the Corporation on behalf of Messrs. Salt & Co., have sunk
tubes by the railway crossing in Wetmoor Road (old
Anderstaff Lane,) and struck the Bunter beds about 280
feet from the surface. Stopping the bores at 400 feet, they
both obtained a copious supply of a moderately hard saline
water, quite distinct from the deep bore waters of the marl.
The water in both these tubes comes out at the surface
with considerable force, and its temperature is about 55° F.

Quite recently, Messrs. Bell & Co., on their Brewery
premises between New Street and Park Street, have driven
a tube through the Marl beds without obtaining any water,
* until at 410 feet they struck the hard sandy rock of the
lower Keuper beds, the water in which however did not

* Note: these particulars added since the reading of the paper.

24 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

apparently rise to 60 feet from the surface, so the bore was
continued to 525 feet, the Bunter beds being still not reached
and the water supply only fully available with the pumps at
about 200 feet from the surface. The average temperature
of the water is 554° F. In 1897-8, Messrs. Timmins
drove a bore for Mr. Philip Robinson at Parkhill, Egginton,
and after passing through the ordinary upper Keuper beds of
gypseous marls, and about roo feet of alternating red and
yellow sandstones with one or two thin layers of marl, struck
the Bunter conglomerate at 307 feet from the surface, and
continued to 343 feet through more or less pebbly sandstone.
A copious supply of moderately hard water at a temperature
of 55° F. was obtained, and the level cou'd not be reduced
below 21 feet from the surface.

I also understand that Messrs. Bass & Co. have bored
500 feet at their maltings in the Wetmoor Road, and
obtained a supply of water from the Bunter conglomerate.

Both these lower beds then must be considered as contain-
ing further water supplies for use in the brewery, if not for
actually brewing with.

When I first drafted this paper, I fully intended giving
you my views as to the position of the strata underlying the
town, as proved by the recent borings, but on consideration
I decided to leave that part of the question alone at present,
and possibly we may induce Mr. Horace Brown to give us
a paper upon this subject, as he has a large amount of ac-
cumulated information relative to it, which would no doubt,
fit in with the more recent data I have just referred to.

The above diagram shows the strata passed through in
driving these recent bores, and I think it will be evident
that the strata at the N.E. end of the town is faulted up
considerably, as compared with that passed through in the
tubes more to the west, the average depth of these beds
not being sufficient to account for the difference in level of
the Bunter beds. This becomes even more pronounced

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. 25

when the level of the conglomerate beds at Parkhill is taken
into consideration.

Summarizing the sources of the water used in the Breweries
for different purposes, we have—
. Shallow wells or tubes in the gravel beds. |

On the brewery premises—hard gypseous
water. |

ie

sa.

|

| B. Near the river—a softer water.

{ C. Out of the town, Shobnall way—hard
| gypseous water.

\ All used for brewing. Ales
O

(2. Bore tubes in the marl beds—very hard wen
an

| gypseous water. \ 7
3. Bore tubes in the lower Keuper—very hard | pei
gypseous water. with

4. South Staffordshire Water Works Supply— Ice.
a softer water.

with No. 1 for brewing purposes.

5. Bore tubes in the Bunter—a soft saline |

|
{
| These three supplies are used for blending
|
| water.

(6. River water direct—a softer water. J

I must now make a few remarks upon brewing waters

properly so called, i.e. those used for mashing and making
the Ales.

In Messrs. Moritz and Morris’s admirable work on ‘The
Science and Art of Brewing,” you will find the following
opinions given regarding the value of waters—more espec-
ially our Burton waters—for brewing purposes, and I should
say on the whole, these opinions fairly represent the views
of those best qualified to judge.

“In brewing waters, the dissolved salts are of the very highest impor-
“tance; different ales requiring different salts and varying proportions
“of them.” ;
They divide brewing waters into three arbitrary classes :—

“1, Waters containing large proportions of gypsum.

“2. Waters containing small proportions of gypsum and no gypsum.

26 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

“3, Waters containing no gypsum but sulphates and carbonates of
“the alkalies.”

“Class 1. This class of waters is not widely extended; but as the
“Burton well waters are typical of the class, and as so much of our
‘best pale ale is brewed in that district, they form a very important
“section. The more so, as‘the excellence of these waters for pale ale
‘brewing undoubtedly gave Burton beer its great original pre-eminence;
“and since it was the recognition of this fact which has led to the
“artificial treatment of less excellent waters up to the Burton standard,
“in order that these might give equally good results for pale ales.”

Again, ‘It is generally admitted that the ordinary saline constituents
‘of water exercise some influence upon diastatic conversion in the
““mash tub.”

And ‘The influence of the dissolved salts on the total maltose and
“dextrin yielded is practically nil.”

I will not quote their further opinions as to the action of
salts upon the molecular composition of the wort as they are
of a somewhat controversial nature.

What is it then that makes our Burton well waters so
exceptionally valuable for brewing purposes? The usual

answer to this question is that it is the gypsum contained

in these waters; this like many ‘usual answers” is only

partially correct.

Moritz and Morris say:

“We know, for instance, that gypsum in fair quantity is essential to
‘the production of sound pale bitter ales, but why this is the case is
‘not by any means easy to explain. The older writers attributed its
‘beneficial influence to the small quantity of albuminoids extracted by
‘‘gypseous waters from any given malt. But this idea, like many others,
‘‘was based on the assumption that the less nitrogenous matter in a
‘wort, the sounder the beer. That this assumption is nonsense, we
‘shall have subsequently occasion to shew.”’

‘The above considerations have led us to suppose that the connection
‘between gypsum in a water and the resulting soundness, depends in some
‘measure upon the removal of the coaguable albuminoids prior to the
“cooling stage.”’

As regards other effects they say,

‘It may be said that gypseous waters give pale beers and prevent
“the extraction of the rank coarse flavour of the hop.”

I have, in a large number of cases, seen gypsum added
to spring waters until the amount they had taken into solu-
tion was similar to the amount contained in the best Burton

/

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. 27

brewing waters, but the beers produced with these waters,
although better in many respects than they would have been,
had no gypsum been added, were not like Burton beers.

The same thing may be said concerning the amount of
sulphate of magnesia or of chloride of sodium, but individually
they will not make a water produce beer like our Burton
waters, so that we can but conclude that it is not to any
one particular ingredient of the water that the Brewers are
indebted, but to the relative proportion of all the ingredients.

Having come to that conclusion, it is natural that Brewers
having soft water supplies, should attempt the addition of
these different salts in carefully calculated proportions to
imitate Burton waters, but so far as I am able to judge,
there is invariably a difference, which leaves the artificial
water inferior to the natural one, and I believe all those
chemists and brewers who have studied this question with
any degree of care, will agree with me in acknowledging
that up to the present time, either because our methods of
analysis do not enable us to form correct conclusions re-
garding the actual combination of the bases and acids found
by analysis in a water, or for some reason connected with
the solution of salts, we cannot artificially exactly imitate
natural waters, but only approximately represent them.

I think we may, however, so far support the popular
belief in the value of gypsum in the Burton brewing waters,
as to say that the relative proportion of calcium to magne-
sium salts, when present in quantity, is of prime importance
in a water for brewing pale or stock ales, and that the pro-
portion of sodium chloride—common salt—to these salts of
lime and magnesia has a marked influence when the water
is used in the production of running mild ales.

Although I might enter more particularly into the actual
figures of these proportions, in so far as I have been led to
a definite opinion, I think this is hardly the time or place
for such information.

28 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING.

Returning to the consideration of our Burton brewing
waters, it may be of interest to youif I briefly refer to the
sources of the various salts found in these waters.

Ist. The carbonates of lime and magnesia are dissolved
out as the carbonated rain water passes through the soil and
beds of gravel, marl, and sandstone, all of which contain
more or less carbonate of lime and magnesia.

2nd. The sulphates of lime and magnesia are taken up
by the water in the beds of gypseous marl.

3rd. The nitrates of calcium, magnesium or sodium are
a result of the decomposing organic matter, more especially
sewage—acting upon carbonates of lime, magnesia, and
soda, in the surface soils and gravel beds, and I have
frequently observed waters which showed an _ increasing
quantity of nitrates show a decrease in the quantity of
carbonates.

Within the Borough, this increase in the quantity of
nitrates during recent years is most probably due to the
infiltration of sewage through the old irregular sewers
which were made at a time when the height of the water
in the gravel beds prevented them being laid at a lower
level; the average height of the water being as I have
previously explained gradually lowered, these drains sank in
some places more than others, and then became leaky, the
sewage containing nitrogenous organic matter and ammonia,
filtered through the sand and gravel, and the nitrifying
bacteria quickly oxidized this nitrogen, into, first nitrous
acid and then nitric acid, which immediately combined to
form nitrites and nitrates respectively, and as such appeared
in many of the shallow wells, more especially those not
made to keep out the top waters.

4th. Chlorides, which are usually considered as indica-
tive of sewage contamination, are not necessarily so, and
in fact, with the knowledge we have as to the presence
of a salt-bearing bed of marl outcropping at Branstone,

ee

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. 29

and yielding an enormous quantity of chloride of sodium to
the valley waters, we are justified in considering that the
presence of this salt in our Burton waters is not usually
due to sewage, although a small quantity of it may be, and
in bad cases of faulty drains, &c., even a large amount.
The greatest amount of chlorides that I have found in
these Branstone waters was equal to 940 parts per 100,000
of chlorine or 1,085 grains of common salt per gallon of
water.

5th. I must also refer to the source of one or two other
substances not unfrequently met with in our waters;
carbonates of iron and manganese, both of which seem to
be derived from deposits in the gravel beds and more
especially in the old peat beds before referred to. That
objectionally smelling gas sulphuretted hydrogen so well
known in the Harrogate water, occurs in small quantities
in some of the deeper waters when they are first pumped
up, but the gas is rapidly given off and the iron which is
usually present in these waters is precipitated, the water
becoming turbid. The gas and iron would therefore appear
to be due to the partial decomposition of iron pyrites in
the sandstones.

3. POSSIBLE SOURCE OF TOWN SUPPLY.

There is one other branch of this subject which is of great
interest, I mean the possible sources of a drinking supply of
our own.

Supposing the Town decided to purchase the South
Staffordshire Water Works rights, and that Company had
a sufficient demand elsewhere to make it undesirable to
continue pumping water to our Burton reservoir from
Fradley, what are the possible sources from which the
Town could obtain a supply?

There are two sources immediately available.

1st. The river water, which must be looked upon as
the most natural source, although on account of the

30 BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND: BREWING.

abominable way it has been used as a main drain by
huge manufacturing centres, it cannot be considered as in
any way a Satisfactory one. It would require a most elaborate
and complete system of filtration to render it fit for general
drinking purposes, and even after such a treatment, our
natural feelings would make us look at it with aversion.

I may, however, say that I do not for one moment
think that it would be impossible to so arrange filter beds
that this water might be made into a fairly satisfactory
drinking supply, but I think the cost of such a treatment
might be prohibitive.

2nd. Deep tubes into the water bearing strata below
the marl would undoubtedly yield a copious supply, if deep
enough, and this water would be free from organic contam-
ination, but the composition of such a water would
probably be somewhat saline, and not that of a high class
drinking water as it would probably be very hard.

Neither of these sources commending themselves, we are
driven to consider the possibility of a supply, as at present,
from a distance.

Tubes on the Forest or up the Trent Valley might provide
a hard water like the present supply, and in any case, without
going to a considerable distance, only hard waters are
obtainable. I am, however, of the opinion that if ever
this question has to be faced, it would be a great mistake
to economise at the expense of again introducing a hard
water for general town use, far better spend more and go
farther a-field, if a good soft water supply can be obtained,
and, as the average rainfall of this country is equivalent
to more than 15 tons of water per head daily, there
certainly ought to be no great difficulty in securing that
which is so essential.

When we remember that the greater part of the rural
population of this country derives its drinking water almost
exclusively from shallow wells, and that, quoting from the

BURTON WATERS—DRINKING AND BREWING. 31

Rivers Pollution Commission Report these ‘are almost
always horribly polluted by sewage and by animal matters
of the most disgusting origin,” the duties of the newly-formed
Parish and District Councils in this direction will be seen
to be of very considerable importance.

I feel therefore, that whenever this question of taking over
the water supply of Burton is seriously considered, it would
probably be a wise and economical plan to consider a scheme
that will enable the Corporation to supply the majority of
the inhabitants of the immediate neighbourhood as well as
the Borough of Burton-on-Trent, and to supply them with
a really high-class drinking water.

32

The Origin and history of the
Monk’s Bridge.

OVER THE WATERS OF THE DOVE BETWEEN THE COUNTIES

OF STAFFORD AND DERBY.

By Henry A. Rye.

Read befove the Society, December 17th, 1896.

O begin with the history of Monk’s Bridge, we must
an go back to early date, and we may safely say, lying
as it does right on the Roman road (Icknield Street) there
would undoubtedly be a Roman bridge there. We have
many proofs of the rivers in this country being passed by
extensive bridges, and a military road seldom if ever passed
a river without a bridge. Some of the more important
Roman bridges remained till quite recent times, and often
they form the foundation of modern structures. When
the old bridge over the Tyne at Newcastle was taken down
in 1771, the piers were found to be of Roman masonry
laid upon a foundation of oak piles, which were in perfect
preservation. Dr. Bruce describes its removal, and says,
‘‘on removing the masonry of the piers, the foundations of

THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE. 33

the Roman, the Medieval, and the Modern bridges were
found. First, the piling of the Modern bridge had bay
piles 12 in. X 12 in. driven into the bed of the river, behind
which were sheeting piles 6 in. thick grooved into each
other; in the space thus enclosed, the foundations of the
pier were laid, the space between being filled in with
concrete.”

The Medieval dam was formed quite differently, two rows
of bay piles were driven and balk timber let down one over
the other between them.

In the Roman work, the piles were iron shod, and driven
into the bed of the river, and a framework of timber well
morticed and tenoned and half-checked laid upon it. In
all such work, the Roman timber work is found of greater
excellence than that of later construction. In the old Teign
Bridge on the Roman road between Totness and Plymouth,
taken down in 1815, the Roman work was found in a fine
state of preservation.

As a rule, the Roman bridge had no arches, some however,
have been found arched but of no great span. The piers
are built of a size and strength sufficient to withstand the
thrust of the water without the aid of an arch, and it is only
in later days arches were added, and these often raised the
roadway to an inconvenient height as at Monk’s Bridge.

Most Roman bridges had a timber roadway carried from
pier to pier, and at Cholliford, the Roman station of
Cilurium, in the ruins of the bridge over the North Tyne,
we have sufficient data left to reconstruct the timbering of
the roadway of the later bridge, for there were two Roman
bridges, an early and a later one. Comparing the spans of
the two bridges between the piers (Cholliford Bridge,
35 ft. 6in.; Monk’s Bridge, 32 ft. 11 in.) it can be seen that
there would have been no difficulty for there to have been
a wooden platform at Monk’s Bridge. Newcastle Bridge
had a timber roadway over it which lasted till the Medizval

34 THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE.

period, as Matthew of Paris records amongst the events of
1248, ‘‘The greatest part of the Borough of Newcastle-on-
Tyne together with its bridge was consumed by a raging
fire,” so, in the middle of the 13th century we find a new
bridge, with stone arches very similar to Monk’s Bridge and
containing the Roman piers, was started.

~-—— Moms Bacogt. --—
Byrn ype

Aeaty For Tde bb Stetten Waed ape rE —

Fic. 1.—PLan or Monx’s BRIDGE BEFORE BEING WIDENED
IN 1775. ELEVATION SHOWS SOUTH SIDE.

Now if we look at the piers of Monk’s Bridge we find
massive piers with extensive saltings or cutwaters, just what
we might expect to find in the piers of a Roman bridge, and,
I am of the opinion that most of the work, up to the offsets
above the saltings, if not actually the Roman work itself, is
that work cased over with new by John de Stretton when
he re-built the bridge. The levels taken along the road from
the old Toll Gate to a farm called The High Bridge, about
a mile in length, do not vary more than 2 ft. of rise or fall
except at Monk’s Bridge where there is a rise of 11 ft.;* a line
drawn between these two points would just cut these offsets,
and a timber platform laid upon them would be above flood

*Toll Gate, 148; foot road to Newton, 146; small bridge, 147; Monk's
Bridge, 1594: 148; 146; 148; High Bridge, 150.

THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE. 35

line. The Saxons seem to have carefully preserved the
bridges they found, though they probably built few them-
selves. St. Swithun, Bishop of Winchester, 856-863, built
a bridge on the east side of that city. We may say, most
of the bridges in this country at the time of the Norman
Conquest were Roman, and the preservation of these ancient
bridges was considered so important, that the charge was
often thrown upon the hundred or county. At Cambridge,
the county was bound to see to and keep in repair the
bridge, which we learn from the Hundred Rolls, was said
in the 13th century to be in a ruinous condition, so that
peoples carts used to fall over into the river. I think, this
again, was the ancient Roman bridge of Camboricum, and
it was the timber roadway that had failed.

At Newcastle Bridge, the expense of repairs had to be
borne by the Town and the Bishop of Durham, who, as
Count Palatine, was responsible for the building and repair of
a third of it. The repair of this bridge was so important, it
being the main road to Scotland, that we find it almost a
national undertaking, the Archbishop of York, Sewall de
Bovile in 1257, grants an indulgence of 30 days to every-
one who bestows anything towards the building of Tyne
Bridge; Walter Merton, Bishop of Rochester, Archibald,
Bishop of Caithness, and Stephen Fulburn, Bishop of
Waterford in 1277, all grant indulgences for the same
object.

What a lot of bridges failed in the 13th century. We have
seen Newcastle was burnt, Cambridge became ruinous, and
now, in the 13th century we meet with Monk’s Bridge and
get our first documentary evidence from the Annales de
Burton, rolls series, p. 372, where there is this entry

‘“DE PONTE DE EGENTONA.”
I give you a translation of what follows—“ Be it noted that
a certain Prior of this Monastery of Burton named John de
Strettone because he was born at Strettone, a man of great

36 THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE.

authority and eminent in learning, he afterwards became
Abbot, the same procured special licence from the Mon-
astery out of property of his father and mother, deceased,
for the health of their souls made the bridge of Egenton
over the waters of the Dove and of charity maintained
it a long time.”

I have before stated that I believe he made use of the
piers of the old Roman bridge, the roadway of timber
having fallen into a ruinous condition, his new work being
to case these piers afresh with new stone and to throw the
arches from one to the other. The three arches counting
from the Derbyshire side are 13th century work and were
undoubtedly built by him.

The Annales go on to say—‘‘But after his death the
inhabitants of Egenton unwilling to know that it had been
charitably built, but feigning ignorance, they asserted that
the Abbot of Burton ought to repair, and in perpetuity
maintain the said bridge, desiring to convert this act of
favour and charity into a customary right. Wherefore,
Abbot Laurence who then presided over the Monastery, by
means of Henry de Mercentone, a clerk of chancery, his
friend, obtained divers letters from the King (Henry III.) to the
Sheriffs of the Counties of Stafford and Derby as follow—

LETTER OF THE KING.

“Henry by the Grace of God King of England, &c., to the Sheriff of
“Stafford, salutation. Because, by the breaking of the bridge of Egenton,
““which is over the waters of the Dove, between the County of Derby
“and the County of Stafford, we have heard that it is perilous to cross
“over by that bridge and also the whole country suffers loss. There-
“fore, we command you with our Sheriff of Derby, who we have also
“commanded by the oath of upright and lawful men of the County of
‘Derby and the County of Stafford, the better to be able to determine
“the truth of the matter in that place, because that bridge is in the
“confines of the counties aforesaid diligently to enquire—who ought
“to repair and keep up that bridge, in whole or in part; and if any
“one out of favour at any time repaired that bridge; who repaired it ?
“and who by right ought to repair it? And all they by right who
“ought to repair that bridge, to distrain and fine for delay in repairing.
““As witness, &c.”’

THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE. 37

INQUISITION AS TO REPAIR OF BRIDGE.

It seems the same year of the incarnation of our Lord,
1256, 40th of the reign of Henry III. son of King John,
27th of Laurence, Abbot of Burton, the day of the sabbath
nearest before the Feast of S. Barnabas, apostle, (Saturday
before rith June,) an Inquisition as to the bridge of Egenton
was held upon the command of the King as aforesaid.

NAMES OF THOSE ELECTED FOR THE COUNTY OF STAFFORD.

Roger Durdent de Fischereswiche
Peter de Scheyla

Hervey de Oclee

Ralph de Somervile

William, Son of John de Fischereswiche
Ralph, Son of Hugh de Elleforde
Stephen Haliday

Nicholas Pollard

Richard, Son of Roger de Haselower
William de Tatenhulle

Alan Poutere

Nicholas le Bolur de Wichenovere
Robert, Son of Walter de Elleforde
John Merveyl

VERDICT.

These being the Jury elected for Staffordshire, “who all
Say upon oath that no one was obliged to make the bridge
‘over the Dove which is between the Counties of Derby
and Stafford, but by contributions and legacies of the
whole country the same bridge was wont to be repaired.”

The King’s brief to the Sheriff of Derby the inquest and
the verdict are nearly word for word as the above, and the
names of the Jury for Derbyshire are given in the Annales,
P- 374-5. Now this is all very nice for those who will read
Straight on without thinking, but on looking closer, we
are first told that John de Stretton, alias Stafford, Prior of

38 ‘THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE.

Burton, erected the bridge and maintained it till his death.
This, I believe, is perfectly right. Then that, after his death,
the people of Egenton wished to fasten the repair on the
Abbot and Convent of Burton, and that Laurence the
Abbot who then presided got letters from King Henry III-
to the Sheriffs of Derby and Stafford and held an inquis.
ition as to who was to repair the bridge. Something is
wrong here, for if we turn back to p. 245 of the Annales,
we find “Laurence, Monk of Burton succeeds Richard and
is made Abbot of Burton and is installed in the second
feast of S. Modwenna by brother John de Strettone, at
that time Prior of the same house, and Nicholas, Sub-prior,”
he died 1260.

John de Stretton alias Stafford, became Abbot 1260, re-
signed February 19, 1280, died 7th March following in the
6oth year of his being a Monk, having been Abbot 20
years; this would make Laurence hold an inquisition 20

years after his own death.
~ Now what really did take place, was this, so far as I can
make out. The Roman bridge fell into decay and became
dangerous, and the Egenton people thought as the Abbots
of Burton repaired Burton Bridge, they should repair Egen-
ton as well; Laurence as Abbot resisted this, with the result
that an inquest was held and the jury find that no one was
bound to repair the bridge and that it had been maintained
by the contributions and legacies of the whole country; now
this was in 1256, 27th year of Laurence’s Abbacy, John
de Stretton being prior. Now comes the question, who is
going to repair the bridge? The Abbey of Burton is not
bound to do so, the people of Egenton evidently do not
feel anxious to, so the Prior of Burton, John de Stretton,
a native of that place, and who doubtless knew the old
bridge well as a boy, living so near to it, gets special
license from Abbot Laurence and the Convent of Burton;
and out of the property of his late father and mother,

THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE. 39

which came to him at their deaths, and which he being a Monk
had passed to the Monastery, rebuilds the bridge, doing that
good work to their memory, and, as I said before cases the
Roman piers with stone work, and throws the stone arches
across in the place of the timber roadway, much as we see
it now on the South side of the bridge; and so the bridge
gets its name, now no longer Egenton Bridge but ‘“ The
Monk’s Bridge.’ Four years later, on the death of Laurence,
he was chosen Abbot, and maintained the bridge till his death,
20 years later. So the scribe of the Annales was right in
saying that he maintained it a long time, till his death, but
got a little mixed up in his other facts.
I fear we must pass on for about 286 years before we
get any more documentary evidence about this bridge.
In 1550 we learn there were let a farm, 16 messuages, 5
cottages, one watermill called the ‘Cliffe Mylne’’ upon the
Dove near Monk’s Bridge, but we have only three years to
pass over when we come upon a most interesting bit of
history concerning the old bridge; for, in the Inventory of
Church goods for the Parish of Egginton, is found the
following—
“Octr 5th, 6th year of King Edward vi.
William Babyngton being then parson:

j. Chales of sylver with a paten parcel gilt.

j. Pyx of laten.

j. Canope.

j. Crosse of copper gilte.

ij. candelstycks of brasse.

j- Holy water pan of brasse.

j. bell in the steple, the other ij. were sold for the repayr-

ynge of the Muncks brydge.

jii. oold Coopes.

vij. vestments.

iij. Aulter clothes.

ij. Albes.

40 THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE.

iij. Towles and j. corporas.

j. lytle hand bell.

j. lytle sacryng bell.

ij. crewetts of pewter.

ij. syrplesses.

ij. bells were sold in the ij. yere of the Kyngs reign to the
reparynge of the Monks brydge wch is so farre in
decay that the township is not able to amend the
same.”

Dr. Cox, in his ‘‘ Churches of Derbyshire,” has a note that
Monk’s Bridge was probably one of the good works of the
Monks of Tutbury; this we have proved to be wrong, the
Monks of Burton must be credited with this good work.

He also says that the second bell now in the steeple with
Lombardic letters “@we (Maria gracia pfena Dominus
fecum”’ is most likely the bell that escaped being sold for
the repairs of the bridge, as stated in the inventory. I
have examined this bell, the inscription shews it to be
medieval, the lettering points to its being 13th century
workmanship, but the Angelic salutation, I believe, is seldom,
if ever seen, on bells before 14th century. The two others
have the date upon them, one 1615, and the other 1718.

Under the arch on the Derbyshire shore, now dry, you will
notice, there are two supports built to strengthen the first
rib on the north side (Fig. 2). I believe, though I have no
documentary evidence, that this may have been one of the
repairs done by Egginton in 1549; I base this assertion on
the masonry. The cause of the drop in the rib must have
arisen from the failure of the abutment foundation through
weakening by flood; the masonry points to this date, and
to a lack of funds and unskilful treatment. I have been
able, by the kindness of the County Surveyor of Derby,
and also Hughes Hallett, Esq., Clerk to the Magistrates
of the same county, to inspect the Orders of Session from
1684, by which time it had become a county bridge. Of

THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE. 41

Fic. 2.—ARcH ON DERBYSHIRE SIDE SHEWING THE
EGGINTON REPaIR.

the 137 years between, I can find no record. There was
an act passed 22 Henry VIII termed “The Statute of
Bridges,” enacting that counties shall repair bridges, but it
only seems to have put into force the old Common Law,
which states that of common right the whole county must

repair bridges.

“35 Chas. II. Martimas Session.—It is ordered that £44 be
1683. raised and collected in this County, £40 thereof
for the making of a stone arch of 21 feet in
length in the little Monk’s Bridge, next Derby,
and that the other £4 to be paid to Thomas
Newton, of Burton-on-Trent, in compensation
of damage done him by stone and mortar laid
on his ground when the great Munk’s Bridge
was last repaired.

42 THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE.

36 Chas. II.
1684.

1st James II.
1685.

4th James II.
7688.

Easter Session.—Monk’s Bridge to be surveyed
and reported upon by Simon Scott, the County
Mason, owing to damage by reason of the late
frost.

Also that a rate be laid of 2 shillings and
7 pence for every trained soldier for the repair
of Monk’s Bridge.

Martimas Session.—It is ordered that a warrant
for £100 be issued for the repairs of several
bridges, of which Monk’s Bridge is one.

Epiphany.—A warrant for a rate of 3 shillings

and to pence for 4 a trained soldier. £58 be
paid to Thos. Walsh for repair of Monk’s Bridge.
£14 6s. 2d. be raised for the County Mason.

Fic. 3.—ARCH ON THE STAFFORDSHIRE SIDE FROM S.W.

REBUILT OUT OF OLD MATERIAL, ALSO SHEWS OFFSETS OF

BRIDGE, THE HEIGHT OF RomaN Woop PLatForM. THE
SECOND ARCH ONE OF JOHN DE STRETTON’S.

THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE. 43

7st
trl Bridge.
6thW.&M. Martimas Session.—£12 for the repair of Monk’s
1694. Bridge.
7thW.&M. Easter Session.__£20 for the repair of Monk’s
1695. Bridge.

Michaelmas Session.—{60 for the rebuilding an

Epiphany Session.—£8 for the repair of Monk’s

arch, two years’ plastering, and other necessaries
about Monk’s Bridge.”

I was pleased to come upon this entry, as I was in much
doubt about the arch on the Staffordshire shore. (Fig. 3) The
other three arches are, without doubt, John de Stretton’s
work, but this arch, though evidently containing stones of
early workmanship, was of much later date, though built
to correspond to a certain extent with the others in the
outer rims, but lacking their bold ribs. At first I thought
the same thing had happened at Monk’s Bridge as at
Cholliford, though there it was in early days between the
building of the first and second Roman bridges, namely, the
tiver had washed into the western bank and caused a new
arch to be built, making the old respond into a pier and
building a new respond further west; and I was also
rather confirmed in this opinion by the north side of the
old work of pier and the formation of the river bank, but,
meeting with this entry solved the problem, and we may
Safely say the Staffordshire arch was rebuilt at this date,
using the old stones but abandoning the ancient ribs.

“8th Michaelmas Session.—Paid to William Sales
ae II for the repair and Plastering of Monk’s Bridge,
Wibtaye

12th Easter Session.—Ordered that 2 shillings per
William IIT trained soldier be laid for raising £36 for further

7700. : :

repair of Monk’s Bridge.

12th ey Te 3

William ILI Easter Session.—Paid 46, salary for three

7700. years’ graveling Monk’s Bridge.

44 THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE.

7st Geo. I.
TAKS

ist (Geo. Ie
iD

2nd Geo. I.
1716.

4th Geo. I.
1718.

7st Geo. II.
1727.

1741.
1742.

13th July.
1748.

Easter Session.— #5, for the repair of Monk’s
Bridge.
Epiphany Session.—£5, for the repair of Monk’s
Bridge.
Easter Session.— £26, for repair of Monk’s
Bridge.
Easter Session.—£15, for the repair, to be paid

to Sir John Every.

Michaelmas Session.—The bills for the repair
of Monk’s Bridge are referred to Thomas
Gisbourne and Henry Ayer, Esquires.

430, for the repair of Monk’s Bridge.

Easter Session.—The Justices of the Peace are
cautioned to receive proposals for the repair of
Monk’s Bridge.

Authorize £40 to be spent on the repair.
Michaelmas Session.—At last Session, adjourned
16th Sept., the Justices ordered £95 1s. 8d.
for repair of Monk’s Bridge, for repairs and water
works of Bridge, as a delay of these works
would endanger the bridge by the river gaining
a new course at south west end. It now
appears that the estimate was extravagant, and
it appears all the said repairs could be done
for £42. Edgar How, of Derby, undertakes
to do the works.”

However, the repairs do not seem to have cost less, for in

St 749.

Martimas Session.—£96 7s. 6d. paid to Henry
How for repairs.”

I was in hopes of finding these specified, for on the
key stone of the second Derbyshire arch, on the south
side of the bridge, is the date 1749.

THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE. 45

yA 72. Easter Session.—The Justices order advertise-
ments for the repair and widening of Monk’s
Bridge.

Translation Sessions.—The Justices order adver-
tisements to be continued for three weeks,*

1774. Translation Sessions.—The Justices order that
the widening and repair of Monk’s Bridge be
taken into consideration at adjourned Sessions.
At adjourned Translation Sessions it was ordered
that the Clerk of the Peace advertise again.

1775. Easter Session.—The Justices of the Peace
order that Monk’s Bridge be widened, and that
4451 6s. 8d. be paid by the Treasurer to the
Revd. Sir John Every and Francis Ashby for
the work.”

Fic. 4.—Pian cr Monk’s BRIDGE AFTER 1775, SHEWING
WIDENING, ELEVATION SHEWS NortH Sipe.

Here is a plan shewing this work, which leaves the bridge
== we now find it. You will. see the north Parapet was

46 THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE.

taken off and carried back to the points of the refuges,
and an arch 6 ft. 6 in. wide thrown across from each pier.
The dotted lines shew the old bridge, and if you look over
the north parapet you will see the remains of the old
refuges, and this last addition, with its hideous plates,
for the addition had to be secured to the old bridge with
bolts going right through. This increased the width of
the bridge from 11 ft. o in. to 17 ft. 6 in. between parapets.

Fic. 5.—Monx’s BripGE FRom NortH East, SHEWING

THE WIDENING.

“7794. Translation Session.— £10 17s. gd. paid for repairs.
1798. Repairs and Piling £82.
Translation Session.—fg8 7s. od. for repairs.
1799. £17 5s. 1d. ordered to be paid to John Law and
Joseph Jackson of leading gravel.
1805. The County Masons’ book shews £133 4s. 6d. paid
for repairs to battlements, buttresses, and piles.”

a - ee

THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE MONK’S BRIDGE. 47

I fear this would sweep away any trace of the socket of
the ancient Bridge Cross if the repair of 1775 had spared
it. I have made a very careful search for any such stone,
and can find none, though they may be found to this day
in many of the Derbyshire and other County Bridges, usually
in the centre refuge on the down stream side of the bridges,
and often converted into a sun dial.

“1807. Michaelmas Session.—A further £132 18s. td., making
a total of £266 2s. 7d., which is also shewn in
the County Masons’ book.”

I had not the time to follow the repairs beyond this date,
but know the piling was renewed in 1881, and also that
the bridge was pointed in 1896.

So we must leave this interesting old bridge. I for one
shall regret the day when it is cleared away, and I trust
that if any of you are about these parts when it happens,
and another link with the past makes room for a
successor, that will not last half as long, you will watch
carefully the removal of the piers, and put on record the
finds that I have no doubt will be made, of Roman
masonry and pile work.

It was owing to hot weather and cool water that you
have this paper on Monk’s Bridge, and I trust I have given
you all as much entertainment as I afforded to so many,
this last Summer, when, in very scanty raiment, I swam from
pier to pier to sketch, measure, and work out my ideas and
the dates for this paper.

DSO DSC

48

The Climatal Distribution of British
Plants.

By T. Gisss.

Read before the Society January 21st, 1897.

OST people, even those who are entirely ignorant

of botanical science, must have noticed the fact

that different localities are inhabited by different. flowers,

and also the converse fact that, except for a few plants

which have in this country a quite universal distribution,

such, for example, as our old friends the Buttercup, the

Daisy, and the Dandelion, each kind of plant is confined to
a more or less limited area.

To take a few examples: the Cotoneaster is, in the
British Islands, only found on the limestone cliffs of the
Great Orme’s Head; the Mountain Tulip (Lioydia alpina) on a
few rocky ledges on the Snowdon range, while the curious
Lady’s Slipper Orchid (Cypripedium Calceolus) is confined to
a few localities in Durham, Westmorland, and North West
Yorkshire.

Among plants which are not so excessively rare as these,
the true Oxlip (Primula elatior) is confined to a limited area
in East Anglia, but within its range is an abundant plant.
The beautiful Cornish Heath (Evica vagans) is_ similarly

THE CLIMATAL DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS. 49

abundant on some of the moors of West Cornwall; then
a large number, although by no means universally distri-
buted, are yet found throughout the greater part of the
country, and I could give examples showing every gradation
from great rarity to universal distribution.

This subject of the distribution within Great Britain of
our native plants may be considered from several different
points of view. Fivst—The flora may be divided into
classes according to the parts of the country in which the
various plants grow, that is, according as they are confined
to Scotland, the South of England, the Eastern or the
Western Counties, or are found throughout the whole of
the country: this is called Topographical Distribution. Secondly—
plants may be classified according to the soils which they
require or prefer, this is called Geological or Lithological
Distribution. However, I shall not deal with either of these
subjects, the subject of my paper being a third branch, viz:
Climatal Distribution, by which I mean distribution as affected
by the differences of climate caused by differences of latitude
and altitude—how far the plants we are treating on, range
northwards and southwards throughout the country, and
upwards and downwards on mountain sides.

If anyone will, while ascending a mountain, take the
trouble to make lists at three or four stations on the way
up, of the plants he meets with at each station, and then
compare these lists, he will notice that there has been a
gradual change in the flora during his ascent—plants found
at the lowest station are absent from the second, while a few
kinds not found in the former have now made their appear-
ance. Again, comparing the third list with the second, and the
list of plants found on the summit with the third, similar
changes will be noticeable. Finally, let him compare the
list made at the summit with that made at the starting;
the plants whose names occur in both lists will be very
few.

50 THE CLIMATAL DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS.

Similar observations made on other mountains in different
parts of the country would again show like results; the
plants found will differ in some respects in each case, and,
probably, the heights at which they are found, will also
differ to some extent, but the order with which certain
plants disappear and others take their places will be the
same.

The explanation of these facts is, of course, one of
temperature. Everyone is aware that temperature is greatly
affected by height above sea level; that, as we ascend a
mountain, the air gradually becomes sharper and more
bracing, and that snow lies longer on the hills than it does
in the valleys.

The temperatures governing plant range are, says Dr.
F. Arnold Lees in the able introduction to his ‘Flora of
West Yorkshire,” not so much the annual means as the sums
of summer heat and winter cold. Two regions may have
the same annual mean, yet one may have a very hot
summer and a very severe winter, while the other, like our
climate, may have cool summers and mild winters.

Annuals and Perennials are obviously very differently
affected by extremes of heat and cold; the former complete
their whole cycle of life during one year, and, as seeds will
bear almost any cold to which they are likely to be exposed,
the severity of the winter will have no effect upon them,
but they will flourish if only the summer heat be sufficient
to enable them to produce seed. Perennials, on the other
hand, live on from year to year, and so have to bear all
extremes of winter frost, while, on the other hand, a hot
summer every year is of less importance to them, as, if a
plant which lives in its mature state through ten years is
unable during nine of them to mature its seed, the tenth
being sufficiently warm may enable it to leave descendants.

The manner in which cold acts in modifying the flora of a
district, is by limiting the amount and checking the intensity

THE CLIMATAL DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS. 51

of the competition—the struggle for existence between the
different forms. The plants which grow in the higher, and,
consequently colder stations, do not grow there because
they particularly like cold. The true reason is that while
they can live there, others cannot, and thus they have the
ground to themselves, while, in the lowlands, they would
be crowded out.

Besides height above sea-level, there is another general
relation of situation which causes a difference of temperature,
and thus affects the flora in precisely the same way. This
is Latitude. In consequence of this, a tour from the South
of England, northward, would show a very similar suc-
cession of plants to that seen while ascending a mountain.
The change however, as we proceed northwards, is very
gradual; it takes several hundred miles in a north and
south direction to show the same effect on temperature and
flora as will be seen in a climb of a few hundred feet up a
mountain side. Thus, the difference in botanical climate
between the South Coast of England and the Shetland
Isles, is no more than that between the Trent Valley and
the summit of the Peak of Derbyshire.

For the systematic working out of the climatal distri-
bution of our British flora we are indebted to the late
Hewett Cottrell Watson. This eminent Botanist in his
great work Cybele Britannica divided the surface of the
country into two great Regions by tracing a line along the
upper limit of growth of cultivated crops; the region which
lay below this line, that in which corn or other cultivated
crops were, or might be grown, he called the Agrarian
Region, or the region of cultivated crops; that which lay
above this line was the country in which the severity of the
climate was such that cultivation could not be profitably
carried on, this he called the Arctic Region, or the region of
alpine plants.

Each of these regions he then divided into three Zones,

52 THE CLIMATAL DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS.

making in all six zones, and these he called the Infer-Agrarian,
the Mid-Agrarian, the Super-Agrarian, the Infer-Arctic, the
Mid-Arctic, and the Super-Arctic Zones.

From what has been said above as to the similar effects
of latitude and height above sea level upon climate, it is
clear that these climatic zones will not reach to the same
heights in all parts of the country, but that, leaving out
of account local causes such as soil, or nearness to the
sea, aS we go northwards there will be a gradual sloping
down of the limits of the zones, so that a hill of consider-
able height in the South of England might yet not reach
into so high a zone as a much lower hill in the North of
Scotland.

The Infer-agravian Zone comprises the lowlands south of
the Humber and Dee, and in the extreme south reaches an
altitude of nearly 1,000 feet. Its flora includes about six-
sevenths of the whole number of British flowering plants,
and as many as 200 are peculiar to this zone.

Of these 200, the most common is the Travellers Joy
(Clematis Vitalba). This is found throughout the South
of England, particularly on chalky soil; it scarcely reaches
this district as a native, although it is found in many places
in apparently wild state.

I can only find two plants confined to this lowest zone
which have anything like a good claim to be natives of our
district, the most interesting of these being the rare
Fritillavia Meleagris or Snake’s-head; this grows in abund-
ance in a meadow by the Tame, near Tamworth, and
has also been recorded from one or two other localities in
our district. The other plant is an aquatic member of the
Hemlock family, called CEnanthe fluviatile., frequent in the
Trent, near Burton.

The second zone, the Mid-agvarian, lies chiefly between
the Humber and the Clyde, in this area all the lowest land
belongs to this zone; in its southern limit—South York-

THE CLIMATAL DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS. 53

shire—it extends up the hills to about goo feet, while at its
northern limit it comprises only land quite near the sea
level. Again, south of the Humber a great deal of the
higher-land comes within it, for instance, belts round the
higher hills of Derbyshire and Wales, and the summits of
many lower hills in the South and West of England.

Some of the plants which here have their lowest limit are
of especial interest as forming a conspicuous part of the
flora of the North Derbyshire hills and dales: among these
are the beautiful Globe Flower (Tvollius Europeus), the
Mountain Pansy (Viola lutea), The Jacob’s Ladder (Polemonium
cevuleum), and the Mossy Saxifrage (Saxifraga hypnoides).

The most interesting plant confined to this zone is the
curious Lady’s Slipper Orchid (Cypripedium Calceolus), which
is confined to a few localities in North West Yorkshire,
Westmorland, and Durham.

Watson’s 3rd zone, the Super-agravian, comprises, first, all
the land at or near the sea-level north of the Firths of
Forth and Clyde; secondly, a broad belt in the South of
Scotland and North of England, extending as far south as
the Peak, where this zone begins at about 1,000 feet and
extends as high as 1,700 feet; thivdly, a considerable area in
Wales; and, finally, the summits of Cawsand and Dunkerry
Beacons.

The difference between this zone and zone 2 is much
more marked than that between zones 1 and 2, more than
300 plants which are found in zone 2 being absent here,
and in their place about 50 new comers appearing. The
most interesting feature is, however, the large number of
plants which here reach their highest limit. Of about 760
species which inhabit this zone, nearly 500 are not found
in any of the higher zones.

The Arctic region consists entirely of mountains or high-
lands. In England, south of the Humber, the higher
plateaus and ridges of the Peak are the only hills which reach

54 THE CLIMATAL DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS.

it; in Wales, however, it is reached by all the higher moun-
tains. In the Pennines, the Lake District, and the South of
Scotland, all the high mountains reach the Arctic region,
while in Mid-Scotland it descends as low as 1,000 feet, and
in the extreme north to within two or three hundred feet
of the sea level.

In comparing the flora of the Arctic with that of the Agrarian
region, by far the most striking fact is the great reduction
in the number of species. In the three Agrarian zones the
total number cannot be less than 1,300, while in all the three
zones of the Arctic region the flora scarcely numbers 350
species.

Watson considers that the upward limit of the Common
Bracken Fern (Pteris aguilina) marks the division between
the Agrarian and the Arctic regions.

A great number of common trees and shrubs do not
extend higher than the Agrarian region, among these are
the Oak, Ash, Elm, Beech, Holly, Yew, Hawthorn, Gorse,
and Ivy. Indeed, almost the only trees and shrubs the
Arctic region can boast are the Scotch Pine, the Mountain
Ash, the Sweet Gale, the Birch, and the many species of
Willow.

Another class of plants which distinguish by their absence
the Arctic region are the weeds of cultivated ground.

For marking out the limits of the three zones into which
he divided the Arctic region, Watson adopted the upward
limits of three common moorland plants, namely, the Heather
(Calluna vulgaris), and two common Heaths (Erica tetralix
and E. cinerea). Above the limit of Bracken we are in zone
4, the Infer-arctic, this extends as far as the Ericas grow;
when they disappear we are in zone 5, the Mid-arctic; and
when, about 1,000 feet higher up, the Heather disappears,
we are in the highest zone of all, the Super-arctic.

Zone 5, the Mid-arctic, occurs on Snowdon and the
higher mountains in its neighbourhood, also on the higher

_—————E

THE CLIMATAL DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH PLANTS. 55

mountains in the Lake District and on most of the Scotch
mountains. Zone 6, the Super-arctic, only occurs on the
higher Scotch mountains, north of the Clyde.

The total number of species found in these two zones is
about 240: of this number about 130 do not reach the
highest zone, which can scarcely boast of more than 100
species for its whole flora.

I have now drawn your attention to some of the interesting
plants of each of the three Agrarian and the three Arctic
zones, but, before I conclude, I must just notice a class of
plants, some 4o or 50, which are quite impartial in their
distribution, and are found throughout all of the zones from
sea level to the tops of the highest mountains, and from
Cornwall to the Shetlands. Nearly all of these are among
our commonest plants, such as the common Buttercup
(Ranunculus acris), the Lady’s Smock (Cardamine pratensis), the
Wood Sorrel (Oxalis Acetosella), the Harebell (Campanula
votundifolia), plants with strong and hardy constitutions fitting
them for any climate or soil, being what botanists call
dominant types. A few on the other hand are not by any
means generally distributed, but are found only on the sea
shore and in mountainous regions, most often on high
mountains. A conspicuous plant of this class being the
Thrift or Sea Pink (Armeria vulgaris), which is so common a
plant on sea shores.

56

The Registers of The Parish Church

(St.

Moodwen’s), Burtonzon-Crent.

TRANSCRIBED BY THE Rev. Vicars A. Boyte, M.A., B.C.L.,

VICAR OF BURTON-ON-T RENT.

THE MARRIAGE REGISTER, 1538-1686.

Sept.

Oct. 24.
Nov. 27.
Dec; 11.
Jan. 29.
3) 30:
BO:
Feb. 13.
ne wae
pre 20:
Apl. 29.
May 28.
June Io.
Sept.15.
SINC ES:
Oct. 23.
iael4-
14
Nov. 20.
Dec. 3.

CONTINUED FROM VOL. III, PAGE 241.

Thomas Lye, Esquire, & Elizabeth Kneson, maryed the
daughtre to George Kneson, of Croxall, Esquire.
Thomas Robinson & Elizabeth Milner.
William Henworth & Eline Clarke.

Robert Heis & Katherine Wightman.

William Roberts & Abeis Hoome.

Thomas Wright & Maude Abpleby.

Rycharde Torner & Susanna Oxforde

William Maupas & Jone Handbury.

William Norton & Mary Quigly.

Nicholas Merye & Amye Buste, at Tatnell.
Thomas Browne & Agnes Wright.

Thomas Orgell & Ann More, Branston.
Homfray Bradbery & Susanna Haster.
Edwarde Hill & Margery Irelande

Edward Budworth & Jone Smith.

John Henson & Margery Hallam, Horninglo.
Henry Clarke & Marget Haukes.

Thomas Stanley & Jone Walker.

Henry Edcall & Jane Wright.

William Whright, of Stapnell, & Annis Jacson.
Henry Cantrell & Barbara Coxson.

1588.

”

Nov. 10.
eres

” 5:

10:

. William Henworth & Elizabeth Stretton.

. William Hyde & Dorothe Aute.

. William Lowe & Anne Hollowaye.

. Henry Bowman & Anne Croket.

. William Wall & Anne Smithe, a tiolna.

. Edward Warren & Ann Ilsloe.

. Roger Arme & Elinne Rolson.

. John Sharpe & Agnes Watson.

. Roberte Budworth & Margery Orgell.

. John Horobine & Aleis Hodson.

. Roberte Heaire & Aleis Bryget.

. William Muchell & Isabell Kynderslye.

. Henry Musgreffe & Elizabeth Walton, at Aldeross.

. Thomas Holder & Sislye Clarke.

. Thomas Ward & Aleis Heward:

. Edward Henson & Marget Hunt.

. Raufe Tebb & Emat Tawste.

. Bartholemew Milner & Aleis Bladon.

. William Watson & Annis Smith.

. Thomas Harryson & Aleis Plummer.

. Edward Raulinson & Marget Francis.

. John Aucepe & Annis Gammon.

. Oliver Rampine & Dorothye Eccarfall.
te ee
ne es

Dec. Io.

1590. January.

Feb. 4.

» 9
. Thomas Cloes & Marget
. John Stone & Jone Parlbye.

. Henry Drinkwater & Elin Abell.

. Rychard Webster & Jone Becket.

. Robert Jacson & Elizabeth Mallbey.

. William Birley & Jone Dauson.

. Thomas Hassard & Ann Noton.

. John Fletcher & Isabell Becke.

. Richard Hill, of Chellinson, & Ann Ballinton.
. William Townsend & Mary Budworth.

. Rychard Coxe & Annis Clarke.

. Walter Smith & Cenit Watson.

. Robert Presse & Francis Kyleye.

. James Melborne & Jone Coppar.

. John Hygges & Margery Teiker.

BURTON-ON-TRENT PARISH REGISTERS. 57

Raufe Hyginbothon & Elizabeth Atkens.
William Heawarde & Eline Watson.
Robert Stafforde & Annis Pomfret.
Henry Watson & Elizabeth Rycratfte.

George Lye & Emat Gardin.

Thomas Drecotsent (?) & Agnes Ediall.
Christopher Blunt & Luce Muchell.

John Baskerfeild & Elinne Berghe. 4
Hugh Jacson & Elinne Ilsloe.

William Henshaw & Jeoyse Warde.

58 BURTON-ON-TRENT PARISH REGISTERS.

1590. Dec. 7. Richard Isherwood & Margery Watson.
1591. Jany.2. John Turner & Mary Smit.
, Feb. 4. Michell Beiley & Maude Teiler.

‘s ,» 6. Thomas Hill & Agnes Sutton.
, Aug. 2. Thomas Wright & Marye Smith.

, 4. Rychard Bancrafte & Jone Baker.
Sept.13. Robert Heais & Aleis Openshawe, at Ashbye.
Oct. 5. Rauffe Jackson & Susand Morte.

» 5. Laurence Browne & Jane Townend.

7 ,, 10. Roberte Thurman & Annis Milner.

5 , 12. Edward Buckley & Katherine Atkens.

33 », 31. William Bladon & Elizabeth Fitche.

a , 25. William Atkens & Jone Jacson.

, Nov. 23. George Kente & Elizabethe Bladon.

55 , 28. Henry Whistone & Margerye Presbery.

7 ,», 29. James Baker & Jone Pickmore.

- ,, 30. Antonye Birde & Jone Hunte.

- ,», 28. John Smith & Catherine Averill.

* ,, 28. John Harison & Alse Greenelefe.

1592. Apl. 3. Thomas Wast & Jone Trefelt (?)
i » Io. Thomas Orgell & Margerie Smith.
- ,, 22. Thomas Kenderdine & Alse Whistone.
— Thomas Bartrum & Elizabeth Clarke, at Scrapton.
Apl. 29. John Fichet & Annis Sharp.
May 21. John Smithe & Annis Henworth.
*; » 21. William Smithe & Custons Browne.
» June12. James Barnes & Aleis Hendley.
,, Io. Walter Orgell & Agnes Fisher.

» Sept.18. Nicholas Wood & Isabell Bonde.

_ ,, 30. Robert Bosworth & Margery Maulton.

» Oct. 23. John Goodall & Jone Haster.

53 ,, 4. Thomas Robinson & Isabell Malin.

i ,, 30. Richard Budworth & Catherine Backley.

» Nov.27. Robert Shorthose & Jone Eton.

1593. Aug. 13. Rychard Clarke & Margery Simson.

» Sept.1o. William Birde & Aleis Peake.

is ,, 24. John Smithe & Catheryne Gadsbye.

. » Ig. Valentine Ashton & Edythe Ames.

5 » 11. Edward Wightman & Francis Darbye-
» Oct. 22. James Budworth & Margery Fretwell.
» », 23. John Daye & Elinne Large.

» Nov. 24. William Smithe & Eline Bollocar.
a ,, 26. Christopher Bostock & Ann Browne.
Robert Borowais & Joyce Milner.
1594. Jan. 28. John Bonde & Aleis Sharpe.
,, Apl. 27. Nicholas Fynney & Elizabeth Busick.
» May 27. John Budworth & An Ilsloe. j
» Junero. Robartt Orgell & Jone Hyron. F

BURTON-ON-TRENT PARISH REGISTERS.

1594. June 4. Oliver Campion & Margett Smithe.

» 10.

Io.

July 2.
ne
Aug. 12.

Thomas Teiler & Aleis Browne.

William Ginkes & Elizabethe Burne, at Lychfield.
Thomas Haster & Elizabeth Forde.

Homfray Wakfelte & Jone Goodall.

George Potter & Elizabeth Cranwell, at Conyborrow.

Sept.30. Henry Ensor & Elizabeth Holloway.

Aug. 14.
Sep. 17.
Oct. 7.

Thomas Daken & Annys Batte.

Thomas Peake & Alyes Whitfelt.

John Bladon & Margery Chaplin, at Repton.

. Henry Smithe & Jone Bate.

. Valentine Peake & Maud Tipper.

. Thomas Smithe & Jone Haukes.

. Thomas Wilson & Jone Robinson.

. Michell Bartram & Aleis Aucoke.
John Hunte & Jone Atken.

. Jessye Bye & Aleis Denston.

. Robarte Coke & Elizabeth Carlton.

June 16. Raphe Jaxson & Marget Astele.

Ricardus Campian & Francis Tomlinson, at Edginton.

Elias Baxter & Alias Beebe, at Stapenill.

. Antonye Edginton & Marye Mossley.
Richarde Buste & Elizabeth Smith, at Tatenel.
John Smith & Margerie Bonde.

Thomas Chaplin & Margret Wakefelt, at Scroppen.

. William Watson & Agnes Watson.

. John Astell & Amey Bladon.

- Thomas Atkens & Ellin Aut.

. William Teeler & Mary Hees.

. Francis Baudroin & Elizabeth Cooper.

. Nicolas Hobde & Eline Woodcoke.

. Thomas Morley & Ann Cooper.

. William Shepparde & Bettris Battmon.

. John Storer & Shuzanna Bate.

- John Cross & Maria Foster.

» 2. William White & Aleis Roulson.

Apl. to.
ie cre

. Robert Heies & Jone Ellat.
John Hunte & Elizabeth Budworth.
Thomas Goodridge & Anna Pannier.

June 28. William Wall & Rachel Whistone.

Meth
July rr.

» 22

Thomas Fearn & Jone Clarke.
Adam Furneis & Agnes Astell.
. John Astell & An Shurdley.

Aug. 23. William Wildye & Marye Peake.

Nov. 15.

Thomas Godwine & Susanna Knight.

,, 22. Abraham Clarke & Aleis Watson.

ens:
” 25.

William Wright & Elizabeth Home.
Edward Granger & Ann Orrell.

60

1596.
1597.

Nov. 29.
Jan. 17.
Feb, 2.
June 26.
July 28.

nn (25.
Aug. 8.

Sept. 12.

Oct. 5.
ine 14
nye ise
» 23.
at 24.

Nov. 22.

19 220

fueesy
5p CAR
of, a20:

fH430:
Dec. 6.

Feb, 22.

May 22.

29.
June 19.
July 17.
Hie
emer
eS He
Sept. 5.
a Ph
Oct. 30.
Nov. 6.
sg:
oe
4 24188

» 20.

elo
Jan. Io.

10s

20:
57020:
ez:
Feb. 30.
Apl. 13.
» 24,
a0:

June 18.

BURTON-ON-TRENT PARISH REGISTERS.

Thomas Hough & Marie Copar.
Clement Cope & Annis Taste.

Gapriell Wright & Barbara Budworth.
Walter Smith & Mary Home.

Thomas Allen & Jane Bladon.

John Browne & Ann Smith.

John Harlow & Aleis Chamberlaine.
William Batte & Elinn Crockett.
George Potter & Margery Hengley.
Rychard Dunstall & Margett Smith.
William Ashton & Isabell Bobes.

Jesse Statham & Ann Taite.

John Robinson & Elin Baskerfelt.

John Browne & Margett Waklen, at Newton.
Edward Bishope & Francis Bond, at Cheston.
Gabriell Bishope & Agnes Bond.
Walter Cressall & Margery Wryght.
Anthony Adames & Ann Hall.

Rychard Atkens & Margett Smithe.
Gilbart George & Margery Dutton.
Thomas Daye & Francis Baker.
Alexander Buckley & Dorothy Shappard.
Charles Shipley & Jone Plummer.
William Smithe & Jone Winibley.

John Chapman & Aleis Byard.

Richard Jordan & Em Cooke.

Thomas Dyngle & Jone Huntt.

John Ley & Jone Gretton.

Rychard Drapar & Jone Incarfall.

John Crokeitt & Catherine Gesapp.
John Blysse & Margerye Ireland.
Rychard Smithe & Elizabeth Newbolt.
Walter Ballington & Jone Oxforde.
William Bennet & Wenefryd Settell.
George Setell & Emat Tebb.

William Byed & Aleis Smithe.

Richard Chamberlaine & Sara Baxter.
William Haukes & Elizabeth Smithe.
Raufe Jacson & Mary Wotten, wth a lycense.
William Henworthe & Emat Wodfeild.
Robert Milner & Dorothy Spensur.
William Irland & Agnes Rusdall.
Robert Bnrrowais & Catheryne Coopur.
(sic) John Shawe & Aleis Tonne.

Henry Hill & Mary Webster.

Thomas Brearley & Aleis Aut.

John Silke & Aleis Bandweis.

Richard Atkens & Agnes Bladen.

1599. June 25.
77 20.
Aug. 15.
ez:
Oct. 73:
Nov. 6.
eG:
. William Onsbe & Agnes Fichette (?)
. William Harrison & Marye Stafford.
. Richard Atkens & Agnes Shenton.
. Edward Smith & Sench Fitchett.
. William Batken & Elizabeth Conwaye, with a licence from

BURTON-ON-TRENT PARISH REGISTERS. 61

William Robinson & Agnes Lowe.
Bartholomew Ensor & An Harrison,
Francys Corbitt & Joyce Smithe.
Robart Betson & Elizabethe Plant.
William Addames & Agnes Orgell.
Ingrn Burchall & Catherine Plummer.
William Samson & Elizabeth Ausupp.

Mr. Chanclore.

. Lewes Choyne & Margery Caldwall, with a licence from

Mr. Chancler.

. John Burges & Amye Astell.

. Thomas Owayes & Aleis Wilkinson.

. John Woodcocke & Marye Walle.

. Thomas Biclyfe & Dorothey Gibson.
. John Shipley & Ann Waste.

. Henry Avilkoes (?) & Mary Mouslye.
. John Clyfe & Jone Harison.

. William Hargrave & Ann Hampe.

. Henrye Mousley & Margaret Wall.

. Homfray Clark & Ann Haukes.

. William Watson & Margery Gretton.
. William Owais & Isabell Hindley

. William Wall & Elizabeth Holtt.

. Thomas Mosley & Margeri Winlley.
. Richard Hurlbutt & Francis Campion.
. Richard Wetton & Margery Tayte.

- Robart Bosworth & Aleis Mousell.

Nomina eorum quorum nuptiae celebratae sunt in)
ecclia de Burton super Trent, a 24° die Julij; quo

die ego Joannes Hassall, Nordovicensis, Legum
Baccalaureus, Novi Collegij in Academia Oxoniensi + 1601.
Socius, Burtonam vent, ab Honoratiss® meo Patrono
D. Guliel. Paget, ad eccliae Burtonensis curam
accitus.

J

. Robertus Bosworth et Alicia Muchell.
. Edwardus Atkins et Francis White.

Richardus Reinar et Anna Gilbert.
Robertus Elsey et Elina Atkins.

. Thomas Sidall et Margareta Merrie, nupt apud Tatenel

licentia prits hic impetrata.

. Gabriel Wright e Agnes Sharpe.

. Thomas Daken e Margareta Mere.
- Wilelms Cooper e Agnes Case.

. Thomas Loe e Francisca Blew.

62 BURTON-ON-TRENT PARISH REGISTERS.

1602. Jan. 26. Richards Sutton e Agnes Yomens.
i , 26. Georgius Choise ¢ Elena Bate.

[HALF A PAGE BLANK. |

1603. June 13. Nicholas Byarde et Maria Bowiar, per licentiam.
7 ,, 17. Ricardus Smithe et Mageta Mountt.
» July 1. Mathewe Smithe et Susanna Russell.
,» Aug. 6. Thomas Bayley et Eline Walton.
, Sept. 2. William Jackson et Margeria Perleby.
» Nov. 4. Thomas Addames et Maria Thompson.
p , 11. Robertus Addams et Catherina Butterice.
‘i , 23. Robertus Burrowes et Elisabetha Aulcocke.
5) ,, 26. William Smith et Elizabetha Trefit.
~ , 26. Henricus Watson et Elisabetha Clarke.
1604. Jan. 28. John Mennill Generosus et Margareta Dutton.
,, Feb. 20. William Bromley et True Derby.
, Apl. 28. Thomas Goode et Agnes Howese.
, May 13. Lawrence Teate et Ellin Hoomes.
7 ,, I9. Thomas Henworth et Sarey Mott, at Bromley.
FS ,, 22. Thomas Houghe et Ellin Browne.
, June27. William Porter et Anne Clife.
ri ,, 27. William Bancrafte et Alicia Bakewill.
» », 28. John Higson et Jone Gilbert.
, July 8. William Norton et Mary Hill.
$s ,, 22. William Darby et Margaret Harper.
= ,, 28. Thomas Greene et Mary Richdalle.
ss ,, 28. Henricus Clarke et Grace Lee.
» Aug. 18. Richardus Browne et Catherine Jonson.
5 », 31. Henrye Ball and Joane Wilson.
» Oct. 6. John Porter and Elizabeth Palmer.
William Wilde and Agnes Denston.
Thomas Callingwood and Aleis Warde.
, Sept.26. Thomas Perkins et Elizabeth Litteller, at Yoxall.
. ,, 29. George Orgell et Ann Ryle.
5 ,, 20. Thomas Byerd et Easter Exarfall.
a ,, 21. Robert Carter et Ann Milner, at Tatnill.
, Oct. 29. Richard James, of Nottingham, et Sarah Bradshaw.
» Nov.18. John Hingley and Joane Morley.
7 , 20 Umfrey Shilton, of this towne, and Margarye Milner.

1607. Jan. 16. Richarde Busbe and Ellin Pearse.
3 ,, 27. William Finney and Joane Toome.
» Feb. 2. William Musgree and Sibell Poole.
" , 6. William Bonde and Anne Snibsonn.
oF , 16. George Greeg and Als Birde.
1606. Feb. 5. Gervase Piggott of Thrinston, gent. in the parish of Ratcliffe,

County of Nottingham, and Jane Bradshaw, of Burton uppox
Trent.

1607. Apl. 4. Peter Tayler and Mary Egginton.

SS ee eee 5 ee =

BURTON-ON-TRENT PARISH REGISTERS. , 63

1607. June 8. Edward Dakinn et Joanz Hollimaure.
, Aug. 3. Thomas Hill et Gillian Wetton.
1 » 10. Gabriel Squire et Elisabetha Smith.
» Sept.29. William Maulton et Margret Harrise.
», Oct. 23. Robert Colchot et Jane Boilson.
5 », 21. William Blackwall et Elizabeth Teailer, per lisenciam.
, Nov.17. Isaac Sargon et Joane Tatell.
i », 22. John Hill et Jaine Henson.
33 » 26. John Bagalt et Maria Bellimi.
,, 24. William Robinson et Alicia Smith.
1608. Jan. 19. Richardus Brackley et Anna Stone.
» Ig. Henrye Felthouse et Anna Benbrigg.
,, Feb. 8. William Bancrafte et Maria Plummer.
, Apl. 5. Abraham Choyse and Anne Cauldwall.
. May 25. James Rigwaye and Joane Robberts.
Fr » 31. Henrye Harlowe and Marie Wall.
», June 1o. Thomas Turner, of th et Joane Shilcocke.
- » 12. William Gardiner et Anna Boswell.
= » 4. William Winckle et Anna Gibson.
4 » 19. Nicholas Hingle et Elisabeth Knight.
- ,, 22. Edwarde Shenton et Marget Rowell, wth a licens.
» July 6. John Tomson et Marget Watson.
He » 13. William Loe et Marye Denston.
» » 13. John Sharpe et Elisabeth Sharbrocke
», June 30. John Ames et Marye Townsende.
», July 9g. John Bladen et Ales Ficheth, wth a licens
» Aug. 23. John Cottrell et Anna Poole.
» Sept.14. James Baber et Agnes More.
John Hogge et Margaret Taste.
», Oct. 31. Ingram Burshall et Margett Wotton.
» Nov. 8. Philip Mather et Constans Smith.
° ,, 22. William Thorpe and Jane Grees.
& ,, 28. Thomas Fenton et Elisabeth Nidde.
1609. Jan. 30. John Robye et Anna Inkerfell.
, Feb. 23. William Shilton et Elizabeth Watson.
» Apl. 30. Edwardus Haukes and Trewe Clarke.
May 1. William Allen e Aleis Winckley.

3 » 2. John Meare e Margery Browne.

» » 8. Lawrence Caldwall e Aleis Sharpe.
5 », 16. Antonye Clarke e Ann Robinson.

< » 15. Thomas Fyllington e Marget Birde.
, Aug.17. John Mansfield and Susan Daye.

” » I. George Boman and Catherne Smith.

», Oct. 2. Christopher Ilsley et Margeria Taylor.
a » 17. Thomas Wright et Ursella Townsende.
a » 23. Richard Muglinson et Ellin Bride.

( Robertus Lussher Norffol: in artibus magister, Collegtj Trini-

tatis in Academia Cantabrigienst, et honoratissimo viro

| Gulielmo, Domino Paget de Beudesert a sacris, ad ecclesiam
Burtonensem accitus, accessit Julij 9° Aino Dominj 1609

BURTON-ON-TRENT PARISH REGISTERS.

. Nicholaus Smith et Maria Smedley.

. Christopherus Wakefeild et Susana Green.
. Carolus Pace et Helena Jessop.

. Radolphus Taste et Elizabetha Stables.

. Gulielmus Knight et Elizabetha Hogge.

. Johannes Astell et Katherina Poole.

. Johannes Smith et Jana Grundy.

. Alicia Shipton et Richardus Silvester.

. Thomas Ridding et Alicia Onesby.

. Richardus Massy et Alicia Shittlewood.

. Johannes Sole et Dionisia Sawford.

. Gulielmus Haward et Margareta Cantrell
. Robertus Aldrig et Anna Horobin.

. Josephus Day et Margeria Shilton.

. Gulielmus Marde et Sicilia Draper.

. Richardus Atkins et Margareta Sharp.

. Humfridus Bladon et Anna Newbolt.

. Richardus Day et Alicia Heines.

. Hugo Bird et Jana Maupas.

Thomas Horobin et Gracia Bache.

(To be continued. )

at

65

Burton Abbey Dissolution Fnventories.
By Henry A. Rye.

Read befove the Society April 9th, 1896.

1 February last I had the honour to read before your
Society a paper on ‘“‘The Ground Plan of Burton
Abbey.” Owing to its length I had to divide it, and post-
pone these Inventories, which formed part of that paper,
to a later date.

I now introduce to you documents that treat of the
fittings and furnishings of the Abbey and Church thereof,
that will illustrate to you how goodly a home of prayer,
praise, and good works, our town of Burton-on-Trent once
contained.

I have made copies of three Inventories. The first one,
taken the 21st Day of November in the 37th year of King
Henry VIII’s reign, as a contribution to the history of the
dissolution of the Monasteries, that dark tale of Sacrilege
and destruction: when Psalm LXXIV must have come
home with a cruel force to the Dean and Canons as they
sang for the last time in their loved choir—“ But now they
break down all the carved work thereof with axes and
hammers; they have set fire upon Thy Holy places, and

66 BURTON ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES.

defiled the dwelling place of Thy name even to the
ground.” The Burton Inventories have additional claim to
attention, as they give the names of the purchasers of the
sacrilegious spoils of Holy things. That popular feeling
was certainly not in favour of this wholesale spoliation of
the religious houses is very evident from the instructions to
the Commissioners for parish churches, and from the fact
of bringing strangers to do the work: one entry itself
showing that a paid guide had to be procured in this
neighbourhood. ‘A guyde from Repton to Grace Diewe
xe.”

The 2nd Inventory made Decr. 4th, in the 38th year of
King Henry VIII’s reign shows what was delivered over to
the King and not sold at Burton. While the 3rd Inventory
made in the 6th year of King Edward VI’s reign, shows
what was left to the Parish Church, of that which was given to
it under the 1st Inventory.

It is a sad sad tale King Henry VIII. first makes the
Monastery into a collegiate church; then more money is
wanted; and the Dean has to surrender to the Kimg, who
is said to have intended to devote the revenue to education,
but, no doubt, like so many of that King’s good intentions,
it made only another paving stone for that place which is
said to be paved with good intentions.

‘* Burton-on-Trent (Aug. Off. Books 400 p. 62.)

An inventorye takyn the xxj day ef November in the
Xxxvij yere of the reigne of our sovereygne lord Kyng
Henry the viijth. &c. by Richard Goodricke and John
Scudamore, Esquyers appoyntyd by the Ryght worshypfull
Sir Edward North Knyght Chancellor of the Kynges
Maiesties most honorable Court of Augmentations of all
the juells, plate, ornaments of the churche with all the
gooddes and chattells belongyng and apperteynyng unto the
late Colledge of Burton upon Trent, surrendered and prisyd
by Walter Charnell (and others).

BURTON ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES. 67

Plate of the Churche iiijor challys with ther patents, gylt
weyng xlix oz; ij challys with ther patents whytt weyng
XXXiij 0z lij qrt; a shypp with a spone whytt(2) weyng xij
oz qrt: ij sensors whytt weyng xlvij oz; the garnysshyng
of a cross parcell gylt weyng vj oz; the garnysshyng of a
Gospell boke parcell gylt weyng xviij oz. Sume of the
ounces of the sayd plate clxvij oz; guylt xlix oz parcell
guylt xxxiiij oz. whyt iiijxx xiij oz.(4)

Ornaments of the Churche. A vestment and ij tynakles of
old chequer velvett redd and blew with albes [sold to Wm.
Dethyck] (¢) xx.s.; a chasuble of blue tartron with lions and
ij tynacles of blue tartron with half-moones and brydds(¢);
and albes therunto [sold to Sir Phelip Draycott knt] xx.s;
a vestment and ij tynakles of black velfett old and bare,
traylyd with grene and with whytt daysyes [sold to Syr Wiil
Bassett Knyght] xv.s: an old (brokyn) auter ffront of cheker
worke (velfett) [sold to Syr Robert More] iij s; an old blue
pall of tartron with daysies [sold to Sir Wm. Bassett] ij s;
an old pall of tawnye sylke with garters xxd; an old pece
of a pall of gynger collored sylke xvj d. [iij s]; a pece of
a old pall of black worstede with starres xijd [sold to John
Stone xxd]; a cope of blue tartron with lyons and brydds
[sold to Sir Phelip Bassett] vjs. viijd; a cope of old and
base redd velfett with lyons and brckyn, xs [sold to Sir
Phelip Bassett xiijs. iiijd] ; a cope of crymsyn velfett braunchyd
xs [sold to Sir Phelip Draycott xilijs. iiijd]; iij copes of
countterfett redd bawdekyn [sold to Mr. Dethyck and Mr.
Charnell] xxs; a cope of branchyn velfett with daysyes vs;
a cope of old redd counterfett bawdeykyn xs [sold to Mr.
Dethyck xvjs]; a cope of whyte sylke with wheate eares

(a) Plain silver. (4) There is some error in the above summing up:
49 + 34 + 93 = 176 not 167; also guylt 49, parcell guylt should be
24 not 34, and whyt 93 = 166. (c) The passages within brackets are
taken from the ‘‘note of the sales made by the sayd Richard Goodrych
and John Scudamore at the tyme of their beyng at Burton aforesaid"
p- 68 of the same volume. (d¢) A common misspelling of birds.

68 BURTON ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES.

[sold to Mr. Dethyck] vs; an old cope of cheker velfett
[sold to John ap Ellm] iijs.; V copes of countterfett bawdekyn
xxvs.; j old cope of whyte sylke vjs [sold to Sir Wm.
Bassett xxxvijs]; a vestment and ij tynakels of whytt sylke
with garters and thalbes [sold to Mr. Charnell] vjs. viijd;
a vestment and ij tynacles of redd saye with thalbes [sold
Mr. Dethyck] vs.; a vestment and ij tynakles of grene
dornyxe with albes [sold to Mr. Welles] v.s.; a vestment
and ij tynakles of old counterfeit bawdekyn with thalbes
[sold to Sir Wm. Bassett] xs; a vestment and ij tynakles
of whyt fustian with thalbes [sold to Mr. Dethyck] iijs. iiijd ;
a old vestment and ij tynakles of redd sylke with flowres
and thalbes [sold to Mr. Dethyck] iiijs; a vestment and jj
tynakles of whyt fustian [sold to Mr. Dethyck] xijd.; a
vestment and ij tynakles of blue sylke with whyt dasyes
and thalhes [sold to Mr. Dethyck] xs.; a vestment of redd
and whytt dornyxe iijs.; an auter ffront of redd and green
sylke with unycornes [sold to John Stone] xvjs.; a vestment
of whyt fustyan with a redd crosse [sold to Mr. Dethyck|
viijd.; a vestment of old grene damaske with an albe [sold
to Sir Rob. Benett] ijs.; a vestment of tawnye sylke with
yelowe bryddes and flowers and lyons old and brokyn [sold
to John ap Ellm] xijd.; a vestment of whytt and tawnye
sylke with flowers [sold to Mr. Layton] xxd.; a Vestment
of black worstede [sold to Sir Wm. Bassett] ijs ; viij albes
[sold to Mr. More] xxs.; iij quysshynges [sold to Sir Phelip
Draycott] viijd.; the presse for copes [sold to George
Constantyne] xijd ij grett candelstyckes of latten. vs.; iiij
small candlestyckes of laten [sold to John Stone] ijs.; a
lecterne of brasse [sold to the use of the parysshe Churche of
Burton] xxs; ij peyr of organes vjs viijd [sold to the use of
the parysshe of Burton] one other peyr of organs vjs_ viijd
[sold to Mr. Underton iiijs] a vestment and ij tynakles of
counterfett tyssue with thalbes of the same vj li; a vest-
ment and ij tynacles of redd velfett braunchyd with flowres

BURTON ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES. 69

and ij albes js; an auter front of crymsyne velfett and cloth
of gold [Bawdekynne] with raysyd velfett [sold to Robert
Benett] xxxs.; a cope of tawney velfett braunchyd with
flowres xxvjs. viijd. ; ij copes of blewe velfett with floweres
[sold to Robert Benett] liij.s. iijd. ; vij_ copes of whyt
damaske with flowres and sylke Ixxs. [4 were sold to R.
Benett for 40 s.] an olde pyxe of copper [sold to Willm
Scudamore xijd.f

Geuyn to the Church of Burton. A sute of vestments whyt
damaske xxxvjs. viijd.; an auter ffront of whyt damaske
with the salutacion of our lady xs.; a canope of redd sylke
ffowryd with collores llijs; a payre of Organs vjs.

Petycanons Hall. ij table bourds; V trestylls; iij formes;
j. benche with bordes at the wall iijs.; j. cupbord; j. peyr
of small andyrons xijd ; j fyerforke and a old fire shovell llijd-

The Buttrye iij old brokyn table clothes wherof one of
dyaper and iij towells vijd; a bason and a ewer of pewter
xvjd ; iiij candelstycks of brasse XVjs. ij small stands of ale
vjd; an almerye and a cofer for bredd xijd.

The Kechyn iij small brasse potts ijs.; ij small brasse
pannes and j lyttle cawderon xvjd.; j ther lytle cawdron of
brasse j chaffron xxd.; x platters iijs iiijd.; v pottyngers
ijs vjd.; and v sawceres vs xd.; x counterfett dysshes Exd.';
a charger viijd., amortar of brasse and a pestell of Iron ijs;
lij pothangles and a barre of iron xvjd; j gredyron iiijd.
j old almerye ijd; and a mustard mylle iiijd - -- xd; a
payr of coberts(2) and ij broches xxd.

The Bruehouse and Bakehouse ij furnes of ledd XXVJs. viijd
xij wort ledds in iij frames, xxijs; j grett malt fatte vs;
j yelyng ffatte vs.; a cesterne of ledd XXVijs viijd; a presse
and a trowgh iijs; a table bord viiljd; a bultyng whych
liijd; ij tridds ijs; and ij trowghes ijs. viijd; a moldyng
table vjd.

The Garden. ij gable ropes ijs; certen old ledd of glasse

(az) Cob-Irons.

7O BURTON ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES.

wyndowes ijs iiijd; iij pypes of ledd and a pece of ledd vs;
certen old tymber under the garden and other old trasshe of
ffronts of tymber and imags iijs iiijd; j old lytel ffatte viijs;
certen shyngle xijd; an old ladder ijd.

The Grett Hall. iij table bords with trestells and formes
xvjd.

The Entrye going into the Deanes Hall. A table bord and
u formes vijd.

The Gret Chamber. the hengyngs of steynyd saye xxd.

The Kyngs Chamber. The hengyngs of green saye xxd.

The Utter Hall. ij bordes with 11 firmes viijd.”

[Several of the latter items in this Inventory are marked
as of the aggregate value of vijli. iijs. ijd. and as ‘‘ geaven to
Sr [W] Paget.” At the foot of the page is a memorandum
signed by Sir Edward North (Chancellor of the Augmenta-
tions) to the effect that Sir William Paget had subsequently
granted to the King property of greater value at the Spytale
of Kepyer whereupon he is to be discharged of the vijli.
iijs. yd. It appears from Tanner Not. Mon. Durham xiij
that there was a hospital at Kypier or Kepire near Durham
~which in 36th Hen. VIII was surrendered and granted to
Sir Wm. Paget.]

** Summa totalis of the seyd Inventorye xli li: xis. ijd.”

Our next Inventory is taken the following year and gives
a list of those things that were not sold at Burton but were
delivered into the King’s Court of Augmentations.

«Q. R. Church Goods.
= 37 Henry VIII.

This bill indentyd made the iijth of December in the
XXxviilj yere of the Reigne of or Soveraigne lord Kynge
Henrye the eighte, Witnesseth that I Sr. John Will’ms Knigt
Tresorer of the Courte of Thaugmentacyons of the revenue

BURTON ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES. wh

of or said Sovraigne the Kynges corone have receyvd of
John Scudamore esquire Recevor of the said Courte wthin
the Counties of Salop, Worc: Stafford and Hereford by
thandes of Willm Scudamore his sone certen plate and
ornaments latlye belonging to the late colledge of Burton
upon Trent in the said Countie of Stafford as hereafter
pticlerly is resyted.

That is to saye,
Plate Fyrst iiij Chalesis wth theyr

patents gylte weying xlix oz. di.

Itm lj... Saltsis with there

patents whight weying XXXlij 0z. iij qato.

Itm on shippe wth a spone

whight weying. Xlj OZ. qato.

Itm. ij Sensers whight weying (2) xlvij oz.

Itm the garnyshing of a Crosse

peell gyllt weying (é) vij oz.

Itm the garnyshing of a gospell

boke pcell gilt weing XViij oz. di.
Ornaments.

First on vestment wth ij Tynnacles of conterfaict
tysshue wth albes to the same belonging.

Itm a vestment wth ij Tynnacles of rede velvet and
ij albes to the same belonging.

Itm a Cope of taunnye velvet wth an offeris of red
turkyt satten.

Itm iij Copes of whight damaske wth flowers of nedle
worke wroghte. In witnes whereof to this presente

I have sett so my seale the daye and yere above
written.

John Williams.”

(2) One of these most likely the gift of Bishop William Heyworth in 1446.
) This most likely the gift of brother John Sudburie Sacrist, 1 366-1400.

72 BURTON ABBEY DISSCLUTION INVENTORIES.

We pass on 7 years and again the Church of Burton is
plundered by another king who had inherited his father’s
love of money and greed for spoiling the Church. It is
worthy of note that Henry VIII is said to have entered
into possession of enormous wealth by the dissolution of
the Monasteries, and it is certain that he promised if this
were granted to him that he would ask for no further taxes.
It is equally certain that the whole of this had been squan-
dered in a marvellously short time, and at his death he was
reduced to the greatest straits for money. No wonder!
The curse of sacrilege, contained in nearly all charters and
grants to the various Abbeys, swiftly overtakes the spoilers,
and the Tudor line 1s wiped out; Edward VI died childless,
Mary and Elizabeth the same. It is interesting to follow
the grants of the spoils, for the curse of sacrilege rests on
them, and you will find the original family seldom thrives
or continues long in possession. I know one family where
the eldest son has never succeeded to the estate to this
day; the estate was sold, but yet the curse clings to who-
ever buys it.

‘© Church Goods =
Stafford.
Hundred of Cutleston.

A juste true and parfecte survey and inventorye of all
goods plate jewells vestments bells and other ornaments of
all churches chappells brotherhods Guyldes and companies
wthin the hundred of Cutleston in the Countey of Stafford
taken the theyrd daye of October in the Syxte yere of the
raygne of or sovergn lorde kynge Edward the Syxte by
Thomas Gyfford Knight Walter Wrotcheley and Edward
Lyttlton Esquyers by vertue of the kyngs Mts comyssion
to them directed in that behalf as hereafter particulerly
appereth.

Burton upon Trent.
Fyrste one challes of sylver pcell gylte wth a paten ij

=~ra@

BURTON ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES. vis

vestments one of grene damaske, the other of whyte, iij
Copes one of blewe velvet an other of whyte damaske the
thyrd of grene dornycks, iiij albes wth ther Amyses, ij fronte
of the alter one of whyte Damaske now used as a carpett
for the lord’s table and the other of lynen clothe steyned,
ij table clothes and iij towels, ij bells wth one sans bell.”

This last 1tem is curious, for in the grant to Sir Wm.
Paget (Patent roles 37 Hen. VIII pt. 16 m 15) the King
reserves to himself the church of the late college with the
lead and bells; the only inference to be drawn is that the
three bells were bought from the King for the use of the
Parish Church, but here we have his son laying hands on
them again.

The inventory is most intsresting, first and foremost it
shows us that since the great plundering of the Church by
Henry VIII, the following vestments had been secured for
the Parish Church:—3 copes, one of blue velvet, one of
white damask, and one of green. I may note that it is
curious that Sir Robert Bennett bought a blue velvet and
a white damask cope at the sale. These may have been
given back to the church by him, or bought from him. I
can find no trace of a green damask cope in the inventory,
so that may have come from another source; the Parish
Church had also secured a green damask vestment, this
was also amongst the spoils, and also bought by Sir Robert.
There were also 3 albes and 3 amices added to what had
been given back to the Church of Burton, and an Altar
frontar of steyned linen cloth. We also find ‘the sute of
whyte damaske vestments”? and “the whyte damaske auter
ffront”” (now used as a carpet for the Lord’s Table) which
were given back to the Church of Burton mentioned, but
“the canope of redd sylke ffowryd with collores” “the
lecterne of brasse and the ij peyr of organes” are not
mentioned. There is another thing I should like to draw
your attention to: in the Rubric of our Prayer Book it

74 BURTON ABBEY DISSOLUTION INVENTORIES.

states that, ‘‘Such Ornaments of the Church, and of the
Ministers thereof, at all times of their Ministration, shall be
retained, and be in use, as were in this Church of England,
by the Authority of Parliament, in the second year of the
reign of King Edward the Sixth.” We see what was in
use in Burton in the 6th year of Edward VI, four years
after that date, so they must have been there in the 2nd
year. So we leave Burton Church, only saying that, no
doubt, it was stripped of everything that could be turned
into money; there is no entry of even leaving a chalice,
paten, or a surplice, as we find in so many cases the
Commissioners did.

75

The flora of Burton-on-Trent and
Neighbourhood.

CoMPILED BY THE BOTANICAL SECTION.

Part IIJ.—RUBIACEGE TO SOLANACEG.

[For previous Parts, with Lists of Authorities and Explanations,
vide Vol. III, p.p. 177—190, 269—282.]

Corrections to Part II.

P. 273. The note following the * under ‘ R. infestus Wethe”
has been misplaced ; it should have been under ‘“‘R. podophyllus”
lower down on the same page. The question there dis-
cussed has now been settled in accordance with my view:
The Rev. W. M. Rogers having named as “R. Bloxamianus,
Coleman,” a plant found near Willington by The Rev. W.
R. Linton, and the latter gentleman having pronounced the
plants recorded by me under R. podophyllus to be the same
form. The specimen from South Wood in Dr. Mason’s
Herbarium is undoubtedly the same form, so that R. podophyllus
disappears from our list.

P. 279. The record for ‘‘E adnatum, Grisebach” is an
error, the plant found proving to be a form of “ E obscurum
Schvreb.”

749-

750.

751.

AD:

757-

759-

763.

764.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

XXXVIII. RusBiacea.

Galium Cruciata, Scop.
Common.

G. verum, L.
Common.

[G. erectum, Huds.
Burton; R.G. Doubtful; Section. ]

G. Mollugo, L.

‘Plentiful near Breedon; E.B. Repton; W,G. Near Melbourne;
W.H.P. Ticknall; Purchas. Single plants near Milton and
Bretby; T.G.

G. saxatile, L.
Anslow; E.B. Repton Rocks; W.G.' About Calke; Purchas.
Hoarcross; J.E.N. Bretby Park; T.G.

G. sylvestre, Poll.
Coleorton Wood; F.L.

G. palustre, L.
Common in watery places.

G. uliginosum, L.

Near Old Trent, Repton; W.G. (wants confirmation; W.H.P.)
Bog at Foremark Park (Repton Rocks); W.H.P. Coleorton
Wood; F.L.

G. anglicum, Huds.
Winshill; Shobnall; E.B. Repton; W.G. Sinai Park; P.B.M.

G. Aparine, L.
Very common.

Asperula odorata, L.

Common; E.B. Repton Shrubs; W.G. South Wood and Heath
End; Purchas. Hanbury; Gisborne. Bretby; T.G. Henhurst ;
J.E.N.

Sherardia arvensis, L.
Cornfields, common; E.B. Fields round Repton Rocks; W.G.
Drakelowe ; Linton; Repton; W.H.P. Bretby; Cauldwell; T.G.

XXXIX. VALERIANEG.

Valeriana dioica, L.

Drakelowe; Stanton; Repton Shrubs; &c.; E.B. Milton ;
Dimminsdale, Calke; W.H.P. Repton Rocks; T.G.

.

765.

766,

768.

770.

774,

775:

776.

777-

778.

779.

781.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 77

V. Mikanii, Syme.

Common in watery places.

V. Sambucifolia, Willd.

Occasionally near Burton Bridge; E.B. Woody Places, Calke:
W.H.P. The commoner form in Leicestershire ; F.L.

Centranthus ruber, D.C.

Burton; R.G.

Valerianella olitoria, Poll.

Common; E.B. Cornfields between Repton Shrubs and Repton
Rocks; W.G. Cauldwell ; Stanton-by-Bridge; W.H.P. Outwood
Hills; J.E.N. Railway Bank by Moor Street, Burton: T.G.

V. dentata, Poll.

Cauldwell ; Stapenhill; Shobnall; &c.: E.B. Cornfields between
Repton Shrubs and Repton Rocks; W.G. Near Calke Park ;
W.H.P. Heath End; Staunton Harold: Coleorton, Boothorpe;
Oakthorpe; F.L. Newhall; T.G.

XL. Dipsacea.

Dipsacus sylvestris, Huds.

Houndshill; Tutbury; R.G. The Oaks, Shobnall; E.B. Calling-
wood ; Gisborne ; Wichnor Bridge; Birch. Ticknall Quarry; W.G.
Chaddesden ; Swarkestone Bridge; W.H.P. Branston; J.E.N.
Drakelowe and Croxall; T.G.

D. pilosus, L.

The Oaks, Shobnall; Newton Solney ; E.B. Repton Shrubs; W.G.
By the gate at Burton Abbey; Gisborne. Yoxall Brook; Birch,
Tatenhill; T.G.

Scabiosa succisa, L.

Branston: Needwood Forest; &c.; E.B. Repton Shrubs; W.G.
Gresley ; Calke, but rather scarce; W.H.P. Truckesholme ; Birch.
Bretby ; Mickleover; T.G.

8. Columbaria, L.

Goods Station, near Willington Junction; W.G. (now extinct ;
W.H.P.) Breedon Hill and Cloud Lime Works: F.L.

8S. arvensis, L.

Fairly common,

XLI. Composite.

Eupatorium cannabinum, L.

Burton Bridge and other places on the Trent; also at Moira; E.B,
Between Milton and Foremark: W.G. Breedon Cloud; F.L.
Calke; W.H.P. Repton Rocks; T.G.

783-

785.

788.

790.

791.

797-

799.

802.

806.

810.

811.

813.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

Solidago Virgaurea, L.
Between Moira and Gresley; E.B. Repton: W.G. Ashby
Wolds; F.L.

Bellis perennis, L.
Abundant everywhere.

Aster Tripolium, L.
At entrance of Hollow Meadow, Branston; Wood Bridge? ; Shaw.
Not at Branston for many years; Sectioz.

Erigeron acre, L.
Tutbury Castle; R.G. Breedon; E.B. Ticknall Quarry; W.G.

Filago germanica, L.
“Not uncommon”; E.B. Between Milton and Repton Rocks ; W.G.
“Frequent”; F.L. Repton; about Calke; W.H.P. Branston; J.E.N.

F. minima, Fr.
Breedon; E.B. Field near Repton Rocks; W.G. Spring Wood ;
Staunton Harold; F.L. Foremark; P.B.M.

Gnaphalium uliginosum, L.

Outwoods; Cauldwell; Stapenhill; &c.; E.B. Near Repton
Rocks ; W.G. ‘Frequent’; F.L. Chellaston; about Calke ; W.H.P.
Repton Shrubs; T.G. Barton Park, Mickleover; W.R.L.
Branston; J.E.N.

G. sylvaticum, L.
Repton Rocks; E.B. Repton; W.G. Spring Wood; F.L.

Inula Helenium, L.
On rubbish heaps near Staunton Harold Gardens; E.B.

Pulicaria dysenterica, Geertn.

_ Drakelowe; Needwood Forest; &c.; E.B. Near Repton Mill;
W.G. “Common”; F.L. Common about Derby; about Calke ;
W.H.P. Mickleover; W.R.L. Tutbury Road, Burton; J.E.N.

Bidens cernua, L.

Coton-in-the-Elms; between Packington and Normanton; E.B
Crewe’s Pond (Repton Park); W.G. Calke; W.H.P. Canal near
Allenton; W.R.L. Bretby Ponds; T.G.

B. tripartita, L.

Horninglow; Shobnall; Rolleston; &c.; E.B. Repton; W,G.
“Frequent”; F.L. Burton; Twyford; Canals, Derby; Calke;
W.H.P. Canal near Allenton; Barton Blount; W.R.L.
Achillea Millefolium, L.

Common.

—

814.

817.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 79

A. Ptarmica, L.

In many places by the Trent, and on Needwood Forest; E.B
“Frequent; F.L. Willington; Gresley; near Calke; W.H.P.
Barton Park; W.R.L. Repton Rocks; T.G.

Anthemis Cotula, L.
Stretton; Shobnall; &c.; E.B, Repton; W.G. ‘Frequent’; F.L.
About Calke; W.H.P.

818. A. arvensis, L.

819.

820.

821.

822.

823.

825.

827.

$28.

820.

832.

834.

Newhall; E.B.

A. nobilis, L.
Linton; E.B.

Chrysanthemum segetum, L.

“A pestiferous weed on the Outwood Hills and elsewhere’; E.B.
“Cornfields, especially near Eggington"”’; W.G. ‘Frequent’: F.L.
Milton; Drakelowe; Normanton-by-Derby ; W.H.P.

C. Leucanthemum, L.
Common.

C. Parthentum, Pers.
Anslow; &c.; E.B. Anchor Church: Repton; W.G. Newton
Solney ; Swarkestone; Ticknall; W.H.P. Stretton; P.B.M.

Martricaria inodora, L.
Common.

M. Chamomilla, L.
“Common”: E.B. & 1gl Ba Repton; Calke; W.H.P. Drakelowe ;
P.B.M. Findon; W.R.L.

Tanacetum vulgare, L.

Tatenhill; Bearwood Hill; and on the banks of the Dove, near
Tutbury; E.B. Anchor Rocks; W.G. Eggington; Milton;
Repton; Derby; W.H.P. Field near Branston Road; J.E.N.

Artemesia Absinthium, L:

Breedon; E.B. Eggington; W.G.

A. vulgaris, L.

“Common"’; R.G. Branston and many other places; E.B. between
Milton and Anchor Church; W.G. Tutbury; Barton Blount ;
W.R.L.

Tussilago Farfara, L.

Very Common.

Petasites officinalis, Mcench.

“Very common’’; E.B. Repton; W.G. ‘Frequent’; F.L.

80

$38.

839.

842.

843.

844.

845.

850.

85t.

853-

856.

857.

858.

859.

860.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

Senecio vulgaris, L.
Very common.

8S. splvaticus, L.

Needwood Forest; E.B. Willington; W.G. Staunton Harold;
Ashby Wolds; Oakthorpe; Moira; F.L. Melbourne; Repton
Rocks; W.H.P. Winshill; Branston; Foremark Bottoms; T.G.

S. erucifolius, L.

Horninglow; Rollestone; and near the Henhurst; E.B. Repton;
W.G. ‘Frequent’; F.L. White Hollows, Ticknall; W.H.P.
Boyleston; Church Broughton; T.G.

8. Jacobeea, L.
Common.

8. aquaticus, L.
Common.

S. saracenicus, L.
Needwood Forest; R.G.

Carlina vulgaris, L
Breedon-on-Hill; E.B. Ticknall Quarry; W.G. Cloud Hill
Lime Works; F.L. Repton Rocks; T.G.

[Arctium majus, Schk.
“Common”; E.B. ‘Frequent’; F.L. ? Error; Sec¢on.]

A. minus, Schk.
Common in woods.

Cardnus nutans, L.
Sparingly about Burton; E.B. Repton; W.G. ‘‘Frequent’’; F.L.
Swarkeston; W.R.L. Fields near Repton Shrubs; Foremark

Bottoms; T.G.

C. crispus, L.

Common. ’

var. acanthoides (Linn). About Calke: Weston Cliff; W.H.P.
Cnicus lanceolatus, Willd.

Common.

C. eriophorus, Roth.

Once near Drakelowe; Breedon Cloudwood; E.B. ‘Not common” ;
Pye.

C. palustris, Willd.
Common.

862.

864.

866.

867,

868.

870.

$72.

873.

874.

879.

881.

882.

883.

886.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 81

OC. pratensis, Wild.
Needwood; R.G. Low Meadow adjoining Willington Junction ;
W.G. (‘Not seen’, Hagger; W.H.P.)

C. heterophyllus, Willd.
Naturalized in the gardens at Coleorton; F.L.

OC. arvensis, Hoffm.
Very common.

Onopordon Acanthium, L.

Shrubberries, and as an outcast from gardens, not truly wild; E.B.
Repton; W.G.

Mariana lactea, Hill. (Carduus Marianus, L.)
Burton; R.G. Walton; Shobnall; and elsewhere; E.B. Near
Repton; W.H.P.

Serratula tinctoria, L.
Rollestone ; Henhurst ; and near Moira Reservoir; E.B. Repton;
W.G. Locality common; F.L. Repton Shrubs; Willington;
W.H.P. Anslow; J.E.N.

Centaurea nigra, L.
Common.

C. Scabiosa, L.
About Tutbury; Skaw. Ticknall; E.B. ‘Not common”; F.L.

CO. Cyanus, L.
Brizlincote; between Moira and Gresley; E.B. Repton; W.H.P.

Cichorium Intybus, L.

Road between Lichfield and Burton; Skaw. Burton; R.G,
Breach Farm, Cauldwell; E.B. Near Repton; W.G. Dim-
minsdale Limeyard, Calke; W.H.P.

Lapsana communis, L,
Common,

Picris hieracioides, L.

Tutbury; R.G. | Near Shobnall marlpit ; Rollestone ; Stapenhill;
E.B. Breedon; Appleby; No Man’s Heath; F.L. Newton
Solney; Calke; W.H.P. Chellaston; W.R.L. Tatenhill; T.G.

P. echioides, L.

Between Stapenhill and Cauldwell; E.B. Formerly near Swarke-
stone; probably now extinct: W.H.P.

Crepis setosa, Hall f.

Near Old Parks, Ashby; Railway Cutting, Willesley; between
Packington and Coleorton; E.B.

82

887.

880.

Sor.

- 974.

975-

979-

994.

995:

997-

999.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

C. virens, L.
Common,

C. biennis, L.
Between Appleby and Twycross; E.B. Derbyshire, near the
Staffs. border; R.G.

C. paludosa, Meenck.
South side of Moira Reservoir, but scarce; E,B.

Hieracium Pilosella, L.
Fairly common.

Hi. aurantiacum, L.
‘Several patches on the Midland Railway Embankment below
Burton, and away from any habitations, some years ago”; E.B.

H. vulgatum, Fr. (old ‘‘aggregate species’’).

Tutbury; Needwood; and elsewhere; E,B. Cricket field wall,
Repton; W.C. Worthington; Coleorton Wood; Ashby Church-
yard; and Netherseal (H. sylvaticum, sm.); F.L. Anchor
Church; W.H.P.

H. diaphanoides, Lindeb.
Tatenhill ; T.G.

H. sciaphilum, Nechtriky.
Church Broughton; Sutton; Hatton; Eggington Station; W.R.L.

H. rigidum, Hartm.
Staunton Harold (H. tridentatum, Fr.); F.L. Coton-in-the-Elms
(H. tridentatum, Fr.); P.B.M.

H. boreale, Fr.

Needwood Forest; Rollestone; &c.; frequent; E.B. Between
Repton Village and Repton Shrubs; W.G. ‘Frequent’; F.L.
Heath End, Calke; W.H.P. Church Broughton; Latton; Hilton;
W.R.L.

H. umbellatum, L.

Between Crewe’s Pond and Loscoe; W.G. Packington ; Gallows
Lane, Measham; Smoile Wood; F.L. Eggington; Willington;
W.H.P. Church Broughton; Sudbury; W.R.L. Near Range-
more; T.G.

Hypocheeris radicata, L.
Common.

Leontodon hirtus, L.
“Frequent”; E.B. Repton; W.G. ‘Frequent’: F.L. About
Calke; W.H.P.

eet Ie

1000.

I1oo!.

1002.

1003.

1008.

T1009.

1013.

1014.

1017.

1018.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 83

L. hispidus, L.
Common.

L. autumnalis, L.
“Common”; E.B. & F.L. Repton; W.G. ‘Not seen by Mr.
Bloxam and Mr. Purchas about Calke’; W.H.P:

Taraxacum officinate, Web.

Very common.

var. palustre (D.C.)

Byrkley Park; E.B. Ashby; Prestop Farm; Blackfordby; F.L.
Radbourn; Drakelowe Park; W.R.L.

Lactuca virosa, L.

Hamstall Ridware ; road between Tatenhill and Branston; Shaw.
Common about Tutbury; R.G. Once near Walton Railway
Station; Stanton-by-Bridge; E.B.

L. muralis, Fresen.
Winshill; Tutbury ; and Stapenhill; E.B. Anchor Church; W.G.
Coleorton: Talbot Lane, Ashby; Packington; F.L. Church

. Broughton; W.R.L.

Sonchus oleraceus, L.
Common.

8. asper, Hoffm.
Common.

8S. arvensis, L.
Common.

Tragopogon pratense, L.

“Frequent”; E.B.& F.L. Repton: W.G. _ Stapenhill; Calke;
W.H.P. Bretby; T.G. Railway bank by Moor Street, Burton;
J.E.N. Tutbury Station; W.R.L.

T. porrifolius, L.
Meadows at Rollestone; R.G. An outcast from gardens; E.B.

XLII. CAMPANULACEG.

Jasione montana, L.

Parson's Hill, Repton; W.G. Netherseal; F.L. Stanton-by-
Bridge; about the old Sandstone quarries; W.H.P.
Wahlenbergia hederacea, Schrad.

“Repton Rocks, a small quantity found by a Repton Schoolboy‘
Hagger.” W.H.P.

84

1022.

1023.

1025.

1027.

1028.

1029.

1032.

1038.

1040.

2042.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

Campanula Trachelium, L.

Between Marchington and Houndhill: Barton; Burton; R.G.
Brizlincote and Marchington, plentifully at the latter place; E.B.
Yoxall Wood Lane, abundant; Gisborne.

C. latifolia, L.

Burton; Shaw. Barton; R.G. Shobnall; Knightley; Brizlincote ;
Needwood Forest; E.B. Repton Shrubs; W.G. Breedon Cloud
Wood; F.L. Repton Rocks; near Calke Mill; W.H.P. Tutbury
Castle; J.E.N.

C. rotundifolia, L.
Common.

C. Rapunculus, L.
Garden weed at Stapenhill; E.B.

C. patula, L.
Burton: R.G. Near Brizlincote; E.B. Stapenhill; rare near
Melbourne; Bloxam ; W.H.P.

Specularia hybrida, A.DC.

Ticknall; E.B. Between Milton and Repton Rocks; W.G.
Field, South of Smoile Wood; F.L. Fields on Melbourne
Common; W.H.P. Near Cauldwell; T.G.

XLIII. Vacciniacee.

Vaccinium Myrtillus, L.

Needwood; Repton Rocks; Seal Wood; E.B. ‘‘Met with by the
Rev. W, H. Coleman on an outcrop of millstone grit not far from
Ticknall Lime Works”; W.H.P.

XLIV. ERIcAcEe.

Calluna Erica, D.C.

“Still lingers in one or two places about Anslow, Brackenhurst,
Linton, and Newhall”; E.B. Repton Rocks; W.G. Coleorton
Wood: Ashby Wolds; F.L. Needwood Forest; P.B.M.

Erica Tetralix, L.
Repton Rocks ; Newhall; and near Moira Reservoir; E.B.

E. cinerea, L.
Between Moira and Gresley; E.B. Repton Rocks; W.G. Ashby
Wolds; near Moira Reservoir ; F.L.

1060.

1061.

1062.

1068.

1071.

1072.

1075.

1076.

1077.

1079.

1080.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD, 85

XLVII. PrimuLaceae.

Hottonia palustris, L.

Ditches between Branston and Burton; Shaw. Elford; Barton;
R.G. Burton; Eggington; Repton; &c., E.B. Near Willington
Bridge; W.G. Roadside from Barton Turn to Newbould;
Gisborne.

Primula acaulis, L.
Common.

var. caulescens (Koch).
Frequent.

P. veris, L.
Common.

Lysimachia vulgaris, L.
At Ashby, near the Old Parks; E.B.

L. Nummularia, L.

Burton; R.G. Repton Shrubs; Grange and Seal Woods; E.B.
Repton; W.G. Near Burton; Osmaston-by-Derby; Swarkes-
tone; Calke; W.H.P. ‘Frequent’; F.L. Scropton; Sudbury;
W.R.L.

LL. Nemorum, L.

Common in woods and on wet banks; E.B. Repton Shrubs and
Repton Rocks; W.G. Near Burton; near Calke Mill; W H.P.
“Locally common”; F.L.

Anagallis arvensis, L.
Common.

A. coerulea, Schreb.
Burton, but rare; E.B.

A. tenella, L.
Needwood Forest; Withering. White sitch {? Needwood) ; Shaw.
Burton; R.G. Repton Rocks; W.G. Between Calke and Mel-
bourne; found by Bloxam ‘‘in the bog at Foremark Park,” it does
not seem to have been seen there since; Purchas, 7.B.; W.H.P.
Repton Rocks, 1897; T.G.

Samolus Valerandi, L.
Mott's Well near Smallwood Manor; R.G. ‘Ponds by Swarkestone

Bridge"; Bloxam ; not seen since so far as I know; Purchas, ].B. ;
W.H.P. Branston Salt Marshes; J.E.N. & J.G.W.

XLVIII. Oveacea.
Fraxinus excelsior, L,
Common.

86

1081.

1082.

1083.

1086.

1097.

1099.

1100.

18 fo) &

I1to2.

1105.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

Ligustrum vulgare, L.

Common; E.B. Repton; W.G. Mickleover; Burton; planted
in S.D.; W.H.P. ‘Common’: F.L. Roadside between Barton
and Burton; Gisborne. Common, but often introduced; Sectzoz.

XLIX. ApocyNacEG.

Vinca major, L.
“ Naturalized,” E.B.

V. minor, L.

By the Trent near Walton; R.G. Naturalized at Rollestone;
Walton, and other places; E.B.

L. GENTIANEG.

Erythrea Centaurium, L.

Shobnall; Grange Wood; Knightly Park; &c.; E.B. Marshes
by Willington Junction: W.G. Bretby; Burton; Heath End,
Calke; W.H.P.

[Gentina campestris, L.

Field above Repton Shrubs; W.G.] Can this be error for last
species? Sectzon.

Menyanthes trifoliata, L.

Anslow; Repton Rocks; Newhall; and until lately in a pit on
Ordish’s Farm, Burton; E.B. Foxholes and Whitemere bog,
1792; Gisborne.

Limnanthemum peltatum, S. P. Gmel.

Sometimes introduced into ponds; E.B.

LI. PoLEMONIACEG.

Polemonium cceruleum, L.

Needwood Forest; R.G. Near Drakelowe Farm; E.B. Coleorton
Wood, in 1878, perhaps introduced; F.L. (Not now native in
district, if ever; Sect7on.)

LII. BoraGinaceEe@.

Cynoglossum officinale, L.

Needwood Forest, very common; Shaw. Burton; R.G. Out-
wood hills; Tatenhill; &c.; E.B. Calke; W.G.

Symphytum officinale, L.

Burton; Shaw. Marchington; R.G. Trent side near Burton ;

E.B. Repton; W.G. Newton Solney; near Derby; Calke;
Swarkestone; Ingleby; &c.; W.H.P.

1107.

ITIO.

112.

I114.

IIIS.

1116.

1118.

I119.

1120.

1121.

1123.

1124.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 87

Borago officinalis, L,
Needwood; R.G. Garden weed at Burton and elsewhere; E.B.

Lycopsis arvensis, L.
Stretton; Branston; Needwood Forest; &c.; E.B. Between
Milton and Repton Rocks; W.G.

[Pulmonaria officinalis, L.
Needwood Forest; R.G. Doubtful; Sectzon.]

Myosotis ccespitosa, F. Schultz.

Burton; Anslow; &c.; E.B. “Common"; F.L. Willington ;
Swarkestone Bridge; Calke; W.H.P. Foston; Sudbury; W.R.L.
Repton Rocks; T.G. Moira; J.E.N.

M. Palustris, Relh.

Common; E.B.& F.L. Repton; W.G. About Derby; not seen
about Calke; W.H.P. Common by the Trent and Dove; Bretby
Ponds; Repton Rocks.

M. repens, G. Don.
Repton Rocks; E.B. Barton Blount; Marston-on-Dove; W.R.L.

M. Sylvatica, Hoffm.

Rollestone and Knightley; The Greaves; E.B. Castle Donington
Park; F.L. Bretby; T.G.

M. arvensis, Lam.
Common.

M. collina, Hoffm.

Stanton-by-Bridge; E.B. Askew Hill and Anchor Church; W.G.
Drakelowe; W.H.P.

M. versicolor, Reichb.

Stapenhill; Seal Wood; and elsewhere; E.B. Askew Hill and
Parson's Hills, Repton; W.G. Ashby Old Parks; Packington;
F.L. Drakelowe; Willlngton; Calke; WH.P. Hilton Com-
mon; W.R.L. Bretby; T.G.

Lithospermum offiicinale, L.

Tutbury Castle; Shaw. Burton; R.G. Sparingly at Drakelowe
and Horninglow; E.B. ‘Cornfields''; W.G. Stapenhill; Calke,
but sparingly ; W.H.P.

L. Arvense, L.

“Common”; R.G. Breach Farm, near Cauldwell; near Morris’
Hill, Ashby; E.B. Near Willington; W.G. Repton; about
Burton; W.H.P. Overseal; F.L.

88

1125.

1126.

1127.

1129.

1130.

1139.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

Echium vulgare, L.

Near Cauldwell, but rarely; E.B. Willington; Winshill; Drake-
low; formerly at Swarkestone Bridge; Aston Spar Pits; W.H.P.
Netherseal and Stretton; F.L. Tatenhill; P.B.M.

[Z. plantagineum, L.

“Ingleby Meadows, Glover’s History"’; W.H.P. Error.]

LIII. ConvoLvuLacec.

Volvulus sepium, Junger.
Common.
Convolvulus arvensis, L.
Common.

Cuscuta trifoliz, Bab.
Upon Clover, Midway, 1862; E.B. Winshill: P.B.M.

LIV. SoLANACEG.

Solanum Dulcamara, L.
Common.

S. nigrum, L.
A common garden weed at Burton; E.B. Repton; W.G.

Lyctum barbarum, L.
Frequent as an escape; F.L.

Atropa Belladonna, L.
Tutbury Castle; R.G. Repton; E.B. (now extinct there; W.H.P.)
Staunton Harold; F.L. Winshill; W.H.P.

Datura Stramonium, L.
Garden weed at Burton, Ashby, and Sudbury; E.B. Chapel yard,
Repton; W.G. Staunton Harold; F.L.

Hyoscyamus niger, L.
Tutbury Castle; R.G. Shobnall Marl Pit; Barrow Hill; E.B.
Stapenhill ; formerly at Calke; W.H.P.

(To be continued.)

DSO DSO

PRAT ny
PRiGsi Rudy ok

Pa day a sb
_— ft
ra io 6 ie A ee ‘on Te
- <=
pedi aa
Ae

VOL. IV.—PART II.

: RANSACTIONSAS&_

| -_ SOCIETY,

| Annual Report, Balance Sheet, &e.,

FOR SESSIONS 1897-98, AND 1898-99.

EDITED BY
B. L.. OSWEEE,
Hon. Secretary.

BURTON-ON-TRENT :
J. €. PERFECT & Co., 204 & 205, STATION STREET.

BURTON-ON-TRENT

NATURAL HISTORY & ARCHAOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

30, HiGH STREET.

Arnal Report, Balance Sheet,
&c., &c.,

FOR THE

YEARS ENDING SEPTEMBER 30rn, 1898 anp 1899.

BURTON-ON-TRENT:
PERFECT, PRINTER 4 & 205, STATION STREET
Tg00.

PAST PRESIDENTS.

1876-77—S. EVERSHED, Esg., M.P.

1877-78— %9 r %9

1878-79—REV. C. F. THORNEWILL, M.A.
1879-80—H. G. TOMLINSON, Eso.

1880-81—W. MOLYNEUX, Esq.

1881-82—R. THORNEWILL, Eso.

1882-83—C. O’SULLIVAN, Esg., F.R.S.
1883-84--REV. C. F. THORNEWILL, ‘M.A.
1884-85—HON. G. H. ALLSOPP, M.P.

1885-86—J. T. HARRIS, Esa.

1886-87— PP ee

1887-883—HORACE T. BROWN, Esg., L.L.D., F.R.S.
1888-89g— a9 aE 9 ”

1889-g0—P. B. MASON, .Esq., J.P., M.R.C.S., F.L.S.
18g0-9g1— “i os ‘5 re

1891-92—T. KNOWLES, Esg., M.A. -

1892-93— %

1893-94—G. HARRIS MORRIS, Ph.D., F.I.C.
1894-95—P. B. MASON, Esq., J.P., M.R.C.S., F.L.S.
1895-96—F. E. LOTT, Esg., Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C.
1896-97— » r» r
1897-98—ROBERT MOXON, Esa.

1898-99— ”

1899-1900—JAMES O’SULLIVAN, Esg., F.I.C.

OFFICERS (OF: THE (SOCIETY,

1899-1900.

President :

JAMES O’SULLIVAN, Esg., F.L.C.

Vice Presidents :
Horace T. Brown, Eso:; LL.D., F.R.Si, F.GiS., &e:
Appian J., Brown, Esg., F.I.C., BVGs:
Purtre B. Mason, Esg., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S., &e.
G. Harris Morris, Esq., Ph.D., F.1.C.,. F.C.S.
R. Moxon, Esq.
Go’ Suriuvan, Eso, F. RS. FL. &e.
Rev. C. F. Tuornewiti, M.A., F.E.S.
FE, E. Lorr, Hso4 Assoc.R.S.M., FVI.C.
Rev. VV. A. Bavre, M.A;, B:C.L.

Hon. Treasurer :

Mr. Epwin A. Brown.

Hon. Secretary :
Mr. B. L. Oswett, 5, Balmoral Road.

Committee :
Mr. R. CHURCHILL Mr. A. J. LYLE
ae Gre ANE, JAY » C. G. MatTTHEws
og nee. Ja: DAY » W. ODLING
Rev. G. R. Harrison He Ee skort

>

Dr. A. La. STERN

SECTIONS AND SECTIONAL OFFICERS.

BOTANICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL.

Chaiyman :

Mr. P. B. Mason, Men... F.L.S., &c,

Hon. Secretary :
Mr. J. E. Nowers, 282, Blackpool Street.

PHOTOGRAPHIC AND SCIENTIFIC.

Chaiyman :

Mr. R. Cuurcuitt.

Hon. Secretary :

Mr. H. H. Port, 103, Scalpcliff Road.

Members wishing to join either of the above Sections ave vequested to

communicate with the vespective Secretaries.

Annual General Meeting, 1898.

The Twenty-third Annual General Meeing was _ held
in the Masonic Hall, on Thursday, October 20th, 1898.

The President (Mr. R. Moxon) was in the Chair, and
was supported by a large attendance of Members.

The Honorary Secretary read the Report and Balance
Sheet for the past year, as follows:

REPORT OF THE “COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING SEPTEMBER 3073, 1898.

The Committee in presenting their Report of the 22nd ©

Session take the opportunity of congratulating the Members
on the continued success of the Society. The Monthly
Meetings have been held as usual, at which, the Papers
read, their Authors, and other business transacted at these
meetings, are given in the foliowing list.
1897.

Oct. 21.—Annual General Meeting and Exhibition of Prize Lantern Slides.
Nov. 18.—President’s Inaugural Address: ‘‘Old St. Paul's Cathedral.”
Dec. 16.—'' Notes on a Winter Tour in Algeria.” Rev. V. A. Boyle, M.A.

1898.
Jan. 20.—“ British Mammals,” with special reference to local ones.
G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.

Mch. 17.—''Foods.” A. L. Stern, D.Sc., &c.
April 21.—‘'Some British Birds of Prey.” Rev. G. R. Harrison, M.A.
Election of President for Session 1898-9.

2 ee ee

7.

Mr. J. G. Wells had arranged to read a paper at the
February Meeting, but it unfortunately had to be postponed.
Professor J. W. Carr, M.A., F.L.S., generously offered to
fill Mr. Wells’ place, but, through indisposition, he was
unable to fulfil his promise. The meeting consequently fell
through, the time being too short to permit of any other paper

being arranged for.

Three Excursions were arranged during the Summer
Months, and all successfully carried through.

The first, on May 21st, under the leadership of Mr.
F. E. Lott, to the Measham Terra Cotta Coy’s. Works.
Although the day was most disappointingly wet, some 17
Members and Friends journeyed thither and spent a very
interesting Afternoon, inspecting the various processes of
modelling and finishing the clay. Some of the principal
Geological features in the neighbourhood were also visited.

The second Excursion took place on June 4th, to
Haddon Hall and Bakewell, under the leadership of Mr.
H. A. Rye, when a party of 50 spent a most enjoyable
afternoon; many objects of historical interest being thus
shewn to the party, which, under ordinary circumstances,
would have been missed.

The Rev. V. A. Boyle led the last Excursion to
Middleton Hall, on July gth, when some 80 Members and
Friends spent a delightful afternoon in and around this
historical place.

The best thanks of the Society are due not only to the
Leaders of these Excursions, but to Mr. S. H. Leech, of the
Measham Terra Cotta Works, and to Mr. and Mrs. de Hamel,
of Middleton Hall, for the kind welcome they gave the
parties, and for their generous hospitality.

8

The Election of President for the ensuing year took
place at the April Meeting, when Mr. R. Moxon was unani-
mously re-elected for the Session 1898-9.

During the past Summer Vol. III, part 3, of the
Society’s Transactions has been published and despatched to
Members. The rst part of Vol. IV is now in the printer’s
hands, and will be shortly issued. This will bring the
Society’s published proceedings down to the beginning of
last Session.

A Lecture was given in St. George’s Hall, in February,
by Sir W. Martin Conway, on the “First Crossing of
Spitzbergen,”’ and, although well patronized by the Members
of the Society, was not supported by the general public so

well as the Committee would have liked.

In spite of an increase of expenditure, the Society is in
a satisfactory financial position, the balance in the Bank
being £12 2s. 11d., besides a sum of £21 11s. gd. on
deposit.

The Membership of the Society shews a slight increase,
there being 191 subscribing Members against 187 last year,
which, with 13 Honorary Members, makes a total Member-
ship of 204, against 198 in the previous year. The Photo-
graphic Section has held many meetings during the year,
and continues in a flourishing state, and the Society’s thanks
are due to Mr. H. H. Port, the Hon. Sec., for preparing
many of the slides to illustrate the papers read last Session.

The best thanks of the Society are also due to Mr. T.
Gibbs for his careful work in the publication of the Flora
of the District, especially the list of the Brambles of the
neighbourhood.

In accordance with Rule II, Messrs. J. E. Nowers and
G. H. Storer retire from the Committee, and are not eligible
for re-election.

ON

9

The Report was adopted on the motion of Mr. A. J.
Lyle, seconded by Mr. Frank Thornewill.

The Balance Sheet was passed on the proposition of
Mr. C. O'Sullivan, seconded by Mr. H. K. Bradbury.

The Officers, Committee, and some new members were
elected.

The general business of the evening being completed,
the President gave his Inaugural Address, entitled: ‘‘ Burton
Ancient and Modern,” at the close of which, Mr. C,
O’Sullivan, in proposing a hearty vote of thanks to the
President, raised an interesting discussion on the topography
of the district in Roman times. Mr. P. B. Mason seconded
the motion, which, being carried unanimously, brought the
evening to a close.

sae)

a

‘AVG GNVTIMOW ‘DO “S61 ‘#2 1390JIQ
‘7204d0) punof pun ‘seayIn04A Ypinn pouruvxy
z € go1F z £ got
ir vel seh eS ae ae puey uraouryeg “ hh
On) i a eT
Vipeul®) ~ ea eel rs Sso’y
o 6 Lt “ “s a s}dia9eqy ‘
P * Ea ainjoayT s,Aemuogd *q AIS ‘sosuedxy “ apres “= g6g1 ‘yj0€ zequie}deag
. ‘i ‘Beh
O ZI 1z
ape hs eS es SL ae Mbgeiaie auban ji “LNN099V LN3WLS3ANI
1 v fe) on eee eee wee aseriies) “a
6 610 ‘09 w28.6x0 weYysuruLtg-—UashxO jo eseyoing ‘
Oo ort rae os "* sjueuysajjayy ‘
9 S1oO “* suoljoesuery jo AraAljap puv asejsog “
9 git S81}0N Sulssarppy—uoIsstuwi0D s,10}99]}09 “
11 tr LE ——— :
© otis Om \cs** jadeg s,ahy Surtamedsé © (trae “se yunoooV ysodaq wo. rajsuery
geek 126 “+ suoTjovsueI o + Oo we oa ae *** suOTjOesURIT Jo a[es ‘
esse pue jnodey jo uoryeorqng ‘ O74 One Oe ‘9 oad sex) pue Uto}UeT jo oly
Oo 61% Gon sine see aseysog ‘ 0 S10 _ 66-g6gI uoIssas 410; £
Seles: yoajlog—Arzouolje}S pue suyuug Or Si Le t+ -/§ @ 161—suondtaosqns siaquiey
Oe ore € eee pas TPH ofwoseyW jo ony ~g ss ——
GE =o ess Bo un ‘ goueinsuy ‘ ey oC ge Axenue[
11 z 0 aos oo as sexy 9 “MD ae 0} pred-a1 junoule sso]
© 0 OI =a 3201} ystF ‘Of —uw00y jo yuay Ag g 41 SE L6grt ‘of 1aquiaydas ‘puey ur sourjeq oy
ps F psx ‘ps F
te | "dq

"868L ‘O€ HHANALIMAS ONIGNA YVAK YOHX LAAHS AONVIVA

AREAIIOS 1VOISO TOP, Hay @ AGOLS LF] Peed

II

REPORT OF THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION,
1897-98.

CHAIRMAN 2 - R. CHURCHILL, Esq.

This Section now numbers 22 Members, and though a
large percentage of them do not at present take an active
interest in the work, there are reasons for believing that,
during the coming session, there will be a larger attendance
at our Monthly Meetings, and more work done.

The usual Competition in Lantern Slides was held, the
Editor of the Amateur Photographer being the judge, and
the prize awarded to Mr. W. C. Briggs.

On the opening night of the Session there was a good
display of Photographs done by Members.

The new Lantern purchased by the Society is much
appreciated by the Members.

There have been two Excursions, but, owing to
unfavourable weather, the one to Penkridge, on Whit
Monday, was not very successful, but this was compensated
for by the one to Bonsall, on June 22nd.

On June 2nd, Mr. R. Churchill gave a short Lecture on
‘Prospective in connection with Photography.”

Some work in connection with the Geological Survey
has been done, and additions made to the Survey of the
Town.

12

Annual General Meeting, 1899.

The Twenty-fourth Annual General Meeting was held
in the Masonic Hall on Thursday, October 1gth, 1899.

In the unavoidable absence of the President, Mr. R.
Moxon took the Chair, and was supported by a good
attendance of Members.

The Honorary Secretary read the Report and Balance
Sheet for the past year, as follows:

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING SEPTEMBER 3o0rn, 1899.

The Committee have much pleasure in presenting their
Report of the 23rd Session of the Society, and congratu-
lating the members on its continued flourishing condition.

The Programme of the Session was a particularly good
one, seven papers having been given, one more than usual,
and the attendance at all meetings was above the average.

a3

The following was the programme as actually carried
out at the Monthly Meetings:

1898.
Oct. 20.—Annual General Meeting, and President's Inaugural Address :
“Burton, Ancient and Modern.”

Nov. 17.—‘' St. Modwen, Her Life, Tomb, and Shrine."’ H. A. Rye.

Dec. 15.—'' The Origin of the Arts and Civilization of Classical Greece."’
H. T. Brown, L.L.D., &c.

1899.
Jan. 19.—‘‘Camera Studies of Flowers and Birds."’ Prof. J. W. Carr.

Feb. 16.—'' The Land of Provence."’ W. Odling.
Mch. 17.—‘' Derbyshire Dales.’’ C. O'Sullivan.

April 20.—" British Song Birds." G. H. Storer.
Election of President for Session 1899-1900.

The best thanks of the Society are due to the gentle-
men who contributed these papers.

Several Excursions were proposed to take place during
the Summer, but, from various causes, none were carried
out.

A Conversazione was held in the Town Hall on
November 3, and must be considered one of the successes
of the Session. A most interesting display of Objects of
Archeological, Scientific, and general interest, were displayed
in the large Hall, and, due to the kindness of His Worship
The Mayor (F. Thompson, Esq.), the whole suite of rooms
belonging to the Corporation was thrown open, whilst
dancing took place in the Annexe. Unfortunately, it was
not so well patronized by the general public as the Com-
mittee had hoped, there consequently being a small loss of

43 18s. od.

The best thanks of the Society are due to those ladies
and gentlemen who lent the many objects of interest which
contributed so largely to the success of the evening.

14

At the February Meeting an alteration was made to
Rule II, by which, all retiring Members of the Committee
are still eligible for re-election. Your Committee considered
the old rule to militate against the work of the Society, and
that the present one will be found more agreeable.

The election of President for the Session 1899-1900 took
place at the April Meeting, when Mr. J. O'Sullivan,
F.I.C., F.C.S., was unanimously elected.

During the year two Vice-Presidents, and both prominent
members of the Society, have left the town, which is a source
of much regret. The Rev. V. A. Boyle has not only con-
tributed some interesting papers to the Society, but has spent
a large amount of trouble in preparing the Marriage Registers
of the Burton Parish Church for publication, and has also
led one of the most popular excursions of the Society.
Prof. A. J. Brown has not only been intimately connected
with the workings of the Society for many years, but has
has also read us some valuable and interesting papers. The
removal of both gentlemen from the town is a distinct loss
to the Society. The Committee propose that both The
Rev. V. A. Boyle and Prof. A. J. Brown be elected Hon.
Members of the Society.

The publication of the Transactions of the Society still
continues. Vol. I1V., Part 1, was printed and despatched to
members during the Summer, and Vol. IV., Part 2, is in
preparation. This will bring down the publication of the
Transactions to the end of this last Session. There has
been an addition ot 25 New Members and 1 Associate during
the year, and 22 resignations, making an increase of 3 Mem-
bers over last year: the total membership now being 193
Subscribing Members and 1 Associate, and 13 Honorary
Members, making a total of 207. The balance in hand is
£6 8s. 5d. and a Deposit Account of £22 Is. 11d.

T5

During the Summer an interesting find of Anglo-British
Urns and Weapons was made in a Sand Pit belonging to
Messrs. Bass & Co., Ltd., at Wichnor, and which have since
been presented to the Society by Mr. W. B. Ollis. These
were exhibited during the evening, and, in the absence of
the President, a report prepared by him of the discovery,
and a description of the collection, was read by the Hon.
Secretary.

The Report of the Committee was adopted on the
motion of Mr. C. Hanson, seconded by Mr. J. E. Nowers.

The Balance Sheet was adopted on the motion of Mr.
Harold Williams, seconded by The Rev. G. R. Harrison.

The Officers, Committee, and some new members were
elected.

There were afterwards shewn a number of Prize Lantern
Slides, lent by the Amateur Photographer, which were much
admired.

Boe

16

peDDONWO Nn 00 TO
_

‘SSGNOWWIS ADYOUD
‘7904409 punof pun pauruvxy

Il z zoF

9 oe eee aoe puey url sourleg
fe) ae oes tee wee uashxO
is

o gi ft sso’'T

oun
co N90
—

9 £ oF
on savy,

s}d19090y7 .
sasuedxq SUOIZeS19AU0Z)

sdwiejs onbsyD
salipuns s,Areja109G
Susy [elouey ye s}uoUYyse.syzeyy
(jo Azeayjep pue asejsod) suorjoesueiy,
sie SOO1JON,
SulssexppV pue ‘UOISsTWWIOD $,10}99][0D
wae a8v}SOg
“1 jrodey pue suorjorsuely us
oe Axauonyeys pue surjulig
II@H Otuoseyy Jo a11F7
wooy UO soteInsu]
ae re : 505 sey

nN

SRooommat mm Onmoo°o

Zormonto
=

Te}

J2911S asic ‘of —wioo0y jo juey Ag

‘6691 ‘61 4290710

Il z 7oF
ss ts 6681
a el sas aot Jequiajdas uo sourleq
‘Be Ses
“LNN099V LNAWLSIANI

6 Oba oa (os oe “6 ux9que'y Jo oxy
Omunae “se “" suotjoesuery, pue sjuriday jo ayes ‘
o m1 Zp “4 Q suondriosqns Siequeyy 161 ‘
Ihcmgk 23) aan ‘of raquiojdes ‘puey ul sourjeg oy]

la |

“6681

‘0€ APHAWALdMAS ONIGNA UVAK YOX LAAHS AONV IVA

ALAIIOS, TYIIDOIOY Hoey FAdOLSIp, 1vearmerr

REPORT OF THE PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION,
1898-99.

CHAIRMAN : - R. CuurcuHILi, Esq.

The number of Members has not increased during this
session. We have 22 on our roll, but, unfortunately, many
are not able to take an active part in the work.

There have been ten Meetings, with an average attend-
ance of seven Members.

The usual Competition in Lantern Slides was won by
Mr. E. Abrahams.

There was a good display of Members’ Work at the
Conversazione on November 3.

On December 12th, Mr. F. W. Massey gave an inter-
esting demonstration on the preparation of Radiographs. On
February 7th, Mr. A. H. Lawson gave a short Lecture on
*‘ The Composition of a Picture,’”’ which was much appreciated,
and, from time to time, Members have come forward with
helps in connection with the work of the Section.

Only one Excursion took place, namely, to Elford and
Fisherwick, on May sth.

Ey Ee PORTE on Sec.

18

LIST OF MEMBERS.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

BAKER, G., Rozel Road, St. Jacques, Guernsey.

BLATCH, W. G., Temple Road, Knowle, Birmingham.

BOYLE, Rev. VICARS A., B.C.L., Portslade Vicarage, Brighton.

BROWN, ADRIAN J., F.I.C., West Heath House, Northfield.

BROWN, HORACE T., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., 52, Nevern Square,
Kensington, W.

DAWKINS, W. BOYD, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., Owen's College,
Manchester.

GIBBS, T. 29, Fentonville Street, Sheffield.

HARRISON, W. J., F.G.S.

HERON, J., B.E., F.C.S., F.I.C., 343, Clapham Road, London, S.W.

MARTIN, T. C., 44, White Ladies’ Road, Clifton, Bristol.

MELLO, Rev. J. M., F.G.S., &c., Mapperley Vicarage, near Derby.

MORRIS, G. HARRIS, Ph.D., F.I.C., F.C.S., 18, Gwendwr Road, West
Kensington, W.

RYE, H. A., Castle Street, Bakewell.

THORNEWILL, Rev. C. F., M.A., F.E.S., Calverhall Vicarage, Salop.

TRIPP, C. U., M.A., F.R. Met. Soc., Penleat Altarnum, near Launceston.

Abrahams, E. ...
Allsopp, G. H., M.P., JP.
Anderson, V. D, se
Ashdown, C.

Auty, R. H.

Auty, Mrs. R. H.

Baggley, C.
Baxter, F. =
Beaven, Rev. F. HH
Beck, H.

Beels, G.
Bence, H., B.A.
Bernard, Mrs.
Bettany, G. W.
Blackhall, G. L.
Blackhall, Mrs.
Bradbury, H. K
Bradbury, Mrs. H. K.

Bridgman, H. E., MRCS. LR.CP. 4

Briggs, S. 7
Briggs, W. C.
Brooke, Walter

‘MECS. LRGP.

Ashby Road.

‘ “Tutbury Road.
191, Bearwood Hill Road.
Arthurlie House, Ashby Road.

” ” ”

13, Sydney Street.

Abbey Street.

St. Paul's Vicarage.
Branston Road.

Ashby Road.

Clay Street.

Holly Bank, Scalpcliff Road.
216, Waterloo Street.

The Abbey.

Horninglow Street.

Bridge Street.

Ashby Road.
Borough Road.
Woodbridge, Suffolk.

19

Brown, Edwin A. ca oat .. Bank House, High Street.
Burton, Right Hon. Lord Fr wen vate a Rangemore.
Burton, Lady as Pe one a

Butt, H. G. fe oe aa ave Glencrew, Branston Road.
Burn, T. ae a at ae ae ie Grange Street.
Burn, Mrs. T. ae ee vite a see ar ‘i
Cartmell, A. ce a AF bas ess 119, Alexandra Road.

Cartmell, Mrs. A. see ons re ade F +
Churchill, R. ee sive Fe eee e ... Rangemore Street.

Churchill, R. A. T. + <7 oe at as ”
Churchill, H. its Ae fcr sas a8 eee rH ”
Churchill, L. A. Feb he we waa a3 * 1
Churchill, L. E. be: aus = an af ms 5
@eirke,R. 2: a tis Aye iss i St. Paul’s Square.
Cockin, Miss ‘ ae ee bre Sie * Alexandra Road.

Cuddeford, Alfred... <2 ae ees an ... 72, Derby Road.

Daltrey, Rev. T. W., M.A., F.L.S., case Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffs.

Day, Miss M. E. ase ; ze ie 40, Lichfield Street.
Day, L. J. A aoe aes nee + =o5

Day, G. Morland _ a ce ‘see ae er 8, Alexandra Road.
Drewry, W. J., J.P. PAS sd ape ae ae = Drakelow.
Dunwell, F. S. as me a tee A 28, Stapenhill Road.
Dudney, A. H. ... ee xe And RS 267, Branston Road.
Dyson, J. B. sis Bay ate an -» Hawkins Lane School.
Bade, J. sss i oP ov ate ste Barrow Hall, Derby.

Evershed, S., J. Pio ree at ea Albury House, Stapenhill.
Evershed, Mrs. S.

Evershed, S. H. ads aed Sx a Clay Street, Stapenhill.
Fisher, S. J. Ss ese aaa =e ao ..- _ Needwood Street.
Fletcher, Mrs. aR ee er as Ruthven, Ashby Road.
Flynn, Rev. Father ate “re se = Hes Guild Street.
Forster, F. E. P. = “re ee, nee Clay Street.
Fox, A. : a ... Cumnor House, Branston Road.
Freeman, Rev. H. B., M.A. A «.. The Vicarage, Union Street.

Frohwein, Otto, M. R. G.S54..R:E. P. aaa . 5 ded Branston Road.

Gardner, Herbert de ike Pa ode =e « Scalpcliff Road.
Gibson, J av tee ec eee ses eee ie ‘i

Gibson, Thomas sew his a = aaa 87, High Street.
Gorton, T. ais F: ar oe mae ... 62, Branston Road.
Gothard, Fs” 4 re = ie oe : ... Bearwood Hill.
Graham, W.N._ ... beg woe as “Ce : Branston Road.
Grinling, J. C., J.P. a an bs Barton-under-Needwood.

Hardwicke, T. J.
Hanson, C., Jun.
Harper, J.

Harrison, C., J.P.
Harrison, C. R.
Harrison, Rev. G. R.
Harrison, R.
Healey, Miss
Hearn, Mrs.
Herratt, J.
Hicks, C.
Higgott, S.
Hipkins, Rev.
Hooper, A., M.
Howarth, W.
Hind, H. L.
Hunt, W.
Elpnter | y<
Hunter, Mrs. J.

F BA raat
59 12) ar
in :

Jackson, Frank
Jenkins, T.
Jenkins, Mrs.

Laer, Van N.
Lavell, S. P. J.
Lathbury, G
Lawson, H.
Lea, H.
Livens, C.
Livens, Mrs.

Lott, Frank E. Assoc R R.S.M,, F.L.C.

Lowe, T. B.,
Lowe, W. rem ae

Lowe, C. H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.

Lowe, Mrs. Cot
Lyle, A. J.
Lynam, G.

Mallen, Harold
Massey, F. W.

Mason, P. B., J.P., M.R.CS., F.LS., F.Z.S.

Mason, Mrs. P. ae.
Matthews, C. G., F.1.C., ELS

McAldowie, A. M., M.D., F.RS., “Bin.

Meredith, J. H

Millard, C. K., ‘MRCS. L.R.C.P.

Millard, Mrs.

Miller, Rev. S. O., M. ‘A.
Morris, J. a tee
Morris, Mrs. J.

Moxon, R.

Moxon, Mrs. :
Moxon, Miss W. M.

20

123, Victoria Street.

..» 195, Ashby Road.

Richmond House Wyggeston Street.
ae Branston House.
Newton.

60, Branston Road.

Trent House, Branston.

120, Alexandra Road.

High Street.

Clo Marston & ‘Son, Shobnall.
es ne Branston.

“The Priory, Repton.
Horninglow Street.

151, High Street.

sie Malvern Street.

New Street.

Guild Street.

7, Alexandra Road.
“Laurel Bank, Stanton Road.

204, Derby Street.

- 186, Ashby Road.

. Hunter's Lodge, Horninglow Road.
; 124, Alexandra Road.
Ashby Road.

Glenthorne, Alexandra Road.
1, Alexandra Road.

... Horninglow Street.

Clay Street, Stapenhill.

480, Stanton Road.
ae ‘ Etwall.

15, Sydney Street.
Victoria Crescent.
Bridge Street.

Abendberg, Stapenhill Road.
Brook Street, Stoke-on-Trent.
Sansome Street, Worcester.
Stanton Road, Stapenhill.

: Horninglow Vicarage.
‘Primrose Hill, Newton Road.

206, Newton Road.

Newnam, Miss
Nowers, J. E.

Odling, W., F.I.C.

O'Sullivan, C., F.R.S., F.1.C.

O'Sullivan, J., F.LC
O'Sullivan, Mrs. ie
O'Sullivan, A. J. iy e. BA.
O'Sullivan, Mrs. A

Oswell, B. L. ie
Oswell, Mrs. B. L.

Ollis, W. B. ie

Paling, A., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.

Pearson, W. P.

Perfect, J.C.

Perks, C., M.R.C.S,; LRCP.
Port, H. H. a

Porter, H.

mallin, T. J. oa

Piddocke, Mrs.

irice, H. C.

Parker, Hyde

Ramsden, F. L.
Ratcliff, Miss F.
Ratcliff, Robert
Ratcliff, R. F., M.P.
Ransford, Miss
Reeve, A. ie
Reynolds, R.
Riddell, R.
Robinson, F. ‘a
Robinson, Mrs. F.
Robinson, G. ane
Robinson, R. M.
Robinson, W.

Rugg, H., M.R.CS., LRCP.

Rudgard, C. W.

Sanders, F.
Samson, E.
Samson, Mrs.
Sadler, Mrs. M. T.
Salt, E. D. acd
Salt, Mrs. E. D.
Salt, W. C.
Samble, J.
Samble, Mrs. J.

ae 188, King Street.
282, Blackpool Street.

High Street.
High Street.

mgt ‘High Bank, Ashby Road.

Spring Terrace Road.
5 Balmoral Road.

Station Street.

Horninglow Street.

26, Bridge Street.

, Stapenhill.

.. High Street.

103, Scalpcliff Road.
Donithorne, Horninglow.
16, Ashby Road.
Lichfield Street.
Horninglow Street.
Spring Terrace Road.

Corporation Gas Works.

‘Holly E Bank, Scalpcliff Road.

Newton Park.

The Infirmary.

es "Matlock Villa, Derby Road.

é Alexandra Road.
87, Horninglow Street.
30, Stapenhill Road.

88, Horninglow Street.
61, High Street.
Branston Road.

Guild Street.
Horninglow Street.

Malvern Street.
127, Station Street.

10, Lichfield Street.
Newton Solney.

3 Willington Hall.
eee fad Stapenhill.

Slator, Henry
Smith, D. owe
Smith, Mrs. D.

22

«. 9, Lichfield Street.
Alexandra Road.

Smith, E. 1, Alma Terrace, Sandown Lane, Wavertree, Liverpool.

stern, A. L., D:Se., EkC.

Storer, G. H., F.Z.S.
Stenhouse, J.
Spriggs, H.
Simmonds, G

Taverner, W.

Tarver, G.

Taverner, W.
Thoday, A

Thompson, Frank
Thompson, Mrs. Frank
Thompson, Miss M.
Thompson, Miss S.
Thornewill, F. ws
Thornewill, R., J.P.
Tomlinson, H.G. ..
Tresise, C

Underhill, C. F.

West, J. E. x
West, Mrs. J. E. tee
Walters, W. ze
Wartnaby, G.

Wells, James G.
Whitehead, T. N.
Wyllie, Miss

Wood, C. ons
Williams, Harold

Williams, Mrs. Harold o Pe a

Williams, W. G.

Gorton, O. T.
Herratt, S.

Ashby Road.
Blackpool Street.

1, Needwood Street.
370, Shobnall Street.
99, Sydney Street.

Newton Road.
Station Street.
Hamilton Road.
21, Ashby Road.
Newton Road.

“Ivy Lodge, Stapenhill.

29 West Road, Lancaster.
.. Craythorne.

The Woodlands.

236, Branston Road.

151, New Street.

232, Branston Road.

as Alexandra Road.

195, Newton Road.

““Selwood House, Shobnall Street.
Bridge House, Bridge Street.

27, Stapenhill Road.

... 87, Horninglow Street.
Lulworth, Scalpcliff Road.

The ‘Manor.

ASSOCIATES.

62, Branston Road.
High Street.

23

RULES,

As AMENDED AT THE GENERAL MEETING HELD ON
OcTOBER 18TH, 1900.

1.—That this Society be called the ‘‘ BurTon-on-TRENT NATURAL
History aND ARCH&OLOGICAL Society,” having for its object the
promotion and encouragement of the practical study of Natural
History, Archeology, and General Science.

2. —That the Officers of the Society consist of a President, two or
more Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and Librarian; anda
Committee of nine Members. These Officers to retire annually, but
to be eligible for re-election. Three to form a quorum.

3.—That a General Meeting be held not later than the end of
October in each year, for the purpose of electing Officers for the
ensuing year, and transacting any other business which may be
brought before it.

4.—That Candidates for Membership shall be proposed and
seconded (in writing) at any Meeting of the Committee, and may
be elected at the next General Meeting by a majority of the Mem-
bers present.

5.—That the Society commences its year with October 1st. That
an annual subscription of five shillings be paid by each Member
in advance, and that all Members whose subscriptions are six months
in arrear be considered to have forfeited their privileges as Mem-
bers of the Society; that all Members who have not given notice to
the Treasurer or Secretary of their intention to retire before the
Annual General Meeting in October, shall be held responsible for
the current year’s subscription.

6.—That the Committee may elect as Associates any persons
under the age of eighteen, and that the subscription of such Associ-
ates be One Shilling per annum, payable in advance; Associates to
have no voice in the appointment of officers or the management of
the Society, except in the election of their own Secretary, who shall
be considered as a Member of the General Committee.

NoteE.—Associates must be elected Members in the ordinary
way on exceeding eighteen years of age.

24

7.—That the Committee may recommend as Honorary Members
any person distinguished for scientific attainments, or who may have
in any special manner advanced the interests of the Society.

8.—That Field Meetings or Excursions be held during the year, in
suitable localities, and that timely notice of each be given to the
Members by circular.

g-—That in addition, the Committee may organize a series of
Field Meetings for Junior Members, under the leadership of one or
more Members of the Society, to be invited for that purpose by the
Committee; such meetings to be devoted to practical explanation
and the collecting of specimens.

to.—That Evening Meetings be held during the Winter months
at such times and places as the Committee may appoint, for the
exhibition of specimens, and the communication or discussion of any
subjects connected with the objects of the Society; that at Evening
Meetings Members may introduce one Friend, but no one resident
in or within five miles of Burton may be present at more than
two Evening Meetings in one Session; that the notice of Meeting
sent to each Member be the entrance ticket, admitting bearer and
one friend; that the Secretary be empowered, on application, to issue
additional tickets when necessary; and that a book be kept at the
door of the place of Meeting in which Members must enter the
names of any friends they introduce.

11.—That the Committee may select and recommend to be given,
annually, a series of prizes for the best selection of specimens in
any one of the branches of Natural History made by the Associates
individually during the preceding year, and that Members be invited
to offer Prizes or Special Subscriptions for that purpose.

12.—That the Committee have power to make such arrangements
as they may consider advisable for the establishment of a Museum
in connection with the Society, for the preservation of specimens
illustrating the Natural History and Antiquities of the district.

13.—That after providing for the payment of all incidental
expenses, the funds of the Society shall be applied to the main-
tenance of a Museum, the purchase of Books, Journals, &c., or in
any other way the Committee may think likely to advance the
interests of the Society.

14.—That the Committee have power to make rules for the
circulation amongst the Members generally, of Books, Periodicals,
etc., belonging to the Society.

15.—No rules of the Society shall be altered except at a General
Meeting called for that purpose.

—_

25

LIBRARY.

NUMBER. TITLE.

1 School Botany

2 Manual of Botany

3 Elements of Botany...

4 Handbook of the British lord.

5 Elementary Botany

6 Useful Plants

7 Elements of Mec lane

8 Elementary Course of Geology

g Students’ Elements of Geology
10 Introductory Text Book of Geology
11 Advanced Text Book of Geology
12 School Manual of Geology
13 Laws of Winds prevailing in Puicape
14 Elementary Geology
15 Geology and Mineralogy
16 Manual of Geology : :
17 Popular History of the Aquarium
18 The Aquarium “a é
19 The Fresh Water Agnatium
20 Minerology ...
21 British Butterflies and Moths

22, 23 Manual of Butterflies and Moths—Vols. ee & Il
24 Notes on Collecting and Preserving Natural hep od,

Objects
25 British Coleoptera
26 Modern Meterology

27, 28, 29 Nests and Eggs—Vols. i, 1 IL

30 Lepidopterist’s Guide

32—40 Circle of the Sciences, Vol. 7 to 1x

41 Popular History of British Ferns
42, 43. British Mosses—Vols. I & II
44 Popular History of British Mosses
45 Synopsis of British Mosses

46 Natural History of Selborne

47. Dale, and its Abbey

48 History of Uttoxeter

49 British Molluscs

50 The Bone Caves of Cisawell Cranks

51 Old English Churches
52 Moab’s Patriarchial Stone
53 A List of Diurnal Birds of Prey

AUTHOR.

Lindley

Balfour

Balfour

Bentham

Grugeon

J whesan and Sowerby
x Phillips
Ansted
Lyell

Page

Page

Jukes

; Ley
Skertchley
Buckland
Harrison
Sowerby
Taylor
Hibberd
Ramsay
Newman
Statnton

Taylor

: “Str ge Shuckard
ee Ley
Morris

Knages

Orr

Moore

Tripp

Stark

Hobkirk

White
J. Ward

Redfern

3 7ate
“M. ello & & Dawkins
Markland
King

oe Ht. Gurney

26

54 History of British Butterflies Ses .. Rev, F. O. Morris
55 Lepidopterist’s Calendar ee ats J. Merrin
56 Larva Collecting and Breeding _... ote Reo: J. S. St. John
57 British Beetles. ... ae es ae .. Rye & Fowler
58 British Pyralides oe ne ee Sec J. H. Leech
59 British Tortrices ... : ach ote S. J. Witkinson
60 Insect Hunter’s Companion — ae Rev. J. Green
61 Flora of Derbyshire ae ie ie Rev. W. A. Painter
62 Flora of West Yorkshire... Yorkshire Naturalists Union
63 Flora of Repton Ne Garney and others
64 Lectures on the Piyaeliee of lauts ie ¥ Sachs
65 Flora of Warwickshire cor a aes 7: E. Bagnall
66 Flora of Leicestershire Lee bas F. T. Mott and others
67 Naturalistic Photography a a Dr. P. H. Emerson
68 Chemistry of Photography oa i Pe R. Meldola
69 Dictionary of Photography _... ze ie: E. J. Wall
7o Book of the Lantern 306 on bs T. C. Hepworth
71 Negative Making os ine 4% CBE: W. de W. Abney
72 Processes of Pure Photography ... ... Burton and Pringle
73 Chemistry of Light and Photography = 386 HT. Vogel

74 Reports of the Burton-on-Trent Natural History

and Archeological Society, 1876-84
75-76 Transactions do. do. do. Vols. I and II
roo-104 Year Book of Scientific and Learned Societies, 1887-91
110-118 Reports of the British Association, 1886-96.
120-129 Midland Naturalist, 1884-93
135 Handbook of Cardiff—Compiled for British Association Meeting

140 Optical Projection a30 Yas Lewis Wright
141,142 The Year Book of eenae team fae iG Bonney
143, 150 The Grevillea (1872-1889).

151 Handbook of British Fungi gas te i VATE Come,
152 Birds of Staffordshire OE : Dr. A. Mc Aldowie
153 Staffordshire Knots ee Edited by Dr. A. Mc Aldowie
154 Gresley Charters os. a I. H. Jeayes
155 Beginner’s Guide to Pietesraplty ... Perkins, Son & Co.
158 County Records d Se a A. D. Weld French
159 Natural History of Tutbury aM sf Mosley & Brown

160 Reports of Burton-on-Trent Natural History and
Archeological Society, 1885-92.

161 Transactions, do. do. Vol. III.
162 Repton and its Neighbourhood Rev. F. C. Hipkins, F.S.A.
163 Wireless Telegraphy SG Sse ee ve iw” ae

PAMPHLETS AND REPORTS OF SOCIETIES.

Geography of Warwickshire a ‘ed ne: whe Fretton
On Quartzite Pebbles _.., Ae ant an W. J. Harrison

27

On the occurrence of Hematic Nodules in Leicestershire W.S.Gresley

Foundation Charter of Burton Abbey ... Duignan & Carter

Education and Culture ... .. Rev. A. Mackennal

The Atmostphere of the Birmingham Town Hall Dr. G. H. Morris

meee discovered Insects in Carboniferous and) eee

ilurian Rocks BAC :

ee Factory of Flint Implements at) Rev. J. M. Mello
piennes ie aoe j

History of the Creswell ayes ee Per a = ae

Les Grottes de Creswell ie He is " %

Microscopical Structure of Rooks ip aa An ss

Report a Prehistoric Inhabitants of Great) Destieh dcviecewa
ritain

The ee Burton-on- -on- Trent and) outa mantes Noavea

Part II The Macuilae dopiets -: do. do.

Prominent Moths of Bucks ses nob Rev. H. Eiaiteee Lies

History of Tatenhill See F . i Upton

Dale Church: its Structural Peouliarities iz . John Ward

Method of taking Phenological Observations ... £. Mawley

Ordnance Map of Burton-on-Trent and District.
A Contribution to the Chemistry and ctcinmaed ae T. Brown and

of Foliage Leaves G. H. Morris
Variation in the Shells of the Méllusca ae .. P. B. Mason
Mosses and Hepatics of Staffordshire... _ J.£. Bagnall

British Museum (Natural History) Guides to the Zoological,
Geological, Mineralogical, and Botanical Depart-

ments.
British Association, Illustrated Programme of Toronto Meeting, 18y7
Ripple-marked Sandstone at Grimesthorpe sia C. Bradshaw

SOCIETIES WITH WHOM PUBLICATIONS ARE
EXCHANGED.

Birmingham Natural History and Microscopical Society (1880-91).

Dulwich College Science Society (1890-92).

Elisha Mitchell Society, North Carolina, U.S.A. (1889-94).

Holmesdale Natural History Club (1888-95).

Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society (18go0-g6).

Marlborough College Natural History Society (1889-94).

North Staffordshire Naturalists’ Field Club and Archeological
Society (1877-95).

Nottingham Naturalists’ Society (1878-91).

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union (1877-1864).

Yorkshire Philosophical Society (1849, 1855, 1886-94).

Sheffield Naturalists’ Club (1894, 1895).

Royal Academy of History and Antiquites, Stockholm.

Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club.

28
Library Regulations,

1.—Books shall be issued to Members by the Librarian, General
Secretary, or Assistant Secretary only.

2.—No Member shall have more than two Books at any one time.

3.—Any Book may be retained for one month from date of issue
provided no other Member has applied for it in the meantime, in
which case it must be returned within 14 days of date of issue, or on
demand, as the case may be.

4.—On returning a Book, a Member may renew it for a further
period of one month should no other application be made for it.

5.—All Books required for Sectional Meetings must be applied for
beforehand in the usual way by the Secretary of the Section, who
will be held responsible for their safe custody and return.

6.—All Books must be returned to the Library by September Ist
in each year, and will not be re-issued until October Ist.

7.—The Officer who issues or receives a book shall make an entry
of the same in the book provided for that purpose, and initial it.

8.—Members will be held responsible for Books issued to them,

and will be required to replace all Books lost or damaged while in
their custody.

gee

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

BURTON-ON-TRENT

Natueal History § Archaeological
Society.

EDITED BY
B. L. OSWELL,
Hon. Secretary.

VOLUME IV., PART II.

Burton-on-Trent:

J. C. Perrect & Co., PRINTERS, 204 & 205, STATION STREET.

Igor.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

James O’Suttivan, F.I.C., President.
R. Moxon.

Prawe E. Lorr, Ano M.,. F.I.C.
Rev. G. R. Harrison, M.A.

Bee). LaYEE.

B. L. Osweti, Hon. Secretary.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

BRITISH MAMMALS, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO
LocaL ONEs.

By G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.

SomME BritTisH Birps oF PREy.
By Rev. G. R. Harrison, M.A.

Burton, ANCIENT AND MODERN.
By R. Moxon

SAINT MODWEN.
By H. A. RYE

Tue DALEs oF DERBYSHIRE.
By C. O’Suttivan, F.R.S.

Our BritTisH Sone Birps.
By G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.

SoME ANGLO-SAxoN ANTIQUITIES FOUND AT WICHNOR.
By James O’Suttivan, F.I.C.

A GLIMPSE OF THE LIFE OF CHLOROPHYLLOUS PLANTS.
By James O’Su.Ltivan, F.I.C., F.C.S.

THE EpiscopaAL SEALS OF THE DIOCESE OF LICHFIELD
AND COVENTRY. |
By H. A. Rye

NOTES ON THE RIVER TRENT AT BurRTON.
By B. L. OswELu

DOLOMITE.
By Proressor H. Louis

THE FLorA OF BuRTON-ON-TRENT AND NEIGHBOURHOOD,

CoMPILED BY THE BOTANICAL SECTION (ParT IV).

WEATHER REPORTS FOR 1897, 1898, 1899

PAGE

15

37

49

65

80

82

go

107

TLE

117
149

Wotes on some of our British Mammals,
witb special reference to those found
near Burtonzon-eTrent.

By G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.

Read before the Society, January 20th, 1899.

[ABSTRACT. |

F the forty-six species of wild beasts which have
undoubtedly occurred within the confines of our
islands, some of these, such as the Wolf, Brown Bear,
Beaver, and Wild Boar, have long ago been exterminated
by human agency, whilst the Wild Cat, the elegant and
sprightly Pine-Marten, and, in many districts, the Badger,
Otter, and Polecat, yearly become more scarce, and must
eventually share the same fate. Of the remainder, the
Game Beasts and Wild Cattle are preserved in parks
and enclosures—sometimes to meet their fate at the hands
of those who have previously been so solicitous for their
careful protection; whilst the majority exist on sufferance
chiefly because they are too small or too prolific to be
readily affected by man’s encroachments upon them.
Owing no doubt chiefly to the wild country which once

6 NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS.

surrounded Burton, and to the large tracts of park land
left as nearly as possible in a state of nature, which still
remain, our district is fairly rich in mammals, and I have
found evidence of the existence of 36 out of the 46 terres-
trial mammals which are usually considered British. For
information respecting such as I have not personally observed
in Staffordshire and Derbyshire I am indebted mainly to
Sir Oswald Mosley’s “Natural History of Tutbury,” and
especially to the notes on the ‘‘ Mammalian Fauna of Burton”
by Mr. Edwin Brown; and for historical details chiefly
relating to Chartley. and Needwood, to Plot’s ‘“ Natural
History,” and Shaw’s ‘History of Staffordshire.” The
list of mammals in John Horatio Dickenson’s ‘Sketch of
the Zoology of Staffordshire” included in Shaw’s ‘ History,”
published in 1798, is the earliest catalogue of beasts found
in our neighbourhood which I have yet seen. Dickenson’s
list shews 22 species then living in the district and known
to the author, but neither the Wild Cat nor the Pine-Marten
are included, though Garner mentions Needwood Forest as
a shelter for the Pine-Marten at a much later date, and I
find that it continued not uncommon in some parts of
Derbyshire as recently as 1841. Mr. J. E. Harting’s
«“ Extinct British Animals” also contains much interesting
matter relative to the extinct members of our local mam-
malian fauna.

Chiroptera. At the head of the list of British Bats stand
those remarkable creatures the Leaf-nosed Bats, so called
from the presence on the muzzle of a number of leaf-like
processes of skin around the nostrils. Of the two British
forms, the larger, known as the Greater Horse-shoe Bat
(Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum), is more particularly a southern
form, being most plentiful in the South and West of England,
scarce in the Midlands, and not occurring at all in the
North or in Scotland. It has not yet been recorded for
Burton, but might possibly be found as a straggler from

NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS. 7;

the south. The other British species, the Lesser Horse-
shoe Bat (Rhinolophus hipposideyos) is not uncommon in the
limestone district of Derbyshire, and Mr. Brown has recorded
the receipt of many specimens from the mines and caves of
Matlock.

We now come to the typical Bats, and find the Long-
eared Bat (Plecotus auritus), the Noctule or Great Bat
(Vesperugo noctula), and the Pipistrelle (Vesperugo pipistrellus),
common near Burton, the Pipistrelle being by far the most
abundant of all our bats.

Two other species of bats are recorded for the district by
Mr. Edwin Brown: Daubenton’s Bat (Vespertilio Daubentont),
from Matlock, and the Reddish Grey Bat (Vespertilio Nattereri).
Of the latter it is written that ‘“‘a single specimen was cap-
tured in the roof of Stapenhill House some years ago, and
is now in the Burton Museum.”* This was in 1863.

Of the Insectivorva, the Hedgehog, Mole, Common Shrew,
and Water Shrew, are all found in the neighbourhood. The
tiny Lesser Shrew (Sovex minutus), smallest of British Mam-
mals, has, so far as I can learn, not yet been noticed in
the district.

The Hedgehog (Evinaceus ewropeus) is a remarkably inter-
esting animal, not merely because of the legends with which
it is associated, though they are curious enough, but because
of its strong personality. In our own district the hedgehog
has two powerful enemies in the fox and the badger, which
exhibit as much skill as a trained terrier in seizing the
hedgehog so as to avoid being wounded by his spines. The
fox is even credited with sometimes rolling the hedgehog
into a pool of water, and thus compelling the poor urchin
to open himself.

In October, 1896, a friend and myself were walking from
Burton to Ticknall when, on a footpath in a field, we came
across the skin of a hedgehog which had been cleaned out

*Now Sir Oswald Mosley's Museum, at Rollestone.

8 NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS.

as neatly as if a professional taxidermist had done the
work—two of the legs even, had been skinned out, and the
skin left reversed, and there was no vestige of the skull.
About fifty yards further on the remains of a young rabbit
which had been treated in a precisely similar manner were
found: both creatures having been opened down the middle
from between the fore to the hind legs. That this was
not the work of a man—a gipsy for instance—was evident
from the fact that the skins had neither been stretched, nor
except the legs, reversed at all; and a gipsy would be
careful not to leave such articles exposed. Neither do I
think a dog would have done it so neatly. A fox or a
badger was most probably the operator.

The hedgehog rolls itself into a ball by the contraction
of a muscle—the fanniculus caynosus,—the same muscle
used by the dog when he shakes the moisture from his coat
on leaving the water, and in the hedgehog this muscle
forms a thick layer immediately under the skin and controls
the spines whose knob-shaped bases are inserted in it.
This muscle contracts very forcibly when removed with the
skin after death.

Some time ago I made a careful skin of a hedgehog
which had been captured by a friendly keeper, in a trap
set near a pheasant’s nest. Running short of preservative
stuffing, I set off to the nearest village for a further supply,
and on my return fonnd the skin firmly contracted into a
ball with the spines projecting radially, and do what I
could 1 was unable properly to restore the skin.

With respect to the Mole (Talpa europea) I have very little
to say, except that cream coloured varieties sometimes
occur near Burton as in other districts. In Leicestershire
white moles are not very uncommon ; indeed, a mole-catcher,
formerly well-known in the district, took so many that he
had a waist-coat and also a purse made from the skins of
white moles alone. Mr. Brown records a white variety of

NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS. 9

the Common Shrew (Sorex vulgavis)—a much rarer occur-
rence than a white mole.

Turning now to the Carnivora: one would have thought
that the ancient Forest of Needwood would have proved a
refuge for the genuine Wild Cat (Felis catus), indeed this
fierce creature must anciently have been found both there
and in the Peak district of Derbyshire, yet I have hitherto
failed to find any written evidence of its existence in either
place, although its bones are found plentifully with those of
similar creatures in the Cresswell Crag Caves in Derbyshire.
Stray specimens of the domestic cat frequently take to the
woods and often attain a considerable size, becoming
extremely destructive to the denizens of the game pre-
serves and rabbit-warrens.

Of the Wolf (Cams lupus) there is evidence to shew that
Derbyshire was formerly a great stronghold of this fierce
and dangerous beast, for not only are its remains abundant
in the limestone caves, but, in the reign of Edward II, so
common had they become in the King’s Forest of the Peak,
that certain persons held lands at Wormhill by the service
of hunting and taking wolves. In the previous reign, in
1281, Peter Corbet was commissioned to destroy wolves in
Gloucester, Worcester, Hereford, Salop, and Stafford.
Sherwood Forest, also, continued to be infested with these
marauders, and thus being not far distant from these wolf-
haunted districts, Burton must formerly have been troubled
by visits from this scourge of the flock-master and _herds-
man.

Of the Fox (Canis vulpes) little need be said, for he is
ever with us, preserved as he is from extinction. But as
an admirer of the Fox I must say a few words on one trait
in his character which is generally greatly overlooked: I
mean his courage. As we generally see him careering away
before the hounds, straining every muscle to preserve his
precious brush from the eager pack pressing hard at his

se) NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS.

heels, this does not appear very evident, but give the fox
fair play, and it is a very good dog indeed which will beat
off an old dog fox. In Leicestershire I have known foxes
come out of the woods and engage the farm dogs in com-
bat. A young collie belonging to an acquaintance was in
this way severly mauled by an old dog-fox which periodically
raided his hen-roost. When the farmer, disturbed by the
uproar, came to his dog’s assistance, the fox would scarcely
retreat. Even when met in broad daylight by the farmer,
who carried a thick stick, this fox turned and snapped
savagely at him.

The mountain fox of Scotland, known as the ‘“‘ Greyhound”
Fox, is a larger and fiercer animal than the native of the
‘«« Shires,” and accordingly, of late many of this variety have
been introduced to the Midlands in order to improve the
local breed. But even the ‘ Greyhound” Fox must give
place to those of the Continent, which do not confine their
attention to lambs, but sometimes even attack human beings.

Coming now to the Mustelidae or Weasel Family, I find
that we can fairly claim all the British members for our
local list. The rarest of these, and at the same time the
most elegant, is the Pine-Marten (Mustela martes)—for the
Beech-Marten (Mustela foina), long considered a British
animal, has been conclusively proved to have never occurred
within our limits. The Dales of Derbyshire were for many
years a stronghold of this beautiful species, and so late as
1841 I find it recorded as plentiful “in the fir-woods which
clothe the sides of some of the hills of Derbyshire, and
especially near Buxton.” (1)Garner says that in Staffordshire
it has occurred in woods in Dilhorne, Consall, in Needwood
Forest, and in the limestone district. The Polecat (Mustsla
putovius) is now getting uncommon, though at one time
frequent enough. Writing in 1798, Dickenson mentions as
an instance of the boldness of this little animal, that he has
“known a fitchet, when confined and unable to escape,
attack a large greyhound.’’(2)

(1) Penny Magazine, Nov. 27, 1841. (2) Shaw's Staffordshire.

NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS, I!

The Stoat (Mustela eyminea) and the Weasel (Mustela vulgaris)
still hold their own amongst us, the Stoat not infrequently
changing to the white or ermine dress during the winter.
In Leicestershire, although many partially blanched speci-
mens came under my notice, I never met with a perfectly
white example, though, I believe, in this district, such have
occurred, but the head and sometimes the flanks generally
retain some trace of the brown coat of summer. The tip
of the tail, as is well known, always remains black, ‘‘which,”
as Dickenson quaintly remarks, ‘“‘an ingenious French Nat-
uralist imagines, enables them to discover each other in
their nocturnal excursions over snow in search of food.”
This theory is now generally accepted as the correct one,
and is supported by the fact that the Blue or Mountain
Hare of Scotland similarly retains the black tips to its ears
during the winter season.

Mr. Brown says that the Stoat ‘‘has been known to
hunt the hare in concert, following on the track until the
animal has been run down.” So far as my _ personal
experience goes this is more commonly the case with the
Weasel than the Stoat, which usually hunt in couples, but
I have a note given me by a Mr. Percival, who seemed an
observant and trustworthy man, of a company of five stoats
making a raid on a farmer’s fowls near Lutterworth.
From the commotion they were causing, the attention of
Mr. Percival and his friends was directed to the spot, and
there were the stoats, three out of the five being partly
bleached—for it was winter-time—these being the only
white stoats, besides the specimen I was shewing him,
which my informant had ever seen.

In England the Weasel very rarely, if ever, blanches,
though it does so in more northern latitudes, Norway and
Sweden for instance. I once saw a white weasel in a
taxidermist’s shop in Leicester, but, as the specimen was
stuffed, I was unable to tell whether it was an Albino or
not.

12 NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS.

I am glad to find that the Badger (Meles taxus) is still
far from extinct in this neighbourhood, and have heard of
its occurrence so near to Burton as Branston, Walton,
Croxall, and Rolleston. A large specimen was killed at
Rolleston last year, and is now in the collection of Sir
Oswald Mosley.

The Otter (Lutva vulgaris) still occasionally favours the
Trent and the Dove with his presence, coming sometimes
as near to Burton as Walton. Although so terribly des-
tructive to fish, I trust it may be long before this fine
animal disappears from our list.

Coming now to the Rodents, we find the Squirrel
(Sciuvus vulgavis) abundant in plantations and woods, espec-
ially at such places as Drakelow, Bretby, and Bagot’s Park,
and at the first named place I have come across its hoards of
nuts, &c., in holes at the roots of trees. The Dormouse
(Muscavdinus avellanavius) is reported both by Dickenson and
Sir Oswald Mosley.

Of the Mice and Voles, family Muridae, the dainty little
Harvest Mouse (Mus minutus) can, so far as I have yet
found, be admitted to our lists solely on the following note
by Mr. Brown:

‘* When a boy, a school-fellow, on whose word I could
rely, described so accurately the nest of the harvest mouse,
informing me of one he had found in a field on Waterloo
Mount, near Burton, that I am satisfied the species belonged
to our Fauna at that time, if not at present.”

The Wood Mouse (Mus sylvaticus), the House Mouse
(Mus musculus), and the Brown Rat (Mus decumanus), are all
abundant, sometimes far too much so; whilst the Brown
Rat takes more freely to the water near Burton than in
any other district with which I am acquainted. The Black
Rat (Mus vattus) was very early driven out by this fierce
interloper, for Dickenson says that it had become extinct
in his time (1798), and as the earliest possible date of the

NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS, 13

arrival of the Brown Rat in this country is 1728, since in
its great migration westward from Asia, it only crossed the
Volga into Europe in 1727, it must soon have discovered
that the County of Stafford was a place congenial to its
habits, and at once entered upon a warfare of extermination
against the creature it found in possession.

Turning now to the Voles: The Short-tailed Field Vole
(Microtus agrestis), and the Water Vole, commonly called the
Water Rat (Micvotus amphibius), are both abundant, whilst
the other British species-—the Red Bank Vole (Microtus
glaveolus) is probably far more common than is generally
believed. First reported from this district by the Rev.
H. H. Crewe, in the “ Zoologist”’ for 1863, from specimens
obtained at Calke Abbey, this species will possibly prove
as wide-spread as Agyvestis: at all events it comes as near to
Burton as the Field Vole, for I have notes of the occur-
rence of both at Horninglow.

Of the Leporidae, the Hare (Lepus ewvopeus) and the
Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus) are both abundant and generally
distributed.

We now come to the Hoofed Mammals or Urgulata, and
of these we can claim all the British members for our list.
The famous Wild White Cattle (Bos tawrus), of Chartley,
may well be looked upon as the pride of the district, since
Chartley Park is one of the few British parks in which the
remnants of the herds of wild cattle which formerly wan-
dered at will through British forests are still preserved.

The original stock from which the herd at Chartley is
descended were conveyed from Needwood Forest, then a
haunt of wild cattle, by William, Earl of Derby, and their
descendants have been carefully preserved pure by the
succeeding Earls Ferrers. The herd now numbers about
40 individuals; the number in the even more celebrated
herd of the Earl of Tankerville, at Chillingham, being 75.

All the three species of British Deer formerly roamed

14 NOTES ON SOME OF OUR BRITISH MAMMALS.

wild over Needwood Forest, and so late as 1788 Dickenson
writing of the Fallow Deer (Cervus dama) says, ‘‘ Vast herds
wander at liberty over Needwood Forest, their number
being supposed to exceed 3,000. Many deer on the forest
and on Cannock Chase are of the deep brown kind, intro-
duced from Norway by James I.” Dickenson is probably
in error as to the origin of these Needwood Forest Fallow
Deer, for Mr. J. E. Harting has shewn, that dark-
coloured deer existed in Britain, long before the time of the
pedantic monarch who generally gets credit for their intro-
duction. The largest herd of Red Deer (Cevvus elaphus) in
this district is at Chartley where there are 150, but the
individuals appear to be of rather small size compared with
those of Calke Abbey, where a stag has been known to
turn the scale at 280 pounds. Judging from the size of
antlers found in river gravels, the red deer must formerly
have attained a stature far exceeding that reached at present,
and nearly approaching that of its giant relative the Wapiti
(Cerous Canadensis), known to the trapper as the ‘‘ American
Elk.” Several specimens of this magnificent animal have
been imported into Derbyshire, at Osmaston Manor, by
Sir Peter Walker.

The beautiful little Roe Deer (Capreolus caprea) owes its
inclusion in our list to the discovery of its cast antlers in
Needwood Forest, by Sir Oswald Mosley, where it
undoubtedly lived when the Wild Boar (Sus scrofa) whetted
his curved tusks on the trunks of the oaks, and possibly
long after he was exterminated. Tusks of the Wild Boar
have, as is mentioned by Mr. Brown, been found on several
occasions near Burton, but it is also interesting to find
historical evidence as to his existence in this neighbourhood.
Thus, Erdeswick in his survey of Staffordshire, about 1593,
says, speaking of Chartley, ‘“‘The park is very large, and
hath therein red deer, fallow deer, wild beasts (.e. wild
cattle, and swine.)” We even find so late as 1683 the
Steward of the Manor of Chartley making the following
entry in his account book: ‘‘1683—Febr. Pd. the cooper
for a paile for ye wild swine—o—2—0.”

Some British Birds of Prey.

——__.

By Tue Rev. G. R. Harrison, M.A.

—_—_—___.

Read befove the Society, April 21st, 1898.

[ABSTRACT.]

MONGST the by no means numerous British
JAL Birds of Prey only the Peregrine Falcon, Kestrel,
Sparrow Hawk, Goshawk, and one or two of the Owls will
be considered.

The Peregrine Falcon is, undoubtedly, one of the com-
monest of the larger birds of prey now found in the British
Isles. He has been occasionally found in the Midlands,
although I have never heard of his paying a visit to
Burton. There is an authenticated case of one having
been caught on Melbourne Common, Derbyshire, on
November 25th, 1841, and I am told that two were
shot near Leicester, in January, 1879. He is, certainly,
destructive to game, and has a nasty habit of killing for
the mere sake of doing so, cutting down his prey and
leaving it. Near Rottingdean I once witnessed a fine

16 SOME BRITISH BIRDS OF PREY.

Peregrine fly up and down the cliffs through a screaming
flock of jackdaws, and, at intervals, swoop down and send
a black ball of feathers hurling into the waves, without
attempting to seize a single bird. It is, however, very
doubtful whether he is so very destructive to game as some
game-keepers would have us believe; and it is quite
possible that the prevalence of disease among the grouse
at the present time is due largely to the destruction of the
falcons and other birds of prey.

The Peregrine used to be trained for flying at herons,
partridges, and other large birds. The best Peregrines are
caught in the Autumn when the birds are migrating, and
called ‘“‘ Passage Hawks.” This is a bolder and grander
bird, and is far more valuable than the birds brought up
from the nest.

The true falcons alone have a tooth projecting, which is
absent in the hawks, which have their upper beaks cut into
teeth, a peculiarity common to all birds of prey.

The Kestrel is, without doubt, the commonest bird of
prey in the British Isles, and perhaps, from its habit of
hovering in the air, it has gained the title of ‘‘ Windhover.”
Its method of balancing itself in the air with quivering
wings and outspread tail is quite peculiar to itself. On
almost any day a very fine male specimen may be seen
hovering over the fields about the golf links, at Branston,
hunting for his food. He is seen balancing himself about
50 feet above the ground, he then drops a few feet and
again is suspended between earth and sky. He now
advances towards you, flying always up wind, his wings
flapping hurriedly or held quite motionless. In a moment
he may be directly over you and you can see his broad
head turning restlessly from side to side. Now he glides
forward a few yards and again remains motionless, or, with
a few rapid beats of his wings, darts off in a side long
direction and again poises himself. He sees a mouse, and

SOME BRITISH BIRDS OF PREY. ET

in a moment he closes his wings and drops like a stone,
but within a few feet of the ground he gives a rapid beat
of his wings, hovers for a moment, clutches his prey in his
strong talons, and is soon out of sight.

The question of the migration of the Kestrels is still a
debateable point, for, although numbers do leave us at the
approach of Winter, I am inclined to think that the
migration of the old birds beyond this country is compara-
tively rare. Still, I have seen as many as 15 Kestrels, in
Autumn, in the Marsh Marazion: what were they doing if
not migrating? It is very rash to say that any bird does
not migrate, or at least shifts its domicile. The food of
the Kestrel is composed almost exclusively of mice, moles,
beetles, and caterpillers, and it is urged that an absence of
these creatures in the winter makes migration to a warmer
climate compulsory, where his chief article of diet is locusts.
This seems very probable, yet many well-known keen
observers assert that in Yorkshire and in the Dales of the
Peak of Derbyshire, where Kestrels are numerous, they
have never noticed any diminution in the number of
Kestrels in Winter from those which in the Summer are
to be seen hovering over the fields.

The Sparrow Hawk is of all the Hawks the most daring
and spirited. Fear is unknown to the Sparrow Hawk, for
he has been known to attack the Golden Eagle. He is
widely distributed in these Isles, and is generally found in
wooded districts. His method of hunting differs from that
pursued by the Kestrel. He generally takes up a position
in some high tree or projection from whence he looks out
for his prey.

The Goshawk is now very rare in these parts, for he
has been killed off so effectually that we have only
occasional visits from migratory birds.

The Barn Owl is probably the best known of all the
Owls, and it is resident in this country throughout the

18 SOME BRITISH BIRDS OF PREY.

year. He is certainly a ‘“‘High Churchman” for he is
proverbially attached to the Church, and we can all remember
the one in the Parish Church a few years ago. Moles,
rats, shrews, and mice are extensively preyed on by this
owl, and it is curious how one owl favours one kind of
food, and another a different kind. For instance, the
pellets found under one nest were all mice, and under
another all rats.

The Tawny Owl or Wood Owl is still fairly common in
our district, although of late years its numbers have
diminished owing to persistent persecution. Its existence
at the present time in England is due to its nocturnal
habits.

The owls are closely related to the birds of prey, as is
easily seen by the form of their bills, their claws, and by
the shape of their eggs.

19

Burton, Ancient and Modern.

By R. Moxon.

Presidential Address, delivered Octobey 20th, 1898.

Sve of your former Presidents have devoted their
addresses, or parts of them, to the history of the
origin of the Society. With your permission I will this
evening say a few words about the origin of Burton itself.
A few years ago I had the honour to read some papers on
the subject of Westminster Abbey, and I then remarked
upon some respects in which the history of Westminster
seems to me to run parallel with that of our town. I took
it for granted that in both cases alike the place owes its
origin to the foundation of the Abbey. I will say at once
that I do not think I was far wrong. Nevertheless, in
both cases, I have in the meantime had my attention drawn
to a rather different view. With regard to Westminster,
Sir Walter Besant, in his very interesting book on the
subject, lays down the notion that it was a busy and
populous place long before there was any ecclesiastical

20 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

establishment there, at any rate of a Christian character.
He maintains that the main traffic between the northern
parts of the country and the continent, by way of Dover
and other ports on the south-east coast, must have crossed
the Thames at this point, when there were no bridges,
because there was no ford lower down the river. I cannot
say that Sir Walter’s arguments quite convince me on the
subject, though certainly he contrives to make out a very
fair case for his theory.

But be that as it may, this consideration brings into view
another coincidence between the neighbourhoods of West-
minster and Burton. Here again there was a considerable
river to be crossed by a not inconsiderable traffic, and
supposing that there was hereabouts a convenient fording
place, Sir Walter’s arguments would do just as well to
support the view that here also there must have been a
large and busy population in Roman and prehistoric times.
And on re-perusing the well-known work of our old friend,
the late Mr. Molyneux—of whom we always think as having
been probably the most energetic of the founders of this
Society—I find that he was evidently inclined to believe
that there was such a population. I find indeed that in
one place (Page 103) he goes so far as to say ‘“ There is
no question that the town of Burton had, long before the
foundation of the Abbey, acquired a position equal in impor-
tance to that of the majority of Saxon burghs of the period.”
But this is a somewhat vague statement, and in other places
he speaks on the subject in a rather more qualified way.
Altogether the evidence he offers in support of such a view
is very meagre, consisting only of the discovery of a very
few isolated tokens of human habitation at an earlier date
than the beginning of the eleventh century.

I am rather inclined to the belief that in pre-Roman
times the population hereabout must have been very small.
A narrow strip of country between Charnwood Forest and

BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN, 21

the east bank of the Trent may have been cultivated, but
on the west or Staffordshire side Needwood Forest extended
close to the river, so traffic between the sides of the
*sundering flood” would be very limited, and travellers to
or from greater distances would naturally divert their road
a few miles further south, where the rivers are smaller and
would present less formidable obstacles.

Nor does even tradition—that very seductive but rather
untrustworthy assistant to the antiquarian explorer—point
to a busy centre having existed hereabouts in very early
times. There is of course the tradition of Saint Modwen,
but this, as far as I know, only amounts to the statement
that she had a cell or chapel on an island in the river. Our
friend, Mr. Rye, will perhaps tell us more about this at our
next meeting, and I will not attempt to pursue that part
of the question further.* Far more convincing to my mind
of the fact I am trying to establish is what I may call the
negative evidence.

If there had been anything like what we call a town—
any collection of permanent inhabitants during the Roman
occupation, there must have been a road to it. We know
there was such a road running northwards, from Etocetum,
two or three miles south of Lichfield, to Derby. We are
still very familiar with the portions of this road from the
neighbourhood of Lichfield to Branstone, and from the
corner of Princess Street, along Derby Street, Derby Road,
across Monk’s Bridge, to Derby itself. But between
Branstone and the corner of Princess Street nearly all
traces of that road have disappeared. Fifty years ago the
same might have been said of the part between Princess

*Mr. Rye’s paper on S. Modwen will be found published in this Volume.
I may say that much as I have learned from it, it does not appear
greatly to affect my arguments. There can be little doubt that in her
time there was a considerable settlement at Stapenhill, but I still think
there is no evidence of any population on the Burton side of the river.

R.M.

22 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

Street and the Derby Turn, for Derby Lane or Lichfield
Lane as it was then called, was, I believe, little more than
a bridle path. The original road must have been con-
structed after the Roman fashion in as nearly as possible a
straight line from Streethay, about two miles this side of
Lichfield, nearly to Clay Mills, leaving the site of Old Burton
fully three quarters of a mile to the east. We may feel sure
that it would have been otherwise had there been in
existence anything like a town here. The road would have
been made in a straight line from Branstone to Burton,
and thence at a slight angle from Burton to Monk’s
Bridge or whatever point might have been chosen as most
convenient for crossing the Dove. We can see for our-
selves what has taken place since the original road was
made. Burton sprang into existence and by degrees
increased in importance. A road was made from Burton
to join the old high road at Branstone and thus lead to
Lichfield, and another to join the old high road at some
point to the northwards. This latter might have been
along the line of Anderstaffe Lane past Wetmore, but more
probably the line of Horninglow Street would be taken, as
leading not only into the Derby Road but also direct to-
Uttoxeter and the north-west through Tutbury. And as
Burton went on increasing, travellers between Lichfield and
Derby would find it a convenient half-way stopping place,
and would think it worth their while to come that way,
even though it added about a mile and a half to the length
of their journey. And so by degrees the old road from
Branstone to the Derby Turn would be neglected, deserted,
and finally abandoned. If we could say with any certainty
when the Branstone Road and Horninglow Street were
first constructed we should be able to establish undoubtedly
a date when Burton had begun to exist as a town. But
the first fact I want to impress upon you is that in the
times of the Roman occupation—at any rate at the time

BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN. 23

that the great highway from Etocetum to Derby, known by
the name of Icknield Street, was made, it did not pass
through the site of the old town of Burton. Of course by
the term “Old Burton” I mean so much of the town as
existed before the extensions caused by the development of
the brewing trade. Please to understand that when I
speak of Burton in the course of my remarks this evening
I refer merely to Lichfield Street, Abbey Street, High
Street, New Street, Horninglow Street, and Anderstaffe
Lane.t+

But it will no doubt occur to you that, granting there
was in those days no road running through this place North
and South, there might have been one running East and
West. Mr. Molyneux evidently gave a good deal of
attention to this point. From what he says, and from
what we can gather from other sources, we may conclude
that there was a road known as the Via Devana or Ryknield
Street, which was the main route from the Midlands to the
salt districts of Cheshire. But what line this road took
between Ashby and Uttoxeter is a question not yet solved,
though I am inclined to think it is by no means unsolvable.
If we could determine the point at which the road crossed
the Trent we should go a long way towards settling it.
Mr. Molyneux seems to have satisfied himself that between
Newton Solney and Stapenhill—and I gather that he refers
to the southern end of Stapenhill, at least a mile away from
Burton—there was no point where the main or eastern
branch of the river was fordable. It follows that unless the
original Burton Bridge was Roman, Ryknield Street could
not have passed through Burton. I have never heard
whether, when the remains of the old bridge were destroyed
some five and twenty years ago, any careful examination
was made of the character of the foundations. Possibly, if
Mr. Rye had been here at the time, his keen eye might

+ See Transactions, Vol. III, Page 264.

24 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

have detected traces of Roman masonry. I fear all oppor-
tunity of making such an examination has now gone for
ever, though I often in crossing the present bridge look at
the remaining foundations of two piers in the western
branch of the river, which in the late years of drought
have generally been uncovered, and wish they could be
thoroughly examined by some expert archeologist. Mr.
Molyneux fondly clings to the idea that the bridge was “a
common highway of the country long before the date of
Wulfric Spott’s foundation of the Abbey,” and this means,
as he explains in another place, that it was of Roman
origin. Well, if as I have suggested any trace of Roman
masonry in the foundations can be found, I should consider
the question settled. But in the absence of any such
evidence I consider the probabilities are all the other way.
If the Romans had found it worth while to make a bridge
here they would almost certainly have made a direct road
to it from the important town of Leicester through Ashby,
but there is no trace or tradition of there having been such
a road from Ashby hither. I need hardly tell you that
what we call the Ashby Road for more than a mile from
the Bridge End, is of very modern date. Thirty years ago
old inhabitants still called it the ‘“‘New Road,” and for
aught I know some may do so still. It is I believe about
sixty’ years since it was constructed. The road which it
superseded—the old mail coach road from Ashby—still
exists under the names of ‘‘High Bank Road” and ‘‘Bearwood
Hill,” there being a sharp angle where the two meet at a
point where a dissenting chapel now stands. This is very
unlike the kind of road the Romans would have been likely
to make. Moreover, the deep cutting for the Bearwood
Hill Road is probably of comparatively recent date, as I
understand it still bears marks which shew that it was made
by blasting. The natural and probably the original con-
tinuation of what we know as “High Bank Road” was through

BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN. 25

old Winshill towards Newton Solney, or possibly across or
round the hill on which now stands Winshill Church and
down Mill Hill Lane. Again, the Newton Road cannot be
considered an ancient highway. Mr. Molyneux tells us
that in a plan made in 1760 the road from the bridge
to the mills at Winshill was described as the Mill Way,
and its continuation northwards to Newton consisted simply
of a footpath or bridle road across the open fields. It
would thus appear that the bridge would originally lead to
no road on the Derbyshire side except the one to Stapenhill.
I think that if any other probable line for the road from
Ashby to Uttoxeter can be discovered we must dismiss the
idea of its having passed through Burton and with that
idea the contingent one of Burton having existed as a town
before the foundation of the Abbey. I shall have to say a
few words presently about one such line of road, but, before
doing that, I should just like to remark that I do not wish
in any way to dogmatise in this question for, in spite of the
considerations I have presented to you, I really regard it
as a somewhat open one. I will just allude, for what you
may think them worth, to two other considerations which
rather tend in the opposite direction—I mean in favour’ of
the view of Burton really possessing a higher antiquity than
A.D. 1002, the date of the foundation of the Abbey. The
first of these is the question why, when Wulfric Spott
founded his Abbey, should he have chosen a spot lonely
and distant from any frequented line of traffic? Benedictine
Abbeys in the 11th and 12th centuries were usually placed
in large towns or their neighbourhood, unlike those of the
Cistercians who came a little later, and who undoubtedly
chose secluded spots for their settlements. At any rate, I
am prepared to admit that the fact that Wulfric chose this
for the site of a Benedictine Abbey justifies a conjecture
that there was previously some considerable population, and
affords encouragement to anyone so disposed to seek for

26 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

further evidence on the point. The other fact that seems
to me to support the same view is that the Abbey Chronicles
have been searched in vain for any record of the original
building of the bridge. ‘The earliest deeds in which the
bridge is recognized as being in existence”—I am now
quoting from Mr. Molyneux (page 56)—‘‘were executed
during the time of Abbot Bernard, 1151-1175.” From these
it is clear that at that time “the bridge was already built,
and in all probability it had been constructed so long as to
have required extensive repairs.” From this he goes on to
argue, following the opinion of Shaw, that this communica-
tion must have existed ‘“‘many centuries previous to the
foundation of the Abbey.” Again I must admit that there is
something in the argument, but on the other hand I cannot
forget that history tells us nothing of any bridge building,
or even road making, on any great scale between the era
of the Roman occupation and that of the Norman Conquest,
and I have already told you at some length why I cannot,
without very strong evidence, believe that any bridge was
made here by the Romans. I will now pass on to another
question. If we feel satisfied that the high road from Ashby
to Uttoxeter, Ryknield Street, did not pass through Burton,
where did it cross the Trent? It is just possible that
before long we may receive something like an answer to
this question. In May last our Secretary received a letter
from Mr. John Ward, a gentleman who has rendered
excellent service for some years past to the Derbyshire
Archeological Society, in which he says that he is collecting
materials for the Archeological survey of Derbyshire, and
asks for any help that any members of our Society can
give him. He remarks that both Shaw and Molyneux
speak of a Roman road from Leicester through Ashby and
Branstone, and thence to Uttoxeter, and asks whether any-
thing has been done towards the further elucidation of the
matter. 1 myself have not been able to find the allusion

BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN, 27

he mentions in Shaw’s work, unless he refers to a rather
casual notice of the discovery towards the end of last
century of a number of Roman coins near Callingwood.
Mr. Molyneux’s remarks are more to the point, but they
consist chiefly of a quotation from a pamphlet, entitled
“The Mineral Waters of Burton-on-Trent,” by the late
Mr. Edwin Brown. I have been fortunate enough to get
hold of a copy of this pamphlet, and I find what Mr.
Brown said so interesting and so much to the point that
I shall take the liberty of quoting from it at some length.
I should say that the paper in question was originally read
before the British Association, at the request of their
Excursion Committee, in the year 1865. Mr. Brown said,
“J must call your attention to a curious local fact, viz., the
existence of an old river course along the middle of the
valley, which has been filled up with various materials
until the surface has been brought up nearly to the level
of the surrounding land. <A few years ago I enjoyed some
very favourable opportunities of studying this line of river
course in section. At the lower part of its course, near
Wetmore, it exhibited, in section, beginning with the
surface, vegetable soil, six to eight inches; sand and gravel,
one to two feet; water clay, three feet; and great numbers
of the trunks of large trees, which latter, together with
branches, leaves, hazel nuts, and other vegetable matter,
had formed a bed of peat to the depth of about six feet.
Against Station Street a cross section shewed—vegetable
soil, six inches; sand and gravel, two feet; water clay, two
feet; peat, four feet. The peat here consisted of leaves,
branches, nuts, and a few trunks of trees. Scales of fish,
crystals of sulphate of iron and patches of phosphate of iron
that changed to a beautiful blue colour on exposure to the
air, occurred in this peat; whilst numerous fresh water
shells were found in the dark sand at the margins of the
bed. Either this river bed had become accidentally choked

28 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

up at a very ancient period, when the course of the river
was very different from what it now is, which is a very
unlikely supposition; or the course of the stream was
stopped by the agency of man. In either case there must
have been a very long period during which the water was
stagnant, and the peat was forming by the dropping of
vegetable fragments from the woods that encumbered its
banks. After this process had abruptly ceased, water again
ran slowly down the bed, depositing clay and sand, until
the course became silted up.

It is a curious fact (I am still quoting from Mr. Brown)
that the Roman road called Via» Devana, connecting
Leicester, or Rate, with Chester, the ancient Deva, has
been traced at various places east and west of the valley,
and to connect those points the line would pass exactly
over the head of this ancient river course at Branstone.
The Via Devana was traced by antiquaries of the last
century from Leicester to Willesley, where all indications
of it were lost; but I have ascertained that portions of the
road have been tound at Moira, and also between Stanton
House and Breach Farm; and more recently, John Spencer
Stone, Esq., when forming a fish pond, found broken
material (part of the metalling of an ancient road) in the
valley below Callingwood which leads up to Knightley Park.
All these points would be connected by a line passing near
Drakelow Hall, and over the head of the old river course
at Branstone above the ‘‘ Toad Hole,” and so on to Calling-
wood by an old road which passes through the wood at
East Hill, immediately north-east of Tatenhill Village.

It does not therefore seem unreasonable to suppose that
the works made to carry the Via Devana over the meadows
obstructed one course of the stream, and turned it into
stagnant water, in which the peat gradually formed, and
that in the middle ages the Monks of Burton establishing
a mill on its banks for the grinding of corn, partly re-opened

BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN. 29

the channel, and the formation of peat wholly ceased.”

I must leave others more competent than myself to
comment on the interesting geological questions involved in
the passage I have quoted. The point that concerns us at
present is the strong evidence it furnishes that the Via
Devana crossed the river at Branstone. It seems to me
quite sufficient to encourage practical antiquaries to search
for further evidence along the same line. And then I can-
not help thinking that it is, to say the least of it, exceed-
ingly improbable that if there was a Roman highway there,
there would be another within two miles of it. Thus then
I think we may fairly conclude that neither east and west,
nor north and south, did any road pass through the site
of Burton in Roman times. And this appears to me
equivalent to saying that Burton did not exist as anything
like a town in those days.

The question may occur to you, why, if this well defined
highway existed through Stanton and Drakelowe and across
the river by ford to Branstone, onwards to Tatenhill, was
not the river bridged here in after years? I do not see
that a bridge would have been more difficult to make here
than lower down the river where the old bridge was made.
But I think the same process must have taken place in this
case, as I have already described as happening with the
road north and south. For some reason, probably through
the foundation of the Abbey, Burton had become an im-
portant place, and travellers would come a little out of
their way to call there for a rest on their journey between
Ashby and Uttoxeter. The road from Stanton through
Stapenhill would be frequented, and the old road through
Drakelow and Branstone neglected, and thus it would come
to pass that in choosing a place for the bridge the site
lower down the river would be considered the more advan-
tageous. I am perfectly willing to admit that a great deal
of what I have said is mere guesswork, and that, after all,

30 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

it may. hereafter be proved that I am wrong in my guesses.

But before leaving the question of the origin of the town,
I should like to mention one other consideration which I
think supports the view that it was connected with the
foundation of the Abbey. There seems to me to be no
evidence or even a tradition of its having been an ancient
parish. By an ancient parish I mean of course a pre-
Reformation parish. Mr. Rye, in his paper on the Ground
Plan of the Burton Abbey, which he read to us in 1896,
told us that the Benedictine Church was divided into two,
the upper and lower churches, the upper being the choir of
the monks, and the lower the parochial church, and also
that the building of this lower or parochial church was
begun about A.D. 1114. I understand him to mean that
the nave of the Abbey Church—as distinct from the choir—
was used as a parochial church, and this implies that there
was not any separate parish church. But I do not think
this was at all usual in the Abbeys of the Benedictines.
It was so, I have been told, in those of the Augustinians.
In the cases of Westminster, S. Mary at York, and Whitby—
all Benedictine Abbeys, the parish church was always an
entirely distinct building. | Does not this go to shew that
there was nothing like a town when Burton Abbey was
founded, and that a somewhat make-shift arrangement was
adopted as the population, external to the Abbey but
attracted by it, gradually increased? Then again, when
the Abbey was suppressed and its property granted to Sir
William Paget, he was required to maintain a minister for
the church. This shews that previously the parochial
work must have been done by the monks, and that there
had not been any separate endowment for a Vicar. I have
not forgotten that for a few years after the suppression of the
Abbey the church had a dean and four prebends, but I do
not think this affects my argument. Another fact that
goes to shew it was not an ancient parish is that there are

BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN. 31

no wakes, and never appear to have been any. These
wakes were, we know, originally Festivals in annual
commemoration of the dedication of the parish church—
sometimes held on the Feast of the Patron Saint, and some-
times on the actual anniversary of the consecration. The
Abbey was dedicated to S. Mary, the Blessed Virgin, and
S. Modwen, According to Lingard, an excellent authority
on such points, S. Modwen’s Day was the 5th July, on
which day no fair has, I believe, ever been held at Burton.
The 29th October was the Feast of the Translation of
S. Modwen. Shaw says, ‘‘ There are now four annual fairs,
tbe most ancient being by grant from Henry III of three
days continuance, viz: the Vigil, Feast, and next day
following the Feast of S. Modwen, which is October 2gth.
They have no Wake here as is usual with most places in
this part of the country, but no doubt the fair week after
the Feast of S. Modwen, to whom the church is dedicated,
is in lieu of that festival.” This seems to me to be nothing
more than a guess, and it is remarkable that there should
be no trace of this having been a pleasure fair, but rather
a strictly business one. The same remark applies to a
small cattle fair on the 2nd February, one of the Festivals
of the Blessed Virgin. There was no fair on Her other
Festival, the 25th March. The two pleasure fairs, that on
Ascension Day and that known as the “Statutes,” are at
seasons quite unconnected with either Patroness. Oddly
enough there are ‘“‘ Wakes” at Winshill, though I have
never been able to ascertain that they are connected with
any ecclesiastical festival, nor that there is any tradition of
there having been a church there until the present one
dedicated to St. Mark was built about thirty years ago. I
notice also that Shaw speaks of the parish of Burton being
even in his time exempt from episcopal control. His actual
words are: ‘‘The church is only a perpetual curacy, exempt
from episcopal jurisdiction.”

32 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

This could not I think have been the case had there
been anything like an organized parish before the suppression
of the Abbey, still less if there had been one before its
foundation. But surely it is impossible that so large a
district as that embracing the townships of Burton, Branstone,
Horninglow, and Stretton, to say nothing of Winshill across
the river, should not have been constituted a parish before
the year 1002, if there had been anything worth calling a
population there. Ecclesiastical as well as topographical
considerations help to convince me that when Wulfric Spott
founded the Abbey of Burton he founded the town of
Burton as well.

And that is in fact all I have to say this evening about
Ancient Burton. The history of the Abbey after its foun-
dation has been told you by Mr. Robert Thornewill and
Mr. Rye, and their valuable papers have been printed in
our Transactions. For the not very eventful history of the
town, since the suppression of the Abbey, Mr. Molyneux is
an excellent authority. I may also refer to the documents
of the 17th Century, found at the Parish Church, and
examined by the late Mr. Knowles and Mr. Lyle in 1884,
and described in a paper read to us in March of that year.
I am exceedingly pleased that our late Secretary, Mr. Gibbs,
found the rough notes of that paper, and that Mr. Lyle
was good enough to prepare a short abstract for publication
in the last issued volume of Transactions. Such documents
are excellent materials for the scientific study of history,
illustrating as they do the manners and customs of different
periods.

And now what am I to say about modern Burton? The
Bishop of Ripon the other day described Bradford in York-
shire as ‘‘a place whose streets speak little of the past, but
are redolent of the industry and instinct with the bustle of,
modern life; a city which relies less on the picturesque
reputation of ancient glories than on the exuberant energy

BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN. 33

which makes history.” Leave out the word ‘city,’ and I
think this would be a very good description of Burton.
No one can dispute that its streets are ‘‘ redolent ’—very
redolent of the prevailing industry of the place. No one
can deny the ‘‘energy”’ of the townsmen—probably some
advocates of what they are pleased to call ‘temperance ”
may consider that energy somewhat ‘“ exuberant.” I rather
wonder what judgment our descendants and successors will
pass on the history we are making.

But I don’t wish to moralise. I should like to make
just a few remarks about our town as it now exists. It is
the fashion to speak of it as ugly and uninviting in aspect.
But really I have often found visitors much impressed with
the beauty not only of the surrounding country, but of the
very centre of the borough itself. I fancy few places with
such a large population possess in their midst such a fine
open expanse as is secured to us by the two branches of
the river enclosing the large meadows of the Broadholm,
the Andersley and the Ox Hay. The views up and down
the river both from the Trent Bridge and the Ferry Bridge
are extremely picturesque, and no artist can scorn the
charming little landscape formed by the fine old trees on
St. Modwen’s Orchard and the Abbey House. It is a pity
that our parish church is not a more venerable building.
Externally, at any rate, it is not an imposing object. But
I really think its site is admirable. Of course the charm
of all this depends on the river, and herein we are fortunate
that its banks are not, and are never likely to be, lined
with factories and warehouses, as is generally the case
when a river runs through a manufacturing town. I hope
I may be excused from remarking that I think a heavy
responsibility falls on the authorities—that of doing all in
their power to purity and sweeten this noble water-way.
Our Corporation seemed to be doing a grand and successful
work a few years ago in dredging the river and clearing it

34 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN.

of weeds, and I think it is a great pity that they did not
continue in that well doing. I fear they will very soon
find that all the good they did has been undone, and that
they will have to start all over again. I must not forget
to acknowledge the good work which was done some few
years ago by the Feoffees of the Charities, in planting
young trees along the river banks, to replace those which
in course of time were falling into decay. I believe to our
worthy Treasurer, Mr. E. A. Brown, a good deal of the
credit belongs of urging upon them the desirability of this
expenditure.

But away from this fine breathing place in our midst, I
fear I must admit that our streets are ugly. How, it may
be said, could it be otherwise? Can you expect a brewery
to be an architectural ornament, or a collection of labourers’
cottages to be picturesque? Perhaps not, but I often
think there is one thing—I may call it perhaps an accident—
which has needlessly intensified the unloveliness of one of
our main streets. I refer to the position of our railway
station. It will have occurred to you, I dare say, that
the main railway line through Burton runs very closely
parallel to the old abandoned Roman road from Branstone,
northwards. When it was first made it ran at a distance
of nearly half a mile from the town, and the station was
quite out in the open fields. I have no idea why that par-
ticular spot was fixed for it. Like the Abbey—if my ideas
are correct—there was previously no road to or from it.
“Catte Street,’ as the Eastern end of Station Street was then
called, did not extend nearly as far. Now it strikes me
that if the Midland Railway Company had been prompted
to make their station a few hundred yards further south,
where Moor Street and the Forest Road cross their line,
we should very likely by this time have at least one hand-
some street. For Moor Street leads on to New Street—
now miserabie and dismal in the extreme, and little used

BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN. 35

as a mere thoroughfare. But in itself it is a fine wide
road, and has a slight curve in it. Had this been the
main approach to the Railway Station the existing dingy
cottages and dirty courts would have long ago disappeared
and given way to substantial shops, and possibly to
imposing public buildings, which the curve would help to
bring into view. Perhaps the same result would have been
brought about to a more marked extent if the Station had
been at Little Burton, so that Horninglow Street would
have become the main approach. This broad thoroughfare,
with its grand curve, would have made a very handsome
street if it had been the chief line of traffic. As it is, our
two chief thoroughfares, High Street and Station Street,
being both of them long, straight, and narrow, can never
become picturesque. Even handsome buildings in these
streets must be more or less thrown away, because it is
impossible to look at them from a sufficient distance. And
this fact appears to have been well appreciated, for it must
be admitted that the new frontages to these streets are not
in themselves in any way ornamental. Fortunately our two
lately built churches, S. Paul’s and Holy Trinity, both
stand in wide open spaces, where their fine proportions can
be well seen. But on the whole, apart from the beauties
of the natural scenery in the neighbourhood, I cannot say
that I see any prospect of Burton ever becoming a really
handsome or picturesque town.

I fear my address has been rather gossiping than
instuctive, and, perhaps, the gossip has not been of a very
entertaining character. But I thought I might be excused
if in an inaugural address I confined myself rather to
indicating a few considerations that appeared to me sugges-
tive of the work that might be undertaken. I will conclude
therefore by reminding you of the two points towards which
I think local archeologists might profitably direct their
efforts. First, towards a careful examination of the remain-

36 BURTON, ANCIENT AND MODERN,

ing foundations of the old bridge, and secondly, in searching
for further evidence of a Roman road running from Branstone,
through Tatenhill to Uttoxeter. I think it would be more
profitable to search for the line of this road westwards,
because I take it that Mr. Ward is already examining the
line eastwards from Drakelowe towards Moira. But as I
said before he will be glad of any assistance any of us can
give him, so even discoveries on the Derbyshire side will
be welcome.

37

Saint Moodwen.

By Henry A. Ryz.

—————__.

Read before the Society, November 7 7th, 1898.

ape yorne my researches into the history of Burton

Abbey I noted down much about S, Modwen,
intending to use it as a preface to my Paper on ‘The
Ground Plan of Burton Abbey” (Vol. III, 3), but finding
the material so voluminous, I was forced to abandon the
idea.

In this paper I Propose to give such an outline of the
Patron Saint of our Ancient Town of Burton-on-Trent as
May interest us, trying to reconcile the many accounts and
their various discrepancies.

The first notice of a life of S. Modwen I found in the
‘*Chronicles of Burton,” where, under the account of
Geoffry, the sixth Abbot, who died A.D. II51, occurs “Hic
dictavit vitam et Miracula Sanctae Modwenae virginis pro
qua misit in Hiberniam ut habetur in prohemio ejusdem,”’

I next turned to the Acta Sanctorum of the Bollandists,
and under July Vol. II, p. 297, Pinaeus quotes from this

38 SAINT MODWEN.

very life, and from him I learned that Geoffry’s MSS. is
still preserved to us in the British Museum (its reference
Royal MS. 15 B. IV). From this original MSS., now 750
years old, which was doubtless written in the Scriptorium
of our Abbey, I shall give you an extract or two to-night.
The MSS. is quarto in size, has 167 folios written in a fine
hand in double columns, and contains Tractus Grammatici,
Petri Blesensis Epistolae, then comes Vita S. Modwena,
finishing with Tractus Miscellanii. Parts are damaged by
damp and stains, and are almost illegible. At folio 76 the
preface written by Abbot Geoffrey begins as follows—
“Tncipit prefatio Gaufridi Abbatis Burtone in vita Sanctae
Modwenne Virginnis.’”’ This preface is followed by the
Life and after that come the Miracles which occurred atter
her death. I have also been fortunate in securing a copy
of a Catalogue of the Monastic Library of Burton Abbey,
discovered by Mr. W. de G. Birch, F.S.A., at the British
Museum, written on a fly leaf of a copy of S. Augustine’s
Works, a book once belonging to the Abbey. Now (add MS.
23, 944) this Catalogue was compiled in the twelfth century by
the keeper of the Scriptorium. Thesecond entry is ‘‘Homilies
from Advent to Easter,” ‘‘ The life of S. Modwen,” and
“Bernard upon being sent,’ in one book. The _ thirty-
second entry is ‘‘a life of S. Modwen, which Martin wrote;
and another which Birennius wrote.” This Birennius
witnessed a lease in 1133, where he is called a monk,
and witnessed a charter 1150-1159, where he has become
a sub-prior. Martin is mentioned in two grants and a lease
in Abbot Bernard’s time, 1160-1175. The thirty-third entry
runs ‘‘also another very ancient.’”” So we have four lives
of S. Modwen in the library in Geoffry’s time.

There is great variation as to the time she lived: for
instance, the Acta Sanctorum has a heading, ‘“*S. Modwen
receives the virgin pall from St. Patrick,” this would put her
as living before 493, in which year that Saint is said to
have died. .

SAINT MODWEN. 39

Alban Butler states she came into England about the
year 840: here is a difference of 347 years.

Dugdale quotes from the ‘Golden History of John of
Tinemouth,” in the Bodleian Library, ‘‘ M.S. Bodl 240,
Secunda pars historie auree quam scribi fecit dompnus
Rogere de Huntedon sumptibus quarum suarum anno dom.
1377,” and follows with an extract from an ancient record
which in 1640 was the property of John Ferrars, and was
preserved at Tamworth Castle.

In the former, Alured, or Alfred, son of Ethelwulf is said
to have been cured by S. Modwen; this would make her
living 836-858.

In the latter, Egbert the King sends his son Arnulf to
be cured by S. Modwen, which would put her date
800-836.

The whole difference seems to have arisen by a confusion
of Alfred the Great with Alfrid, illegitimate son of Oswin,
King of England; and this places her date back to 640.

I next turned to Baring-Gould’s “‘ Lives of the Saints,”
and I do not think we can do. better than follow his
account. From him we learn that S. Modwenna belonged
to the great Sept or Clan of the Conalls of Conall
Murthemteni (the country about Dundalk) and Clan Conall
in the modern county of Down. Her pedigree can be
made out for several generations. Her father was Mochta,
prince of that sept and ruler of an extensive territory
stretching from Iveagh to the neighbourhood of Armagh.
She founded a convent at Fochard Brighde, now Fangha,
in the county of Louth, about the year 630, and one
hundred and fifty virgins placed themselves under her rule.
She removed it to Kill-Sleve-Cuilin in the county of Armagh.
The reason for removal is rather amusing: a large wedding
took place in the neighbourhood, and the 150 virgins were
so fluttered by the event that their foundress thought
solitude more complete and entire was necessary. Alfrid,
illegitmate son of Oswin, King of England 642-670, went

40 SAINT MODWEN.

to Ireland at this time and remained there to study. When
he wished to return to England, the Irish King wanted to
give him a present. His treasury was empty, so he
ordered a kinsman to go and rob some church or convent
and give the spoil to the prince. The noble fell on the
lands of the convent of Modwenna and pillaged them and
the Church. S. Modwen took ship and crossed the sea, and
found Prince Alfrid at Whitby, A.D. 685, and demanded
redress. The prince promised to pay all, and _ placed
S. Modwen in the famous double Monastery of Whitby,
founded by S. Hilda. His own sister Elfleda was there,
and he committed her to S. Modwen to be instructed.
- Elfleda was then aged thirty-one, three years later she suc-
ceeded to the place of S. Hilda as Second Abbess of
Whitby. Then S. Modwen returned to Ireland and visited
her foundations there. After a while she made a pilgrimage
to Rome, and in passing through England, founded a
religious House at Burton-on-Trent, and left in it some of
her nuns. She then returned to Ireland, and learning that
her brother Roan, who was a holy Abbot, was labouring
in Scotland, she determined to settle there.

Here she founded several Religious Houses in succession,
and a Church dedicated to S. Michael on the rock of
Dunedin or Edinburgh. She also made a foundation at
Killnicase in Galloway, another on a mountain named
Dundenel. a third at Dumbarton, a fourth at Stirling, a
fifth at Dunpeleder, a sixth near the Seal’s Cliffe at
S. Andrew’s Isle (Ardrossan near Saltcoats), and she is
said to have died at Langfortin, in Scotland, and her body
was translated to Burton.

Such is the brief outline of the life of our patron Saint.
Now let us try and gather from the early writers what we
can about her Burton foundation.

Pinaeus the Bollandist, who, as I said before, quoted
from Geoffry’s MSS., writes—‘‘ But when Saint Modwen

SAINT MODWEN, 41

had come to the river which is called Trent which flows
past Mount Calvus which in English is called Calvecliffe,
they built there a church consecrated to God and S. Andrew,
which place is called Andressey because it is a small island.

It was desert at that time, and in it St. Modwen and
Lazar and Athea dwelt seven years—And after they returned
from Rome they built a church on the other side of the
water at the foot of Mount Calvus in honour of S. Peter
and S. Paul and God wrought through them many miracles
near the aforesaid river. And after the Abbess had blessed
them she returned to Ireland, but Athea dwelt in Andressey
as the holy Modwen had appointed, for she was recognised
as Abbess. According she requested that she might remain
with them. In the great and long wood of Arderne she
constructed three churches; the fourth was in a certain
island in the river Trent which flows near to Mount
Calvus.” This Mount Calvus, which in English is called
Calvecliffe, is Scalpcliff, on the Derbyshire side of the Trent
due east of Andressey.

In the 1895 July number of the Reliquary appeared some
fragments of a life of S. Modwen discovered in the binding
of an old book in the possesion of the Hon. Mrs. Bulkeley
Owen (by whose kindness I am enabled to show photos).
These again seem to be derived from the original life of
S. Modwen, written by Geoffry, of Burton. Amongst them
is the following. The letters in brackets are obliterated in

the original.
“And whan she retourned fro Rome she came to Eng(/and 40)
a place on ye south syde of Scaleclyffe hyll called (Ca/ve)
hyll and ther she bylded a churche in the Morshy
(wa)ter of Trent There she bylded a chappell in the
(y/and) of saynt Andrewe and therefore ye sayd ylande is
(called 41n)drousey at this day yt. is to saye Andrewes yle.
(Zher)e she lyved. vij. yeres reclused as an Ancresse.’’

The first of these two accounts distinctly states that
S. Modwen first built a church upon an island and dedi-
cated it to S. Andrew, and after her return from Rome, a

42 SAINT MODWEN.

second, dedicated to S.S. Peter and Paul, at the foot of
Scalpcliff Hill on the other side of the water. The second
confirms it but reverses the order. ‘There she bylded a
church in the morshy waters of Trent. There she bylded
a chappell in the yland called Androuse.’” I think the
church of S.S. Peter & Paul has hitherto been overlooked,
but it points to the Church of S. Peter, Stapenhill, which
is undoubtedly an old foundation. I find mention of it in
a covenant between Galfridus of Eglinton and Abbot Nigel
1094-1117; ‘‘De patronatu Ecclesia de Stapenhull” (Burton
Chron). A concession by Richard, Abbot 1182-1188, to
** Radulfa Clerico Nostro de Stapenhulla” (Burton Chron).

This shows that this foundation is certainly older than
the parochial Church of the Abbey, and may safely be said
to date back to S. Modwen. Andressey was I think
undoubtedly with the church of S.S. Peter & Paul laid in
ruins by the incursion of the Danes. Repton was we
know for certain, and it can hardly be expected that
Burton would escape. I have always held an opinion, but
so far have not had the chance to prove it, but hope some
day to get it cleared up for certain, that the lands passed
eventually into the hands of Wulfric Spott, and that his
new religious foundation was simply a restitution to the
church of what was formerly hers. |Wulfric Spott was
one of King Ethelred’s ministers, and it may be that his
conscience was not quite at ease for the share he had in
the general massacre of the Danes, who were then dwelling
peaceably and unsuspicious of danger within the Saxon
territories, probably on lands they had taken by their
sword. Burton Abbey was founded 1002-1004. The
Annales give the date 1004. The massacre of the Danes
was on the Feast of S. Brice, Nov. 13th, 1002.

The new monastery we have full proofs stood on a new
site on the west bank of the Trent.

The Chronicles of Burton inform us of Lauricus, 3rd

SAINT MODWEN. 43

Abbot of Burton 1050-1085, ‘‘ He spoiled the rich shrine
of S. Modwen to feed the poor because there was a great
famine, for which the Lord took vengeance as is fully
recorded in the miracles of the said Virgin.” I here give
you a translation of this from the book referred to, namely
Vita S. Modwenna Geoffry’s MSS., folio 86b.

Translation of Extract from Royal MS. BIV f.86b 2nd. col.

“In a few words is told who it was that founded the
Abbey near Andresia and what vengeance the man incurred
who violated the sacred shrine.

Well after the Abbey had been founded where it now is
by a wealthy man named Wulfric Spott, the remains of the
most venerable Virgin were piously transferred thither and
several miracles took place, many of which are now forgotten
for want of careful record, but many on the other hand I
have been able to discover and hear about which have
taken place in recent times, and I will append a few of
them. But those which I am going to tell have been
related to me by those who heard them from their prede-
cessors or actually witnessed themselves in the presence of
many witnesses in whose veracity I can trust.

Long before England was conquered by the Normans,
and when the people of England abounded in wealth,
renown, and beautiful objects, a magnificent shrine was
constructed to contain the bones of the Virgin who had
been re-buried there, decorated beautifully with gold and
silver and the highest art of the jeweller. After a con-
siderable time there fell a dire famine upon ‘the land, to
such an extent that many could not buy victuals and were
reduced to great straits and many became in want of the
barest necessaries and being unable to find anything to eat
died.

Well in this calamity there came to the Abbot Leofric,
who at that time ruled the monastery, a certain goldsmith’s
servant named Godmore who at first presented to him and

44 SAINT MODWEN.

the monks what seemed a pious plan for supplying nourish-
ment to the poor; but the Father above perceived what
was concealed in the real intention of his heart as after-
wards plainly appeared to all, and the example of his
punishment affords a valuable lesson to posterity.

This base fellow tried if he could only persuade the
Abbot and the monks to allow him to rob the sacred shrine
and use the gold for supplying the needs of the poor, but
imbued with the poisonous love of riches, he was in his
heart already a thief and counted upon the treasures which
by this transaction should pass through his hands that he
would be able to fill his own purse and keep back part of
the proceeds and enrich himself with the wealth. Accordingly
the most venerable shrine having been broken open by the
advice and assistance of this man himself the Lord Abbot
with part of the money had gone away to buy corn and
having purchased the corn was returning from his journey
in company with several of his brethren. This same gold-
smith went down and when they had reached a spot he
stuck his pike in the ground; and in another place apart
' placed as he was accustomed all his other necessary tools.
But immediately by the wonderful judgement of God, the
pike by accident fell upon the man himself, and the brethren
in fear with one accord crying out that each should guard
himself from it, turning quickly he rushed upon the spear,
and whilst all who were present .were dismayed he was
pierced in the stomach by it, and fell slain by this unfore-
seen death. But in the breast of the dead man a part of
the money was discovered which he had stealthily appro-
priated from the shrine, and from this can be easily
understood for what a crime he had deserved to receive
such a punishment who had presumed to contemplate such
a wickedness against the Virgin. And may all robbers of
churches abandoned to fury so perish here and hereafter.

Leofric the aforesaid Abbot was still ruling over the

SAINT MODWEN. 45

Convent of Burton, and when William the First, that most
valiant and brave man Duke of Normandy, who had begun
to reign in England, made a journey to the shrine of the
Virgin, who had evinced this divine vengeance.”

It is very interesting to note that Burton had a royal
visit at such an early date.

Galfridus (Mala Terra), fourth Abbot 1085-1104, the
Chronicle again informs us that in his time occurred that
great miracle or that horrible judgement upon two villains
of Stapenhill at Drakelow because they fled to Roger
Pictavensis Earl of Drakelow, as we have it in the
miracles of S. Modwen the Virgin, whence comes the
common saying THE DEVIL OF DRAKELOW.

This is found in Abbot Geoffry’s MSS. fol. 87, col. 1,
line 24.*

Nicholas 12th, Abbot 1188-1197, the chronicle tells us
““was buried before the altar of S. Modwenna the Virgin
between his two brothers.” I have little doubt that the
altar would be where we find it in other cases at the west
end of the shrine, and that the shrine would stand in the
usual position behind the High Altar, also his being buried
in front looks as if he had rebuilt the shrine.

William Melburne, 13th Abbot, 1197-1210, the chronicle
tells us, gave to the chapel in Andressey 12d. issuing out
of the burgage of Robert de Pecco in Burton because
Geoffry the Bishop (Jeffery Muschamp, 1199-1210) commanded
him to endow it with something at the dedication of the
same.

This I think bears out my contention that the little chapel
in Andressey had been ruined by the Danes, and was re-
built at this time. We get two names which fix the date:
Abbot Wm. Melburne, 13th Abbot of Burton, who endowed
the chapel, 1197-1210; and Jeffery Muscamp, Bishop of

*A translation of this was given in the lecture, but it is thought
advisable not to insert it owing to the proposal to reproduce Abbot
Geoffry’s MSS. by the Society.

46 SAINT MODWEN.

Coventry and Lichfield, who dedicated the chapel, 1199-1210.
I even think we can get two years nearer, for the Annales
de Burton, say on page 209, under the date 1201. ‘The
same year S. Wolstan of Worcester and S. Modwenna of
Burton shewed forth many and great miracles,” and I think
this last extract will fully account for the re-building of the
chapel, any-way if it was the re-building of a ruin or the
re-building of an existing building in a much more elaborate
style, it is curious we have had so many mentions of the
Shrine, but this is the first mention of the Chapel on
Andressey. We shall see later on that while the Chapel
on Andressey contained the tomb of S. Modwen, the shrine
was undoubtedly in the Monastic Church. From the ded-
ication of this little chapel and the events that led up to
it, came, I think, events that even to this day are felt in
our town of Burton; for it was about this time King John
on the 2nd April, 1200, granted the great ‘Fair of three
days continuance, viz: the Vigil, feast, and next day
following the Feast of S. Modwen,” (Charter Roll, John
(1200), part 2, number 11), which is October 2gth.

This is the first day of the winter horse fair except when
Sunday intervenes, when it is 28th, or 29th and 30th.

This brings up the question that seems to puzzle many.
Why, if S. Modwen’s day be July 6th, should the printed
notice framed and mounted in the Parish Church porch
give S. Modwen’s day as October 29th?

The explanation is simply this: July the 6th will be
S. Modwen’s day, most likely the day of her death;
October 29th would be the day of her translation, 1 cannot
say which, for undoubtedly there were at least two, the first
from where she died, the Life says Langfortin, the legend
on her tomb says Scotland, to her monastery on the Isle
of Andressey; the second to the shrine in the Monastic
Church. I believe myself it was the latter, at all events
we are not left to surmise about there being two days, for

SAINT MODWEN. 47

the Annales de Burton, page 245, states “A.D. 1229
Laurentus monk of Burton succeeds Richard and is made
Abbot of Burton September gth, and is installed in the
second feast of Saint Modwenna by John de Stretton at
that time prior of the same house and Nicholas sub-prior.”

Our next notice is during the Abbacy of John Sudburis,
1400-1424, when ‘John Babe, prior and sacrist, made a
new feretory for S. Modwenna.”

William Mathew, Abbot 1424-1430, ‘fin the month June
in his second year finished the stonework between Andrewsey
and Horseholme.”

Thomas Feyld, Abbot 1472-1493. ‘‘He re-built the
Chapel of S. Modwen in Andressey the old one being
pulled down.”’ In connection with this we find mention

that a marble stone with a cross engraved on it, branched
like a tree that lay in the middle before the High Altar
which covered the remains of Thomas Packington, Abbot
1280-1205, was removed by Thomas Field to Andressey
and laid over the tomb of S. Modwenna the Virgin.

We are not told how the first tomb of S. Modwen was
covered, but we have a notice that Abbot Feylde did
remove a marble stone with a cross in the form of a
branched tree that covered the remains of Abbot Thomas
Packington, who died 1305, and laid it upon the Tomb of
S. Modwen the Virgin. I here put in an extract from a
letter from Sir William Bassett to Cromwell (MS. Cotton
cleop E. IV folio 238) in the Brit: Mus: ‘I send unto
your Lordschype by thys beyrer my bro Francis Bassett
the ymages off Sentt Anne off Buxtone and Sennt Mudwen
of Burton upon Trent.”

Wright, in the ‘Suppression of the Monasteries,” p. 142-3,
says, ‘“‘the image probably stood over the well still (de. in
1843) known by the name of Modwen’s Well.” The more
likely place I should say would be in the little chapel on
Andressey, evidently it was considered a ‘superstitious

48 SAINT MODWEN.

image,’’ and was of something more precious than stone or
wood, or the cartage to London would have been thought
too costly; if it were set up over the well, I do not think
it would have been of anything but stone or wood, and
doubtless have shared the fate of the beautiful marble
representation of S. Cuthbert, at Durham, which was
‘‘Taken down and broken in pieces.”
The inscription on the shrine has happily been preserved
to us, and a translation of it is here given.
“Treland gave Modwen birth; England a grave: Scotland her death;
and God her soul shall save.
The first land life: the third, death did give: the second earth, her
earthly part received.

Lanfortin takes whom Conall’s country owns, and happy Burton holds
the Virgin’s bones.”’

With regard to the shrine we can only surmise that its
construction and design closely followed those of S. Alban,
Edward the Confessor, or S. Thomas de Canteloupe, Bishop
of Hereford. At the suppression of the Monasteries, the
shrines were taken down, and the bodies or relics buried
on their site. If this happened at Burton, and I believe
it did, S. Modwen should rest not far from the Altar of
the Parish Church, and “happy Burton” in that case still
holds “the Virgin’s bones.”

49

The Dales of Derbyshire.

By C. O’Suttivan, F.R.S.
Read before the Society, March 16th, 1899.

[ABSTRACT. ]

ae being our nearest dale, I shall give it ©
first place in our consideration. It is in point of
formation a new dale, in which the active agent—running
water—is still present, and is in fact a typical Derbyshire
dale. On ascending the Dove from its confluence with
the Trent, the country becomes more hilly; but when one
comes to that part approaching Ashbourne and_ looks
towards the north a marked change in the aspect of the
country may be clearly observed; indeed, if one looks
towards Ashbourne from any of the high ground around
Burton, one cannot help being struck by the idea that a
new condition of things begins near that place. If we
approach the Dale from the Isaac Walton entrance we have
conical Thorpe Cloud on our right, a ridge of hills on our
left, and the river rippling over its rugged bed before us.

50 THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE.

Grey rock presents itself here and there amidst the foliage,
and the same striated grey rock forms the side of the valley
and the hills beyond. We pass through a gorge, the sides
of which closely approach one another, the river flowing at
our feet. On the other hand, if we approach the Dale
from the Peveril side, we have Thorpe Cloud on our left,
a fair view of the Dale before us, and the grey rock
shewing itself in bare patches on the hill sides, and in
detached pieces all around us. Here however we have no
gorge, for we know the Dove does not find an outlet at
this point. Further up the Dale we find the sides fairly
wooded, the grey rock coming to the surface in places, and
shewing itself in columns to the left, and in detached pieces
among the rocks to the right, the river occupying the valley
between. Still farther on, the sides, or at least one of them,
becomes more precipitous, and we see their bases occupied
by the debris of the grey rock mixed with soil. Soon
through the Dale, we are presented with views of surging
beauty and grandeur, the grey rock always forming the
boundary of our vision, and forcing itself upon our notice
at every turn. As~*we advance we notice to our right a
cave-mouth or archway, hollowed out’in one of the strata
of the grey rock, and, on examination, it needs very little
thought to satisfy ourselves that this cave was once filled
with running water, and at this point I may, I think, with-
out anticipating much, observe that we have our first clue
to Dale formation. If we enter the archway we find there
is still running water beneath the general debris, and if we
continue our exploration, we find an irregular cavern,
extending far into the bowels of the earth, through irregular
masses of solid grey rock. The phenomena of which this
is an example, will be referred to more in detail farther
on, but I wish to point out, that in the valley of the Mani-
fold, not far from here, as the crow flies, the Manifold
forsakes its usual bed, traverses an underground course for

THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE, 51

a considerable distance, and reappears near Ilam. The cave
in Dovedale was doubtless at one time or other a passage
of the same kind. Before Dovedale was excavated, a portion
of the Dove waters, if not all of them, flowed through this
and similar caverns, having taken an underground course
higher up towards Hartington, to appear again at the
termination of the grey rock at Thorpe below.

As we approach the point where the dale breaks out into
the open again, cave mouths present themselves to our
view. That these at one time or another were full of water,
there can be no doubt, and that they were feeders of the
main eroding and disolving current is almost beyond question.

If we follow the course of the river through Hartington
to Longnor, and beyond that place to its source, many and
varied phenomena are presented to our view. The valley
opens into a wide sweeping expanse, with patches of grey
rock coming to the surface on either side, in some places
standing out in bold cliffs, in others sweeping away under
the verdure of the hill side. Then the valley narrows into
deep gorges, and here, passing Crowdicote on the right,
for a considerable distance, in the low woods, we have the
happy hunting ground of the geoligist and fossil collector,
fossils of shelis being found in abundance. At last, between
Buxton and Leek, under Axe Edge, the Dove water comes
to the surface for the first time, emerging from cave mouths
of the same character as those noticed in our journey
through the Dale. If we were to closely observe the
action of the water, we should notice a gradual enlargement
of the exits of the slow formation or extension of the Dale
by the disappearance of the material, the grey rock of
which the strata are composed.

Journeying northwards from Derby and following the
valley of the Derwent, we first come in contact with the
grey rock at Ambergate, which we see lying in pieces on
the lime-kiln banks to our right. On ascending the hills

52 THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE.

to the right and north, Crich is reached, where grey rock
in massive undulating layers forms the hill. The grey rock
here goes down into the river bed, where it is gradually
being washed away, and is, consequently, producing a gradual
widening of the valley. The rock bends round to the
north and left, seeming to join the hills round and beyond
Matlock. Descending to Cromford Station we strike the
river again, and as we proceed along its bank, the grey
rock soon asserts itself, and approaching Matlock, we have
high walls on either side, and as the view becomes more
extended, the same material occupies the precipitous Tors
or cliffs, right and left. High Tor stands before us. The
general appearance of things through Matlock Bath need
not be described, until having passed through the steep
wall at either side we arrive at Matlock Bridge, this exit
being precisely similar to the gorge entered near Cromford.
If we ascend to any of the high ground on either side of
the river, and look towards that point where the Derwent
enters Matlock Dale, it is not difficult io imagine the gorge
filled up with grey rock, the beds on either side being
continuous, and the water of the river backed up by the
obstruction to form a deep and extensive lake occupying the
whole valley as far as and beyond Rowsley, and filling up
the valley of the Wye up to and beyond Bakewell. Under
such conditions it is a comparatively simple matter to
imagine the overflow from the lake traversing the high
ground which then occupied the present gorge, and finally
escaping over a magnificent fall somewhere near Cromford.
The above conditions of affairs is possible, but as valley
formation by means of waterfalls is practically absent in
Derbyshire, I do not consider the above hypothesis probable.
A much more likely explanation is that the river disappeared
into a cavern, and pursuing an underground course, came
to light again near Cromford. In this case, however, I am
not disinclined to think that the Derwent at one time

THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE. 53

pursued both courses, and thus by its chemical action, and
also by its mechanical force, excavated the passage we
know as Matlock Gorge to-day. The waters of this lake
having disappeared in consequence of the barriers being
pierced.

We can continue our consideration to the point, where
the Wye falls into the Derwent. As the dales of the
large valley are the most interesting in the Shire for
the purpose of shewing the influence of water in the for-
mation of the dales, we will consider Lathkil Dale. In
this dale a condition of things is to be observed, which
will give us great assistance in acquiring a broad idea of
the subject of dale formation. At the entrance there is the
same condition of affairs as in Matlock Dale. The water
which excavated the passage is still occupied with the same
task. The barrier at the entrance to this dale is only
partially, though certainly in greater part, cut through, the
water being backed up to form a small lake, which is
gradually deepening its bed by wearing away and dissolving
the rock below. As we proceed, the shallow pools, in which
we see boulders of the grey rock cropping up on every
hand, intensify the idea that we are looking upon the
remains of a once great lake. The sides of the channel
_are composed of the same grey rock in a more or less
horizontal position, and if the strata at either side are
compared, we must conclude, as I have previously pointed
out, that they were once continuous, in other words, the
the evidence is that the dale was worn out or excavated
by the agency of water. Passing onward the water is
confined in a narrow bed, and as we near its source, the
sides of the passage approach closer and closer together
until we reach the spot where the water gushes out of the
solid rock. Lathkil Dale therefore may be styled the type
of a complete Dale. We have the end barrier still in
process of being worn away, the water partially dammed

54 THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE.

up, and the gradual narrowing of the passage up to the
point where the water enters it.

Ricklow Dale is not especially remarkable, except for the
fact that it is an old dale, in which the active agent of
dale formation—water—has practically disappeared. As
usual, the entrance is through a cutting flanked by steep
barriers on either side, fragments of the ever present grey
rock lie scattered on every hand, and here and there are
to be observed large uncovered patches of the same material
on its walls. Proceeding onwards, the rock walls are
arranged in layers of greater or less thickness, and this
examination is rendered easy by the fact that in the ravine
the walls are close together, and each layer has its exact
counterpart on the other side, and is of the same composition
and lithological character. It often happens that similar
strata are not situated at the same height, but in spite of
this we are compelled to believe that they were once
continuous. Further on is reached the point where the
dale breaks out into the open again. The same conditions
are noticeable with regard to the grey rock, only the space
between the walls is wider, and the walls so to say round
off into an open space lying to the right and left, with hills
in the background. Ricklow Dale is of ancient origin, and
that it was excavated by water the similarity of the lower,
middle and top strata on either side, bears conclusive
testimony; but in the absence of the excavator, the sides
appear to be breaking down by gradually disintergrating
subaerial influences, and the whole dale to be slowly filling
up or rather rounding off. There is no part of Derbyshire
in which dale formation can be completely studied in a
smaller area, than in this neighbourhood. Around Allport,
close by Monyash, where the grey rock dips under the
Limestone Shales, we have dale formation in every stage,
and here I may say that this is due to the proximity and
position of these strata. Here also, a few years ago, the

THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE. 55

river Bradford, like the river Manifold, many years before,
forsook its course, and disappeared into a cavern, to appear
again in the valley of the Wye, after traversing the grey
rock beds underlying the Limestone Shades. If this con-
dition of affairs had been allowed to remain, in time a
tunnel would have been worn in the underlying grey rock,
the limestone shales would have gradually fallen in, and we
should have had a steep and picturesque dale. The farmers
in the district, however, had need of the water, so a
channel was cut round the cave mouth, and the water was
caused to return to its original course, and thus the
formation of a new dale was cut short in its infancy.

From Rowsley, towards Millers Dale, and passing Bakewell,
we soon come to the valleys in the grey rock again. To
the right there are long narrow gorges cut out of this
material, with sides like fallen in sewers. These dales are
still in process of formation, the excavator, water, being
yet present. Monsal Dale in this district provides an
excellent example of the new and forming dale in the
valley, with older ones on the hill sides; Litton Dale also
is a young dale which is still slowly forming, the rate of
its formation being considerably diminished owing to the
fact that there is no longer a great pressure of water
behind. Cressbrook Dale is an old formation. On
returning to the Valley of the Wye, Miller’s Dale is
entered, and, as before, the grey rock forces itself upon our
notice at every step, but there is no feature sufficiently
interesting until we reach Chee Tor, the boldness and per-
pendicularity of whose grey rock walls are most striking.
When last I had the pleasure of making this excursion, I
had to do some climbing on rather slippery ground, and the
footing, after a rainy morning, was anything but secure.
Farther on past this point is Wye Dale, where the same
condition of things as heretofore still obtains, and beyond
this the masses of grey rock are being excavated and worn

56 THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE.

away at the bottom by the running water, the top falls in,
and the dale is being gradually widened by the carrying
away of the débris. In Ashwood Dale the points con-
sidered in this paper are clearly demonstrated. Let us
neglect the railway, the bridges, and the road—the work of
man—and pay attention to the natural phenomena.
Throughout Ashwood Dale, a dale is to be seen in moder-
ately active formation. The perpendicular ridges of grey
rock on either side, and the river, to which they owe their
present form, babbling along at the bottom, are the first
points to observe; but let us look a little closer. We see
numerous springs breaking out at either side and flowing
into the river bed. Now, as the dale is cut more deeply,
and as the sides are widened out by subaerial influences,
it will be found that the springs leave caverns, such as we
met in Dovedale and elsewhere. Higher up the dale we
reach the Lovers’ Leap, and though I would like to story-
tell upon the name, I feel I must not digress from the
main object of this paper, which is to see if there is
anything in this ravine to help us to form a better idea of
dale formation. Here, undoubtedly, some of the record is
left. Suppose the rocks on either side of the passage,
continuous, and the waters backed up in the great valley
as far as the Duke’s Drive, with the formation of a great
lake, whose deepest part would be near Sherbrook. The
outflow of such water would undoubtedly be at the Lovers’
Leap; but did it get into the Wye Valley by an under-
ground passage ?; did it fall over in the form of a waterfall
and gradually cut its way backwards?; or did a crack or
slip take place by which a fissure was formed, and a way
partially made for the pent-up water to pass through ?
I am inclined to the latter view, but although I have many
times visited the locality, I do not wish to make a dogmatic
statement. If on careful examination it is found that there
are rocks in site at the bottom of the ravine, and that

THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE. 57

there is no evidence of a slip at either side, it may safely
be concluded that the pass was water-worn.

From this point, there is very little more of interest till
we reach Buxton Gardens. Here we find that the Wye
divides into two branches, one to the right, which comes
down ruddy and rusty, and there is little difficulty in
coming to the conclusion that it does not rise in the Grey
Rock country; if, however, we follow the left branch
towards its source, we reach a point where the water
bubbles out of the grey rock as out of a sewer, and here
the Wye, the excavator of the lovely dales through which
we have passed is lost to daylight for the time. Whither
does it disappear, and where does it come from? If we
cross the road, keeping the School Buildings to our left, we
soon come to another road bustling with directions to
Poole’s Cavern, which is a long tunnel, with vast arches
here and there, with a stream rushing through it. It has,
I believe, been well established that this stream is the
Same water which forms the branch of the Wye _ which
enters the Buxton Gardens under the Macclesfield Road,
and which we have just seen. There is no difficulty in
concluding what the functions of the water are in this
cavern. It is wearing away the grey rock, making the
cave longer and bigger, and forming a new dale; and were
a large collecting area of water behind it, the work would
soon be done. Poole’s Cavern closely resembles most other
caverns. Castleton Cavern will give you a general idea of
cavern formation. We see the masses of grey rock forming
the sides and roof, shewing the excavating action of the
water on every hand. I must not omit to draw attention
to certain peculiar formations met with in this cavern, the
so-called “stalactites” and « stalagmites.” The former are
slender spikes or bold bosses descending from the roof, the
latter conical masses rising up beneath them from the floor,
a drop of water falling periodically from the descending

58 THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE.

stalactite to the ascending stalagmite, a small portion of
solid matter being deposited on each during the passage of
every drop. These phenomena shew one of the properties
of the material of which these dales are composed, which
may help us in formulating our ideas on their formation,
viz: that this material has the power of being dissolved,
and afterwards being again deposited on slow exposure to
the air. It is an interesting fact that the age of one of
these peculiar formations existing in Poole’s Cavern has
been estimated by an expert at thousands of years.

Having thus far confined myself solely to the considera-
tion of the broad features of some of the dales, I will try
to lay before you (1) The nature of the material of which
the grey rock, ever to the fore in the dales, is composed;
(2) the means by which this material was accumulated; and
(3) the forces by means of which it assumed its present
shape.

You will doubtless recall the limekilns at Ambergate
Junction, and, probably, many others which abound in
Derbyshire.

The grey rock of which I have spoken so often, is a
combination of lime and carbon dioxide gas. This gas
which is more commonly known as carbonic acid gas is
soluble to a considerable extent in water.

Animals in breathing evolve carbon dioxide, and fuel of
all kinds, containing carbon, behaves similarly on burning,
in fact, carbon dioxide is given into the atmosphere from
all kinds of life, decay and active combustion, and must
have existed in large quantities in the cooling atmosphere
of our planet.

All rain water contains carbon dioxide in solution, and
in this property which limestone posseses of dissolving in
water, impregnated with carbon dioxide, we have the
chief agent in the production of our Derbyshire Dales.

To return to the later divisions of our subject. Where

THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE. 59

did the limestone rock come from, and how did it assume
its present arrangement? All the limestone rocks, forming
part of the earth’s crust, wherever found, are largely com-
posed of the remains of living organisms, foraminifera,
corals, encrinites, molluscs, and shells of many kinds. In
the old limestone rocks of Canada, we have the maps
made up of the remains of that curious organism, Eozoon
Canadense. Again, if we examine a portion of the lime-
stone of which the Dales are composed, we find it consti-
tuted of the debris of sbells of many kinds, encrinites,
corals, etc. Other portions of the limestone are composed
of the minute shells of foraminifera, etc., only distinguish-
able when thin sections of the limestone are made and
examined under the microscope. Some similar forms are
secreting in limestone to-day. The hummulitic limestone
of Egypt is composed of these beautiful remains. All
limestone, in fact, is composed of the shells of the above
and similar minute organisms, which secrete carbonate of
lime to form their hard walls, or skeletons. From these
facts, and from the increase of limestone rocks on the
earth’s crust, the earlier geologists concluded that the
living organisms generated the carbonate of lime, and,
although there would be some difficulty for me to prove
absolutely to you that this is erroneous, we need have no
doubt that the organisms did not generate the calcium
carbonate, but simply secreted it from the water in which
we know it exists and existed, its original source being in
the older rocks of the earth’s crust, in which large quantities
of lime in combination with silica and alumina are found.
These compounds, under the influence of heat and of water
containing carbon dioxide, were broken down, the lime
being retained in solution in the water by excess of carbon
dioxide, and being carried away to lakes and seas, where
it only awaited the advent of the carbonate of lime
secreting organisms to recommence the formation of lime-

60 THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE.

stone, while the other matter formed sandstone and other
rocks. It would take too long to give all the evidence in
this case, step by step. Suffice it to say, ‘“‘Ex nihilo nihil
fit,’ so that the shells, encrinites, corals, foraminifera, etc.,
must have found the carbonate of lime in the water,
where it existed, and in which they lived, and with it,
though they had no part in its creation, they must have
built up the timestone as we know it to-day. We have
only to turn to what is taking place in many parts of the
world at the present time, to see how the secretion of
limestone from the water on a vast scale is being effected
by the intervention of tiny organisms similar to those
mentioned. Coral reefs and islands are abundant in all
the warmer waters of the globe. In the Indian Ocean,
between the coasts of Hindostan and Africa, within the
thirteenth parallels of latitude at each side of the equator,
coral is abundant. Some groups of coral islands in the
Pacific are as much as 200 miles long. In many places
the thickness of the rock formed is over 1,000 feet; and, I
believe, borings have proved a much greater thickness.
In the beginning we have an island in an ocean in which
the temperature is suitable to the growth of organisms pro-
ducing calcareous secretions, corals, molluscs, etc. The
seeds, so to say, of these organisms are washed or brought
in some way to the shores of the island, which thus
gradually becomes fringed with the limestone secreted from
the water. The island gradually sinks—of this we have
distinct proof—and the limestone rock gradually takes its
place.

If we examine the corals, shells, etc., living upon, and
building up these vast accumulations, and compare them
with those found in the Derbyshire limestone, we find the
general agreement in structure and appearance most marked.
The sea lily of to-day, with its jointed stem and head, has
likewise its exact counterpart in the strata now under our

THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE. 61

consideration. Indeed, in and about Monyash, these old
sea lilies may be found and reconstructed, and shew no
material difference from the sea lilies growing in the lagoons
of the coral islands to-day. The same may be said of
other organisms. What is taking place among the coral
islands to-day, is precisely what took place when the
material constituting the Derbyshire Dales was deposited.

The corals, etc., may be seen growing just above low
water mark, secreting carbonate of lime, and building up
vast areas of limestone round the shores of the coral islands
to-day.

So again with the minute foraminifera, building up
extensive beds of limestone in the Atlantic, these too
have their exact counterpart in the limestone rock of
Derbyshire.

There are also other organisms besides corals, etc., which
secrete and store up vast masses of limestone from the
ocean, but these are very different from the corals, the
forms of their calcareous shells being hardly distinguishable
by the naked eye. Vast areas at the bottom of the
Atlantic are being covered to-day with the remains of
organisms. If we compare some section of limestone with
microscopic mountings of the so-called Atlantic ooze, the
resemblance is obvious. The organisms which occupy
the beautiful shells live at the ocean surface, and when
they die, their calcareous remains gradually fall to the
bottom, and, in time, produce extensive accumulations of
limestone. These, in process of time, become covered
with material of other descriptions, and finally, the whole,
by some subterranean force, is upheaved, bent and con-
torted, cracked and split, and exposed to the action of rain
and other atmospheric influences, which gradually break it
down again, and cut it out into hills and valleys as we
have seen.

I will attempt to give some idea as to the arrangement

62 THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE.

of the limestone in Derbyshire; how it comes into its
present position, and how it has been shaped as it is. The
latter portion I have clearly demonstrated, and so I will
now more particularly confine myself to the former. If we
look at a geological map of England, we will see the light
portion in the centre represents the area of the Derbyshire
Dales. What brought it here? I say simply the normal
movements of the earth’s crust. It has been squeezed in
at this point, and the ordinary denudation of the country
has moved the superincumbent matter away, just as a
protruding nail is met and exposed by the carpenter’s plane,
when planing an old board. This piece of limestone is
here therefore for the above reason, but it is only a com-
paratively small piece, thrown in by accident. Let us
consult the map and notice where limestone crops up in
other localities. We see it in Cumberland and Westmore-
land underlying newer rocks, and if were to continue our
search to the West and South of Ireland, and then return
to Somerset by Devon, and, crossing the sea, follow it to
the coal fields of France and Belguim, and finish our tour
in Cumberland, we should have a circuit round Snowdon
no larger than some that are being formed round peaks
in the Pacific and Indian Oceans to-day. It is possible
that these limestone beds are not continuous at the present
time, but there is no definite reason why they should not
be. The Irish Sea may have cut the connection, but we
have no evidence on this point.

If the position of the Derbyshire Dales, indicated on a
geological map in plan and section be noticed, the coal
measures lie upon the limestone, the millstone grit, Yoredale
rocks, and shales intervening. These beds, and probably
others, were continuous over the limestone; submarine and
subaerial influences however planed them off to a certain
extent, and left the main features as seen now. Further
towards the close of the period which preceded the present

THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE. 63

condition of affairs, the high grounds of England were
covered with ice, and as this was gradually melted, glaciers
flowed from the high ground, wearing out the strata beneath
in the softest parts, and forming troughs or basins, and
where the rocks were harder, flowing over it, and from these
glaciers, icebergs became detached, which found their way
into the surrounding shallow seas, and stranding here and
there in the shallower waters, depositing the debris carried
with them. Consequently, there is hardly a piece of high
ground in Staffordshire where the limestone debris cannot
be traced, and this limestone, owing to the similarity of the
fossils, etc., occurring in it, can, without any difficulty, be
traced to its-original home in Derbyshire. A good example
of this kind occurred when the South Staffordshire Water-
works’ Company were constructing their reservoir on the
Outwoods, several roundish-glacier drifted boulders of lime-
stone having been found. The glaciers wearing out the softer
portions of the underlying rock and flowing over harder
obstructions caused the limestone districts to be shut in by
high barriers, through which the water pent up behind had
to force its way. This water, acting partly mechanically
by its falling force, and chiefly by the solvent action of the
carbon dioxide in solution, left us the dales as we find
them to-day, and this process is still being slowly continued.

In order to emphasise the importance of this chemical
action, I have estimated the amount of limestone carried by
the Dove from the limestone districts of the Dove Valley
in a year. We may take it roughly that the Dove
discharges 250,000,000 gallons of water into the Trent in
24 hours, and that each gallon of water contains Io grains
of carbonate of lime. At this rate roughly 58,o00 tons
of limestone are discharged annually, and this would require
182 trains of 40 trucks each, each truck carrying 8 tons,
to carry it. Or, to put it in another way, these 58,000
would form a solid block of limestone 3 ft. high, 3 ft. wide,

64 THE DALES OF DERBYSHIRE.

by 19 miles long. From these figures we may gather some
idea of the enormous wearing power of carbonated water on
limestone rock, and did we know the solid contents of the
Dove Valley from where the limestone begins, and the
average amount of water running through it from the
beginning, we should have little difficulty in estimating the
time it took to excavate the Dale.

65

Our British Song Birds.

By G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.

Read before the Soctety, April 20th, 1899.

epee BRHADS at no season of the year are our British
Song Birds more in evidence than during the
months of April and May, for then the numbers of our
resident songsters, long since in full voice, and some of
them even with nests of clamorous young, are recruited by
the arrival of the migratory warblers from the south. The
first of these to arrive is the tiny Chiffchaff, which often
cheerfully braves the boisterous winds of March, and, by
the beginning of April, is always to be seen and heard in
every clump of trees. When he first arrives, he frequents
the willows on the borders of streams, for there insect-life
is most abundant, and pours forth cheerily his simple
song—a mere repetition of syllables which compose his
name, with sometimes a ‘Chivvy, Churry” added; yet
his is a pleasant voice, and, to the naturalist, is especially
welcome as the herald of Spring.

66 OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS.

Then follow the Wheatear, Win-chat, and Stone-chat,
birds of the fallow land and wild moor, giving life and
activity to the almost deserted upland wastes. They are
poor musicians, their voices being little else than a “chack,”
“‘chack,” delivered with flirting tail from a heap of stones
or an old wall. Owing to this the Wheatear and Stone-
chat are both frequently spoken of as ‘‘Stone-chackers,”
and, in Leicestershire, the Whin-chat, which is there often
very abundant in meadows, is called ‘“ Utick,” from its
note. It is also the most frequent of the three species
about Burton, but the Wheatear is very partial to elevated
wastes, like Chartley Park, where it and the Curlew seem
to be the most noticeable birds met with.

Leaving these feeble musicians, let us now devote a little
time to the Nightingale, which has always been considered
the chief of our song-birds.

We frequently regard the Nightingale as almost as
nocturnal a bird as the owl—a kind of ‘ mysterious
musician,” in fact, who hides away by day, and at night
issues forth to serenade his lady love. But this is by no
means the true character of the Nightingale. He is as
active during the day as any other bird, and those who are
well acquainted with him can easily detect his notes amidst
the general chorus, and it is only for a short time imme-
diately succeeding his return to this country, and whilst
he—an unhappy bachelor—is endeavouring to please and
captivate the heart of the shy little brown bird he fain
would call his mate, that he continues his efforts into the
night and pours forth in rapturous melody the confession of
his love. When he has gained his object and is fairly
mated, his voice is heard less continually, and his serenading
is gradually dropped, and after the untidy nest has been
built—for accomplished artist though he be, he is but a
poor house-builder—he is heard still more infrequently, until
at the time when the five smooth olive-coloured eggs have

OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS. 67

given place to five tiny, hungry Nightingales, his voice
seems to have utterly left him, and he remains mute and
silent to the end of his visit. Strange to say, the latest
date on which I have ever heard him—for the Nightingale
sings but for a very short period each year—was in the
daytime, and at mid-day too, on June 21st, 1887, the day
of the Queen’s Jubilee. I remember the circumstance well.
The spot was just such a one as the Nightingale loves to
haunt—a little coppice, with an undergrowth of briars and
brambles, abutting upon the reedy banks of one of our
Midland Canals, a spot where the soft insect prey and
tender grubs on which he chiefly feeds would easily be
found. The morning had been beautifully warm, and now
at noon, a friend and myself were resting for awhile upon
the opposite bank, lazily watching the troops of dragon-flies
hawking for prey above the water or settling upon the
floating leaves. The whirligigs took up their mazy dance,
their shining backs gleaming like polished steel in the bright
sunlight. The water measurer (aptly named) scudded along
the surface on those long legs of his, and in and out among
the reeds the tiny limnobates glided on, attenuated, needle-
shaped, the very semblance of some insect-ghost. Suddenly,
from a tree directly before us, the notes of philomel rang
out—‘‘ Jug, jug, jug-aree ”’—then came a pause, a croak, as
if his voice had broken, and all was over, for the effort
seemed quite too much for him. Although we awaited
long, hoping he would re-commence, we were disappointed,
for we never heard him again. When in full song there is
no bird in our woods which can compare with the night-
ingale in richness and depth of voice. Ardent and eloquent,
his song throbs with passion, and when heard in the quiet
of a moonlight night, there runs through it, at least so it
always seems to me, a strain of such exquisite melancholy,
that the heart is filled with sadness even whilst the ear is
charmed with the beauty of its utterance. On the outskirts

68 OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS.

of the wood, where we first met the Nightingale, a shy,
restless little bird is seen passing along the hedgerow,
hopping quickly from branch to branch, and usually con-
triving to keep one or more of the stoutest between the
observer and himself. This is the Blackcap—in his way
as wonderful a musician as the Nightingale, and one which
did he but sing at night, would run the latter very close
indeed. As he flees before us, we hear snatches of his
melody, but if we wait a little, he will forget his tearfulness,
and as he sits upon a bough with throat widely distended,
carolling his wild, sweet, and powerful song, he may be
approached more easily, and permits a nearer view. So
full of song is he that even when taking his turn in incu-
bating the eggs—which faithful little husband that he is, he
often does—he may frequently be heard whistling merrily:
an unfortunate circumstance for him sometimes, as it
indicates to the egg-hunter the position of his nest.

The Garden Warbler is also a very sweet singer. It is
as active, but not so shy as the Blackcap, commonly
frequenting gardens and shrubberies. _I have seen it dart
upon passing insects, and seize them with its bill, exactly
the same way as the Spotted Fly-catcher.

The voice of the Whitethroat consists of various harsh,
jarring notes, delivered with erect body and inflated crest,
in a very pugnacious style. In the early summer it often
appears transported with bursts of rapture, when it springs
from its perch and rises and falls in the air with quaint
quivering motions of the wings.

Far less common with us is the Lesser Whitethroat—a
delightful grey-backed little bird, with its white breast
suffused with the most delicate tinge of blush. Its nest is
a little cup-shaped structure of hay, like the Whitethroat’s,
but even less compactly built, for it is often easy enough
‘to see through the bottom, and the eggs, four or five in
number, are white with a creamy cast, spotted mostly at
the larger end with ash-colour, grey, and dark brown.

OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS. 69

The Wood Warbler and Willow Warbler are also found
near Burton—the Willow Warbler being the more plentiful.
The Wood Warbler’s song is a merely repetition of the
syllables ‘‘Chee-chee,” but that of the Willow Warbler is
much more varied, consisting of many modulations of the
voice, which rise and sink in sweet cadence as the bird sits
with drooping wings and elevaicd crests on some prominent
twig.

The tiny Gold-crest, which is more common than is
generally supposed, and approaches quite close to Burton,
possesses a soft, gentle twittering voice, frequently uttered
as it hangs half-suspended from the fir branches after the
manner of the Titmice, or darts with fiery activity from
twig to twig, busily looking for prey, or hovers for an
instant above the favoured bough beneath which its tiny
nest is slung.

The Reed Warbler and the Sedge Warbler are most
assiduous singers, carolling their curious songs at all hours
of the day and night, in fact, it is only necessary to throw
a stone into the haunts of either of these little birds to set
it singing with might and main at any time during the
twenty-four hours. I have heard the Sedge Warbler sing-
ing at midnight. Its song is a hurried, babbling chatter,
delivered from the summit of a willow-bush or clump of
reeds, and at times, the bird rises into the air on quivering
pinions, and poises itself an instant to sink again upon the
same perch with tail outspread and upraised wings. The
Reed Bird’s notes are harsher and not particularly musical,
and the amusing way in which it is uttered somewhat
remind the observer of the Starling’s favourite style, as he
sits with puffed-out throat and drooping wings chanting his
canticle from some cottage roof.

Like the Reed Warbler, the Reed Bunting dwells by the
water side, and must be familiar to most Burtonians, but
its call note resembles that of other Buntings, and its song,

7O OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS.

thought short, is pleasing, and by no means similar to the
Reed Warbler’s. Judging from a specimen which I had
under observation for upwards of twelve months, I should
say the Reed Bunting possesses some talent of a mimic.
My bird imitates the sparrows, with which he seems to
consider himself in some way related, but his voice being less
robust produces a softer and more musical ‘‘Chee-ep.” I
never see this bird without thinking of certain bogs in
Ireland where it is remarkably abundant, and where its
coal-black head and throat, and white breast, made it
almost as conspicuous as the clumps of cotton-grass which
waved their lovely tufts of down above the waste.

As regards the other Buntings, the voice of the Yellow-
ammer is familiar to everyone, and its curious notes are
variously interpreted in different parts of the country; that
of the Corn Bunting is almost precisely the same, but there
is no reference to ‘“‘cheese”’ at the end.

A Yellow-ammer in my possession had a curious habit of
springing an inch or two higher than the perch upon which
he intended to settle, and then dropping down upon it.
As the bird had been “twigged” by a bird-catcher, it is
possible that the cautious creature examined the perch
previous to alighting, fearing to be limed a second time.
This habit was continued for several weeks until he became
familiar with the aviary and forgot his suspicions, but even
after I had had him thirteen months he was still the shyest
of my little captives. In a state of nature the Yellow-ammer
‘betrays small fear of man, and sings his little song from
the top of the hedge, although he may be but a few yards
distant.

Much of the music of our woods and hedges is due to
the presence of the bright and sprightly Finches, the most
beautiful, as well as the most melodious, being the lovely
Goldfinch, or ‘‘ Proud Tailor’? as he is called in Leicester-
shire, alas, becoming scarcer year by year. It is now a

OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS. 71

rare treat to see his crimson poll and golden wings flashing
amongst the thistle-heads in many of our Midland Counties,
where a few years ago he was abundant, and his sweet
voice is seldom heard in the orchards, or his pretty nest
built in the apple-tree fork. The bird-catchers may have
had something to do with it perhaps, but I think the fact
is mainly due to the enclosure of waste-common lands, and
the more careful cultivation of the ground. In parts of
Ireland, however, the Goldfinches are still common, and I
have there frequently come across them and their nests.
Almost equally elegant, and a very sprightly singer, is
the Chaffinch, whose well-known call-note, ‘ Pink, pink,”
has given it one of its familiar names. The song is not
very long, and is often somewhat differently. rendered by
individual birds, but it may be easily recognized by the
termination which is almost invariably a prolonged ‘‘ Yee-o.”
During the pairing season Chaffinches are very combative,
and fierce fights take place amongst the males. The bird-
catchers, taking advantage of this, capture the Chaffinch by
a process known to them as ‘segging.” They employ a
tame caged bird as a decoy, and secrete its cage in a hedge
or near a tree upon which they have affixed many limed
twigs, and a stuffed bird mounted upon a little stick
prominently displayed. Directly the decoy begins to sing
the male Chaffinches in the vicinity rush down to give
battle to the rival, and falling upon the stuffed bird are
held by the limed twigs. A few year ago, when the
Chaffinch mania was raging in London, I was told by a
very intelligent catcher that he frequently met Londoners
so far north as Lincolnshire engaged in pegging, and that
during the season he had sent many dozen birds to dealers
in the city. A ‘‘ pegged” bird was always considered much
more valuable than one brought up from the nest or cap-
tured in a net, and in the contests would strive with all
the passionate energy of the wild bird to out-do all rivals.

72 OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS.

In these contests the birds are placed each in its cage upon
a table, and the one which utters the “trill” of its song
the most times within a specified period—usually an hour,
wins the prize. Special men, judges, from long experience,
of the quality of the song, are told off to mark down the
notes of each little competitor, and any errors of voice are
at once detected.

Goldfinches and Linnets are also sung in a_ similar
manner. In England the Chaffinch is now not so much
prized as formerly, but on the Continent he is still highly
esteemed, and in some parts of Germany is looked upon as
quite a member of the family circle. There is another
trait of character in the Chaffinch which I must mention,
for in addition to his bravery, he can also be tender-hearted,
as I hope to prove. In my avairy I had for several years
a pair of Chaffinches. One Summer morning I picked up
a young sparrow which had fallen from the nest, and
though fairly feathered was unable to fly. I placed it in a
cage in which were about a dozen other birds, including
the Chaffinches. No notice was taken of the little stranger
for some time, except by a Reed Bunting, who tried in a
half-hearted sort of way to play the bully, by opening his
beak and making a dead set at the intruder, until the
sparrow began to cry out for food, when, to my great joy,
I perceived the hen Chaffinch approach the seed-box, and,
taking a few seeds in her bill, begin to feed the youngster.
After a while the male bird joined her, and the two
together attended to the wants of the stranger until it was
able to look after itself. ©The behaviour of the male bird
was most amusing. He disdained to feed the sparrow
directly himself, but was not averse to doing it by proxy.
So he carried his seeds to the hen, and she placed them in
the mouth of their protégé.

All Finches are not equally musical. The Greenfinch,
for instance, is content with the monotonous repetition of a

OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS. 73

single note, ‘‘ Chirr-rr, chirr-rr.”” Then there is the merry
little Redpole—the ‘‘ Pea Joey”’ of the bird-catchers, though,
why they gave him so queer a name, it is difficult to say.
Like his friends the Titmice and Siskins, in whose company
he haunts the alder bushes in the winter time, and performs
all kinds of acrobatic feats amongst the branches, he is
always ‘jolly’ as Mark Tapley would say, and this over-
flowing merriment of his makes him happy even when
adverse fortune confines his wanderings to the inside of a
narrow cage. With the exception of the Bullfinch, I know
of no bird who makes so entertaining a pet, and whether
kept in a cage or “braced”? upon a perch, he quickly
learns many pleasing tricks, and his continual liveliness will
cheer many a lonely hour. His song, however, is merely
a pleasant chatter, but is delivered in such a self-satisfied
way, with body nearly erect, that one cannot help being
amused at his little attempts at melody.

I have noticed that often in captivity, on the approach
of Summer, the dark forehead of the Redpole changes to
crimson, and his creamy-white breast becomes suffused with
delicate rosy tints, just as they would have done were the
bird free and in the field, but that his relative, the Linnet,
retains his sombre brown coat throughout the year, refusing
to wear in prison, the rich, red, and glowing carmine which
he dons for the courting season when wild amongst his
native gorse. Why this is, I cannot say, but it is a
remarkable fact that although the Linnet will sing well and
live long in a cage, his breast and head never gain those
gorgeous colours which render the male bird so beautiful a
creature when seen in the hedgerow or on the heath.

Let me now say a word or two in favour of the Bull-
finch. He has many virtues and very few failings. It is
true he is apt to levy toll upon our budding fruit-trees
when he ventures from the woods into the orchard. But
consider how pretty he is. See how a flock of Bullfinches

74 OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS.

adds colour to the scene on a cold winter’s morning.
Watch their varied movements as they traverse the bare
branches of the trees. Hear them calling sweetly to each
other as they pass along, and note the many tokens of
affection that each red-breasted cavalier exhibits towards
his gentle little wife, clad as soberly as a Quakeress, in
quiet drab and grey. You see no bickering and fighting in
the flock, each bird agrees amicably with his neighbours,
and should one of them be shot, his friends will return
again and again to his dead body, and endeavour by
repeated cries to induce it to accompany them. The
Bullfinch’s affection for his mate is very great indeed, and
I can illustrate this by narrating the history of the pair of
Bullfinches in my collection. A friend and I came upon
them in the early Spring, as they were busily engaged upon
the buds of a hawthorn bush, and I shot the female bird.
The male flew away, but almost immediately returned.
Seeing us, however, he fled to a neighbouring copse. My
friend imitated the Bullfinch’s call-note: the little fellow
joyfully replied, and, flying towards us, was soon laid beside
the body of his wife he had loved so dearly. It was a
heartless thing to do, perhaps, and I felt somewhat
ashamed of myself at the time, but as the Bullfinch was
a desideratium in my collection, it surely was much better
to take the lives of a pair of birds thus early in the year
than later when a family might have been dependent upon
them; and as they were the first of their species I ever
shot, so they will be the last, for I am too fond of the
living birds to advocate unnecessary slaughter. I have
mounted them as we saw them perched upon a branch, and
the male still seems to sing his love-song to his little mate,
whilst she, with head turned towards him, lends him atten-
tive ear, as she doubtless did full many a time in life.

The song of the Bullfinch is not remarkable for any
great beauty, some of the notes are deep and mellow,

OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS. 75

whilst others are rather harsh; but when taken young and
trained to pipe, there is no bird whose voice repays one so
well for the trouble and care of education. Moreover, the
tiny pupil becomes so attached to his instructor that he
welcomes his approach with his sweetest song, puffs out
his feathers, and bows his coal-black head with as much
politeness as a courtly knight of the ‘good old days.” The
affection which in a state of nature he bestowed upon his
kindred is now lavished, with increased fervour, upon his
owner, and so jealous is he of that owner’s love, that cold-
ness or neglect on his part has frequently terminated in the
death of the poor heart-broken musician.

“To rise with the lark” is an act ‘‘more honoured in
the breach than the observance,’
at it, for whilst the lark persists in being such an unrea-

’

nor indeed can we wonder

sonably early riser, few men will be found anxious to
emulate him. For myself, I can boast of having once or
twice been out in the fields before the lark was up in the
heavens, but, in my case, I must admit that there was no
rising about it, as my couch and I had no acquaintance
the previous night. On such occasions I have been sur-
prised to find that the Lark is sometimes beaten in his own
métier by other birds who are abroad still earlier than he.
The Rook, for instance, whom nobody seems to consider
very virtuous except when made up in a pie, I have seen
and heard a good half-hour, and more, before the Lark put
in an appearance.

Although so familiar an object, there are yet points in
the natural history of the Skylark which have been mis-
understood by those but imperfectly acquainted with it.
From its habit of haunting the ground it has been supposed,
and even asserted, that the Skylark never perches in trees:
yet this statement is quite untrue. I have often seen
Skylarks when scared from fields alight on the hedge-top,
and a friend of mine, long resident in the South of Ireland,

76 OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS.

tells me that during severe winters he has frequently
noticed Larks roosting in trees, from which they descend
in flocks upon the ground. In captivity, also, I have
repeatedly seen them seated upon perches, and those who
attempt to introduce a Lark in a limited space in which
are other small birds will find that it has a habit of reach-
ing the topmost perch, and by perpetually attempting to
soar still higher, causes much commotion and sometimes
danger to its fellow-prisoners. I have never kept a Lark
in confinement myself, and never intend to do so. Its
restless habits totally unfit it for such a life, and, to me, it
always seems almost as much out of place as a Swallow
would in a like position. Go out and watch the Skylark
in the fields. See how featly he trips along the meadow,
not hopping, but moving step by step, now walking slowly
and with dignity, apparently balancing his body on his legs
like a Wagtail and jerking his head repeatedly, and now
running briskly forward like a Corncrake, seldom still for
two consecutive seconds in one place. Now he is about to
sing. He rises from the earth, and, on fluttering wings,
ascends rapidly in a spiral higher and higher, carolling his
glorious song incessantly, never seeming to take breath,
until he appears to be hidden in the clouds. Sometimes
he mounts straight like a rocket in the air, and then, still
singing, gradually descends. Suddenly he hovers for an
instant almost motionless, when, closing his wings, he
plunges down headlong towards the earth. He sweeps for
a short distance above the ground, and alights upon his
feet.

In Winter-time, Skylarks are equally active. The little
families now unite to form large flocks, or ‘‘ pack” as it is
called, and, in company, fly about the country seeking food,
often in their flight performing beautiful evolutions in the
air. At this time they are harassed by certain Hawks,
particularly by the Hobby and the Kestel. So terrified is

OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS. 77

the poor Lark at the appearance of either of these dreaded
foes that it has been known on several occasions to seek
the protection of man. An instance of this kind came
under my own observation. 1 was shooting with some
friends in December, 1882, and in the afternoon, as we
were about to enter a shed, we perceived a Lark flying
towards us hotly pursued by a Kestrel. The Lark entered
the barn and dropped, trembling with fright, in the straw
at the feet of one of my friends just as the swift pursuer
reached the door. Directly it saw us the Kestrel veered
off at a right-angle, and a few seconds after its departure
the Lark recovered itself and left also.

But the Skylark’s greatest enemy is man himself, who
annually slays many thousands of these delightful songsters
to add one more delicacy to the already over-burdened
table. It has been calculated that in London alone dead
Larks, of the value of close upon £2,500, are every year
disposed of, and this, at the wholesale rate of two shillings
per dozen—which is certainly above rather than below the
mark—will give a total of 300,000 tor the metropolis alone.
This number, however, sinks into insignificance when
compared with the consumption in certain continental
towns. In Dieppe during the Winter of 1867-68, 1,255,000
Skylarks were offered for sale, and the season was not con-
sidered as other than an ordinary one.

Another bird which is usually credited with remaining
entirely upon the ground is the Meadow Pipit, yet, strange.
to say, the first bird of this series that I ever shot—-it was
in my early collecting days—was perched upon a fence, and
since then I have seen several in trees, and once shot one
with the idea that it was a specimen of the rarer Tree
Pipit. Like the Lark, the Meadow Pipit soars while
singing, but it never attains to the same altitude. Its
voice is soft and sweet, and its song, though not very
long, is especially pleasing when heard, as it frequently is,
on a lonely northern moor.

78 OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS.

The Tree Pipit has a much more powerful and varied
song—many of his notes being very loud and clear—and
he delights to soar from the summit of some tall tree, such
as an ash or an elm, and after hovering awhile in the air,
descends to the same branch, and there finishes his song.

Another bird about which I should like to say a few
words is the Starling.

The Starling is not usually considered much of a vocalist,
and I must confess that at one time I did not think very
highly of his musical powers myself. His song consists of
a collection of harsh, distinct sounds, sometimes loud and
shrill, and sometimes soft and gurgling, like the babbling of
a brook; but, in my opinion, his grotesque manner of
delivery amply compensates one for any lack of melody.
Very often, particularly during the courting season, he
accompanies his efforts with much flapping and shuffling of
his wings, which, combined with his expanded throat, give
him a truly comical appearance.

The Starling is heard at its best when singing in com-
pany, and strange as it may seem, although the voice of
each individual alone is hardly worth attention, the effect
of the whole band is exceedingly pleasing and unique
amongst our native birds. It is during the fall and Winter
that these performances are heard at their best, more
especially in the evening when the flocks assemble amongst
the willows to couch for the night. The grandest bird-
concert that it was ever my good fortune to hear, occurred
about the middle of January, 1887. A friend and myself
were walking in some fields which abbuted upon a coppice
with a thick undergrowth of briars and rushes. It was
about four o’clock in the afternoon, when we noticed a
magnificent elm tree at the far end of the copse, whose
branches were most thickly covered with a multitude of
Starlings, all energetically whistling. We had not watched
them for more than a minute or two before a large detach-

OUR BRITISH SONG BIRDS. 79

ment separated themselves from their fellows in the tree,
and, acting as though under the command of an officer,
swept over the fields like a skirminishing party, and after
making a wide detour, returned. The song of their com-
panions had been hushed as they left the tree, but now
they pealed forth their loudest notes, and joined by the
others, produced a sound one might almost call sublime.
Every few minutes fresh bands left and returned to the
tree, the music of their voices falling and rising regularly,
until tempted by a desire to get nearer the musicians, we
attracted the notice of the viligent sentinels on the lower
branches, who, with a loud scream, flew off, and soon the
whole flock was in motion, the rushing of their wings
through the air sounding loud as the roar of an angry
river in its rocky bed.

As a mimic, the Starling is, in my Opinion, equalled by
no other British Bird, and on that account alone, makes a
most amusing pet. Thus I knew of one which, although
untrained, imitated the crowing of a farmyard cock to such
perfection that he frequently set all the roosters around
crowing in defiance, much to his own evident satisfaction.
In Burton, I have frequently heard the Starling incorporate
snatches of other birds’ songs with his own curious notes—
Portions of the songs of the Thrush and Blackbird being
sometimes perfectly copied, whilst the mournful cry of the
Pewit, picked up whilst wandering in the meadows,
startles one at times amidst the scream and babble of the
Starling’s usual song.

ae ae oe ae
Sec! ike an eae. ae
on mn)

80

Some HnglozSaron Antiquities, found at
Wiichnor, Fulp, 1899.

By James O’SULLIVAN.

Read befove the Soctety, October 19th, 1899.

ARLY in July this year, Messrs. Bass & Co’s. men,
when working in their sand-pit, which adjoins that
of the Midland Railway Co., found two earthenware Urns.
The pits are situated on the south side of the Junction ot
the Midland and London and North Western Railways, at
Wichnor. One of the Urns, made of very coarse earthen-
ware, was shewn to me, and I immediately recognized the
similarity between it and one illustrated in our Transactions,
Vol. I, Plate v., Fig. 3, found in Messrs. Chamberlain and
Ballard’s brickfield, at Stapenhill, in 1881.

The Urn marked No. 1, which was slightly damaged by
the workman’s pick, was taken away by him, but when he
saw, on my visiting the pit, that some importance was
attached to it, he most willingly handed it over to me.
Although the material of which it is made is quite charac-
teristic of that of Anglo-Saxon Urns, yet, its shape is
exceptional, certainly in the illustrations of Urns of the
period I see none like it.

a

SOME ANGLO-SAXON ANTIQUITIES. 81

No bones, weapons, or other antiquities were found with
these Urns, but during the month of September the work-
men found, well down in the sub-soil, scattered about in
the immediate neighbourhood—nothing more definite can be
said—two Iron Bosses of Shields, exceptionally well pre-
served, two Iron Spear Heads, one Iron Knife, one most
characteristic Bronze Fibulce, and a hollow conical piece of
Iron, which, like the spear heads, shows the wood inside
it; this is most probably a lance head. All antiquarians
agree that these are Anglo-Saxon antiquities.

The Urns were found buried in holes or trenches, about
three to four feet deep, and about eight feet apart.

If the Shield Bosses, which were roughly cast, as might
be expected, are closely examined, it will be observed that
the wood of which the shields were made is to be seen
around the rivets which fastened it to the boss, where
in consequence of its increased density, due to pressure, it
was rendered less susceptible to decay; indeed, the highly
lignified cell walls of the wood can now be recognized.

It is of interest to note that we discovered the rich find
at Stapenhill in exactly the same manner—two Urns
were first found, which were unfortunately broken by the
workmen, and, that Mr. Molyneaux (Burton-on-Trent, Its
History, &c., Page 189,) refers to Urns, Knives, and Iron
Weapons having been found in the ballast-pit near Barton
Station, about the year 1851. I wish also to mention that
one of Bass’s workmen, a man of about 70 years of age,
informed me that when he worked at Burrough Fields
Farm, to the South of Walton, they often came across
‘bones and things.”

There is unmistakable evidence of a huge ditch, several
yards long, and about eight feet deep, in the sand-pit, and
as such ditches are common to Anglo-Saxon Cemeteries, it
is most probable these are not the only antiquities in the
immediate neighbourhood.

H Glimpse of the Life of Chloropbyllous
Plants.

By James O’Suttivan, F.I.C., F.C.S.

Presidential Address, delivered November 16th, 1899.

NYONE ttolerably acquainted with the physiology
of green, or chlorophyllous plants, knows of the

vastness of the subject, and, consequently, will find that in
my attempt to give a glimpse of their life I do not treat
the questions which come under consideration in anything
like a thorough manner.

A seed, a fully developed seed, collected from the plant
on which it has grown is to all appearance dead, dead as
an oak tree appears to be in the winter of our climate, and,
unfortunately, we have no means of saying for certain that
if it is set it will germinate. When a healthy seed is set,
and the conditions favourable for its germination are present,
it will germinate; if unhealthy, it will rot, and it becomes a
prey to the scavengers of life—microscopic plants. The
favourable conditions are moisture, air, and heat, and if
these are present, in suitable proportions, light will not be
required as long as there is material in the seed for the

a

—

A GLIMPSE OF THE LIFE OF CHLOROPHYLLOUS PLANTS. 83

young plant to consume, and this holds good for bulbs and
tubers. Here the plantlets lead a parasitic life which is
characteristic of all plants devoid of chlorophyll; they live
on organic matter already formed. In the case of plants
grown from seed, if they are kept in the dark, growth con-
tinues for some time—a short time—after the reserve material
of the seed is consumed, provided moisture, air, heat, and
nourishment are present.

What is it that light does for plants which are exposed
to it, under suitable atmospheric conditions, which enables
them to grow to maturity? Through the influence of light,
of more or less intensity, plants are enabled to manufacture
in their leaves a green coloured substance known as chlor-
ophyll. It is to plants which possess this power that I
purpose drawing attention. Generally speaking, they are
composed of roots, stems, and leaves, and are re-produced—
there are exceptions—by seeds, bulbs, and tubers.

Some seeds will germinate only when quite fresh; others,
as those of the grasses, and seeds containing starch, may
be kept dry, and will retain their power of germination for
years. It is, however, essential for the germination of all
seeds that the temperature does not vary between certain
limits, and these limits, upper and lower, are not the same
for all seeds,

The radicle, or young root, first emerges from the seed,
and after it the plumule. The plumule in monocotyledons
consists of superimposed leaves of a sheath-like character
while in dicotyledons, when the cotyledons separate, they
are green and leaf-like.

What are the faculties belonging to the internal structure
of a plant, and what influence have external surroundings
on these faculties by which the plant is enabled to grow?

The circulation of blood in animals can be easily shewn, and
this can also be demonstrated for some of the lower plants.
I think that Professor Huxley’s description of the circula-
tion of protoplasm in the hairs of the common nettle

84 A GLIMPSE OF THE LIFE OF CHLOROPHYLLOUS PLANTS.

surpasses all. His own words in describing this are—
“The common nettle owes its stinging property to the
innumerable stiff and needle-like though exquisitely delicate
hairs which cover its surface, each stinging needle tapers
from a broad base to a slender summit, which, though
rounded at the end, is of such microscopic fineness that it
readily penetrates and breaks off in the skin. The whole
hair consists of a very delicate outer case of wood, closely
applied to the inner surface of which in a layer of semi-fluid
matter full of innumerable granules of extreme minuteness.
This semi-fluid lining is protoplasm, which thus constitutes
a kind of bag full of limpid liquid, and roughly correspond-
ing in form with the interior of the hair which it fills.
When viewed with a sufficiently high magnifying power the
protoplasmic layer of the nettle hair is seen to be in a
condition of unceasing activity. Local contractions of the
whole thickness of its substance pass slowly and gradually
from point to point and give rise to the appearance of
progressive waves just as the bending of successive stalks
of corn by a breeze produces the apparent billows of a
corn-field. But in addition to these movements, and inde-
pendently of them, the granules are driven in relatively
rapid streams through channels in the protoplasm which
seem to have a considerable amount of persistence. Most
commonly the currents in the adjacent parts of the proto-
plasm take similar directions, and’ thus there is a general
stream up one side of the hair and down the other. But
this does not prevent the existence of partial currents which
take different routes, and sometimes trains of granules may
be seen coursing swiftly in opposite directions within a
twenty-thousandth part of an inch of one another, while
occasionally opposite streams come into direct collision, and
after a longer or shorter struggle, one predominates. The
course of these currents seem to lie in contraction of the
protoplasm which bounds the channels in which they flow,
but which are so minute that the best microscopes show
only their effects and not themselves.

A GLIMPSE OF THE LIFE OF CHLOROPHYLLOUS PLANTS. 85

The spectacle afforded by the wonderful energies prisoned
within the compass of a microscopic hair of a plant which
we commonly regard as a merely passive organism, is not
easily forgotten by one who has watched the display
continued hour after hour without pause or sign of weaken-
ing The possible complexity of many other organic forms
dawns upon one; and the comparison of such a protoplasm
to a body with internal circulation which has been put
forward by an eminent physiologist loses much of its
startling character. Currents similar to those of the hairs
of the nettle have been observed in a great multitude of
very different plants, and weighty authorities have suggested
that they possibly occur in more or less perfection in all
young vegetable cells. If such be the case, the wonderful
noon-day silence of a tropical forest is after all only due
to the dulness of our hearing, and could our ears catch the
murmur of these tiny maelstroms as they whirl in the
innumerable myriads of living cells which constitute each
tree, we should be stunned as with the roar of a great
city.”

In this exceedingly beautiful and happy description, there
is reference to a limpid liquid protoplasm in the common
nettle, and, by inference, in all living plants. Whence this
liquid? We know that unless the roots of a plant are
supplied with water the plant droops, and if water is with-
held for a prolonged period, it ultimately dies. At first
sight we would reasonably conclude that the whole of that
portion of a plant in the ground absorbs the necessary
water; this, however, is not the case, as it is only in the
very earliest stage of the root proper that it absorbs water.
It is through microscopic hairs which rapidly grow on the
root and its branches that a plant obtains water, with its
accompanying salts and nitrogen. Roots are provided with
a cap, the outer cells of which perish early, but during
their life they protect the apix of the root in the soil

86 A GLIMPSE OF THE LIFE OF CHLOROPHYLLOUS PLANTS.

through which it penetrates, and it is only—-a few milli-
metres—behind this cap that the root grows. The branches
of roots grow from the inside, or their growth is endogenous,
and the hairs which roots develop are protuberances of
their epidermal cells. These hairs consist of very narrow
tubes with exceedingly thin walls through which water can
easily penetrate. As these are very short, though numerous,
they cannot reach the particles of water in the soil to
deprive them of their moisture to the extent which we
know they do without some other factor coming into play.

The earth in large glass vessels in which plants are
grown dries up not merely in the immediate neighbourhood
of the absorbing roots, but, so far as the colour of the
earth allows us to recognize it, the desiccation increases
equally in all parts even far from the roots. This move.
ment of water on the surface of the particles of soil, easily
deduced from molecular forces, is confined therefore not to
microscopic distances. Every root-hair is itself the centre
of a current directed from all sides towards it, and at the
surface of a small piece of root covered with thousands of
root-hairs there results a similar movement which carries
the aqueous particles in the soil from all sides, but
especially radically towards the axis of the root.

This gives an explanation of how plants obtain water
through their root-hairs, and, it is the only way in which
they do obtain water, and, with it, salts and also nitrogen
in some shape or other. It does not however account for
the ascent of water through the stem to the leaves.

Plants, besides being constructed of innumerable cells,
have, as a consequence of the mode of deposition of these
cells, numerous capillary tubes.

The causes of movement of water in plants are: capillarity,
diffusion or osmose, root-pressure, and the natural conduct-
ibility of wood for water, which is possessed by no other
substance. In conjunction with these there is root-pressure,

A GLIMPSE OF THE LIFE OF CHLOROPHYLLOUS PLANTS. 87

which is easily demonstrated, and can be actually measured.

Even in the annual sunflower, the average height of which
we may put down as four feet, this root pressure does not
account for the quantity of water removed from the plant
by transpiration from the leaves.

The remarkable fact in connection with root-pressure is,
that although water ascends to a distance in plants by
virtue of it, the cell vessels of the root are not themselves
full of water. In the case of the sunflower, if the leafy top
were severed during strong sunshine while transpiration
was rapidly taking place, and a glass tube was quickly
placed on the root stock and water poured into the tube,
it would be observed that water was absorbed—sucked
up—by the root-stock.

The growth of plants, composed as they are in all parts
of cells, is chiefly caused by the pressure exerted by the
cell sap on the cell wall, which helps the cell to increase.
This condition of the cells is known as turgescence, and as
the cells only grow and increase when turgescent, the plant
as a whole only grows when this is the condition of its
cells. Practically, as every gardener knows, there is no
growth in a drooping or flacid plant.

The beautiful net-work of a skeleton leaf must have been
noticed by everyone; this net-work or venation is of para-
mount importance. These veins, or vascular bundles, have
a two-fold function to fulfil: first, they take to the
assimilating tissue, or mesophyll of the leaf, water laden
with nutritive matter; and, second, they convey back the
assimilated products to the various parts of the shoot-axis.

As the major portion of the organic matter of which
green plants are composed is obtained from the atmos-
phere, through the leaves, by the agency of chlorophyll
contained in them, we will enquire into the organs in the
leaf which bring about this.

The most highly organized portion of a plant is the

88 A GLIMPSE OF THE LIFE OF CHLOROPHYLLOUS PLANTS.

epidermis of its foliage leaves which envelops and protects
the tissue which contains the chlorophyll. The surface, or
epidermis, of a leaf, and in the majority of plants on the
under surface of the leaf, has innumerable openings commu-
nicating directly with the external air.

It is particularly interesting to note that in the cells of
the epidermis only those guarding the stomata contain
chlorophyll grains.

These stomata have most important functions to perform ;
they allow, and, also prevent, the exit of water which has
come through the plant from the root; they permit the
carbon dioxide of the air to reach the chlorophyll of the
assimilating cells of the leaf, and they allow the oxygen gas
to escape which results from the decomposition of carbon
dioxide by the chlorophyll.

It is supposed, and, I believe correctly, that this open-
ing and closing of the stomata is to be ascribed to the
presence of chlorophyll-grains in the guard cells to which
I have referred. These chlorophyll grains induce assimi-
lation within the guard cells, and consequently produce in
them a change of shape to suit the requirements. All green
coloured portions of a plant contain cells which are perme-
ated with chlorophyll grains, and it is the function of these
grains to assimilate carbon from the carbon-dioxide of the
air. During the sunshine of the day, other conditions
being suitable, the guard cells of the stomata change their
shape in such a manner as to open the aperture in order
that transpiration and assimilation can progress more
rapidly, the reverse being the case at night.

As far as human power is at present capable of dis-
cerning, the first assimilated or manufactured product in a
plant is starch, composed of carbon and the elements of
water, hydrogen and oxygen; if we had within our reach a
test which would enable us to discern earlier, or interme-
diate products, we would be in a position to say that they
occur, but we are not at present in that position.

—~

A GLIMPSE OF THE LIFE OF CHLOROPHYLLOUS PLANTS. 89

If light is prevented from having access to a portion of
a leaf while it is growing, by covering it with lead paper,
or tinfoil, there is no difficulty in showing that the portion
kept in the dark contains neither chlorophyll nor starch.

Although it is a daring statement to make, I am of
opinion that we do not know what is the composition of
chlorophyll, for an analysis of it, like that of enzymes,
means its death, and we are not able to say whether the
whole or part of the inactive or dead substance is chlorophyll
or not. One important point has however been established,
that whether iron enters into its composition or not, it is
absolutely essential for the growth of chlorophyllous plants
that iron be present in even minute quantities in the
nutritive material received from the soil.

go

The Episcopal Seals of the Diocese of
Coventry and Dichfield.

By Henry A. Rye.

Read before the Society, December 21st, 1899.

HE Episcopal Seals of a Diocese are so important

that it has often been a source of wonder to me
that so little attention has been paid to them; and until
Mr. W. H. St. John Hope, F.S.A., took the matter in
hand, in 1887, with his paper on ‘Seals of English
Bishops,” nothing had been written on this subject in
England. Henry Laing, however, in 1850 and 1866, in
his work on ‘ Ancient Scottish Seals,” had catalogued the
then known Scottish Episcopal Seals. Mr. Hope was
followed in 1888 by Bishop John Wordsworth, of Salisbury, —

EPISCOPAL SEALS. gi

with his paper, ‘‘ Seals of Bishops of Salisbury.” In 1889
Mr. Hope followed with ‘‘Seals of Bishops of Bath and
Wells.” The Rev. A. S. Porter followed in 1890 with
“Seals of the Archbishops of York”; at the end of the
same year the Roman Archbishop of Glasgow read a paper
on the ‘ Episcopal Seals of the Ancient Diocese of Glasgow.”
The Rev. A. S. Porter, in 1891, read a paper, ‘Seals of
of Bishops of Worcester, from S. Dunstan, A.D. 957, to
Nicholas Heath, 1542.” Mrs. Henry Ware read a paper,
1892, ‘‘Seals of Bishops of Carlisle,” followed in 1895 with
additional notes. Allan Wyan, Chief Engraver of Her
Majesty’s Seals, published in June of the same year
** Episcopal Seals of the Diocese of Winchester.” I have
had the pleasure of assisting most of the above mentioned
with casts and other information, and hold that every
Diocese should have as complete a set of casts of its
Bishops’ Seals as can be obtained, and I do not see why a
printed description of the same should not be undertaken
by one of the Archeological Societies in every Diocese, and
and I think Burton-on-Trent might do good work in pub-
lishing that of the Ancient Diocese of Coventry and
Lichfield.

Now why do I lay such stress upon so small a thing as
a Bishop’s Seal? We know the names of all our Bishops
from Dwyna, 656, to our present Bishop, and though our
first known seal is Richard Peche, 1162-1182, we can trace
the rise of the art of seal engraving to its highest perfection,
and from its dismal fall at the reformation to its lowest
depths, and in these days see its revival, till English seal
engraving once more bids fair to be what it once was—
unrivalled. So we get dated examples, or, as the late
Sir W. Franks put it, milestones, from which we may
approximately date without difficulty any similar works of
art.

92 EPISCOPAL SEALS.

Episcopal Seals may be divided into five classes—

(1) Seals of dignity, with

(2) their Counter Seals, with which must at times be in-
cluded ;

(3) Private Seals or Secreta;

(4) Seals ad Causas ;

(5) Seals for special purposes, such as Palatinate Seals of
Bishops of Durham.

As we have no special seals belonging to Coventry and
Lichfield, we shall not have to treat with this latter class.

The Bishop’s seal of dignity, or his great seal, was used
for charters, or other documents, authenticate copies of
important documents, and all deeds relating to the property
and rights of the See.

The Counter seal, so called from being impressed on the
back of the great seal, most likely to prevent the Great
seal being tampered with, or fraudulently used, is often
identical with the “sigillum privatum” or “secretum,” used
by the Bishop for deeds concerning his private estate.

The seal ‘‘Ad Causas’’ was the ordinary business seal
appended to copies of Acts of Court, Letters of Orders,
Marriage Licenses, &c. The Bishop’s Signet was not
necessarily an episcopal seal, it was used for sealing the
Bishop’s private correspondence; it is sometimes found
used as a counter seal to the seal of Dignity.

Seals, Episcopal, as well as others, may be said to consist
of two parts. The device or subject, and marginal legend
on inscription.

The usual shape of seals of Dignity is the pointed oval,
some few examples are round, the former seems to have
been found the most convenient shape for a standing figure.

The pre-Reformation seals of Dignity are devisable into
two classes. (1) Those in which the device is formed by
the effigy of the Bishop. (2) Those in which the device
consists mainly of tabernacle work with figures of Saints

EPISCOPAL SEALS. 93

and Angels, the Bishop only appearing as a small figure in
the base. The first class in the case of Coventry and
Lichfield are found between 1162-1360, though taken as a
class we may say 1072-1360. Those of the second class,
1360 to the Reformation. Again, taken as a whole from
1345 to the Reformation, the two types occurring side by
side for about thirty years.

With regard to the second part of the seal, the Legend,
the lettering is of great value in dating a doubtful seal.
We find (1) from 1070-1175 Roman capitals, which almost
insensibly change into (2) from 1175-1215 a rude Lombardic,
(3) from 1205-1345 a good Lombardic, which gives way to
(4) 1345-1425 a bold black letter, this was succeeded by
(5) 1425-1500 a fine close black letter, followed (6) after
1500 by Roman Capitals.

My friend, Allan Wyan, Esq., F.S.A., chief engraver of
Her Majesty’s seals, classifies seals of the Bishops under
- three heads—simple, elaborate, and heraldric.

I show to-night seals of 21 of the Bishops out of a total
number of 59 from the Norman Conquest to the present
day. Though only one-third, they carry us well from
the plain seal of Robert Pache, and show all stages of
elaboration to the highest pitch of perfection in the 14th
century, as shewn by Robert Stretton, Richard Le Scrope,
and John Burghill. Then we descend, finishing with our
present Bishop, a Heraldic seal, just showing signs of the
improvement. I was in hopes of being able to show you
seals of the present Archbishop of York and Bishop of Bath
and Wells, the former being the first to re-introduce the
standing figure; the latter the more elaborate 14th century
style of seals.

Of 32 specimens of seals which I have with me, 18 are
Seals of Dignity, 10 Counter Seals, 1 Secretum, 2 Signets,
and 1 Ad Causas.

We will now pass on and examine the seals in order.

94 EPISCOPAL SEALS.

RicHARD PECHE, 1161-1182.

Pointed Oval, 34 «x 1%. Imperfect. Dignity.

Bishop full length, stringed Mitre with points to side,
Amice partly raised as a hood, embroidered apparel to
Alb and wearing the full vestments of a Bishop.
Right hand raised in benediction, left raised holding
crosier; standing on a square platform.
SIGILLVM RIC...R...| CIA COVENTRENSIS: EPIS-OPI.
The inscription sloping inwards.

Taken froma cast in the British Museum Collection.

GERARD LA PUucELLE, 1182-1184. So far no seals of this
Bishop have come under my observation.

Hucu Novant, 1188-1198.
Pointed Oval. Imperfect. Seal of Dignity.
Bishop fully vested with stringed Mitre points to side.
Right hand raised in benediction, left hand holding
crosier; standing on a square platform.

LV GOMI.: cossouesss | Mentn theses. EPI
This seal is one of the latest date, showing the Mitre so
worn.
Secretum. Oval.

An oval gem with medieval setting, engraved with
the word Allah in cufic characters the legend on the
setting.
+ SECRETVM EPI—COPI.
Taken from a Deed 1197, Dean and Chapter of Rochester.

GEOFFREY Muscamp, 1198-1208.
Pointed Oval, 2% x 13. Seal of Dignity.
Bishop full length and fully vested, Mitre with points
in front. Right hand raised in benediction, left holds
crosier, standing on corble.

+ GALFRIDUS DEI GRACIA COV/ENTRE...... COPVS.

EPISCOPAL SEALS. 95

Counter Seal. Small pointed Oval, 13 x 4.
Our Lady half length, with clouds below; the Holy
Child on left arm.
+AVE MARIA GRACIA | PLENA DOMINUS TECUM.

From green wax seal appended to an appropriation by Gallfridus
(de Muschamp) Bishop of Coventry, to the Prior and Canons of
Orbury (Edrbury or Ardbury, in Warwickshire), of the Church of
Chelverdecote (Chilvers Cotton, Warwickshire). Witness, Master
Thos. Foliot, M. Nicholas de Weston, Nicholas the chamberlain,
and others. In British Museum, Add. Ch. No. 21, 422.

WALTER GREY, 1210-1215, Lord Chancellor, translated to
Worcester and thence to York. I have no seal.
There is no example known of his Worcester seal, but
the York seal is a fine seal, with Counter seal.

WILLIAM DE CORNHILL, 1215-1223.
Pointed Oval. Seal of Dignity.
The Bishop full length, fully vested. Right hand
raised in benediction, in left hand has been a
pastoral staff. Standing on corble.

SIGILLV....+ GRACIA...... [foeecre RENSIS...SCOPVS.

Counter seal. Pointed Oval, 2 + 13.

Our Lady half length, with the Holy Child on left
arm; in the lower half of seal, under a trefoil canopy,
the Bishop, half length, holding a book.

+ SZS: ROGO FILI TE.GU f ILLO DUX VIA, VITE.

This seal is appended to Charter by William, Bishop of Coventry,
appropriating the Church of Ormskirk to the Priory of Burscough
(Burgescho), Record Office. Duchy of Lancaster Ancient Charters,
Box A, No. 381.

ALEXANDER STAVENBY, 1224-1238.
Imperfect Pointed Oval, 2% x 12. Seal of Dignity.
Bishop full length and fully vested. Right hand raised
in benediction, left hand grasping a crosier. In the
field on either side, in cusped openings, are two

96 EPISCOPAL SEALS.

uncertain objects. Mr. Birch, in the Museum
Catalogue of Seals, describes them as ‘‘ Cathedrals,
indicating probably the two churches of Coventry,”
but on the cast in my possession they might be
equally well taken for two fleur-de-lis, the field of the
shield is diapered; the Bishop stands on a corbel, in
the arch of which is a lions face.

cates ANDER DEI : GRA: COV....)000..0.S: ET . LICH...

Bishop’s Signet used as Counter seal.
Pointed Oval. Imperfect. 1} x 4%. Most probably
from the Bishop’s Episcopal ring. An oval ancient
engraved gem, a shepherd leaning on a staff playing
a flute, a kid leaping up towards him.

This seal is appended to a Grant by Alexander, Bishop of Coventry and
Lichfield, to the Prior and Canons of S. Nicholas, at Burscough
(Burchestude), of the lands, rents, and mills, conferred upon them.
Appropriation of Churches of Huyton and Ormskirk (Lancashire),
and the right in the church of Flinton, granted to them by the
Bishop’s predecessor. Witnesses, the Abbot of Stanlowe, the Prior
of Norton, and Master Richard de Glowern. Record Office, Duchy
of Lancaster Ancient Charters, Box A, No. 383.

Counter seal. Pointed Oval, 2 x 1h.

Half length figure of Our Lady with the Holy Child
on left arm; in lower half of seal the Bishop, half
length, fully vested; right hand raised in benediction,
left hand holding crosier, each side of head a slip of
foliage.

+ SIGNET ;: ALEXANDRV -: | VIRGO: MARIA: SVVM.

The reverse is the Bishop’s signet as before described,
but in this case perfect, the inscription being the
same.

Appended to confirmation by Bishop Alexander of the church Rocheham
(Rochedeham) to his Abbot and convent of S. Benedict of Stanlawe.
Record Office, Chapter House, Dors with seal. S

B) 5
I

EPISCOPAL SEALS. 97

The practice of having Roman and Pagan gems set in
Episcopal Seals and Signets prevailed for a considerable
time, but was forbidden in 1194, Pope Innocent III, by
Bull directed that henceforth Episcopal rings should be of
solid gold, or set only with a precious stone, which was to
be plain without any device upon it.

Of the next Bishop, Hucu PatccHutt, Lord Treasurer,
1240-1245, I have no seal.

RoGeR DE WESEHAM, 1245-1256.

Pointed Oval. Seal of Dignity.

Bishop full length, fully vested. Right hand raised in
benediction, left hand grasps the pastoral staff.
Standing on a corble flanked by the two churches of
Coventry and Lichfield, below which, under canopied
arches, two monks, half length, in prayer, facing right
and left. On each side of the Bishop, in the field,
two oval quarterfoil niches containing the bust of a
monk of Coventry and a canon of Lichfield; the
field diapered.

+ROGER’ D’I.GRA.COVENTR ENS | ..... ...S: EPISCOP.
Counter Seal. Pointed Oval, 2} x 1H.
The seal is divided into three compartments. In the

upper half length figure of Our Lady with the Holy
Child on left knee; under a fine canopy in the middle,
S. Chad, three-quarters length, fully vested as a Bishop;
right hand raised in benediction, left hand holding a
crosier; between the two churches of Coventry and
Lichfield, in the lowest compartment, the Bishop, half
length, fully vested, facing towards left, hands raised in
prayer; under a trefoil arch forming corble to the
middle compartment.

CEDDA ROGA PVERV RUEGAT | VT AV MATRE. ROGERV.
Cast in the Way Collection.

98

EPISCOPAL SEALS.

RoGer LoNGESPEE DE MEULAN, 1258-1295.

Pointed Oval. Seal of Dignity.

The Bishop fully vested, the right hand raised in bene-
diction, the left hand holding crosier, standing on
corble supported by a lion, the bearing of the family
of Longespee; to the right and left are the churches
of Coventry and Lichfield; in the field on either side
a quatre-foil opening containing the head of a Monk
of Coventry and a Canon of Lichfield, above each a
crescent enclosing an estoile, below them Roa’. III,
this Bishop being the third of the name of Roger.

+ SROGERI: DEI: GRA: COVENT.../S : ET: LICHESFELDENS

EPI

Counter Seal. Pointed Oval, 2} x 14.

In two niches divided by a centre column. (1) Our
Lady crowned and seated with a Holy Child upon
right knee; (2) S. Chad, Bishop of Lichfield, three
quarters length, over head a rich canopy, in base
under an arch the Bishop, side face, half length,
turned towards the right, lifting his hands in prayer.

AVE. MARIIA.GRA.PLENA | SIS: PRO: NOB: SCE: CEDDA.

Appended to an agreement whereby Sir Philip, of Hoyvile, Knt., (who has

paid to Lord Roger, Bishop of Coventry and Ltchfield, 200 marks of
silver for the marriage of Johanna de Hoyvile, his daughter, to Roger,
of Englefield, son and heir of William, of Englefield,) undertakes to pay
to the Bishop in the event of the minority of an heir or widowhood of
the above Johanna, the third part of a yearly rent due from the above
Roger to the Bishop for lands, &c., held by the Bishop from the above
William, and re-granted to the above Roger at £50 yearly. Witness,
Sir William de Bereford, William Ware, and others. And at Crokest
Friday after S. Andrew's Day 22 Edward I [1234]. Add Charter No.
20, 256, British Museum.

Designer of west part of Cathedral spent two years in

south of France. This accounts for the outside stone seats
which are so common there, being found at Lichfield.

EPISCOPAL SEALS. 99

WALTER DE LancTon, Lord Treasurer and Lord Chamberlin,
1296-1321.

Pointed Oval. Seal of Dignity.

A fine seal, but much damaged. Bishop fully vested,
with crosier in left hand, curve turned outwards,
under a fine canopy; the Bishop standing on a corble,
back-ground diapered.

Counter Seal. Pointed and imperfect.

The figure of S. Chad between the two Cathedrals in
base under a trefoil arch, which also forms bracket
to compartment above the half length figure of the
Bishop, fully vested, hands raised in prayer, facing
towards the left.

sls: \ BOAPPRVPICOM 2S. O18

From Casts in the British Museum.

Builder of the Lady Chapel and the two Mortuary Chapels.
Bishop Selwin’s monument occupies his Mortuary Chapel.
He was also sent to the Tower by Edward II for his
opposition of Piers Gaveston.

Rocer NortTHsurcH, Lord Keeper and Lord Treasurer,
1322-1359.

Pointed Oval. Seal of Dignity.

Bishop full length, vested; right hand raised in bene-
diction; left hand pastoral staff crook, outwards;
standing under a canopy with two slender shafts on
each side, to which are suspended by straps two
shields of arms: England. In base a six cusped
circular panel containing a shield of arms, three six-
foil roses between seven cross crosslets, Northburgh.

ROGERVS . DEI. GRACIA .COVENTREN . ET LICHEFELDEN
EPS: {2 £7,

100 EPISCOPAL SEALS.

Counter Seal. Pointed Oval.

Divided into two stages. In the upper the Coronation
of Our Lady under a fine double canopy; in the
lower, under a trefoil canopy, the Annunciation, the
Angel holding a scroll inscribed AVE M... .. S. Chad
stands on the right behind the figure of Our Lady;
in the base, under a cusped arch, half length figure
of the Bishop, facing right, in prayer.

FAC: PIA: COMPLERTI: PRECE: CEDDE: VOTA : ROGERT.

Cast from seals preserved in British Museum.

Of Northburgh there is a story of his having to redress
the grievances of certain tenants of the Abbess of Polesworth,
a Benedictine Abbey in Warwickshire. The tenants com-
plained that the Abbess seized their cattle and branded them
as belonging to Polesworth. The Bishop ordered them to
be restored, but no notice was taken, and the Bishop
desired an explanation; the Abbess replied that the Bishop
wrote his order in Latin and there were none at Polesworth
that knew what it meant so they did not obey.

RoBERT STRETTON, 1360-1385.

Pointed Oval. S. Chad, fully vested; right hand raised
in benediction; in left, pastoral staff, crook turned
inwards; standing under a fine canopy, with taber-
nacle work at sides between two shields. On the
left Arms of England; on right, on a chief, indented
4 escallops Stretton; in base under an arch the
remains of the Bishop, facing right, in prayer.

Sit) ROBERTI IDET, cacao. DE BIGHT

RICHARD LE ScROOPE, 1385-1398.
Pointed Oval in three niches. Under carved canopies
Our Lady with the Holy Child on right arm; under
right hand canopy, S. Chad; under left, S. Bernard ;

EPISCOPAL SEALS. IOI

below each S.C. and S.B.; in base, under a round
headed arch, full face three-quarter figure of Bishop,
fully vested, hands joined in prayer. Pastoral staff
curved outwards between to shields on masonry at
sides; on left an eagle displayed, on right a bend
and lable of three points Scroope.

I have not been able to make out the inscription.

This was the unfortunate Scroope, who after his transla-
ation to be Archbishop of York, rebelled with the Earl of
Northumberland and the Earl of Nottingham against
Henry IV, and is the first instance in English history of an
Archbishop perishing by the hands of the executioner (1405).

WALTER SKIRLAW, 1385-1399, translated to Bath and Wells,
1386-1388, and to Durham, 1388-1405.
I have found no seal. His seals at Durham are very
fine, where there is also Seal ad Causas, Privy Seal, and
Seal as Count Palantine.

Joun Burcuitt, Bishop of Llandaff, 1397, and Confessor
to King Richard II, translated to Lichfield, 1399-1415.
Pointed Oval. The Bishop under a rich canopy with
tabernacle work at sides, fully vested; right hand
raised in benediction; left hand holds pastoral staff,
curved outwards; between two shields on right, Arms
of Westminster impaling Royal Arms of England as
King’s Confessor; on left, Royal Arms of England
impaling a coat, which I believe to be that of France,
if so, this will be incompliment Henry IV; in base,
a shield of arms paly of 10 on a bend 4 escallops.

S JOHANIS - DEI-GRA - LICHFELD i 1 ial CL Ope ENS :
EPISCOPI

Counter Seal. Pointed Oval.
Full length seated figure of our Lady and Holy Child.

wsei( MJARIA - GRACIA:

So much obliterated impossible to make out.

102 EPISCOPAL SEALS.

There is a fresco of the asumption of our Lady in the
spandrel of the Chapter House at Lichfield that has been
ascribed to this Bishop, but I think the true explanation is
that it was done as a slight to the new Bishop by the
Canons of Lichfield, who were Seculars, and the Bishop
being a Dominican, would be strongly opposed to that
doctrine, but would have to face it every time he took his
seat in the Chapter House.

We have now reached the zenith of seal engraving, and
we shall note its decline.

Joun Kerericn, who was Bishop of S. David’s, 1414-1415,
translated to Lichfield, 1415-1419, and to Exeter, 1419,
where he died same year.

James Cary, 1419-1420, who followed Keterich to Exeter,
where he seem only to have been one year, or less.
Of these I have found no seals.

WitiiaM HeywortTH, 1420-1447.

There is an engraving in Shaw’s Staffordshire which is the
only record known of this seal. It was, says Shaw, in the
possession of the Rev. Chas. Buckeridge, appended to an
agreement of Heyworth’s with the College of Tonge.

Pointed Oval in three niches with carved canopies.
Our Lady and Holy Child between S. Alban? on
left and S. Chad on right, with names below each;
in base, the Bishop, three quarters length, full face,
with pastoral staff, in prayer, between two shields;
on left Royal Arms England, and on right a saltire
within a bordure charged with nine mitres, Heyworth.

T+ HEN + EPI + AD + CAVSEM

He gave £40 towards building the cloister of Burton Abbey.

EPISCOPAL SEALS. 103

WituiaM Bootu, 1447-1452. Translated to York, 1452-1464,

Pointed Oval under three niches with heavy canopies.

Our Lady, crowned, with sceptre in left hand; the

Holy Child on right arm, between S. Paul with

sword and book on left hand, and S. Chad on right ;

in base, under an arch, the Bishop, side face towards

left, with pastoral staff, in prayer, between two shields

of arms on masonry left a cross potent See of Coventry,

and Lichfield; on right three boars’ heads erased
erect, Booth.

SIGILLVM : W/LLELMI : DEI GRACIA : COVENTRENS
EPISCOPL

NicHoLtas CLose, 1452-1453, translated from Carlisle,
1450-1452. I have no example.

REGINALD BUTTER, 1453-1459, translated from Hereford,

1450-1452.

Pointed Oval. Our Lady, crowned, with sceptre in
left hand; Holy Child on right arm, between
S. Chad on right and a Bishop on left (Bernard), each
having the name under, in the top part of the seal.
Another series of niches with our Lord in glory in
the centre, and an attendant Angel on each side.
In base, under a circular headed arch, the Bishop.
three quarter face, kneeling in prayer, facing left,
with pastoral staff crook turned outwards ; between two
shields of arms on masonry, on left See of Coventry
and Lichfield, on right a lion passant within a bordure
charged with annulets.

SIGILLV REGINALDI COUETRUE : ET: ......... EPISCOP/

Of Joun Hates, 1459-1492, I have come across no example.

104 EPISCOPAL SEALS.

WILLIAM SMITH, 1492-1496, translated to Lincoln, 1495-1513,
who also held the offices of President of Wales, Chancellor
of Oxford, Dean of St. Stephen’s Chapel, Westminster,
Fellow of Pembroke Hall, Cambridge, and founder of
Brasen Nose College, Oxford.

Pointed Oval, under a canopy. Our Lady, crowned,
seated, holding in left hand a sceptre, ‘and on right
knee the Holy Child. On right, under canopy, the
figure of S. Lawrence; on the left, S. Chad. An
upper tier of canopies like those in Butter’s seal, but
now nearly obliterated. Most likely the centre was
our Lord in Glory; on the right a Saint (which may
have been S. John Baptist), on left another (which
shews signs of having been S. Catherine). In base,
under an arch, the Bishop, half length, in prayer,
between two shields of arms, left, See of Coventry
and Lichfield, on right an eagle displayed; below the
Bishop another shield of arms, three roses, Smith.

SIGILLV(/M WI)LLI DEI G(RA) COV(/ETRENSIS) ET
LICHEFELDENSIS EPI

Joun ARUNDEL, 1496-1503, translated to Exeter, 1501-1504.
I have not found any seal.

GerorFrry BLYTHE, 1503-1534. Lord President of Wales.

The two seals I am able to show only came to light
when I was at Belvoir Castle this year.

Pointed Oval, three canopies. In the centre Our Lady,
crowned, with sceptre in left hand, and on right arm
the Holy Child; between S. Chad on left, and a
King on right. In the upper part, the Emblem of the
Holy Trinity, God the Father, seated, holding the
crucified Saviour with the Holy Spirit hovering over;
under canopies on each side, attendant Angels. In
base, under an arch, the Bishop, kneeilng, facing

a

EPISCOPAL SEALS. 105

left, in prayer, pastoral staff turned inwards; between
two shields of arms, on left See of Lichfield and
Coventry, on right 3 bucks; on a chief indented per
pale a cross potence between two roses.

SIG GALFRIDI BIVYTHE COVETREN ET LICHFIELDI EPI

Counter Seal. Pointed Oval.

Under a canopy S. Chad, on right. (May be S. John
Baptist). On left, S. Paul; in base, a shield of arms,
the See of Coventry and Lichfield.

BS Lies i GRAM pee tccceder: sosetoetese & COVE Bia LILD BRT

Row anpD Lee, 1534-1543. Lord President of Wales.

Pointed Oval. A canopied niche of the Italian style.
In the centre, Our Lady, crowned, with sceptre in
left hand, and Holy Child on right arm. On left,
S. Chad; on right, the figure of a Pope or an Arch-
bishop; in the upper part, the figure of our Lord in
blessing; in base, a shield of arms per pale dexter
See of Lichfield and Coventry. Sin quarterly 1 and 4
3 bulls salient, 2 and 3 two bars over all a bend
compony, Lee.

SIGILLV + ROLANDI + LEE DEI + GRA +(COVENTR)EN+
EIT -+ LICH + EPL

RicHaRD SAMPSON, 1543-1555. Bishop of Chichester, 1536-
1543, translated to Lichfield. Lord President of Wales.
Pointed Oval. Three canopied niches in the Italian

style. In centre, Our Lady, crowned, with the Holy
Child on left arm, between S. Chad and a Bishop;
over Our Lady’s head an eagle displayed. In base,
a shield of arms per pale dexter See of Coventry and
Lichfield, sin, a cross patonce between four escallops,
Sampson.

S+ RICH + SAMPSON + DEI + GRA + CO+ ET+ LICH +
EPI +

106 EPISCOPAL SEALS.

RaLpH BAINES, 1555-1559.
Tuomas BENTHAM, 1559-1578. I have not found any seal.

WILLIAM OVERTON, 1578-1609.

I have only a signet. Within a carved border a shield
of arms, a chevron between three unicorns’ heads,
erased Overton crest on a helmet, and ornamental
mantling destroyed.

Now I come to a large blank, as you see by the list of
names.
AsBoT, who shot the keeper Branshill, and owing to
shedding of blood was relieved of his Bishop’s duties.

OVERALL, who added the latter part of the Catechism.

HackeT, the great restorer of the cathedral after the great
rebellion.

Tuomas Woop, who never set foot in his diocese for 20
years, and was fined £20,000, which went to build the
Bishop’s palace.

Down to our present Bishop the seals have gradually
degenerated into a coat of arms, growing worse and worse
in execution, and in which the Arms of the See of Lichfield
would be impaled with the the Arms of the Bishop.

EE

~ 4 et

Wotes on the River Trent at Burton.

By B. L. Oswe tt.

Read befove the Society, January 18th, 1900.

(i) oe the object of placing on record the present
depths of the River Trent in its course through

the town, I took a series of soundings at various points
between Branston and the Forge Mills during the Summer

of 1899.
The figures on the diagrams shew the maximum depths,

in feet, found at the various places.

§
qi
r)
a Io 6
13 7 8101112 9
9 10 14 127 16.26
6 Goes: (7 15 10 6:6; -5 6
7 8 13 6
8
“ z ss =9
q 3 = ae
= ° Q
n =

No. 1. Branston to Railway Viaduct, Drakelow.

108 NOTES ON THE RIVER TRENT AT BURTON.

Pa °
Be ee
a6 Ex
2
5 6 8 9g if) 6
1 45 6 6 7 5 5 5 5
5 5 8 9 8 6
6 fe)
_ :
B sd ae aa
es n
No. 2. Ferry Bridge to Burton Bridge, East Arm.
= & ce
Q eres
my a3
:
8 10 3) 46° 19 4
12
12423 4 1O\ 19) 16; 375-45 2
5; 16 II 8 Ay dO 2 8 Tp 8.3
: > 9
> 3 fo Si §&
FI oe ga 52
ae 2a ay (aa
> & E
No. 3. Ferry Bridge to Burton Bridge, West Arm.
Bie, gl 3) 9) "9 7, SOUS 6 6
10 Daa 8 4 8 |
G7 0.9, 8
a a 2 58 te

No. 4. Burton Bridge to Forge Mills.

_ The maximum depth found was at the bend of the river
by Drakelow Park. The bottom here was clean sandy

NOTES ON THE RIVER TRENT AT BURTON. 109g

gravel, and, although 15 ft. was touched only in one place,
depths of from to ft.. to 14 ft. are to be found over a con-
siderable area at the bend.

Perhaps the most curious result found was the deep
channel cut out of the Staffordshire half of the river bed,
from a point about half way between Drakelow Hall and
the Midland Railway Viaduct, and terminating within a few
yards of the Viaduct.

The Derbyshire half of the river bed maintains a fairly
even depth of about 6 ft. along here, but the Staffordshire
half has a channel cut along of some 15 to 20 yards wide
of depths varying from 8 to 12 feet. Depths of 10 ft. being
found in many places within two yards of the bank. It is
difficult to give a satisfactory explanation of the existence
of this channel. As far as soundings shew, the nature of
the bed is uniform everywhere about here, and there is
nothing to shew that at any time there was a stronger
current along the Staffordshire bank which would cause
such a wash out. Still, it is more difficult to believe that
human agency accounts for this curious state of things.

The river bed above the Viaduct is fairly clean except in
a few places where weeds are growing in increasing
quantities every year; but between the Viaduct and the
Drakelow Weir the river is silting up fast, and a consider-
able depth of mud covers the whole bed of this part of the
river.

Below Drakelow Weir the river widens considerably, and
is very shallow until Stapenhill Church is reached.

Between the Ferry Bridge and the Burton Bridge the
greatest depth found in the East Arm is at the Band
Corner, 10 ft.; and in the West Arm, opposite S. Modwen’s
Church, this is the well-known “‘ Mud Hole.” At the 12 ft.
junction of the Baths’ branch with the main stream,
opppsite Ox Hay, a large quantity of silt is to be found.
The depth of the river at this point must be considerably
less than it was 20 or 30 years ago.

IIo NOTES ON THE RIVER TRENT AT BURTON.

Between the Burton Bridge and the Forge Mills the
greatest depth is to be found at the outer bend of the river
near the Trundle Hole. The depth of this so-called hole
being at the present time about 11 ft., and though a lot of
rubbish has been thrown into it of late years, which must
have considerably reduced its depth, I cannot believe that
it ever was 30 ft. deep. Molyneaux, in his History of
Burton-on-Trent, gives as an explanation of the great depth
of the Trundle Hole, which in his time was said to be
20 ft. deep, the fact that an arch of the old Burton Bridge
spanned the hole, and, due to the consequent contraction of
the water-way, the velocity of the stream had scooped out
the bed of the river at this point to such a depth.
Molyneaux also gives as a reason for the depth of the
river at the Mud Hole the existence of a bridge between
the St. Modwen’s Orchard and the Old Church Yard, which
would cause a contraction of the river and consequent
increased velocity of the stream.

Careful soundings in the river opposite the Old Church
Yard failed to elicit any evidence whatever of the existence
at any time of a bridge over the river. Neither are any
traces of piers to be found on the banks.

To natural causes alone I believe the depth of the river
at this part must be attributed.

With regard to the Trundle Hole, there is some evidence
that it is at least partly artificial, for I find that in the old
days of the Trent Navigation, the stream across the
Winshill Meadows which ran out of the Trundle Hole
had become almost entirely silted up, and the Trundle
Hole was made large enough to admit of the boats entering
it to be turned round, or, in other words, the place was
used to trundle the boats round; whence the name.

Ii!

Dolomite.

By Proressor H. Louts.

Read befove the Society, March 1st, 1887.

[ABSTRACT. ]

1 aes is a most widely distributed mineral; it
occurs as a frequent companion to metalliferous
minerals in true fissure veins, and in huge stratified deposits
which form the surface rock throughout large areas of the
continent of Europe. Although noticed by mineralogists at
a very early date, it escaped recognition as a definite
mineral till about a century ago, and this might be ascribed
to the similarity of its external characters to those of calcite
or mountain limestone.

In 1791, Chevalier Deodat de Dolomieu wrote to M. Picot
de la Peyrouse a letter which was published in the then
current volume of the ‘Observations et Memoirs sur la
physique,” appearing under the following title: ‘On a class
of Calcareous rocks effervescing but slightly with acids and
phosphorescing on percussion.” Dolomieu stated that he

112 DOLOMITE.

had found during the previous four years numerous lime-
stones in the Tyrol which differed from common limestones
in effervescing very little with hydrochloric acid, and which
were harder and closer grained than limestone; he had
moreover noticed in Italy several statues hewn out of the
same rock. In the following year the younger De Saussure
contributed a paper to the same journal on the subject of
this rock to which he gave the name Dolomite, commencing
in these words: ‘‘ This rock deserves in all respects a special
designation, that of ‘calcareous rock effervescing but slightly
with acids,’ being both indefinite and unsuitable.” He also
gives an analysis of this rock, which, though evidently
faulty, was the first to indicate that magnesia is one of its
constituents; his analysis is as follows:

Calcareous Earth (or lime) - 44°29
Argile (or Alumina) - - 5°86
Magnesia - . - - 1°40
Iron - - - - - 0°74
Carbonic Acid - - - - 46°10
Loss in Analysis - - - 1°61

100°00

In 1799, Mr. Tennant suggested that the slowness with
which Dolomite dissolves in acids was due to the magnesia
it contained, but Bournon shortly after ascribed the cause
to the absence of water from the composition of Dolomite.
It must be remembered that Calcite was supposed to be a
combination of lime, carbonic acid and water, the fact that
dry lime does not absorb carbonic acid contributing princi-
pally to this error; moreover most limestones are hygro-
scopic, and the small amount of water they contain was
thought to be a necessary rather than an accidental con-
stituent of the mineral.

From accurate analyses made by Bucholz, Klaproth,
Berthier, and others, about the beginning of the present

DOLOMITE. 113

century, it was demonstrated that the rock Dolomite had a
similar composition to the crystallized forms of the mineral,
and the name Dolomite is now applied to both varieties.

Both calcic carbonate and magnesic carbonate occur in
the massive and the crystalline form: the former as calcite
when crystalline and as limestone when massive: the latter
as breunnerite when crystalline and as magnesite when
massive. These two minerals, being very nearly isomorphous,
can replace each other in any proportions without affecting
the appearance of the minerals, beyond causing some minute
difference in the angles of the crystals. The massive
variety of any of these minerals seldom occurs free from the
other. The term Dolomite is restricted to minerals con-
sisting of carbonate of lime and carbonate of magnesia in
approximately equal atomic proportions, so that its typical
formula would be CaCO3 + MgCO3. But as a series of
minerals can be obtained varying from this to a calcite
containing but a trace of magnesia, or to a magnesite con-
taining but a trace of lime, the term Dolomite must be
closely restricted to minerals of the above formula. It is
not an accidental member of such a series, it is a definite
species, and possesses individual chemical and_ physical
properties.

The evidence for assuming that Dolomite is a true
mineral and not an accidental mixture of calcite and mag-
nesite is adduced from the following. When dolomite and
calcite occur, as they at times do, co-mingled in the same
rock, so that the mass upon analysis might be put down
merely as magnesian limestone, the dolomite and calcite
can nevertheless be separated by the action of dilute acid,
which dissolves the calcite, leaving dolomite and not mag-
nesite, as would be the case if dolomite itself were but a
mixture of calcite and magnesite. Dr. T. Sterry Hunt
found that dilute acetic acid containing 15% of glacial acid
and kept at o°C will not attack dolomite, or only with

114 DOLOMITE.

extreme slowness, whilst it will readily dissolve calcite at
the same temperature even when more dilute. The same
authority also states that whilst water containing carbonic
acid will dissolve calcite, Dolomite is not attacked by it.

Dolomite is found in the massive form in all states of
aggregation; in easily cleavable masses, sometimes very
fine grained almost earthy in fracture, and, in most English
"localities, highly crystalline and saccharoidal. It is found
principally in England in beds of the Permian period, but
it also occurs in all geological ages from the Silurian period
upwards. The following is an average of several analyses
made by myself, of specimens of the yellow highly crys-
talline Dolomite which occurs abundantly in the Permian
formation of Nottinghamshire and E. Derbyshire:

Insoluble Siliceous Matter - 1°88
Alumina and Peroxide of Iron 2°58
Lime - - - - - 30°45
Magnesia - - - - - 20°07
Carbonic Acid - - - 45°01

99°99

Here it will be seen that the magnesia and lime are to
one another in the atomic relation of 100: 108, hence this
rock is a true Dolomite. In the Permian formation, mag-
nesian limestones are found containing from five to twenty
per cent. of magnesia which are not Dolomites, and for
this class of rocks I propose to use the generic name of
magnesian limestone. We may accordingly expect to meet
with the following series of rocks.

tst. Limestone containing magnesite, usually in less
proportion than is required to form Dolomite; there are,
however, a few instances on record where the proportion of
magnesia exceeds this amount; such rocks may be looked
upon as magnesite containing calcite,

i ae

DOLOMITE. 115

2nd. Limestone containing Dolomite, in which the pro-
portion of magnesia is of course less than in true Dolomite;
possibly magnesite containing Dolomite may also occur, but
I do not know of this being demonstrated.

3rd. True Dolomite, as defined, namely, a chemical com-
pound, and not a mere mixture of carbonates of lime and
magnesia.

It is possible that mixtures of these three divisions may
occur, but the data for a complete classification of magnesian
limestones are still, to a great extent, wanting.

The physical characters of magnesian limestone may be
summed up as follows: its fracture is occasionally earthy,
more often microcrystalline or saccharoidal; it is rather
harder than ordinary limestone; in colour it is sometimes
white or grey, and frequently yellow or reddish.

On account of its hardness and resistence to atmospheric
influences magnesian limestone is much used as a. building
stone. Its power of withstanding atmospheric influences is
however variable, for pieces of rock of the same composition
will sometimes behave very differently in this respect. A
true dolomite is a far better material for resisting atmos-
pheric degradation than is a rock consisting merely of a
mixture of calcite and magnesite, even though in the same
atomic proportions as Dolomite. For important structural
purposes it would be desirable for engineers to investigate
this point.

The origin or mode of formation of magnesian limestone
is an interesting and much discussed question. | Was
Dolomite deposited as such?, or has it been formed by a
process of pseudomorphism from a rock already deposited ?
In the majority of instances the second view seems to be
the more plausible, as it is supported by evidence showing
that carbonate of lime is capable of conversion into Dolomite.
Thus, Dr. Sterry Hunt quotes an instance of an Orthoceras
occurring in the non-magnesian Trenton limestone of Canada

116 DOLOMITE.

which was found to contain 37°8% of carbonate of magnesia.

Again, Dana brought from the coral reefs of the Pacific
Ocean a specimen of a recent coral conglomerate containing
38% of magnesic carbonate. There is, however, evidence
to shew that the Dolomite of the Permian rocks of
Derbyshire was formed directly by the interaction in inland
lakes, under the climatic conditions that characterised that
epoch, of concentrated river and sea waters carrying alkaline
carbonates, calcite carbonate and magnesian salts in solution.
An indirect consequence of the reactions that were thus
brought about is the abundance of gypsum in some of the
overlying beds.

The Flora of Burtonzon-Trent and
Reighbourbood.

ComPILED BY THE BoTANICAL SECTION.

PART IV.

CoNcLusION oF THE DICOTYLEDONS.
THE MonocoTyLepons, CRYPTOGAMIA, AND CHARACES,

[For previous parts, with List of Authorities and Explanations, vide
Vol. III, p.p. 177-190, 269-282, and Vol. IV, p.p. 75-88.]

LV. ScropHuLaRINEz.
1140. Verbascum Thapsus, L.

Sinai Park; Breedon Hill: E.B. Ticknall Quarry; W.G.
Willesley; F.L. Calke, rare: W.H.P

1142. V. Lychnitis, L.
Burton; R.G.
1143. V. nigrum, L.
Repton,‘near houses; T.G.

118

1145.

1146.

1147.

II5I.

1153-

1154.

1155.

1156.

1157.

1159.

1162.

1163.

1165.

1166.

1167.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

V. Blattaria, L.
Repton; W.G.

Linaria Cymbalaria, Mill.

Burton; R.G. & E.B. Repton; W.G. Bretby; T.G.
L. Elatina, Mill.

Fields near Grange Wood; E.B.

L. purpurea, L.
Formerly on Burton Abbey wall; E.B.

L. vulgaris, Mill.

Newton Solney, Branston, &c.; E.B. Railway, Willington; W.G.
Near Ashby; F.L. Frequent about Derby; near Calke; W.H.P.
Egginton Station; Foston; W.R.L. Bretby; T.G. Gresley;
J.E.N.

L. viscida, Moench.

Railway between Packington and Coleorton; E.B. Railway
bank, near Ashby; F.L.

Antierhinum majus, L.
Burton Abbey wall; R.G.

A. Orontium, L.
Burton; R.G.

Scrophularia aquatica, L.

‘*Common"; E.B. Repton; W.G. “Common”; F.L.
Watery places about Derby; Calke; W.H.P. Hilton; W.R.L.

S. nodosa, L.

Sinai Park and many other places; E.B. Repton; W.G.
‘‘ Frequent ’’; F.L. Common in watery places; W.H.P. Bretby;
F.G. Stapenhill; J.E.N.

Mimuilus luteus, L.
Knowle Hills; W.G.

Limosella aquatica, L.

Repton; E.B. Marshy ground behind Foremark Hall; W.G.
‘The record in Repton, F. & F., is doubtful;’’ W H.P.

Digitalis purpurea, L.
Common.

Veronica hedercefolia, L.
Common.

V. polita, Fr.

Burton; Linton; Calke, &c.; E.B. Common; F.L. Milton;
near Repton; Aston; Chellaston; W.H.P. Alvaston; W.R.L.
Drakelowe ; J.E.N,

IIg

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD

1168. V. agrestis, L.
Common.
1169. V. Tournefortii, C. Gmel (V. Buxbaumii, Ten.)

Common.
1172. V. arvensis, L.
Common.
1173. V. serpyllifolia, L
Common.
WG. Frequent; F.L. Near

1178. V. officinalis, L.
Common; E.B. Repton Shrubs ;
Burton; Calke; W.H.P. Tatenhill ; J-E.N.

1179. V. Chameedrys, L.
Common.
1180. V. montana, L.
“Moist woods"; R.G. Henhurst ; Knightley ; Repton Shrubs,
&c.; E.B. Repton Rocks; W.G.- South wood: Lount wood ;
F.L.
1181. V. scutellata, L.
Barton; R.G. Needwood Forest; and near Seal wood; E.B.
Moira Reservoir; F.L. Near Burton; W.H.P. Bagot's Park ;

P.B.M. Branston; (Section).
Watery

1182. V. Anagallis-aquatica, L
Common; E.B. Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
places, common; W.H.P. Stretton; P.B.M. Barton Fields ;
between Longford and Boylestone; W.R.L. Willington; J.E.N.
var. anagalliformis, Bor.

Foston ; W.R.L.
1183. V. Beccabunga, L.
Common.
Common ;

1184. Euphrasia officinalis, L.
Ticknall Quarrey; W.G.

Common; E.B.
Stapenhill; P.B.M.

1185.
Common; E.B.
Common; F.

Needwood Forest; P.B.M.

W.H.P.
W.R.L. Outwood Hills; J.E.N.
1188. Pedicularis palustris, L.
‘Said by the late Mr. Birch to grow at Catholme”

Repton Rocks; W.G.

,

FL.

Bartsia Odontites, Huds.
Between Milton and Repton Rocks; W.G.
About Derby; near White Lees: Tickhall ;
Church Broughton ;

E.B.

120

1189.

1190.
1IQI..

1194.

[1198.

1199,

1207.

1208.

T207

(1218.

1220.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND’ NEIGHBOURHOOD.

P. sylvatica, L. ;

Needwood Forest; Shaw. Henhurst; Knightley Park; E.B.
Repton Rocks; W.G. Locally common: F.L. Foremark ;
W HP. Sinai Park; P.B.M. Radbourne, W.R.L. Winshill;
J:BN:

Rhinanthus Crista-galli, L.

Common.

R. major, Ehrh.
Near Staunton Harold ; E.B.

Melampyrum pratense, A

Seal Wood; Repton Shrubs; E.B. Wood near Repton Rocks;
W.G. Potter’s Wood, Netherseale; F.L. Henhurst ; P.B.M.

LVI. ORoBANCHACE#.

Orobanche ramosa, L.
“Ingleby ; Glover's History ;" W.H.R.]
O. major, L.
Netherseal; E.B. Repton Rocks, near the pond; W.G. ‘Not
seen near Repton by Mr. Hagger Te WiE eb
Lathroea Squamaria, L.

King’s Bromley; side of Yoxall Brook; Shaw. Calke Park ;
W.G. Fauld; (Section).

LVII. LENTIBULARIEZ.

Utricularia vulgaris, L.

Catholme Meadow; E.B. Old Trent, Repton; W.G. Canal at
Snarestone; F.L.

LVIII. VERBENACE2.

Verbena officinalis, L.

Tutbury Castle; Tatenhill ; R.G. Winshill; Netherseal; E.B.
Calke; W.G. Linton; Melbourne; W.H.P.

Toye eABrade:.

Mentha rotundifolia, Huds.

“Waste ground,” (Repton); W.G. “Not seen by Mr. Hagger
about Repton;" W.H.P.]

M. longifolia, Huds. (M. sylvestris, L.)

“Occasional; R.G. Staunton Harold; E.B. Repton; W.G.

1221.

1222.

1224.

1225.

1226.

1228.

1230.

1232.

1233-

1234.

1235.

1236.

1237.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. © I2I

M. viridis, L
Between Norris Hill and Willesley ; Trent side, Wichnor; E.B.
Packington; Willesley; F.L.
M. piperata, L.
Trent side near Burton, and at Winshill; E.B. Smoile Wood;
Ashby; Packington; F.L. Barton Park; W.R.L.
M. hirsuta, Huds.
Common.
var. cétrata, (Ehrh).
Hedge of Smoile Wood by the road to Coleorton; F.L.

M. sativa, L.

Packington; Coleorton; Stapenhill; E.B. Ashby; F.L. About
Derby; Burton; W.H.P. Forest Banks; J.E.N.

var. paludosa (Sole).
Sudbury, towards Scropton; W.R.L.

M. rubra, Sm.
Coleorton; Packington; F.L. Ticknall; W.H.P.

M. pratensis, Sole.
Smoile, near Ashby; E.B. [Doubtful; Purchas.]

M. arvensis, L.
Common.

Lycopus europceus, L.

Common; R.G. Common near Burton; E.B. Repton; W.G.
Common; F.L. Chellaston; Hatton; Longford to Boylestone ;
W.R.L. Shobnall; J.E.N.

Origanum vulgare, L. L
Tutbury Castle; Shaw. Breedon Hill; E.B. Between Ashby
and Smisby; F.L.

Thymus Serpyllum, Fr.

Sparingly at Linton; E.B. Gravel Pit between Crewes Pond
(Repton Park) and Bretby; W.G. _Breedon Hill Quarry; F.L.
Burton; W.H.P.

T. Chameedrys, Fr.
“Common"; F.L.

Calamintha Clinopodium, Spenn.
Common; E.B. © Gravel Pit between Crewes Pond and Bretby ;
W.G. Frequent; F.L. Bretby; T.G. Tutbury Road; J.E.N.
C. arvensis, Lam.

Gravel Pit between Crewes Pond and Bretby ; Ww. G. Foremark ;
between Ticknall and Repton; W.H.P. ey

122

1239.

1241.

1242.

[1243.

1244.

1245.

1246.

1247.

1248.

[1249.

1250.

1251.

1253.

1254.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

C. officinalis, Moench.

Tutbury Castle; R.G. Stretton; Netherseal; Linton; E.B.
Repton; W.G. Gravel Pit at Repton Park; W.H.P.

var. Briggsiz, Syme.
Tutbury Castle; P.B.M.
Melissa officinalis, L.
Near Smoile; E.B.
Salvia Verbenaca, L.
Tutbury Castle; Shaw. Swarkestone; C. & W.

S. pratensis, L.
Swarkestone; W.G. Probable error; Section.]

Nepeta Cataria, L.

Tutbury; Linton; Netherseal, &c.; E.B. Ticknall Quarry;
W.G. Breedon Hill Quarry; Overseal; F.L.

N. Glechoma, Benth.
Common.

Scutellaria galericulata, L.

Common; E.B. & F.L. Willington; W.G. About Burton;
Calke; W.H.P. Chellaston; Barton Blount ; Marston-on-Dove;
W.R.L. Bretby Park and Repton Rocks; T.G.

S. minor, Huds.

Bagot’s Park; Needwood Forest; Shaw. Repton Rocks; W.G.
Brakenhurst Bog, 1791; Gzsborne.

Prunella vulgaris, L.
Common.

Melittis Melissophyllum, L.

Between Sinfin and Barrow, Glover’s History ; W.H.P.]
Marrubium vulgare, L.

Moira; E.B. Repton; W.G. Breedon Quarry; F.L.

Stactrys Betonica, Benth.

Henhurst ; Knightley: Rollestone, and elsewhere; E.B. Repton;
W.G. Frequent; F.L. About Calke; W.H.P. Bretby Park
and Repton Shrubs; T.G. Tatenhill; J.E.N.

S. palustris, L.

Shobnall, Drakelowe, &c.; E.B. Osier Beds, Repton; W.G.
Frequent; F.L. Egginton; P.B.M. Calke Mill; Perchas.
Sudbury, near R. Dove; W.R.L. Burton; J.E.N.

x sylvatica (S. ambigua, Sm.)
Stapenhill; E.B. Linton; Willington; W.H.P.

S. sylvatica, L.
Common.

1255.

1260.

1261.

1262.

1263.

1264.

1265.

1266.

1267.

1268.

1269.

1270.

1274.

1275.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 123

S. arvensis, L.
Stretton, Drakelowe, Rollestone, &c., but not common; E.B.
Lount; Oakthorpe; F.L. Cauldwell; near Swarkestone; W.H.P.
Field near Repton Shrubs; T.G.

G. versicolor, Curt.
Burton, Drakelowe, and elsewhere ; E.B. Near Sinfin Moor in
1858, Purchas.

G. Tetrahit, L.
Common.

Leonurus Cardiaca, L.
Near Smoile Farm; E.B.

Lamium amplexicaule, L.

Burton; E.B. Cornfield near Willington; W.G —_ Drakelowe ;
Ingleby; W.H.P.
L. intermedium, Fr.

Drakelowe; J.E.N.

L. hybridum, Vill.
Burton; Ashby; E.B. = Ticknall; W.H.P.

L. purpureum, L.
Very common.

L. maculatum, L.
Burton: R.G. Naturalized in Shrubberries, &c., at Burton;
E.B. Cricket Field, Repton; Courtyard at Knowle Hills;
W.G.

L. album, L.
Common.

L. Galeobdolon, Crantz.
Common.

Ballota nigra, L.

Common; E.B. & F.L. Repton; W.G. Stapenhill; about
Calke; Ticknall; W.H.P. Scropton, Foston, Burnaston, &c.;
W.R.L.

Teucrium Scorodonia, L.

Common in many parts of the district; E.B. Anchor Church;
W.G. Locally very common; F.L. Common on Heaths and
in woods; W.H.P. Bearwood Hill; P.B.M. Near Melbourne;
Repton; /urchas. Common in Woods and Heathery Places ;
Section.

Ajuga reptans, L.
Common.

124

1278.

1279.

1280.

1282.

1284.

1290.

[1291.

1294.

1295.

1296.

1298.

1299.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

LX. PLANTAGINEZ.

Plantago major, L.
Very common.

P. media, L.

Common; E.B. & F.L. Parson's Hills, Repton; Ticknall; W.G.
About Calke; W.H.P.

P. lanceolata, L.
Very Common.

P. Coronopus, L.
Branston ; Barton; Walton Lane; Breedon Hill; E.P. Willing-
ton Junction; W.G. Cauldwell; Melbourne; between Calke and
Melbourne; W.H.P.

Littorella juncea, Berg.
Moira Reservoir; E.B. Barratt’s Pool, Moira: F.L.

LXI. ILLECEBRACE#.

Scleranthus annuus, L.

“Sandy soil’; R.G. The Outwoods; between Oakthorpe and
Willesley ; Cauldwell; E.B. dae W.G. Ticknall; Repton
Rocks; near Calke Abbey; W.H.P

S. perennis, L.
About Repton; W.G. An error; W.H.P.j

LXII. CHENOPODIACE.

Chenopodium poiyspermun, L.

Coleorton Common; Anslow; E.B. Repton; W.G. Corn-
fields, Lount; Coleorton Common; F.L. Calke; W.H.P.
Garden weed at Burton; P.B.M.

C. Vulvaria, L.

Between Burton and Branston; E.B. Formerly in gardens at
Calke Abbey; W.H.P.

C. album, L.
Very common.
C. ficifolium, Sm.
Coleorton; E.B.
Cc. murale, L
Repton: W.G. (‘‘ Wants confirmation” ; W.H.P.)

1300.

1301.

1302.

1305.

1308.

1309.

1310.

1321.

1323.

1326.

1327.

1329.

1330.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 125

C. hybridum, L.
“A weed of cultivation” (Repton); W.G. (‘Wants confir-
mation"’; W.H.P.

C.urbicum, L. var. intermedium, Mog.
Branston; R.G. Repton; W.G. (‘Wants confirmation” :
W.H.P.)

C. rubrum, L.

Burton and elsewhere; E.B. Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
Coton-in-the-Elms; Calke; W.H.P. White Hollows; Purchas.
Sutton-on-the-Hill; T.G.

C. Bonus-Henricus, L.

Branston, Stapenhill, Tutbury, &c.: E.B. Repton; W.G.
Frequent; F.L. Swarkestone; Ticknall : Calke; Chellaston ;
W.HP:

Atriplex patula, L.
var. erecta, Huds.
Frequent; E.B. Very common; F.L.
var. angustifolia, Sm.
Common.

A. hastata, L.
Burton, &c.; E.B. Frequent; F.L. Branston; J.E.N.

A. deltoidea, Bab. ;
Stapenhill; E.B. Frequent; F.L.

LXIII. Potyconacez.

Polygonum Convolvulus, L.
Common.
P. aviculare, L.
Very common.
P. Hydropiper, L.
Common.
P. minus, Huds.
Burton; Ingleby; Walton, &c.; E.B. Branston; Willington;
J.E.N.

P. Persicaria, L.

Common.
P. lapathifolium, L.

Common; E.B. & F.L. Milton; W.H.P.

126

1332.

1333-

1337-

1339-

1340.

[1342.

1343-

1344.

1346.

1348.

1350.

1352.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

P. amphibium, L.

Common; E.B. & F.L. Crewes Pond and Old Trent by Twyford
Lane; E.B. Bretby Ponds; Osmaston-by-Derby; Calke;
W.H.P. Lush Pool [Yoxall]; Gzsborne. Gresley; P.B.M.

P. Bistorta, L.
Side of Yoxall Brook; Shaw. Near Derby; Withering. Stapen-
hill and Burton; E.B. Osier Beds, Repton; W.G. Calke;
W.H.P. Swarkestone Meadows; C. & W. Newborough ;
P.B.M.

Rumex conglomeratus, Murr.

Common.

R. sanguineus, L.

An outcast from gardens at Burton; Newhall; E.B. Twyford
Lane; W.G. Calke; W.H.P. Ticknall; Purchas.

var. viridis (Sibth).

Frequent; E.B. Common; F.L. Walton-on-Trent; J.E.N.
R. maritimus, L.

Near the Trent at Swarston [Swarkestone]; Withering (2nd Ed.,
1787) Horninglow; E.B. Branston Salt Marsh; J.E.N. & J.G.W.
R. pulcher, L.

Burton; W.G.]

R. obtusifolius, L.
Common.

R. crispus, L.
Common.
x obtusifolius (R. acutus, L.)
Rollestone; Ashby; E.B. Frequent; F.L. Road between
Milton and Repton Rocks; W.G.

R. Hydrolapathum, Huds.

Canal side between Wichnor and Burton; Shaw. Trent side,
common; E.B. Old Trent, Repton; W.G. Snarestone; F.L.
Swarkestone Bridge ; Osmaston-by-Derby; W.H.P. Common;
J.E.N.

R. Acetosa, L.

Common.

R. Acetosella, L.

Common; E.B. & F.L. Repton; W.G. Calke Park; near °
South Wood Farm, &c.; Purchas.

LXIV. ARISTOLOCHIACEZ.

Aristolochia Clematitis, L.
A weed in Calke Abbey Gardens; Purchas.

1353-

1354.

_ 1356.

1359.

1366.

1371.

1372.

1373.

1374.

1375:

1376.

1377-

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 127

LXV. THYMELAACEA.

Daphne Mezereum, L.

Needwood Forest ; Shaw: Withering. Near Byrkley Lodge, but
rare; E.B. Hanbury Dingle, April, 1792; Gzsborne.

D. Laureola, L.

Needwood Forest ; Shaw: Withering. Marchington Cliff; E.B.
Foremark ; W.G. Hollyfalls, Needwood Forest; Gisborne.
Forest Banks ; (Section).

LXVI. LoranTHAcEs.

Viscum album, L.
Needwood ; on Thorn at Rollestone; R.G. Linton; P.B.M.

LXVII. EvuPpHORBIACE.

Euphorbia Helioscopia, L.
Common.

E. amygdaloides, L.
Needwood Forest; Shaw: Withering. Abundant near Forest
Church, Needwood; R.G. Staunton Harold; E.B. South
Wood; Spring Wood; F.L. Calke Park, formerly; W.H.P.
E. Peplus, L.
Very Common.

E. exigua, L.
Not uncommon; E.B. Askew Hill, Repton; W.G. Very
common; F.L. Repton Waste; Cauldwell; Calke; W.H.P.
£. Lathyris, L.

Needwood; R.G. <A weed in country gardens, where perhaps it
was formerly cultivated; E.B.

Buxus sempervirens, L.
Plantations, not indigenous; E.B.

Mercurialis perennis, L.
Common.

M. Annua, L.
Garden weed, Burton; J.E.N.

LXVIII. Urticacez.

Ulmus montana, Stokes.
Common.

128

1378.

1379.

1380.

1382.

1383.

1385.
1386.
1389.

1390.

1391.

1392.

1393.

1394.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

U. surculosa, Stokes. (U. campestris, Sm.)
Common.

Humulus Lupulus, L.
Stapenhill; Linton; Stanton, &c.; E.B. Repton; W.G
Frequent; F.L. Near Melbourne; W.H.P. Anslow; P.B.M
Near Branston; J.E.N.

Urtica dioica, L.
Very common.

U. urens, L.
Common; E.B. & F.L. Repton; W.G. Rare about Calke ;
W.H.P. Bretby; T.G. Very common garden weed, Burton ;
J.E.N.

Parietaria officinalis, L.

Burton Abbey; Tutbury; R.G. Old walls, common; E.B.
Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L. S. Derbyshire ; Swarkestone ;
W.H.P. About Calke; Purchas.

LXIX. CuUPULIFERA.

Betula verrucosa, Ehrh.
Common; E.B.

B. pubescens, Ehrh.
‘Common; E.B.

Alnus glutinosa, Medic.
Common.

Carpinus Betulus, L.
Not uncommon, but scarcely appears to be native in this district ;
E.B. Notcommon; F.L. Bretby; W.H.P

Corylus Avellana, L.
Common.

Quercus Robur, L.
var. pedunculata, (Ehrh).
Common.
var. intermedia (D. Don).
Pretty generally distributed; F.L.
var sessiliflora (Salisb).

Occasional; E.B. Pretty generally distributed; F.L. Scarce
about Calke; W.H.P. Plantations about Calke; also South
Wood; Purchas.

Castanea sativa, Mill.

Frequent in parks and wood, but always planted.
Fagus sylvatica, L.

Common.

1395.

1396.

1397.

1398.

1399.

1400.

1401.

1402.

1403.

1405.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 129

LXX. Saticinea..

Salix triandra, L.

Burton, Ashby, &c.; E.B. Between Milton and Foremark ; W.G.
Frequent ; F.L. Sudbury; P.B.M. Branston ; Repton ; J.E.N.
S. pentandra, L.
Ashby; E.B. Staunton Harold; Old Parks; F.L. Egginton ;
W.H.P.
S. fragilis, L.
Common.

S: alba, L.
Common.

var. vitellina, L.
Near Burton-on-Trent; W.H.P.

S. cinerea, L.
Common.

S. aurita, L.
Needwood Forest; E.B. Frequent; F.L. About Burton ;
W.H.P. Near Heath End; Purchas.
x Caprea (capreola Kein),
Tatenhill ; J.E.N.
x cinerea (lutescens, A. Kein).
Canal Bank, near Willington ; J.E.N.

S. Caprea, L.
Common.

S. repens, L.
Near Moira Reservoir ; E.B. Between Willington and Twyford ;
W.G. Etwall; W.H.P. Woodmill Brook, 1792; between
Foxholes and Whitemere Bog; Gisborne.

S. phylicifolia, L.
Willington ; Sudbury; P.B.M.

S. viminalis, L.
Common.

x Caprece (Smithiana, Willd).

Weodville; E.B. Frequent; F.L. Calke Park, planted;
Repton; W.H.P. Canal Bank, Willington ; J.E.N.

var. acuminata ; (Sm). Repton ; Twyford Ferry, Derby ; J.E.N.

130

I4It.

1412.

1413.

1414.

1415.

1416.

1417.

1421.

1422.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

S. purpurea, L.
Smisby, Moira, &c.; E.B. Near Willington; W.G. Barratt's
Pool, Moira; F.L. About Burton; W.H.P. Sudbury; P.B.M.
x viminalis (rubra, Huds).

About Burton; W.H.P. Near White Hollows, Purchas. Near
Twyford Ferry, Derby. (F. B. White says this specimen is near
var. Forbyana, Sm.) J.E.N.

Populus alba, L.

Repton; W.G. Near Burton-on-Trent; planted about Calke;
W.H.P.

P- canescens, Sm.
Frequent ; E.B. Old Parks, Ashby; F.L. Bretby; W.H.P.
Tatenhill ; J.E.N.

P. tremula, L.
Common; E.B. Frequent; F.L. About Calke, perhaps wild ;
W.H.P. Needwood Forest ; J.E.N.

P. nigra, L.
Common, but always planted.

LXXI. EMPETRACE.

Empetrum nigrum, L.

LXXII. CERATOPHYLLACE.

Ceratophyllum demersum, L.

Bretby, Drakelowe, &c.; E.B. Willesley Park; F.L. Pond
in Ticknall Limeworks; W.H.P. Frequent in R. Trent;
(Section).

LXXIII. Conirere.

Taxus baccata, L.

Woods; E.B. Foremark ; W.G. Common, but mostly
planted ; F.L. Foremark bottoms, near Repton; about Calke,
doubtfully wild; W.H.P.

Pinus sylvestris, L.

Woods, common, but probably in all cases introduced; E.B.
Repton Park; W.G. Common, but mostly planted; F.L.

1424.

1430.

1432.

144!.

1442.

1447.

1452.

1453.

1456.

1457.

1459.

1466.

1467.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. I31

MONOCOTYLEDONS.

LXXIV. HyprocuaripDEA.

LElodea canadensis, Mich.

Canals and rivers, very abundant; E.B. Common about
Repton; W.G. Very common; F.L. Very common ; (Section).

LXXV. OrcHIDEs.
Neottia Nidus-avis, Rich.

Henhurst ; Breedon ; Cloud Wood; E.B. Repton Shrubs ; W.G.
Listera ovata, R. Br.

Common.
Epipactis latifolia, All.

Seal Wood, Willesley, &c.; E.B. Repton Shrubs; W.G.
Frequent; F.L. Bretby; T.G.
E. media, Fr.

Knightley Park; E.B.

Orchis pyramidalis, L.
Catholme Lane, Barton ; R.G.

O. Morio, L. :
Callingwood, Hartshorne, and elsewhere, but not very common ;
E.B. Parson's Hills, Repton: W.G. Common; F.L. Bretby;
T.G. Shobnall; Byrkley Park ; J.E.N.
O. mascula, L.
Common; E.B. Parson's Hills; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
Forest Banks ; J.E.N.
O. latifolia, L.
Between Horninglow and Shobnall ; Drakelowe ; E.B. Parson’s
Hills; W.G. Breedon Cloud ; Ashby; Moira Reservoir ; W.G.
O. maculata, L.
Common.

Ophrys apifera, Huds.
Yoxall Lodge; R.G. Cloud Hill Quarry, plentiful ; W.G.

H. albida, R. Br.
Tan Yard Osier Bed, Repton; W.G.

H. viridis, R. Br.
Needwood ; R.G. Sinai Park and Rollestone; Stanton; E.B.
About Repton; W.G. Ashby Old Parks; Coleorton; F.L.
Bretby; T.G,

132

1468.

1469.

1471.

1472.
1476.

1477.

1481.

1486.

1489.

1490.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

H. bifolia, R. Br.
About Burton; E.B. Milton; W.G. Shobnall; P.B.M.

H. chlorolenca, Ridley.

About Burton; E.B. Breedon Cloud Wood; Lount Wood ;
Ashby; Seal Wood; Willesley ; F.L. Needwood Forest ; J.E.N.

LXVI. IrRIDE&.
Iris foetidissima, L.
Between Willesley Wood and Park, rare; E.B.

I. Pseudacorus, L.
Common on the banks of the Trent; E.B. Repton; W.G.
Common; F.L.

Crocus vernus, All.
Occasionally in the Trent Meadows near Burton; E.B. Tutbury
Road, near Horninglow ; J.E.N.

C. nudifiorus, Sm.
Meadows by the Trent; W.G.

LXXVII. AMARYLLIDEZ.

Narcissus Pseudo-narcissus, L.
Burton; R.G. In meadows at Burton, but rare; E.B. Osier
Bed by Old Trent: W.G. Staunton Harold; Measham; F.L.
Forest Banks; J.E.G.

Galanthus nivalts, L.

Burton; R.G. Formally abundant near Shobnall Plantation,
one specimen in Burton Meadow, 1861; E.B. Osier Bed by Old
Trent; W.G. Staunton Harold; F.L.

DIOSCOREA.

Tamus communis, L.
Common.

LXXVIII. Liviacee.

Ruscus aculeatus, L.

Smith’s Plantation, Repton; W.G. (Doubtful or planted ;
Section. )

1493.

1496.

1501.

1502.

1508.

1512.

1514.

1518.

1519.

1522.

1523.

1524.

1525.

1526.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD, 133

Polygonatum multifiorum, All. Ye
Needwood Forest; Shaw. Naturalized in woods near Foremark
Hall; E.B.

Convallaria majalis.

Rough Park, near Needwood Forest ; Shaw. Needwood Forest ;
Yoxall; R.G. Bagot’s Park; E.B. Anchor Church; W.G.
Ashby; F.L.

Allium vineale, L.

Breedon Cloud Wood; between Stapenhill and Cauldwell; E.B.

A, olearceum, L.
Near Ingleby and Knoll Hills; W.G.

A. ursinum, L.
Common.

Scilla festalis, Salisb. (S. nutans, Sm.)
Very common.

Ornithogalum umbellatum, L.
Near Repton Hall; W.G. (Probably an escape; Section.)

Fritillaria Meleagris, L.
Pasture, near Worthington; E.B.

Tulipa sylvestris, L.
Naturalized near Sudbury Hall: E.B.

Colchicum autumnale, L.
Derby; Withering. Burton; Marston Montgomery; Foremark ;
R.G. Rather scarce in the Valley of the Trent; R.G. Near
Anchor Church; W.G. Field by the Trent, near Burton, J.E.N.
Narthecium ossifragum, Huds.
Needwood Forest; Withering.

Tofieldia palustris, Huds.
Said to have been found between Moira and Ashby Woulds in
1828; E.B. Verified by Miss M. Kirby; F.L.

Paris quadrifolia, L.

Love Lane, Derby; Withering. Henhurst and Seal Wood; E.B.
Repton Rocks; W.G. Breedon Cloud Wood; Overseal; F.L.
Woods, Pretby; T.G. Forest Banks; J.E.N.

LXXIX. JuNncaceaz.

Juncus bufonius, L.
Common; E.B,& F.L. Repton; W.G. Common; (Section.)

134

1528.

1529.

1530.

1534-

1535:

1536.

1539-

1540.

1542.

1544.

1549-

1550.

1551.

1554.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

J. squarrosus, L.
Brackenhurst Woods ; Repton Rocks; E.B. Rough Park Wood ;
Ashby; Moira; F.L. Gresley; J.E.N.

J. compressus, Jacq.
Canal Bank, Shobnall; road side between Burton and Tutbury ;
E.B. Breedon.

J. Gerardi, Lois.
Branston; E.B. Branston Salt Marsh; J.E.N. & J.G.W.

J. glaucus, Leers.
Common.

J. effusus, L.
Common.
x glaucus (J. diffusus, Hoppe).

Rollestone; Callingwood; Blackfordby; E.B. Not common;
es

J. conglomeratus, L.
Common.

J. supinus, Moench.
Shobnall; Moira; Burton, &c.; E.B.

J. obtusifolius, Ehrh.
Burton, Scropton, Cauldwell, &c.; E.B. Oakthorpe;
Snarestone; South Wood? error; F.L.

J. lamprocarpus, Ehrh.
Fairly common.

J. acutiflorus, Ehrh.
Common.

Luzula Forsteri, D.C.
Knightley Park; E.B.

L. vernalis, D.C.
Henhurst; Knightley and elsewhere; E.B. Repton Shrubs;
W.G. Needwood Forest; J.E.N.
LE maxima: DC.
Grange Wood and Knightley; E.B Anchor Rocks; W.G.
South Wood ; Spring Wood ; Staunton Harold ; Seal Wood; F.L.
L. campestris, D.C.
Common,

1555.

1556.

1557-

1558.

1560.

1562.

1563.

1565.

1566.

1567.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD, 135

L. erecta, Desv.

Seal Wood, Repton Shrubs, Brackenhurst, &c.; E.B. South
Wood ; Blackfordby; Moira; F.L.

var. congesta, Lej.
Seal Wood and Repton Shrubs; E.B.

LXXX. TypHacez.

Typha latifolia, L.
Common; E.B. Willington; W.G. Frequent; F.L. Tatenhill;
Barton ; Stretton; J.E.N.
T. angustifolia, L.
Frequent in ditches and railway cuttings round the borders of
Needwood Forest; E.B. Ponds (Repton); W.G. __Coleorton ;
Staunton Harold; Lount; F.L. Pond at Callingwood; J.E.N.
Sparganium ramosum, Huds.
Common; E.B. Old Trent; W.G. Frequent; F.L.

S. slmplex, Huds.
Plentiful in Moira Reservoir; in the Trent, but not common; E.B.
Frequent, but not socommon as ramosum; F.L. Branston; J.E.N.
S. minimum, Fr.
Bagot’s Park; E.B. Callingwood; J.E.N.

LXXXI. ARoIDEz.

Arum maculatum, L.
Common.

Acorus Calamus, L.

Trent, near Burton; E.B. Near Willington Bridge and the
Junction Osier Beds; W.G. Staunton Harold; Netherseal; F.L.
Plentiful on banks of Trent, Branston and Walton; (Section ).

LXXXII. LEMNAcEz.

Lemna trisulca, L.
Railway cuttings near Burton, plentiful; E.B. Roadside near
Willington; W.G. Frequent; F.L. Branston; Ponds on
Outwood Hills; J.E.N.

L. minor, L.
Common.

136

1568.

1569.

1571

1572.

1574.

1576.

1577-

1578.

1580.

1581.

1582.

1587.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

L. gibba, L.
Ditches, and River Trent; E.B. Common about Repton; W.G.
Measham Canal; F.L. Branston; J.E.N.

L. polyrhiza, L.

Ditches and River Trent; E.B. _ Common about Repton; W.G.
Snarestone; F.L. Old Trent, Repton; J.E.N.

LXXXIII. ALIsMAcEz.

Alisma Plantago-aquatica, L.
Common.

A. ranunculoides, L.
Between Burton and Derby; Withering. Rome Pool on
Knightley Common; Shaw. Motty Meadow, near Burton ; R.G.
Formerly in the Cow Ponds at Woodville, and at Trucklesholme;
E.B. About Repton; W.G.

Sagittaria sagittifolia, L.
Burton; Shaw. Common; E.B. Old Trent; Repton; W.G.
Frequent; F.L. Branston; J.E.N.

Butomus umbellatus, L.

Burton; Repton; R.G. Commoninthe Trent; E.B. Repton;
W.G. Frequent; F.L. Walton and Drakelowe; J.E.N.

LXXXIV. NAIADACEA.

Triglochin palustre, L.

Stapenhill, Drakelowe, and elsewhere; E.B. Canal near
Willington; W.G. Canal bank, Moira and Snarestone ; Hood's
Pond (near Ashby); F.L. Branston; J.E.N. & J.G.W.

T. maritimum, L.

Branstone Meadows; E.B.

Could not find this piant at Branston, 188); J.EN.
Potamogeton natans, L.

Comman.
P. polygonifolius, Pour.

Moira Reservcir; E.B. Woodville; F.L.

P. fluitans, Roth.

Moira Reservoir; E.B. Blackfordby; F.L.

P. heterophyllus, Schreb,

1590.

1594.

1595.

1596.

1597.

1598.

1610.

1611.

1621.

1622.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 137

P. lucens, L.
Common in the Trent; E.B. Old Trent; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
var. acuminatus, Fr.
Canal at Moira; F.L.

P. preelongus, Wulf.
Canal, near Burton; E.B. Willington Canal; W.G. River
Trent; J.G.W.

P. perfoliatus, L.
Common.

P. crispus, L.
Common in the Dove; rarer in the Trent: pond at Hartshorne ;
E.B. Millstream, Repton; W.G. Common, F.L.

P. densus, L.
Old Trent, Repton; W.G.

P. zosterefolius, Schum.

Trent, near Burton; E.B. Willington Canal; W.G. Frequent ;
F.L. Branston Salt Marsh; J.E.N.

P. obtusifolius, Mert. & Koch.
Netherseal ; F.L.

P. Friesii, Rupr.

P. pusillus, L.

Canals, near Burton; Rollestone Ponds; E.B. Brook near
Repton; W.G. Measham; F.L. Near Walton: JEN

P. pectinatus, L.

Common; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
Bretby; Moira Reservoir; J.E.N.

Zannichellia palustris, L.

Moira Reservoir ; Canals near Burton, &c.; E.B. About Repton ;
W.G. Frequent; F.L.

Z. brachystemon, J. Gay.
Branston ; Dunstall; J.E.N.

LXXXV. CyprerRacez.

Cyperus longus, L.
Frequent at Hamstall Ridware ; Shaw.
Eleocharis acicularis, R. Br.
Moira Reservoir; E.B, Barrat Pool, Moira; Ashby Canal; F.L.

138

1623.

1625.

1626.

1627.
1629.

1631.

1633.

1634.

1638.

1639.

1640.
1644.

1655.

1660.

1661.

1664.

1665.

1667.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

E. palustris, R. Br.
Common; E.B. Canal, Willington; W.G. Frequent; F.L.

E, multicaulis, Sm.
Wet ground by the Old Trent, Repton; W.G.

Scirpus pauciflorus, Light.
South of Breedon Cloud Lime Works (since drained) ; F.L.

S. ceespitosus, L.

S. fluitans, L.
Cow ponds, Woodville; E.B.

S. setaceus, L.
Drakelowe and Moira; E.B. Junction of Old and New Trent,
Repton; W.G. Breedon Cloud; F.L.

S. lacustris, L.
Common; E.B. Old Trent: W.G. Common; F.L.

S. Tabernzemontani, Gmel.
Branston Meadows; E.B. Branston Salt Marsh; J.E.N.&J.G.W.

S. maritimus, L.
Branston Meadows; E.B. Branston Salt Marsh: J.E.N.&J.G.W.

S. sylvaticus, L.
Drakelowe Brook, and on the Trent; E.B. Osier Beds, Repton;
W.G. Frequent; F.L. Bretby; J.E.N.

S. Caricis, Retz.

Eriophorum angustifolium, Roth.
Repton Rocks; E.B. Marsh by Willington Station; J.E.N.

Carex pulicaris, L.
Knightley; E.B.
C. disticha, Huds.
Horninglow and Drakelowe; E.B. Worthington Rough; F.L.

C. arenaria, L.
Repton Rocks; W.G.

C. paniculata, L.
Drakelowe and Moira; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Staunton
Harold; Netherseal; F.L. Tatenhill; J.E.N.

C. vulpina, L.
Common; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L
Canal bank, Stretton; Tatenhill; J.E.N.

Cc. muricata, L.

Common; E.B. Near the New Trent (Repton); W.G. _ Fre-
quent; F.L.

1668.

1669.

1670.

1671.

1676.

1677.

1681.

1682.

1687.

1688.

1696.

1698.

1700.

1701.

1706.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 139

C. divulsa, Good.
Stretton and Overseal; E.B.

C. echinata, Murr.
Repton Rocks ;

C. remota, L.

Stretton, Wetmore, Anslow, Henhurst, &c.; E.B. Crewe’s Pond
(Repton Park); W.G. Frequent; F.L. Needwood Forest ; J.E.N.

Moira Reservoir; E.B, Woodville; F.L

C. axillaris, Good.
Calke, Stretton, &c.; E.B. Canal, Willington; W.G.

C. curta,

Good.

Near Bull’s Farm (Repton); W.G. Repton Rocks; T.G.

C. ovalis,

Good.

Anslow, Rollestone, Drakelowe &c.; E.B. Repton Rocks; W.G.
Not common; F.L,

C. Hudsonii Ar. Benn (C. stricta, Good),
Grange Wood, Anslow, &c.; E.B.

C. acuta,

L.

Trent side, common; E.B. By the Trent; W.G. Burton and
Willington; J.E.N.

C. Goodenovii, J. Gay.

Shobnall and elsewhere; E.B. Osier Beds near Bull’s Farm
(Repton) ; W.G

Frequent; F.L. Needwood Forest ; J.E.N.

C. flacca, Schreb. (C. glauca, Scop).
Common.

C. pilulifera, L.
Repton Shrubs, Seal Wood, Needwood Forest, &c.; E.B. Repton

Rocks; W.G.
C. verna, Chaix (C. pracox, Jacq). ‘
Newton Solney; Hartshorne, &c.; E.B. Repton; W.G.

Frequent ;

F.L. Repton Rocks ; Catton Park; J.E.N.

C. pallescens, L.

Grange Wood, Repton Shrubs, Needwood Forest, &c.: E.B.
Staunton Harold; South Wood; Old Parks; Packington ; Bee

C. panicea, L.

Common;
Drakelowe ;

E.B.
J.EN.

About Repton; W.G. Ashby; F.L.

C. pendula, Huds.
Henhurst side, Knightley, Breedon Cloud Wood ; E.B. Repton

Shrubs ;
Fels

W.G.

Spring Wood; Staunton Harold; South Wood ;

140

1707.

1709.

1710.

1711.

1712.

1714.

1716.

1718.

1719.

1720.

1721.

1722.

1724.

1736.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

C. strigosa, Huds.

Anslow, Tatenhill, &c.; E.B. Staunton Harold; South Wood ;
Breedon Cloud; F.L.

C. sylvatica, Huds. |

Henhurst, Repton Shrubs, Knightley, &c.; E.B. Frequent; F.L.
C. laevigata, Sm.

Repton Rocks (?); E.B.

C. binervis, Sm.
Repton Rocks; Brackenhurst Woods; E.B. Moira; F.L.
C. distans, L.
Repton Rocks ; W.G.
C. fulva, Good.
Moira; F.L.
C. flava, L.

Anslow and elsewhere; E.B. Repton Rocks; W.G. Moira
(var. lepidocarpa, Tausch) ; F.L.

var. CE&deri, Retz.
Byrkley Park and Moira; Needwood Forest ; E.B.

C. hirta, L.

Common; E.B. Osier Bed at Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L
Willington; T.G. Branston; Stretton; J.E.N.

C. Pseudo-cyperus, L.
Stretton; E.B. Marsh at Willington Junction; W.G. Staunton
Harold ; South Wood ; Coleorton; F.L.

C. acutifornus, Ehrh. (C. paludosa, Good.)

Drakelowe Brook, Trent near Burton, &c.; E.B. Banks of Old
Trent; W.G. Common; F.L. Stretton; J.E.N.

C. riparia, Curtis.
Common; E.B.& F.L. (Section. )
C. rostrata, Stokes.

Trent near Branston, &c.; E.B. Near Bull’s Farm, Repton; W.G.
Worthington Rough; Moira; Barrat Pool; Normanton;
Woodville; F.L.

C. vesicaria, L.

Trent near Burton, Grange Wood, Moira, &c.; E.B. Staunton
Harold; Worthington Rough; Netherseal; F.L.

LXXXVI. GRAMINEZ.

Phalaris canariensis, L.
Occasionally; E.B. Repton; W.G. Near Branston; J.E.N.

1738.

1739-

1742.

1743.

1744.

1746.

1748.

1750.

1755-

1756.

1757:

1760.

1761.

1770.

1771.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. I4I

P. arundinacea, L.
Common; E.B. Banks of Trent (Repton); W.G. Very common ;
F.L. About Burton; J.E.N.

Anthoxanthum odoratum, L.
Very common.

Alopecurus myosuroides, Huds. (A. agrestis, L.)
Common; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
Shobnall ; J.E.N.

A. fulvus, Sm.
Near the Railway Station, Burton; R.G. Moira Reservoir; E.B.

A. geniculatus, L.
Common.

A. pratensis, L.
Common.

Milium effusum, L.

Common; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
Henhurst; J.E.N. Lount Wood; (Miss Wilson).

Phleum pratense, L.

Common.

var. nodosum.
“Not uncommon in moist places”; F.L.

Agrostis canina, L.
Repton Rocks and many other places; E.B. Scaddow Rocks;
W.G. Smoile Wood; Moira; F.L. Burton; J.E.N.

A. palustris, Huds. (A. alba, L.)
Common.

A. vulgaris, With.
Common.

Calamagrostis epigeios, Roth.
Grange and Seal Woods; Callingwood; E.B. Breedon Cloud
Wood; F.L. Railway bank, Gresley; J.E.N.

C. lanceolata, Roth.
Grange Wood; E.B. _Breedon Cloud Wood; Potter’s Wood;
F.L. Railway Bank, Gresley; J.E.N.

Aira caryophyllea, L.
Gravel Pit at Repton; W.G.

A. preecox, L.

Bretby Park; Moira; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Breedon
Hill; Moira; F.L.

142

1773-

1776.

1777:

1778.

1779-

1780.

1781.

1782.

1783.

1784.

1786.

1787.

1789.

1791.

1792.

1793-

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

Deschampsia czspitosa, Beauv.
Common.

D. flexuosa, Trin.

Ashby Wolds; Seal Wood; MRepton Rocks; Brackenhurst
Woods; E.B. Wood at Repton Rocks; W.G. Coleorton
Wood; Moira; F.L. Baggot’s Wood; J.E.N.

Holcus mollis, L.

Common.

H. lanatus, L.
Common.

Trisetum pratense, Pers. (T. flavescens, Beauv.)
Common.

Avena pubescens, L.
Repton ; Ashby ; Burton, &c.; E.B. Frequent; F.L. Tatenhill;
J.E.N.

A. pratensis, L.
About Repton; W.G. Burton; J.E.N.

A. strigosa, Schreb.
Burton ; E.B.

A. fatua, L.
Brizlincote, Wetmore, &c.; E.B. About Repton; W.G.

Arrhenatherum avenaceum, Beauv.
Common

Sieglingia decumbens, Bernh.
Outwood Hills, Needwood Forest, Stapenhill, &c.; E.B. Fre-
quent; F.L. Sinai Park; Burton; J.E.N.

Phragmites communis, Trin.
Trent, common; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Common; F.L.

Cynosurus cristatus, L.
Very common.

Koehleria cristata, Pers.
Breedon Hill; E.B.

Molinia varia, Schrank. (M. cerulea, Moench.)

Needwood Forest; Repton Rocks; E.B. Smoile Wood; Ashby
Old Parks; Moira Reservoir; F.L.

Catabrosa aquatica, Beauv.

Shobnall; Needwood Forest; Moira, &c.: E.B. Canal banks,
about Burton; J.E.N.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 143

1795. Melica uniflora, Retz.

Grange Wood; Henhurst; Rollestone; E.B. Loscoe Hill,
Repton; W.G. Lount and Breedon Cloud Woods: Potter's
Wood; F.L.

1796. Dactylis glomerata, L.
Very common.

1798. Briza media, L.
Common.

1800. Poa annua, L.
Very common.

1807. P. nemoralis, L
Needwood Forest ; Breedon Cloud; E.B. Repton Rocks; W.G.
Lount Wood ; Coleorton; Ashby; F.L.

1808. P. compressa, L.
Abbey Walls, Burton; E.B. Frequent; F.L.

1810. P. pratensis, L.
Common.

1812. P. trivialis, L.
Common.

1813. Glyceria fluitans, R. Br.
Common.

1814. G. plicata, Fr.
Common ; E.B.

1815. G. aquatica, Sm.
Common in the Trent; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Common ;
BLE.

1816. G. distans, Wahl.
Ashby ; Breedon Hill and Cloud; E.B.

1817. Festuca procumbens, Kunth.
About Repton; W.G.

1820. F. rigida, Kunth.
Tutbury Castle; Shaw. Oaks Plantation, Shobnall; Breedon
Hill; E.B. Ticknall Quarry; W.G. Breedon Cloud Limeworks ;
Netherseal; F.L.

1821. F. rottbellioides, Kunth. (F. loliacea, Huds.)
Between Ashby and Blackfordby; E.B.

1824. F. myurus, L.
Repton Park Wall; W.G.

144 THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

1825. F. sciuroides, Roth.
Breedon Hill; Moira Stone Quarry; E.B. Netherseal; F.L.
1826. F. ovina, L.

Common on dry sandy hills; E.B. About Repton; W.G.
Frequent; F.L. Knightley Park; J.E.N.

1827. F. rubra, L.
Common; E.B. Frequent; F.L.
1831. F. elatior, L.
About Repton; W.G. Branston; J.E.N.
var. pratensis, Huds.
Common.
1832. F. arundinacea, Schreb.
Drakelowe and Burton; E.B.
1833. Bromus giganteus, L.
Common; E.B. & F.L. About Repton; W.G. Drakelowe; J.E.N.

1834. B. ramosus, Huds. (B. asper, Murr.)
Common.

1835. JB. erectus, Huds.
Zouch Mills, probably only a casual; F.L.

1836. B. madritensis, L. var. Curtisii, Bab. (B. diandrus, Curt.)
Burton, but rarely; E.B.

1839. B. sterilis, L.
Common.

1840. B. secalinus, L.
Burton ; E.B.

1841. B. racemosus, L.
Hamstall Ridware; Shaw. Common; E.B. Frequent; F.L.

1842. B. commutatus, Schrad.
Common; E.B. Frequent; F.L.

1843. B. mollis, L.
Common.

1845. Brachypodium gracile, Beauv. (B. sylvaticum, Roem et Schult.)
Common near Burton; E.B. Common; F.L.

1846. B. pinnatum, Beauv.
Hamstall Ridware; Shaw. Cloud Wood; F.L.

SS

1847.

1849.

1850.

1851.

1856.

1858.

1859.

1866.

1868.

1871.

1874.

1875.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 145

Lolium perenne, L.
Very Common.

var. ztalicum (Braun).
Cultivated; E.B. Not uncommon as an escape; F.L. ~

L. temulentum, L.
Outwoods, but rare; E.B. Parson’s Hills; W.G. About
Burton; J.E.N.

Agropyron caninum, Beauv.
Not uncommon; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
Burton; J.E.N.

A. repens, Beauv.
Common.

Nardus stricta, L.
Linton Heath; Needwood Forest; E.B. Locally common; F.L.

Hordeum secalinum, Schreb. (H. pratense, Huds.)
Wetmore, Stapenhill, andelsewhere; E.B. About Repton; W.G.
Common; F.L. Tatenhill; J.E.N.

H. murinum, L.

Tutbury Castle, Branston, &c.; E.B. Churchyard wall, Repton;
W.G. Verycommon; F.L. Common about Burton; J.E.N.

CRYPTOGAMIA.
LXXXVII. FItices.

Pteris aquilina, L.
Common; E.B. & F.L. Repton Shrubs; W.G. Locally
common ; ( Sectzon ).
Lomaria Spicant, Desv.
Foremark, &c., plentiful; E.B. Repton Rocks; W.G. Locally
common; F.L. Forest Banks, very common; J.E.N.
Asplenium Adiantum-nigrum, L.
Repton; Anchor Church; W.G.

A. Trichomanes, L.
Anchor Church; W.G.

A. Ruta-murarla, L.
war Bridge, Tutbury Castle, and elsewhere; E.B. Repton;

146

1878.
1881.

1882.

1885.
1889.

1890.

[1891.
1892.
1893.

1808.

1899.
Igol.

1902.

1904.

1907.

1909.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

Athyrium Filix-feemina, Roth.
Common.

Ceterach officinarum, Willd.
Churchyard wall at Willesley, some years ago; E.B.

Scolopendrium vulgare, Symons.
Common; E.B. Repton; W.G. Frequent, but nowhere
abundant; F.L.

Cystopteris fragilis, Bernh.

Polystichum aculeatum, Syme.
Dingles near Burton, common; E.B. Bretby Lane; W.G.

P. angulare, Presl.

Marchington Cliff and Forest Banks, where it appears to displace
P. aculeatum; W.G.

Lastrea Thelypteris, Pres].

Repton Rocks; W.G.]

L. Oreopteris, Presl.
Repton Shrubs, in one limited spot; E.B.

L. Filix-mas, Pres].
Common.

L. spinulosa, Presl.

Byrkley Park, and elsewhere in Needwood; Moira; Repton
Rocks; E.B. Frequent; F.L.

L. dilatata, Presl.
Common.

Polypodium vulgare, L.
Common.

Phegopteris Dryopteris’ Fée.
Needwood Forest; Shaw. Yoxall; Withering. Byrkley Park ;
Forest Banks; E.B.

P. polypodioides, Fée.
Forest Banks; J.E.N.

Ophioglossum vulgatum, L.

Love Lane, Derby; Withering. Shobnall, Repton, &c.; E.B.
Near Foremark; Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L. Tatenhill;
J.E.N.

Bohychium Lunaria, Sw.

Foremark; Swarkestone; E.B. Near Foremark Hall and
Southwood Close; W.G.

I9Io.

IgII.

1913.

1914.

1916.

1917.

1921.

1930.

1931.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD. 147

LXXXVIII. EguiseTacex.

Equisetum maximum, L. ‘
Henhurst, Knightley Woods, Moira, &c.; E.B. Repton Rocks;
W.G. South Wood; Coleorton; Breedon; F.L. Tutbury;
Needwood Forest; J.E.N. Bretby Park; T.G.

E. arvense, L.

Common.

E. sylvaticum, L.
Smisby; Calke; E.B. Repton Shrubs; W.G. South Wood;
F.L. Between Henhurst and Knightley (by road side); J.E.N.
Repton Shrubs; T.G.
E. palustre, L.
Common; E.B. About Repton; W.G. Frequent; F.L.
Bretby; J.E.N.
E. limosum, Sm.
Common by the Trent; E.B. Crewe’s Pond (Repton Park) ; W.G.
7 LG;

>

Common; F.L. Needwood Forest; J.E.N. Bretby Park

E. hyemale, L.

Meashaw; Rolleston Hall; Ashby; Willesley Park; E.B.
Repton Rocks; W.G.

LXXXIX. lLycoropiAcEz.
Lycopodium Selago, L.

Needwood Forest; Withering. One specimen in a Stone Quarry
at Moira, in 1860; E.B.

XC. MArRSILEACES.

Pilularia globulifera, L.
Moira Reservoir ; E.B.

CHARACE.

Chara fragilis, Desv.

Stagnant water; E.B. Moira Reservoir; Pond on Outwood
Hills ; J.E.N.

148

1941.

1942.

1956.

THE FLORA OF BURTON AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.

C. hispida, Linn.

Ponds, etc., E.B. Bretby Ponds; Pond on Outwood Hills;
J.E.N

C. vulgaris, Linn.
Ditches, Ponds, etc., E.B. Dunstall; J.E.N.

var. longibracteata, Kuetz.
Pond on Outwood Hills; Canal, Clay Mills; J.E.N.

var. papillata, Wall.
Ponds near Sinai Park and Outwood Hills ; I} E.N.

Nitella flexilis, Agardh.
Ditches and Ponds, Ticknall; E.B.

149

The Weather of 1897.

HE records for the year show no abnormal features,

both the rainfall and mean shade temperature
approximating ‘very closely with the average of the last
twenty years.

RAINFALL.
21 Years’ Average,
Total for 1897. 1876-1896.
26°34 26°37

Mean SHADE TEMPERATURE.

21 Years’ Average,
Mean for 1897. 1876-18096.

47°74 47°03

The rainfall is the highest since 1891. With the exception
of July and October, the fall was fairly distributed through-
out the year. July was the driest month, rain only falling
on 8 days, though no “absolute” or “partial”’ drought can
be recorded. August was very wet, 1°44 inches falling on
the 8th.

The maximum temperature in the sun 140°7° was reached
on July 23rd, the maximum in the shade 85°9° on August
4th. The minimum in the shade 20'9°, and on the grass
II'I*, occurred on December 25th.

The last frost of the winter 1896-97 occurred on May

22nd, and the first frost of the winter 1897-98 on September
roth.

2550

7:

THE WEATHER OF 189

150

*[PAa|“BaS SAoge "yy ESt pue punois 947
DAOqL OO} ISL asnvy uley oy jo YINOW eyYT ‘ONdvA UT ABJAWIOUTIAY.T, qINY ARIA B YUM sxe} 91v UNG ay} UT Sainjzersdura |, UINUIXEI YL
‘ssid ay] WO J92j $ UVaIDg s,UOSsUaAagS ¥ Ul pedyd are apeYS aqi UI SisJaWOWEYL, eYT, “pet[dde useq aavy suorda110D s.zaysier) ‘apeys ay
at samnquiaduiay, uvayy ay 0} pur $ 4,z€ pue [aaa[-vas 0] pajoa1409 aie sSuipray Jejawoiwg eyy, ‘we 6 Ie Apiep uaxe7 aie sdulpray eq) || y¥—3LON

eee TT
C.5>)2>23})—+2>273—-2>-€”07"0-~“NwA[A[?V—W_V[WNIKMNM@MDPPSeP?_'].—— Oe 1190

tL,Lb | z£,¥1 | So, 1h | g6,S5 $6.62 |**** ava roy suvayy
98 “AN 1,11 | 2,401 6,0z | 6.53 | S9.gz 69, 0£ + reax Ioj SowasyX|
br |*SaM'S] t.1r | 9.98 J OO.of | /b.r1 | dz. vL.St} 6,02 | 6,48 | £€1,6z 99,08 gg.be feursee
OL “aN o,Zz | 6,06 19,¥¥ | 6S,or | £2.6% | OF0S | o1€ | 9.25 16,6z 69,0£ EOE! a prsisis bE ers
o1 ‘aA'N o,Lz | 0,L11} oz.gh |) SS.b1 | £6.14] gbh.9S] £.1€ | 2.99 | ob,62 z9,0€ js Hola) ISTMIEOLISS En fe ( Qi OO)
€1 “MN oot |6Szr] gr.15| z1.gr| zb.eb| t5.19| x2€ | 5.29 | FE.62 | €S.0€ | 26.62 * MYAGNALdaS
oz | “M's | 0.0F | o.g€1] 19.65 | £o,d1 | g9.25 | SE.04| 1.9 | 65g | gh.6z | Sz.of | 64.62 Jre*-" TSNONV
Be ‘a'N r.4€ | Zob1 ] gZ,65 | of,0z | €S,19] £9.12] t,1h | 9.62 | 19.62 g£.o£ 00,0f f°" Sonar} fi
8 SUN z.St |6,SE1] Sg.ZS | €z,Z1 | bg.0S | 40.9] g.oF | 1.1g | 9f.6z gz.ot zo,of |--- gNar
6 “MN z.bz | g.gzr] 1.6+ | 2S,41 | go.zb| 09.65] 9.z€ | 6.69 | SE,6z tho£ Gee |B rieic/eieiesen'aietaie 9! sii ceesrray
21 “aN €.1z | 6.grr] 2g.th] Zg.€1] 6£.g£ | gz.2S |] z,.62 | 1.49 | 1.62 | gt.of | Pg.fe Pree TIadV
ol “A'S z.61 | 9,0z1 | £E.Eh | 69,21 | 66,L€ | g9.0S | g,Sz | b.19 | So.g2 £r,0£ 09.62 Pts HOUVIN
OL "S g.zz | g,Lor] 6£.1+ | $6.6 | zg.of| ZZ.ot| 6,42 | z.9S | zz,6z | 09,08 £o,of “-* KUVOAWAA
OL “aN o.gr | +.£6 zo,Ft | gg,£ | gz.o€ g1.g& | L.2z | g.rb z£,62 Sot 16,62 [''"'*' * AMVONVI
Z =
fom md
Zz aah 2 ale lee Ed lee
2 ° = &, © me = ae = § 2 5° 1>4 ia
° Bi po s 5 2 ae ms | Ws Ss = = a. =
g = ofc. ie ER %. £3 is) @o|#0 at Py ws 5 a,
£5 |/8o/S8 | 3% Eb 5 Selig |e See Rule E a 7 RE RE 8.
= r— = E ot 3 was i=) aS 3 >
pelea |eeles| © Bee eee eee lee EM Be | oe
g5 @o @ 5 B 1s) s Ss Bs Ys) Giritas, ||| nee eae i} 5 Zo @ 1) “HLNOW
a || | = = 5 ~p 9 Ze a bec) : i Bp eae a
a ey Gis 9 @ calles & z Beet edae™ 5
= Fe sh | UEP ° 4 n = 0 5 & 5 Ha ey B
lessees eo Mh ee hake : & | a@| §
ely a oe S 2 | 8
5 ‘SNVAW SHWANLXA Ss
“TVIVANIVY) “ANIM Rane SM ‘AUNLVNAdWaAL AAVHS ‘uIV HO aNNSSHMd

aanjvieduia T,

‘2681 YO4 AWYWWNS TWOIDOTOHOILIW LNAYL-NO-NOLUNE

151

The Weather of 1898.

HE weather of 1898 is chiefly remarkable for its high

mean temperature, and low rainfall. Taken alto-
gether, it is the warmest and driest year of which we have
a record. The warmest year during the past 23 years
being the year 1884, when the mean shade temperature
only exceeded that of 1898 by 0:26.

RAINFALL.
» 22 Years’ Average,
Total for 1898. 1876-1897.
20°29 26°37

Mean SHADE TEMPERATURE.

22 Years’ Average,
Mean for 1898. 1876-7897.

49°42 47°06

The rainfall was below the average for each month, with
the exception of May and October, which were decidedly
wet months.

There were no periods of “absolute drought,” although
on two occasions only ‘or in. fell in 14 days. | There was
one ‘partial drought” from August 2oth to September 26th,
when only ‘o8 in. of rain fell.

The maximum temperature in the sun 136°1 was reached
on August 12th; the maximum in the shade 85° on Sep-
tember 8th. The minimum in the shade 22°6°, and on the
grass 17°, both occurred on February 22nd.

The last frost of the winter 1897-98 occurred on June 15th,
and the first of the winter 1898-99 on September 23rd.

25se

THE WEATHER OF 1808.

154

*[PAaT-VaS BAOQ" "33 €St pue punoss 941
PAOKE Joo} I SE aSNUD UleY 947 JO YINOW YT ‘ONSVA UT AXJOWOUNIOYT, q[NY Ae][_ w YIA udyv7 av UNG oy} UT sarnqvieduiay, WNUIXEY at],
"SBI OY] WO aaj F U9AIG S,UOSUaAeTS v Ur pedyld ary apLYys 24} UI SIaJOMOWIOYT, eYT, “pal[dde usaq aavy sudida1U0g s,royste[g ‘apeys ey
ar sonjeiaduiay, uvepy o43 0} pur f qzE puL [eAg[-vas 07 po}e1109 aiv sSulpvay jojewioiw_ ayy, *uwi'e 6 Ww Ajiep udyxv} aav SSuIpeayy au [[V—'ALON

06,zb | or.gS *s** qead IO} suvayy
g.zz | 0,Sg } SZ.gz £9, 0€ “* IwaA IS} SOWIAVXT
g9.08 | E.gz | 1.96 | £1.62 L¥.of 16.62 TIN AOA
g9.08 | 0,Sz | 6,09 | SL.gz 6£,0€ £3.62 * YMAATNAAON
99.88] ELE | o.22 | gg.gz | of0€ | zg.dz froess-* wAAOLIO
1z,0L] g.1€ | 0,£g gt,6z zbo£ 60,0€ |---- VAANALIAS
€b,oL| S.€b | 9,19 | 04,62 gz,0f 00,08 BesiiusnsitinT SAKA
£0,69| €,ch | 3,22 14.62% 1b,of DD OBs «rte cco «tee ae
gE.S9] SLE | SEL | zb.6z | PE.of | 16,62 sie ; cavpeul
o0g.48| z,S€ | bol | 1,62 SE.of €9.6z |[-- fa “ARVIN
Z9.S5| 9.¢z | 9.99 | 2S.6z zz,0€ 6g.f2 fr oreo OST ay
6y.0S | E.bz | 2.95 | €b.6z | gz,ot 06,62 |: HOWMFI
t1.05 | 9.zz | £,9S | 61,62 £z,0€ 06,6¢; Pree <* ANVONAAA
bo,gh| €,0€ | 6,95 | oz,6z £9,0 gz.0f Fro -' * AMVANV[
i S
2
Z aie oe a) e | | & eS tea
os o ® o A 3
wb ° 29 a = a p i) i) [= ft 5
S : Silent < 5° p foes} F | oh | ws 2 2 5, Ke =
Fy 2 ee Po 5 ee ro) os Jo ie, NES ee D we oH eg.
cP iee|Phtaa) Bo} eg | cag] BP Re Ee | aL ee | Be |e
Ng i 3 ee Ble |] as] &) Bel & s | ¢ 3 =
eh i ig Ss Sr 3) &
efi/moles|e y g | Bae Bae) wy he Gee) 9B | Bolas | Be po 8 ‘H.LNOW
An| =5 | ~o a 5 5 aa p = 5 5 : of as) a
an Se “sp ios @ a e 5 Ee = mo. Ro 3)
= = B ies’ tel * ee) a og E| 5 5 wos a
Bai cB ale ee Bae x b 5 es 5 a R g
QO a= 5 ie ° 3
ot Ris. : 3 Ee | ee ee tal oe i
a “SNVaW SHWANLXA g
“TIVANIVY, “ANIM eee EY ‘ANALVNAdWNAL AAVUS ‘MIV aO BUNSSAUd

aanqviedurs J,

8681 YOI AYVWNNS TWOISOTONOSLAW LNAYL-NO-NOLYNG

153
The Weather of 1899.

; (IKE its predecessor 1898, the year 1899 must be
ranked amongst the warm ones, the mean shade

temperature being more than a degree above the average.
The rainfall, on the other hand, being slightly below the
average of the last 23 years.

RAINFALL.
23 Years’ Average,
‘Total for 1899. 1876-1898,
25°35 26°11

MEAN SHADE TEMPERATURE.

23 Years’ Average,
Mean for 1899. 1876-1898.

48°25 47°16

The most noticeable features of the rainfall were the wet
Spring and Autumn; a period of ‘absolute drought” from
May 25th to June 17th, being 24 days without rain; and a
“partial drought”’ from February 16th to March 24th, or
37 days with only 0°26 in. of rain.

The maximum temperature in the sun 137°8°, and the max-
imum in the shade 87°3° were both reached on August 25th.

The minimum in the shade 11°8° was recorded on December
15th, and the minimum on the grass 6°5° on December 14th.

The last frost of the winter 1898-99 occurred on June 15th,
and the first of the winter 1899-1900, on September 2gth.

RAINFALL AT BuRTON-ON-TRENT FOR 25 YEARS, 1876-1900.

5 years’ 5 years’ 5 years,
average, average. average.
1876 31°96 \ 1886 32°74 1896 20°87
1877 31°29 1887 18°72 1897 26°34
1878 30°53 } 30°48 1888 22°99} 24'53 1898 20°29} 24°77
1879 28:96 1889 28°42 1899 25°35
1880 29°68 1890 19°80 I900 310!
1881 27°31 1891 27°22 Seen bof ,
1882 37°97 1892 22°15 ree
1883 27°95 } 28°69 1893 19°72} 22°91 1876-1900
1884 23°24 1894 22°10 26°27 3
1885 26°96 1895 23°35 ;
Ten years’ average Ten years’ average
1876-1885 1886-1895
29°58 23°72

*JPAa|-eos aAoqe *1y ESt pue punosd oy
DAOgL 100j IStaSney wey oy7jo YINoW ayT, “OndvVA Ul JajaWICUIEYT, qINd eA & WIM Udy} dv UNS ay) Ul SainjeIeduwia.|, WNUIXey OY,
‘SSRI OY] WOY 32a} 7 UdaING S,UOSUaAaIS B UI padyld ore epeYys O43 Ul sIoJOWOWIOYT, O4L, *pardde uaaq aAvy SuoIda110D S,saysivyy ‘apeys ey?
ur sainqesaduray, uvayy 247 07 pur ! 7c pu [ara[-eas 0} po}091109 918 sSuipray jejewoirg ayy, ‘we 6 3e Ajivp use) 918 ssuipray 94) [[¥—3LON

THE WEATHER OF 1899.

154

ee ——

See ee eee

aanjeiadua J,

6681 YO AWVWWAS TVOIDOTOHOSLAW LNFYL-NO-NOLUNE

Sz.gh | 96,S1 ss+* rea JO} SULATAT
“+ qeaX Adj SoUld1IX|
& ‘A'N [5.9 | 6.96 | 9.2] 1h or | gt.o€ “THAW AOA
Si : r.tz | g.zor} £g.9 | zg.r1 | 2f.1P 6) SOIWAAON A N
ol N 1,Sz | 1,Sor} to,9h | 90,21 | oz.gt Le ATI OLOO r. oD
o1 AN | g.92 | S.bEr] $2.45 | 56.51 | Lo.gt --) MATWALd ES hee
=8 ‘aN z.g£ | g.2&1 | 96.19 98.12 €2,2S pte RS Oe Ouy: >
€r “AN | 9.9£ | O.PErf tr.19| $2.20} 21,45 CERT te Tal | f
6 N 1.62 | z,€£1} $2.25 | 98,02 | 9z.6¥ TOO KORE Ec ito r —
or N 6,z@ | 2,vexr] bt.gh]| z1.21 | gb.1h eee ee OBA S ~~
11 “MS 4,91 | g.cr1] 19.¢F | oS, €1 | 0S.6€ Ses Bloc srrnsy tity c NI
or | MA'S ‘S| 1.€1 | S.t12 obo | 64.91 | S1,z£ Fees POMP TT na
ZI "gf 6.bx | 5.96 | do.ob | $6.41 | og t€ “AWWA MN
pos AUVOANVE
a i 2 =
im = a 2 a| 8 . = S f
2 ° 22 é ae = | ne B 8 B 5 £ =
o| re 5 Sf) eve © me | we | = | = z 2. >
sed eet er ary Bo Steg <} eae oS ih @o | OBS sts | oe ws we g.
SP ee | Ref aa |. & ela as| Bl Selee| g |] es | 8B | 2
(=) p= Uy = 2) =e 5 ° °
I 5 ee o> aS g A 5 ay < e Py re & 6 = Ba Bn ° P
= @o |S TR. o g a | Sa nw “ae. | oR. 3 5 20 ® a HLNOW
eo di | Rs | oy os 5 oq | Bh eae 5 5 : ee | 58 re
= 4 5 sR 8 i n & 0 = & “gh =0 mo. p
5 = aa g. Bp £ @ 9 3 8 ta 5 3
3 a= s n 5 5 oq 5
3 8 <, : : 2 2 ®
om =] | 54 o
a. ‘SNVHW SUWANLXA 5
*TIVANIVY, “ANIM sano ae ‘AUALVAAIWAL ACVHS ‘Iv JO HYASSaANd

| |
Rae

VoL. V.—PART I. |

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

| BURTON-ON-TRENT

' agit {
path

NATURAL HISTORY

AND

AROMBOLOGICAL Society.

m, eB
EDITED BY
B. L. OSWELL,
HON. SECRETARY.

oe Hiss } ——

“ish MUS¢ \
On ie ya’

fg
ie

BURTON-ON- “TRENT:
“RURTON PUBLISHING COMPANY, KORNINGLOW STREET.

. |

From a Drawing in the William Salt Library, Stafford.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

BURTON-ON-TRENT

Natural Hisfory & Archaeological

Society.

EDITED BY

B. L. OSWELL,

Hon. SECRETARY.

VOLUME V., PART I.

Burton-ON-TRENT :
Burton Publishing Company, Horninglow Street.

1903.

Publication Commitee.

G. M. Day, President.

Rev. G. R. Harrison, M.A.
Frank EK. Lorr, A.R.S.M., F.I.C.
A. J. LYLE.

R. Moxon.
James O’Sutiivan, F.I.C.

B. L. Oswetu, Hon. Secretary.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

THE GREAT BRIDGE oF Burton.
By H. A. Rye

Nores on Locat GEoLocy.
By F. E. Lorr, A.R.S.M., F.I.C.

Some Exprertences 1x Morn Hounrine.
By Rev. C. F. Toornewrit, M.A., F.E.S.

Tue MicroscoricaL LIrE IN THE TRENT.
By C. G. Martruews, F.I.C., & B. L. OswEtn

Tue Founpations or Burton ABBEY.
By H. A. Rye.

Nores on Locan RAINFALL.
By G. T. Lynam, A.M.I.C.E.

Nores on THE OccURRENCE OF A RED-NECKED GREBE.

By G. H. Srorsr, F.ZS.

Some Roya. Visits to Burton.
By H. A. Rye

Our Reprinus AND AMPHIBIANS.
By G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.

Tue Rarraun ror 1900, 1901, 1902.

Errata To Frora. Vou. IV. Parr 2.

PAGE,

i)
i)

27

31

35

45

56

58

60
66

67

—

5

Che Great Bridge of Burton-on-Crent,

By H. A. Rye.

READ BEFORE THE SOCIETY, JANUARY 17TH, 1901,

HE beginning of our bridge is lost in obscurity. For my own
Cc part I believe that there is very little doubt that there was a
bridge, such as I ventured to describe in my former paper on Monk’s
Bridge,* that is to say, a bridge with stone piers and a timber roadway
stood here in Roman times, and I think that Molyneux has proved
that Via Devena or Rykenield Street ran from Leicester, past
Ashby-de-la-Zouch and Burton-on-Trent, across Needwood Forest,
skirting Hanbury and Uttoxeter to Tean; and, if so, the Great
Bridge of Burton stood in Roman times.

I am not going into this vexed question of where the Roman road
might have crossed, but quite agree with Shaw that, considering the
importance of the communication between the counties of Stafford
and Derby at this point, it is highly probable that the bridge was of
Roman origin. The Romans were such a highly military nation
that they would not be contented with a ford upon such a river as
the Trent, with the liability of their line of communication being cut
off by flood that might last days or weeks. Molyneux says ina
contribution to the ‘‘ Burton Weekly News and General Advertiser,”
1876, ‘the buttresses in several instances were supported upon oak

* Vol. IV. Part 1,

5 THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT.

piles from four feet six inches to nine feet in length, placed about
a foot apart.’ He also mentions two or three pieces of timber
squared, and containing holes for wooden bolts, saying they had
evidently been previously used in the roof of some building; for
my part this looks more like Roman piling. Again, Molyneux
mentions the masonry of some of the buttresses was placed on large,
strong planks, varying from three to nine inches in thickness, and
supported on piles; this again looks like Roman work. He also
says, in others the masonry was brought up from the bottom and
protected by a DOUBLE row of piles; this looks like Medizval work.
Anyhow, had there been anyone at the taking down of the old
bridge, with the requisite knowledge, he should have been able to say
if it was Roman, medieval, or modern, as I showed in my former

paper.

Let us leave conjecture and try and get to solid facts. We will
begin on doubtful ground and gradually work our way on to date
and reference. The first point I think must be the ratification of
Wulfric Spott’s restoration to the Church of the lands which, I
believe, came into his possession of S. Modwen’s early foundation,
and his refounding with them the Benedictine House at Burton.
King Kthelred, in the year 1004, makes this ratification; the deed
exempts the Abbey from all exactions, duties, and services, except
the reparation of highways, the erection of fortresses and BripcEs!
May we not say there is some evidence here of a bridge, or why
mention it, and make the maintenance of it an obligation on the
Abbey unless the lands have always borne that charge ?

I again turn to Molyneux, who says, ‘ the earliest deeds in
which the bridge is mentioned were executed during the time of
Abbot Bernard, 1157-1175.” Unfortunately he does not give his
references.

I turn to Shaw and he gives the same reference, but says he took
it from Erdeswicke, who, he laments, did not think proper to refer to
his authorities. Dr. Plot makes the same statement.

tii i

THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT, 6

The references are four in number:

1st.—“ William de la Warde gave land to the bridge at Burton.
‘6 Denarios to be paid to him and his heirs in perpetuity.”

2nd.—“ Robert de Bersing Coate gave over one acre of land in
‘meadow of Burscote-upon-Trent for the repairs (or re-building) of
“‘ Burton bridge.” :
These first two are from Erdeswicke. Shaw goes on to quote
two other deeds without date.

3rd.—‘‘ The Abbot Bernard granted to John de Bersicote and his

“heirs, amongst other lands of Bersicote, a meadow of his under Burton
“* bridge.”

4th.—‘* William dela Warde released to the said Abbot and Convent

“his claim which he had in the croft of the said bridge peaceably and
“quietly, the same as he and his heirs from all claims in perpetuity.”
There is a little danger in these undated deeds that cannot now

be traced. Erdeswicke mentions Robert de Bersing Coate, in
the time of Abbot Bernard, 1151-75. Shaw mentions John de
Bersing Cote at same date ; there may have been two, but I find a
Robert de Bersing Cote witnesses a Charter, 1223-29, in connection
with the Abbey ; of course there may have been another Robert,
but you see very little faith can be put in the dates of this evidence,

Our next evidence is from the Burton Chartulary, where it is
said of William Melburne, Abbot, 1197-1210—* he made the new
street from the great Bridge of Burton to the new Bridge against
Horninglow.”

The next three pieces of evidence I may claim as new :—1284,
‘Patent Roll 12 Edward I memb. 15, Feb. 12th, “ Protection with
clause rogamus for John de Morff, Monk, of Burton-upon-Trent,
and keeper of the works of the bridge there, which has in great
part been swept away by flood; and for his men begging alms
for the said bridge.”

I believe we have here the first recorded flood of the many that
damaged the bridge.

Now we come to one of the stirring events in which the Old
Bridge bore its part, namely, the battle fought between the forces of

. f THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT,

King Edward II. and Thomas Earl of Lancaster on 18th March,
1321, The bridge is said to have been then of narrow width, and
at the town end to have had a strongly fortified gateway, which com-
manded the approach from the West, The long narrow bridge
would lend itself to the defence from any approach from the East.
The Earl concentrated 30,000 troops at Tutbury, and with a portion
of these garrisoned Burton, erecting earthworks at the Derbyshire
end of the bridge. The King, on arriving at Cauldwell, heard that
the van of his army had made an attack and been repulsed with con-
siderable loss by the Earl’s troops, and were much dispirited by this
disaster. Leaving a portion of his army to continue the attack on
the bridge, he crossed the Trent by a ford at Walton with the re-
mainder of his forces, and reached Burton by night unperceived by
the enemy. The Eari was surprised, and, abandoning the defence of
the bridge, retired into the town, and was compelled to retreat in dis-
order to Tutbury.

1 have taken the above from Molyneux and Sir Oswald Mosley’s
“ History of Tutbury.” I find he gathered his information from
Holingshed.

The following extracts are from the Close Roll 17, Edward IT,
memb. 32 [Nov. 1323.]:—

‘To the Keeper of the King’s Peel at Clipston. Order to deliver to
‘** Joan de Boys and other poor tenants of Edward de Chaundos, oxen,
“ cows, calves, which were taken from them by certain men who were
“ pursuing Thomas late Earl of Lancaster on his flight from the BRIDGE
‘‘or BuRTON, when the said men took many beast in the Co. Derby
‘‘from those who were believed to be the Earl’s adherents.”

[1324, March] 17, Edward II, memb, 22 :—

“To Thomas de Dunstaple. Order to deliver to Richard Tristrem
‘*his horse, as the King has received complaint from him that whereas
‘*he was at the BRIDGE OF BurRTON on the King’s service and ought to
‘‘have returned thence to his own parts by the King’s license, certain
‘‘malefactors assaulted him at Trentham, and took and carried away
‘*the said horse.”

:

THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT. 8

[1327, October] 1, Edward IIT, part 2, memb. 6 :—

“To the Treasurer and Barons of the Exchequer. Order to cause
‘Simon, son of Simon de Holand, to be discharged of a fine of 20
‘“‘marks. The said Simon was of the household of Thomas late Earl
‘of Lancaster, and was armed in his company, at the BRIDGE OF
‘‘ Burton, against the late King, and made fine with the late King in
‘the above sum for that trespass.”

Molyneux says, in commemoration of this victory Edward built
a Chapel over the gateway on the bridge. I can find no confirma-
tion of this. Shaw mentions this Chapel, and says it was similar to
the one on Wakefield Bridge, in Yorkshire, which was erected by
Edward IV in memory of his father, Richard Duke of York, and
other of his friends who were killed, near that place, in the battle of
1449. May we not reasonably suppose the one at Burton was built
on a similar occasion, Any way, there is no doubt there was a Chapel
on the Gate, for the old illustration in Vol. X XI. of the Gentle-
man’s Magazine shows it. This is here reproduced. It was taken down

pate w\ Sipe aver the Aare rc Heaffiedaar Aasogs Hans iy |
see a gvssiessiasigeagaaaasaacas |

:

|

‘th enemy?

BOS Ral wees

Thane

in 1777 and an Inn and tenements erected on its site. The Chapel
stood parallel to the river and was built of solid masonry carried down to
the basement line of the bridge and incorporated with it. It hada

rr fom ThEFI Aewor =

pointed arched doorway leading on to the Hay, also several windows

of the same form, and had evidently been a place of great strength.
So says Molyneux in the “Burton News and General Advertiser,”
December 1876.

i) THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TREN?.

The Gate would undoubtedly be built for defence and also for
the control of the traffic of the bridge, which on a long bridge 515
yards in length and a clear roadway of only 15 feet, would require
controlling ; also, for the collection of “ pontage” which was granted
by the King for repair. There seems to be some confusion as to
this gate, as the gate is said at one time to have stood across the
bottom of High Street, which gave the name to two houses called
Bargates. If there ever was a gate, I think there is no doubt that
it was the old bridge gate taken down in 1777 and re-erected there,
for a gate in that position would be of no use for any purpose.

With regard to the Bridge Chapel, we have fortunately some
good specimens left to us to this day, and long may they stand. The
building of Bridges and the repair of Roads were looked upon as acts
of charity, and, as I quoted before in my paper on Monk’s Bridge,
Bishops granted indulgences to those whv helped in the erection.
So great was the need of authority, that an Urder of Friars sprang
up in France whose temporal labour was devoted alone to the struc-
ture of bridges. In England, in many cases, the bridges were under
the care of religious Guilds; that of the Holy Cross at Birmingham
had the maintenance of at least one bridge under its charge.

The custom of erecting a small chapel on a bridge were it under’
the care of a guild would be only a fitting dedication of a work of
charity, there the Guild members could meet and sing their requiem
and dirge for departed members, and remember the benefactors in
the Holy Mass, and say the Guild offices ; here pilgrims and footsore
travellers could rest. Amongst the most beautiful, there is in
Wakefield “a fair bridge of stone of nine arches, under which
runneth the river Calder; and on the East side of this bridge is a
right goodley Chapel of our Lady, and two cantuarie priests founded
in it.” At Rotherham is another fine example ; at Derby is another,
which is still in use ; and at Bradford-on-Avon a most curious little
Chapel. These, owing to the rivers running East and West, are built
out generally from one of the piers. The Chapel of 8S, Thomas, on Old

THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT. 10

London Bridge, was built out on what was called the Great Pier.
Ours at Burton was of a different type. The river running from
South to North, no better place could be found than over the gate,
and it would undoubtedly have been somewhat similar to the Chapel
of the Leicester Hospital at Warwick, which is over the West gate.

I get another extract from Patent Roll, [1324-5] 18, Edward IT,
part 1, memb. 2 :-—

‘‘Burton-upon-Trent, concerning the custody of the bridge and
‘the collection of alms for repair of the same.”
Also another, [1384, August 5th,] 7, Richard II, part 1,
memb, 36 :—
“Grant to William Pryst, vicar of Stapunhull, Thomas Wombbwell,

‘John Peyntowe, and John Cartwright, Chaplain of Pontage for three
‘‘ years in aid of repair of the bridge of Burton-on-Trent.”
Molyneux says, early in 1400 (Shaw gives no dates) :—

“ Roger de Huncedon, by his charter, grants to God and the support
‘¢ of the bridge for the health of his soul, and that of his anzestors and
‘“successors, an acre of arable land, namely, that which belongs to
‘*Nicholas de Lomp extending towards the Mill of the More, between
“the land of Walter de Scobenhal, and that of Richard de Lomp.”

And that :-—

‘3rd October, 1426, Alice Bolde, of Burton-on-Trent, by her will
“amongst other things, bequeathes to this bridge two silver spoons ;
“‘also two silver spoons to the sustentation of the ferry boat of
“ Stapenhill.”

This bit of information with regard to Stapenhill Ferry Boat is
interesting on account of its early date.

Shaw says he can show that previous to the dissolution, the
Bridge was entirely supported and repaired by charities and volun-
tary contributions as appears from several curious instruments
granted by different Abbots for that purpose, and appointing proc-
tors or bailiffs to superintend the same for a term of years—(Moly-
neux adds sometimes for life, and at others, for a fixed term of 30
years). Shaw says the first information of this kind is a beautifully

11 THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT.

illuminated deed and singularly well written for the time, dated
24th August, 1441 in which

“Ralph, Abbot of this Monastery, Sir Thomas Gresley, Knt.,
‘‘and others, grant William Shopinhall of this parish the office of
‘Keeper and procurator or overseer of the said bridge for the space
‘of thirty years, and that he should have all lawful and customary
“ power over the same, which was then stated to be in a broken and
“ruinous condition.

Another bearing the date 9th Henry VII. 1493.

“William, Abbot and Convent of this Monastery, John Blounte
‘and others grant the above office to Henry Houghton fora term of
“life.”

The next piece of evidence bears the date 1529 .—

‘“‘To all true xten peple to whom thys present wrytyin shall come,
‘‘Willm, by the provydence of God, abbott of the Monastery of Burton-
‘‘upon-Trent, John, Pryor of the Monastery of Repyngdon, John, pryor
‘‘of the Monastery of Tutbury, George, Lord Hastyngyes, Sir Richard
“Sacheverll, Knight, Sir Walter Gryffyth, Knight, Sir Anthony Fitz-
‘herbert, Knight, one of the King’s justyces of hys comen place, Sir
“John Porte, Knyght, on’ of the Kyngy’s justyces of hys benche, George
‘'Greyseley, Esquyer, Humffrey Ferrers, Esquyer, Thomas Curson, Esq-
‘“uyer, George Fynderne, Esquyer, Thomas Dethyk, Esquyer, John
““Stanley, gentylman, bayliffof Burton, Thomas Walker and William
‘‘ Morekok, of the same,sende gretyng in oure Lorde everlastyug. And for
“somychas it ys merytorious for ev’y xpen man to indeus hymselffe to
‘*helpe to preffer works of marcy for the increassyng of vertue and helth
‘«xpen peple whereby Almighty God may be pleased affore whom every
‘« sode dede shall be rewarded to the helth and comforth of manys soule.
‘““We therefore the seyd abbott, pryors, Lord Hastyngs, knyghtys,
‘* esquyers, with all other above specyffyed, notyffye unto your audy-
‘fence, that wher’ there ys att Burton beforeseyd, a brigge of grett
“length with many arches goyng over the waterof Trent, whiche is a
“*comen passage to and fro many counteys to the grett releff and com-
‘* forth of travellyng peple, and to the cuntreys therabowte. And so yt
“ is that the seyd brigge is of olde fundacon and now of late dayes by
“‘the occasion of grett floddys and waters is greatly decayed, for so-
‘“mych as dyverse arches thereof be lately decayed and wasted away
‘in the water to the grett joperdye and trowble of all travelling peple
“‘that go and ryde thereupon. And the said brygge hath nother rents
“nor annuities for the supportacon of the same, but onely by the

a

ve

ae Ow Oe Se ce

OEE

THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT. 12

‘*devocon and almes dedys of weldysposed Cryston people, wythoute
‘‘the contynuance whereof the said brygge ys lyke utterly to be decayed
“and forlett. And for asmych as William Haryson, now proctor,
“lymytted to be of the same, of his goode and diligent mynd hath
‘full well endevored himselffe to the helpyng and makyng of the seyde
‘‘brigge in dyverse places of the same, whiche were and yett be in grett
“ joperdye to hys greytt and importable charges withoute the helpe and
‘‘almes dedys of weldisposed xpen peple to him be showed in that
“‘behalffe. We therefore, the said abbott, priours, Lorde Hastyngs,
“‘knyghts, esquyers, with all other above specyffyed, in the way of
“charyte, exorte, move and requere all goode and xpen peple which thys
‘our present wrytyng shall here or se, help and gyff your charytable
‘‘almes to the seid proctor or hys depute this bring. Whereby ye may
‘deserve the grett reward of Almighty God, to the helth and comfort
‘fof your owne soules, and our fullhertyethankys. In wytnesse whereof
‘‘we the said abbott, priours, Lorde Hastyngys, knygbtys, esquyers,
“and all above named, to this our present writing seyverally have
“‘sette our seyles the xxiii-th day of the monyth of May in the xx-th
“vear of the reyne of our Soverayne Lorde, Kyng Henry VIII.”

Molyneux says, “There is something difficult of explanation in
this anomalous association of the Abbots and convent with the old
Burton bridge. That this ‘comen passage to and fro many counteys’
was of great importance, not only to the Abbey, but to the country
generally, there is no question ; but, notwithstanding this, it was a
neglected property belonging to no one in particular, nearly always
in trouble, and mainly dependent for its existence upon that most
precarious of all sources of revenue, ‘the devocon and almes dedys of

97)

weldysposed cryston peple.

I see no difficulty in the matter myself. I look upon it in this
light. The Bridge was there before the Abbey. Wulfric Spott
refounds the Abbey, the King imposes the upkeep of the bridge upon
it. The Abbot and Convent appoint Proctors, and hand over to them
the revenue arising from bequests to the bridge, and the various tolls
sanctioned by the grants from the King. As years pass, the repairs
became heavier and heavier, and far exceeded the sources of revenue.

Molyneux further says, ‘“ [t continued a costly tax upon the estate
till its final surrender to the Midland Railway Co, in 1859,” IE it

13 THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT.

was a costly tax when the revenue was the endowment of one noble-
man, with no obligations, what must it have been when the same
revenue had to support the Abbot, and, at least, twelve others, with
the obligation of hospitality to great and small who flocked to their
gates, the care of sick and needy, the upkeep of schools, and the
services of the Abbey Church, and the continual call for contributions
to levies by the King? Is it any wonder that the Abbot and
Convent should appeal to the outside public to help them with the
repair of a bridge which was “a comen passage to and fro many
counteys”; no source of revenue, but only a great drain upon their
resources ¢

In 1540 the Abbey was surrendered to Henry VIII; three years
afterwards it was made a Collegiate Church, and the obligation of
maintenance would rest with the Dean and Prebends. In 1549 the
Dean and Prebends had to surrender the Collegiate Church to the
King, who granted it to Sir William Paget, and the upkeep of the
bridge was borne by the estate of the Marquis of Anglesey.

I can find nothing about the bridge again till 1636, and this we
learn from sketches of inscribed stones on the bridge. One stone
over the 22nd arch bears this date (Fig. 2, p. 14), and shows that
repairs to that part of the bridge were done at this date,

Our next information is from “ A true relation of what service
hath been done by Colonel Sir John Gell, Bart., for the Kinge and
Parliament in defence of the town and county of Derby, &c., from
October, 1642, till October 1646.” In April 1643 “ Colonel Gell sent
to Lord Grey desiring his assistance for the retaking of Burton, by
reason it was the only passage over the Trent and Dove into the North.
My Lord within two days come, and mett Colonell Gell att the rendez-
vouze, on Egginton Heath, and soe marched togeather to the said
Burton, drove the enemy away, and Colonell Gell left one of his bigest
ffoot companys their, consisting of two hundred, under Captayne

OO ———— ===

THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT. 14

Sanders, and one peece of ordnance, and presently after made sixty
dragoones, and soe kept the passage.”

Early in May “ The Queane marched with all her forces towards
Ashby-de-la-Zouch; Colonel Gell having true intelligence that shee
was marching westwards and that shee would fall upon Burton because
it was the chiefe passage from South to North, sent presently to Staff-
ordshire for all the fforces to mate him, and likenwise to Nottingham
where were about three thousand horse and ffoote and hee himselfe

Grat wanity of hey mapan Ander

O48 and han the dots * — ense ecatre
Sire oP WEAK frvved a poed Jes! nemih de

belt at Me Bortim ema gf Me brinys
Foie ahead

would draw out all his fforces to Egginton Heath and soe to Burton
to assist them till the Queane were past but nobody would come, so
that within three days after, shee marched towards Burton tooke the
towne by storme, killed. many of them, tooke the Colonell, Leiftenant
Colonell and most of the officers prisoners and soe most miserably
plundered and destroyed the towne.”

15 THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT,

The assault upon the Bridge by the Queen’s troops was led by
the “Fiery Prince Rupert” and was the occasion upon which Sir
Thomas Tyldesley as described upon a monument to his memory in
Wigan-lane, “for the desperate storming of Burton-upon-Trent
over a bridge of thirty-six arches, received the honour of Knighthood
at the hands of Charles I.”

About Christmas 1643, ‘‘Colonell Harpur, of Little Over fortefied
Burton Bridge, wither Colonell Gell sent his Major Mollanus, the
6th of January 1644, with some of his fforces, and tooke the towne
and bridge, with his whole regiment, horse and ffoote, except
Colonell and Leiftenant Colonell who ran away in the night; he tooke
six captaynes and eight other officers with five hundred common
soldyers without any loss of our side, but five of the enemy slayne at
the entrance of the bridge.”

So we see after 321 years, Burton bridge again saw war and
strife.

The next informtaion is again froma date stone said to have been
over the 5th arch from mill on the north side with the letters D,S.,
1684 (Fig. 7, p. 16)

The 23rd arch half walled up had the date 1698 (Fig. 3. p. 14).
‘The 13th arch had a date stone with I.S, and 1716 (Fig. 1, p. 14),
The 30th arch had the date 1718 (Fig. 5, p. 16).

The 27th arch, said to be without ribs, had the date 1747 (Fig. 4,
p. 14).

In 1753, Shaw says, “‘when the turnpike was erected on the
road from Ashby-de-la-Zouch to this town, the Earl of Uxbridge
made a demand for £20 per annum towards keeping this bridge in
repair, as he thought the carriage of heavy goods would be greatly
increased by the roads being made,” and gives as his authority Dr.
Wilks’ MSS.

THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT. 16

Molyneux says: In 1771 to 1792 Burton was visited by great
floods, but there are no dates given on the arches till 1791, when we
find an oval stone on the Ist arch, east of the mill, north side, with
the letters C.P, over it (Fig. 8, p. 16).

In 1777 the old Bridge Chapel was pulled down and an Inn and
tenements erected upon its site, under a lease granted to Charles
Powis by Lord Paget,

29 he ets ts at a md

Same wey ot These arches cow
whee Oe bondge make, Reames
5S. fast

SO nab peinde o yeep Orel! tepmentafe nd
my <=
Cot

ander soe Cees Widows
a?

mcafee im Palen Fan © fuk

in ae 7g 6 « ae P onr

“o bet aad
23 NS Be hr sare
Cs at this wml Ge aeel 2G actordiy @ Che
ther eectenny)
—
5M from Be mand Herth vide
Ss

Molyneux says, “‘The premises now converted into a brewery
belonging to Mr. Boddington were erected shortly after as a ware-
house in connection with the Trent Navigation between Burton and
Gainsborough.” This constitutes the sole remains of the once famous
Bridge.

17 THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT.

“Tn 1795, on February 10th, owing to a sudden thaw on this and
preceding day, the river Trent rose higher than was ever known
before by the oldest person in the parish. About 12 o'clock this
evening the water being at its highest .... No mail or waggon
was capable of passing in or out of the town for two days. Many parts
of the bridge were considerably damaged, and on Friday the 13th the
third arch at the West end fell in, which was rebuilt in the course of
the ensuing summer by John Stanley, of Duffield, co. Derby, at the
expense of about £200, and some other repairs were also done the same
year amounting to about £40,” so says Shaw in Chronology of His-
torical and memorable events, &c. This is also borne out by the
date-stone on 24th Arch on North side, which had the date 1796,
J.P., which Molyneux says stands for James Powis who would be one
of the Bridge ProctorsI expect, but Molyneux gives this as the 9th
Arch not 24th.

On the 23rd arch, N. side, was the date 1815. On the 28th arch,
on N. side, was the date 1831, with the letters W.C. cut in the key-
stone, (Fig. 6, p. 16), which Molyneux says was William Clark, by
whom the bridge had been widened at this point. This widening,
from the Winshill side to the Trundle hole, was from 22 to 26 feet.
On the keystone of the 29th arch was C.H., 1832, (Fig. 6, p. 16),
which Molyneux says was Charles Hodgson. In 1839 the first two
arches on the Winshill side were covered up by soil and material
placed there to improve the approach to the Bridge.

In 1859 came the beginning of the end—the Midland Railways
(Burton-on-Trent) Act. Molyneux says in the year 1864, when in
consideration of the sum of £22,000 (£10,000 of which was paid to
them by the Trustees of the late Marquis of Anglesey) the materials
of the old Bridge, and the conditions of making a new one, were
under this Act handed over to the Midland Railway Company. The
work of destruction commenced soon after the opening of the new
Bridge, which took place 22nd June, 1864, and though a slight. stir
was made, no decided course or active efforts were made to stay the

THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT, 18

destruction of this, ‘the most notorious piece of work of a civil
public building in this county or anywhere of the kind perhaps in
England,” which was the opinion of Dr. Plot. The whole of that
part of the Bridge with the buildings upon it, which crossed the

‘Western part of the Trent between the approach to Burton Meadows

and Bridge Street, were the first to be removed, the foundations of
the buttresses in many cases still remain. The other portions of the
Bridge were left intact for a number of years, and might have been
standing yet, but, unfortunately, an outcry was made at Quarter
Sessions that the old Bridge was both a nuisance and an obstruction,
and the Midland Railway Company was ordered to complete its
removal. But as if to give the lie direct to those who ordered its
destruction, the removal of the last stones was followed by the
greatest flood Burton has been visited with since 1797.

And I do not think I can do better than finish with some des-
cription from Molyneux’s Account of the Old Bridge given in the
“ Burton Weekly News” 1876.

** Although it may not have attracted special attention the line
of the Old Bridge across the valley was one of an almost continuous
unbroken water surface here, the channels of the Trent now two in
number, being then divided into three, and to this was due the line
of curvature of the Bridge, as it was necessary for each buttress to
be placed at right angles with the flow of the stream, and to this fact
is due the long life of the Old Bridge.” The curved character of the

old bridge is clearly shown in the accompanying view taken from
an old print dated 1760,

19 THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT.

The various angles of the Bridge are given by Molyneux and were
six in number. He also givessome rather startling comments with re-
gard to the capacity for water passage, namely, that the old Bridge was
not inferior to the modern, that the arches thrown across the West
branch have the advantage in height and span, that the buttresses
are also of less bulk, but that their standing diagonally to the natural
flow of the stream constitute an opposing obstacle to its course of con-

siderably greater area than that of the old Bridge,and consequently
the freedom of the actual river passage is reduced by this means

to less than one half the diameter of the arches. I have not had
time to go into this, but it would be very interesting to work out,

The third branch, now silted up, ran from the Trundle hole
across Winshill Meadows into the present East branch above the
Mills ; it was open in Plot’s time, 1680, and is shown on a Plan of
Survey made by Wm. Wyatt, 1762, as partly open.

As to the question of the number of Arches, Erdeswicke, writing
about 1590, gives the number as 36, The epitaph to Sir Thomas
Tyldesley states “who for the desperate storming of Burton-upon-
Trent, over a bridge of 36 Arches, received the honour of Knighthood,”
this was May 1643. Plot writing in 1680 gives the number as 34.
And Shaw writing in 1790 writes ‘‘ My venerable predecessor, Mr.
Erdeswick, has taken some pains in his survey of Staffordshire to
prove that Burton Bridge, a most noble fabric of thirty-six arches
over the river Trent, instead of thirty-four, as both the Author and
most others have stated them to be.”

Molyneux clears this up, stating the length given by Plot, 515
yards, is the actual length of the Bridge itself, but that the liability
of the Lord of the Manor extended to the site of the old Horse
Block, now occupied by the weighing machine about 120 feet further,
upon which no arches are shown in Plots map. In the year 1860-1,
while constructing a sewer from the Hay into Anderstaff Lane,

across Bridge Street, the pointed exterior of a pier, in excellent
preservation, was found three feet below the surface near. the ‘‘ Fox

oe

THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT. 20

and Goose” Inn, and this was no doubt one of the original piers of
the old Bridge which extended across the Hay ditch, and that for
some reason or other had been filled in (like the two at the opposite
side of the river were in 1839) sometime between 1643 and 1680.

The Bridge was built of stone, the greater part of which was
obtained from local quarries in Keuper sandstone, on the Derbyshire
side of the Trent. Shaw says—‘‘ A stone from the quarry below
the Mill, about a mile down the river on the Derbyshire side.”
_ In taking down the old Bridge several stones which had evidently
been used in the Abbey buildings came to light. Some of these are
shown here, and are taken from a drawing by Mr. W. Boden, at
the time the Old Bridge was pulled down.

The older portions of the Bridge were originally 16-ft. 6-in. wide,
- with a clear roadway of 15-feet. This at some later date was
increased to 22-feet, and from the Winshill side to the Trundle hole,
in 1830, to 26-feet. Over each of the piers was a refuge for
pedestrians, same as at Monk’s Bridge. The underside of most
of the arches had three chamfered ribs 2 feet apart, sixteen inches
wide, similar to those at Monk’s Bridge. Molyneux says cf one

21 THE GREAT BRIDGE OF BURTON-ON-TRENT.

unribbed arch that he thinks it was the oldest. My experience
would point to it being a late rebuilding, for these bridges began, as
I showed ina paper on Monk’s Bridge, with a flat timber road-
way from pier to pier, followed in the 13th century by ribbed
arches. He also says the ribs varied from three to five and six in
number. The span of the central and Western portion was from
33 to 36-feet, while on the Eastern portion they averaged 21-feet.

Out of the 34 arches not more than four were plain or unribbed.
This to my mind is very strong evidence that in spite of storm,
flood, and age, the old Bridge had stood well, not more than three
or four arches had been so destroyed as to necessitate total rebuild-
ing; and had the ancient Bridge been widened throughout its
length, as so many of our old bridges have been treated, it would
have been with us to this day, and I doubt not would, with proper
repair, have outlasted the new Bridge.

SS Ee IO

bo
bo

Geological Dotes, Burton-on-Crent.

By Frank E. Lort, A.R.S.M., F.1.C.

READ BEFORE THE SOCIETY, APRIL 18TH, 1901,

[ ABsTRACT. |

AVING during the past ten years or so made occasional obser-
vations in the immediate neighbourhood of Burton, and
subsequently noted that, in some of the cases, the particular phe-
nomena observed, became obliterated or obscured by the hand of

man, I have here placed some few of these on record.

Since compiling these notes, I have seen some very interesting
Geological notes by Mr. C. Fox Strangways in the Transactions of
the Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society for October, 1900,
giving an excellent map and sections of the Derbyshire side of the

Trent at Burton, and forestalling me in some of the observations here
recorded.

Tue Rep Mart Beps or THE KEUPER.
On Waterloo Mount there is an excellent opportunity of ex-
amining these beds in the brick yards.

A noticeable feature is the horizontal character, the dip at this
point being almost inappreciable, and at one time there was almost
a complete circular section to be seen.

About 20 feet from the top of the cliff isa hard rocky band of
whitish sandstone, with a thin layer of about one to two inches only
of Carboniferous shale, containing bright green and blue Carbonate
of Copper (Malachite and Azurite). Now copper is common in

23 GEOLOGICAL NOTES—BURTON-ON-TRENT.

these Keuper beds on the Continent, in fact, has given them their
name, but in this country it is extremely rare.

The red marls here are full of disseminated Gypsum, even when it is
quite invisible to the eye, but in these pits there are also several well-
marked bands of fibrous Gypsum to be seen and small crystals of
Selenite may be occasionally found.

The slabs of marly sandstone are frequently ripple-marked in a
very distinct manner on one particular horizon.

The picturesque old road out of Burton up the Bearwood Hill was
formerly most interesting to the geologist, but the new wall has almost
entirely destroyed its picturesqueness, and very largely its interest
from a geological point of view. There is still an interesting clift of
Red marl showing the slight dip to the North-west and the great
regularity of the beds.and variety of colour. When the wall was

being built, the section was most interesting, and the above illustra-
tion, taken from a ie die by Mr. ei Goff, will give a good idea of
this section. —

GEOLOGICAL NOTES—BURTON-ON-TRENT. 24

Tatenhill cliff—another good example on the other side of the
valley—and the section, now rapidly becoming overgrown, below the
Reservoir, are also good examples of the Red Marl Beds of the
Upper Keuper.

Fav.ts.

T had always understood that there were two, if not three, distinct
Faults crossing the Bearwood Hill, but Mr. Adrian Brown and I
have only been able to prove the presence of one, and that a most
obvious one. Mr. Fox Strangways also only mentivns one in his
paper before referred to.

It is toward the top of the hill, and the massive dark-coloured
bed of tough Carbonaceous sandstone ends abruptly on either side

25 GEOLOGICAL NOTES—BURTON-ON-TRENT.

the road, extending a little higher on the left-hand side. The road has
been cut through this rock as far as the Fault, and then is laid upon
the bed, and follows its natural slope to the outcrop at the crown of the
hill. See illustration, page 24, taken from photograph by Mr.§. P. J.
Lavell. This Fault is a downward drop to the South East of about
3 feet 9 inches only.

This hard bed of Sandstone is remarkable on account of its
containing cavities more or less filled with black bituminous sand of
a very peculiar nature. This fact was first brought to the notice of
our Society by Mr, H. T. Ford in 1877.

The origin of this bituminous matter isa difficult problem, but
its action on the superincumbent beds is most obvious and interesting,
Owing no doubt to heat, probably due to chemical changes, the bitu-
minous matter has partly volatilized and acting on the Oxides of Iron
in the Red marl, has reduced. them to lower oxides, hydrates, &e., so
that the original red colour of the marl has been entirely changed to
a pale greyish white colour, tinged with green and yellow in some
places. Before the wall was built this change was very noticeable,
as above Mr. Tomlinson’s pathway there was an entire absence of
RED marl, whilst below the pathway red was the dominant colour as
elsewhere in these beds, though interstratified with greenish and
yellowish bands.

No doubt this change in colour gave rise to the idea that Mr.
Tomlinson’s pathway was on the line of a fault. Careful examin-
ation proved a marked continuity of stratification wita here and
there very sudden alterations in the colour. The hard, rocky band
outcrops at the top of the hill and there is some evidence of a second
fault but not very conclusive.

A good example of a miniature Fault may be seen in the Recrea-
tion Grounds, at the back of the arbour, on the lower walk, near the
Band corner. The drop is only a few inches but quite distinct.

‘Another small Fault may be seen in the brick-field on Waterloo
Mount,

GECLOGICAL NOTES—BU RTON-ON-TRENT, 26

ERRAtIcs.

When the South Staffordshire Water Works Company were
making the Reservoir on the Outwood Hills, limestone boulders
in great numbers were to be seen forming part of a considerable sized
deposit of Glacial drift, and, I believe, one large ice-borne boulder of
this kind my be seen on the right hand side of the road to the “ New
Inn,” just after passing the Henhurst Farm; also, I am informed
there is a large one by the Postern House. These fellows may only
have had a very short ice-journey, say 15 or 20 miles from the
Weavers, or limestone hills near Ashbourne,

On the South side of the Trent these blocks are much less
common, but there is a good example by the side of the “ Occupation
road,” between the Ashby Road and Brizlincote on the North side, by
the first gateway. This is a fine Glacier-scratched Chert-block
3-ft. x 23-ft. x 12-ft., which evidently came down from the
Mid-Derbyshire limestone plateau,

Two still more interesting examples of Erratics may be seen on
the Ashby Road, one in the wall opposite Moat Bank. This is a
large well-rounded boulder of granite. The other may be seen
lying by the side of a lump of weather-worn Bunter conglomerate at
the foot of the sign-post at the junction of the High Bank Road with
the Ashby Road. ‘This is a small well-rounded boulder of red
granite.

Nore.—March 1903. TI have recently more carefully examined
these two boulders, and believe them to be Syenitic granite from the
Charnwood Forest district, and not Shap Fell granite as I thought at
one time.

27

Some Experiences in Doth Hunting.

By THE Rev. C. F. THornewiiy, M.A., F.ES,

READ BEFORE THE SocIETY, APRIL 18th, 1901.
[ ABSTRACT. |

) AVING collected Moths and Butterflies for between 20 and 30
years, and been in many parts of the country in quest of them,
I will put before you some of the chief facts I have noticed.

It is very curious how erratic Moths and Butterflies are in appear-
ance. The same insect may be very common one year, while hardly
seen atallanother year. In 1899 the ‘‘ Humming Bird Hawk” was
swarming everywhere. Five were taken in my garden that year,
whereas there was only one in the previous four years. The same thing
was observed with the “‘ Red Admiral” Butterfly, generally not so com-
mon as the “ Tortoiseshell,” but in 1899 and 1900 it was much more
so. In the latter year 25 were taken in my garden one morning. The
‘Red Admiral” shows great fondness for privet blossom as well as
fallen fruit, especially plums. I have never yet seen the caterpillar
of the “ Red Admiral.” The “Clouded Yellow” is another striking
example of erratic appeararce, generally anything but common, but
now and then, as in 1900, very abundant, many having been seen
where usually there were only a few, and in some numbers where
usually it was not seen at all.

Early in September 1876, at Torquay, this butterfly and the
“ Painted Lady” (equally erratic) were flying about the Red
Valerian: I took 50 specimens, and have never seen the insect
since until last year. A similar thing happened in the Summer of 1899

SOME EXPERIENCES IN MOTH HUNTING. 28

in Guernsey, with the ‘“‘ Long-tailed Blue,” which is very rare as a rule,
and not recognized as British. A friend took 80 specimens in his
garden, and was abused in the papers for trying to “ exterminate
the species” —a really very absurd idea because the plant on which these
caterpillars feed does not grow in Guernsey, and therefore, the species
could not possibly become inhabitant; they had, in fact, been blown
over from France.

The “ Death’s Head” Moth, the caterpillar of which is the largest
we have, was fairly common in the caterpillar state some years ago. It
was so in 1899 and 1900, and was taken in various parts of England
generally feeding on potato leaves. I had some fine caterpillars
given to me which I reared to moths. I have known as many as 14
taken ina garden. The moth is very rarely seen and the number
of specimens taken in a year may be counted on one’s fingers. They
are nearly always taken at rest, Why? I cannot say, as J know little
about the insect’s habits in the perfect state, except that there are two
things worth noting. First, it’s fondness for getting into hives, where
they ure sometimes killed and covered with wax by the bees; second,
and more remarkable, the power of squeaking, exemplified in the speci-
men I hatched this year. When I touched its leg with a camel hair
brush it reared itself up on its legs and uttered sharp squeaks like a
mouse, the only insect making a noise of the kind. Another insect
commonly found in the caterpillar state, but not otherwise, is the
“Small Eggar.” The caterpillars are found abundantly in this district
making a web in the hedges, in which they live when not eating,
crawling out to devour leaves. I can generally find five or six
broods every May within a mile of my home, but never saw the
perfect insect except bred from caterpillar, nor heard of anyone else
doing so. :

Another example is the “ Buff-tip” Moth. All have seen the
caterpillars feeding in companies in the trees, especially lime trees.

They strip the leaves off the branches, making them look like Winter ;
the moth is hardly ever seen: I do not think I have seen more than
three in my life. On the other hand, some insects; common in one

29 SOME EXPERIENCES IN MOTH HUNTING.

perfect state, are rarely found in any other, eg. there is a light
grey moth, which is seen on June evenings hovering over pinks,
darting away rapidly if disturbed; it belongs to the family called
“Sharks.” I have never found the caterpillar, though it must be
common. Especially sois the case with most Butterflies: the “ Red
Admiral” T have already spoken of, but the same thing is true
about the ‘‘ Blues.” I daresay many know one, at all events,
of the ten different species found in Great Britain, but I should
be astonished to hear that any one had seen the caterpillar ;
it wants a great deal of looking for, and a funny looking creature it
is, like a wood-louse. It is a curious fact that moths and butterflies
mostly abound after a hard winter. I have never known so great
an abundance here as during the Summer of 1895, after the severe
Winter of previous year ; but the reason is plain; as the insects are
hidden away in retreats under or above ground, the birds are unable to
get at them. The chrysalis, too, is more abundant in a mild winter,
undevoured by mice and perhaps moles and hedgehogs If the ground
is frozen hard they cannot get at them.

A remarkable point is the influence of sunlight on caterpillars.
The majority of them avoid it as much as possible ; in fact, very large
numbers feed only by night. But some, especially among the hairy
Species, revel in bright sunshine, and come out to bask in it even
when not feeding—e.g. caterpillar of “Drinker,” “Small Eggar,” and ~
the “Tiger Moth” commonly known as the “ Woolly Bear.”

Although most caterpillars live on leaves, many live on other things
too. One large and interesting family, the ‘“ Pugs,” live on flowers
and seeds, and one of these on the flower of Valerian. This fact was
discovered by my old friend, Mr. Baker. The moth was always found
in osier beds, and everyone thought the caterpillar fed on the osier
leaves. He quite accidentally discovered it fed on the flower of the
Valerian, which is very often found in osier beds. Another of the same
family is found in Foxglove flowers. The flowers are fastened together
at the mouth so that they cannot open. There is always a caterpillar
inside, and a curious thing is, that they much prefer white flowers.

SOME EXPERIENCES IN MOTH HUNTING. 30

Another of the same species was a puzzle for a long time, until at
last found in cones of the Spruce Fir. Others I have found in the
pith of stems of various plants, such as thistles and bulrushes. There is
one family of moths, the “ Swifts,” the caterpillars of which feed on
the roots of various common plants, one in nettles, and another in
brake-fern, and a third, the “Ghost Moth,” in dock and dandelion.
_ Again, some caterpillars live on the wood of growing trees, such as
several of the “ Clearwings,’ a remarkable family of moths, more
resembling flies. One very large caterpillar, that of the ‘ Goat
Moth,” lives on the solid wood of large trees, such as ash, elm, and
willow. It grows for three years and attains the length of the middle
finger. The trees are often actually killed by these caterpillars.
The moth is very seldom seen, though sometimes attracted by “ Sugar-
ing.

”

The Caterpillars often come out of trees when full-grown, and
wander about looking for suitable places in which to change to
| chrysalis, when most of them are found. I have had five or six
brought to me at various times, and have reared moths from them.

Rearing caterpillars is very interesting work, though it is subject
to many disappointments but this is the case with all pursuits; and
the collection of Moths and Butterflies has certainly one great
recommendation—that it takes the collector into many very inter-
esting places, and brings him into contact with many interesting
people. I have had some amusing adventures, and have had one or
two narrow escapes from bodily injury. But, on the whole, I have
experienced a great amount of pleasure in the pursuit of Entomology,
and have accumulated a certain amount of knowledge. It has been
a genuine pleasure to me to tell you some of my experiences, and I
hope that some of you may be aroused to take an interest in nature,
and to observe the objects which are so constantly brought before

31

Che Diicroscopic Life of the River Crent.

By C, G. Matruews, anp B. L. Osws.u.

READ BEFORE THE SocigeTY, JANUARY 16th, 1902.

[ ABstRACT. |

dy" wish, at the outset of our paper, to disclaim any idea that

we have attempted to deal at all exhaustively with the living
organisms which might be discoverable in this part of the river by
careful and continuous collection of samples of water, weeds, mud,
ete., and the necessary manipulation of such specimens of the raw
material. Our object has been, rather, to take what we believe to be
a fairly representative batch of material from the river, and in it
identify, so far as we were able, the objects of interest which pre-
sented themselves when the microscope was applied to small portions.
We may, therefore, consider that the organisms we did find, and
which we shall presently detail, are such as might be found by any
observer without employing elaborate methods of collection or of
separation. As regards the mode of collection employed by us, a few
small phials and a piece of string sufliced as apparatus, and no more
time was bestowed during a pleasant row up the river than anyone
could easily manage to give under similar circumstances. Specimens
of water, etc., etc., were taken as follows:

* (aA) Mud from a point on the right bank of the river about
30 yards below Mr. Evershed’s boathouse,

(s) The black mud in the little bay at the above boathouse.

* The letters by which these places are indicated, correspond with those
given in the list of organisms found.

THE MICROSCOPIC LIFE OF THE RIVER TRENT. 32

(c) The water in the centre of the river, and a few feet
below the surface passing the same boathouse,

(D) From the shallow water under the cliff’ on Mr. Samble’s
property.

(£) At Alligator point, a specimen of mud and the pressings
from weeds growing submerged.

(F) Scrapings from the moist green surface of stones on
Drakelow Weir.

(@) Scrapings from the submerged part of rushes growing in
the stream below the Weir on the Burton side.

(=) From rushes growing under the river bank—Stapenhill
House garden.

On examination under the microscope—working chiefly with
powers of 300 and 400 diameters—the following objects were dis-
_ cerned, and, so far as we were able to do so, classified.

(c.D.) Movtps.—One or two common varieties in a submerged
form, including budding spores. Oidium forms may con-
veniently be represented by Beggiatoa alba, The white
sewage fungus, the classification of which is a little doubt-
ful.

!

: ae

(c.D.) Protococcus.— Protococeus pluvialis, and two or three
larger discoid or spherical forms, coloured red, yellow, or

green.
DeEsmqDs.
(DHE) 1 Closterium lunula (very common.)
(D.) 2 bs Setaceum,
(E.F.) 3 Scenedesmus.
(D.) 4 Pediastrum granulatum.
(C.D) 5 Volvox globator (fi equent), intermediate forms of

Same,

33

THE MICRGSCOPIC LIFE OF THE RIVER TRENT.

(c.D.) 5a Either an intermediate form of Volvox, or an
allied organism,
DrAToms.
(F.) Diatoma Vulgare (very common).

(c.D.E.F.) Synedra (common)
(p.n.) Nitzschia Sigmoidea,
(4.E.) — Gaillonella biseriata.
Surivella Constricta.
(r.u.) | Melosira Varians.

(D) Var. Actinophrys Sol. (closely allied to diatoms) ;
Radiolaria.
BAcTERIA. Chiefly from location (B) and (c).
(s.c.) Spirillum tenue.
(B) a5 undula.
(B) ‘ a3 volubilis.
(B) Spirochaete plicatilis,
(B) Large tetracoccus.
(B) Ordinary short and long bacilli.
(B) Bacillus Ulna.
(B) Bacterium Megatherium.
(B) Large comma or curved bacillus.
(B) Bacterium termo,

(E) Protozoa. Ameba princeps.
Monabs or Saprophytes,
(».£.) Paramecium Aurelia.

(c) Monas Dallingeri.
(c.) Monas lens
RotTIFERS.
(E.) Rotifer Vulgaris (common).
(z.) Brachionius rubens.
(E.) Vorticella nebulifera.
ZooPHYTES.
(p ) Two unidentified.
SPONGES.

(D.) One doubtful, resembling Actinia.

THE MICROSCOPIC LIFE OF THE RIVER TRENT. 34

Beyond a fairly well-marked Zoophyte, another doubtful speci-
men, and a doubtful sponge (Actinia) our “find” did not include
anything remarkable in this respect, although we do not doubt that
more careful and prolonged investigation would reveal plenty of such
_ objects if the right spots were found. Probably the organisms we
_ did find are greatly in a minority in connection with what the river
could yield. We have put before you that which time and circum-
stances enabled us to accomplish in this matter.

BRE

Some further Dotes on Burton Abbey Plan.
By H. A. Rye.

READ BEFORE THE Society, NOVEMBER 20TH, 1902,

AST Spring, whilst the building of the new Vestries at the Parish

y Church was proceeding, our Secretary wrote to me, saying he
had seen some of the ancient foundations of the Abbey Church,
which did not quite agree with my plan. Ofcourse, this aroused my
curiosity, as I was very certain that, with the materials at my
disposal, when I wrote my first paper, [ could not be very far
out. I wrote our Secretary saying I should be over in a day or two,
as I know from bitter experience how chances go by, never to return.
Permission to make further excavations in the Market Square
having been obtained, I came to Burton and spent two days examin-
ing the exposed portions of the ancient foundations of the Abbey.
The result is that Iam pleased to be able to tell you that, so far
from my endeavour to lay down the Ground Plan of Burton

SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN, 36

Abbey being incorrect, the excavations lately made go to prove you
have in the Vol. III, part 3, of your Transactions, a ground
plan that can be relied upon, so far as it goes; and that any future
light that can be thrown upon the plan will be in the grounds of the
house known as the Abbey, now occupied by Mr, Blackhall. For
here could be settled the length of the Chapter House, and, may
be, the burial places of the early Abbots; Nicholas, 12th Abbot,
1188-1197, being the first buried in the Church. Also the Under-
croft of the Dorter, the situation of the Rere Dorter, and the plan
of the Farmery. All of them, especially the latter, most interesting.
But to return to the excavations: the first trial was such a very wet
day that the work had to be abandoned. On the second occasion, an
attempt was made to find again the foundations that were first seen,
and this will show how very important it is in work of this sort that
measurements should be taken and results plotted at once, and
nothing left to memory, for a lot of time was spent in trying to find
these which were said to be somewhere at the East end of the Parish
Church ; but they could not be recovered. We next moved to the
South-West end of the Churchyard wall, where it abuts against the
‘Market place. This point is marked with the figure 4 on the general
Plan of the Abbey, and illustrated on Plate II, Fig. 1, in Vol. III,
part 3. This photograph was taken at the time of the original
excavations, and with figures 5 and 6 on the General Plan gave me
the three points upon which I ventured to base my plan, with, as it
proves, correct results.

_ On the General Plan at Fig. 4 is a line in front of the thick line,
de noting the main wall of the Church. Had I drawn my West front
on that, instead of keeping it on that wall at the N.W. corner, I
Should have been perfectly right. This would have thrown the
N.w. angle of the N. Transept outside the line of the North wall
of the present Church, where we find traces of it, again showing
_ how very important each little point is,

ot SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN,

Here is the photo (Fig. 1) of the open trench which we cut along
the West front. It shows you clearly where the original differs from

Fig. 1.

the Plan, the stone base of the rails being the line I before showed
you, the excavations showing the correct line. Nigell, 5th Abbott,
1104-1114, began the new work at the West part of the Church, so
says the Chronicle; and, as I pointed out in my former paper, this
confirms the usual practice of the ancient Monastic builders, to build
as much of the Church as was required for the community, then go
on with the Monastic buildings. Our excavations confirm the
Chronicle. Our further excavations, showed us the base course of
the new work at the West part of the Church (Fig. 1), and would be
of the Transitional period lying between Norman and early English.

To illustrate my former paper I made a conjectural plan, and we
have very strong evidence for taking it as correct, as we found this

SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN. 38

early Norman door. Note the worn threshold ; also, the remains of
the column, and compare it with the West front excavation, and you
will see at once the difference in the masonry. Now, what else can
we learn from this excavation. First, that the plan given by Shaw,
and said to be at Beaudesert, is correct, as far as general outline,
that there must have been a Gallilee, and that on the walls there
were evidences of a wall continuing West.

A second point is now proved ; that is, the width of the South
aisle, and for all practical purposes the South wall of the Churchyard
stands on the South wall of the aisle, and the pillar from which the
iron rails of the Churchyard start, on the South West or Market
Place side, represents the line of the pillars and arches of the South
nave arcade.

Thirdly, ‘‘ here a tower,” as mentioned on Shaw’s plan, was, I
think, also confirmed by the foundations at the North-West end.

On the North side we were able to uncover a bit of the founda-
tion of the North Transept. Now this would be the West wall of the
N. Transept, and again it coincides with the Plan, with this one
exception, that the plan shows the wall inside the Church, but it
projected two feet outside. If my plan had been drawn as it should
be at the West end, this would have been right as well.

And what was there to learn from this foundation? It was,
without doubt, the earliest workmanship we have come upon—much
earlier than the West front, much earlier than is shown of the N.E.
Cloister door—and I should almost be inclined to say it might
probably have been some of Wulfric Spot’s work. I wish there had
been more to see and judge by. It was rough masonary on a bed
_ of rough concrete. We get this in Saxon work, as at Peterborough,
in the old 7th century Church, which was found in the present
Cathedral. We get it in York Minster, where it is put down to
being the great stone Bassilica, which Bede says King Edwin began

39 SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN.

in place of the temporary wooden Church, in which he was baptized
by Paulinus, in 627. Weare able to date Saxon Churches with tran-
septs and a central tower, to the last century of the Saxon period.
Our Abbey Church was certainly started at this period, Ethelred
dying 1016, so there is a fair probability of this being some of
Wulfric Spot’s original work.

I think I have given you all the information I can on our little
excavation, and hope you will be able to agree with me that there
was some use in the work, even if it had all to be covered up again.

I now turn to the main part of this paper, namely, to try and
throw some light on Hollar’s drawing (Plate 1, Fig. 2, Vol. III, part
3) of the ancient Monastic Church of Burtun. I have had so many
questions asked about it, that I begin to think it may be a little
difficult to read by those who do not often handle drawings of this
sort.

To begin with the Inscription: it states it to be the Church of
Burton-on-Trent, in the County of Stafford, formerly the Conventual
Church, seen from the South-West, and is dated 1661, that is to say,
112 years after the suppression of the Collegiate Church, and 121
years after the surrender of the Monastery in 1540, and 17 years
after the explosion of gunpowder which took place in 1644. The
drawing, please note, shows the South side, which seems to have
remained much as it left the builders’ hands, after Nigell, 5th Abbot,
1104-1114, began the new work, at the West part of the Church.

The North side must have been different, for John Ibstocke, 24th
Abbot, 1348-1369, rebuilt the North side of the Parochial Church,
having first pulled down the same. This was during the decorated
period, and would be, without doubt, of that style of architecture
when rebuilt. Hollar’s drawing shows the South side, and is Norman
work ; it also shows that the nave arcade consisted of the usual
arches and pillars, with a triforium above, and over that the clere-
story. The aisle roof may have been vaulted, or it may not. I

SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN 40

have looked around to see what work remaining to us it was most
like. I first looked to Winchester, as our first twelve Abbots were
all monks of Winchester, but it did not fit in with Hollar’s drawing,
but the nave of Rochester, also a Benedictine House, was so very
near that I take it to illustrate what the interior of the nave of Burton
was like when finished, late in the 12th or early in the 13th century.
A curious thing was when I came to look up the history of the
work at Rochester, I found that the date of the reconstruction fof
the nave, which was originally Bishop Gundulf’s work, 1077-1090,
is ascribed to Bishop Ernulf and John, 1115-1130, or one year later
than the date of our work at Burton ; also, that in 1182, Richard,
Prior of Rochester, became Abbot of Burton.

On entering the room to read this paper, I was introduced to
Sir Reginald Hardy, who showed me a copy of a sketch (see frontis-
piece), which he had found in the Salt Library at Stafford, of the
interior of the nave of Burton Monastic Church, bearing the initials
W.II., and the date 1643, that is to say, 18 years earlier than the
exterior drawing, and the year before the before mentioned explosion
of gunpowder. It shows the nave at the East end in a most
ruinous state ; also, that the groined roof and vault had not been
done away with, though it must certainly have gone by 1661; and
that the aisles were certainly groined and vaulted.

A few words as to Hollar may be of interest. Wenceslaus
Hollar was an Austrian engraver of the 17th century, and brought
to England by the Earl of Arundel. He soon obtained profitable
employment, and eventually became drawing master to the Prince of
Wales (afterwards Charles II), When the Civil War broke out in
1642, he served in the Royalist ranks, and was taken prisoner at
Basing House, 1643, but managed to escape to Antwerp. There he
found little to do, so returned to England in 1652, and was engaged
upon plates for Dugdale, for which he is said to have been paid about
fourpence per hour ‘at his usual method by the hour-glass.”

41 SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN.

It is this question of dates that throws some doubt upon the
drawing being Hollar’s, but evidently, whoever did the drawing,
must have either seen the Church, or have been a most clever arche-

ological and architectural draughtsman, as well as forger.

Now the aisle roofs at Rochester (Fig. 2) are not vaulted, and the
triforium arcade opens into the aisle, and not into a triforium proper,

Fic. 2.

which was a chamber above the vault of the aisle, and formed by the
roof over the aisles, and which protected the vault under.

Hollar’s drawing shows the triforium glazed, and used to light
the Church, and a flattened roof over the aisle. You will see the
strong course under the clerestory windows, that would give the

;
t
{
.

SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN. 42

original pitch of the roof; and the aisle walls would doubtless have
been higher than now shown. Of course, the aisle on the South
side of the Church could not have had any windows because the
cloister would have abutted against it, and the North walk of the
cloister was occupied, as I told you in my former paper, and was
used by the Monks as their study. Hollar shows no windows. Now
let us count the pillars. We find five pillars and a respond, or half
pillar, at the West end. This agrees with Shaw's plan.

We know that in 1474 the tower of the lower Church fell, and
that Abbot Thomas Field, in 1475, repaired the walls of the nave
on the North side and four columns, also rebuilt the arch between
the upper and lower Church and the belfry. This work is clearly
shown by Hollar. Comparing the central tower with that at the
West end, it shows that the tower was rebuilt square up to
the top of the clerestory, and four pinnacles erected at the angles,
then an octagon lantern added, and finished with an octagon roof, or
stunted spire. The transept seems to have kept its original quick-
pitched roof. For the re-roofing of the nave we have the date, The
explosion of gunpowder is said to have blown out the windows and
burst up the roof ; any way, there is a very disjointed look about the
junction of the tower and transept.

Looking again at the nave ot Rochester, you see the Norman
Nave, Arcade, and Triforium. The spandril between the two arches,
and under the main arch, is solid, not pierced ; and, of course, in the
nave where it could be well seen it is ornamented; but on the aisle
side, where it could not be seen under the aisle roof and above the
vault, if there was one, it would be plain,

Hollar’s drawing shows this very well. The great arch of the
triforium, and below it the unpierced spandril, and the two arches
below ; but being on the outer or aisle side, they have no ornament-
ation, but, as I said before, are glazed. Why and when we cannot
now say, but I do not think there can be much conjecture ; light, no
doubt, was the object sought. The old builders may have done it,

43 SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN.

but I think it more likely to have been after the King made it the
Parish Church, and robbed it of all its endowments; and it was found
less expensive to lower the roof, because the material would be all
there to do it, and some to spare, than to pierce the walls, and insert
windows in the aisles.

Now let us look carefully again at Rochester. Note the nave
arcade columus—if continued upwards would meet the main piers of
the triforium arcade, and that the openings of the clerestory are
formed over the piers of the triforium; also, that the clerestory
windows, which I am sorry my view does not give clearly, are of two
lights, the spandril pierced with a quaterfoil. Hollar shows this,
but the clerestory at Burton seems earlier than at Rochester, for
from the round-headed arch I should say it was transitional. Hollar
also shows a flat roof over the nave. We have the date of this:
John Sudbury, 20th Abbot, 1400-1424, roofed the lower Church,
and flat roofs were then in vogue.

Looking once more at Rochester, we see what that flat roof was
like inside, and also notice that at the second pier from the crossing
there is a change from the Norman round arch to the pointed; and
I think here again we should have something similar at burton after
the Tower fell, and was rebuilt in Abbot Field’s time; but here it
would be at the fifth column. So we may say, with very good
confidence, the South side certainly of the nave of Burton Old
Church was very like Rochester nave. There is one thing, however,
the West front of Burton was very little like Rochester. At
Rochester we find a large perpendicular window. At Burton,
Hollar shows a group of three windows of two lights each, long and
slender with pointed main arch and cusped heads, the spandril pierced
with a quaterfoil.

I will conclude with a question about which, perhaps, some of you
may be able to help me. I had a cutting sent me from the “ Burton
Guardian,” by which I see you have been keeping the Nine Hundredth
Anniversary of the foundation of Burton’s Mother Church of
S. Modwen. Are you nota little too previous? I thought that the
foundation of Burton Abbey was 1004.

-!/

SOME FURTHER NOTES ON BURTON ABBEY PLAN. 44

“In the year from the incarnation of the Lord, 1004, in the time
of Ethelred II, King of England, father of S. Edward, the King
and Confessor, a certain Noble named Wulfric, surnamed Spot,
founded the Abbey called Burton, and he gave to it all his patrimony
and heirships, valued at £700” —Annales de Burton (Roll Series No.
36) page 183. This was written by the Monks of Burton, who
I think should know. And again: ‘ The illustrious and prosperous
Consul and Earl of Mercia, Lord Wulfric Spot, with regal state
inducted Wulfgetum the Abbot, and Monks from Winchester, into
his Monastery of Burton-upon-Trent which he had built and abund-
antly endowed with all advantages, in the year of our Lord 1004, and
25 of King Ethelred,” says Dugdale, quoting from the ‘“ History of
the Foundation and Abbey,” taken from the Chronicle of the Abbey
of Burton, also written by the Monks.

From the same source, i.e., the Chronicle, we have,
“Christi millenis transactis quatuor annis
Est fundata domus Burtoniz, cui quoque patronus
Spot Wulfricus erat, si quis de nomino querat.”

After Christ 1004 years. Is founded the house of Burton.
Who was the founder? Wulfric Spot was, if anyone seeks his
name.

And also “ Wulfgetus, lst Abbot, 1004-1025.”

The Abbey of Burton was founded in the year 1002, says
Molyneux ; but he goes on to say, Wulfric’s donation was ratified
in the year 1004, by King Ethelred. Wulfric’s will is said to be
dated 1002, but I think you can hardly speak of the foundation of the
Abbey until such an important item as the ratification by the King
had taken place, and evidently the Monks knew it, and dated their
foundation from 1004.

I have to thank Mr, Beck for his kind assistance and informa-
tion given at the time of excavation ; also, our President and Sec-
retary for their valuable help in the matter; and Mr. Port for his
most kindly help with photographs and slides.

45

Some Dotes on Local Rainfall.

By G. T. Lynam, A.M.1.C.E.

READ BEFORE THE Society, APRIL 17TH, 1902.

HE Society is in possession of details of the rainfall in Burton
for a number of years, and very interesting analyses of the
records have been published from time to time in the Trans-

actions. Heavy rainfalls, however, do not appear to have been
particularly dealt with in detail, and some notes on the rapidity and
duration of fall may be of interest and use. The records that have
been published are of interest more from a scientific point of view
than a popular or even practical one. I propose to deal chiefly with
the practical aspect of the subject. As one who has from time to
time to devise and carry out means of disposing of rainwater when it
falls, I require to know the maximum quantity that may be expected
in a given time; and, in order to ascertain this maximum, in the
absence of any information at my disposal, I have established an
automatic recording instrument, and have taken continuous obser-
vations for a period of three years. As these results can be stated
in a very few words, I propose, in addition, to give the general results
of my observations of the effect of rainfall upon the level and volume
of the river Trent.
RATE AND DURATION OF RAIN.

The instrument used for recording the rate and duration of
rainfall is established at the Corporation Store Yard at Bond End.
These premises are 152 feet above Ordnance Datum, and the
mouth of the rain gauge is 2 feet above the ground. The instru-
ment is one of Mr. George Kent’s automatic rainfall recorders. It
is designed to give an accurate general idea of the time, rate, and
duration of rainfall. The instrument consists of a receiving cylinder,
surmounted by a circular gauge, 7 ins, diameter, in which rain falls,

,

a

a ae

i eae

SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL. 46

and from which it runs through a funnel into the cylinder. In the
cylinder there is a float suspended by a brass wire, working over a
pulley inside the cylinder and passing through a hole in the side of
the cylinder and over another pulley outside. The wire carries a pen
carriage and pen. The pen is adjusted so as to mark upon a recording
drum. This drum is carried on a vertical rod forming a pivot, and is
actuated by a pinion wheel and ratchet gearing, the pinion being
revolved by clockwork. The gearing is so proportioned as to revolve
the recording drum once every 24 hours, The receiving cylinder is
fitted with a tap for drawing off the rainwater, and when the instru-
ment is in use the paper diagram upon which the rainfall is recorded
is fitted round the recording drum, so that, at the time of adjustment,
the pen point is upon a particular horizontal line of the diagram in
a position corresponding with the time which is marked in hours and
is indicated by vertical lines on the diagram.

The action of the instrument is as follows :—Rain falling in the
gauge is conducted into the receiving cylinder, raising the float
and lowering the pen correspondingly. Meantime the recording
drum is being revolved by the clockwork gearing. The result is a
line drawn by the pen upon the diagram in a more or less sloping
direction from right to left according to the rate and duration of the
rainfall. When there is no rain the line drawn by the pen is hori-
zontal. It should be particularly observed that the diagram is not
distorted or exaggerated, and consequently the record is not capable
of very minute analysis. ‘The instrument is not of very delicate
construction, being designed for practical purposes. Should a very
accurate record be required, it would, of course, be a simple matter
to render the instrument more delicate in its action, by reducing the
diameter of the receiving cylinder and float, and increasing the
distance between the horizontal lines on the diagram correspondingly,
in order to obtain an exaggerated diagram, showing two or three
or more times the actual depth of rainfall, as may be desired.

For the purposes of this paper I have adopted an empirical
standard forheavy rain of aquarter-of-an-inch (*25)of rain per 24 hours.

SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL.

47

Ea i

9¢ G3-t 3 G'b QT Ge

bel LT 8 LT g vas

Go |82-T| 9 | €8-| T | 8&-] S | 28-| 1 | OG.) & Jeet) &

6& |1G-T) $ | Ob-| & | 62-| G | 6b-| S | 08-} L jes

Le 1Ge- | fo | 8e-| So | T6-| 9 | GL} ¢E | 2G-] 3 |T9

oo |bb | b | 62-| o | 29-| b | —|—] $G-] So j9b | 6

‘NI ‘NI *NI ‘NI ‘NI ‘NI ‘NI ‘NI ‘NI ‘NI
‘oaq "AON ‘790 "qdag ‘onVv “Ajne ‘oune “ARI ‘judy “IB

sheq
J re N “dBv9
1eq01, ‘sInoy $Z Ul [[BJ WNUIxew pur ‘urey SABO SVM JIDq} YOIYM uo skeq so Jequinyy

— -! SMOT[OF SB “JU9}Xe STG} OF UIvI AAVET, SV 81O4I—[OG] PUY ‘OOGT ‘6681 ‘8G8I—Saved NO; oYy UT

SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL 48

There does not appear to be any relative proportion between the
maximum daily fall and the total annual fall or monthly fall, for it
will be observed that, whilst the maximum daily falls in the four
years were 1°51 in. and 1:33 in. in 1900 and 1901 respectively, the
total falls of those years were 31:01 in. and 24°16 in. In 1899 the
maximum daily fall was ‘91 in., and the total fall 25°33 in., and in
the months of December, in 1900 and 1901, the falls were 3°91 in.
and 5:16 in. respectively.

The maximum rate of fall recorded in three years was 3°75 in.

per hour, 25 in. of rain falling in four minutes on the 25th
August, 1900.

Other rapid falls of rain observed were .—

TOTAL

; Dare, | pany | MOE | pER HOUR. |
1899, IN. INCHES. INCHES.
April 29tb| 9-96 20 in 24 mins. ‘5 per hour,
May 9th...| 0:46 25: 15 1:0 ae
June 28th| 9-45 Din en Olas 8 *,
July 1st...} 0:61 25), OO meests a) 7
Sept. 19th) 0:37 10) <2, 5 A
Oct. 29th..| 0°54 1515 Oke “15 53
1990.
June 11th} 1:06 10). 90ers (66) = 5;
July 20th) 0-83 “Glas Sle syne Ec ercol ap as
4; ” 9 ” 3°00 ”
July 27th} 0°56 "Ai 4a |p ts 00 a
Aug, 5th..| 0°42 SOBs Cees cco loleas;
eye Oun..|) 10761 "25 ” 4 ” 3°75 ”
Oct. 4th...| 039 0G) Ones. ‘96 ms
1901.
June 20th} 0-69 | -25,,30 ,, Dar as
sv) Sb) » $10 Pee Os
July 27th} 0:50 38,455; Cass
cay bay a) 1:0

49 SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL.

It will be observed that the greatest rate of rainfall in the period
under notice has not cccurred upon days when there has been the
greatest amount of rain, and that the period of most rapid falls is the
six montls, April to October, the months of June, July, and August

being those when the maximum rate of fall may be expected.

With the limited information at disposal, it is hardly possible to
draw any particular conclusions as to what rate of fallin a given
period may be expected, but for practical purposes, and after making
allowance for evaporation, absorption, and time of running off, I have
adopted a standard of half-an-inch of rain per hour from impervious
surfaces to be drained, and so far have found this allowance sufficient,
although it is open to correction if future observations differ much
from those already made. I was once connected witha town in
Lancashire where an allowance of three times this rainfall was made,
and where in a very severe thunderstorm, in August, 1889, I think,
12. in. rain fell in 55 minutes. The drainage works designed to deal
with 13 inches of rain per hour had just been completed, and proved

sufficient for the occasion.

I have an idea that there is some proper proportion between the
average annual rainfall and the maximum quantity and rate in a
given time, but for want of sufficient information [ am unable to
formulate a theory with any degree of confidence. So far as my
experience goes, it would appear as if the maximum hourly fall in
different places is about proportional to the annual fal], and as if
the maximum rate of fall is inversely proportional to the square

root of the duration.

Diagram No. 2 (20th July, 1900) shows a fall of 0°63 in., 0°6 in.
of which fell in 27 minittes, and the greatest rate was 3 in. per hour,

‘4 in. falling in 8 minutes. In this case the fall registered at the Grange

SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL. 50

DIAGRAM N22

RAINFALL DIAGRAM

20" yuly 1900

) SS eae ee
AM AM MIDNIGHT PM PM. NOON AM. AM.

Field was °83 in. In the summer months there has been a discrepancy
between the reading of the two gauges on several occasions. This is
generally accounted for by the well-known fact that thundershowers
are usually more or less of a local character.

On December 12th, 1901, occurred the great snowfall of last
Winter. Snow commenced to fall about 9 a.m., and continued, with
little intermission, for 41 hours. The total amount recorded was
1-43 in. At the Grange Field 1-57 in. was recorded in the same time.
The diagram on this occasion is not entirely reliable, as it was noted
that snow fell at first in a fairly dry condition, but as the day wore
on it became wet, and as the instrument used will not register a fall
of snow, unless it melts as it comes, the rate of fall cannot be ascer-
tained. In this case, the rate was probably greater at the beginning

f the fall than was registered, and less than the diagram shows later
on, when the dry snow that would collect in the gauge would be
gradually melted by the wet snow coming later.

There are certain drawbacks to the instrument used, which may

SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL.

51

URN WOUND E ORTON UNO ET

x
g
z
x

(BL3 . ft 18
a BL ime.

H

SSG0R0 88-2205

AEE

rs

eee
Ee
—
=
cea
=
=
v

ae
=
SS
=
=
as
4
=
:
me

Bes
=
La]
jew]
=
pay

=e

rot
To]

2
ae
=e
rao

< Pe L774) * AVp/ x LAA x HOU P/ x AYWNYFZY xX AYYANT >
NOLUNG LY TIVANIVEY HLIM DAYVAWOD NOLPNITTIAA LY LNIYL WIA/Y 10 LHDIFTL ONIMOHS WWYIV/G

TIVINIVES

CESEIN GE TEORW HAUT ABO WERMUALPAH UAB PH TCARKUAN HHUA ROHS BRR OWI AW UY BOK TRRMURYWHUNED a COMMA NH UWE D&C SIWONS epouyxardd/o

‘SUN VE UT SNOTTVO

52

SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL,

WIGNFIFZG * wIFWIA0V x YIFOLIO x
NOLIG LY TIVINIVY HLIM GFYVAWOD NOLIN/ITTIAA

HEDERROROAU AOU OUI OOOOOULU'ISRRIER
DUPARAUUOUARRADRRAOGUAOOROOOINGOOEREOUIRANBRIE

HT
HTT
ATT TTT]

ee ee ARKMIKYIWUOBTHERURMARW HH UAE SPL SME AAW Oe awe 8 AL Ewe LE OLB! SFI LI Oe TY E SIWONS

YIONFILATIG * 4snony x
LV ANFYL YIN 40 LHDIFf/ ONIMOHS WVYDV/T

TIVINIVEY

Ww

YAN/Y SO LHDIFH

0007

SMOVT Ti OOF

53 SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL,

be mentioned here. If there is a sharp frost for a short time, the
brass wire carrying the pen contracts, the pen is raised, and a line is
drawn on the diagram HIGHER than the horizontal base line, instead
of LOWER, as it is when there is rain. There is no difficulty about
this, as the cause is so obvious from the result ; but if the frost con-
tinues sufficiently severe to affect the water in the receiving cylinder,
and ice is formed, the float is raised, the pen descends, and the dia-
gram appears to register a fall of rain. For absolute accuracy under
all conditions of temperature, means of keeping the water in the
receiving cylinder at a uniform temperature between the times of
adjustment would have to be provided.

RAINFALL AND THE RIVER TRENT.

I have collected a considerable amount of information relating
to the height and volume of the River Trent from day to day during
the last three years, and have embodied the results for the year 1900
in a diagram (pages 51, 52) for the use of the Society. The rainfall
recorded at Burton during the same period is shown upon the
diagram also relatively to the gauging of the river,

I do not offer any remarks upon this matter, as I understand
another member of the Society contemplates giving a paper upon it.

The observations of the river have been made at Willington, at
a point a short distance below the bridge,

Above this point the drainage area of the River is:

In the basin of the Trent i 650 sq. miles,
” ” ” Tame eke 579 do,
“6 An - Dove ae 390 do,

Total 1,619 do.

The estimated population is:

In the basin of the Trent ns ae 641,000
” ” ” Tame <* oe 1,305,000
” ” ” Dove o aie 77,000

Total 2,023,000

Of this population about 1,628,000 is Urban and 395,000 is Rural.

SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL. 54

CARTOON SHOWING THE DRAINAGE AREA OF THE
RIVER TRENT ABOVE WILLINGTON BRIDGE:

BASIN OF

RIVER OWVAE}
a:

© 8Q:0)LS3

SHBY DE LAZOUCH)

SUTTON ;

COLOFIELD

BASIN OF ¢ RIVER YAHes

$79 (39: W435

pba 3245S Fee NILES,

55 SOME NOTES ON LOCAL RAINFALL.

The Cartoon Map (page 54) shows the drainage areas separately
marked with thick lines, and the Urban districts distinguished,

The gauging of the Trent is unfortunately far from complete,
The base line of the River diagram represents lowest summer level,
and the flood lire shown is five feet above this, The River rises
considerably higher, In 1875 it was three or four feet at least
higher than the flood line shown, but I have no records of the level
above the upper line shown.

The volume of the River at different levels is roughly estimated
from gaugings I have had made, and can only be regarded as ap-
proximate. Incidentally it may be remarked that in times of
normal flow the Dove carries as much water as the Trent.

A fall of 1 in, of rain over the whole drainage area would
represent a volume of 23,500 million gallons,

The average rainfall over the whole area of the gathering ground
of the river above Willington is probably 28 inches. The total
volume of rain falling in this area, therefore, ina year is 658,000
million gallons. About one half of this volume flows down the Trent
annually, the other half being evaporated, absorbed by plant life, or
sinking into the ground, and forming springs outside the area
drained by the Trent above Willington.

The paper is accompanied by drawings from which the dia-

grams in the text have been prepared. The drawings are deposited
with the Society for reference.

“Quo”

56

Dotes on the Occurrence of the Red-necked Grebe
near Burton-on-Crent.

—_——___

By G. H. Srorzr, F.Z.8,

READ BEFORE THE NATURAL HISTORY AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION,
NOVEMBER 28TH, 1902.

HE Red-necked Grebe (Popiceps GRISEIGENA) has long been consid-

C ered an occasional visitor to this locality, and is so mentioned in
Sir Oswald Mosley’s * Natural H istory of Tutbury,” and in other

lists compiled since his day. But it is to be regretted that in none of
these cases have any data been given, or any definite information as
to where and when an individual of this species has been obtained.

— Our common Grebe is, of course, the Dabchick, or Little Grebe,
q one of the most familiar, as well as most interesting, of our local
birds, and during the breeding season this bird has a chestnut face
and neck, and in one case at least has been mistaken for the
much larger Red-necked Grebe, a bird which only visits this country
in the Winter, and which has never been known to breed within our
borders. The nest and eggs described as those of the Red-necked
Grebe in the “ Flora of Repton,” are evidently those of the Dab-
—ehick. Such lack of positive evidence as to the occurrence of the
Red-necked Grebe in both Derbyshire and Staffordshire has led
Messrs. Jourdain & Masefield, in a recent revision of the lists of
local birds, to report that this bird had been included on insufficient

57 NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE RED-NECKED GREBE,

evidence, and that its name should be expunged from the local lists
of Staffordshire, and I believe, from Derbyshire also. It is, there-
fore, with very great pleasure, that I exhibit to-night, an undoubted
local specimen of this interesting bird, and [ am sure that the
‘“‘ Natural History Section ” of our Society, on this its opening night,
will rejoice with me that we have thus the opportunity of reinstat-
ing, on a firmer basis than it ever stood before, the Red-necked
Grebe as a very rare but quite legitimate member of the avi fauna
of the counties of Stafford and Derby.

The specimen referred to, and which lies on the table before you,
was shot on November 26th, 1898, by one of the keepers on the
estate of the Marquis of Anglesey, and was brought to me in the
flesh for identification by Mr. W. G. Williams, who very kindly
presented it to me for my collection, It was killed in the Trent,
near Branston, and being thus obtained on the borders of both
counties, it will be seen that this bird fully vindicated the claims of
its species to inclusion on both lists.

The individual is a male in Winter dress, and is above the
average in size, measuring, whilst in the flesh, rather more than
17 inches in total Jength, with a wing of 6.6 inches. As the Little
Gi ebe is only about 84-inches long, the difference in size will be at
once apparent:

eee ee

58

Some Royal Visits to Burton.

N a paper on “The Ground Plan of Burton Abbey,” (Vol. ITT,
fp Part 3) read before the Society in 1896, I mentioned that we
had evidence of many buildings, the sites of which had passed
away, and quoted one—“ The Kyngs Chamber,” where it came next
to “The Gret Chamber,” and in my paper on the “ Burton Abbey
Dissolution Inventories,” (Vol. IV., Part 1), is an item “ The Kyngs
Chamber, The hengyngs of green, saye xxd.” JT also said, judging from
the Ancient Rites of Durham, I should certainly say it was part of the
guest house. The description there given is: “This haule is a goodly
“brave place, much like unto the body of a Church with verey fair
“pillers supporting yt on ether syde, and in the mydest of the haulea
“most large rannge for the fyer. The chambers and lodginges belong-
“ing to yt weare swetly keept,and so richly furnyshed that they weare
“not unpleasant to ly in, especially one chamber called the Kyngs
“Chamber, deservinge that name, in that the Kyng him selfe myght
“verie well have lyne in yt, for the princelynes thereof.”

In my Paper on S. Modwen(Vol. IV, part 2), I drew attention toan
early Royal visit to Burton. Quoting from the Miracles of S. Modwen,
given in Geoffry's MSS., the account is given of Laurence, 3rd Abbott
of Burton, Stripping the Shrine to feed the poor ina great famine.
Tt finishes thus: “Leofric, the aforesaid Abbot, was still ruling
“ (1050-1085) over the Convent of Burton, and when William the First,
“that most valiant and brave man, Duke of Normandy, who had

59 SOME ROYAL VISITS TO BURTON.

“ begun to reign in England, made a journey to the Shrine of the
“ Virgin, who had evinced this Divine vengeance.” I had occasion
recently to look in the Patent Rolls, and also in two Royal Itineries,
namely, that of John and Edward I, and from these | gathered the
following Royal visits to Burton :—

Wittiam I (I hope to get the date some day).
Joun—1200, March 31st. April Ist.

1204, August 22nd.

1208, December 14th.
Epwarp I—1275, August 18th.

1284, February 22nd, 27th.

Epwarp IJI—1328, January 3rd.
Epwarp 1[V—1473, September 4th, 5th.

From these quotations we may judge that there were good reasons
for a King’s Chamber at Burton Abbey. I had not time to continue
my search further, and doubt not, that given time for further search,
other visits of our Kings to Burton might be found.

The unfortunate Mary, Queen of Scots, passed through Burton
on her way from Chartley to Fotheringay, says Molyneux, as appears’
from the following memorial formerly over the door of the Manor
House, at Abbots Bromley : ‘ Maria regina Scotiz quondam transibat
istam villam 21 Septembris 1586 usque Burton.”

We can now add another Royal visit, Edward VII, 1902, Feb-
ruary 21-24.

60

Our Reptiles and Amphibians: their Distribution
in the Counties of Stafford, Derby, and
Leicester.

By G. H. Storer, F.Z.8.

READ BEFORE THE SOCIETY, FEBRUARY 27TH, 1903.

A we might expect from the position of the Midland Counties,
with which we in Burton are most familiar, Reptiles are but
poorly represented numerically in Staffordshire, Derbyshire,
and Leicestershire, especially when we compare these counties with
those south of the Thames. Our Amphibians, although not includ-
ing the Edible Frog (Rana EscuLEeNTA), which is confined to the
Eastern Fen district, and counting the Palmated Newt (Motce
PALMATA) on a single record only, are individually more abundant
than the reptiles, and are likely to remain so, since, in many local-
ities, their haunts are less likely to be altered by the agency of man,
whilst the Amphibians themselves are more prolific than are the
Reptiles. The European Water Tortoise, described and figured by
Sir Oswald Mosley (‘‘ History of Tutbury”) from a specimen taken
on the canal bank, near Burton, in 1857, was evidently merely a
stray specimen which had escaped from captivity, and may be at
once dismissed from our list.

REPTILES.

LACERTILIA.
1. Common, Scaly, or Viviparous Lizard. LACERTA VIVIPARAJACQUIN.

In Derbyshire this species occurs most abundantly in the North,
but is rare or altogether absent from many districts in the centre

61 OUR REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS.

and south of the county. The Rey. Francis C. R. Jourdain kindly
writes me that in 1876 he “found this species very abundant on
the moors which reach from Ashopton to Sheffield, especially near
Moscar.”

In South Derbyshire it occurred three or four years ago on some
rough furze-covered land near Drakelow, but has entirely disappeared
since this was drained and put under cultivation. About six years
ago it was to be found near Burton, but is not now to be met with
on the Staffordshire side of the Trent. Mr. Francis Thompson
has, however, informed me that two or three individuals still haunt
the rockery of his garden on the Derbyshire side of the river, and
possibly this may be true of other places where these interesting and
beautiful reptiles are undisturbed.

In Staffordshire, the scaly Lizird chiefly affects the wilder,
heathy parts of the county, especially in the North and on Cannock
Chase. In Staffordshire, however, the scaly Lizard never appears
in such numbers as it does in the Charnwood Forest district of
Leicestershire, where I have more frequently met with it than in
any part of the Midlands known to me. Bardon Hill, Bradgate
Park, Swithland, and Woodhouse Eaves are localities in Charnwood
Forest where I have frequently. captured this active little creature.
It seems to be very partial to the syenite and slate rocks of Charn-
wood, on which it may be seen basking in the sunshine.

2. Sand Lizard. Lacerta aqriis, LINN.

Not recorded from Derbyshire or Staffordshire, and from Leices-
tershire—with which I am very familiar, and where I have person-
ally never met with it—solely on the authority of the late James
Harley. Mr. Montagu Browne, F.G.8., F.Z.S., in his ‘‘ Vertebrate
Animals of Leicestershire and Rutland” (p. 175), whilst admitting
that he himself has not met with it, accepts the testimony of Harley,
with which conclusion, however, I regret that Iam unable to agree.
Harley's remarks as to times of appearance, variation in colour, and
even, under certain circumstances, of method of reproduction may

;
£
>

OUR REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS. 62

be equally true of the much more common and more widely distrib-
uted Scaly Lizard.

3. Blind-worm or Slow-worm. ANGUIS FRAGILIS, LINN.

Found in all three counties in similar situations to those affected
by the common Lizard, but preferring the hilly districts. In Derby-
shire I have records from Miller's Dale, Dove Dale, Lathkil Dale,
Thorpe Cloud (Rev. J. C. Stephens), Belper. Mr. Hutchinson oblig-
ingly writes me that he received one a few years ago, from Little
Eaton, about ten inches in length.

Charnwood Forest, Leicestershire, is a favourite haunt of this
reptile, in some parts of which, a few years ago, it was abundantly
met with by those who knew how to look for it. Bradgate Park,
Beacon Hill, Woodhouse Eaves, Bardon Hill and Whitwick, are
localities in which I have personally observed it.

The blindworm varies greatly in colour according to age. The
young for some time after birth are nearly white above and black
below. Half-grown individuals are sometimes copper-coloured, whilst
mature specimens, especially females, become dark grey, and so thick
as to he mistaken for vipers at a casual glance by unsophisticated
persons. Although usually the most gentle of reptiles, and possessing
only the startling habit of suddenly breaking off the tail when seized,
such aged individuals will occasionally, though rarely, strike at the
hand in a very snake-like manner.

OPHIDIA.
4, Common, Ringed, or Green Snake. TRoPIDONOTUS NATRIX, LINN.
NAtTRIX ToRQUATA, Ray.
Although nowhere numerically very abundant, the common snake
is widely distributed in Derbyshire, especially in the South Derby-
shire plain, from which the adder is absent.

The Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain writing to me under date September
3rd, 1901, says: ‘“ About four examples have been killed in Ash-
bourne district since 1880 (one a large one, 4 feet long), but they are
by no means common.”

63 OUR REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS.

I recently examined a specimen 3 feet 1 inch in length, in the
possession of Mr, Adsetts, of Derby, which had been killed near
Belper.

Mr. Hutchinson writes me that he has received various speci-
mens from the vicinity of Derby, and he considers the ringed snake
“fairly common” in his locality. One example came under his
notice as it was in the act of swallowing a frog at Littleover, within
two miles of Derby.

The ringed snake also occurs at Bretby, and near Woodville. I
have not heard of its appearance near Burton since 1885.

In Leicestershire the ringed snake is widely distributed, but is
not common. )

5, Viper or Adder. VipERA BERUS, LINN.

Very local in Derbyshire, and almost confined to the North
Derbyshire Moors. Has occasionally occurred near the Leicester-
shire border,—such specimens being probably strays from Charnwood
Forest, Breadsall Moor (E. Brown) and Darley Dale (A. G. Darwin).

It occurs at Chartley Park, Cannock Chase, and other places in
Staffordshire, but is decreasing in numbers as its haunts become
drained and the land cultivated. It was formerly abundant at
Chartley, where Sir Oswald Mosley records that in a single day’s
shooting he has ‘disturbed several of them; and their venomous
bite has sometimes proved fatal to valuable pointers, which stand at
them as if they had the scent of game.” (Natural History of Tut-
bury, page 60).

Although the viper varies a great deal individually both in
ground-colour and markings, this is largely a matter of sex: bright
light-coloured specimens, with a black well-defined zig-zag dorsal line,
being males, whilst the shorter, thinner-tailed females are brown or
reddish, with the markings more indistinct.

In Leicestershire the viper is almost confined to Charnwood
Forest, where I have found it at least as plentiful as the ringed
_ snake.

OUR REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS, 64

AMPHIBIANS.
EcAupDATA.
1. Common Frog. RANA TEMPORARIA, LINN.

Common, and generally distributed.

2. Common Toad. Buro vunearis, Laur.

Common and generally distributed in all three counties.

3. Natterjack Toad. Buro caLAmita, Laur.

Not indigenous, but has been introduced into Staffordshire and
Leicestershire.

Many years ago the late Mr. Edwin Brown presented some speci-
mens of this handsome little toad, which he had obtained fiom
Cheshire, to Sir Oswald Mosley, who turned them out in his ground
at Rolleston. This colony still survived ten years after its intio-
duction, so that it is just possible that descendants may still exist
and be claimed as indigenous by some observer ignorant of their
history. In a somewhat similar manner I was myself the means of
unintentionally introducing the Natterjack into Leicestershire,
having presented a series of living specimens of various ages to the
Leicester Museum, which I had collected in Lancashire. Some of
these were turned out in the Museum grounds by the Curator, Mr.
Montagu Browne, F.G.S., F.Z.S., as recorded in his “ Vertebrate
Animals of Leicestershire and Rutland,” p. 182. It is scarcely
probable that in this case any would long survive.

It may be well to mention, perhaps, that the natterjack toad may
readily be recognised by the yellow line down the middle of the back,
and by its active movements. It can also withstand heat far better
than the common toad.

CAUDATA.
4, Great Crested or Warty Newt. Monce cristata, Laur.

Fairly common in ponds and ditches.

65 OUR REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS,

5. Common or Smooth Newt—Eft. Monee vuiearis, Linn.
TRITON PUNCTATUS, LaTR.

Rather more abundant than the last-named and found in similar
situations. This species, in common with the Crested Newt, is liable
to possess additional digits on both the fore and hind feet. One
individual taken at Stapenhill in July, 1900, and which I kept alive
for some time, possessed five complete feet,—an additional limb being
developed from the left shoulder.

6. Palmated Newt. MoLGE PALMATA, SCH.

Not recorded for Leicestershire or Derbyshire, and in only one
instance for Staffordshire.

Mr. J. R. B. Masefield, M.A., of Cheadle, informs me that he
has a note of the occurrence of this interesting species of newt in
South Staffordshire, but it would appear to be very local in the
county, as I have been unable to meet with it in Mid-Staffordshire,
and Mr. Masefield himself has failed to obtain it in the Cheadle
district.

The palmated newt, especially when immature, is doubtless fre-
quently confused with the smooth newt, from which, however, it can
always be distinguished by its unspotted throat, and the male in the
breeding season by his webbed feet and the curious mucro or thread
at the end of his tail. The body also has an oblong section, being
flattened above and at the sides in a manner not seen in our other
British species.

Bat Fem,

RAINFALL AT. BURTON.

66

For THE YEARS 1900, 1901,

Mont.

Total Amount
(inches),

January
February ...
March
April

May

June

July
August
September
October
November
December...

a oy
> >
“ ©

5 years’
average.
1876 31-96
1877 31:29
1878 30°53 | 30-48
1879 28-96
1880 29-68
1881 27-31
1882 3791 |
1883 27-95 / 28°69
1884 23-04
1885 26:96
Ten years’ average
1876-1885
29-58,

RAINFALL at Burton-on-

ON-TRENT,
1902.

been fw nished by the Burton Corpor-
their Station in the Grange Field, 153

gauge, 1 foot above the

ti 2 =
av |=2.) 5. | Se
Sa gic oe bo
eS se] §2 PS
s Sf5 8
c <4 TH
m | Eso ae ee,
LJ) mN E -c a
ca ta eee Bem aes}
a) c~ ~— oom
c3 [aa ‘S ea
ae |a a As

27

5 years’

average,
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890

1891
1892
1893
1894
1895

32°74
18°72
22°99
28°42
19-80

27°22
22°15
19°72
22°10
23°35

24°53

22°91

Ten years’ average
1886-1895

23°72

Maximum fall

|

s == =
oD |aa
oe 3% ao “5
2a] on |] Ba om
cc = eel 823
Ee! q Tics [SeaeS cy
elt <5 a sso
NE -= Cn ENS
a) ae o | xes
= i) os | aon
a ad |S
Es

Be
OD
oH

TRENT FoR 27 Years, 1876-1902,

5 years’

average,
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900

1901
1902

20°87
2634
20 29
25°35
31:01

24-09
24°36

24:77

Twenty-seven years’
average
1876-1902,

26°11,

€rrata to Flora of Burton-on-Crent

67

and Deighbourhood.

VOL. LY. PART 2:

P. 117 line 6. Read, Cryptegamia to end of Characee.
P. 118 No. 1155. For Antierhinum read Antirrhinum.

Page 121 No. 12¢2. For piperata ,,
. 1235 No. 1260.

P. 147

be Pay RS Sh af at Bf Pd dP Pt PT

124
125
126
127
127
127
127
128
129
130
131
131
131 No. 1466
132
132 No. 1476
132
132
133 No. 1502

136

. 136 No. 1587

136 P. 137

- 139 No. 1687.

143 No. 1824
145
146 No. 1878

. 147 No. 1909

147
147
147

piperita.
For G. read Galeorsis.
Pe iixita wei x UIT.
Ai Ibo es | baie
Pe ISU) 5 MEX Vis
Vass ee V ITs
5 LXV eng) MESCVALT.
SoeLXVIly G, eLxxX.
epithe |bo8k
eedx1x) | Go. eer.
Je exe oie. BIXXIV.
Fp albeit) aay) lb-o-q ii
= bedi =7 Vheaigethy
eX hy) USER.
‘en @ ;, Habenaria.
a katie Saye 1b 2'e <
. cea ew.
Fi wikcqarin | Wboso0€
5) IRRVIILe, lxxxiil.
;, olearceum read oleraceum.
Sixx 5 lscxciy.
Aan) 6.6. cpm al POS. Oe
eS ie cl ap Ab oe. Silks
3 xe, lxxxvil.
RX 5; © LEX XVU-
4 IXEXIV 5) elk xxx,

Insert locality, Moira Reservoir; J,E.N.
For Ixxxy read xci.
5, Goodenovii read Goodenowii.

», Ixxxvi read xcii

», 1816 s\) Mots

», 1817 93) ea:

», myurus ,, Myurus.
jy) LSSXVil, | ),,. XC.

,, Filix-femina read Filix-femina,

;, Bohychium » Botrychium.
pe EX VILL se CLV.
SE b.0.2.88 < i7,. REV

og EXC Vids

» Xcvili Characee.

PRESE TED

i. tec eon) cae

ae

TRANSACTIONS Ke

OF THE

VOL. V.—PART II.

Borron- ON-TRENT

Natural History

AND |

ARCHAOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

WITH

| Annual Report, Balance Sheet, &c.,

| :

|
8 FOR SESSIONS 1902-3, 1903-4, 1904-5, 1905-6.

—$——$ ie _—--_——-
EDITED BY

H. LLOYD HIND, BSc., A.I.C.,
Hon. Secretary. JETS §

THE BURTON PUBLISHING Co., Ltd., HORNINGLOW STREET.

BURTON-ON-TRENT : | ,

s

t

BURTON-ON-TRENT
Natural History and Archeological Society.

FRIARS’ WALK.

Annual Report, Balance Sheet,

&e., &e.,
FOR THE

YEARS ENDING SEPTEMBER 30TH,

1903, 1904, 1905 & 1906.

Ill

PAST PRESIDENTS.

1876-77—S. EVERSHED, Esq., M.P.
77-78— %

-1878-79—Rev. C. F. THORNEWILL, M.A., F.E.S.

1879-80-—-H. G. TOMLINSON, Esa.

1880-81—W. MOLYNEUX, Ese.

1881-82—R. THORNEWILL, Eso.

1882-83—-C. O’SULLIVAN, Ese., F.R.S.
1883-84—Rev. C. F. THORNEWILL, M.A., F.ES.
1884-85—Hon. G. H. ALLSOPP, M.P.

1885-86—J. T. HARRIS, Ese.

1886-87— rr +

1887-88—HORACE T. BROWN, Ese., L.L.D., F.R.S.
1888-89— ; ‘ is
1889-90--P. B. MASON, Ese., J.P., M.R.C.S., F.L.S.
90-91, # P

1891-92—T. KNOWLES, Ese., M.A.

1892-93-- a f ;
1893-94—G. HARRIS MORRIS, Ese., Ph.D., F.C.
1894-95---P. B. MASON, Esa., J.P., M.R.C.S., F.L.S.
1895-96—F. E. LOTT, Ese., Assoc.R.S.M., F.LC.
1896-97— >, -
1897-98--ROBERT MOXON, Esa.
1898-99- 2
1899-1900— JAMES O’SULLIVAN, Eso., F.C.
1900-1901—- 3
1901-1902—G. MORLAND DAY, Ese.
1902-1903 — 3 z
1903-1904--CHAS. G. MATTHEWS, Esq., F.1.C., F.C.S.
1904-1905 — a .

1905-1906—-B. L. OSWELL, Esa.

” ;

” ”

” ,

IV

OFFICERS OF THE SOCIFTY.
1905-1906.

President:
B. L. OSWELL, Esa.

Vice-Presidents:
Horace T. Brown, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.
Aprian J. Brown, Esq., M.Sc., F.LC., F.CS.
Cras. G. Marrurews, Esa., F.LC., F.CLS.
Rk. Moxon, Esa.
C. O’Sutirvan, Esa., F.R.S., F.LC., &e.
James O’Sutiivan, Esa., F.LC.
Rev. C. F. Trornewit, M.A., F.E.S.
F. FE. Lorr, Esa., Assoc.R.S.M., F.LC.
Rev. V. A. Boyt, M.A.,- B.C.L.

Hon. Treasurer:
Mr. Epwin A. Browy.

Hon. Secretary:
Mr. H. Lioyp Hiyp, B.Se., A.LC., 55, Stanton Road.

Hon. Librarian:
Mr. A. Cupperorp.

Committee:

Mr. F. W. Anprews | Mr. W. Optic, F.LC.
L. J. Day mm dla Rae
A. J. Lyne ., He ee Port
J. E. Nowers | Cy. H. Srorer, F.Z.8.

Dr. A. L. Stern, F.C.

Hon. Sec. Photographic and Scientific Section = Mr. G. Moore.
» Natural Historyand Geological ,, Mr, Harotp Winitams.
» 9 Literary Section - - - - Mr. Rorr. Moxon.

¥

SECTIONS AND SECTIONAL OFFICERS.

PHOTOGRAPHIC AND SCIENTIFIC.

Chairmen:
Mr. W. Howarrn.

Mr. H. H. Porr.

Hon. Secretary:
Mr. G. Moore, 254, Branstone Road.

NATURAL HISTORY AND GEOLOGICAL.

Chairman:

Mr. G. H. Srorer, F.Z.S.

Vice-Chairmen:

Mr. F. E. Lorr, Assoc.R.S.M., F.LC., Mr. J. E. Nowers.

Hon. Secretary:
Mr. Harotp Wittrams, 493, Stanton Road.

LITERARY.

Chairman:

Rev. H. B. Freeman, M.A., R.D. *

Hon. Secretary:
Mr. Roperr Moxon, 121, Alexandra Road.

Members wishing to join either of the above Sections are requested
to communicate with the respective Secretaries.

Vi

Annual General Meeting, 1903.

The Twenty-eighth Annual General Meeting was held in the
Y.M.C.A. Hall, on Thursday, October 22nd, 1903.

In the unavoidable absence of the retiring President (Mr. G. M.

Day), the Chair was taken by Mr. F. E. Lott, who was supported by

45 members and friends.

The Honorary Secretary read the Report and Balance Sheet

for the past year, as follows :—

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING SEPTEMRER 30th, 1903.

Your Committee have much pleasure in presenting their Annual
Report for the Twenty-seventh Session, and congratulating the

Members on the continued satisfactory condition of the Society.

The total membership is now 190 Members, 16 Associates, and.

12 Hon. Members—a total membership of 219. ‘Twenty new Members
and 13 Associates have been elected during the year, and 15 Members
and one Associate have resigned, showing a net increase of five

Members and 12 Associates.

The Monthly General Meetings have been held, as usual, during
the Winter months, when some interesting papers were read by the

members. ‘The average attendance was 50.

=

Vil

The following list gives the papers read and other business
transacted at the Meetings :---

1902 Attendance.
Oct. 23—Annual General Meeting—Presidential Address: ‘‘ Voleanoes”’ a oa 66
Nov. 20—“'The Foundations of Burton Abbey.’—H. A. Rye... Ban) eee cc sels
Dec. 11—“ Wild Bird Protection.”—J. R. B. Masefield, M.A. ... a Se =e 30
1903

Jan. 15—‘‘The Sandwich Isles.”—Rev. L. S. Staley, M A, sae a oe noe 35
Feb. 20—“ Our Reptiles and Amphibians.”—G. H. Storer, F'.Z.8. oa ae ae 46
Mar. 19—‘‘Tennyson: His Music and Message.”—Rev. H. B. Freeman, M.A. - 75
Apl. 16—Election of President for Session 1903-1904 cro Coste roel | Oa ema IL!
Apl. 17—“‘Jamaica.”—Capt. W. J. P. Benson ... see As oe ine ee Aa 90

An excellent list of Excursions was arranged, and all were
successfully carried through. The following list gives the leaders at
each Excursion with the attendances at each :—

Map. 16—Kedleston Hall .. Leader—Mr. C. G. Matthews, F.1.C. ... Attendance 21
June 1—-Ridwares and Handsacre _,, Mr. W. Howarth ... - 18
June 20—Chartley “<0 ; 4 Mr. G. M. Day ... Rs 2 A 16
July 25—Cromford ae eae a Mr. (. O'Sullivan, F.R.S. sus 55 36
Aug. 15—Stanton Colliery... PA Mr. I. E. Lott, ¥.1.C. Fe 29

At the April Meeting Mr. C. G. Matthews, F.LC., F.C.S., was.
unanimously elected President for the ensuing Session.

_ During the year the first part of Vol. V of the Society's Trans-
actions has been published. ‘This has not been distributed
gratis to Members, but is on sale at One Shilling per copy; so far
only 46 copies have been sold. The Committee much regret that the
Members have not availed themselves to a larger extent of this part
of the Transactions, but trust that all the Members may see their way
towards providing themselves with a copy, so that the initial expenses
of publishing may be reduced.

The Balance Sheet shows a balance in hand of £1 10s. 8d., but
this is only accounted for by the whole of the Deposit Account
(£24 5s. 1d.), having been withdrawn and ‘placed to the Current
Account, to meet the expenses incurred during the season.

During the early part of the year a small Committee was formed
8 YP :

to investigate the foundations of some of the old piers of the Ancient
Barton Bridge. Excavations were carried on during the month of

Vill

May, in Mr. Barratt’s meadow, near the Trundle Hole. A trench was
dug round the base of one of the piers until the ancient stonework
was exposed. This was inspected by Mr. H. A. Rye, who said that,
in his opinion, the tooling marks were very like the early Norman.
Photographs of the stonework were submitted to Mr. St. John Hope,
who said that the work looked suspiciously like Roman. Nothing
really definite could be established, except for the fact that these
experts place the date not later than early Norman.

The Society having spent such a large sum on the printing of
‘Transactions during the past two years, and consequently, used up
the Deposit Account, the Committee have decided to hold a Conver-
sazione on November 27th, in the hope that Members will do all they
can towards making it a snecess, and so replacing the amount drawn
from the Deposit Account.

The new Natural History and Geological Section, under the
Chairmanship of Mr. F. FE. Lott, Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C., has made a most
encouraging start. It has a Membership of 60, and has held several
well-attended meetings where some interesting papers were read, and
also arranged some local Excursions, which were thoroughly enjoyed.

The whole of the Committee retire and are eligible for re-election.

The Report and Balance Sheet were passed on the motion of
Rey. R. G. Harrison, seconded by Mr. G. Lathbury.

The Officers, Committee, and some new members were elected.

The general business of the evening being completed, the
President gave his Inaugural Address, entitled : “ Phosphorescence,”
at the close of which, Dr. A. L. Stern proposed a hearty vote of thanks
to the President. Mr, G.H. Storer seconded the motion, which, being
carried unanimously, brought the evening t) a close.

Steg Sete oh pa

IX

‘AMLSUOd “d ‘H ANVNIGUAA ‘doinsveiy, ‘Uo ‘NMOUG “¥ ‘af
"S06T “HI6T 1940300 “j00II00 PUNO}; pus pojpny ‘08S “WOH “TTAMSO “I ‘CNA

_——— Sel
G ST 8LF SG ST 8Le
8 OL1 re see ae eet “* yueg ur soueleg
3) z 0 see eee aoe ee wee sduieyg anbeyqo
0 SI @ asplig uojing ply jo ssaig oY} 78 SUIYBAvOXT
6 8 0 me ace ae a ee selpung
0 ¢ 0 ee ote ea Re ch 8409 pus [voy
0 910 es oo 23 wooy jo shay o}801;dnq
0 ST 0 oe oe oe eee see oe surmeiy

pues ‘asplig uojing pio jo sydeiZ0j,04q
9 O10 Spilg Jo uoly0a,01g I0¥ 4491009 04 worydisiosqng
0 SLO ve “ sduljaaW [eiauay 48 s}uaulqseijayy
0 STO er #32 ze ‘Op ‘Suluve|Q—104BIa1"B_
006 ose aoe eee ove eee eve qodiey)
0 OT Z eee see ase ee ee tee pivoqdn5
¢ Ore a a ae Sst a “ seonjoy

SUISSeIppy pu MOISSIUIWIOD § ,s104997/00
0 +b + ese oe oF sjiodey jenuuy sulyulig
0 9T 8I ane os oP “ sdoovsueiy Juyug TS" ate ; yanoooy zisodaq] woay seysuesy,
BS" 9 ‘3 ae is Ee a a aSR1SOg 0 +10 « BOIBIUBL ,, WO 9IN4Da] 10} SJ9HOIT, JO ale
010 6 % oa cae ** £19U014849. pus sayuig C O12 ao + sae = SdOlJOBSUBIT, JO a[eG
0 OTE eee - ee eee 8H armose Ry JO ally 0 910 eee eee “ ‘ST 48 oe 9
6 ¢ 0 wee eee eee eee ee eee aouvinsuy 0 OT Lb - . CO6T-Zc6T “c "8G 18 oe O6T
09T fee Soba mane IYSVT 911309/q pus sen eject 3" @06T-1051 Woseag 10y suolydtz0sqng
0 0 QI oe es ABM S181J—wWooy jo yuay fq b 61 T ar “" @06T ‘G90¢ “3deg ‘yueg ur souRlEg of,
‘P's F ‘P's =

*dANjIpusdx9 *s}dja00y

‘606T “HOG YAANALIAS DNIGN YVaGA AHL YOL SLNQAOODDV wo LNAWOLV.LS

*AJ2I90G Jesojozwyo1y pue AIO\SIPY Jesnjen] jUaI J -uo-uo0jing

Report of the Photographic and Scientific Section.

1902-3.

Caamman - - Dr. A. L. Stern, F-LC.

The Membership of the Section is 41, with an average attendance
of 11.

The Exhibition of Members’ Work was not so satisfactory as
might be hoped for, only five Members contributing Prints or
Lantern Slides. This was the first meeting held in the Society’s new

room, Friars’ Walk.

~

The balance in hand at the close of the Session was £3 1s. 11d.

An excellent programme was arranged, and the meetings, as

carried out, were as follows :-—-

1902
Oct. 2nd and 14th—Business Meetings.

Nov. lth —Exhibition of Lantern Slides and Prints.
Nov 27th—“The Possibilities of a Modern Camera.”—Mr. C. F. Wardall (Houghton & Co.)

Dec. 9th—“ Whalley Abbey.”—Mr. W. Howarth,
1903 |
Jan. 6th—‘Staffa and Iona.”—Mr. H. Lloyd Hind.

Feb. 3rd—Lantern Slides in Colour Photography.— Messrs. Sanger Sheppard.
Feb. 23rd—“ Cryptograms.”—Mr. R. Churchill. :
April 7th—“Stereoscopic Vision "—Mr. C, Robinson.

H. H. Port,
Hon. Sec. of Section.

Report of the Ratural History and Geological
Section.

SESSION 1902-3.

Chairman: Mr. F, E. Lort, Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C.
Vice-Chairman: Mr. G. H. STORER, F.Z.S.
Hon. Secretary: Mr. HAROLD WILLIAMS,

HIS Section was inaugurated in October, 1902, and the mem-
bers of the Society having been circularised as to the objects
of same, the movement was keenly taken up, there being a member-
ship of 62 at the end of the season. During the Winter the follow-
ing papers were read, and for the first two seasons the papers are
purposely of an elementary nature, arranged as far as possible to
show the relation between the two sciences, Zoology and Geology.
The exhibition of specimens and discussions by members were made
special features of the meetings, at which all were asked to help.
The summer excursions or rambles greatly added to the interest-
aroused by the papers read.

The Chairman, in his inaugural paper, pointed out how the all-
embracing theory of evolution linked together the science of Geology
with other sciences, more especially Zoology and Botany ; the fossil
forms of byegone animals and vegetable life being comparable with
those of the present day enabled the student to trace the develop-
ment of the higher forms of life from the lower, far back almost to
the dawn of life in the earliest Geological records, and so rendered
a joint study of these sciences more especially interesting and
- desirable,

XII

1902. Attendance.
Noy. 28th—“Study of the Earth’s Crust by those who live on it.’?--Mr. F. E. Lott

“Note on the occurrence in this locality and exhibition

of the red-necked Grebe,’ —Mr. G. H. Storer ase eee xe nae ee
1903.

Jan. 30th—“ Eyes and no eyes in relation to Natural History.’—Mr. G. H, Storer

“Roadside Specimens of Rocks and Minerals.'’"—Mr. F. EF. Lott ... saa) se
Feb. 13th—‘Burton as a centre for the study of Geology.”—Mr. F. FE, Lott

“Birds of the Month.??—Mr. G. H. Storer ean te a aaa ve 28
March 13th—“Pond Life in March?’—Mr. G. H. Storer

“The Dawn of Life as recorded by Fossils,’*—Mr. }°. I. Lott 5 fy ett)
April 24th—‘The Value of Egg-collecting.””—Mr. G. H. Storer.

“Hints on Natural History and Geological Specimen Collecting, and
their setting and arrangement.’’—Messrs. F. E. Lott & G. H. Storer

to
ot

SUMMER RAMBLES.
Jwy 11th.—Tatenhill aa Leader—Mr. G. H. Storer Sis Attendance 10

During this Excursion the somewhat local Beetle, (CycHrus
RosTRATUS) which Mr, Storer had not previously met with near
Burton, was taken by the Leader.

Sept. 5th—Messrs. Lowe and Son’s Brick Yard, Ashby Road, and the
Bretby Brick and Tile Company’s premises, near Bretby ... Attendance 9%
Leader, Mr. C. G. Matthews assisted by Mr. H. Lloyd Hind.

Both these Summer Excursions were poorly attended owing to
the inclemency of the weather, one excursion to Bretby Park having
to be wholly abandoned from this cause.

During the year W.G. Williams, Esq., kindly presented to the
Society’s Museum a coal pebble found in a natural gravel-
bed at Little Burton in 1898 at a depth of about 12 feet.

XIII

Annual General Meeting, 1904.

The ‘Twenty-ninth Annual General Meeting was held in the
Society's Room, Friars’ Walk, on Thursday, October 27th, 1904.

The President (Mr. C. G. Matthews) took the Chair, and was
supported by 48 Members and friends.

The Honorary Secretary read the Report and Balance Sheet for
the past year, as follows :—-

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR ENDING
SEPTEMBER 30th, 1904.

Your Committee have pleasure in presenting their Annual Report
for the Twenty-eighth Session. The Society continues in the same
‘Satisfactory condition, and occupies a most useful position in the
educational system of the town.
: :

The total Membership is 193, and with 22 Associates, and 12
Hon. Members, we have a grand total of 227. During the year 19
“Members and 6 Associates have been elected, and 15 Members and
one Associate have resigned.

The usual Monthly Meetings were held during the winter, and
Some interesting and valuable papers were read. The average
attendance was 54, which is above the average.

4 B's

The following list shews the papers read, the authors, and the

attendance :—

1903. Attendance.
Oct. 22nd—Annual General Meeting: Presidential Address, “ Phosphorescence ’’ eae
Noy. 19th— Early Forms of Art’’—Sir Reginald Hardy, Bart. ‘ wee Rae .. 10
Dec. 10th—“Hadrian’s Wall, Cilurnum and Borcovicus ’’—Mr. W. Howarth ... oe:
1904.

Jan. 15th—“The Ancient Voleanoes of Derbyshire.’’—Mr. W.J.P. Burton, F.G.S. ... 58
Feb. 18th—“Rome on the Bosphorus.’’—Mr. I’. E. P. Forster, F.IC. abe a. 48
March 18th—‘Gypsum.”—Mr. O. O’Sullivan, F.R.S. ast wee =< Rg: w. 65

April 2lst—Election of President for Session 1904-1905.

An excellent list of Excursions was arranged, and all were succes-
fully carried through. They were well attended, and thoroughly
appreciated. The Excursions were as follows :—

1904. Attendance.

May 28th—Cannock Chase os Leader—Mr. J. E. Nowers ose See 14

June ilth—Rollestone ... ate - Mr. J. G. Wells ae Bde ob

July 23rd—Haddon Hall a re Mr. H. A. Rye t 7 , 33
Mr. R. Moxon = <

Aug. 6th—Bonsall on 0 i Mr. W. J. P. Burton U Be 20

Mr. F. E. Lott

At the April meeting Mr. C. G. Matthews was unanimously
re-elected President for the ensuing Session.

Both the Natural History and Geological, and the Photographic
Sections, continue to be in a most flourishing condition. Both
Sections have held many evening meetings, and the former Section

has also undertaken some independent Excursions.

The Society has once more to deplore the loss, during the year,
of one of its former Presidents, Mr. G. Morland Day. Mr. Day had
for many years taken a very active part in the Society’s work, as well
as having filled the office of President for two Sessions. The work
which he did for the Society will always cause his memory to be held
in high esteem by the Members.

The whole of the Committee retire and are eligible for re-election.

XV

The Report and Balance Sheet were adopted on the motion of
Mr. J. O'Sullivan, seconded by Mr. C. M. Livens.

The Officers, Committee, and some new members were elected.

The general business of the evening being completed, the
President gave his Inaugural Address, entitled: ‘‘’The Pyramids,” in
which he described the various kinds of Pyramids to be met with in
Lower Egypt and their peculiarities. A number of interesting
mathematical details were given, which tended to shew that in the
ease of the Great Pyramid of Cheops the intention of the designers
was not so much to raise a sepulchre as to set up a great standard of
Astronomical and Metrical Constants.

On the proposition of Mr. W. Howarth, seconded by Sir Reginald
Hardy, a hearty vote of thanks was unanimously accorded to
Mr. Matthews.

UWALSHOn

ec
NroFrNNnNnAD@O NM

@QnrttntAa aA KF on ONAROCOS

a
oom
a

ss)
B
AQ

‘d ‘HW GNVNIGUHA

SUOIJAIIOSGnYG WO UOISSIUIUIOD #,10909[[09

‘4901109 PUNO} pus poulMexi

6 & TSF

a0uB/ BE
SpiIlg IO} UOTJOVjoIg Jo Ayo190g

ase rn 19} BJI1BO
SOOIJON SUISSOIPPY

aoe wee ane

selipung
9a, §,101N400']
s0UBINSU] 117]
SUOIZBSIBAMOZ pauUupURqse UO Sso'y
ae af qe M
WOOY 0} SUOLJRIO}]/Y pus ssivdoyzy
“* seull’y pue sey uesfx()
vee oe aoe suulig
9384S0q
Jqar] O11jOo[q pue sey
wee eee quay Aq

one oes

ose

-mo oon ©

*2anjipusdx9

‘PO6T-O6T NOSVOUS WO Lots

EE i

‘PIT ‘SOT 6F HUVyY Ul cousleq

u19yUeT JO Ol

SUOIJOBsUBIT, JO 9[BE

ST JB S3}B1ID0SSV TZ
"pg 8g 4B JOqQuIaW T

“SG JB SIOQUIOW_ T6T

a “* plemso} yqsNoIq sousleg

aoe wee

oL

"$d 129241

AONV IVE

*AJ2I20¢ jeo1ojozyory pue AsLo}sIpy Jesmnjepy juary -uo0-u0jINgG

XVII

Report of the Photographic and Scientific Section,

1903-4.

CHAIRMAN = = Dr. A. L. Srery.

The Membership of the Section is now 36, but it is to be
regretted that not more than half of these take a working interest
in the Section, the average attendance at the meetings being 11.

At the beginning of the Session amalgamation with the Burton
Photographic Society was discussed, but no definite arrangement was
arrived at.

A Photographic Survey of the District was determined on, and
during the Summer work was done by several members, the district
including Dunstall, Barton, and Wichnor in particular, being
thoroughly done by Mr. Howarth.

The Balance in hand at the close of the Session was £3 12s. 44 ad.
The programme of meetings was an excellent one, and was as
follows :——
1993

Oct. 9th and-26th —Business Meetings.
Nov. 10th.—The True Object of Photography.—Dr. A. L. Stern.

Dee. 8th._— J Exhibition of Members’ Work,

~~) Demonstration: Daylight Development.—Mr. E, Abrahams.
1904
‘Jan. 12th.— a2 Lantern Slide Making.—Mr. TI. HH. Port.
Feb. 9th — e Photomicrography.—Mr. J. C. Flamen.
March 8th.— i Rontgen Rays.—Megssrs. Massey and Johnson.

April 12th —A Trip to Majorca.—Messrs. Heamieh.

April 19th —Photo Survey. :
H. Lroyp Hip,

Hon. Sec. of Section.

XVIII

Report of the Datural History and Geological
Section.

SESSION 1908-4.

Chairman: Mr. G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.
Vice-Chairman: Mr. F. EB. Lorr, Assoc.R.S.M., F.1 C.
Hon. Secretary: Mr. HaroLp WILLIAMS.

1903. Attendance
Oct. 30th.—Examination of, and discussion on, Natural History

Specimens exhibited by Members.—Mr. G. H. Storer... es a 24
Dec. 4th.—“The Practical A pplication of Geology.’’—Mr. F. E. Lott... we ass 10
1904.
Jan. 22nd —“Animal Life in Winter.??—Mr. G. H. Storer tee aes ata Ba 16
eb. 12th.— The Geology of Derbyshire.””—Mr. H. Lloyd Hind 3 oe = 24
March 11th.—“ British Poisonous Plants.’—Mr. J. E. Nowers_— --- ee wie ae 26
April Sth.— Life as Revealed in Stones.”?—Mr. F.E Lott ae er oc = 2
April 22nd.—Exhibition of Specimens by Members Se or ae hep a5: 30

The latter was of a most successful character, including many
interesting and valuable exlibits from a large number of members
and friends. The exhibition by the Junior members was unusually

good.

SUMMER RAMBLES:
1904. Attendance.
May 14th—Repton, along the River Bank.—Messrs. G H. Storer and J. E. Nowers 40
July 2nd—Crich Quarries Messrs. H. Lloyd Hind and J. G. Wells aoe S|

Sept. 10th—Messrs. Lowe & Sons” Brick Yard, Shobnall—Messrs. Storer, Lott& Nowers 26

This concluded the vear’s working, and at the close of the Session
the membership of the Section was 75, or an increase of 13 on the
previous year.

The following gifts were received during the year:

A handsomely mounted male Ruff, shot on the Burton Sewage
Farm on the 2nd February, 1904, and being one of three
then observed ; presented by Alderman F. Thompson.

A large Scale Map of Burton and District presented
anonymously.

A piece of Green Marl Stone from Messrs. Lowe & Sons’ Brick
Yard, Ashby Road, showing ripple marks and dendrites ;
presented by C. G. Matthews, Esq., FIC., F.CS.

“ Jameson's Illustrated Guide to British Mosses”
by J. E. Nowers, Esq.

; presented

XIX

Annual General Meeting, 1905.

The Thirtieth Annual General Meeting was held in the
Society’s Room, Friars’ Walk, on Thursday, October 12th, 1905.

The Retiring President (Mr. C. G. Matthews) took the chair,
and was supported by 40 members and friends.

The Honorary Secretary read the Report and Balance Sheet
for the past year, as follows: e

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR ENDING
SEPTEMBER 30th, 1905.

In presenting their Annual Report for the 29th Session, your
Committee congratulate the members on the continued satisfactory
condition of the Society.

The total Membership is 181, and 23 Associates with 12 Honor-
ary Members, making a grand total of 216. Eleven Members and
3 Associates have joined during the year, and 23 Members and 1
Associate have resigned, being a net loss of 12 Members and a gain
of two Associates. The usual Monthly General Meetings have been
held and were all well attended; the change of meeting place to the
Society’s Room being much appreciated.

The Papers given were as follows :

xX

1904 Attendances
Oct. 2i7th—Presidential Address —“ The Pyramids —Mr. C. G. Matthews, F.LC.; F.C.S. 48
Nov. 17th—‘ Stonehenge’ "Mr. W. Howarth ae «ae ae are es Bee dA
1905
Jan. 26th—* English Vers de Societé ’’—Rev. H. B. Freeman, M.A. ... ane ue 66
Feb. 17th—'The Caverns of Derbyshire” —Mr. W. J. P. Burton, F.G.S. eat ada 58
.. 23rd—* British Mammals”—lev. E. Millard 5 ae a wee are ff 50
Mar. 16th—* Haddon Tapestry”—Mr. H.A Rye ope oe Bas 58

29th —“'To the Southern Pacifie across the Andes *?—C Sates W. ae Pp. Best

2s

Apl. 13th= Election of President for Session 1905-1906, and Exhibition and Conversazione.

The Excursions, their leaders, and members present, have been

as follows :

1905. Attendance
May 20th—Swarkestone oo a Leader—Mr. C. G. Matthews = 27
June 17th—Cannock Chase os = Mr. G. H. Storer }

» J. E. Nowers 26

” G M.Cockin 4

July 22nd—Lichfield 554 sa x », R. Moxon a ae 18
Aug 12th—Dovedale Sen =e i » FF. EK. Lott a ase ot

The Lecture given by Captain W. J. P. Benson, F.R.G.S., on
“The Andes and Southern Pacific” on March 29th, resulted in a
small profit of £1 2s. 10d., to the Society’s funds. An excellently

arranged Exhibition of Objects by the Natural History, Geological,
artd Photographic Sections, in connection w ith a Conversazione was
arranged for the April Meeting. It was held in 8. Paul’s Church
Institute, and, although it was of a most enjoyable character, the
attendance was not so good as the Committee anticipated, the accounts

showing a net loss of £4 4s. 9d.

The best thanks are due to the lady members who so generously
provided the light refreshments, which proved an acceptable addition

to the evening’s enjoyment.

At the April Meeting, Mr. B. L. Oswell was elected President for

the ensuing Session.

The Photographic and the Natural History and Geological Sec-
tions continue their good work, and are both in a very flourishing
condition. The Photographic Section has just had a large influx of
new members due to the Burton Photographic Society having

dissolved.

At the request of some Members, a new Section for the study of

XXI

Literature has been formed, with the Rev. H. b. Freeman as Chair-
man, and Mr. R. Moxon as Secretary. There is no doubt that this
Section will fill a want that has been felt for some time and the Com-
mittee trust that it will soon be in the same flourishing condition as
the other Sections.

Several new books have been added to the library, Mr. G. Robin-
son and Mrs. J. C. Perfect having presented several volumes, and
several volumes on the Fungi and one on Fishes have been bought.

The whole of the Committee retire and are eligible for re-election.

The Report of the Committee was adopted on the proposition of
Mr. I. 5. Lott, seconded by Mr. H. Bence.

The Balance Sheet was adopted on the motion of Mr. R, Moxon,
seconded by Mr. Taverner.

The Officers, Committee, and some new Members were elected.
Mr. H. Lloyd Hind was elected Honorary Secretary in succession to
Mr. B. L. Oswell, who retired on his election as President of the
Society,

On the proposition of Mr. R, Moxon, seconded by Mr. Howarth,
a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the retiring Secretary, who
had held office for eight years, and to whom the success of the Society
during that time was mainly due. Thanks were especially owing to
him for his careful and laborious work in editing Vols. IV and
V, Part I, of the Society’s Transactions.

Mr. Howarth proposed that Rule 1 be altered to include the word
© Literature” after General Science, and that Rule 6 be altered so
that the limit age of Associates be 21 instead of 18.. Mr. Lott sec-
onded this and the motion was carried.

This concluded the business; afterwards a selection of slides
lent by the Editor of the “ Photogram,” illustrative of: the achieve-
ments of the Camera, were shown.

WHERE

XXII

s

t¢rmoxuromo000 ons

GO/OT/2T

6 81 9S

wo
oOo

WALSUOA “dU ANVNIGHAI

‘q991109 punoJ pus poyIpNy
F

yueg Ul souBlVg
selupung
sduisyg enbeqo
cen aa uiejang
wooy 04 sureday
( op ‘Su1uve[p) 19483018)
oe 4y3noq sxoog
@UOIZ"SIOAUO/ UO SsO'T

ane ULOOY IOJ SIIB

ae “ §991J0U SUISSAIPpB OJ
| pue suorjdisosqng UO UOISSTWIUIOD 8,10}92/[0)

sre (ornaeit) sesuedxy poe aa SuojIng “IW
si eoUuBINSU] BT]
Bom pus ‘seg ‘uadhxO
eee oe sulpulig
** 93B4SOg
4031] o1tj0a1H pue sey

. .- quoy kg

GONV IVE

6 81 SSF

GO61-FO61 NOSVAS (Lo aHS

EES ’:*d'S< eae
“got ‘UITT 1840400

009 “‘UOH TTAMSO “IT 2

SUOI}JOBSUBI|, JO [BE
ginjoay 8,uosueg ule}de) UO 4Wyorg
-/[ 48 S8}B1D0SBY 32 ue
b06T-£06T -/¢ 48 1aqWMe T
-(G 78 S1oqUI9 1 —suorjdiiosqng
POBT ‘TOE “Idag ‘pavasoy JYSNOI dOUBlBT OL

“ee

“$3 12924

*Aj2IN0G Jeosojowyo1y pue Ar04stPy [esnyepy Jes] -wo-uo0jng

XXITI

"£1B491009 ‘UOH “TTHAMSO ma Ck |

fo)
mM
ioe)
Q

|

‘om ‘sqediey yo aa1yy
eee eee aoe eee tee wae ouvig jo OI FT
souBInsuy
suru
SUISI}I0A DY
as'T puog
SzUBlq JO aly
‘op “T1@H Jo op Ag

ce

wee ase ae eee tee one

WtOon ori
a

wo
Qed

Qreoonooor

‘QaNyIpusdx9

“‘COBL ‘ET

(qYo1g) souejeg

Il®H Jo ay
ies ane Ace ACA ae ose SUISIyJoApY

0

0

0 oe. ae ae aoe oe ee sulyudg
I oo “n

T

F

SI[Iq pus sisjsog
9a eINJoeT Aq

“DANIEPUIAXD

\

MUdV “ANOIZVSUAANOOD CNV

|

"GO6T WITT 1090306

———<

6 £ 8&F

6 $ + tee - eee wee . (sso’]) eous[eg

On Gare meets we coe ae wee 100] 18 YSe_
01mt ose ase one “i, pros syexory, oF,
‘ps F

$1d1299y

NOLLIGIH XO

0 SI tF

0 Stb oo ess = as ‘Pg 3B SoOURIIIUIDY GT OJ,

*S1d1299y

C06 HOUVN “AMAL

T SNOSNAd NIVLaVO

‘C061-F061 NOSVAS
‘A}2}90G JeIBoloayory pue ALOISHET Jeanjzeny yuar L-uo-uojing

XX1V

Report of the Photographic and Scientific Section.
1904-5.

CHAIRMAN . - J. G. Watts, Esq.

The Membership of the Section is still 36, and the average
attendance at the meetings 10.

The Section lost, in rapid succession, through removal from the
town, its Chairman (Mr. J. (. Wells), and his successor, Mr. W.
Gadsby Peet.

The high character of the meetings was well maintained, and the
Exhibition promoted by this Section, in conj unction with the Natural
History Section, and held in St. Paul’s Institute on April 13th, was a
great success, over 100 enlargements and groups of smaller photo-
graphs being exhibited by Members. The prints made for the
Photographic Survey were also shown.

During the Summer a few Members took part in excursions to
the following places: Whitwick, Charnwood Forest, and the Manifold

Valley.
The balance in hand at the close of the Session was £3 13s. 74d.

The programme was as follows :—
1904
October 11th—Business Meeting.
November 8th—Recent Photographic advance.—Mr. J. G. Wells.
December 13th—Demomonstration : Toning P.O.P.—M. H. H. Port. ‘
= Crossed Swords Pigment Process.—Mr. H. Lloyd Hind.

1905
January 10th— 9 Beck’s Cameras, ete.—Mr. W. I. Slator.
February 14th—Printing Processes.— Messrs. Abrahams, Howarth, Peet, and Stern.
March 14th—Demonstration: Bromide Toning.—Mr. E. Abrahams.
April 14th.—Lantern Slide Testing.

» 1lth—Business Meeting.

,, 13th—Exhibition.

Tt had been felt for some time that there was not room in Burton
for more than one flourishing Photographic Society, and the Members
of the Burton Photographic Society have determined to dissolve that
Club and join the Natural History Society. The Photographic
Section, in welcoming the many new members, who will materially
add to its strength, looks forward to many sessions of increased

prosperity and mutual helpfulness.

H. Lioyvp Hip,
~ Hon. Secretary of Section

XXV

Report of the Ratural Bistory and Geological
Section.

SESSION 1904-5.
Chairman: Mr, G. H. STORER, F.Z.S.
Vice-Chairmen; Mr, F. K. Lorv, Assoc. R.S.M., F.L.C.
Mr. J. E, NowErs.
Hon. Secretary: Mr, HarRoLtp WILLIAms.

1904 ; : . Attendance
October 20—“ Natural History at Home and in the Alps’—Mr. G. H. Storer... oa 45
November 10th—* Geology and Evolution”—M. F. E, Lott coe aa aa scr 22
December 8th—* The Dispersal of Seeds?’—Mr. J. E. Nowers ... o es ciety

(This is fully printed on page 144.)

1905
January 12th—‘ Geological Notes on the Cannock Chase Coalfield ””—Mr.G.M. Cockin 17

February 9th—“ Nests and Eggs of Local Birds "—Mr. C. Hanson, Junr. oO Whe tone F-
(This Paper is fully printed on page 158.)

March 10th—“The Ammounite: its use to the Geologist "’- Mr. G. S Hollister ae 28

April 13th—Exhibition of Specimens by Members,

The Section co-operated with the Photographic Section in this
Exhibition, and a very fine collection of exhibits were shewn at St,
Paul’s Institute, many of the collections reflecting the valuable
work of the members, and the effort shewed the amount of interest
taken in the Section. This meeting is more particularly referred to
in the General Society’s report.

SUMMER RAMBLES.

1905 : Attendance
June 12th—Norbury, Ellastone, and the Weaver Hills
Leaders—Messrs. I’. E. Lott and J. E. Nowers — 16
July 15th—Dove side from Rollestone to Tutbury
Leaders—Messrs. G. H. Storer and J. E. Nowers AP. 21
August 26th—Bretby Park s- Leader—Mr. J. F.. Nowers ... — nee one 31

This concluded the year’s working, and at the close of the
Session the membership of the Section was 75, or the same number
as at the close of the last year.

‘The following gifts were received during the year :—

A Dunlin, shot on the Burton Sewage Farm, on the 13th
August, 1904, presented by Alderman F. Thompson.

A specimen of Water Rail, shot by Mr. R. G. Tomlinson, on
the Burton Sewage Farm, on Februuy 25th, 1905,
presented hy Alderman F. Thompson.

Portions of extinct elephants’ teeth and of another bone,
taken from the Vaal River, South Africa, 15 feet below
the surface, presented by F. Molt, Esq., of Deltpoort-
shope, South Africa, per F. I, Lott, Esq.

XXVI

Annual General Meeting, 1906.

The Thirty-first Annual General Meeting was held in the
Society’s Room on October 25th, 1906, at 7-30. The chair was taken
by the President, who was supported by 47 members.

The Hon. Secretary read the Report and Balance Sheet as
follows. These were adopted on the motion of Mr. Gibson, seconded
by Mr. Webb.

The Officers, Committee, anda number of new Members and
Associates were elected.

At the close of the business Mr. B, L. Oswell delivered his
Presidential Address, entitled: “‘The Art of War in England from
the Fifth to the Fourteenth Century.” A discussion followed, and a
hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the President for his paper,
who, in the course of his reply, announced the gift to the Society of a
collection of Lepidoptera by Mr. E. A. Brown.

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR ENDING
SEPTEMBER 30th, 1906.

Your Committee have pleasure in presenting their Annual
Report for the 30th Session, and congratulate the Members on the
continued prosperity of the Society.

The total membership is now 246, made up as follows :—Hon.
Members, 12, Ordinary Members, 208, Associates, 26. During the

en

a

XXVIII

year 39 Members and 5 Associates have been elected, while 16 Mem-
bers and 2 Associates have resigned, showing an increase of 26 over

last year.
The balance at the bank now amounts to £4 19s. 10d.

The monthly meetings have been held in the Society’s Room,

and the programme, with attendances, was as follows :—

1905 Attendance
Oct. 12—Annual General Meeting—Exhibition of Lantern Slides aa oe Bis 40
» 19—Presidontial Address-—“ Ferments” ... nae Py a as ye nie 37
Nov 9—‘ Ancient Industries of Cannock Chase’—G M. Cockin, I°.G.S.... ae 39
» 23—“ Ephesus as it is??—Miss A. M. Street “3 x eco Pp ae Re 60
Dec. 14— Julius Cesar in Britain'’—Sir Reginald Hardy, Bart, ane on mae 56
1906
Jan 18—‘‘Forest Trees ’’—J. E. Nowers =e ee abe ae atc oes 34
Feb. 16—‘‘ Mountain ase **_G. 8S. Hollister, BA Bes © SS ie oe me 35
Mar. 15—‘‘Butterflies ’’ e ask + we oe Sue 70

Apl. 18—Election of President on 1906- 1907 Exhibition aad Conversazione sts —

The Society is greatly indebted to Mr. H. H. Port, who,
by his manipulation of the lantern, has contributed so largely to the

success of these meetings.

The best thanks of the Society are due to Mr. H. Lloyd Hind, B.Sc.,
who so generously came forward to fill the office of Hon. Secretary
raused by Mr. B. L. Oswell’s election to the Presidentship at the
commencement of the Session. The onerous duties connected with
the office have been most ably performed, and the Committee trust
Mr. H. Lloyd Hind will long continue to hold the office.

A very successful Conversazione and Exhibition of Photographs
by the Photographic Section, and of Natural History Objects by the
Natural History Section, was held in Boots’ Café and the Soeiety’s
Room, on April 18th.

The Society is again under great obligation to the Lady
Members who so generously provided Refreshments during the
evening, and also to the ladies and gentlemen who contributed
exhibits or assisted in the Concerts.

XXVIII

At the meeting held on the same night Mr. B. L. Oswell was
unanimously re-elected President for 1906-1907.

During the Summer an excellent list of Excursions was arranged,
and all, with the exception of a whole day Excursion to Arbor Low
and Hartington, were carried out. An average attendance of 25 for
the first four show that the members much appreciate the arrange-
ments made, and their thanks are in particular due to Mr. C. Hanson,
than whom no more capable and energetic Excursion Secretary could
be found.

The list of Excursions as carried out, with leaders and attendances,
was as follows :—

1906 Leaders Attendance
April 28—Croxden Abbey ae B. L. Oswell es =e a 10
May 19—Bagot’s Park and Swilear Laven J. E, Nowers oe ee fo lle
June 4 (Whit-Monday)—Charnwood Forest e s. Hollister. B.&e. + = S39,
E. Lott, F.1.C, a ieott
July 28—Stanton Moor and Middleton Dale Jas, O’Sullivan, F.1 OC, ... == 21

The Museum has been enriched by several gifts and loans during
the past season, notably by a most valuable collection of local birds,
deposited by Alderman F. Thompson, to whom, and to the donors of
other exhibits, the cordial thanks of the Society are due.

The Committee feeling that, until the Corporation provide a
Museum for the town in which the collection of the Society would no
doubt form a nucleus, an effort should be made to increase the
collection and display it to better advantage. They have purchased
a large exhibition case and appointed a sub-committee to carry out
necessary arrangement and classification. Gifts and loans to the
collection within the scope of the Society would be gratefully
received. .

The Library, under the capable control of Mr. Cuddeford, has
been brought into an efficient state, and has been enlarged by the
purchase of several volumes and by gifts from several members, to
whom the Society’s thanks are due. It is hoped that its usefulness
has been much increased, and that members will avail themselves of ©

XXIX

it more largely. Further gifts of suitable books would be gratefully

appreciated.

The preparation of Vol. V (Part II) of the Transactions is well
advanced, and it will be available for distribution shortly. The
Committee regret that the response of the members to the appeal for
small subscriptions to help in its preparation has so far been very
small, and hope that further sums may be received, and that members
will support the Publication Committee, who have spared no pains or
expense to make the publication of value, by purchasing the volume,
which is sold at a nominal price, bearing no comparison to its actual

cost.

The Photographic, Natural History and Geological Sections-
continue their good work, and the new Literary Section has amply
justified its formation, members having shown keen interest in its

work.

The whole of the Committee retire and are eligible for
re-election.

o
©
re
ro
Bs

soured
sjaepueyyy
AIQIyxy avy puod
cee ** 90UBINSU]
des see ourig
Surputid
wooy jo osn ‘soo Ag

a
aH OOOCoCOoO

ooouesoe
mrAOONNSD

‘9061 ‘WIST Itdy ‘ouotzesteauop pus WOT TQTYxXA *J20U18 soUvl[eg

SS

906I ‘eT “990
‘IHLSUOd ‘d A ANVNIGUAA
‘y991100 PUNO} PUB PAUTWIBXh]

0 81 Loz
OT 61 > ce ee a puey ul sous[eg
9 6 O xf : uo0ljoag o1gdeid0j04g
0} pepusy OUOIZBSIBATIOD) wiosy souR|eg
0 ¢ O nie Ps “ S@pl[g JO AI
Gua ane one one see sduiv}s anbeyq)
9 OL 0 CQng [enuUY) Spilg JO WOI}DIFOIT 104 491909
#2 b 0 oS ih sould qqsiy 1790910 pus shay
OT LTO oe A ‘oj0 “dSuLUBd9|/) ‘19qBI91B/)
a 61 0 wee eee ee aoe suipulg pus
syoog JO aseqoind 40} yanoooy § UBLeIqyT
$ Lt An ace i : ; "O49 ‘SARI
“NONI ZaIsseIpPV ‘UOISSTUIWIOZ §,10499][0()
OG VLEOL : oy pasoqdng wIndsnjL
6 ¢ 0 # és iis as “+ gpuBinsdy aatol
@ OLtl : ae oe soul Ty pus sey ‘uadhxO
9 61 9 ee - ee oo eee sulyaid
% ¢ Q ose ese vee one eee eee so8u480d
0 O16T * Ce B[BOH pus yqary vi1z09/T ‘suey Aq
p's &

SERUPNeNN

*9- $06! YOIssas Jaoys gouejed—A}a1005 12913

so}oeyIuy pue fa0}siH jeanjen

Congo

820110N UO SPUIWIASIJIAP V
2 (2G) P[OS S}O OL],
IOOP JB UAYT] SR) Of,

ee

the 81 LSF

cocoooowo fee)
ci

uc)

2ooon

jf
ct
oO

Coan
a

vol

RotH ANCA

pag puv

“9061 ‘49ST 20.

*£aeqaioes “uo ‘NIH AAO
‘yoinseely, ‘UOoF] ‘NMOUA “V

‘H

asn 1194} 10J
© on 1HUHOD saipey Aq payisodep yunowy

- pang uo1vorjqng 07 suor}diaasqns
ane ECE, DUOIZBSIODAUOZ UO FOI
oe oh “ smoljoRsaRsy, JO 9[8S
-/[ 18 SOYBIDOSSY ZZ
aoe (suvoi1v) ac ac “se ?
oe “ -/G 4B sdaquIay OLT
piBMso; FYANOIG oouv[Vg OF,

ia igh

ju9sJ-Wo-uo}Ng

XXXI

Report of the Photographic and Scientific Section,
SESSION 1905-1906.

Chairmen

Mr. W. Howarrty,
y. ie T. J. Puiu.

It is not with entire satisfaction that I present the Annual Report
of the Photographie Section of the Natural History and Archeological
Society. Although the numerical strength has increased, and there
is a balance on the right side, there has been a marked indication of
apathy shewn in the small average attendance at the meetings. It is
sincerely to be hoped that during the coming session members will
better endeavour to support the section by their attendance, as it is
manifestly unfair and discouraging to those members who spend
considerable time and trouble in preparing demonstrations, ete., to
find their labours are only appreciated by a very small number.

The membership is 49, against 36 last year, several members
have, however, since resigned, but it is expected more new members
will join during the new session.

During the year 14 meetings have been held, viz :—-

1905
Sept 28—Business Meeting.
Oct 24—“ Polonium ’’—Mr. I’. W. Edwards.
Nov 7—* Zigo and Carbon Printing ’?—Messrs. Illingworth.
,. 2\—Competition—Lantern Slides
Dec 5—'‘Some tenets of Art applied to Photography”—H. Barratt.
,, 19—“ Chemistry of Photography ’’"—A. R. Wheatley, M.P.S.
1906 .
Jan 2—Demonstration—“ Reflex System of Hand Cameras’’—E. Abrahams.

_» 16—Competition—Architecture.

,, 30—** With a Camera in Paris” —H. Lloyd Hind, B.Sc.
Feb 13—“ Colour Photography ”"—F. W. Bidie, M.P.S.

» 27—“The Borde s and Flodden Field” —W. Howarth.
Mar 13—Competition—Landscape.

» 27-—Focus Prize Slides—“Stories without Words.”
Apl 18—Erxhibition.

XXXII

The session closed with a Competition and Exhibition in con-
junction with the Natural History Section.

With the exception of showing a deficit of 12s. td. (9s. 6d. of
which was kindly met by the parent Society, leaving an actual debit
of 2s. 10d., which has been transferred to the working expenses) it

was eminently successful.

In addition to the Lectures and Demonstrations, we have had
three Competitions of members’ work, viz.: Noy. 21st, Lantern
Slides, Jan. 16th, Architecture, and March 13th, Landscape. Taking
them throughout they have been successful and are worth continuing.

No outings have been arranged by the Section, it having been
thought members should avail themselves of those arranged by the
Society. I am, however, of the opinion that these outings do not
entirely lend themselves to photographic work, and would suggest
the Section arrange separate outings during the Summer to maintain
that interest in the Society which is created during the Winter

meetings.
GEO. MOORE,
October, 1906. Hon. Secretary of Section.

XXXIII

Report of the Ratural History and Geological
Section,

SESSION 1905-1906.

Chairman :—Mr. G. H. Srorxr, F.Z.8.

Vice-Chairmen :—Mr. F. EF. Lorr, Assoc.R.S.M., F.I.C.
Mr. J. E. Nowers.

Hon. Secretary :—Mr. Warotp WILtiamMs.

1905 Attendance

Nov 3—“ Sport and Natural History in the Shetlands ’—Mr. G, HH. Storer... 96

Dec 1—“ British Parasitic Flowering Plants”—Mr, J. E. Nowers 35
This paper is fully reported on page 162.

1906

Jan 12—“ Geology in relation to Scenery’’—Mr. F. E. Lott A ria = 28

» 26—“Notes on Natural History in New Zealand ’?—Mr, F, W. Andrews Ss 55

This paper is fully reported on page 172.

Veb 9 —“ British Fungi’’—Mr. T. Gibbs = sas eh os “a 31

Mar 9—“ Mountain Architecture’*—Mr. H. Lloyd Hind ... : = ot 39

Apl 12—General Exhibition by the Natural History and Photographic Sections,

This took place in Boots’ Café and was of a most successful
character, a further reference to which appears in the General

Society’s proceedings.

SUMMER RAMBLES.

1906 Leaders Attendance
May 12—Dove Side, Marehington to Sudbury Mr. G. H. Storer ... is ean: tens 134
July 14—Yoxall Lodge Park ... ote -» Mr. C. G. Matthews ar nee <a oe
Sept 15—Rugeley = a ass -- Messrs. G, M. Cockin and J. E. Nowers 16

This concluded the year’s working, and at the close of the Session
the membership of the Section was 79, as compared with 75 at the
end of the previous year.

XXXIV

Report of Literary Section,
SESSION 1905-1906.

Chairman :—- Rev. H. B. Freeman, M.A., R.D.

The success attending the various scientific sections of the
Society led several members to suggest the formation of a new section
devoted to the study of Literature. This was started in October,
1905, by a meeting at which the Rev. H. B. Freeman, M.A., R.D.,
delivered a most interesting Address on the “ Love of Reading” ;
and during the Winter months other meetings were held at which
papers were read by Mr. A. J. Lyle, Miss Goodger, L.L.A., and the
Rev. E. Frampton, M.A., on ‘‘ The Mabinogion,” ‘“‘ George Crabbe,”
and ‘John Keats,” respectively, all being fairly well attended, and
all the papers being followed by animated and _ instructive

discussions.

Arrangements are in progress for a continuance of the meetings
of the Literature Section during the Session 1906-7.

ROBT. MOXON,

Hon. See. of Section.

BR BR Ti, Ta,

XXXV

LIST OF MEMBERS.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

BAKER, G., Rozel Road, St. Jacques, Guernsey.

BOYLE, Rev. VICARS A., B.C.L., Portslade Vicarage, Brighton.

BROWN, ADRIAN J., M.Sc., F.I.C., West Heath House, Northfield,

BROWN, HORACE T., LLD., F.R.S., F.G.S., &c., 52, Nevern Square,
Kensington W.

DAWKINS, W. BOYD, M.A., F.R.8., F.G.S., &¢., Owen’s College,
Manchester.

GIBBS, T. 6, Market Place, Derby.

HERON, J., B.E., F.C.S., F.1.C., i10, Fenchurch Street, London, E.C.

MARTIN, T. C., 44, White Ladies’ Road, Clifton, Bristol.

MELLS, Rev. J. M., F.G.S. &c., Mapperley Vicarage, near Derby.

RYE, H. A., Castle Street, Bakewell.

THOKNEWILL, Rev. C. F., M A., F.E.S., Calverhall Vicarage, Salop.

TRIPP, C. U., M.A., F.R., Met. Soc., Penleat Altarnum, near Launceston.

Abrabams, H.G.... ts awe ce ans oct .. Station Street
Abrahams, Ef... ae Be ee a ore Ashby Road
Appleby, G. .. aes vas an a8 aee Barton-under-Need wood
Andrews, F. WwW. ae ove ze a aes 180 Horninglow Street
Baxter, F.... aa ag es 33 Bs ae ae Abbey Street
Beck, H. “} te a a es be Branstone Road
Bence, H., B. as ae Be aes as Sv eae ive ... Clay Street
Bernard, Mrs. aos Ah a “ee ane soe eee ... Osborne Street
Bradbury, H. K., M.R.CS., L.R.C,P. As ue Horninglow Street
Bradbury, Mrs. H, K. ace at aes 1 ”
Bridgman, H.E., M.R.C.S., aI; R. C. Ee Sas es eee Bridge Street
Brigxs, S. 08 - Be Bok ear .. Ashby Koad
Brooke, Walter... Ps ate “de A Pb Woodbridge, Suffolk
Brain, H. Ri i ee ae a Bee 5S 2 oe 117 High Street
Beale, Caleb... 3 ay axe aes see 112 Moor Street
Boultbee, Mrs. H. Travis re on aa .. Holy Trinity Vicarage
Barrett, H. ar nee is & Ss 64 Wellington Street
Barker, W. H. Pea we re = aes a Guild Street
Brown, Idwin A. “ ats ie ere nae Bank House, High Street
Burton, Right Hon. Lord es uae aes ay .. Rangemore
Burton, Lady : :

Briggs,’ Ss. ste TF Se 3 a coe AY ats Ashby "Road
Bailey, W. ... 35 eet =. ose ok Bh ac 60 High Street
Cowie, James M., M.D. “A us en Lae Sa .. Town Hall
Chaplin, H. 1. ae as se) SREEGeee eee. = Scalpelitin Road
Chaplin, Mrs. ae a i ae See is

Cockin, G. M., F.G-S. re oie ane te AS Brereton, "Rugeley
Cockin, Miss G. ee BS Ag ave a =n Alexandra Road

Cockin, Miss A, “ee wae OH 45 oad SOG ” ”

XXXVI

Churchill, L. E.

Clarke, R. ais =e
Cuddeford, Alfred

Culley, F. Ww. am

Coxon, F.

Chamberlain, ‘-: W. x

Day, Miss M, EB,

Day L. J. ae
Dudney, A. H.

Dunbar, Perey... see
Dunbar, Mrs. Percy ...

Evershed, S. H.
Edwards, F. W,

Forster, I. E. P. ase
Forster, Mrs , F.E.P.

Fisher, 8. J.

Freeman, Rev. H. B. AMA. ee

Frohwein, Otto, M.R.C.8.,L-R.C.P. ...

Flamen J. con
Fysh, N. L.

Gibson, Thomas ...
Gibson, U. T.
Gotbard, ie

Guest, Miss C. oe
Garratt, Ss.
Goodger, Miss M.
Gould, J. 5

Vollister, . Ss. oor

” Mrs.G.S&....
Hayward, H. ©.
Haynes, W. A. “ce

Mrs. W. A.

”
Hanson, C., Jun.
Hanson, Miss Annie
Hanson, Miss Helen
Hardy, Sir Hepimald, Bart.
Harper, J. 4 : ac
Harrison, C. JP Pp.
Harrison. ce R.
Herratt. J. ...
Howarth, W. ... =
Hind, H.L., B.Se., A. 1...
Hunter, J.
Hunter, Mrs. ape ae
Haigh, i. eae
Hurst, Miss

Jefferson, F. W.
Johnson, D.

Kelly, F. see ae :
Knight, A. D. Bee ae
Knowles, J. B.

11 Shobnall Street

St. Paul’s Square

Stanton Road

“6/0 Worthington & Co., Ltd.
.. Rolleston Road
Uxbridge Street

Sealpcliff Road

267 Branstone ltoad
Branstone Road

” ”

53 Stapenhill
Coppice Side, Swadlincote

Clay Street

.. Clay Street
Needwood Street

... The Vicarage

. Lichfield Street
28 Needwood Street
376 Rosliston Road

87 High Street

62 Branston Road
Bearwood Hill

Christ Church Vicarage
26 Derby Road

.. Stapenhill House

10 Malvern Street

Scealpclift Road
x 3 Rep ton
” 45 Malvern Street

195 “Ashby Road
Ashby Road

3 Dunstall

‘Richmond House, Wy ggeston Street
: Branstone House

Newton Solney

High Street

151 High Street

55 Stanton Road

Gui'd Street

6 Kensington Road
. 358 Shobnall Street

7 Uxbridge Street
Shobnall Street

115 Blackpool] Street
264 Blackpool Street
“os 5 oS Us

XXXVII

Laer, N. Van ose ae a ess 119 Belvedere Road
Lathbury,G. ... ee aie See Hunter's pees, Horninglow Road
Livens, U. M. A ees see a ace .. Ashby Road

Livens, Mrs. C. Mi ce ses aaa
Lott, Frank K,, Assoc. R. S.M. _F. 1.C. si Glenthorne, Alexandra Road

Lowe, Wier Gren ee Ped et ... Horninglow Street
Lowe, C. H., 'M. R.C.S , LB.C.P. av ee ... Clay Street, Stapenhill
Lowe, Mrs. C. H. sen wee ase “A
Lyte, ey... net ee ie “ee sce HAS ... 489 Stanton Road
Lynam, G. as Be Baa a SS: ag me .. Htwall
Lowe, Miss Elsie... ae St ac He ec ... Alexandra Road
Mallen, Harold nes aos es as aa Pry 15 Sydney Street
Marshall, G. ap as << act = eae he Derby Road
Massey, I*, W. aan Pa zed a ae 253 Shobnall Stree:
_ Matthews, (GLC Se) CORREIA OAS ie Sac = Abendberg, Stapenhill Road
“Matthews, Mrs. e a, re ase oe af
Meredith, J. H. ... Kee sa i se Sansome Street, ‘Worcester
Metealf, Miss... one Ber mer: aes se 5 Rosliston Road
Miller, Rev. S. O., M. Re rens as ae oe .. Horninglow Vicarage
Moxon, RE 2: AD Ae on sk ax 121 Alexandra Road
Moxon, Mrs. R. ane me AX nee uae 3
Moxon, Miss W. ie ve sat we ree a
Macgregor, A. are ee Tas et at oe 360 Clay Street
Mead, W. ee is Rss ese cs ae ae — ... Rochdale
Mead, Mrs. W. oe ocr 55 es ae ao aes Me
Maxted, J. G. ses ee Ss sts aeP as Osborne Street
Maxted, Mrs. J. G. : oe Se SS cas ee i
Moore, G. ses Ses aes 20 oe acs .. 254 Braunstone Road
Newton, W. H. ae aes =n Rs nee te 3 Needwood Street
Nowers, J. f. ... 7a Ae oe ae 06 ... 282 Blackpool Street
Nowers, Mrs. J. E. a Bac aa eee Fi
Gdlinge W., R1.C. ... be +e oes ae os ae High Street
O'Sullivan, C.. F.R.S., F.1.C. ... nae Ee ees 5 z
O'Sullivan, J ,F.1.C. ve ae. aa .. High Bank, Ashby Road
O'Sullivan, Mrs. J. SS ate a ae a ms
O'Sullivan, A. J. J.C., B.A. #e se ste eo ... Station Street.
O'Sullivan, eae A. J. ee C. =e eae “oc ice - A
Oswell, B. L. ee 2. airs eee =r eee Balmoral Road
Oswell, Mrs. B. L. Se Bas a =e on As -
Ollis, Wai. ©... ets was oH ae Bak see en Ashby Road
Oakley, W. aes eas os eee “85 ats oes Newhall
Oakden, W.S. Bie aes nes ae as sss ose High Street
Paling, A., M.S., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. Fe 5 an Alexandra Road
Pearson, W. P. 3 : ae ae ace no: Ashby Road
Perfect, Mrs. oe os se oe act Stapenhill
Perks,C , M.RC. ce ER.0.P: - :,. er sas a High Street
Port H. H, “ xe oe Eee vs 103 Sealpcliff Road
Pullin, T. J. see we owe =f 0 be “eS Alexandra Road
Price, H.C. see a five 88 oa Sex .. Horninglow Street
eye, J. ae xe = ae ae = ae 31 Ashby Road
Peat, H. ae ate G see sia Sue wey cee 32 Ashby Road
Peace, R. J. ee es “ee ae ae ea .. 34 Rangemore Street

Ratcliff, Miss F.... as aes cee ise aoe ase Osborne Street
Ratcliff, Robert ive ae ite Se ae nee Newton Park
Ratcliff, Veg d eS a a ee 4 a see : =

" ”

Reeve, A.
Riddell, RB.
Robinson, F.--
Robinson, Mrs. F.
Robinson, R.
Robinson, W.
Xobinson, C. J.
Richards, John oe
Robinson, R. T., M.A,
Robinson, :
Rutty, Miss

Samson, E. Be:
Sadler, Mrs. M. .
Salt, E. D. 5
Salt, Mrs. KE. D.
Salt, W. C. ae
Samble, J.
Samble, Mrs. J.
Sadler, IF.
Schmidt, J.
Shreeves, A.
Sheavyn, Miss ..-
Simmonds, H.
Simmonds,

Slater, Beary, Ph.D! --- iat

Slator, A.
Smith, D
Smith, Mrs. D.

Stern, A. L, D.Sc., Fic.

Stern, Mrs. A. L.
Stirland, W.N._ ---
Storer, G. H., F.Z.5.
Storer, Mrs. G. H.
Spriggs, H- PS
Staley, Rev. L. S., M.A.
Street, Miss A. M.
Sutton, J, T. +

‘Taverner, W.

Tarver, G,

Tanner, A. 4. ate
Thompson, Frank...
Thompson, Mrs. rank
‘Thompson, Miss M.
‘Thompson, Miss Ss.
‘Thompson, Mrs. Chas
Thornewill Re asks
fomlinson, Ht. & “00
Tunnicliffe, W- W., B.Sc.
Thoday, Mrs. ar

Underbill, C. F.
Upton, C. W.

Walters, W. -:
Walters, Mrs. W.
Webb, H.
Wartnaby, G++
Wells, James G.

XXXVIII

Bie ... Derby Street
87 Horninglow Street
a ... Rosliston Road

61 High Street
Branstone Road
82 Forest Road
High Street

Burton Grammar School

”

Waterloo Street

Rosliston Road
10 Lichfield Street
Newton Solney

Willington Hall
Stapenhill

Derby Road
Branstone Road

Clarence Street
Clay Street

ie _.. Rollestone
. 9 Liebfield Street
Lichfield Street
Scalpcliff Road

Stapenhill Road

Hartshorne
Blackpool Street

_.. 201 Derby Road
Coton-in-t be-E!lms
Branstone Road
Union Street

: St. Paul’s Square
aS Station Street
Spring Terrace Road
Newton Road

Ivy Lodge, Stapenbill

40
Rosliston Road
Craythorne
Station Street
Newhall

Ashby Road

Station Street
Fradley, Lichfield

144 Alexandra Road

Scalpeliffe Road
195 Newton Road
Manchester

Whitehead, ‘Tl. N
Woodhead, JJ. w.
Woodward, Miss 10 fe
Whitefield; 1 ee
Widdicombe, C. i.
Williams, Harold
Williams, Mrs. Harold
Williams, W.G,.
Wyllie, Miss

Andrews, Miss kK. W.
Brain, Leslie :
Burton, M.

Dunwell, L.

Evershed, Miss Phyllis” Salk

Evershed, Albury
Gibson, be a
Herratt, 8.
Herratt, ol
Hunter, C. J.
Isitt, A.
Lathbury, Eric.
Lea, H.

Mayger, M. bs
Mear, Lionel ...
Mead, E.

Mead, R. oe
Menzies, Andrew
Mills, P
Sullivan ‘Terry
O'Sullivan, at
Smith,

ae ML
Thompson, R.
Thompson, A.
Wyatt, Jack

Bridge House, Bridge Street
Eso OL _ Horninglow Street
D Horninglow

Ince, Wigan

High Street

Stanton Road

‘he Manor
27 ‘Stapenhill Road

ASSOCIATES.

Horninglow Street
High Street
Branstone Road
Stapenhill Road
Albury House
Albury House
Ashby Road

9 ”
Ashby Road
Guild Street
Stanton Road
Hunter’s Lodge
Ashby Road
iy Clay Street
Sealpelitfe Road
Roehdale

Ae Clay Street
Shobnall Street
High Bank

ian ” Ue
: Sealpcliffe Road
Spring Terrace Road
SF Ivy Lodge

Malvern Street

eye tee?

XL

RULES.

AS AMENDED AT THE GENERAL MEETING HELD ON
OcTOBER 12th, 1905.

1.—That this Society be called the “Burron-on-TrRent NATURAL
HisTORY AND ARCH OLOGICAL Society,” having for its object the
promotion and encouragement of the practical study of Natural His-
tory, Archeology, General Science and Literature.

2.—That the Officers of the Society consist of a President, two or
more Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and Librarian; and a
Committee of nine Members. These Officers to retire annually, but
to be eligible for re-election Three to form a quorum.

3.—That a General Meeting be held not later than the end of
October in each year, for the purpose of electing Officers for the
ensuing year, and transacting any other business which may be
brought before it.

4.—That Candidates for Membership shall be proposed and sec-
onded (in writing) at any Meeting of the Committee, and may be
elected at the next General Meeting by a majority of the Mem-
bers present.

5.—That the Society commences its year with October 1st. That
an annual subscription of five shillings be paid by each Member
IN ADVANCE, and that all Members whose subscriptions are six
months in arrear be considered to have forfeited their privileges
as Members of the Society; that all Members who have not given
notice to the Treasurer or Secretary of their intention to retire
before the Annual General Meeting in October shall be held
responsible for the current year’s subscription.

6.—That the Committee may elect as Associates any persons
under the age of twenty-one, and that the subscription of such
Associates be One Shilling per annum, payable in advance; Associ-
ates to have no voice in the appointment of Officers or the
Management of the Society, except in the election of their own
Secretary, who shall be considered as a Member of the General
Committee.

Norre.—Associates must be elected Members in the ordinary
way on exceeding twenty-one years of age.

XLI

7.—That the Committee may recommend as Honorary Members
any person distinguished for scientific attainments, or who may
have in any special manner advanced the interests of the Society.

8.—That Field Meetings or Excursions be held during the year, in
suitable localities, and that timely notice of each be given to the
Members by circular.

9.—That, in addition, the Committee may organise a series of
Field Meetings for Junior Members, under the leadership of one or
more Members of the Society, to be invited for that purpose by the
Committee; such meetings to be devoted to practical explanation
and the collecting of specimens.

10.— That Evening Meetings be held during the winter months
at such times and places as the Committee may appoint, for the
exhibition of specimens, and the communication or discussion of any
subjects connected with the objects of the Society; that at Evening
Meetings Members may introduce one Friend, but no oneresident
in or within five miles of Burton may be present at more than
two Evening Meetings in one Session; that the notice of Meeting
sent to each Member be the entrance ticket, admitting bearer and
one friend; that the secretary be empowered, on application, to issue
additional tickets when necessary; and that a book be keptat the
door of the place of Meeting in which Members must enter the
names of any friends they introduce.

11.—That the Committee may select and recommend to be given,
annually, a series of prizes for the best collection of specimens in
any one of the branches of Natural History made by the Associates
individually during the preceding year, and that Members be invited
to offer Prizes or Special Subscriptions for that purpose.

12.— That the Committee have power to make such arrangements
as they may consider advisable for the establishment of a Museum
in connection with the Society, for the preservation of specimens
illustrating the Natural History and Antiquities of the district.

13.—That after providing for the payment of all incidental
expenses, the funds of the Society shall be applied to the main-
tenance of a Museum, the purchase of Books, Journals, &c., or in
any other way the Committee may think likely to advance the
interests of the Society.

_14.—That the Committee have power to make rules for the
circulation amongst the Members generally of Books, Periodicals,
etc., beionging to the Society.

15.—No rules of the Society shall be altered except at a Generak
Meeting called for that purpose.

XLIL

LIBRARY.

BOTANICAL SECTION.

TITLE. AUTHOR.
1 School Botany eB ae =F ots ox LINDLEY
‘2 Manual of Botany a8 Ake 222 an BaLrour

3 Elements of Botany .. ae idee a8 ~
4 Handbook of the British F ice. =a. cat 2s BENTHAM

5 Elementary Botany ... Se an a8 GRUGEON

6 Useful Plants of Great Beton” ise ... JOHNSON AND SOWERBY

7 Popular History of British Ferns... cea a Moore
8&9 British Mosses, Volumes land 2... Se see Tripp
10 Popular History of British Mosses ... fa ws STARK
11 Synopsis of British Mosses tee ave 5 ... HopkirkK
12. Flora of Derbyshire 5a ae ..-Rev. W. H. Pairer
13. Flora of West Yorkshire ... YORKSHIRE Naturatists’ Union
14. Flora of Repton sat sis ..» GAARNEY AND OTHERS
15 Lectures on the Physiology at p lants ... Se whe Sacus
16 Flora of Warwickshire ies os ate J. E. BAGNALL
17 Flora of Leicestershire... Bee ... F. T. Mort anp orners
18-24 ©The Grevillea, 1872 to 1889
25 Handbook of British Fungi a ar ae Cookr
26-29 British Fungi Flora oh Fa as Gero. MAssEE
30) British) Pune 2... oe bine ie ae sachees
31 British Discomycetes nee a ids bake PHILLIPS
32. British Mosses (Illustrated (dor ah: ote ... JAMESON
33. The Vegetable World we ses eee ies Fiauier
34 British Uredinez and Ustilaginee oo. om PLowriGHt
35 British Mycetozoa Guide... Rae ae British Museum
36 British Fungi Guide (Sowerby’s Models) se v

37 Dialogues on Botany a Se es ae ——

pe =ra~

es
sl o> C1

~
So o>
o')

XLIII

GEOLOGICAL SECTION,

Elements of Metallurgy sia SS sai PHILLIPS
Elementary Course of Geology —... ex ee ANSTED
Students’ Elements of Geology... aa Se 3 LYELL
Introductory Text Book of Geology aie Ris a: PAGE
Advanced Rs 5 Hoe ae see as *
School Manual of Geology ar en bo ... JUKES
Elementary Geology... ies Ne ast SKERTCHLEY
Manual of Geology Lise nat Moe Ae Harrison
Mineralogy aoe ee ae siete re sos SRAMBEY
The Bone Caves of Cresswell Crags .-» Menno anp Dawkrys
& 62 Guide to Fossil Mammals and Birds, | ee eae
Vols. leands2 %.. : is “ett f
Guide to Fossil Reptiles a Fishes Me ae : 4
Students’ Index to the Collection of Minerals , i
An Introduction to the Study of Meteorites : 2
A Guide to the Mineral Gallery j -

An Introduction to the Study of Miner aie

A Guide to the Exhibition Gallery (Geology |
and Palaeontology) oo. i 4 »

A Guide to Fossil Invertebrates and Plants
A Guide to the Coral Gallery

An Introduction to the Study of Radke a Bs

Elementary Treatise on Geology are ae ... PorrLock
NATURAL HISTORY SECTION.

Popular History of the Aquarium Sas we Sowerby

The Aquarium : ve aes pe eo © DAYEOR

The Fresh Water eeseiais aie ct ae HisBperp

British Butterflies and Moths NEWMAN

& 86 Manual of Butterflies and Moths. Wale. 1 ee 2 Sarton

Notes on collecting and preserving Natural History }

Objects his wate ate Ree pre | TAyior
British Coleoptera ie Ac nae Spry AND SHUCKARD
& 90 Nests and Eggs , Vols. 1 & 3... --» Rey. F. O. Morris
Lepidopterists’ Guide... aco mae aie Kwaccs
Natural History of Selborne he aaa ae WHITE
British Molluses is ae - a TATE
List of Diurnal Birds of Pree eae Att «-- _ H. Gurney
History of British Butterflies... aa Rey. F. O. Morris

Lepidopterists’ Calendar J. Merrix

97

98

99
100
10]
102
110
111
112
103
114
115
116
120
1?1
ee
123
124
1235)
126
127
128

129

130

~
ns

oO Or

Oe
OS GF So bw O95 ww

LH

X LIV

Lava Collecting and Breeding Ba Rey. J. 8S. Sr. Jonw

British Beetles

British Pyralides

British Tortrices ;
Insect Hunter’s Companion

to 109 Midland Naturalist, 1884 to 189]

fae AND FowLer
LEECH

S. J. Witkiyson
Riv. J. Green

Birds of Staffordshire a Me w. Dr. A. McAtpowin
Natural History of Tutbury — ... Sir O. Mostry axp I. Brown

The Ocean World

The Study of Fishes

The Mammalia (The Human fave e)
The World before the Deluge ...

to 119 Zoology, 4 Vols

Trichoptery gia ‘

Trichoptery gia (Sapplenent)

Corylophidee and Spheeriidee

The Voyage of the Beagle

The Origin of Species

Footprints (Nature seen on its Hite: an , Side)
Wanderings in South America

Seasons of the Year

The Butterfly

Guide to Gallieries of Reptiles and Fishes )

Blood-sucking Fhes, Tieks, &e., and how to |
collect dion re ee \

& 132. Guide to Shell al Star Fish. Gallieries
{ Guide to British Oligocene and Kocene
} Mullusea (The Fredk. Edwards’ Colleetion)

A General Guide to Natural History Dept.
A Handbook of Instruction for Collectors
A Guide to the Galleries of Mannnalia

A Guide to the Galleries of Birds ...
Bivalve Shells of British Islands

ARCHAOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL
Dale and its Abbey
Dale Church and its Structural ee aliauities
History of Uttoxeter
Moah’s Patriarchal Stone

FIGuirr
. GUNTHER
Fictier

PENNANT

Rev. A. Martuews

Darwin
Mrs. S. Tyrner
Chas. WATERTON

J. STuUTTARD
PRESENTED BY
British Museum

” ”
” ”
» ”
) ”

”
” ”

TurTON

SECTION.
J. Warp
REDFERN
Gave;

Handbook of Cardiff (Compiled for Bhwish “Assonauiad

Meeting).

199

200
201

202
203

204
205

XLV

Gresly Charters

Repton and its Weeibourioee
History of Burton
County Records
Staffordshire Knots ve
History of Staffordshire, 1817
History of Lichfield, 1805
History of Derbyshire, 1857
Siege of Lichfield

A Survey of London under Gaede Klizabeth

Paris and its Historical Scenes
Ingland under the

Sut J. H. JeAYES
Rev. F.C. Hiexoss, F.S.A.
W. Morynevx, F.G.S.

A.D. Wetp Frencu

Ieprrep BY Dr. McALpowiE
Pirr

.. JACKSON

ae WHITE
W. Grestey, M.A.
J. Stow

he

Tudors in the 16th Century

Reports of Burton-on-Trent Natural History and

Archaer logical xX wlety, Vol. 1

Ae , Vol. 2
Transactions of ,, ,, Vol. 1
Vol. 2

‘3 Vol. 3

Vol. 4

Vol. 5

”

Journal of Becbr ee Archeological Society,

edhaet Eines of the ( reap nel

Caves

1876 to 1884

2--1885 to 1892
—~ 1884 to 1889

1889 to 1891

—1891 to 1896
--1896 to 1900
1900 to 1906

1885
1891
1903
1904.
1905
1906
| Rev. Macexs MELzo,

i ao F.GS.

The Prehistoric Fac ‘tory of Flint Implements |

at Spiennes
Primitive Man

Inaugural Address at the OsBiane Ss Button |

Miscou ete...

King Ethelred’s Charter couienaee the |

Foundation of Burton Abbey
History of Tatenhill

Some Ancient Cave Homes for fe Bia |
|

and Dead in Derbyshire ..

( ” ”

Str O. Mostey,
F.G.S.

Duignan anp Carrer
C. W. Upton
J. Warp, F.S.A.

{ Barr,

A Handbook to the Collection Gi Objects hen
ip et Fort of Gellygaer, Welsh Museum, Fe o

Cardiff

Burton Abbey Bediatios Inventories
Youlgrave, a Derbyshire Village ...

H. A. Rye

Rey. W. Parker STAMPER

Egyptian Antiquities, British Museum

257 & 258 Curiosities of Science and Shanien hee \

XLVI

206 English Cathedrals (illustrated) ... Francis Bonn, F.G.S.

O77 T r

207 a ey (Historical eet Cicow: Be

208 Historical Memorials of Canteshury ee Dean STANLEY

209 Old English Churches (Illustrated) = .... Gro. Ciinca, F.G.S.

210 Siege of Colchester... .. Rev. G. Tyter Townsenp, M.A.

211 Visit to the Holy Land, or Recollections of the East DrLAMArTINE
PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION.

2?1 Naturalistic Photography af at ps ... EMERSON

222 Chemistry of Photography au sts Ses MELDOLA

223 Book of the Lantern ee ae ye HepwortH

224 Negative Making ... oe tea im ABNEY

225 Process of Pure PRemeciany aE ... Burton and PRINGLE

226 Chemistry of Light and Photography... eS H. Voce.

227 ~=Optical Projection ae = ... Lewis Wricat

229 Beginner's Guide to Bhoigere sly acs Perkins & Co.

230 Bromide Papers toa ee sae BAe es. Just

231 Platinum Toning ... se ae ae ate CLARKE

232 Beck’s Catalogue “i : ae Sc ike Breck

233 Carbon Photography made easy ... Me ... ILLINGWORTH
MISCELLANEOUS SECTION.

245 The Story of the Heavens ae 5d wae Sir R. Batt

246 Orr’s Circle of the Sciences, Os bate Natare

247 4 e ; 9

248 - ‘ - :

249 = - Geology, Mineralogy, Crystallography

250 x ‘. Elementary Chemistry

251 5 x Practical Chemistry

252 te a! The Mathematical Sciences

253 Mechanical Philosophy

254 Laws of Wind we ailing in Europe... ae ar Ley

255 & 256 Farthest North “a2 ae NANSEN

Times
generally known

Historical Sketch of the Lighthouse ... Davenport ADAMS

259

260 & 261 Year Book of Science, 1891-1892

262 to 266 be », NSeientific and Learned Societies
of Great Britain and Ireland
1887-1891

271 Burton Weather Report, 1897 to 1899

273 Catalogue of Ancient Remains found at Stapenhill, 1881

XLVII

274 A Treatise on Astronomy ee 3h Hy HErsCHEL
275 Wireless Telegraphy eet! oak teh 46 Fante

REPORTS.

300 to 327 North Staffordshire Field Club Reports and Transact-
ions (1877-1905).

332 - 337 Hull Field Naturalists’ Club (1898-1905).

343 - 348 Warwickshire Field Club (1891-1898).

351 - 363. Marlborough College Natural History (1889-1905).

369 - 382 Southport Society Natural Science (1898-1903).

385 - 406 Nottingham Naturalists’ Society (1877-1905).

410 - 434 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union (1879-1900).

437 - 469 Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society (1899-1905),

474-478 Birmingham Natural History and Microscopical Society
(1880-1883).

480 - 484 Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society
(1894-1901).

486-491 Meteorological Observations (1896-1897).

Birmingham and Midland Institute Scientific Society

(1902-1905).

496 - 546 Leicestershire Sonos! and Literary Society (1891-
1905-6).

550 - 556 The Quekett Microscopical Club (1898-1901).

560 - 563 The Holmesdale Natural History Society (1888-1898).

566 - 584 The Yorkshire Philosophical Society (1849, 1855, and
1886-1902.)

587 - 589 Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society
(1900-1902-3).

591-607 The British Association Reports, 17 Vols., (1886-1894 ;
1896 and 1899 to 1905).

613 -632 Photographic Journal (1896-1897).

635-636 Birmingham and Midland Institute Report, 1872 and
1878-1879 (Archeological Section).

PAMPHLETS, &c., FOR REFERENCE.

1 Prehistoric Inhabitants of British Isles .... Hawkins AND OTHERS

2 Mosses and Hepatics of Staffordshire see ... -BAGNALL

3 A Contribution to the Chemistry and Phy peber | H. T. Brown
of Foliage Leaves... . | G. H. Morris

4 Flora of Burton-on-Trent and Nast owtiond

5 The Lepidoptera of Burton-on-Trent and District

6 The Microlepidoptera of Burton-on-Trent and District

XLUVITL

7 Prominent Moths of Buckinghamshire ... Rev. Harpur CREWE

8 Variation in the Shells of the Mollusca Ne P. B. Mason
9 The ge and Freshwater Mollusca of | J; Mise
staffordshire ae
10 The Microscopical Structure of Rocks ... Rey. Maceys MELLo
11 Les Grottes de Creswell ae i " x it
12 Recent Discovered Insects in C ionifcroan and | Tics
Silurian Rocks 3 ate ee ai -+ . Goss
13 Ripple Marked Sandstone at Grimesthor pecs. BRADSHAW
14 On the Quartzite Pebble in the Drift and } W. JEROME
Pisaee Strata of England eats Harrison, F.G.S.
15 Geography of Warwickshire nak ay, ane Frerton
16 Edueation and Culture = ay ... Rey, MAckENNAL
17 Atmosphere of Birmingham Bow Ball 928s (. H. Morris
18 Method of Taking Phenological Observations <2 MAWwLey
19 Staffordshire Aculeate Hymenoptera ... Ruy. JOURDAIN
297) Burton-on-Trent Weather Reports, 1897 to 1899.
21 The Lepidoptera of Derbyshire bi at: Rey. JouRDAIN

22 Burton Abbey: General Plan

23 Plates to Burton Abbey.

24 Presidential Address——Australian Association, L902.

25 Ordnance Map of Burton aad District

26 Sketches in Burton sees es Mr. Bopen
27 Catalogue of Ancient Remains found at Stapenhill, 1881.

28 Burton Abbey Dissolution Inventories

SOCIETIES WITH WHOM PUBLICATIONS ARE

EXCHANGED.

Derbyshire Archeological and Natural History Society.

Leicestershire Philosophical and Literary Society.

Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society.

Birmingham and Midland Institute and Scientific Society.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society.

Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union.

Nottingham Naturalists’ Soc lety.

Southport Society of Natural Science.

Marlborough College Natural History Society.

Warwickshire Field Club.

Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club.

North Staffordshire Field Club.

Quekett Microscopical Club.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society.

XLIX

The Royal Academy of History and Antiquities (Stockholm).
The Holmesdale Natural History Club.

The French Society (Paris).

The Dulwich College Scientific Society.

The Shefheld Naturalists’ Club.

The Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society.
The British Association.

Complete sets and parts of the Burton Transactions can be
obtaimed on application to the Librarian at the following prices :

Complete Set ee LO ,
Parts—Vol. I. she 36

Vol Th. S.i% 1/-

Volo Ith, Part:3 < 1/5

Moleitiie artes. li/=

Mole ibe eantco: lve

Mol aiy. Parte ile

Vol. IV. Part 2 1/6

Volk Ve arte! ile

Volew. “Part’2> > ys

Transactions from other Fccieties are now available for use of
Members ; both these series are of an extremely interesting and val-
uable nature, and will well repay the closest study.

The Library has been considerably enlarged by gifts of books
from Mrs. Perfect, Mr. George Robison, Mr. Geo. Appleby, and
Mr. A. Cuddeford, while others have been purchased.

Further gifts will be received with thanks by the Members of
Committee; or can be sent to Hon. Librarian, Mr. A, Cuddeford,
Society’s Room, co Y.M.C.A., Friars’ Walk.

S|, a =

(>: iQ)

Library Regulations.

1.—Books shall be issued to Members by the Librarian, General
Secretary, or Assistant Secretary only.

2.—No Member shall have more than two Books at any one time.

3.—Any Book may be retained for one month from date of issue
provided no other Member has applied for it in the meantime, in
which case it must be returned within 14 days of date of issue, or on
demand, as the case may be.

4.—On returning a Book, a Member may renew it for a further
period of one month should no other application be made for it.

5,—All Books required for Sectional Meetings must be applied
for beforehand in the usual way by the Secretary of the Section, who
will be held responsible for their safe custody and return.

6.— All Books must be returned to the Library by September Ist
in each year, and will not be re-issued until October Ist.

7.—The Officer who issues or receives a book shall make an entry
of the same in the book provided for that purpose, and initial it.

8.—Members will be held responsible for Books issued to them,
and will be required to replace all Books lost or damaged while in
their custody.

Criforium of Apse, Gloucester Cathedral.

Photograph by Rey. E. Mittarp. -Awarded Silver Medal at Exhibition,
held April 18th, 1906.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

BURTON-ON-TRENT

Natural History and Archeological
Society.

EDITED BY
H. LLOYD HIND, BSc., A.LC.,

Hon. Secretary.

VOLUME V., PART II.

Burton-on-Crent:

1906.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

B. L. Oswetr, President.
Fraxx E. Lort, A.R.S.M., F.LC.
R. Moxon.

J. EK. Nowers.

(}. H. Storer, F.Z.S.

Harotp WILLIAMS.

H. Luovp Hiyp, B.Sc., A1C., Hon. Secretary.

Table of Contents.

PHOSPHORESCENCE. Page
By Cuas. G. Martuews, F.LC., FCS. xah or a 74

Some Earty Forms or Arr.
By Str Reerxarp Harpy, Barr. aaa 77 oe — 86

Tue Ancient Vorcanoes or Derpysxire (with Map).

By W. J. P. Burtox, F.G.S. TF Red ae PF, 95
Gypsum.

By C. O’Sutzivan, F.R.S. ... oe = oa ae AOS

Tapestry ar Happon Hai (with + Illustrations).
By H. A. Rye. Ee wee ae Soe ase Set se LG

THE Ancient Ixpustries or Caxnock Case (with Map and Section.)
By Georce M. Cockiy, F.G.S. ws ee uaa fee ee 126
DispersaL oF SreEps.

By J. E. Nowenrs. ... Te sis aa or war at

Nests anp Eaes or Locat Burns.

By Cnas. Hanson, June. ... a SA ietat -» - 158

British Puanerocamic Parasitic Prats.

By J. E. Nowers, : 162
Narurat History Notes 1s New Zearanp.

By F. W. Anprews. ee aos ‘oe one oor ere
Dares or Arrivat or Summer Micrants.

By Cuas. Haysoy, Junr. ate oe oF saa }) SES

Nores on tHE Excavations or THE Founparions or Oxtp Burron
Brivce (with 4 Illustrations) so le:

MereoroLocica, Summary, 1903, 1904, 1905 .. a oie E86

J
.

¥
» -
> *

¢y

on

74

Phosphorescence.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS DELIVERED OCT. 22ND, 1903,

By Cuas, Gro, Marruews, F.1.C., F.C.S.

es NCD te property in living and non-living
things of bearing or showing light which has not its origin in

the ordinary sources of light, e.g., the burning of combustible sub-

stances, or that state of a heated body known as Incandescence.

I purpose first speaking of Phosphorescence rather generally,
then (a) Phosphorescence amongst living things, and to a less
extent, (b) Phosphorescence amongst non-living things.

When we come to enquire as to the circumstances and cases
under and in which phosphorescence has been noted, we find our-
selves, it seems to me, in a field of surprising wealth and variety.
I will enumerate some of these, adding such remarks as the subject
may seem to justify.

1, Spontaneous phosphorescence, as shown by the Firefly and
Glow-worm in all their varieties, and by various other living things,
especially those pertaining to the sea; phosphorus; radium and its
congeners. *

Note experiments towards the close of the paper.

(ss PHOSPHORESCENCE.

2. Phosphorescence caused by increase of temperature by
heating, as in the case of the Diamond, Fluorspar, Topaz, and some
other minerals, e g., silicates.

3. Phosphorescence due to mechanical stress, such as by friction,
percussion, cleavage. Many substances respond to one or other of
these influences, such as quartz crystals and pebbles, sugar, card-
board. A very good general illustration of this kind of phosphor-
escence is afforded by sharply tearing one of those products of art
and science known as a paper collar.

4. Phosphorescence, as the result of electricity, shewn by
shells, minerals, jewels. This kind of phosphorescence can take

place just as well in vacuo.

5 Phosphorescence, following what is called Insolation, or the
exposure of substances to direct sunlight or a strong source of
artificial light, shewn by sulphides and phosphates of the alkaline
earths. Examples—luminous paint (mainly calcium sulphide), paper,
silk, sugar, amber, the teeth. The rays which cause the strongest
effects of this kind are situated in that part of the spectrum called
the ultra-violet rays akin in their nature to those which cause the
beautiful phenomenon in some liquids known as fluorescence, e.g.,
quinine in solution, paraffin, esculin, &c. Phenomena of this kind
may be also caused by rays in the region beyond the red, influencing
eosine and chlorophyll, &c.

Besides the ordinary sources of phosphorescence in living and
non-living matter, the following cases are on record :—

Wood rotting in a fairly dry place.

Phosphorescence at a point where a branch had been broken off
a tree.

Luminous fungi.

Phosphorescence on the surface of coal workings, said to have
been seen with dazzling effect in a coal mine in the vicinity
of Dresden.

PHOSPHORESCENOE, 76

Luminous Mosses—a somewhat doubtful phenomenon, as I will
endeavour to point out further on.

Phosphorescence in Flowers. Linnzus’ daughter, on a hot
Summer evening, saw beautiful flashes of light from the
(TRop#oLuM Masus) the ordinary Nasturtium. The same
phenomenon has been observed in several other plants,
some of them being HELIANTHUS ANNUUS (the common sun-
flower), Liz1uM BULBIFERUM (orange lily), and CaLENDULA
OrrictnaLis (Marigold), also in the hairy, red poppy
(PAPaVER PILOSUM).

Decaying animal matter.

Falling rain, waterspouts, and in showers of meteoric dust.

PHOoSPHORESCENCE IN Livine THines.—For beauty and brilliancy
the Fireflies—especially in their tropical varieties— come easily first.
Objects which, as found in South America, are so lovely, that the
glades and paths of forests are lighted by them, and with different
shades of colour too. The splendid lantern fly (FuLGoRA pyrorHYNCUs)
shews a fine purple light from its long curved proboscis (Emery).
The Italian Firefly (Lvcrona Irauica), of which both male and female
are luminous, shews a blue light. Other species shew orange-coloured
light. The little firefly, relatively common on the Continent in the
summer months, shows a bluish-green or greenish-yellow light very
much like the ordinary glow-worm to which it is so closely related ;
in this case, as with the glow-worm, the light proceeds from the
abdominal region. The Mexican Fireflies have a pair of organs in
the thorax and one in the abdomen, whilst the beautiful Cucuso or
Firefly of Brazil, displays a bright emanation from two patches at the
base of the thorax, and when the wings are opened, two more are
displayed, the whole interior of the body appearing to be incandes-
cent—a lovely living jewel.

The Glow-worm (FAM. TELEPHORID# SUB-FAM. LAMPYRIDES)
occurs in great variety in nature, there being hundreds of species
widely distributed, but occurring more particularly in warm countries.
‘The commoner kinds are Lampyris NocTiLuca, our ordinary English

V7 PHOSPHORESCENCE.

Glow-worm, and LAMPYRIS SPLENDIDULA, in both of which the females
are slightly larger and are wingless. The male of L. sPpLeENDIDULA
has large wings and elytra, and flies swiftly. It is concealed by day
in trunks of trees, etc. The male of L. NocriLuca is comparatively
sluggish and keeps amongst the grass. The finer and more sustained
display of light is made by the female, though the males are able to
emit a certain amount of light—generally in a rhythmic way and
often in short flashes. In a few species—the American PHortinus
DIMLssUS is one—only the male is luminous. The luminous organs
occupy the underpart of the three last segments of the abdomen,
being generally of a yellowish hue. They consist of fatty-looking
cells interspersed with clear cells of a cylindrical form ; around the
structures there appears to bea plentiful supply of trachez, whose
function may be to afford a liberal supply of oxygen. Schulze says
that a pale transparent superficial layer gives off the light anda
dense opaque layer possibly serves as a reflector. (ne of the chief
objects of the light is undoubtedly to serve as a signal between the
sexes. Darwin considered Mr, Belt’s suggestion to be correct, that
the light of the Glow-worm is also a signal to its enemies of its being
of an unpalatable character. Even the eggs of Lampyris shew
some luminosity as do the pup and larve.

A good many experiments and observations have been made on
the character of the light emitted, but so far as I am aware nothing
much has been done of late in conjunction with the newer aids to
research which are at command. I will refer briefly to what is on
record about the light of the Glow-worm :—

“The light is stimulated by warm water and depressed by cold.
The light has been emitted in vacuo and in inert gases (LATREILLE).
It is affirmed that the Glow-worm has been known to detonate in
hydrogen gas. Panceri says that an air supply is necessary, that
oxygen intensifies the light, and that an atmosphere of carbonic acid
extinguishes it. He thinks that a fat containing free phosphorus.

PHOSPHORESCENCE. 78

may be the cause of the light. It may be regarded as certain that
there is no obvious warmth accompanying the light; on the other
hand, it might require an instrument as delicate as Professor
C. V. Boys’ Radio-micrometer to definitely settle the matter.
(This instrument is capable of shewing the heat from a lighted
candle more than a mile away). Sir Oliver Lodge says that if we
could discover the Glow-worm’s secret of converting some unknown
source of energy into light we should be able to produce light
without heat. As an additional fact, there is no doubt that the
Glow-worm has a direct control over the light it emits: it can
switch it on or off, so to speak, at will.”

We may now turn to the strikingly beautiful phenomenon
known as Marine phosphorescence—beautiful in all its degrees,
from the richly illuminated ocean under tropical skies to the multi-
tudinous little flashes of light which show in the mill race of water
leaving the paddles of a Channel steamboat. Even on our own
coasts marine phosphorescence may be seen in great beauty in a
continuously warm summer (an occurrence which seems pretty rare
now), when the temperature of the water is probably much more
congenial to the habits of the small organism by which the phenom-
enon is usually caused. In former years I have seen it to great
advantage at Lowestoft, more particularly in the harbour. By day
it formed a pink-buff-coloured scum on the quiet surface of the
water, but at night this scum gave a lovely display of phosphorescence
if a handful of sand or small pebbles were thrown into it, or a rope
jerked into undulations across the harbour, or a boat were rowed in
through it. The organism concerned in this was Nocrinuca
MILIARIS, and specimens collected in a bottle phosphoresced for
some hours afterwards on shaking.

NocrrLvuca MILIARIS is a very small organism, being practically
microscopic. It is shaped almost exactly like a peach, with a cilium
or tentacle where the stalk would be. It multiplies by self-division,

79 PHOSPHORESCENCE.

preceded by the division of the nucleus. Professor Allmann found
that the seat of the phosphorescence is in a network lining the
external structureless membrane. The production of phosphorescence
is not continuous, some little rest being needed after a display of
Juminosity. Alcohol excites the phenomenon strongly, as also do
certain chemical substances.

Marine phosphorescence in general by no means depends
entirely on organisms of the class of Noctinuca. Again, it is
astonishing how diverse are the living things of the sea in connection
with which phosphorescence has been observed. Fishes, Medusz,
Crustaceans, Annelids, and various Protozoa and Bacteria display the
phenomenon. The luminous Scopelus, a bony and perfectly-organised
fish, with steel-grey coloured scales, emits a phosphorescent light
from the scales or plates covering the head and body, as well as from
the circular depressions on the abdomen and sides, giving rise to an
appearance like small bright stars. The luminous gleams, which are
intermittent, entirely disappear after the death of the fish. The
fact seems to rest on pretty good authority that many of the deep-sea
fishes, living in depths of from 500 to 800 fathoms, are phosphorescent.

Under certain circumstances many of the Crustaceans are
luminous. The point from which the light emanates is not always
ascertainable, but in some cases it comes from small globular organs,
which on close examination prove to be a very complicated luminous
apparatus, provided with a lens acting as acondenser. Some of the
Corals (the PENNATULID2) shew the property of phosphorescence.

The Annelids give off pale green somewhat steady scintillations
of light at the attachment of each scale, and if the scale be separated
gleams and pulsations of light are exhibited at the ruptured surface.
Tremors in the water containing some of these phosphorescent
Annelids will cause a vivid pale blue flash of light. Professor
Panceri connects the phenomenon with certain fatty granules. He
says that the luminous emanations have no connection with light or

PHOSPHORESCENCE. 80

darkness, with the capture of prey or the alluring of their enemies.
(sic), nor with the illumination of the depths of the sea. This may
or may not be so, but we are on safe ground when we say that from
the point of view of the design that is apparent throughout Creation
there must be an intention of some kind, and were it only to cause

our admiration it would sufiice.

Professor Panceri has applied the spectroscope to the examina-
tion of the light which proceeds from various marine organisms. In
the case of APPENDICULARIA, in which the colour of the light varies,
shewing red, blue, and green, the spectroscope shewed the light as a
continuous band without bright lines. In the case of Puotas, a
spectrum was formed, ranging from line E in the solar spectrum to a
little beyond F. Umpexiata shewed a spectrum between Band D.
Concluding the remarks on marine phosphorescence, it is plain that
the number and variety of the living things of the sea which can
produce, or assist in producing, this beautiful phenomenon is very
considerable indeed.

The luminous Centipede is worthy of separate mention, an
insect which has not unfrequently been mistaken for the Glow-worm
at first sight. Handling soon makes the difference clear. The
luminous Centipede may reach a length of three inches (Wood). It
is of a yellow colour, with a rusty-red head. It is sometimes found

_ coiled within very ripe or over-ripe fruit—peaches, apricots, and

plums. Its general build is very much that of the ordinary reddish

| Centipede, but much thinner. The light seems to come from all
segments of the body, but I am not aware of any special observations
on this point.

Luminous Func1.— Where these occur at their best they are
described as being very beautiful indeed. One has read of a small
party of explorers finding their way in darkness through difficult
forest paths in Brazil, the native guide having fastened a luminous

_ Fungus on to his back,the light apparently being not only sufficient to
i shew where the guide was, but to illuminate the surroundings as well

81 PHOSPHORESCENCE.

in some small degree. One of the commonly occurring varieties in
Brazil is called Fungus igneus. Luminous Fungi are also found in
Italy. It is affirmed that a supply of oxygen is necessary for the
exhibition of Phosphorescence in the Fungi that shew it and that if

the oxygen is extracted—presumably by placing them in vacuo—

the Phosphorescence ceases.

And now we come to Phosphorescence amongst living things,
so small that Nocrinuca is quite a large organism by comparison.
I speak of the luminous bacteria, or bacteria whose life history is
associated with Phosphorescence. Many authorities are agreed that
in not a few cases where the bodies of sea-fish exhibit Phosphores-
cence, either in or out of the water, that the luminosity is due to
the activity of a whole series of marine bacteria. The cause of the
Phosphorescence is at present unknown, Some of the hypotheses
that have been advanced in explanations are :—

(ty That it is due to the oxidation of a body secreted by the
bacterium, i.e. Phosphorus, Phosphoretted Hydrogen, etc.
(2) That Phosphoresence occurs at the moment that peptones
are being worked up into living proto-plasm (BEYERINCK.)
Some of the favouring conditions are known to be :—

(a) The presence of free oxygen.

(b) A relatively low temperature.

(c) A nutrient medium containing Sodium Chloride and pep-
tones, but little or no Carbohydrate food.

Several kinds of Phosphorescent Bacteria have been pure-culti-
vated. Such an one is Photobacterium Phosphorescens: this and
other luminous bacteria react in a very curious way towards Oarbo-
hydrates, starch, sugars, ete., growing in presence of some of these
substances without phosphorescing, whilst with others, they phos-
phoresce markedly ; so that to a certain extent they can be used to
test for the presence of certain substances—Maltose, Levulose, etc.

It is not certain that the Phosphorescence of freshly captured
and cut fish, dried and cured fish, e.g. Haddock, etc. is always due to
luminous bacteria. The phenomenon may set in with such rapidity

PHOSPHORESCENCE. 82

that it suggests another possible cause. 1 venture to suggest that
Phosphorescence may be caused by lingering vitality in nerve centres
or ganglia; indeed, the whole network of nerves may still be con-
veying feeble nerve current which exhibits itself in this particular
way. I should think that the cases of Phosphorescence in decaying
wood are usually due to the growth of bacteria or to the active
mycelium of moulds.

A word more about the so-called luminous mosses: The genus
amongst which the phenomenon is said to occur is ScuisrostEGA, and
S. PpENNATA is specifically mentioned as displaying luminosity. I
have not seen it affirmed that the moss is luminous with absolute
exclusion of light. It is believed to be more than likely that at
certain times these mosses form small highly transparent refracting
vesicles which concentrate what available light there may be in the
vicinity. At the same time the observations may be quite correct
and there are self-luminous mosses.

I have reached a point in my paper at which I should like to ask
the question: How far is it possible to form a working hypothesis
which will cover most, if not all, the phenomena which have been
detailed? Personally, I would look to Electricity as the chief cause,
and for the following reasons: (a) It is the least improbable. Such
alternatives as the secretion and oxydation of free phosphorus or
phosphoretted hydrogen, the secretion of substances which respond
to insolation, or the secretion or separation of substances of the
radium class, are, to my mind, for reasons which I have not the space
to enter into here, less probable than an electrical explanation.
Pursuing this line of thought, the questions arise: (1) Is electricity
formed or furnished by living things? (2) Can electricity produce
any such appearances as those we have been dwelling upon ?

The answer to the first question is manifestly, Yes. Galvani’s
classical experiment on the nerves of a frog’s leg shewed clearly that
the energy which causes the nerves to react on the muscles, thereby

83 PHOSPHORESCENCE.

causing contractions, is parallelled by electrical currents of moderate
tension, which can cause precisely the same results. Nerve force is
therefore akin in its nature and properties to electricity. In the
case of the Torpedo Electric Ray, the Gymnotus or Electric Eel, and
the Melapterurus or Sheath Fish of Tropical Africa, electricity is both
produced and discharged, and there is no doubt whatever that it Is
electricity. Now, it is conceivable that where two forms of energy
are so closely allied as nerve force and electricity, that the former
may be produced in excess of the ordinary demands of the nervous
and muscular organisation of certain creatures—if so, is it too much
to look for some exhibition of electricity in a tangible form @

The electrical fishes quoted shew an arrangement of organs
which, if not clearly understood in their details, stand nevertheless
revealed as what is practically a storage battery, plates or cylindrical
cells, or both, supplied with abundant nerves, and so the matter is
almost beyond yea or nay that a large amount of nerve force is
finding its ultimate expression in electrical energy, and that possibly
through very simple phases of change. There isa curious and rather
interesting fact about the torpedo. When it discharges, giving the
strong electrical shock, it is seen to depress its unpromising-looking
eyes. ‘This betokens an effort, which is, in all likelihood, a voluntary
one. All the electrical fishes require time to re-accumulate electricity
after a few discharges.

Now, is it possible that living things able to accumulate
electricity could convert it into light? This is practically the second
question asked just now, in a slightly different form. Perhaps the
best answer to this is afforded by shewing some consecutive experi-
ments, and drawing such inferences as we may. Glowing phosphorus,
luminous paint, heated fluor-spar, etc. Electrical discharges in
free air, accompanied by steady glow, flashes, or scintillations;
to which the so-called ‘“‘ Brush” discharge is akin; whilst the
lights on the masts and spars of vessels in a highly-charged electrical
atmosphere—known as St. Elmo’s fires—and the auroral discharge,

:

,

PHOSPHORESCENCE. 84

are good instances of a practically silent discharge accompanied by
fairly well-marked luminosity.

Electric discharges in vacuo give rise to very beautiful appear-
ances, but accompanied by a light much less intense per fixed area
than the light from the Glow-worm or Firefly. (The intensity of
the light is one of the remarkable features of these insects.)

By passage of the electric current through gases and vapours
the light is generally enhanced, and varies in tint according to the
kind of gas enclosed in the experimental tube employed. These two
conditions of a rarified medium and the presence of certain gases in
relatively small percentages appear to furnish the key to that
glorious phenomenon of the Arctic Circle—the Aurora Borealis.

Very striking results, too, are obtained by passing an electric
current in vacuo so as to excite fluorescence in sensitive substances.
We will now show the effect on uranium glass. We can go a step
further and get a beautiful display of colour in substances—calcined
shells, spars, &c.—which not only phosphoresce or fluoresce whilst
the current is passing, but continue to glow somewhat feebly but
sustainedly after the current is cut off. This phenomenon is closely
related to the phosphorescence of substances like luminous paint
after “‘ Insolation.”

The discovery and separation of radio-active substances has re-
vealed, as it were, a fresh world of wonders. Amongst the many
points connected with radium I should like to dwell for a moment
on what, perhaps, may be regarded as the chief one, namely: that
the luminosity of radium is caused or accompanied by an incessant
discharge of atoms or molecules of one or more substances carrying
a high electrical charge which may or may not leave the particle
When it comes into collision with neighbouring solids. Madame and
Mons. Curie (all honour to them for their share in a splendid piece of

: research work) found that objects even of an inert character adjacent

85 PHOSPHORESCENCE.

to the radium discharge took on pronounced luminosity, thus point-
ing to a possible state in which common-place substances might
have luminosity imparted to them under certain conditions ; the fore-
most condition to my mind being a certain electrical state of the
matter concerned, produced directly or indirectly. I think there is
an inference to be drawn here which may help one to some sort of a
working theory. Nothing that I have adduced stands as proof or
even strong evidence in the line of thought I have tried to pursue,
but I venture to think that there are many things which are sugges-
tive. Condensing the ideas into brief statements, I am inclined to
take up the position that in the Phosphorescence of living things
there may be stages as follows :—

1. Production of electricity from surplus nerve energy or
specially adapted nerves.

bo

. Storage in some degree greater or less of the electricity.

3. Discharge under conditions calculated to give light: includ-
ing the possibility of the emission of electrically charged
atoms or molecules.

Whatever explanation may be eventually arrived at, I believe
that the result is bound to be a heightening and widening of our
previous conception of the subject. I think this idea may be read
into Tennyson’s lines:

‘The old order changeth, yielding place to new;
And God fulfils Himself in many ways.”

86

Some Early Forms of Art.

By Srr Recinatp Harpy, Barr.

READ BEFORE THE SOCIETY, Noy. 19rH, 1905.

N the Maritime Alps, where the road from Nice to Turin passes
San Dalmazzo, rises Monte Bego, 8,000 feet high. Below the
summit of the mountain lies a wild desolate region,with huge masses
of glaciated rock. Their ‘colour is a fine purple, orange, and red.
The glacier ice has polished the stone and made a smooth and
inviting surface for primitive artists. As far as I know, there is no
place in Europe, or the world perhaps, where so large an area is
covered with so many varied prehistoric engravings.

In 1650 a.p., Gioffredo, the historian, wrote a history of the
Maritime Alps, deriving his information from Laurenti, the parish
priest of a neighbouring village.

“The Lakes are called the Lakes of Wonders, ‘ MERAVIGLIE,
because near them, to the wonder and amazement of beholders, are
to be found various rocks of different colours, smooth and slippery,
which are engraved with a thousand figures, representing quadrupeds,
birds, fish, mechanical, rural and military implements. And these
rocks, notwithstanding the length of time, are not covered with

87 SOME EARLY FORMS OF ART.

bushes. lt is believed the figures were done many centuries ago,
and that the authors of these spirited jokes were probably only
shepherds and herdsmen who wished to while away their idle hours.”

In 1871 a Monsieur Foderé went to see them, and described
them as the work of Carthaginians or Hannibal’s soldiers.

In 1868 Mr. Moggridge read a paper on these rocks at a
Norwich Congress, and said they were hieroglyphics, if any meaning
at all was to be attributed to them.

In 1878 a French visitor suggested they were cut by a super-
stitious people, who adored a terrible divinity supposéd to reside on
the top of Monte Lego.

In 1884 another visitor ridiculed this idea, and declared the
figures were made by shepherds as a distraction in hours of repose.

In 1897-8 two Englishmen (one of them a personal friend of
mine) spent several weeks in the district, and made 538 rubbings
and 100 photographs. ‘They carried away a piece of stone witha
horned figure on it, and gave it to the British Museum.

Now as to the Geologieal formation. The rock is chloritic
schist, of a grey substance, turning to a red ochreous tinge where
exposed, The ice has smoothed and polished the surface, and the
striated scratches and lines made by the action of the glacier are
still fresh and clear. You can see them on the specimen in the
British Museum. The rocks are covered with snow except for two
months. When the sun is hot and the air dry, no rain trickles
down them, no moisture frets them away. The snow when it falls
forms a winding sheet and a preservative. We owe to the happy
accident of climate the continued existence of the designs.

The figures are produced by repeated blows of a blunt implement,
stone or flint, and by a series of successive punches The depth of
the engraving is uniform. The red surface is chipped away, and

=O EES

*

SOME EARLY FORMS OF ART. 88

leaves the natural grey substance exposed. They extend over an
area of several square miles; the highest is 7,500 ft. high.

The subjects are various. By far the larger number are repre-
gentations of heads or bodies of animals with horns, sometimes two
pairs of horns. Next to these the most abundant are weapons —
such as swords, javelins, and daggers. There are indications of nails
for fastening points to wooden stems. Some of these are carefully
modelled, and possibly the artist had the actual weapons at hand to
copy. There are geometrical patterns, rectangles, circles, wheels,
spirals, roughly cut as a rule.

There is one remarkable pattern—the blades of two weapons, and
at the base of each an outstretched hand with five fingers extended.

There are groups of ploughs with men and oxen; the plough-
share is indicated and the man holds the handle. But the favourite
design is an ox or a yoke of oxen, some with ears, some with four
legs and tail, some with tails and legless, some in pairs, some in
teams of four or even six, yoked. Now ploughs and oxen are usually
drawn in profile. In prehistoric engraving and modelling, in
Egyptian, Indian, Assyrian, Greek, Roman sculptures we invari-
ably find profile. These pictures convey an idea of looking down
from above, and are unique in that respect in the world. The ox
forms a rectangle. But there is no arable soil among these stones
at an elevation of 6,000 feet or more; there never could have been

‘cultivated land in these barren regions. The agricultural sculptor

must have stood on a terrace above the team and carried the outline
in his head. Or, since pictorial forms are earlier than letters,
hieroglyphic pictures than alphabets, may we surmise that tracings
by a grandfather's stick on the sand or dust were the earliest form
of tuition, and that the purple shadow formed at noon by the bright
Italian sun was the origin of these early specimens of freehand. If
you will try, when summer’s sun returns, to observe the outline of

89 SOME EARLY FORMS OF ART.

the cow or a donkey’s shadow at mid-day you will understand what
I suggest.

Who made these quaint drawings, this wonderful picture book
for grown-up children. No trace of any implement has been found
on the spot. It was not likely. The artists were not highly skilled
like Kgyptians or Assyrians. They scratched an outline and punched
out a pattern. Certainly, Hannibal’s soldiers had something else to
occupy them. Historians tell us he crossed the Alps at the Little St.
Bernard Pass, and in the time it would have been impossible to carry
out such a gallery of illustration. Moreover the Pheenicians were
far more civilised and advanced. They would never have wasted
their time drawing ploughs or oxen, though weapons of war might
have amused them. Were these thousands of pictures made for
amusement in idle hours? Many are begun and left unfinished.
There are no signs of writing or inscriptions. There is no resemblance
to hieroglyphics, no system or ordered design, but many hands,
many epochs, and a haphazard covering of the most attractive and
smoothest and most accessible planes. Was there a religious motive ?
Was Monte Bego a Sinai, a centre for worship? Were these designs
votive offerings, or prayers in stone, or are they archives or records
like the picture-writings of North American Indians?

I think, probably, there was no ulterior meaning. That they
were primitive forms of art for art’s sake, like decorations on pot-
tery or bone for ornament’s sake. Gradually the pattern grew,
more figures were added, Time was no object, men had plenty of.
leisure in those days. The shape of the weapons points to a bronze
age, the workmanship toa stone age. But just as we go on using
candles and oil though electric light is discovered, so men used flints
long after bronze was at hand, and bronze when iron existed.

Incised work is older than low relief and much easier, Profile
is universal in ancient art. This “ view from above” is unique.
There are toa certain extent similar rock carvings in Ireland, at

SOME EARLY FORMS OF ART, 90

Sleeve na Cailliagh in Meath, the necropolis or burying place of
early Irish kings 1000 years B.C.

The stones are ornamented with hollow dots, circles, spirals,
lozenges, chevrons, and wheels, punched apparently with a flint
punch. Are these symbols or decorative touches? I have no copies
of them. The Bushmen in Australia have some ornamented stones
with rough figures which bear some resemblance.

The men who carved these oxen must have been agricultural.
We know from the evidence of language that Latin, Greek, Teuton,
Hindoo, Sanscrit, sprang from a common Aryan stock. The very
name Italy means “‘a land of oxen.” Italus or Vitulus is the same
word as the French veau and the Norman veal. The words for
agriculture, the vine, the plough, grain, ‘‘ the beef,” the quern the
Scotch still grind their corn in, gander, hound, sow, pork, point to a

common origin in a primitive Indo-Germanic race.

But before these agricultural people came, there was a race in
Italy and France that lived by hunting and fishing, with tools of
stone and bone, who adorned themselves or their womenkind with
teeth of animals, shells, amber, and bones, and were unacquainted
with the use of metals or agriculture.

At Mentone, a few yards from the present frontier of France
and Italy, facing the Mediterranean, in the Red Cliff, is a cave which
has contained an epitome of the life of prehistoric man. The
entrance stands 30 yards from the shore, just above the sea level.

The aspect was southern; the sun shone in; the climate was
genial and pleasant even in winter, as modern invalids have found ;
fish was plentiful, and the forests behind were full of game. The
original height was some 70 feet, but gradually, as centuries passed,
debris, fragments of roof and side-walls, bones of slaughtered
animals, ashes and charcoal from fires, stones and refuse accumulated
and caused the floor to keep on gradually rising, until 35 feet of
deposit was formed.

91 SOME EARLY FORMS OF ART.

In digging out this deposit the following discoveries were made.
Practically the whole of the cave earth has been excavated. In the
lowest or bottom layer stratum were found the bones of an elephant
and a rhinoceros. Not such an elephant as the Carthaginians or
Pyrrhus employed and left behind them dead in Italy, but Elephas
Primigenius (the Mammoth), with its large recurved tusks. Imple-
ments of gritstone, clumsily chipped scrapers for scraping the flesh
off skins, lanceheads. Then followed a period in the world’s history
when the Mammoth disappeared, and we come to what is called a
Reindeer layer. Bones of horses, foxes, wild boar, ibex, red deer
and their antlers. These are not the remains of animals who came
there to die, but of animals killed for the sake of food or for their
hides. The bones are split and scooped out, and the marrow
evidently has been systematically extracted. There are traces of
hearths where fires were lit, black marks of smoke on the rock at
different elevations, cinders, charred bones and charred wood,
numerous weapons of flint and stone, and the flints are worked more
skilfully. Some bone ornaments are found— rings sawn out of round
bone, scrapers, seashells, and bodkins or needles to stitch skins
together. Skeletons were found with beautiful perfect teeth and a
necklace composed of deers’ teeth ornamented with lines and shells,
‘* Nassa Neritea,” and the vertebre of a species of trout which must
have been strung together, as they are perforated, also pendants like
a double olive, and shells (‘‘ Cyprea ”).

How did these cave-dwellers, these troglodytes, live? They
killed game, such beasts as they could shoot with spears or arrows or
harpoons, flints sharpened and stuck or tied with thongs or grasses
into wooden sticks. They cooked at fires. They extracted marrow
from the bones, they scraped the skins and sewed them together with
bodkins, they made ornaments of shell, fishbones, and pretty pebbles.
They seemed to have eaten horses and not ridden them. No trace
of dogs as companions in the chase. They ate the acorns from the

SOME EARLY FORMS OF ART. 92

oak and the wild strawberry and other natural fruits, and had not
learnt the use of the plough or how to till the soil.

In one of the grandest of Greek dramas—the Prometheus of
Aeschylus, the hero is represented as bound to a rock because he
defied Zeus and gave fire to mortals. Heis the symbol of progress.
and the expansive mind. He teaches ignorant men the use of num-
bers, writing, yoked steeds, knowledge of the stars, herbs and medi-
cine, navigation and divination. He tells us how he stirred up men
to reason and taught them how to think, how he brought them fire
from heaven and instructed them in the arts.

Previously —“ they did not know houses of brick that catch the
* sunlight warmth, nor yet the work of carpentry—they dwelt in
“hollowed holes like swarms of tiny ants, in sunless depths of
“ caverns,”

This passage,written 500 years B.C., exactly hits off the view of
the modern up-to-date Anthropologist, as to the condition of man-
kind and society in the earlier stone period.

We may compare other caves such as Kent’s Hole, Torquay ;
remains of the mammoth, rhinoceros, cavebear, and human beings
are found together under a seal of stalagmite flooring, so formed and
consolidated by water and lime, as to seal the contents of the treasure
house and make it impossible to insert any article without disturbing
the incrustations.

Probably the oldest piece of fine art in the world is the figure
of a mammoth carved on a piece of mammoth’s tusk, and accommo-
dated to the shape of the piece on which it is carved, It was found
in the cave of La Madeleine Dordogne under a solid floor of flints
and rubbish, which has been consolidated and petrified into stalag-
mite, and can be seen in the British Museum.

For the purpose of illustration and comparison, I have given

93 SOME EARLY FORMS OF ART,

pictures of articles from other French caves. A bone piercer,
bone needles from Bruniquel. A splinter was taken off the bone
and rounded bv a saw-edged flint, the point and smooth surface were
made by rubbing with a sandstone burnisher, and the eye was drilled
with a pointed flint. Needles or bodkins for sewing skins were
thus produced.

Next there is a javelin head of stone barbed like a harpoon.
Here is a horse-rib with three horses heads on both sides, and part
of a deer’s rib with heads of reindeer and wild goat.

Here is the handle of a dagger in reindeer-horn with a figure of
a mammoth. The trunk reaches the forefeet, and the tusks are
fitted in along the blade to suit the shape. There is also a horse’s
figure and a graceful head of an ibex on reindeer horn, and the figure
of a glutton showing that the climate was sub-arctic. Lastly, horse-
head on bone from Cresswell Crags in Derbyshire.

Turn from Italy and France to Ancient Britain in prehistoric
times, to Stattordshire and Derbyshire. There was no Ryknield
Street, that great Roman backbone of through traffic. Czsar had
not fought in Kent, Between the Peak and the Trent were endless
oak forests on the slopes, in the river valleys were swamps and

morasses.

Men lived on the higher levels, not savages or barbarians, but
civilised and intelligent people. The ancient cave-dwellers had been
succeeded by men who dwelt in huts of wood and branches, of dried
turf or bundles of reed, of twigs and mud, built like a bird’s nest or
a beast’s lair. At some date primeval architecture began. By use
of fire vast stones were split out of the rock, workmen fashioned and
shaped them with flints, and planned temples as places of sacrifice,
or religious centres of Druidical worship, or mausoleums.

First single stones set upright, then Dolmens; where one flat
stone rests like a table on two props; then Cromlechs, where the

~~

SOME EARLY FORMS OF ART. 94

uprights are ranged in a circle, such as Avebury, Arbor Lowe, the
Borderstones, and lastly—Stonehenge, where a lintel is raised and
placed in position on two posts and fitted with tenon and mortice.
How were such stones quarried, transported twenty miles, and then
imposed on their supports. Modern professors tell us that Stone-
henge is not sepulchral, and not of the bronze age, but of the stone
age, and connected with sun worship or sun observation, Some of
the rudest flint implements ever found in Britain are those dis-
covered in 1901 in the foundations of Stonehenge, evidently used for
dressing the great stones. In 1766 the temple consisted of six
upright freestones, 6 ft. broad, of various heights, in a semi-circle.
There are traces of a complete circle. There are two tapering
stones, and an artificial kist with side-stones 18 ft. long. No doubt
this was covered with flat roof stones. Arbor Lowe is a perfect
specimen of earthworks— trench and mound and circle of stones,
loose unhewn limestones. Art did not spring full-fledged and perfect,
like Minerva from the head of her parent, but was developed, like

everything in the world.

Man has been mounting an endless ladder, straining upwards
and onwards, and kicking away behind him the rungs by which he
mounted. These discarded rungs our explorers are picking up as
they track out the trail of human. progress and the vestiges of
former struggles and triumphs.

BRC RC Tia Tham

95

Che Ancient Volcanoes of Derbyshire.

By W. J. P. Burton, F.G.S.

READ BEFORE THE SOCIETY JANUARY 15TH, 1904.

AV a very remote period in the past Derbyshire was the scene of

great and long-continued volcanic disturbances. Streams of
liquid lava, miles in length and scores of feet in depth, vast deposits
of ash and other volcanic debris, and at least five active volcanoes,
once formed part of the geographical conditions of North Derbyshire.

The lapse of untold ages has either largely removed or hidden
these features from the view of all save the geologist and the miner ;
but their presence is a well-authenticated fact.

Now, although we possess tangible proof of volcanic activity
throughout nearly the whole of the geological history of the British
Islands, there were probably two periods when it was more intense
than in any of the others. Those that I refer toare what are known
to geologists as the Tertiary and the Carboniferous Periods,

The work of the Tertiary volcanoes is amply illustrated, especially
in North Ireland and West Scotland, where the vast deposits of
basalt and other rocks lie exposed to view in such well-known
localities as the Giant’s Causeway and various parts of
the Hebrides. These deposits represent the most recent phase of

THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE. 96

voleanic activity in the British Islands, and the volcanoes which
belched them forth probably died out long before the advent of that
remarkable era known to us as the Glacial Epoch, and therefore
immensely anterior to the appearance of man.

The more ancient period referred to, viz., the Carboniferous,
appears to have been ushered in and closed by volcanic outbursts,
which must have been far more violent and extensive than any
eruptions of modern times, Evidences of these are found all the
world over, and it is to this epoch that the Volcanoes of Derbyshire
are to be referred.

Before proceeding to discuss these in detail, it would perhaps be
well to give a little attention’ to the nature of ancient volcanic
phenomena generally.

The geologist observes the elevated land that once formed the
bottom of an ancient sea, the raised beaches round the sea coasts,
the slow subsidences of great land areas, the unfathomable faults,
that, by dropping or rising, bring into proximity rock formations
utterly different in character: the miner, by reason of these very
faults,—often without the slightest indication of their presence on
the surface, suddenly loses his bed of coal or metal-bearing vein, or
a great wall of igneous rock may unexpectedly confront him, deep
down in the mine, compelling the abandonment of the workings, or
the expenditure of large sums in cutting through the unprofitable
rock before the productive beds can again be reached, These phen-
omena are observed everywhere, and Derbyshire geologists and
miners have ample experience of them. Such conditions are indica-
tions of the volcanic or seismic disturbances of past ages.

The examination of a MODERN volcanic district shows much
evidence of considerable rock fracture and dislocation: thick lava-
flows, and beds of scorie and dust cover the country for miles around.
Making due allowance for the changes produced by the agencies of

97 THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE.

denudation, continued through centuries of time, we find much the
same condition of things in volcanic districts of the past. A notable
example occurs in the Auvergne district of Central France. Here
portions of the ancient cones and craters are still actually to be seen.

In Antrim, also, where the voleanoes were probably active at
about the same time as those of Auvergne, I have observed frequent
examples of sections of Volcanic vents, showing crater and orifice
filled with solidified lava and voleanic bombs, as fresh as if they had
cooled down but a short time ago, instead of hundreds of thousands
of years.

But the Volcanoes of Antrim and Auvergne were but of yesterday
compared with those of Derbyshire, and it would be unreasonable to
expect to find the evidences quite so apparent in this country. Cones
and craters have entirely disappeared; but the lava streams, the in-

trusive dykes, the beds of ash, the deposits of fragmentary matter
produced by explosive force are still with us; and even two remark-

able instances of voleanic necks remain to testifiy to the time when
they formed the centre of cones that probably rose many hundreds
of feet above the level of the surrounding country, and sufticiently
near to Burton to disturb the equanimity of its inhabitants, suppos-
ing they had lived at that time.

Although recognised as of volcanic origin by earlier observers,
it was not until about the middle of the 19th century that the ‘‘Toad-
stones ” (the local name applied to the igneous deposits of Derbyshire)
were scientifically studied. The illustrious De la Beche gave consid-
erable attention to them, and concluded that they were formed by
submarine volcanic action: that the ‘‘Toadstones” were, in fact,
lava-flows poured out over the floor of the ancient sea in which the
carboniferous limestone was formed. This conclusion was arrived at,
probably because De la Beche did not chance to meet with the beds
of Tuff which are now known to exist, and which are of sub-aerial
origin. In 1861 Jukes discovered these, and the results of his inves-

THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE. 98

tigation were corroborated by the Geological Survey, made about the
same time. For nearly thirty years after this very little of any
importance was done to further elucidate the problem. In 1894,
however, Mr. Arnold Bemrose, of Derby, who had devoted much
attention to the petrography of the ‘‘ Toadstones,” communicated a
very valuable paper to the Geological Society, which served to bring
the subject prominently to the notice of the leading geologists of the
day, among them Sir Archibald Geikie, who resolved to visit Derby-
shire ; and, under Mr. Benirose’s guidance, he made an inspection of
the district where the volcanic evidences are to be found. His main
object was to endeavour to discover remains of the ancient vents
from which the lavas, agglomerates and tuffs had been ejected. In
this research, greatly helped by Mr. Bemrose’s thorough knowledge
of the locality, Geikie was entirely successful, for he became convinced
of the existence of several distinct centres of eruption. Briefly sum-
marised the following points were determined :

(1) The voleanie region of Derbyshire is quite isolated from other

contemporaneous areas of disturbance, the nearest being in
Roxburghshire on the North and Somersetshire on the South ;

(2) The district represents a thoroughly marine phase of volcanic
action ;

(3) The whole of the vents discovered are filled with agglomerate ;

(4) A large number of sections are visible at various places, but
much of the ejected material is concealed ;

(5) The lowest horizon of the voleanic series is probably unknown,
as the limestone amongst which they lie has not yet been pene-
trated through its entire thickness;

(6) The lowest known volcanic deposits lie at a depth of about 800
feet below the upper beds of limestone; the highest in the
series pass into the lower beds of the Yoredale Rocks which
lie over the limestone ;

(7) The thickness of the ‘‘ Toadstones ” varies considerably ;

(8) The rocks in proximity to some of the voleanic beds have been
much changed in character; in places the limestone has been
altered into saccharoidal marble (Dale Farm, Peak Forest),
and clays have been baked into columnar masses (Tideswell
Dale).

99 THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE.

(9) That a vast amount of work remains to be done in determining
the details of the general structure of the volcanic district,
and the constitution of the different varieties of deposits.

I should mention here that since the date of Geikie’s visit Mr.
Bemrose has been steadily working at the problem, and there is
little doubt that we shall before very long be furnished with a full
narrative of the history of the Derbyshire voleanoes.

Having thus traced an outline of what is known of this inter-
esting chapter in local geology, it will be profitable now to make
some general remarks on a few of the more striking features.
Within the limits of this paper it is, of course, impossible to give
minute details of any one locality, or even to make reference to all
places of interest. It must suffice to deal briefly with the chief
typical phenomena in a general manner.

Selecting first a feature that is perhaps more apparent than any
other, we will endeavour to obtain some idea of the nature of the
Vents; and I propose dealing with two instances with which I am
well acquainted, viz., those of Grange Mill and Bonsall. Before
doing so, however, let me draw your attention to the geological map
of Derbyshire. On this I have marked by a cross the positions of
the thoroughly authenticated examples of volcanic vents. You will
notice that the most northerly vent is in the neighbourhood of
Castleton, and it is not far from the entrance to the Speedwell
Cavern. The most southerly, and also at the same time the most
recent, is at Kniveton, where there occurs an inlier of the Mountain
Limestone, with Yoredale Shales adjacent. The other vents lie
between Castleton and Kniveton, at Grange Mill, Hopton and
Bonsall respectively.

The Grance Mitt Vents lie about five miles to the west of
Matlock Bath, at the far extremity of that beautiful valley, the Via
Gellia. They lie on the right of the road to Winster, and may be
seen immediately after passing the Holly Bush Inn. The Winster

THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE. 100

road has, in fact, been cut through the agglomerate at this point,
and a section is well exposed opposite the cottages just beyond the
Inn.

GEOLOGICAL MAP OF DERBYSHIRE
SHE WING POSTTION OF VOLCANIC VENTS

og ii

“a

ty

ul leans
it fe m
pa Ay a

These Vents are remarkable in that they form two well-defined
dome-like hills. Ali the other Vents of Derbyshire appear to have

101 THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE.

been entirely weathered down to the general level of the country.
An observer, who has seen the voleanic necks of Scotland and North
Treland, is at once struck by the general resemblance of the Grange
Mill Vents to these well-authenticated relics of bygone volcanic
action. ‘The two domes are separated by a narrow valley, in which
the rocks, probably limestone, are thickly covered by material worn
down by weather from the slopes. Limestone surrounds the domes
on every side, forming escarpments on the east and west. The vents
differ in form and size. The more southerly is the larger, and it is
somewhat irregular in shape. The smaller vent is almost circular.
The larger covers an area of something like 72 acres, while the
smaller occupies about 27 acres. They reach an elevation of between
100 and 200 feet above the surrounding country, and their summits
are about 900 feet above sea-level. Both vents are grass-grown to
the top, and are intersected by hedges dividing them into fields.
Here and there on the slopes, tracks worn by cattle, and sections
caused by the falling away of small banks, reveal the nature of the
material forming the hills. This consists generally of somewhat
soft greenish rock, containing fragments of much harder dolerite—a
rock so hard that it can only be broken with difficulty. Other
fragmentary matter consists of pieces of limestone, some of which
have been highly crystallized by heat. The matrix is essentially
voleanic ash. Qn the roadside, where this agglomerate has been
exposed, it is seen to weather into spheroidal masses, which, when
broken, are found to contain large numbers of D1asasic Lapriu. At
some distance from the vents, and passing underneath the upper
beds of limestone, are to be found deposits of tuff, which are from 60
to 90 feet in thickness, and these probably cover a large area of the
ancient sea-bottom in the vicinity of the voleances. As an evidence
that the eruptions were in progress contemporaneously with the
deposit of the limestone, the beds lying above the tufts reveal the
presence of small igneous fragments mixed with the calcareous
material, This, however, does not occur to such an extent as to be

THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE, 102

conspicuous, as it does in some other parts of the volcanic district.
At Shothouse Spring the tuff is well exposed, and probably here, as
well as at other places in the neighbourhood, the change of the tuff
into clay is the cause of the numerous springs which rise to the
surface. The weathering of the igneous material may also have
much to do with the production of the fine pasturage which has Jed
to the repute possessed by this district in the manufacture of cheese.

Two small dykes of dolerite, so fine-grained as to be more nearly
like basalt, pass through the margin of the larger vent, and these
may probably be continued into the heart of the dome. Fragments
derived from these dykes may be found in the walls bounding the
roadside, and in structure the material can hardly be distinguished
from the close-grained basalts of the Giant’s Causeway.

No opinion seems to have been advanced as to the probable
geographical conditions surrounding these volcanoes at the time of
their actual eruption, and one feels somewhat diffident at expressing
an opinion when others far more able to propound a theory appear
to hesitate to do so,. I venture to think, however, rightly or wrongly,
that the evidences offered by the Grange Mill Vents seem to indicate
that they occupied a portion of a submarine ridge of limestone,which
in this particular district reached just above the level of the sea.
Cones of considerably greater altitude than the hills which now
represent them were formed in much the same way as volcanic cones
are developed in the present day. Very little liquid lava character-
ized the eruptions, but enormous quantities of fragmentary material
were thrown out over the adjacent sea, where they accumulated on
the bottom, at times so rapidly as to entirely interfere with the
deposition of calcareous material, at other times becoming mixed
with it when discharged in comparatively small quantities. The
occasional appearance of true lava is proved by the presence of the
dykes referred to; but whether this lava was merely intrusive, or
that it reached the surface and was discharged as a lava-flow, is stil

103 THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE,

more conjectural. I am, however, inclined to the former view. For
instances of modern volcanic phenomena, which support the general
suggestions here offered, we have only to think of the marine
volcanoes of the Grecian Archipelago and some of the Pacific Islands.

Tue Vent at Bonsatt, a village about two miles north-west of
Cromford, which may also be reached from Matlock Bath by climbing
over the shoulder of Masson Hill, near the Heights of Abraham, is
well exposed in Ember Lane, down which one must pass on the
journey from Matlock to Bonsall. The lower part of the lane—that
nearest Bonsall—is bounded on each side by walls built almost
entirely of a very coarse agglomerate, of quite a different character
to that found at Grange Mill. The peculiar and almost unique
feature of the Bonsall agglomerate is the presence of a preponder-
ance of fragments of limestone, most of them quite unaltered by
heat. Some of the fragments are pebble-like, and would suggest
either the presence of a sea-beach, or the wearing caused through
repeated expulsion and attrition by violent contact in the air. Some
of these pieces are as large as an orange, and they are enveloped in a
matrix of a chocolate colour, with lapilli of a greenish colour, which
are often more or less decomposed. At one spot in the lane, on the
left-hand side going from Bonsall, a section occurs where the rock is
quite decomposed, the matrix forming a clay-like mass in which the
nodules of limestone are embedded. Further up the lane the
character of the deposit changes, for we find ourselves passing over
a sheet of amygdaloidal and vesicular lava, evidently part of the same
flow which is found further away on the summit of Masson Hill.
An examination of the walls bounding the road and the adjacent
fields shows them to consist largely of both vesicular and amyg-
daloidal Toadstones, with occasional lumps of dark and very hard
dolerite, though this variety is met with more frequently nearer to
Bonsall, and it probably points to the existence of a dyke near at
hand. A further feature of interest, which ought to be mentioned,
is the somewhat remarkable occurrence of considerable quantities of

THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE, 104

metamorphosed limestones in the neighbourhood of the vent. These
do not appear to have been changed by the same agencies which in
other districts have converted the limestone into marble, for in this
case the limestones have been altered into a substance which is so
siliceous as to be described as a quartzose rock. Large masses of
these silicified limestones are to be found in the adjacent fields, and
small pieces in the walls.» It would almost appear as if the limestone
had been locally exposed to the action of intensely heated water
holding large quantities of silica in solution, a feature not uncommon
in present-day volcanic districts in various parts of the world.

From the remarks I have made, it will be seen that the Ember
Lane Vent differs materially from those at Grange Mill. The
agglomerates are strikingly unlike, and, while we have no lava-flows
at the latter place, there is distinct evidence of a thick out-pouring
between Bonsall and Masson, in places showing fluxion-structure,
and scoriaceous surface formation as marked as if the volcanic out-
bursts had occurred not millions of years ago but only a few cen-
turies. The general nature of this deposit indicates that it was laid
down partly on the surface of the ground near the sea-level, and
partly on the fioor of the sea.

The other vents, viz: those at Castleton, Hopton, and Kniveton,

all possess features of interest in common with those I have described,
as well as certain characteristics distinctive of each, which cannot be

entered upon here.

It should be remembered that those mentioned are merely such
as have been so far discovered. In all probability several others exist,
but they have not yet been detected. The possibility of their conceal-
ment below other deposits is well illustrated by the accompanying
diagram. And that such hidden vents do occur is suggested in certain
localities where mining operations have revealed such a great thick-
ness of igneous rocks as to preclude the idea of their being mere lava-
streams. At Tideswell Moor, for instance, near Peak Forest Village,
a shaft has been sunk to a depth of over 600 feet through solid toad-

105 THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE.

stone without reaching the bottom. The probability is strong that
this shaft has been sunk upon a vent, or a large pipe of communica-
tion with the interior.

Having said thus much of the vents,a few remarks may be
next made in regard to the beds of Turr, the Lava-rLiows, and the
SILLS.

Or the TUFFs, some appear to be associated with lava-flows, but
more frequently they are not so accompanied. They are usually
interbedded with limestone strata, a fact which conclusively demon-
strates their contemporaneous origin. One of the best examples of a
tuff without lava occurs at Ashover, where there is an inlier of moun-
tain limestone similar to those of Kniveton and Crich. This bed is
known to be over 200 feet thick,and it may be much more. In
Cressbrook Dale there is a deposit of tuff, separated by nearly 20
feet of limestone, from a lava-flow about 15 feet thick lying below.
Other deposits occur in the neighbourhood of 'Tideswell and Tissing-
ton. That at Grange Mill has already been referred to.

With regard to the Laya-rLows, none of them appear to be of
any very great extent, the volcanoes from which they were ejected
being probably small. The number of vents in such a small area,
by affording many outlets, probably prevented the formation of one
great centre of eruption for the whole district. Some of these lava-
flows are exposed at the surface, while others are deeply buried below
limestone subsequently deposited. That these concealed flows were
poured out on the surface is testified by the amygdaloidal and vesic-
ular nature of the rock, as well as by other indications. One such
flow passes through the heart of Crich Hill, where it has been pene-
trated in several places by mine shafts, at a depth of between 400
and 500 feet. This flow varies greatly in thickness; at one place it
was found to be quite 120 feet, while at others it was only half that

thickness, or even much less than that.

THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE, 106

Other instances occur of still more extensive lava-flows, but
descriptive details cannot be given here. Probably those of the Mat-
lock district and Miller’s Dale covered the greatest area. Each of
these was at least five miles in length and more than a mile in
breadth. At times the flow appears to have passed immediately over
the limestone; in other cases it was preceded by a fall of volcanic
ash, as in the Miller’s Dale district. Not infrequently a deposit of
ash succeeded the lava, as for example near Matlock Bath. It will,
of course, be understood that in each case the ash has been converted
into a compact mass of tuff.

The lavas themselves constitute a kind of Dolerite—a rock very
nearly allied to Basalt—frequently black or dark-green, but greatly
changed in colour where exposed to the weather. The top and
bottom of a bed are usually full of holes formed by the gases con-
tained in the lava stream. The vesicles are often filled with calcite
by subsequent infiltration, thus forming amygdaloids, which vary
much in shape and size.

The more central parts of the beds are harder and free from
vesicles.

Of S1xuus or InTRUSIVE SHEETS, there appear to be several exam-
ples amongst the “‘ Toadstones.” They are not always easy to distin-
guish from lava-flows, because, while they differ in some respects,
they possess several features in common witha true surface-flow.
The chief points of distinction are (1) their frequent unconformity
to the rocks among which they lie; (2) their connection with some
channel of supply communicating with a deep-seated source; (3)
their habit of sending small branches into the rocks above and below;
(4) their lack of cellular cavities or amygdaloids; (5) their greater
closeness of texture at top and bottom of the sheet; and, (6) their
metamorphic action on the rocks above and below them.

107 THE ANCIENT VOLCANOES OF DERBYSHIRE.

But these distinctive characters are not always present, and
much careful examination and considerable field-experience are
neeessary before a conclusion can be arrived at.

Probably one of the most typical and best authenticated sills of
the district is that of Tideswell Dale, which is exposed about half-a-
mile South of the village of Tideswell. Among other points of inter-
est to be noted here, is the presence of a bed of clay, probably a
decomposed Toadstone, or it may be a volcanic mud, covered in
places by the sill, which has indurated it and even caused columnar
structure to the depth of several feet. The limestones, too, are con-
siderably altered by contact, becoming more or less crystalline in
proximity to the sill.

In the same locality there is also a lava-flow, which undoubtedly
(judging from relative position, &c,) preceded the intrusion of the
sill; and this flow has not changed the character either of the clay

or the limestone.

108

Gypsum.

By ©. O’Suttivan, F.R.S., ete.

READ BEFORE THE SOCIETY, MARCH 177TH, 1904.

Si those of us who live in this locality gypsum is a well-known

substance, and, indeed, it may be asked by many, what is there
to be said about it? We all know its composition, where it is found,
and some, if not all, of its uses. What more is there to be said
about it ?

Well, I must admit to many of you, not much, but to those, and
to all of you, I hope, however, I shall be able to bring facts and
hypotheses connected with the substance before you to-night which
will be in some degree interesting if not instructive.

Gypsum is, in the newer strata, as you know, a widely distributed
mineral, although, so far, it has been found nowhere in such vast
masses as in our immediate neighbourhood, at Fauld, Chellaston, and
in districts extending South and East on the flanks of the Derby-
shire hills, by Lincoln, Newark and other places in the same
direction.

Although Gypsum, of a kind, is obtained in New York State and
other parts of America, yet the millionaires of the American cities
come to Fauld for the massive blocks with which to decorate the

109 GYPSUM.

interiors of their palatial mansions. The stately columns and
pedestals, as well as much of the wall facings, stair banisters, and
statuary are wrought from it. It is soft—is easily worked into
any required shape and is effective. At Castelino, in Italy, about
35 miles from Leghorn, it is found fairly massive, but whether
it is from this source, or from Fauld, that material for the
internal decoration of the Roman villas was obtained, I am not
prepared to say. We only know that there was a Roman settlement
at Hanbury (near to Fauld), and we know that Gypsum was mined
there by the Romans, Of course, I do not pretend to say that it was
where the present mines are, for, as is well known, Gypsum lies under
Hanbury in large masses, and round to Draycott, if not all round

the forest escarpment.

The widely distributed variety occurs naturally in the crystal-
lised or crystalline form, the massive kinds are confined to localities,

and are amorphous semi-translucent masses.

Let us consider a few of the properties of the mineral more
closely, so far, at least, as will enable us to have an understanding
of the matter which occupies us to-night—the formation of Gypsum.
Gypsum is soluble in water. A gallon of pure water will dissolve
about 200 grains of it. Further, Gypsum contains water. We may,
therefore, conclude that water percolating through any strata con-
taining Gypsum will become impregnated with it, and hence it is
that the water from some of the deep wells in Burton contains
Gypsum in large quantities. We may also conclude that if such a
water be evaporated the Gypsum will separate in crystals, if the
evaportion is slow, probably in large crystals, if rapid and under
pressure in crystalline masses. This can be easily observed with a
microscope. When Gypsum crystallises slowly, as in loose clay like
Oxford clay, it assumes well defined forms of the Monoclinic system.
Some of these occurring in London and Oxford Clays and Lias are
large, bold and well defined.

GYPSUM. 110

Gypsum is found in the interior of fossil shells, in veins and
crevices, but it is always easily recognisable by its softness—it can
be scratched with the finger nail—by its solubility in water, and by
giving the reactions for lime and sulphuric acid. In our locality I
have not seen any large distinct natural crystals of Gypsum, and only
here and there in very minute forms. In the massive and crystalline
state, as I have said, it is abundant. There can be no doubt that
the massive form is the source of the crystalline and crystallised
ones.

Let us look around, and we shall soon satisfy ourselves as to the
nature and form in which Gypsum is found in our locality. Go to
the brick yards at the south side of Ashby Road, and between it and
Waterloo Clump, standing out here and there, we observe pieces of
clay containing layers of whitish material lying horizontal on the
beds of clay, which all around have been removed ; then, here and
there we observe veins of the same material running down at more
or less inclined angles to the horizon. (Gypsum mixed with clay does
not make good bricks). If we go to the hill-face, to the left and
south of the Outwoods Recreation Ground, we observe the same thing,
only that, inasmuch as, the marl was required for railway ballast,
and not for brick making, the beds are not so obvious although the
veins are numerous. While we are at this place we find on closer
observation in the mar] at the top of the cutting a layer of boulders,
large and small, of Derbyshire limestone, many indeed of which can
be traced to their native beds in that shire. To the west of this
cutting the South Staffordshire Waterworks Co. some years ago
excavated a reservoir, now covered in, and when this was being made
vast boulders of limestone were found embedded in the mar. I call
your attention especially to this fact as it has to do materially with
the idea I am going to submit to you to-night as to the position of
Gypsum.

In well boring in our locality the auger frequently passes through
crystalline Jayersof Gypsum. A considerable quantity of the Calcium

M11 GYPSUM.

Sulphate in the well waters is derived from these, and these are
usually in the New Red Marl. We now go farther afield to the best
known localities in the neighbourhood, where the massive variety of
Gypsum is observed, and where it is mined or won. The denser
varieties known as alabaster, to be used in internal decoration for
altars, pulpits, pillars, mural tablets, etc., and I have seen recently
statues of the early Roman period, the drapery of which consists of
dense massive variegated Gypsum, probably from Castelino, but it
may be from Fauld, for reasons which I shall mention later. The
less dense and more or less crumbled pieces are ground, and by the
processes known as “baking” or “boiling” converted into Plaster of
Paris, which is also employed for decorative purposes. It is not
necessary that I should occupy your time by describing the above
processes, or the property that the “baked” or “boiled” plaster
possesses of “setting” when mixed with a definite quantity of water,
whereby mouldings and castings of various kinds are obtained.
Many of us have had the pleasure of visiting the Fauld works
more than once. To those the occurrence of the mineral need not be
described. We can all well call to mind how the Gypsum appeared
in the strata, now no longer worked. We can readily remember the
whitish masses, irregularly embedded in the marl, not existing in
layers interstratified with it, but in irregular embedded masses of
various sizes, Then, when we visited the interior of the mine, we
were brought face to face witha similar condition of affairs, only that
the embedded masses were immensely larger. How were these
masses placed where they are? That is thechief point to which I
wish to draw your attention to-night. Were they brought there,
dissolved in water, and deposited in layers? If so, they would be
crystalline, not massive, and if they were so deposited in the inter-
spaces now occupied by marl and dissolved, or washed away by the

action of water, we should find some evidence of continuity in the
spaces and should get some evidence of bedding, but I have been

unable to obtain any evidence of this description. The masses are
not crystalline, neither are they regularly arranged, but are scattered

GYPSUM. 112

through the marl in practically the same way as were the mountain
limestone boulders in the marl and clay on the top of the Outwoods
cutting ; in fact, if we could convert these limestone boulders into
Gypsum, we should have exactly the same appearances as obtained
where the massive Gypsum is worked for plaster and Alabaster at
Fauld.

Of course, if there were vast beds of massive Gypsum amongst
the hills of Derbyshire, it would be conceivable that these masses
were conveyed from the source in the same way as the limstone on
the Outwoods was conveyed, viz.: by glaciers or icebergs, but there
are no such beds; and, furthermore, we have the fact of the solubility
of Gypsum in water to contend with. We have, therefore, to
speculate as to the means by which these vast masses of Alabaster
attained their present position, and whence their component materials
were derived.

There can be no doubt that during the elevation of the high
lands of Derbyshire, and since they acquired their present height a
large amount of denudation took place, and is still taking place, but
we have to deal more particularly with the past. Further, it is
quite clear that, although broken here and there and thrown out of
place by the upheaval, the strata lying on the flanks of the limestone,
Kast and West, North and South, viz.: the Yoredale Slates, the Mill-
stone Grit, Coal Measures, Breccia Sandstone, Magnesian Limestone,
were denuded with the formation of the red and grey sands, the Red
Marl, and the Rhaetic bed, and some at least of the Lias. Most of
this denudation was subaqueous, and there must have been
at least two glacial periods, one immediately after the Magnesian
Limestone period, or at least after the deposition of the grey and red
sandstone. At the close of this it would seem that the high ground
of Derbyshire was covered with ice, which extended from North to
South, and terminated in the water from which the red and grey
sands, etc,, were deposited, with a contour into the waters beginning
at somewhere near Cheadle, thence to Uttoxeter, Tutbury, by Burton,

Mil} GYPSUM.

round to Chellaston, bending back to Castle Donington, thence to
near Loughboro’, and through the valley which is now the Trent,
along by Nottingham to Newark and Lincoln.

The portion of the glacier which passed over the limestone as
-well as the overlying rocks took that substance with it, and dropped
it chiefly about the water line, and piled it up in irregular masses as
glaciers terminating in the sea do to-day.

It is thus we find the massive Gypsum at present. It naturally
does not occupy the whole of the ice line, but is found in the direction
of the flow of the limestone, and his again been washed away in some
places by more recent changes. Other portions of the water line are
occupied here and there with boulders of other material derived from
the Yoredale shale, the Breccia, and the Magnesian Limestone, but
most of these have disintegrated and have gone, in part, to the form-
ation of the Keuper, New Red Marl, etc., and, finally, some of the

more recent beds.

We have now got as far as a working hypothesis of the source
of one of the constituents of massive Gypsum, viz: the lime. Whence
did the other constituent come ?

When the limestone was being brought down by the glaciers,
the coal of the coal measures was being denuded also, and no doubt
aqueous denudation took place upon the same lines immediately
afterwards, and, indeed is going on now. What can coal have to do
with the matter? I will try to show you! You have all noticed
the very common occurrence of “‘ brasses” in a lump of coal. If we
compare the ‘‘ brasses” of the coal with specimens of iron pyrites,
or iron disulphide, we shall see that they agree in appearance, colour,
brightness, etc., and analysis has shewn that they are identical.
Having had to deal with various samples of pyrites, I noticed that
some of them began to disintegrate, and that the disintegrated sur-
faces were covered with greenish-grey crystals, with slight drops of
water containing free acid. On examination, the crystals were

GYPSUM. 114

found to be iron sulpbate, and the acid globules to contain free sul-
phuric acid. Hence the pyrites, under the influence of air and’
moisture, is oxidised to iron sulphate and free sulphuric acid.

Oxidation of pyrites to iron sulphate and sulphuric acid is not
usually very rapid, but I believe it is accepted that most, if not all,
of the ‘‘ gob” fires in coal mines are traceable to the rapid oxidation
of pyrites dust, in presence of moisture and coal dust.

We have, then, in close proximity to the limestone, a material
coal, whence iron sulphate and sulphuric acid are naturally produced.
Further, I have broadly sketched to you whence and bow boulders
of limestone could have been brought to the present position of the
massive Gypsum nodules. We have only to imagine water impreg-
nated with the oxidation products of the pyrites, flowing gradually
into the waters in which the Red Marl and Rhetic beds were being
deposited, to form an idea of the formation of massive Gypsum, and
of all the crystalline and crystallized forms derived therefrom. The
sulphuric acid of the Gypsum is one of the products of the pyrites
derived from the denudation of the coal; another is red oxide of iron
the red material which gives the colour to which the term ‘‘ Red Marl ”
isdue. The red oxide of iron is produced by the action of the iron
sulphate and sulphuric acid upon the limestone boulders.

Calcium carbonate and iron sulphate react to form calcium sul-
plate—Gypsum and iron carbonate. The sulphuric acid and calcium
carbonate react to form Gypsum and free carbonic acid. The perco-
lating water dissolves the carbonic acid and at the same time the iron
carbonate, and carries it down into the clays, where under the influ-
ence of atmospheric oxygen it undergoes further oxidation with the
ultimate formation of that red oxide of iron, from which the red
marl, as I have previously stated, draws its title.

As you know no theory of this kind is worth much unless you
can add something by experiment, outside the general speculation, to
show that the theory is probable. In cases of this kind it is imposs-
ible to perform an experiment on a large scale, as neither the vast

115 GYPSUM.

amount of time, nor the other surrounding conditions are available ;
but if I can show you that when iron sulphate and free sulphuric
acid act upon calcium carbonate to yield Gypsum, and that the other
product is iron bi-carbonate, which, when exposed to the air, yields
red iron oxide, I think you will all be prepared to admit that, what-
ever credence you may care to give to other speculations, this,
as shewn by experiment, is an established fact.

Here is a small beaker in which I placed powdered limestone,
I added iron sulphate slightly acidulated with sulphuric acid and
digested for a time. The red oxide of iron is readily noticeable, some
iron carbonate is also present, because sufficient time has not elapsed
to ensure complete oxidation. On examining the deposit under the
microscope crystals of “Selenite,” crystallised Gypsum, are observed,
identical in form with those occurring in nature in the Lias and
Oxford clays, &e.

These are the facts and speculations to which I have endeavoured
to draw your attention to-night. I must express my regret that I
have been unable to present them to you in a more pleasing form,
but, if I have been able to put the broad facts before you in such a
shape as will enable anyone of you to follow them up, [ shall be
satisfied.

The question is of much interest and may give the key to the
mode of deposition of the beds, beginning with the Keuper after the
Bunter. These are free from, or mainly free from, fossils. Iron
sulphate and free sulphoric acid are not constituents of a nidus in
which plants and animals could live, prosper and be preserved.

116

Capestry at Haddon Hall.
By H. A. Rye.

RFAD BEFORE THE SOCIETY, MARCH 16TH, 1905.

M first visit to the Haddon Tapestries showed me they were in

a very bad state, but I was glad to see a start had been made
by the late Duchess of Rutland with the suite of the “ Five Senses”;
these had been sent to the Decorative Needlework Society, Sloane
Street, London, but the cost was so great that the work had to be
abandoned and was again at a standstill. Four out of the five
wonderful pieces were shown on the screen.

This piece, ‘‘Seeing,” in the centre medallion, a lady seated,
regards herself in a glass or polished mirror, which she holds in her
right hand; behind her is an eagle. Medallion in the left-hand
border, Asop’s Fable, “The Wolf and the Crane.” Medallion in
right hand border, “The Dog and the Wild Boar.” The size of this
piece 17 feet 6 ins. x 11 feet 6 ins.

Before we proceed, I would say that this suite is of Mortlake
work. The manufactory was established by King James I in 1619.

117 TAPESTRY AT HADDON HALL.

He sent for a number of skilful Tapestry workers from Flanders and
settled them at Mortlake, a few miles from London, and placed them
under the direction of Sir Francis Crane, Chancellor of the Order of
the Garter. Sir Francisdied in June, 1636, and, with the execution
of Charles I, the manufactory lingered on miserably ; and it appears,
from an inquiry ordered by the Parliamentarian party, that, at that
time it comprised one hall, 80 feet x 20 feet, with twelve looms, and
another half that size with six looms, and a painting or limning
room. It survived that awful tempest, and after the restoration in
1661 Sir Sacvile Crowe called the attention of Charles II to the state
of the manufactory started by his grandfather and nourished by his
father, and offered to undertake its restoration, and again it flourished.
It is improbable that it survived the Revolution, 1688, as William of
Orange seems to have employed Flemings and Flemish work.

At the dispersal of the Royal goods by order of Cromwell, a suite
of hangings, representing the ‘Five Senses,” executed at Mortlake,
was in the palace of Oatlands, which was sold in 1649 (the year of the
execution of King Charles I) for £270.

“The Cardinal Mazarin had a set of the “ Five Senses” in wool
and silk, with grotesques on a blue background, each piece having in
the centre a blue medallion representing one of the said ‘‘Senses” sur-
rounded by a golden-coloured border containing terminals, medallions,
cartouches and shells, and at the top, in the midst of this border, a
shield with the arms of England—this was Mortlake work.”

Mention is made in the Belvoir MS. of six pieces of Tapestry
having been bought in 1662. May these not be the Oatland’s ‘‘ Five
Senses”? Note the blue heart in the centre medallion at top. This
was the mark of the Mortlake factory in the Cromwellian era.
That the pieces were woven before 1636 is proved by the fact that
the monogram of Sir Francis Crane is upon them. (See figure 1.)
During the repairs it was found that the blue heart was sewn in,

TAPESTRY AT HADDON HALL. 118

and behind it was the remains of the Royal Arms, all cut and
slashed out.

The next piece is ‘‘ Tasting.” In the centre medallion a lady is
eating fruit; on her left a monkey is doing the same, helping himself
from a basket. Medallions in borders: left, ‘‘‘The Fox dines with the
Stork” ; on the right, ‘“ The Stork dines with the Fox.” The mono-
grams and factory marks are given in figures 1 and 2. The white shield
with red cross being the Mortlake factory marks. The size of this
piece, 11 feet 4 ins. x 11 feet 6 ins.

B. @VL

SS

The next piece, “‘ Hearing.” Centre medallion, a women seated
singing, her musical instrument is laid at her side, and at her feet a
stag ; medallion at left, ‘The Ass in the Lion’s skin”; medallion at
right, ‘‘The Stork dines with the Fox.” The monograms and factory
marks as before. Size 9 feet 3 ins. x 11 feet 6 ins.

“‘Feeling.” Centre medallion, a lady reclines holding a squirrel ;
medallion on left, “The Fox and Grapes”; medallion on right,
“The Ape and the Fox.” Size 7 feet 8 ins. x 11 feet 8 ins.

“Smelling.” I have not been able to get this photographed at

119 TAPESTRY AT HADDON HALL.

present, but it is a larger piece, 15 feet x 11 feet 6 ins. Centre
medallion, a lady smelling flowers, in her left hand a vase at which a
dog is also smelling; left-hand medallion, “‘The Fox dines with the
Stork ; right-hand medallion, ‘‘The Dog and his Shadow.”

There is, in the household accounts preserved at Belvoir Castle,
the following entry :—1663, Disbursed. April 23, for carrying a piece:
of hanging, one of the “‘ Five Senses,” to my Lord Winchesters, 6d.

I will now take up the work as I found it. All the pieces were
nailed to the walls with iron nails, the rust eating into the Tapestry,
the pieces cut and folded to fit into the places where they were hung,
borders cut off to make them fit in where they were required. I
really thought the thing hopeless. I first went round with a pocket
book, mapped out each piece and took the size, noticed what was
wanting, then on to another room and did the same, put a note the
rest of this piece in such and such a room; after many weeks, for I
could only spare an hour or so ata time, I had the whole on paper, and
knew where I could find all my parts when the time should come to
put them together. It came when his Grace paid a visit to Haddon.
I showed him the figure of “‘ Diana,” and asked him if he would like
to see the whole. I then had the nails drawn and showed him this
(plate 1). The top and bottom borders we travelled into other rooms
to see, but it was not till five years had passed that I was able to com-
plete the whole, as the top left-hand corner was only then found asa
patch in another piece. But from this time forward the work went on
at Haddon; we engaged a needlewoman who has thrown her whole
heart into the work, and is now a thorough expert at the work.

Lady Victoria Manners took up the work and wrote a little
book, “ Descriptive Notes on the Tapestry in Haddon Hall,” and we
have gone on steadily with the repairs, and hope to live to see the
completion.

This (plate 1), I may call the first of the “ Diana” series. The
set is mentioned in an inventory of the Earl of Rutland’s goods,
taken at Wallingford House in 1655:

ele aud hae ania ee ie
is 6 z

—
“ea

Fag

:

a vie. ¢

a
i
|

TAPESTRY AT HADDON HALL.

Puate I. ‘¢ Diana,”

120

121 TAPESTRY AT HADDON HALL.

“In the great Drawing Room 5 pieces of 10 foote deepe
hanging, the story of “ Diana.”

Here we have Diana with her bow and arrows, a quiver slung
on her back, two hounds at her side, and you will see what is so often
done in Tapestry, a smaller representation of the subject in the back-
ground. The size 10 ft. 9 in. x 10 ft. high.

The next piece of the same set, “ Diana reposing with her
Nymphs and Hounds at her feet.” This piece will show you another
step in the repairs. Up to now, when a piece was wanting, I had let
the plain canvas show, but it was thought to spoil the look of the
piece, and now filling in with colours was tried, and, I think, few
could find where this has been done. The size of this piece 10 ft. 3 in.
x 10 ft.

Another of the same set ‘‘ The Slaughter of Niobe’s Children by
Diana and Apollo.” Here again the pieces were joined up, and the
canvas coloured. Size 14 ft. lin. x 10 ft. 4 in.

Another of the same series, and represents ‘“ Diana imploring
Jove for permission to remain for ever the Virgin Queen.” This will
give you a little idea of how the Tapestry had been treated ; you will
see a piece of another set (‘‘ The Life of Alexander”) sewn in upside
down. This piece was photographed tosend to Lisbon, where there
was said to be a piece like it. A piece was eventually found at Rufford
Abbey, most likely from the same cartoon, and, as this patch is wanted
for its right place, it will be taken out, and the figures painted in from
the Rufford piece. Jove is seated, reclining at his feet is Juno,
Minerva in the foreground, on her right Hercules and Bacchus.
Size 16 ft. 9 in. x 10 ft. 4 in.

Dubreuil, one of the artists especially employed upon the car-
toons for the royal workshops of France, designed the Story of
“Diana.” He lived 1561-1602.

A set of Scripture pieces. These pieces are mentioned in the
Belvoir M.SS. as the Acts of the Apostles, and were certainly made
before 1670. Their subjects are as follows :

fo]
ios

HALL.

TAPESTRY AT HADDON

as

“ONTINA

Vv op

AAV] @

NV

auory AI

LVT

123 TAPESTRY AT HADDON HALL.

“The Conversion of 8. Paul,” which has the factory mark (figure
3) on the right-hand border.

‘©The Delivery of Peter from Prison.”
“The Shipwreck of 8. Paul at Malta.”

You will note this last piece has a patch of another piece in the
border.

We now turn toa set of Flemish Tapestry of English Hunting
Scenes :

“My Lord and Lady go a Hunting” (Plate 2). I think this is
mentioned in an Inventory taken 1544 with many other pieces.
‘‘THeE Warprope Haneynces—j pece of old Tapestry of men and
women on horseback.”

‘They rest.”

“The Gentlemen Hunt the Stag.” This is also mentioned in
same Inventory, ‘‘j pece of Tapestry with men and women huntyng
the hart.”

“They also Hunt the Boar.”

I now come to, perhaps, the pick of the whole of this wonderful
series of Tapestry ; they are of Brussels manufacture and later than
1528. The two B’s with a shield between for Brussels in Brabant
becoming obligatory at that date (figure 4). This first piece “Diana
Hunts the Wild Boar” has (figure 4) on the bottom border.

“Diana Hunts the Hare” equally fine, but wants top and bottom

borders.

The remains of another piece of the same set, ‘Diana Hunts
Wild Ducks,” two very fine borders; and a piece of the same set as
“The Climbing Boys,” now at Belvoir Castle.

I must bring this present paper to a close with a very fine

124

TAPESTRY AT HADDON HALL,

« UVOG AIA FHL SINAP VNVICQ),, ‘JIT @ivig

rr

125 TAPESTRY AT HADDON HALL.

Verdure Tapestry, one of the set in the Drawing Room. These are
again mentioned in the Inventory of 1544, “ viij pecys of hangynges
of verders with fawcons wynges and trew lovys havyng wreythis of
blak and white.”

I hope some day to show you the remainder, but this is as far as
we have got with our repairs, that is to say, about half way through.
I think you will be able to say you now know that all Tapestry is not
Gobelins, and that we had works at Mortlake in 1619, turning out
fine work before Gobelins was founded in 1662.

126

Che Ancient Industries of Cannock Chase.

By Gerorce M. Cocxin, F.G.S.

READ BEFORE THE SOCIETY, NOVEMBER 9th, 1905.

CHASE, as it is now called, originally formed part

of a Royal Forest, one of the numerous great hunting grounds
claimed by Saxon and Norman Kings, within whose boundaries the
right of hunting was exclusiveiy reserved to the King or to those
privileged to share it with him, A Royal Forest consisted of an
extensive area of waste lands, which, in the case of Cannock Chase,
seems to have been for the most part well covered with timber. All that
now remains of it is an open moorland with here and there a decay-
ing oak, or a dwindling group of birches, solitary reminders of the
glories of the past. With the destruction of the Forest trees and
cultivation of the land, has come a vast increase in population; the
few scattered agriculturists have been joined by thousands of miners,
and from collieries and factories, shops and houses, comes the busy
hum of industry, where for countless ages all was silent. It is inter-
esting to look back and endeavour to trace the causes which produced
these mighty changes. The history of the locality in which one lives
appeals very strongly to the thoughtful mind, and I may safely con-
clude that the members of this Society will be willing to listen to
these fragments of industrial history—not the less interesting

27 THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE,

because scanty—which have been gathered from various sources. In
this way we may form some idea of those ‘“ Ancient Industries ”
which have helped to produce such great results.

At the time of the Doomsday Survey the Forest of Cannock
consisted of 43,200 acres. It belonged originally to the Earls of
Mercia, but in consequence of an act of rebellion during the reign of
William the Conqueror the Forest lands were confiscated, and for a
considerable period remained the property of the Crown. From
what history tells us of the great Conqueror, we can quite imagine
that he would not be slow in obtaining under almost any pretext, for
the purpose of the chase, such a sporting Forest as that of Cannock,
That the Forest was actually used by the Norman Kings and their
successors for the indulgence of their favourite sport there can be
no doubt. And there may still be seen high upon Castle Ring the
foundation stones of a very ancient building, which was thought by
the late William Molyneaux—an Archzeologist well known in Burton-
on-Trent—to be an old Royal hunting lodge. Major Woodward,
R.E., has expressed the opinion that the building dates back to King
Henry I., or King Stephen, and it may possibly mark the site of the
ancient fortified Castle of Beaudesert. What little remains of the
building shews massive walls enclosing two rooms, 60 ft. by 37 ft.,
with traces of a winding staircase. The gateway, set in a wall 4 feet
thick, has grooved stones as if for a portcullis. South of Castle Ring
(? mile) is Redmoor, the site of a monastery and royal residence,
where, in July 1155, King Henry II stayed, and from which place
he probably visited Burton-on-Trent, and granted certain Charters
to the town bearing that date. Considerable sums of money were
spent in improving the gardens and in repairing the King’s house at
Redmoor at that time, as recorded in the Pipe Rolls of the Exchequer.
A change of owners of part of Cannock Forest took place in
1190. King Richard I., Coeur-de-Lion, impelled by the love of
military glory, and fired by the news that Jerusalem had fallen into
the hands of the Saracens, stopped at nothing to raise money for the
vast Crusade he was determined upon for the relief of the Holy

THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE. 128

Land. He sold the vassalage of Scotland, several important fort-
resses, and many manors and revenues belonging to the Crown,
among them the Manors of Cannock and Rugeley and the Forest
rights therein. The purchaser was the Bishop of Coventry and
- Lichfield, whose ancient rights in the Forest had always been a
source of friction between the Royal and Episcopal claimants. In this
way a portion of the ‘‘ King’s Forest ” became the ‘‘ Bishop’s Chase.”
The Forest Laws which had been in operation under the Norman
Kings up to the 13th Century were barbarous in their severity, for
the offence of killing a stag a man paid penalty with his life, and for
less offences with the loss of a limb! Men were driven to
desperation by such cruel laws, and bands of outlaws bid defiance
to them and lived by poaching and robbery. Whether Robin Hood
and his Merry Men haunted the forest glades of Cannock as well as
Sherwood we do not know, but it is an interesting fact that in an
old document of King Edward VI’s. reign allusion is made to
“Robin Hood’s Ford” somewhere on the banks of the Trent.
At any rate, travelling was then exceedingly dangerous, and
the Forest roads especially were full of peril, so much so that the
powerful Karls of Chester paid a regular subsidy to the Warden of
Cannock Chase for providing a safe escort through the Forest. The
so-called Norman custom of ringing the curfew bell at nightfall was
in general use, and was continued at Cannock long after it fell into
disuse elsewhere to guide benighted travellers across the waste to a
place of safety.

The Mineral which was first mined in Britain to any great
extent was Iron. It seems strange in these days, when the Coal
Trade has assumed such enormous proportions, to be reminded that
in days gone by people got along very well without coal, but they
could not do without iron. Iron was an absolute necessity for a
people advancing in civilisation. It is thought by some writers that
the Ancient Britons were not behind ,their neighbours the Gauls in
their knowledge of iron mines and works, but it is quite certain that
during the Roman occupation of Great Britain there must have been

J29 THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE.

an increasing demand for iron. The needs of the Army, the culti-
vation of the land, the achievements in road-making, all these must
have necessitated an increased consumption. Kent, Essex, and the
Forest of Dean contributed to the supply of the ore, and there are
traces of Roman iron mines in other parts of the country. The
great expansion of England, however, did not take place until after
the Anglo-Saxon, the Danish, and the Norman invasions. During such
periods of disturbance and terror it was impossible for any great in-
dustrial growth to take place. And so it was not until after the Nor-
man invasion that the harassed country was able to settle down toa
much-needed period of repose. Then it was that swamp and fen, forest
and moor, were brought under cultivation and made to bring forth
their harvest to support greater numbers of people, and at the same
time came a greater demand for iron. The iron industry on Cannock
Chase seems in early times to have centred in Rugeley—an ancient
place mentioned in Doomsday Book, which speaks of it as a “‘ consider-
able clearing in the Forest.” This “ clearing” amounted to about 300
acres of ploughed land, supporting a population of probably 50 people.
The reign of King Henry II]. was an eventful one for the place.
A great and destructive storm wrought fearful havoc in all the
forests of England in the year 1222, and the King had a careful
valuation made of all the fallen timber and its worth accounted for,
and in the list of forests appears that of Canoc. In the same reign
(1259) Rugeley had increased sufficiently in size and importance for
the King to grant a Charter for the holding of a weekly market and
an annual fair. The first mention of the iron trade in Rugeley—
it may have been and doubtless was in existence many years pre-
viously —occurs in 1380. In that year a poll tax of ls. per head was
levied on all persons over 15 years of age in England—the same tax
which caused the disturbance in the Eastern and Southern Counties,
known as the Wat Tyler insurrection. The names and occupations
of all who paid that tax are still preserved, and it is very remarkable
that of the 153 adults then living in the little town of Rugeley, no
less than 12 are recorded as having been “Cut lers” or workers in

THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE, 130

iron. For many centuries the only fuel used for smelting the iron
ore was charcoal, and so great was the demand for it that piece by
piece most of the great forests in England were destroyed. The old
records of the 12th and 13th centuries are full of allusions to iron
smelting, forges, and charcoal burning in the Forests of Sussex,
Sherwood, Pickering, and Duffield, and reference is made to charcoal
burning in Needwood Forest in 1255. During the succeeding
centuries many actions at law took place against people who cut
down trees without permission, and the owners seem to have had a
busy time in protecting their property. These illegal raids upon the
Forest trees were not difficult to carry out, because the country was
so thinly settled. It was easy to cut down large quantities of trees
and convert them into charcoal before the owners were aware of the
mischief that was going on. Up to 25 years ago the charcoal burners
still carried on their trade in the neighbourhood of Rugeley. The men
whose families had been employed in this indnstry for generations
were called ‘‘colliers.” The remains or marks of the charcoal hearths
may be seen in many of the valleys on the Chase, where on a level
place, near the stacks of cordwood, the pile was built and burnt. To
promote slow combustion and to exclude the air the pile was covered
with turf. and the process of burning and admitting sufficient air
towards the close required careful watching. Most of the charcoal
went to the iron furnaces at Pelsall. A cord of wood measured 8 ft.
by 4ft. by 4 ft., and the small limbs of trees were preferred, up to
6in. in diameter. The value of a cord of wood averaged about 8s.
The ancient method of smelting iron was by means of open hearths
or ‘“bloomeries,” the blast being supplied by means of bellows
worked by hand or foot; in this way a small lump of iron, perhaps
a hundredweight, could be produced by a day’s smelting, leaving as
much iron in the slag as was got out! There are still remaining on
Cannock Chase many evidences of this industry, and they are
not far to seek nor hard to find. Anyone walking from Rugeley
up the little stream called ‘Rising Brook,’ may see in places
on either bank great heaps of slag and cinders. So imperfect was

IL THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE,

Brexienbidivwy v

a

Beaudesert Hall

Seti “
Val BEAUDESERT OLD PARK
/

de a Qld Coal § From Fb
\
ad
\,

Plan Showing Old Slag Heaps, &e., near Rugeley, | Reduced from Ordnance Map.

{THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE, 132

the smelting process effected by the “bloomeries,” that large
quantities of half-smelted iron were thrown away among the
slag. Some of this has been removed and been used again, and
much has been used for road material and wall building ; but appli-
cations are still occasionally received for permission to search for
and take away ‘‘tap cinders.” The heavy blocks of half smelted
ore called ‘“‘tap cinders” formed the hearths of the “ bloomeries,”
and are round in shape and slightly concave. A good specimen
may be seen in the road at Hazel Slade, opposite Mr. Couthwaite’s
training stable where it now does duty as a kerbstone. It was
the custom to bring the raw material to the water power necessary
to drive the wheels of the mills and foundries. The stream
called ‘* Rising Brook” supplied the power, and along its banks the
names still linger to identify places with the works once carried on.
Such names as Brindley Pool, Furnace Pool, Baland’s Pool, Furnace
Coppice, Forge Farm, Rolling Mill, Slitting Mill, &c., indicate
plainly the sites of busy scenes where generation after generation
toiled. The numerous Mill Ponds, many of which still exist, shew
that the industry was not a small one. The process of smelting in a
*‘bloomerie” consisted in the ore, after having been calcined in
heaps upon the ground, being placed upon the hearth mixed with
charcoal and smelted by a blast of cold air produced by bellows.
Dr, Plott, in his Natural History of Staffs., published in 1686, speaks
of the great improvements which had then been effected in iron
smelting :—

‘““Our Ancestors,” he says, made iron by means of foot blasts or
“‘bloomeries, by which way they could make but one little lump or
“bloom of iron in a day—not a hundredweight—leaving as much iron in
“the slag as they got out; whereas now they will make two or three
**tons of cast iron in twenty-four hours, Jeaving the slag so poor that
‘the founders cannot smelt them again to profit.”

He describes the process of smelting in his time as follows .—

‘*When they have gotten their ore, before ‘tis fit for the furnace,they
‘“burn or calcine it upon the open ground with small charcoal, wood, or
“‘sea coal to make it break into small pieces, which will be done in
‘*three days and this they call annealing it or fitting it for the furnace.

133 THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE.

‘‘ In the meantime, they also heat their furnace for a week’s time with
‘‘ egharcoal without blowing it, which they call seasoning it ; and they
‘‘ bring the ore to the furnace thus prepared and throw it in with the
‘charcoal in baskets, where, by two vast pair of bellows placed behind
‘‘the furnace and compressed alternately by a large wheel turned by
‘t water, the fire is made so intense that after three days time, the metal
‘will begin to run, still after increasing, till at length ina fortnight’s
‘time they can run a sow and piggs once in i2 hours, which they do in
‘-a bed of sand before ths mouth of the furnace, wherein they make one
‘larger furrow than the rest which is for the sow, from whence they
‘“‘ draw two or three and twenty others for the piggs.”

A great advance in iron smelting was caused by the use of coal
in place of charcoal, but, although previous to the date at which
Dr. Plott wrote, this improvement had been tried and tried success-
fully by Dud Dudley and others, such was the prejudice against the
use of coal that the new method of smelting by means of coal and
coke did not come into general use until 1747; this was followed by
the invention of puddling, and the hot blast and the steam engine.
In the South of England the same methods were in operation,
Sir A. C. Ramsey says :—

“* A considerable amount of iron ore used to be mined in the Weald
‘of the South of England and smelted with wood or charcoal before
‘‘the coal measures were worked extensively, and when the Weald was
“ eovered to a great extent with Forest. Then the chief part of our iron
‘“‘ manufactures was carried on in the South-east of England. Indeed, late
‘in the last (18th) century there were still iron furnaces in the Weald
‘of Kent and Sussex. The last furnace is said to have been at Ashburn-
‘ham, and even hereand there we may now see heaps of slag overgrown
‘‘with grass, and the old dams which supplied the water that drove the
““waterwheels that worked the forges of Kent and Sussex. It is said
‘‘that the cannon that were used in the fight with the Spanish Armada
‘‘ came from this district, and the railings round St. Paul’s Cathedral
‘“‘and other churches of the time of Sir Christopher Wren were also
‘‘forged from the Wealden iron.

There is no distinct reference to Coal Mining as an industry in
England until after the granting of the Forest Charter by King
Henry II]. in 1217. In the North of England in 1236 some land
on the coast near Blyth was granted to the monks of Neominster
Abbey for gathering seaweed and coal washed up on the shore, hence
the term “‘sea-coal.” A few years Jater the monks of Tynemouth
were not only digging coal from their estates but were shipping it

THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE. 134

from North Shields. In Staffordshire a grant of mines at Walsale,
as well of sea-coal as of iron, is recorded among the Cotton M.S. in
British Museum as having taken place in the 13th century, and it is
an interesting fact that a great bell for York Minster was cast on
the spot by John de Stafford and his men in 1371, the fuel provided
on the occasion being peat and charcoal and two chaldrons of sea coal.
Down to the end of the 14th century most of the work of the mines
was performed by slaves, and English men, women, and children
were bought and sold by public auction. Human flesh and blood
did not command a very high price either, for a certain Abbot of
Dunston has recorded: ‘‘ We sold our slave by birth, William Pike,
*‘ with all his family, and received one mark from the buyer.” It is
uncertain when coal was first worked on Cannock Chase, but in the
year 1497 (reign of King Henry VII.) three men, named Ralph Salt,
Ralph Snede, and Thomas Wales held the lease of a coal-mine within
the Park of Beaudesert for a term of eight years, at a rental of 20s.
for the first year and 26s. 8d. for the succeeding years, the necessary
timber for building the mine being provided by the lord. With the
mine was also leased a small piece of Jand within the Park for
impounding the colliery horses and animals at a yearly rent of 12
pence. It is probable, however, that the mining carried on in Beau-
desert Park was at this early period more for the purpose of getting
iron ore than coal, Thus we find in 1547 that there was let to
William Fletcher, at an annual rent of £20, the ‘“‘ Farm (or rent) of
“all the Blome Smiths with their houses at Rycon Bridge in the
* Chase of Cannock, with liberty to get Ironstone in the same and
‘in Beaudesert Park.” The use of coal for cooking and house
purposes had not yet been adopted, but as the wood supply failed, so
the despised sea-coal came into use for domestic purposes, having
been used formerly only by smiths and for the burning of lime. This
necessitated the building of chimneys and fireplaces. The old fire-
hearth occupied a prominent position in the middle of the floor, and
we can well imagine that the burning of coal under such circum-
stances would be well-nigh unbearable. The great increase of house

135 THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE.

chimneys was a marked feature of the 16th century. An old writer
of that period regarded this as a bad sign for England.

‘“Now,” he observes, ‘‘we have many chimneys, and yet our
“‘tenderlings complain of rewmes, catarres, and poses; then had we
“‘none but reredoses, and our heads did neverake. For as the smoke
““in those days was supposed to bea sufficient hardening for the timber
“of the house, so it was reputed a far better medicine to keep the good
*“man and his family from the quacke or pose, wherewith as then very
“‘few were acquainted.”

William Paget, the first Baron of Beaudesert, was raised to the
Peerage by King Edward VI. in 1552. He was an Ambassador and
statesman, and was one of the group of men of ability and learning
whom King Henry VIII. had attached to himself, and of whom he
formed a new aristocracy, enriching them with the lands which
became vacant at the dissolution of the monasteries. The reigns of
Henry VIII., Edward VI,, Philip and Mary, and Elizabeth were
difficult times and dangerous, as many found to their cost, and the
man who could steer his way through without losing his head must
surely have been possessed of rare cleverness and tact. Yet this
difficult feat Baron Paget succeeded in accomplishing ; but, although
he kept his head, he lost—on one occasion, at any rate— his estates.
They were forfeited by the Crown in King Edward VI’s. reign
and restored by Queen Mary in 1553, and a list of the Paget
Estates at that time contains the statement that there were in
Beaudesert Park ‘‘mines of coal and iron,” and it also states
there were “6,000 acres of wood upon the Chase.” Thirty years
later, in the reign of Queen Elizabeth, 1583, these estates were
again confiscated, owing to the third Lord Paget having taken
part in a conspiracy in favour of Mary Queen of Scots. A
document in the British Museum states that his lordship left a
“great stocke of myne and coale readie caryed and layde at the
“‘mylles there.” And it appears that Good Queen Bess was only too
ready to profit by these minerals so carefully stocked. Her agents
were fully aware of the profitable nature of the industries in Beau-
desert Park and reaped much benefit from them. Documents exist

o

THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE. 136

in the British Museum which contain the pay sheets and manage-
ment accounts of Queen Elizabeth’s mines, both the cost of digging
iron ore and the cutting and coaling of the wood. It is there stated
that to make 100 tons of iron required the consumption of no less
than 3,000 cords of wood, which at 2s.acord produced a sum of
£300 per annum for every 100 tons of iron smelted. Queen
Elizabeth’s agent lived, it is said, in Rugeley, in a house opposite
the Shrewsbury Arms, now converted into the Post Office, the same
house where was enacted 50 years ago the tragedy which made
Rugeley better known than anything else which ever happened there
—the Palmer murder. There is a tradition that Queen Elizabeth her-
self once stayed a night in the house. Coal was sent from Beaudesert
Park to the Castle of Tutbury during the time that Mary Queen of
Scots remained there in 1584. At about the time of the Spanish
Armada a Report was drawn up showing what timber was available
in England to meet the demand occasioned by the building of new
ships for the Navy. It was then officially stated that ‘‘ Canke Wood
“ being far from the sea or navigable river, the timber there cannot
* be employed for ship building, but that it was most fit to be conver-
“ted to iron works.” Later,an Inquisition or Court of Survey was
held at Cannock in 1595, when certain Commissioners reported at
length on the Manors of Cannock and Rugeley, as follows: ‘ There is
“one myne of black coals and another myne of cannil coals within the
“ Cank Wood, wich mynes Gilbert Wakeringe, Esq., hath and holdeth.
“by Lease; and that there hath been ironstone gotten in the same:
‘‘ woode in a certain place called the Black myne, wich ironstone Mr,
“ Fowlke Greville farmeth of her Majestie.” The Report goes on to-
state that great waste of timber had taken place, and that of the 3,123
acres of wood at the time Mr. Greville’s lease was granted there then
remained only 780 acres. The Commissioners brought serious
charges against Mr. Greville, not only for cutting down a great
number of trees not belonging to him, but also because he had fallen
a number of hollies which were specially reserved in his lease. It
seems that at that time, when pasture was scarce, holly trees were

137 THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE,

much valued on account of the young shoots providing food for the
cattle, and the inhabitants had liberty to let all manner of cattle
wander through the Forest in winter time, so that they might browse
on the tender shoots of the hollies. The practice of docking and
polling the Forest trees was also condemned, because although
affording material for charcoal burning, it spoilt the trees and caused
many of them to die. How great a change this wholesale destruc-
tion had wrought is forcibly depicted by the poet Masters, who thus
depicts the aspect on Cannock Chase in the 17th century :—

‘“ A vast, a naked plain confines the view,
‘Where trees unnumbered in past ages grew ;
“The green retreat of wood nymphs, once the boast,
‘‘The pride, the guardians of their native coast !
“‘ Alas! how changed, each venerable oak

‘“ Long since has yielded to the woodman’s stroke.
‘* Where’er the cheerless prospect meets the eye,
“No shrub, no plant, except the heath, is nigh.
‘The solitary heath alone is there,

‘* And wafts its sweetness in the desert air.

““So sweet its scent, so sweet its purple hue,

“We half forget that here a Forest grew.”

Much of our knowledge of the ways and customs of our fore-
fathers is derived from diaries kept by persons then living. One
such diary there is happily preserved, in which a lady describes the
coal pits in Beaudesert Park as she saw them. Celia Fiennes was a
relative of Lord Saye and Sele, and in 1695 visited Sir Charles
Wolseley, Bart., at Wolseley Hall, near Rugeley. She appears to
have been on a riding tour through England accompanied by two
men servants, and she vigourously described what she saw and was
told in her diary, in quaint language and villainous spelling!

‘‘ Another day,” she says, ‘‘I went to Boudezworth, the Lord
‘‘ Paget’s house 4 miles off, and passed by ye coal pits where they were
“‘ digging ; they drew up the coal in baskets with a little wheel or wind-
‘lass, like a well. They complain of having lost ye vein of the best
“sort weh they call Channel Coale, andis ye sort they still have in Wales
‘Cand Lancashire which burnt much lighter and less waste, but this I
‘‘thought to be very good, no better thanit. It isin great pieces, and
“So cloven burns light so as the poorer sort work by it, and soit serves
‘‘for heate and light: you might have a load for 3 or 4 shillings
“brought home yt would serve a poore man’s familly ye winter. I have
‘in London given 40/- for such a load.”

THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE. 138

In considering the different seams of coal which were formerly
worked in this district, some of which have already been alluded to,
we are brought face to face with an interesting Geological fact. The
Upper Seams occur in the following order :

Cannel Coal.

Old Men’s Coal.

Brooch Coal.

Five Feet Coal.

Top Hard Coal.

Main Hard Coal or Old Park.
All these seams were more or less worked. At Littleworth, Old
Hednesford, Rawnsley, and at Cannock Wood, the “Cannel,”
the ‘‘Old Men’s Coal” and the “ Five Foot” were worked; yet
in adjoining fields to the North and all over Beaudesert Park
and Pleachley and Hazel Slade, the only seam worked was the
“Old Park,” all the others being absent. The reason being
that a Fault running nearly East and West passes through New
Hayes Covert, and throws up the measures North of it 100 yards. At
some Geological period the coal measures were subjected to a great
erosion, and the seams above the horizon of the ‘ Old Park” seam
North of the Fault were washed away. So that we read in Miss
Fienne’s Diary that the miners in 1695, working in the Beaudesert
Park coal pits, complained of having ‘lost the vein of Cannel coal.”
The Cannel coal appears to have been one of the first seams worked,
and naturally so, because the uppermost. Besides its value as fuel,
it was also valued on account of its capacity for taking a high polish,
and was made up into a variety of fancy articles resembling jet.

Dr. Plott, writing in 1686, says:
“The floor of Lichfield Cathedral was paved with pieces of polished
“Cannel Coal and Alabaster arranged in lozenge patterns of black and
‘‘ white.”
It is probable that this pavement was laid down in the Cathedral
before the Estates of Beaudesert and Longdon were taken from the
Bishops by King Henry VIII. The date of removal of the pavement

139 THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOGK CHASE.

SECTION o- UPPER SEAMS
CANNOCK CHASE.

CannecCoaL.
Coa Cosh

Fnckey

——
CRREAREAEEE
x
Ga
Cc __ rea
Trampdart Nuanlsn Steck Cal , 6

Firelsy es § ae
Pee Tanch mb tomtoat ee ee Se aS
Fimciey A

Berta

Wah Kook

Phsee Danas

emt i TT Saas

Gr gs
| BropcrCoa ’
Keck

Borate

Panels meth Joos atone
Mart Aeit wat Todor

Foor Bem =
Frees lane Masi Bom 3 175 _—— 26

Faas
FiveFeetCoaL
Aivecliny

ie Levels wl Temas

TorHarpCoat

Chase and Shoals

Prats with Seo dem Bhan
Bla Benes

Waste Nook

Bieate wett rovadmes

~ pow
{
Mache Aoek
fos
3
Chay amet Fromalone
gas
Pratt Chay rom
Blioe Pred mia
Pallas amd frmaiome
1s 0a8

47 Sith ove

a ee

THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE. 140

is uncertain, but it most likely took place during the restoration of
the Choir by Wyatt about 1788 in consequence of the pavement
having become worn and broken. Among the curiosities of
Beaudesert in 1730 were the Family Arms cut out of Cannel coal.
So much was this seam valued as a gas coal that it continued to
be worked until 35 years ago by the Cannock Chase Colliery Co., Ld.
in spite of its thickness being only on an average 11 inches. It was
necessary to remove so much stone in getting it that the pit was
abandoned, and the great heaps at Wimblebury known as the “ Can-
nel mounds” bear testimony to this. ‘The coal here lay between two
Faults, and it is a curious fact that the coal was found broken up
into angular ‘blocks, the cracks being filled with white clay forced
up from the bed of fire clay below, showing that a great pressure had
been brought to bear on it. The Old Men’s Coal was worked at Can-
nock Wood and in the neighbourhood of Noddy Fields, &c. The seam
crops out at Cannock Wood and at No. 7 pit, and also at Piggot’s clay
pit, where some years ago the clay diggers broke into some old pit
workings. The Five-foot Coal was worked at Rawnsley, but only to a
limited extent. The Old Park Seam is an excellent coal, 4 ft. 6 in. to
5 ft. thick. It was extensively worked in Beaudesert Park, north of the
100 yard Fault, being there at a depth of about 30 yards. From the
great number of old pit-holes in the Park and its vicinity, it is
evident that the method of working carried out was that known as
Bell or Beehive pits. The method was to begin the shaft about 5 ft.
diameter at the top, increasing the diameter to about 12 ft. at bottom,
and getting the coal it covered and as far round the margin as was
considered safe. The difficulties of underground haulage and venti-

lation prevented the old miners from extending their workings far
_ from the shaft bottom. After the coal was extracted the shaft was
abandoned and another sunk not far away—the dirt out of the new
shaft being used to fill up the old one.

The iron ores which for so many centuries supplied the smelting
furnaces of Rugeley and district were to a great extent local. In

141 THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE.

Beaudesert Park the ore occurs in bands and balls immediately above
the Old Park Seam; the coal measures, in fact, are full of ironstone
bands 3 to 4 inches thick. There isa place in the Park known as
“Stone Pit Green,” and it is very probable that the old Bell pits
were sunk there to get ironstone only, before coal had come into use.
Near Stone Pit Green are large cinder heaps and traces of a smelting
furnace site. This ironstone above the Old Park Seam was also got
at the outcrop near Castle King, near which place are some large
cinder heaps. This ore is not of very good quality, and may be that
alluded to by Dr. Plott, who says in his Natural History before

referred to :—
‘«The meanest of the iron ores they call ‘ yellow share,’ an ill sort
‘‘that runs all to dirt, and is good for nothing, and such is the iron
‘““made of the Cannock stone, the lowest measure of iron ore about
““ Dudley, which is so very sulphureous and terrestial that it is not fit
‘to make iron.”
There is, however, an excellent ironstone lying 3 or 4 feet below

the “Old Men’s” Coal, and on the south side of the 100 yard Fault.
there are evidences that it was got in large quantities, especially in
the neighbourhood of Court Banks, Cannock Wood, Old Hednesford,
and Noddy Fields. It consists of three beds or bands of iron ore
lying in four feet of black clod. Besides these local supplies of ore,
it is quite likely that ore of the same quality was brought from the
surface mines of Cheslyn Hay and elsewhere on pack horses. This
may be the reason why the road leading from Chasetown to Rawnsley
is called the *“ Ironstone Road.” The following analysis is believed

to be of the iron ore below the ‘‘ Old Men’s” Coal :—
37:10 i iron
10°70 % oxygen

Protoxide of Iron .. _ ee o. 641680
Carbonic Acid Me S 3 Bie | Si) Pa

Silica is oa Se

Alumina and Phosphate Ys is ve | Od
Lime es a of. oe 1 62
Magnesia .. ss Bt * vo) Sep
Moisture .. ze *80
Bituminous matter, “Magnesia, nd loss .. “49

100-00

THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE. 142

Travelling 250 years ago was slow and not unattended with
danger. The coaches from London to Chester passed through Cank,
and occupied five days in making the journey (1659), The roads
about Cannock Wood and the Old Park were especially dangerous,
the numerous old pit shafts being traps for the unwary. A news-
paper of 1788 records how

‘©A man called John Smith, of Drayton, and his nephew were
‘“crossing the Heath after a heavy fall of snow when they unhappily fell
‘‘with their horses into a deep pit, where they remained two days and
‘‘ were taken out, but without any signs of life.”

The memoirs of Thomas Holcroft throw an interesting sidelight
on these times. In 1754 Thomas Holcroft was a boy of nine, the
son of very poor people, living in an old house, half in ruins, about
two miles on the north-east of Rugeley, He says ;—

‘* Desirous of employing his asses, my father frequently sent me to
‘the coal pits near Cannock to get a single ass loaded and to drive him
‘© over the heath to Rugeley, there to find acustomerfor my coal. At
‘‘the time I was sent I have a perfect recollection of deep ruts, of cattle,
“both asses and horses, unable to drag their loads through the clay,
‘and carts and waggons set fast init. I was obliged to run from coal
‘pit to coal pit to request the man who turned the wheel to come and
“help me. I often got nothing but a surly curse and a denial; s0 till
“some unlooked-for accident brought me relief there my loaded ass,
“sometimes heaving a groan at what he suffered, was obliged to stay.”

But the terrors of the road were often increased by the wild-
ness of the elements. One day Thomas Holcroft’s ass had safely
passed through the clay ruts of the Park, and was approaching the
summit of Stile Cop on the way to Rugeley :

‘“The wind,” he says, ‘‘was very high, and nearly opposite two
‘“clumps of trees it blew gust after gust too powerful for the loaded
“animal to resist and down it came! The coals were brought from the
‘“pit in such masses that three of them were generally an ass load, any
“one of which was usually beyoud mystrength. I have no recollection
““whatever of the means by which I found relief, but rather of the
‘naked and desolate place in which I was, and of my inability to help
“myself, and through life I have always had a strong sense of the grief
‘“and utter despair I then felt.”

Is it any wonder, after reading the above, that coal which sold at 4/-
at the pit was worth 40/- in London! These records form a striking

143 THE ANCIENT INDUSTRIES OF CANNOCK CHASE.

commentary on the value of good roads, canals, and railways for
equalising prices.

There was another very curious industry on Cannock Chase,
which was noticed by that close observer Celia Fiennes in 1695 :

“In Kankwood,” she says, ‘‘ there is quantetys of fferne, wch tho’
“it runs over their ground and so spoils ye grass, yet ye usefullness
‘‘of it renders it necessary to be preserved ; when it is at its maturity
‘“‘weh happens just before harvest or haytime, ye whole country are
“‘employd in cutting it up and burning it in heapes for ye sake of ye
‘Cashes, wch they make fine and rowle them up in balls, and so sell
‘‘them or use them all ye year for washing and scouring and send much
‘up to London, ye ashe balls being easily sent about, without wich
“they would have no ashes in the country for such uses; for their
‘« fewell is altogether «oales wch indeed are very good and plenty.”

Such, then, are some of the Industries which have from small
beginnings grown into mighty undertakings. It is well sometimes
to remind ourselves of the antiquity of our employments, and of the
persistent labour with which our forefathers carried on their primi-
tive methods. Our present developments are built up on their
efforts. Mr. Rider Haggard says in the “ Farmer’s Year”:

“The crown and charm of Rural England isits antiquity! A man
‘who has lived in new countries turns home again with a quickened
‘appetite for things hoar with age, and with a gathered reverence
“towards that which has been hallowed by the custom of generations,
‘The lives of us individuals are so short that we Jearn to take a kind
‘of comfort in the contemplation of communities linked together by
‘Cone unbroken bond of blood and moulded to a fixed type of character
‘by surroundings and daily occupations which have scarcely varied
“since the days of Harold!”

ERC GRC TH, Tha

144

Dispersal of Seeds.

By J. E. Nowers.

READ BEFORE THE NaTuRAL HISTORY aND GEOLOGICAL SECTION,
DECEMBER 8th, 1904.
OR the purpose of this paper, I propose to divide the subject
as follows:
I, Wind carried.
(a) Winged
(b) Furnished with a pappus.
(c) Small size and carried about like dust.
II. Mechanical contrivances of the plant for throwing, bury-
ing, etc.
III. Carried by animals and birds,

(a) Hooked seeds, fruits, and other parts of the plant.
(b) Sweet and bright coloured fruits.
(c) Carried with mud on feet of animals and birds.

IV. Carried by water (sea and river.)

V. Carried by the agency of man.

These divisions cannot be quite absolute, as they more or less
overlap each other; some seeds can be placed in more than one
division. Under the first heading we find a number of our trees,
having seeds with a large wing-like expansion (samara), many times
larger than they are, and capable of carrying them a long distance ;
if there is any wind blowing at the time the seed falls. As most of
the seeds are ripe in Autumn, this season being one of high winds,
is a great help to their dispersal.

145 DISPERSAL OF SEEDS.

The Maple and Sycamore (AcER CAMPESTRE and A. PsEuUDo-
PLATANUS) furnish good examples of seeds with large wings. In
both species two or three are attached on one stalk; each seed has
a long membranaceous wing, and is easily blown a long distance.

The Hornbeam (Carpinus BetuLus) is winged in much the
same manner, but in this case, the wing is a serrate bract to the
base of which the seed is attached.

The Elm seed has a very thin membrane all round it, and is
wafted to long distances by the summer breezes; it grows in large
clusters and immense numbers are produced by each tree. Of the
two species of Elm (Unmus montana and U. CAMPESTKIS) only
MONTANA ripens its fruit in this country.

The Ash (FRAXINUS EXCELSIOR) also produces a samara. The
wing is a kind of bract about 13 inches long, having the seed en-
closed in the base.

This blade has a slight twist in it, and when carried by the
‘wind, sets up a spinning motion, which causes it to be carried much
further than it would travel if quite flat.

The Lime Tree (Tirta Europa) has its fruits in a bunch of
four to six, attached toa stalk; on this is a membranaceous bract.
It will carry the bunch of fruits some distance in a strong wind, but
many fall under the tree.

The Birch (BrTuLA ALBA) has a winged seed, which is developed
between the scales of a catkin.

The Scotch Fir (Prnus syLyxstRis) and the various introduced
ConIFER#, have winged seeds produced between the scales of their
cones. The wing is very large in proportion to the seed, and many
are blown long distances, as they shake out of the cones, swinging on
the tall trees.

A great many other plants are adapted for wind dispersal of the

DISPERSAL OF SEEDS, 146

seeds, The genus Rumex (Dock) have all winged seeds, some of very
curious shapes. The Mountain Sorrel has a seed with a large wing
all round. The seeds of the Parsnip are winged. The Hop has an
arrangement of bracts with the seeds at their base ; this is probably
useful for the purpose of wind dispersal. THLASPI ARVENSE (Penny
Cress) has a flat oval pod, with the valves winged all round, so it is
possible for them to be blown away with some cf the small seeds
still in them. There are some remarkable instances among foreign
plants. In one Leguminous species the pod breaks up into winged
sections; another has a wing at the extremity of the pod.

We next come to seeds that have a hairy plume of some form or
other to help them to fly through the air. These seeds are not
confined to any particular order, but are most commonly found in
the Composite. The hairs in this order form a tuft or crown on the
top of the seed. This varies very much in form on different species.
The two principal forms are pedunculate pappus and sessile pappus.

The most elaborate of the former is that of TracgoPocon
PRATENSIS (Jack-go-to-bed-at-noon), so called from its babit of
shutting its infloresence at mid-day. This is on a long stalk, ard is
a kind of fine net-work parachute, which carries the seeds along for
a considerable distance, and when they strike the ground the thin
stalk snaps and leaves the seed to germinate. The seeding heads
are large, and a large number of seeds are released from each. The
Salsify belongs to the same genus, and has exactly the same arrange-
ment. If allowed to seed in a garden, it will be found the following
Spring to have become quite a weed.

The common Dandelion has also a stalked pappus, and I need
hardly say makes the most of it to spread itself over the face of the
land. It is not so elaborate as the last, but if you look carefully at
it you will find that it is really a beautiful object.

The Coltsfoot (Tussrraco Farrara) is an example of a sessile
pappus. In this case the hairs are on the end of the seed without

147 DISPERSAL OF SEEDS.

any stalk. This plant gives usa good example of one of Nature’s
means of taking care of the seed until it is ripe and able to fly away
to reproduce its species. When the Coltsfoot is in flower the
flowering stalk is erect, with the flower exposed to the full force of
the sun. As soon as the flower fades, the top of the flowering
stalk bends over in such a manner that the disc of the flower is
looking to the ground, and the close strong bracts of involucre
protect the unripe seeds against the weather. As soon as the seeds

are ripe the head is once more erect, and the seeds fly off in the
breeze.

The various species of Thistle also have a sessile pappus, and in
some cases it isa very beautiful structure; it is easily transported
long distances through the air, We have about a dozen species of
Thistles, and a number of varieties and hybrids in this county. A
great many other composite plants possess a pappus. Among them,
the Groundsil, which spreads with great rapidity on waste land, the
Sow-thistle, the Hawk-weeds, and many others. The Thistle down
has a certain commercial value, it is used to stuff cheap quilts in
place of Eider down.

Many other orders of plants have species with a pappus of some
description, and it is not always the same part of the flower which
develops into the crown of hairs. In the case of those just mentioned
it is the calyx; in the Bullrush it is the perianth; this plant
produces a great quantity of seed in the large “candles” as the
flowering heads are often called. It is capable of being carried long
distances, so that its abundance in ballast pits and other ponds is
easily accounted for.

The Willow-herb (Epitonium) has a large number of seeds in long
pods, each of which has a crown of long hairs. Clematis seed has a
long bearded awn, which helps it to fly through the air. The Cotton
grass, (ERtopHorum), that adorns our boggy places, with its pure white
heads swaying in the breeze, is another instance of the perianth

DISPERSAL OF SEEDS. 148

forming the pappus. The hairs of this plant have been, and pos-
sibly are now, used for stuffing pillows, etc. Experiments have also:
been made with a view to using it as a substitute for Cotton, but not.
with any great success. The Willows and Poplars also possess this
arrangement of hairs on the seed, as also do the Valerians and many

others.

Many very small seeds that are ripened in capsules of various
forms, are so light that they can be blown along in a strong wind
with dust: many of them can, no doubt, travel considerable distances
in this manner. Wallace in his book ‘‘ Darwinism” gives a table of
approximate weight and size of some small seeds.

(

|Approximate :
S z ER anbor Approximate
pecies. Seeds Dimensions Remarks,
per grain. inch,
ager eee
Draba verna 2% 1800 60 X 90 X iso] Oval, flat.
1 1 By
Hipericum perforatum afl 520 30 X a | Cylindrical.

* hirsutum Pe 700 - wv, =) Cylindrical, rough
Mimulus luteus a ole 2900 = x = Oval, minute,
Orchis maculata 15000 = Poo tine i

Yo 8 1
Sagina procumbens . ..|- 12000 a Sub-triangular
| z flat.

As this table shows, these seeds are all very minute, many
more are as small, and are adapted for wind dispersal; CAMPANULA
LATIFOLIA, LINARIA VULGARIS, DiciraLis, ANTIRRHINUM, Papaya,
and many others too numerous to mention.

One curious case of a seed adapted for this mode of dispersal is
the Lambs-Lettuce (VALERIANELLA AURICULA) the fruit has three cells
but only one contains a seed, the other two are larger than the one
that contains the seed, thus making the whole fruit much lighter

149 DISPERSAL OF SEEDS.

than it would be if all contained seed, and probably enables the wind
to carry it a long distance. I have made three experiments in

weighing small seeds. PaPayA DUBIUM about 460 per grain;
ANTIRRHINUM 440-450 per grain; ORoBANCHE MINUS (lesser Broom-
rape) about 12,500 per grain, this latter does, no doubt, get blown
about among dust.

The next section is that in which the plant has some mechanical
contrivance for throwing the seed, and, in some cases, for burying
them. In other cases a kind of miniature trap-door to let the seeds
out when they are ripe and when the weather is favourable.

Take our common Land Cress (CARDAMINE HirsUTA). It has
small white flowers followed by long narrow upright pods, consisting
of two valves, and a thin membraneous septum between them, to
which the seeds are lightly attached by very short stalks. When
the pods are ripe the valves are in a state of tension. So that the
least touch, or a puff of wind, causing one plant to touch another,
the two outer valves suddenly roll themselves up, often with force
enough to detach themselves from the plant, throwing the seeds with
considerable force to a distance of a yard or two.

The common Dog Violets (Vioua CANINA or V. SYLYATICA) and
the numerous sub-species, etc., are most interesting in the way
they discharge their seeds.

The flower stands boldly up above the leaves, but as soon as it
fades the flower stalk turns down, and the young capsule is found
hanging down among the leaves. As soon as it is ripe the stalk
again becomes erect, and the capsule splits into three equal boat-
shaped valves, each containing three to five seeds inonerow. These
seeds are very smooth, and pear shaped, with the pointed end towards
the bottom of the valve. As the valve dries its sides contract
inwards, thus exerting pressure on the seeds, tending to squeeze
them out. They resist for some time until at length the squeezing

DISPERSAL OF SEEDS. 150

overcomes the strength of the attachment of the seed to the bottom
of the valve when they fly out to a distance of several feet. No doubt
the shape of the seed and its smoothness facilitate this action very
much. I have seen them thrown across a room ten feet or more.
After the seeds have been ejected the valves close up, the edges

almost touching each other.

The Sweet Violet (Vrora oporata) has quite another plan of
disposing of its seeds. Instead of shooting them as far away as
possible it sheds them on the ground quite close to the parent plant.
When the flower fades the stalk bends over, pushing the capsule
among the leaves, and as it ripens, the stalk elongates, pushing as
close to the ground as possible. Here it opens into three valves and
allows the seeds to escape.

In addition to the pretty sweet-scented Violets, familiar to every
one, it has another kind of flower, in which the corolla is absent or
imperfect, is small and contains a small quantity of pollen. It
looks like an ordinary flower bud, when older like the ordinary
capsule, so that the bud seems to pass to capsule without passing
through the flowering stage. They are produced in Autumn, and
can be found close to the ground among the leaves, sometimes the
plant actually pushes them into the ground. This seems to be
possible only if the ground is loose and uneven.

The Wood Sorrel (Oxatis AcETosELLA) has the flower nearly
erect and well above.the leaves, but as soon as this fades the young
capsule turns down among the leaves, and when about ripe again
becomes erect. It is five-sided, with the sides joined together with
a strong rib, and when ripe it splits down these ribs with a spring
ejecting the seeds, two or three from each one,then closing up again,
leaving the empty capsule much the same shape as the full one. The
seeds resemble a miniature plum stone in shapeand appearance. In
this case also the seeds fly a distance of several feet.

151 DISPERSAL OF SEEDS,

The next plant, the Balsam (Impatiens) is, I think, possessed of
greater power of throwing its seeds to a distance than any other
plant in this county. We have one native species, Impatiens No.i-
ME-TANGERE, and many foreign culivated species. The capsule is
five-celled, each one with a very elastic side. The seeds are attached
to a central column; it is elongated, tapering towards the apex.
When ripe the slightest touch will cause it to, 1 might almost say,
explode, the five elastic sides instantly curl up and cause the seeds
to fly for some yards.

When a ripe capsule is touched the discharge can be easily heard
by a person standing close to the plant, so great is the force exerted
by the elastic sides at the moment of ‘“ explosion.”

The seeds are smooth, black, and somewhat like a small bean in
shape.

The genus Geranium has several interesting species, discharging
their seeds with a spring arrangement.

The Herb Robert (GERANIUM RoBeERTIANUM) has the flowers
erect, but as soon as they fade the central column, with the five
seeds attached at the base, elongates, the sepals close over, and the
flowering stalk turns downwards. Each seed is enclosed in a little
sac, with an elongated rod-like spring, which reaches to the apex of
the column. As the seeds ripen they rise to an upright position.
When quite ripe the rod-like extensions of the sacs containing the
seeds are in a state of great tension, and detach themselves with a
sharp jerk, throwing the seed to some distance, at the same time
detaching the rod or spring from the apex of the central column.
The sac containing the seed has a small tuft of long hairs near its
apex. It is quite astonishing the distance that this mechanism will
throw the seeds, often as much as 20 ft.

GERANIUM DIssEcTUM (the jagged-leaved Crane’s-bill) has @
slightly different method of disposing of its seeds. In this case the

DISPERSAL OF SEEDS, 152

spring or rod with the seed sac attached remains fixed to the apex
of the central column. When the seed is ripe the sac, instead of
remaining close to the column, places itself at right angles to the
column, it splits down the inner side, the edges separate, but there
is a fringe of hair to keep the seed in place. When the right time
arrives the springs jerk the sac up and outwards, throwing the seed
out past the retaining hairs, the top of the spring and the sac
remaining attached.

GERANIUM PRATENSE (Meadow Crane’s-bill) has much the same
arrangement for dispersing the seeds as the last two species. In
this case the fruits ‘spring off in much the same way as in G.
DissectuM, throwing the seeds out of the containing sac, but the
‘springs are also detached from the apex of the central column.
Thus it partakes of the methods of both species. All other species
of the genus Geranium have an arrangement something of the same
kind.

The genus Eropium (Stork’s-bill) has the beaks or springs
attached to the seed sacs spirally twisted when ripe. They often
spring to a considerable distance from the parent plant. They are
furnished on the inner side with long elastic bristles; being hygro-
‘scopic, they uncurl when they become damp. This action gives the
seed the power of locomotion at every change of atmospheric
moisture. This action often causes the seeds to bury themselves, if
they happen to fall on soft earth or sand. As all three species of
the genus are found growing on sand, the seeds have every chance to
bury themselves after they are discharged from the parent plant.

The pods of the Pea and Bean tribe (the Lzauminos2) have, in
some cases an arrangement for throwing the seeds to a distance.
Take, for instance, a common Vetch (Vicia sEpIuM). When this pod
is ripe it opens suddenly with a jerk, the two valves roll themselves
up like corkscrews, one valve twisting to the right, the other to the
left, throwing the round seed to some distance. This is caused by a

153 DISPERSAL OF SEEDS.

layer of woody cells lying in a diagonal position across each of the
valves.

The pods of the Common Broom (Cytisus scoparius) twist up
when they discharge the little smooth brown seeds, which are shot to
some distance.

The Furze or Gorse (ULEX EUROP#HUS) has black, hairy pods,
which twist up when ripe and burst with a small report. On a hot
day the sound when standing near a clump of Gorse resembles the
crackling sound of the burning of thin sticks.

The Genus Papaya has a very interesting method of discharging
the seeds from the capsule.

The seeds of the Poppy are very minute, and heavy in comparison
to the size. They are produced in great quantities on the six to
twelve partitions in the capsule. These seeds are discharged through
a series of pores in the upper part of the capsule (one to each parti-
tion) when the plant is swung by the wind they come out one by one.
These pores, or little doors, are protected from the rain by the over-
hanging eaves formed by the dry stigma.

The Genus Campanu.a,to which the pretty little hairbell belongs,
is interesting from the same point of view as the Poppy. In this
case some species have the capsule erect with the pores at the top,
and others have it pendant with the pores at the base.

If the drooping capsules of CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA (the Hair-
bell) are examined, it is easy to see the three pores through which
the minute seeds are shaken out as the plant sways in the breeze on
its very slender stem.

CAMPANULA LATIFOLIA, the Giant Bell Flower, is a large plant
growing three or four feet high, with pendant capsules, also opening
with three pores at the base. There are three divisions in the
capsule, the septa of these come in the middle of the pores, so that
when the pore breaks open it also tears the septum down, thus setting

DISPERSAL OF SEEDS. 154

the seeds at liberty within the capsule. They are then easily shaken
out. ‘The seeds have a membraneous wing all round them which
also helps their distribution,

Another instance of a capsule opening by pores is the common
Snapdragon (ANTIRRHINUM MAJUs). There are three large pores, the
openings of which are protected from the wet by their torn edges
turned outwards. The capsule is divided into two chambers, the
two front pores discharge the seeds from the front chamber, and the
top pore from the back chamber. The seeds are very small and
irregular in form, well adapted to be dispersed by the wind.

Linarta vuncaris (Yellow Toad Flax) has an erect capsule
splitting into several valves and setting free a large number of
small winged seeds. It grows to a foot or more in height.

Linarta CymBarariA (Ivy-leaved Toad Flax) is just the reverse
of the last, as soon as the flower is fertilised, it turns round and hides
the capsule in any dark hole or cranny; as its usual habitat is an old
wall, there are plenty of these to be found. The stems are long and
trailing so that it finds fresh ground each season, even after thrust-
ing its seeds into dark corners. These two plants are a good example
of different methods of seed dispersal by two closely allied species,
but of quite different habitat.

We now come to our third Section—Seeds carried by Animals
and Birds.

A great number of plants have a hook or hooks on some part of
the seed, or on that portion of the plant containing the seeds.

In the case of the Burdock the whole flower head is covered
with hooks ; in fact, all the involucre bracts terminate in a sharp
hook, so that anything rubbing against the plant when the seeds are
ripe takes off a parcel of seeds with it. The seeds are also provided
with a pappus.

155 DISPERSAL OF SEEDS.

Another common and well-known plant having hooked fruits is
Goose Grass or Cleavers (GaLium APARINE). In this case the fruit
itself is covered with short hooks, which hold on very tenaciously to
anything that touches them ; they will even stick to the hand.

The Agrimony (Acrimonia Evupatoria) has hooked spines on
the calyx, which is persistent and hardened when in fruit. The
whole fruit can be carried to long distances on any animal's coat, as
it is only a small plant, 6in. to1 ft. high. Rabbits, hares, &c.. can
easily carry the seeds away if they run against the plant.

The genus Caucatts (Bur Parsley) has very spiney fruits. They
are covered with strong hooks, which will adhere to any animal’s
coat that happens to come in contact with the plant. We have
several species, but all are alike as far as the hooked fruit is con-
cerned. Many others of the order UmBELLIFER®, including the
Carrot, have hooks on the fruit. Some of the species of Myosoris
(Forget-me-nots) have hooks on the calyx, and as this organ is closed
in fruit, the whole of the seeds in it are carried away if its hooks get
entangled in the coat of any animal or among the feathers of birds,
All the species of Myosotis having hooked hairs inhabit dry land ;
none of the water species possess them. The AveNns (GEUM URBANUM)
has the styles elongated and hooked.

Among Grasses we find the various species of Barley (HorDEUM)
with a long rough awn that possesses considerable power of holding
on to any rough substance, and can be very easily carried about

among the fur of animals.

Many other British plants could be mentioned possessing hooks
on some part or other of the fruiting organs. One plant that occurs
in this country as a casual weed, XANTHIUM sPINOsUM, has large
hooks on the fruiting heads, and is a great pest among the sheep in
New South Wales.

DISPERSAL OF SEEDS. 156:

All our English species have very insignificant hooks compared
with some foreign species, which are very formidable, and even
dangerous.

We have many instances of plants bearing sweet and brightly
coloured fruits, but in these cases the vital part of the fruit is hard,
or of an unpleasant flavour. As most of these fruits are eaten by
birds and animals the stone or seed is often carried a long distance
before it passes out of the animal’s body. The fact of its being for
some time in the warm body will probably help germination.

Among these fruits may be mentioned, Hawthorn, Currants,
Raspberries, Blackberries, Cherries, Plums, all have hard indigestible
stones within the sweet outer coat.

In the case of the Strawberry, the sweet fleshy part is the
receptacle, with the little hard nuts on the outside, which are, of
course, swallowed when the sweet part is eaten. The Mistletoe is
another instance of bird distribution.

The Cuckoo Pint (ARuM maAcuLATUM) has a very attractive red
fruit, which is probably eaten by small animals, but it is highly
poisonous. It has been suggested that if some animals are poisoned
by it, the plant is benefited, since it not only gets dispersal, but the
decaying body of the animal makes manure for the seed to grow in.

No doubt many small seeds are carried by birds and animals
among the mud on their feet. Particularly those species that
inhabit the edges of lakes, pools, etc. It is probably due to this fact
that we find such a number of maritime plants on the Branstone
Salt Marsh.

As numerous birds from the salt marshes on our coasts pass
along the Trent Valley, they may leave seeds behind them. One of
the plants found at Branstone, SamoLus VALERANDI, has very minute

157 DISPERSAL OF SEEDS.

seeds, a number could be carried in a very small quantity of mud, on
a bird’s foot.

Darwin carried out some interesting experiments with the dried
mud found on the feet of birds; an account of them is given in the
“Origin of Species,” Chap, XII., page 328.

We now come to the fourth and last section: Seeds carried by
water.

The most striking water-carried fruit is the Cocoanut, which
has been known to travel 3000 miles in the sea and then grow. No
doubt a number of our British plants get their seeds dispersed by
rivers and streams. Nuts and fleshy fruits falling into the water
are often carried a long way down a river; pieces broken off herb-
aceous plants growing by the water’s edge, will float a long way and
carry any fruits that happen to be on them, perhaps to quite a new
locality. Many seeds have unconsciously been dispersed by man,
particularly in the making of railways, canals, etc. This opens up
another question: have some seeds lain dormant in the earth for
years and then germinated when disturbed ?

A number of foreign plants get distributed along our railways,
the seeds probably becoming detached from imported goods during
transit.

Along canals many plants probably have their seeds transported
from one district to another by sticking in the mud and dirt on the
sides of the barges as they brush along the banks.

ee ee

158

Rests and Eggs of Local Birds (Burton-on-Crent).

By Cuas. Hanson, JunR.

READ BEFORE THE NATURAL HISTORY AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION,
FEBRUARY 9th, 1905.

[ABSTRACT].
HE district around Burton-on-Trent, from an ornithological
point of view, is very favourably situated, being near the
centre of England and embracing part of a river (the Trent) which
is one of the highways used by migratory birds; and, I think, as
regards the number and variety of birds to be found here, would
bear comparison with any other district.

There is, too, a considerable diversity in surface: The slow run-
ning Trent with its adjacent reed, rush, and osier beds, meadows,
ditches and marshes—the haunts of water fowl, warblers, buntings,
wagtails, plovers, snipe, &c.—the swifter running Dove with its high
banks and gravel beds—the haunts of the kingfisher, dipper, sand
martin, sand-piper, &c.; the numerous well-preserved parks, large
and small woods, coverts, dingles, brook courses, endless hedgerows,
and, a little further afield, the wilder hills of Dovedale, Cannock
Chase, and similar places; these all contribute largely to increase
the number of species which find a home here for some portion of
the year.

Within walking distance of Burton, the nests of about eighty
different species have come under my own observation. I may men-
tion that on Scalpcliff Hill alone, nests of the following birds have

159 NESTS AND EGGS OF LOCAL BIRDS (BURTON-ON-TREN7).

been observed by my father, in addition to the common and familiar
species: Kestrel, sparrow-hawk, barn owl, jay, magpie, creeper,
long-tailed tit, gold-crest, willow-wren, wood-wren, chiff-chaff, garden
warbler, black-cap, tree sparrow, tree pipit, bullfinch, spotted fly-
catcher, and stock dove.

The kingfisher is not so rare in this neighbourhood as is
commonly supposed. During the present winter I have observed
one from the Trent Bridge several times. Several pairs may be seen
at the breeding season each year within the borough or near the
boundary, generally on brook-courses. Most writers state that
these birds will place their nest in the hole of a water-rat. This I
consider as most unlikely, as the holes of a water-rat are unsuitable
for a kingfisher’s use, and I do not doubt that these birds look upon
all rats as their natural enemies.

The habits of rooks in nesting are at times unaccountable.
Last season there was, I believe, only one rookery tenanted in Bretby
Parish, and this, though it used to be a large one, contained only six
nests. A prominent farmer*there tells me he has known eight

different rookeries in the parish at the same time.

Cuckoos’ eggs are to be found ina variety of nests. The ones
most often selected in this district seem to be those of the reed
warbler, meadow pipit, pied wagtail, hedge sparrow, and robin.

It is to be regretted that the number of martins visiting us each
summer is decreasing so rapidly. A few years ago they were
familiar in almost every street. Last summer a few nests were
built on the south side of Drakelowe viaduct ; hitherto they were to
be seen on the north side only.

I have seen nuthatches in Bretby Park in March, and it is quite
possible that they nest there.

NESTS AND EGGS OF LOCAL BIRDS (BURTON-ON-TRENT), 160

The grey wagtail seems to be sparsely distributed. I have seen
its nests at Bretby Mill, Old Winshill, and Clay Mills. In some
summers the yellow wagtail is very numerous on the meadow land,

‘“‘Stubbed ” osier beds on the banks of the rivers and canals are
favourite nesting places for black-headed buntings, and sometimes
their nests are very common. Yellow buntings have increased toa
remarkable extent in recent years, as in most other parts of the
country.

The neat domed nest of the dipper may generally be found in
Dovedale. I once saw one on an island in the pool at Byrkley
Lodge.

The numerous old decayed hawthorns in Bretby Park are much
resorted to by redstarts, but they are not now quite so numerous as
a few years ago,

Reed warblers, like the martins visiting us, have rapidly
decreased in numbers. Ten years ago their nests could be seen in
almost every osier or reed bed, but now there are very few.

Many peewits still remain to breed in this district. Most of
them nest in the meadow land, but a few in the ploughed fields of
the uplands. They resort to the same fields annually,

It is gratifying to note that so interesting a bird as the redshank
is steadily increasing in numbers. Not many years ago it was not
known to nest in this district, but now, during the nesting season,
many pairs may be seen or heard on the meadows of the Trent and
Dove, within a few miles of the town. They resort to the same
meadows annually, and sometimes make their nests in company with
peewits, but are usually more careful in concealing their nests than
the latter birds.

161 NESTS AND EGGS OF LOCAL BIRDS (BURTON-ON-TRENT.)

Anyone frequently passing over or along the banks of the Trent
in this neighbourhood could not help but remark how the little
grebes or dabchicks are increasing in numbers, and becoming less shy
and retiring. A few years ago they were only known here as winter
visitors, and even then sometimes few in numbers, whereas now they
are almost as common as the well-known water-hen, and many
pairs stay through the summer, finding good nesting sites in the
numerous backwaters, &c. I have no record of nest or eggs of the
little grebe being taken on the Trent in this locality previous to 1888.

GS t ie

162

British Phanerogamic Parasitic Plants.

By J. E. Nowers.

READ BEFORE THE NATURAL HISTORY AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION,
DECEMBER Ist, 1905.

HE British flowering Parasites are to be found in 5 orders, 10
genera, and number about 30 species. Of this number 5
genera, containing 12 species, are only partial parasites ;

growing in the earth and producing green leaves, they are parasitic

by the way, attaching themselves to other plants by some of their
root fibres. Probably the best known of our flowering parasites
is the Mistletoe (Viscum aLBum). It belongs to the order Loranth-
acee; of which it is the only British representative, out of about
450 known species. The leaves are mostly in pairs, but sometimes
in threes ; the flowers are in threes and inconspicuous, green with
two bracts. They are borne in the forks of the branches. It flowers
early in the spring, and is diccious; the male flower has a slight
scent; this probably attracts bees who, no doubt, carry the pollen to
the female plant, and thus it gets fertilized. The white viscid berries,
containing one flat seed, are ripe in November and December. ‘They
are distributed by birds, particularly by thrushes and missel-
thrushes. There is a difference of opinion as to the mode of dis-
tribution by birds; some authors say that they rub their beaks
against the branches to get rid of the viscid portion of the berry,
and thus leave some seeds on the branch. I was informed at Range-
more Gardens that thrushes have been watched taking Mistletoe

163 BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS.

berries and have been seen to rub their beaks on a branch, and that
on going to the spot, a seed has been found adhering to the branch.
Another opinion is contained in the following note which is a quota-
tion from the Royal Microscopical Journal for August, 1894.
“ According to M. C. Guérin, the slime of the Mistletoe berry serves
no purpose in glueing the berry to the branch, its function being
the absorption of water. Propagation is effected almost entirely by
birds, and especially by the missel-thrush, on which it has a purga-
tive effect. Freezing does not destroy the germinating power of the
berries. The seeds will only germinate in light.”

It matters very little which of these theories is correct, as far as
the Mistletoe is concerned. The seed in one way or another is stuck to
the branch of a suitable tree ; it contains 2 and sometimes 3 embryos
and is very rich in chlorophyll. It germinates in April or May,
sending out two or three little green radicles, which turn from the
light and push against the bark; the point becomes enlarged and
flattened; it has the appearance of a sucker ; by degrees it penetrates
the bark and down to the wood, It is probable that there is some
solvent action; most likely this young plant secretes an enzyme
that has the power of corroding the tough tissues of the bark, and
also gets some nourishment at thesame time that it is making a road
down, to get a firm hold on the wood of the host. This operation
requires some time, and is not completed until the plumule is de-
veloped. By the time the young plant has a pair or two of leaves, the
attachment will be fairly firm. The growth is very slow the first
3 years; the plant is then only about an inch high. After the
primary root system is well established, the growth is more vigorous,
lateral roots growing from it penetrating between the wood and the
bark, parallel to the surface of the branch. They can be seen as
light green strands when the bark is removed. These lateral roots
send out adventitious buds on the upper side, which push their way
outwards and become young Mistletoe plants; while on the under
side, short roots called haustoria, are sent into the wood to obtain

BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS. 164

the necessary food that has been taken up from the soil by the host.
Old Apple trees have occasionally been found infested with
Mistletoe from foot to crown.
The Mistletoe does not derive all its food constituents from its
host ; having green leaves, it is capable of utilising the carbon dioxide
of the air to produce some of its carbo-hydrates,

It enfeebles the branches of the trees and is also indirectly in-
jurious by allowing insects and fungi to enter the cankered places
often formed round its stems. To eradicate it, the female plants
should be cut out of the branches while still young. It is then easy to
remove them completely, but when the roots are strongly developed,
only cutting off the branch affected will be of any use, as cutting the
stem off only stimulates it to send out adventitious buds which become
fresh plants. No insect larva, as far as I can find out, is known to
feed on the Mistletoe.

It is not an uncommon plant, particularly in the South and
West of England, rare in the North, not native in Scotland or Ire-
land. It is particularly fond of the Apple tree, but is very rare on
the Oak. A Dr. Bull of Hereford made a careful list in 1864 of all
authenticated instances in England, but he was only able to get seven
records—two of these in Herefordshire, one near Plymouth, one
Basingstoke, one in Surrey, and two near Chepstow.

In looking up all available records I find that the Mistletoe is
reported to have been found growing on forty species of trees and
shrubs, including both British and Foreign cultivated ones; on some
of the latter it has no doubt been grafted. It has also been made
to grow parasitically on itself, although this does not occur in nature,
No British plant is the subject of so much legend, mystery, and vener-
ation as the Mistletoe; the legends in connection with it are far tco
numerous to mention in this paper. The veneration of it by the
Druids (particularly when found growing on the oak), is well known;
it was supposed to cure all disease. was an antidote against al]

165 BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS.

poisons, and would give fruitfulness to all barren animals, also a
safe protection against witchcraft and the possession of the devil.
A great deal has been written on this most interesting plant by Pliny
and other authors, both ancient and modern.

The Genus cuscuta (the Dodder) of which 4 species are given in
the British List, viz :—

Cuscuta EURop#A (Great Dodder) on nettles, vetches, hops,
thistles, etc., is but sparingly distributed over England. The local
records are: ‘On tares near Twycross, 1849, Andrew Bloxham”
(Brown’s Tutbury). Garner says “ rare,” but gives no localities.

C. EpItHYMUM (lesser Dodder) on furze, thyme, ling, and other
small shrubby plants, is not uncommon in England. The one local
record “On heath Gracedieu, C. Babington” (Brown’s Tutbury).

C. triroti (Clover Dodder) on red clover, not uncommon in
England, but probably originally introduced with foreign seed. The
only local record is from Brown’s Tutbury: ‘“‘ Lady Chesterfield’s
farm, Midway, 1862.”

C. epruinum (Flax Dodder) has occurred in flax fields, but
probably introduced among foreign linseed ; it is not persistent in
any locality. Only local record is “ Battle Flat” (Brown’s Tutbury).
They are all leafless annuals, quite destitute of chlorophyll, with no
roots fastening into the soil.

J will take the lesser Dodder as an example of the whole genus.
The seeds germinate in the ground and give rise to a thread-like
seedling, without any leaves or other organs on it. As it is unable
to utilize any of the ordinary ingredients of the soil it soon dies,
unless it meets with a suitable host. Should it meet with a host
plant, in this case gorse, it twines round the aérial green shoots, form-
ing a complete ring; the pressure hereby exercised probably induces
the formation of haustoria, or suckers. These may be regarded as
reduced roots. They penetrate the cortex of the host, then into the
woody tissues, and sometimes on into the pith. The tissue of the

BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS. 166

haustorium has much the same structure asa root penetrating the
ground; it is arranged into a bundle of elongated cells which grow
forward at the end. The connection with the earth is very soon
severed, and once the plant has got a hold of the host spreads very
rapidly, and, finally, looks like a tangled mass of coarse red hair or
thread hanging over the gorse bushes. The only organs on these
threads are a few minute scales, and later on, the flowers and seed
vessels. It is quite unable, being destitute of chlorophyll, to absorb
any of the carbon dioxide from the air to build up the growing
tissues, so it has to depend on its unfortunate host for ready-prepared
food, which it absorbs through the haustoria. No doubt there is a
solvent secretion when the haustoria first bud, that softens or partly
dissolves the hard bark of the gorse, to enable them to first take root
in the host plant; itis probably an enzyme action in this case as
with the Mistletoe. ‘The flowers are bell-shaped, like a miniature
Convolvulus flower, of a pinkish colour, with a strong honey-like
scent. They are in compact globular heads about the size of a pea,
each containing about a dozen flowers. The seeds are almost round
or oval, with irregular angles on the sides where they have pressed
together in the capsules. They are grey or brown, with rough dotted
surfaces, and look rather like minute pieces of dry earth. They have
the power of germinating in the capsule without falling to the
ground, thus giving the plant a double chance of spreading rapidly,
The plant looks very pretty in the Spring, covering the gorse with
bright red patches, which are at first quite small, but in a week or
two will cover vast areas owing to its rapid growth. No one would
imagine that this pretty little plant was so destructive. It is called
in some parts ‘‘ strangle weed,” which is a very appropriate name, as
it literally puts a noose round the neck of its victim. This and other
species of the genus having strong acrid qualities and have been used
in medicine by the old herbalists. This species, when found growing
on Thyme, was considered the most effective. According to Culpeper,
it was used in heart and brain complaints.

167 BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS.

The Clover Dodder, a sub-species of the lesser Dodder, is very
injurious to red clover if it gets a hold on a field. It will also
attack Lucerne. Its life history is the same as the last species.
Sometimes whole fields will become covered with it, and the crop
entirely destroyed. It grows in circular patches. A most important
precaution is that any clover seed containing Dodder should never
be sown. If it appears in a field of clover steps should be taken at
once to eradicate it before the seed is ripe. If noticed in time, the
branches of the infected plants may be cut off without destroying
the crown of the plant; but it is better to dig them up and burn
them. Then most careful watch should be kept on the field, as any
small plant of Dodder left will soon spread.

The order OROBANCHACE® consists of two genera :—OROBANCHE
(Broom-rape), of which there are eleven species, and LaTHr#A
(Toothwort), one species. They are all fleshy herbs, destitute of
leaves or chloroplyll; parasitica] on the roots of the other flowering
plants or trees.

The species of ORoBaNCHE are all much alike and rather difficult
to determine, but each species has its particular host or hosts. Some
of them are very rare. I will take OroBANCHE MINOR (Lesser
Broom-rape) as the type of the genus. The stem is 6 inches to 2
feet high, of a purplish colour, slender. The flowers are dull white,
tinged and veined with purple, in shape somewhat like that of the
Louse Wort or Yellow Rattle. The flowering head in a young state
resembles a head of garden Asparagus. The seeds are very minute
and deeply pitted, they weigh about 12,500 to the grain ; several
hundred are produced by a single flower, and are very easily blown
about. The root is bulbous and composed of very tightly compressed
scales; is quite hard and solid,

The propagation by seed is a very slow process, requiring three,
and in some cases four years to produce flowering plants. The plants
never appear above ground until they are ready to flower. Thismay

BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS. 168

give rise to the idea expressed by some that the seeds lie dormant in
the ground for several years, or they may actually do so; the seed
being so minute it is difficult to find out.

It is a true root parasite, deriving all its carbonaceous substances
from the host, to which it is firmly fixed by means of haustoria;
but, as it produces a few short roots, it may take up some mineral
matter from the soil. The union between these plants and the host
is very complete, and it requires most careful examination to discover
the limit between parasite and host.

The seedling is thread-like similar to the Dodder, but not coming
above ground to find a host. It attaches itself to any handy suitable
root by means of the haustoria. It developes a knotty tuber upon
which a bud is produced. From thisa fleshy stem grows in the third
or fourth year, and the flowers and seeds are ultimately produced.
It has also another method of reproduction, that is, the formation of
new tubers in Autumn, ready to come into flower the following year,
much after the same plan as our common Orchids. This must be of
great service to the plant as the process of reproduction from seed is.
so slow. If this plant once gets established in a field of red clover it
is very difficult to eradicate it before it has done considerable mischief.
If only a small patch is seen it should be dug out and burned. It
should on no account be allowed to flower and produce its large
quantity of minute seeds, as it would then probably spread to an
alarming extent in a few years. If in large quantity, only ploughing
up the clover field and planting it with some crop unfavourable to its
growth will eradicate the pest.

Latur®a SquamariA (Toothwort) is very closely allied to
Orobanche in habit and general construction. It has, however,
several well marked differences. It is much smaller than any
Orobanche. The root is formed of loose scales or plates overlapping
each other. This probably gives rise to the English name, as this
root stock has a fanciful resemblance to a row of teeth. The flower

169 BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS.

is slightly different also in a few technical points. The whole plant
has a sickly, unhealthy appearance. It grows in thick woods and in
shady places, is parasitical on Hazel and Elm; it has also been found
on Oak, Beech, Ash, Walnut, Ivy, Vineand Laurel. It usually only
grows a few inches high, and coming into flower about April, is only
above ground for a few weeks, but it is probable that it goes on
growing under ground, during the whole time its host is active, and
is storing up food matter in the fleshy scales of the root stock as a
reserve for the next flowering and fruiting period. It seems too
short a time from when the host tree becomes active to the time of
flowering, for it to draw all the necessary food from its host. These
scales are before flowering found to be crowded with starch granules,
and, after flowering, many will be found to be empty and withered,
so no doubt this little plant is tapping its host tree during the whole
Summer and probably as long as it can drain anything out of it. It
does not appear to have any injurious effect on the host; indeed, it
does not seem likely that afew of these little plants would be noticed
by a giant Elm, or a sturdy Hazel bush. It attaches itself to the
rootlets of the host, which it seizes upon and absorbs into itself, the
union being so complete that it is difficult to make out where one
leaves off and the other begins. I have seen an account of Lathreea
kept in a pot for about 20 years, it never came above ground, but was
as fresh and sound at the end of the time as when first put in. This

shows remarkable vitality.

In 1879 I took a specimen near Dale Abbey on the occasion of
one of the Society's Excursions, I have also found it in Dydon
Woods near Ashbourne, at Ilam and Fauld.

The five genera of the EupHRASIE, a tribe of the ScROPHULARINEA,
viz: EuvpHrasia, Bartsta, Pepicutaris, RHiNaANTHUS, MELAMPYRUM,
are all partial parasites, having only very slight attachment to the
“host” ; indeed, it is hard to see what useful purpose their paras-
itism serves, and it is not known how far it is important to these

BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS, 170

plants. They all have green leaves and plenty of root, and seem
quite able to procure their own food from the air and soil in the usual]
manner. They all grow among grass, sometimes among corn or
sedges ; probably grass is the most frequent host, but it is difficult to
find out exactly what is the host in many cases as the attachment is
so slight. The whole of this group go more or less black on drying.

EUPHRASIA OFFICINALIS (Eyebright) is a very variable plant ; it
is now split up into a number of sub-species and varieties. It is
found growing in meadows and pastures, on hill sides (ascending to
3,600 feet), sandy wastes and spongy bogs. It is very variable in
height and form. The Jeaves and bracts vary much in size and shape
in the different varieties. The English name is derived from its use
in the olden days as an eye wash, also probably from the sparkling
appearance of the flower. It used to have a great reputation, but its
use probably originated in the days of signature medicine; the white
of the flowers resembling the white of a clear healthy eye. The
whole plant is slightly astringent and has a bitter flavour; its
medicinal properties are insignificant. The haustoria by which it
attaches itself to other plants appear on the secondary roots soon
after the germination of the seed, but later on may occur on the main
root ; they are a special growth on the side of the root ; they are not
to be found unless a suitable host is near; but the plant does not
thrive as well without them; it will send up stem with leaves but does
not seem to produce flowers.

Bartsia OpontiTes (Red Bartsia) is a common plant in corn
fields and among grass. I think wherever it is found the land is
not of the best quality. It has a wiry stem, 4 to 18 inches in height,
with sessile linear lanceolate leaves, which are very variable. The
flowers are pink pubescent and are arranged in a spike with numerous
leafy bracts. This plant has much the same form of attachment as
the last named. Thereare two other species of the Genus, B. viscosa
and B, AuPrina,

PEDICULARIS PALUSTRIS and P. syLvatTica (Louse Worts) are

171 BRITISH PHANEROGAMIC PARASITIC PLANTS.

not uncommon plants, growing in bog marshes and damp pastures.
Both plants are much alike in general appearance. Sytvatica has a
procumbent habit, branched from the base. Patustris is upright
and branched above, the leaves are very much cut and divided, and a
novice could easily mistake them for a small fern when growing
among SpHacnum. ‘These plants attach themselves to grasses and
sedges, but, as in the preceeding, the attachment is very frail. I
have an idea that they are sometimes attached to SpHacnum. This
Summer I examined a large number of plants on a bog at the foot of
Snowdon and could not see anything else for them to be attached to;
but, on the other hand, it is quite possible that there were small
roots of cotton grass and little sedges that I did not see. The name
Louse Wort is given because it is said that sheep feeding on these
plants are soon affected with disease and covered with vermin. But
asa fact animals will not eat them if any other food is to be found,
and as they always grow on swampy land such situations have a bad
effect on the health of sheep and other animals.

RHINANTHUS CRISTA-GALLI (Yellow-rattle) is one of the most
common plants among mowing grass. It is a plant that seems to
have a very short existence, coming up in the spring and growing up
with the grass. It flowers early, May and June, the seed soon ripens
and is often shed by the time the grass is cut for hay. It may be
that this plant, going through its reproductive process so quickly,
requires more nourishment than it can derive from the air and soil,
hence its partial parasitism. The attachment in this case is frail as
with others mentioned.

MELAMPYRUM PRATENSE (Cow-wheat) is common in open woods,
on heaths, etc., is a straggling, wiry plant, 6 to 18 inches in height.
It attaches itself to roots of grasses, it also has a short existence, and
never looks a thoroughly healthy and vigorous plant, withers in a few
minutes when taken out of the ground, and very soon turns black.
There are 3 other species of the genus all rather rare.

THESIUM HUMIFUSUM (the Bastard Toad-flax) is the only British
species of the SanraLacEs, all of which are parasitic on roots.

172

Ratural Bistory Rotes in Rew Zealand.

By F. W. ANDREWS.

READ BEFORE THE NATURAL HISTORY AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION,
JANUARY 26th, 1906.

WILL endeavour to give my patchy experiences and observations

I in a few “ Notes on Natural History in New Zealand,” with a
reference, in the first instance, to the acclimatized wild animals

and birds, so carelessly and so criminally introduced by the early
settlers. .

Apart from the pigs brought by Captain Cook in 1773, it
is generally known, I think, that New Zealand at the time of its
settlement in 1842 was a mammal-less land with the exception of
two small bats and a species of rat. The latter, by some authorities,
has been considered an importation, but had it been so, we should
scarcely have found that great and generally accurate observer,
Darwin, in his “ Descent of Man,” referring to the native rat as
‘almost exterminated.” ‘To all outward appearances it was extinct,
but had the great exponent of evolution seen the periodical visita-
tions of the little rodent in the spring of 1889 and on previous occa-
sions, he would have changed his views as to its extinction. Fora
period of ten days or a fortnight the mountain rat, as it was called,
swept down from the bush-clad hills in countless thousands. Slow,
listless, and comparatively harmless, the little rat pervaded the settle-
ments of Marlborough and Nelson provinces. Not stopping to bur-

173 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND.

row, but bent upon a great migration and upon its own destruction.
The movement appeared from East to West, and no impediment
seemed to daunt them. Arms of the sea and sounds received their
myriads, the greater number to perish in an attempt to keep the

direct course of migration.

After the lapse of this period of time it is difficult for me to
describe the mountain rat, and it is scarcely to be wondered at, that
whilst the scourge lasted I never attempted to preserve a specimen
or to keep evenaskin. As far as I can recollect the size was about
half that of the water vole—certainly not bigger. Thefur was some-
thing akin to that species, yet not quite so furry; the tail somewhat
short and thick. Since that time, 1889, I never saw another
mountain rat, and I could not learn that anyone else had seen
one. There had been a visitation a few years before when
exactly the same mode of migration was noted. Whence they came

no one knew, and whither they went no one cared, so that they

cleared out. The same phenomenon was observed in Nelson.

The only other mammals are the two bats to which I previously
referred. The short-tailed bat is practically extinct, but the long-tailed
is fairly common in the north of the South Island, where I had the
opportunity of examining at least one specimen at close quarters.

I should not have referred to the acclimatized furry pests of
New Zealand had not the sequence of events so affected the destiny
of the ground birds of the Colony.

First of all I must mention the rabbit. Introduced by a certain
retired naval officer for the sake of sport upon his property
near Kaikoura, some 35 or 40 years ago, it quickly spread and
became the greatest pest of the Sovth Island. Various means
were tried to suppress the increase and many run holders were
ruined. Not till the Government took the matter in hand was a
panacea found. Sanction was given to introduce stoats and weasels,

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND. 174

and these still greater pests were dumped into the country. Nota
single shipment cost less than £3 per head, owing to the great
mortality and the cost of live pigeons for food en route. The remedy
was effectual. In 1886 I saw good sheep country swarming with
rabbits, scarcely a blade of grass being visible. In 1896 I went
through the same sheep runs and, in a ride of 60 miles, it would
have been difficult to find a rabbit, whilst the land was as heavily
stocked with sheep as it had been previous to the advent of the rodent.

But the saddest feature of the transaction is the practical
extermination of those wonderful ground birds of New Zealand by
the stoats and weasels. When rabbits became scarce, food had to be
sought elsewhere, and the easiest means at hand to gratify the thirst
for blood were the ground birds. Since then it has been no
uncommon spectacle to see stoats and weasels appeasing their hunger
upon dead fish left on the foreshore by the tide. In spite of heavy
penalties for the protection of the natural enemy of the rabbit,
settlers, who keep poultry, give very little respite to the carnivora.
Thus the balance of nature may be once more restored in time, but
never can the ground birds be reinstated to their proper heritage.

Thousands of ferrets have been bred and liberated in rabbit
infested districts, but they have never been found to multiply.
Reared for many generations in captivity they have failed to adapt
themselves to a wild life, and they seem to die out in a comparatively
short time.

After this digression upon the acclimatized furry pests I must
pass briefly to the acclimatized feathered pests.

It will be necessary for me to refer to the British and other
birds which have been introduced at various times as affecting the
welfare of the original feathered natives.

Pheasants have been liberated, and, in some closely settled
districts, have done well, affording much sport. But in the province

175 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND.

of Marlborough, where much bush is still intact, the native harrier
and the native woodhen (weka) have cleared the pheasants out.
This is the only case I can recall of retaliation on the part of the
native birds towards the alien.

Partridges were brought by some of the earlier settlers but
quickly died out. An old sporting farmer told me that the reason of
this was the unsuitable nature of the winter feed, but I should rather
attribute its disappearance to the harrier and the weka, both being
severe on nests and young birds in open country.

Californian Quail, at one time, spread with great rapidity, being
-essentially a bush bird, but of late years there is a diminution, prob-
ably on account of attacks upon the young brood, for I was once a
witness of a battle royal between a weasel and a nesting quail. The
Californian quail is a beautifully marked bird with black crest. Its
nest is built on the edge of the busk, carefully secreted under a fallen
log ; of somewhat similar, but much quicker, flight than the partridge,
I can testify to its being a difficult mark for any but the skilful aim.

In “Cassell’s Illustrated Family Paper,” dated October 15th,
1859, appears the following interesting paragraph :—

‘‘Three hundred sparrows, carefully selected from the best
‘hedgerows in England, have been lately sent to New Zealand.
‘‘The food alone put on board for them cost £18. The necessity
‘‘ of small birds to keep down the grubs that devastate the crops
‘‘in the colony has long been felt. The farmer is beset with
‘““myriads of caterpillers. Should the sparrow become acclimat-
‘ized and multiply, the greatest benefit will have been conferred
‘fon the country.”

As may be anticipated the sparrow did multiply, and its advent,
owing to its pugnacious disposition, has caused a gradual recession of
many native birds. Its introduction was one of the ghastly errors of
the settlers. Inasmuch as the sparrow breeds all the year round in
New Zealand, its multiplication is enormous. In the summer of last
year, 1905, one small County Council alone paid £163 17s. 6d. for

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND. 176

216,783 sparrows eggs, but the only serious check upon its increase
is the universal week of poisoning with phosphorised grain at mid-
winter by the different Boards and Councils. A peculiarity of the
Colonial sparrow is that he will build his nest within a foot of the
ground as carelessly as if it were in the loftiest tree. Witha special
liking for the agricultural country the sparrow will, nevertheless, be
found scores of miles away from cultivated grounds, living upon
native fruits, and in the spring gets rolling fat on the honey of the
crimson rata blossoms (METROSIDEROS).

Green-linnets could only be counted in units in 1888 during the
course of a winter, but, at the present time, their number is legion.
I have, in the Colonial press, demonstrated that the green-finch or
green-linnet, and that dreaded pest of sheep farmers, sweet-briar,
have been distributed by mutual assistance in an even ratio in the
South Island.

Nothing can be urged against the yellow-hammer which multi-
plies very slowly indeed, and its presence, together with the English
lark, makes, for the New Zealand landscape, a picture which may well
bring back memories of the older Britain of the North. Lesices its
aereal song, the lark sings from fence or log as I have never heard it
in England.

Both the thrush and the blackbird have spread in the new land,
but the latter in far greater numbers. Whilst the thrush is satis-
fied with native bush-fruits, blackbirds are the bane of the orchardist
and gardener.

The pied or chaffinch is also a great robber of the garden, but is
not in great numbers. As in England, the nest of the chaftinch
is very beautiful, and partakes, as far as possible, of the same
material when at hand, and is similarly constructed. I had occa-
sion to take a “rise” out of the sparrows for their depredations in
my garden, and steeped seme peas in a solution of phosphorus,

177 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND.

planted them, ard next morning found that I had exterminated, not
the sparrows, but every chaflinch in my orchard. That was a sad
and humiliating day for me, and I never laid poison again.

Goldfinches prosper in the Colony. They do no harm that I am
aware of, and I have seen them in flocks on the pastures, not in hun-
dreds only but in thousands. A typical scene in the Autumn is the
goldfinch swaying upon a heavy thistle head (C. LancEonaTA) com-
monly, but erroneously called ‘‘ Scotchman” or Scotch thistle. I
recall with pleasure the finding of a solitary starling’s nest in 1890.
Ten years later they were almost as common as sparrows. They
undoubtedly checked the spread of the New Zealand army worm
(Mamestra composita), but now fruit-growers are complaining about
their attacks on fruit.

Of introduced birds there are only two others to mention—the
hedge-sparrow and robin. The former, brought to the Colony in
1885, has made but little progress. Only once did I hear its note in
the North Island, and never saw the bird ; but in the colder districts
of Otago I saw and heard several. In 1885 forty robins were
liberated near Dunedin, and twenty the following year, but, with
one exception, they have never been seen since.

Native Brrps.—Though so poor in mammals, New Zealand is,
or rather was, one of the richest countries in native bird life. Many
are already extinct, and others, alas! are so diminished in numbers
that they are surely passing away.

It is not my intention to dwell upon the extinct birds of New
Zealand, but my paper would be incomplete without reference to the
Moa, that gigantic bird which once reigned supreme in these islands,
and the bones of which have been reconstructed by the late Sir
Julius Von Haaste, of Christchurch Museum, into a skeleton 12 ft.
in height. Bones of the Moa were not unfrequently found during
the clearing of the heavy bush in the neighbourhood of the Sounds

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND. 178

where I resided, but the birds to which they belonged must have
been extinct for untold generations—long before the country was
clothed in the dense vegetation of the present era, otherwise it
would have been a clever bird, so huge and wingless, to fight its way
through the tangled forests. That the Moa lived within the scope
of the traditions of the Maori would at first appear probable, as they
have references in native song to the “lost Moa bird.” Unfortunately
they refer to the wing of the bird being broken by a spear-thrust
from one of their ancestors. But no wing-bone of the Moa has ever
been found so that their tradition is exploded. Sir Julius Von
Haaste has concluded that no human eye ever saw the remarkable
biped of New Zealand in post-glacial times. In 1898, a miner named
Coad, whilst working a dredge in Otago, secured a moa’s egg, with-
out a crack or a scratch. He was offered and refused £75 for the
specimen which measured 73 inches x 53 inches.

A bird of the Rallide family, called by the natives Moho and
scientifically known as ‘“ NororNIs MANTELLI,” was, even by Sir
Walter Buller, thought to be extinct. But about seven or eight
years ago a beautiful specimen was captured on the West coast of the
South Island. Ata great price it was secured by the Government,
and is now preserved in one of the National Museums. In appear-
ance it is like a gigantic coot. In the impenetrable fastnesses of the
West Coast swamps and bush it is thought likely that other specimens
of Norornis still survive.

Other species of Rallide which still exist are given by Buller
to the number of ten. Of these, one can only look upon the three
wekas or wood-hens as varieties, but, singular to relate, the North
Island and the South Island—separated by about 12 miles of water
—present varieties of several birds, which, differing very slightly,
are classed by scientists as different species. Buller gives three species :

OcypomMus EARLI - - North Island Weka.
O. AUSTRALIS - South Island Weka.
O. FUSsCUS - Black Weka.

179 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND.

I am familiar with the two former, but the difference would not
suggest itself to me. Of the South Island Weka I have many
pleasant recollections. In size it is equal to a small barn-door fowl.
Its plumage partakes of the general markings of the rail, and it is
frequently more or less ragged owing to its pugnacious habits. Hav-
ing lost the power of flight, the wood-hen wanders in a solitary
manner within a limited area, never more than two being seen
within that area. When camping in the bush, or upon the beach,
one or two of these birds would stealthily watch from the nearest
cover, and would greedily seize any small pieces of food or sweet-
meats thrown to them. Moreover, if close watch were not kept, the
weka would furtively raid the camp and carry off anything bright
and not too heavy, such asa teaspoon. The night cry of the weka
is harsh but not unpleasant at a distance. I regret to say that the
weka is all but extinct in the settled districts, a victim to nothing
but stoats and weasels.

Another rail, the RALLUS PHILLIPENSIS (or striped rail) is exceed-
ingly scarce. I was fortunate enough to take a specimen on the
Waitohi Creek. Doubtful of its identity I sent it to Sir James
Hector who termed it R. pecrorauis. Not finding this in Buller’s
original work I still preferred to call it R. PHILLIPENSIS.

In kindly reading through these proofs, Mr. Storer suggested
that I had probably been the first to find what was essentially an
Australian form of rail. I wrote therefore to the great authority,
Sir Walter Buller himself, and received a most courteous reply. He
said that the striped rail was originally known by the term
“PECTORALIS,” but later—to distinguish it from the Australian rail
—it had been called ‘‘pHinurpensis.” They are, therefore, two
distinct species.

The only other rail with which I am familiar is the swamp hen

or pukeko (PoRPHYRIO MELANOTUS), a magnificent bird, still fairly
common, thanks to protective native game laws. In size it is about

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND. 180°

twice the size of a coot, with abnormally long legs and huge feet; its
bill and feet are red, and its general plumage dark metallic blue. As
a mark for the sportsman, with its long legs dangling as it flies, it is
ten to one on the gun.

Some of the stilts are plentiful in north Marlborough.

Godwits (Limosa BAvER1) allied to Lappronica of this hemisphere,
are also in plenty, and a most fascinating description of their migra-
tion from the North Cape of New Zealand has been given by Mr.
James Buckland.

Of the Heron and Bittern family, the only bird I shall mention
is the little Bittern (ArpETra macuLara), I saw but few. One,
however, for many days disported itself upon the beach in front of
the house in which I was rusticating.

Buller’s list of ducks is a long one. I only met with a very
limited number of species, and assisted in the destruction of still
fewer. The New Zealand sheldrake, or paradise duck, is a bird of
beautiful black and white plumage, rather larger than a Rouen. It
will be noticed that the female differs considerably from the male,
having a head and neck perfectly white. It used to be particularly
plentiful in North Marlborough, and, being now well protected, is
likely to be preserved. The weird call of the paradise duck at night
in the Awatere Valley is one of my earliest recollections of the
Colony, and the Maori name of pu-tangi-tangi is most appropriate.
It signifies “‘ the water-fowl which makes a great funeral cry.”

Grey Duck and Teal are also plentiful and afford good sport.
Of late years they have become very shy and difficult to get at. A
close time for them is strictly enforced. Maories took them in snares
placed across the creeks, and also hunted them with dogs when
moulting and unable to fly.

To return to my list, obtained from Buller’s rare and original

181 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND.

work, and taking them in order, I find eleven birds classed with the
hawks and parrots. Of the three hawks I have seen but two.

The Harrier (Circus count) has played its part in the destruct-
ion of the rabbit, having been for a number of years strictly pre-
served. Its size is about that of the barn owl, but its spread of wing
is enormous for the size of the body. A ceaseless hunter, the harrier
is destructive not only to the young rabbits, but also to young
chickens and eggs about the settlers’ farms. He confines his depred-
ations to the open country and never hunts in the bush.

The Bush Hawk (H1EracipEA FEROX) on the contrary cares not
whether he searches in the thicket or in the clearing for his quarry.
It seemed to me, on the two occasions when I saw a deadly chase, that
this small bird greatly resembled the English sparrowhawk, both in
its flight and in its blind persistence in the presence of spectators.
Each time the intended victim was an imported bird, but I never
had the opportunity of closely inspecting the hawk. The remark-
able perseverance with which one of these birds followed a carrier
pigeon, in spite of half a dozen lookers on, was wonderful even for the
species. A score times the frightened pigeon doubled and finally
took refuge within a hand’s grasp of the interested and sympathetic
spectators.

Of the two owls listed I have only seen one, familiarly called by
the Colonists ‘“‘Morepork” on account of the resemblance of its notes
tothat word. It is exceedingly common, and is probably not a quarter
the size of the barn ow]. Owing to its silent flight, the sudden and
almost human cry of “more-pork” in the stillness of the night is very
startling to the stranger. Buller says the “morepork” lives upon
rats, mice, and small birds, but having dissected them J could never
find anything but large insects such as the cicada and the cricket.
Its feet are scarcely ada) ted for holding such jarge prey as rats.
Small lizards I have no doubt he relishes, and they are plentiful.

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALHND. 182

A few years ago parrots and parrakeets were a great nuisance
to the orchardist. The most remarkable and the largest parrot is a
flightless bird called the ground parrot or kakapo (STRINcops
HABROPTILUS). Its colour is a vivid green with yellow markings,
and it is only found on the West Coast of the South Island.
The Government ranger and custodian on the West Coast, Mr.
Henry, of Resolution Island reserve, who has had special opportun-
ities of studing the kakapo, and has removed a number to the island
sanctuary, says that like some other of the West Coast birds it only
breeds every second year—not independently, but all breed one
season and none the next. He is sure of this, having observed the
“drumming” of the birds in the breeding season only ; and in 1892,
which was their due season, they did not breed, and thus skipped two
seasons. He has been greatly puzzled, and speculates that the cause
is a prophetic forethought of the shortness of its fruit diet. As its
wings cannot be used for flight, it is to be feared that the kakapo will
soon cease to exist on the mainland in the presence of the acclim-
atised pests. A splendid specimen may be seen in Derby Museum.

Three Nestors are given by Buller. One is the kea (N.
Notasiuis) well known to every reader of popular natural history as
a bane of the sheep farmer. Rightly or wrongly the kea is accused
of a very grave crime —that of alighting upon the back of a live sheep
and literally tearing its way to the kidney fat of the animal in order
to gratify its craving for that delicacy. There is no doubt of its
fondness for the fat, but whether any but a sickly sheep is killed by
the kea or otherwise, the indictment is, I believe, scarcely proven,
but recent evidence is most incriminating. The kea is not very
formidable in size.

The only other common nestor is the kaka parrot (N. MERIDION-
Auls). A splendid bird for the table, it has suffered much from the
gun. Asa decoy I have seen scores attracted to the trees overhead
by scraping a nail upon the lid of a tin wax-vesta box, but a wounded

183 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND.

kaka is even a greater draw. The Maories used to take them in
great numbers by means of a trap termed tutu and a call bird.

There are two distinct parrakeets (PLatycorcus Nov® ZEALANDLE
and P. aurRicEps), the red-fronted and the yellow-fronted. Fifteen
years ago they were so numerous as to be sport for the schoolboy
with his catapult. These parrakeets were great orchard thieves, but
now it is difficult to find one in the settled parts. Like many others
of the native birds they have either retired to the back blocks or
have died out.

I kept one or two of the red-fronted, at different times, till
they were attacked and killed in their cage by the native kingfisher.
The size of both parrakeets is about that of the hawfinch, and the
plumage a vivid green, with red or yellow fronts respectively. The
yellow is slightly smaller than the red-fronted.

The royal bird of the Maoris is the huia (HETERALOCHA ACUTI-
rosTRA), the black tail feathers of which, tipped with white, are the
insignia of the chiefs. The huia is now exceedingly rare, and I
never saw a live specimen, though they are still to be found in the
North Island, some fifty miles from Wellington, in the Rimutaka
and the Ruahine Ranges. It is somewhat less than the rook, and
of asimilar plumage, with the exception of the white-tipped tail
feathers, whilst it is a much more graceful bird. The female huia
has a long curved bill, apparently for the purpose of extracting the
larva of a peculiar locust or weta, from decayed tree trunks, after
the male bird has exposed the larva by means of its shorter and
stronger bill.

The New Zealand Kingfisher (H. vacans), is plentiful all
round the coast, never going very far inland, in my experience,
except up the creeks and gullies to breed. In size the New Zealand
kingfisher is double that of the English, and although endowed with
a fine plumage of dull blue, has nothing of the brilliance of the

——

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND. 184

English bird. Heis an unshapely and comical looking creature, the head
being abnormally big and the beak very strong. It struck me, after
seeing the Australian “ Laughing Jackass,” that the New Zealand
kingfisher is a near relative, and its notes are something like the
latter’s. Perched upon a log or overhanging trunk of a tree the
kingfisher darts into the receding tide, and seldom fails to bring up
a small crab, a leander, or a fish. He is also an expert at seizing the

earth worm.

The ‘next two birds given by Buller, in the order “ Picariz,”
are the long tailed and the shining cuckoos, both migratory birds
from Australia. It has puzzled me to understand how birds of such
weak flight can negotiate the 1,200 miles of water across the Tasman
Sea.

The long tailed cuckoo (ENDYNAMIS TITENSIS) arrives in New
Zealand about the beginning of November, when the Spring is well
advanced. About the size of the English cuckoo, and similarly
marked, it has a tail six or eight inches in length and a hooked beak.
It is a great ventriloquist, and, though near at hand, judging by the
harsh rasping scream, one can scarcely find its whereabouts, till the
crouching bird is seen stealing along a branch, in the manner of a
reptile rather than a bird, in search of young birds and eggs.

The Shining Cuckoo (Curysoccyx Lucipvs) is barely larger than
a greenfinch, and whilst having the characteristic markings of a
cuckoo, hasa metallic lustre, which gives its name to the beautiful little
bird. The shining cuckoo has a pleasant and plaintive ventriloquial
note, frequents orchards and gardens at the time of the hatching out
of the codlin moth (CARPocAPSA POMONELLA), and is a benefactor to
the settler. Both cuckoos use the nests of other birds, and disappear
in the early Autumn.

There are four birds classed as honey eaters(MeuirHacip#). The
silver-eye, ring-eye, or blight bird (ZosTERoPs LATERALIS) is one of

185 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND.

them, and was first noticed about 40 years ago, as an introduction
from Australia. It is a very small and active bird, about the size of
a chiff-chaff and gregarious. I never saw the silver-eye engaged in
extracting honey from flowers, but it is an excellent hunter after all
kinds of thrips, aphides, and other blights—hence its appropriate
name of blight bird. The Maories call it ‘“ tau-hau,” signifying -
* stranger.”

The Tui (PRosTHEMADERA Novy® ZEALANDI#£) is one of the most
interesting birds in the Colony. Undaunted by the advance of civil-
isation, the tui will linger in the gardens and orchards the whole day
long, securing the honey from the flower cups of eucalyptus, or the
claret coloured blossoms of the African honey plant (MeExianrHus),
just as readily as from the native bush flowers. A capital mimic, he
imitates the notes of several] native songsters, and suddenly, changing
from the sublime to the ridiculous, strikes an attitude, and gives
forth a gutteral sound, likened by some to the throes of a person
suffering acutely from mal-de-mer. The tui is as large as a missel
thrush, has a beautiful bluish black plumage, and a remarkable ruflle
of white feathers upon its throat, which has earned for him the title
of ‘‘ parson bird.”

The Bell Bird, or Mako-mako (ANTHORNIS MELANURA) is the
song bird of the Colony. Its range of notes is limited, but the
sweetest trill of the nightingale is harsh compared with the bell bird.
Camping, as I have been wont to do, in the bush on many occasions,
it has never seemed too early to rise and listen to the tinkling of the
sweet and exquisite notes of the mako-mako. In size and plumage
the bell bird is like the green linnet, except, of course, being a honey
eater it has a very delicate bill and feathery tongue. Often, almost
at arm’s length, have I watched this beautiful olive-tinted bird,
dipping its tongue into the tubes of the native fuchsia (F. ExcorR-
TicaTa), whilst its intensely azure-blue face struck me as most

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND. 186

grotesque, till I learnt that the blue pollen was being conveyed from
flower to flower. No bird ever filled me with such enthusiastic
delight in the beauties of sound and sight in Nature as the bell bird
of New Zealand.

The Stitch bird (Poconornis crincta) is the only other honey
bird, and is now quite confined to the Barrier Islands to N.E. of
Auckland—another of the Government sanctuaries for birds.

There are two interesting birds confined to the higher ranges
commonly called canaries by the colonists. Buller terms them the
White Head and the Yellow Head (OrrHonyx ALBICILLA and
O, ocHrocePHALA). They move in small flocks in the dense bush
and are jealous of intrusion. They are very much alike. I secured
a specimen of the yellow head whilst the birds were disputing the
right of road with me, by merely striking the branch upon which
they perched.

The grey warbler (GeRYGONE Nov ZEALANDI#) is about the size
of a chiff-chaff and very plain in plumage. Its pleasing song is a
perfect scale upwards and then a return downwards to the note at
which it commenced. Living and spending its whole existence in
the low manuka scrub (LEPTOSPERMUM scoPARIUM and L, ERICOIDES)
its hiding place is easily discovered by the cuckoos which use the
grey warbler as a foster mother.

The bush wren (XENICUS LONGICEPS) is a very small piece of
animation, and is only seen in the Fagus forests of the ranges. I am
glad tosay I never destroyed one even when longing for a specimen.
Few Colonials, except the bush workers, have ever seen them. A
still smaller bird is the rifleman (AcaNTHASITTA CHLORIS) the
minutest bird I ever saw excepting a humming bird. As it runs
along the prostrate logs of the bush it looks like a mouse, and
apparently tailless.

187 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND.

There are two robins, very much alike, but with a difference—
one being confined to the North Island, and the other to the South
Island (PETRa@cA LONGIPES and P. Aupirrons). The former I have
frequently seen in its sombre plumage of slaty grey in the bush
south of the Manawatu river, but I am very familiar with the South
Island robin. In the depths of the forest it will accompany one for
long distances, and, perching within arm’s length, will occasionally
burst into an ecstatic song of short duration, but of rich melody. Its
plumage is of a sooty black, except the breast, which is creamy white.
If the English robin were painted in these colours one would get the
true Coloniul robin. Querulous, impertinent in its poise of head,
and in its curiosity, it-is a counterpart of the English robin, but in
size it is somewhat larger.

Two tits represent the North and the South Islands respectively
(Perraca ‘ror-ror and P. MAcRocEPHALA), the pied and the yellow
breasted. They are very much alike in habit and in plumage, and
no doubt once belonged to the same stock. The size of both is about
that of the cole-tit.

The ground lark (AntHUs Nov# ZEALANDI#£) is. without the
vocal attainments of its introduced British rival, but its plumage is
very much the same.

Again, the fantails (RHIPIDURA FLABELLIFERA and R. EULIG-
INOsA), the pied and the black, are representatives of North and
South. Though I have repeatedly seen both as far south as Otago,
the black fantail is not found in the North Island. Both are far
from being shy, and, with their tails spread out, they would search
the veranda and, if a door or window were open, would enter and
hunt the corners of the rooms for a stray spider.

The saddle-back (CREADION CARUNCULATUS) used to be fairly
plentiful in the Marlborough Sounds, but it is difficult now to find
one. The characteristic marking of the back gives the name to the
bird. It is the only representative of the starling family.

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND, 188

There are two representatives of the Coryipn#a—the blue-wattled
and the yellow-wattled crow (GLAUcoPiIs WILSONI and G, CINEREA)
both nearly extinct, though a few specimens still exist in the ranges
of Marlborough, and also in the North Island.

Next I come to a beautiful tenant of the bush, the New Zealand
pigeon (CarpopHaca Nov ZEALANDI#). It is nearly twice the size
of the English wood pigeon, and has a plumage of the most lovely
gray and bronze, with a white breast and underparts. The legs and
beak are red. Its tameness is shocking, and would most certainly
have led to its early extermination but for protective laws. I have
repeatedly, before its protection, let me say, shot one out of a tawa
tree (Popocarpus) whilst others in the same tree have awaited their
fate. Ata certain season, after feeding on the drupes of the tawa,
the flesh of the pigeon savours of turpentine, but in the early Winter
it is in splendid condition for the table. Its winter food consists of
leaves, and I have frequently seen it feeding on the leaves of the
weeping willow within a yard or two of my reach. This willow,
in New Zealand, being in leaf all the year round, with the exception
of about six weeks, affords a tender and succulent food for the pigeon
when its condition is poor. The characteristic whistling of the
wing during flight is almost the only guide to the tree where the
birds are feeding.

And now, although I am reluctant to leave them, I do not
intend to touch upon the fifty-one sea birds enumerated by Buller.

The gulls, the terns, albatros, petrel, shearwater, gannet, the half
dozen distinct species of sbag, the interesting penguins, and the
remarkable mutton birds of Stuart’s Island, would prove more than
enough subjects for a long paper. But I will conclude with a refer-
ence to those most wonderful of living birds—the Apteryxes. Buller
gives four species :—

APTERYX MANTELLI- - N. Island Kiwi.
A, AUSTRALIS) - S. Island _,,
A. OWENI - Little Grey ,,

A. HAASTII - Large Grey ,,

189 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND,

The three latter being confined to the South Island, I believe.

At different periods I had two live specimens of Australis in
captivity, but I was unable to keep them alive. One indeed escaped.
My captives were about the size of game pullets, and clothed ina
covering of coarse grey feathers—if feathers they could be called—
and a somewhat downy covering underneath. The legs are extremely
strong, and no doubt assisted my bird to escape from a strong case.
The head is well balanced upon a strong body, and is furnished with
a long, sensitive, straight beak, the nostrils being at the extreme tip.
The eyes are large and prominent, the tail completely wanting. But
the wings, where are they? By a careful investigation one may
discover a rudimentary appendage of no apparent use. The eggs are
large and out of all proportion to the size of the bird. Altogether
the Apteryx (or Kiwi) is an anomalous looking creature—a caricature
or scarecrow, which might frighten other birds away. Indeed, he is
a recluse, living in the densest bush, and for several years I did not
see one; but in the forest gully, behind my house, I heard for many
months the peculiar whistling note of an Apteryx, “ tiring its echoes
with unwearied cries” for the mate which never responded. That
bird I always thought was my escaped Kiwi—the last of its kind in
the N. Marlboro’ bush—a sad remnant of the once numerous species
—victims, in all probability, to stoats and weasels.

The North Island Kiwi (mMaAnTELLI) appears to be almost
identical except in colour, which is darker.

But the large grey Kiwi, or Apteryx Haastii, differs from both,
I have never seen a live specimen, but Mr. Henry, the ranger of
Resolution Island, whose observations I have before quoted, has, in
in a report to the New Zealand Government, given most interesting
details. He says: “‘ We had put several pairs of Roas (that is the
‘‘Maori name) on Parrot Island, which is only 200 acres in extent,
“‘and went to see how they were getting on, and found one hatching
“a fresh egg, and in the same hole was a chicken only a week or two

=r

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES IN NEW ZEALAND. 190

“‘old. The egg was 5 ins. long, and over 3] ins. in diameter, and
“weighed 18 ozs. The hatcher (the male bird) would have weighed
‘about 6 lbs., and the mother about 8 lbs., for I have weighed them
*“several times, but in this case we did not see the mother at all. . .
“ At the beginning of his task he is in good condition, but when the
“ego is nearly hatched he is poor and stupid, while his mate is wide
“awake and fightable, so that they have just exchanged places since
“ she laid that egg. . . . The female’s beak is 1 in. longer than the
“‘ male’s, and has a slight curve near the point, while the male’s has
“the curve more in the middle, and is about 5 ins. long,”

Already this narrative of personal acquaintances generally with
New Zealand wild life has run to great length, when only the fringe
of Nature’s Wonders has been touched, for only a smattering of the
knowledge of those wonders has come within my ken, and has been
embodied in my paper to-night. I have had no reference to any
work on the subject, save a list of the birds given in Buller’s original
book (now out of print), a copy of which was years ago kindly lent to
me. But I had also a large accumulation of yencil notes of a very
mixed character, upon my finds and acquisitions of not only New Zea-
land birds, but also of fishes and ferns, lizards and moths, spiders and
orchids, of the tuatara—the only living representative of ancient
order of reptiles, bearing a trace of the middle eye, and about midway
between a lizard, a crocodile, and a turtle; and of my most interest-
ing and rare find, the “ Peripatus Nove Zealandie,” a remarkable
link between insects and spiders, which has been very seldom found.

NOTE.—Sir Walter Buller, K C.M G.. had kindly offered the woodcuts of his original
work for the purpose of illustrating this paper, and suggested its publication in
the Colony. When the loan was claimed he wrote me from a sick bed regretting
his inability to get at his papers in London. Sir Walter died whilst this was in
the Press.

RCE Tia, Fe

COE |!) ee a ren na A a 55 verses os OUTVDNILLHDIN
L BW Ig1 Av evs mC nee Ea rit) Lt ene ASI Cs “lpr ACT oe Bar UMAHOLVOATA GtLLOds
ie Py af aa |e sew] oo log qadvie sew) ov ye MUTE VM NUOUVD

po see nee oe wee Zl Ae v oer nee ooo 13 Tidy ik ls ak LE a AVOMNOVIEA
ig. 4 Le ta) & AVNITS Aerie “ 19 § soe MATE MM Cade
9 “ jog ttdy mn "85 “ joy Sele Avreies adyiie wdyjeq td} for Aviyig Avy) UTM oS
z ABW ee one eee eee wee soe eee ve ¢ “ ase ee wee tee oe see ree eee LVHONTHM
éltatdy) oo" se phe’ AS T vp Aen) °° > lg «opp Aemic “ leg “ |g Avior “ Ny yee LLC

Sele svqylp ey “leg tady|pr Avs svN|getdyl6g tedyie | Aeyjeq “eed y|g | Ae] ees OE VO NOOO
wee eee wee ee . eee eee wee ae judy wee eee Pre BAG “sv Sey, wae Lidid- Wun
P Avy, el AVN SI Avy G “ ase f «ig “ OT AVN « le “ oe 01 « oe oe Wee AGAR LAE BRE) bane Le MS
on len a aes » = KOT p Avwiet AvINI6T arte AB IN |. hee res ee re” SANT EW
9 “ jog tad yg Wady|er dy ee ltdyist “ jes “ 86 él lec tady) * Cy “3 LTS ee ee AK ORION WANS

=
>
oS

a

=

=
=
>
s
=
ei

~

6L Avy ABW

“

6 “ |g sam) Fae CARINIPL | CCeeae eS) aL ae 9 <Avwise oP ass “ o" NTIYVA AN VS
Og TIdylog ttdy|g Ae p = Avy : leg tad y|T@ Wad yj2¢ tad yieg tdyiet =“ eatdyipe “ a, eae i ee ates SOO SOLO)

€L Aewig Avy) - ny ete << gL irediy| = ae ine ue on WTdIddNVS NOWWOO
fa Ase ss Se se OTe ston Simms ma\CGratan GG an ss - JONTINOG GUACVaH-MOVIE
9ttady)g Avy) = ; oe ig Semler “ jt “ ljermdyytidyle As] ** “TW GDOVA MOT TUX
a ea Vel Saal ets re ig Se ca LVOUNLELIHM WASsa't

of “ og ig ery ooh \ae, a ss let Avg ABN cs “ \leItdyeidyiztiadyie Avy] oo soe TW OURO LTA AL
eeladyipr lec uady avs ie dy) iG 2 |p Seyy UATAUVM MOTITM

Sar 06 Tudy oes ioe wey eee was tee eve Kew or vas wan eee ten eee Wa VHO-WWLLHO

> “ oe eee

an

G0, 40, £0. 60. TO 006T 66, 86. 26, 96, 6, ¥6, £6. 66. I6. 068T

“sunp SUOSUDH] “D> A

LOteILSI
ALNGU¢.L-NO-NOLUNG NE GIDLLON SY ‘SANWADIW GANWWAS JO WAIde JO SALW

Rotes on Excavations of the Foundations of the
Old Burton Bridge.

HE Sub-committee appointed to take this matter in hand
(Messrs. Moxon, Lott, Oswell and Day) made arrangements

with Messrs. Lowe & Son to send some excavators down into Mr.
Barratt’s field on May 28th, 1903, to dig and lay bare what appeared
to be one of the main piers of the Old Bridge, close to the Trundle
Hole, with the object of ascertaining, if possible, the age of the
foundation. The pier was found to have been ofa very irregular
shape, something like the accompanying rough sketch. The West

NORTH

oe

ey

°
<
WwEsT =©° 2 Ek
° ro
SF
o o
ss
————

River Trent

193 ~ NOTES ON EXCAVATIONS OF OLD BURTON BRIDGE.

side has a row of roughly made oak piles, and then a layer of large
rough stones, on which the pier was built. The piles are about four
inches square, and probably not more than 200 years old. The
masonry here (I) was very roughly tooled, but drafted at the edges,
from which it would appear to be old stone that had been re-worked
and re-laid within the last 200 years. This stone work is shewn in
Photograph No. I.

No. I.

The masonry at II (shewn in Photograph I), shews the same
rough tooling, but not to so marked a degree; while the single stone
at III (shewn in Photograph III), shews no sign of having been
drafted, and appears to be in the original position in which it was
laid, and was probably much the oldest work.

Mr. Rye most kindly came over from Bakewell on May 30th to

NOTES ON EXCAVATIONS OF OLD BURTON BRIDGE. 194

inspect the excavation, and he came to the conclusion that the
excavation shewed one of the piers where the bridge had, at some

No. II.

time, been broken down and repaired. He thought the rough work-
ing on the stones at I was early Norman, while the drafting proved
that it had been re-worked within 200 years. The other parts
exposed, especially the stone at III, might be the early foundations,
but he could not see anything that would lead him to suppose that
the work was earlier than the eleventh or twelfth centuries. But
Mr. Rye subsequently submitted the photographs to a gentleman of
great experience in such matters, who expressed an opinion that the
cross tooling of the stones shown in No. I is ‘suspiciously like
Roman.” It would be very interesting to excavate and examine the
other remains of piers in the same field with a view to settling the

195 NOTES ON EXCAVATIONS OF OLD BURTON BRIDGE.

question whether there was a Roman Bridge at Burton, but, at
present, the Society has no funds available for this purpose.

No. III.

The remaining arch at Mr. Spooner’s Works was also inspected,
and it was interesting to notice that the Old Bridge had, at some
time, been widened by building a new structure up to it, in the same
way that it is proposed to treat the New Bridge.

RC BRE Fea, Fa,

196

THE WEATHER OF 1903.

G88:6¢ ial 06 Ir 98 | €-8h | 10} 96 |0Z-1] 6-08 |" OBL UVAA
uel Ajn{ Ajn{
16s || 8 ¢ tl L Ot: mite 33 | ot | og | ue | et |e fap] get fo anewaoma
880-08 £ L 0 8 él Or 9 £6 é 6S | ¥-h | BL | gc | 82. 6.6 | UAT AON
ws.ee || z 0 Ie 8 0 or | g | tT | 29 | OTS | So] go |pe-| 69m fe AAATOLOO
£16 66 a “ to te . 0 Lt ¢¢ 6 el LS | 141 | If |92- gee le VAAN aLdas
L18-66 > ‘as oe “a a 0 0¢ g¢ ae €L @-LG | ST | Gs | G6- CLS | erect tebbasl hsfah ay ply 4
VI6 66 at Or 0 ¥ 1 0 8 oP IT 98 | 9-66 | ST | 92 |06-T 816 peo. SAH Ol
690-08 ak g FI OL I 0 1é G¢ 86 68 Lpo | 2 PL | Tp. 06-1 “ ONO
Oss 6¢ ey SI y L S I &T cf € | 92 GIG | 16) Tt | PP GE. pears qa AVIN
gg-6¢ || et ¢ ¢ or it | 6t | 96°) OF | 09°} cep. St] so lie: | GeO fetter y
£OL-66 = Vy 0 VI rae | 9 0g ve 19 ¥-CP | PG | SL | EL. Gaui ue BOMVIT
560-08 oe I! 0 8 6I OL ST | 8 OL | 19 G.py | IL | fe | Ob- 660 °° AUMVOUVAL
16-66 te 9 ) L iat &T ia 0G ¢ | PS | 6-88 | 91) b | 8p. soe yore RUVONVE
| { -skeq | ‘skeq| ‘sheq | ‘skeq sy =) Sele ol | alee
As \——|——| 4 | nec | « ; : =s/ 9/9
Sif [ove | “Soq [ore | “Seq os| & | 2
ae ms cen nae 2 2 2
BO Bo BO | 5O | 4E6 | uvow|. =| > | F | ‘seyour
“avout ere re Zor eOseen) sae fee Be lemon | Tk
ee goq| PR eg | Be S| BBs] eS 7 Eilaescoa ‘HLNON
MON ss8-] Se") SS°| £24] oo9 | wnunuyy | ununney oF) ve ut
IoJIUIOIV wm & RS Ro me aR oS, ySo}Vorr)
“PUIA, JO WO}}DaIIG ‘aanjesadwiay "yeyureyy

“C06} 40) Asewuing jedifojo.109}0y yUdd]-u0-10}.1Ng

a .

6L ae G gue €8 | 18h |SLT ns 96-1) 88-Te J’ POST UVAA
$88.66 * 3 ict ae oy ST &@ 61 LT g¢ | G18 | OL | PL |} 6e-] SLT Po" UMaNHOdd
VE0 OF V S if 6 Il PL be ¢ OL 6S | 16€ | SL | IL | Té. GT YMA ANH AON
a ar oe oo i“ ay ¢ tall 86 61 89 | 68h | IL} LT | 29. eG yor WA AO LOO
660.08 co 9 9 6 6 0 O§ | S& 9 92 | TPS | 11} & |9s-| 6-0 J" UPANALdas
620-08 Sf € 0 OL 81 0 06 eh p $8 | $69 | PL | 81 |92-T] 29-€ oe" LSNY0V
oe 600-08 a I 6 ZL v1 0 6 vy OL G8 | 1,69 | &L | 86 | 9S. OV-G ; > alle
= 690-08 a 9 L 6 8 0 iZ OF Of 9) | 9-99) G | $6) €8-) OO-T Jor NOL
x 196-66 ie 9 é €T OL 0 06 VE LG TL 6G |0¢/€ | 6I:. yA 4 Wiel eee toa tae Be ANE
° 916 66 “ae g 0 OL ST i 06 og | 6 b9 | G'8h | ST | ST | 98. GS. Ta |imeon al eee ee ely
a S60-08 aa ST 0 OL 9 ial él GG 16 6G | GOh | SL} 8 | 08. SEF |ieeet seen OCD VAN
e 098-66 xe 6 ¢ 6 9 GT 66 &6 Ié 19 | 6.88 | 61 | BP | 98- 9h6 J AUVOUMAAL
E 006-66 ee V y 06 £ 11 6G &6 &1 €¢ | 9-88 | 61 | PL | Le. LY-1 “AUVAINVE
i ee keq. , ‘sku si Ses 2
B ke] sAecT a BC gz aye | “Bact | oye | Soc Be 2 g
ae Be oe Be uBey ae. UROPT ei = salts om
IOaULOLe Bou “Ee Pag © meg page Bos | “UMUMTUT, | “UN UIXE as rou sae
TQ oq + 02 & Re ia | ==) ysoyBary)
*‘PUuIA JO uor}Da1IG *aanyeaaduray “[eyurey
|

POG) 40} Aseuung jeoifojosoayaqy yuaty-Uo-vopANg

197

198

THE WEATHER OF 1905.

49 61 PL 16 8 | L8y (G20 | 6 | TL} 00-06 |" SO6T UVAA

696-66 “uel Ain Ain

C1108 | g 1 8st g 8 It | 8¢ | 2 £¢ | 0.66 | ST | 8% |} 8.) 180 |" WaAMINAOad

VOL6E | T Ol 0 v1 g 8 06 | & | & GG | 968 | 2] h |Op-| Pe | AAW AAON

eo-oe =| | At g g 9 8 1 | 86 | Ci 19 | *Sh | PLP |09-] ost [et rargoLOO
a — oe cs i St | we | F €2 | 069 | IT] 6 | Se} SOL |" WaEINATLdAs

66-66 <7

998-6 || F ¢ ra él 0 21 ekveilees GL | 189 | 16 | Go| 1p-] ¢8-8 “""TSNDNV
ts00g || @ I é 96 0 L GVA) ahGe af PSN O-FON V2) IG) IiTeu| OOS Tame lamesustonnesses Oumar T(E
916-66 | ""| ¢ GI 9 v 0 g TF > 26 1 OB} 689) 1 STs |f0G" 9p Gls Doane serene neon NTL
cevog | | F II 9 iy ¢ 9 GE | 26Gen | SE QOS /18 8 |e. NG Sr eG pee eorenaseemetesccrebe cco
zeu-6e «||| 6g ij SI ¢ v 8 96 | FL | 09 | GFP | SL | 2 POL. |\iestesceeecsse TTT Ly.
699-66 |" | + é Ie p i] g 6 | && | 69 | €or | PS] IL] 1e-| 690 J HOUVIN
OlL-og =| I j 0 g 8I Or 6 Ieaiig 1¢ | G-0F | &L | 26 | 0z-| 18-0 * AUVAUAAA
990g | T j p Or rd SI 6I | FL | 9 pS | 2.98 | GE | 20 | SP] 6eT
‘skuqy | ‘skeq | ‘skvq | ‘skeq Se ; sy o S
~ | Oe | OU | Sete | ea] “So j-oveq | ‘seq os|e |Z

Bo] BO] BO | BO | ge68 clas) > | & | soyour

66,1 @6,| S21 22 ol ate eeea eae) eae
“uvour yo RZ We BA NE Lee ae Pe ps B 8 | -smmoy [eo

Sog| Ga al" Be Bl Be ae See | mon “LUNE mae PG UL NON
IOJOMLOILE, &B-) g8'| BE ae Ram TUNA, | “CUNUITXe TT So lseseery
*PuUrA\ JO Uor}21Iq *aanjesedmay “yeparey

"GOG} 40} Asewung yeoihojoioayay ju9tj-u0-uo}INg

199

RAINFALL AT BurTON-oN-TRENT FoR 30 YEARS, 1876-1905.

5 years’ 5 years’ 5 years’
average average average
1876 31:96) 1886 32°74 ) 1896 20°87 )
1877 31:29 1887 18°72 | 1897 26°34
1878 30°53 , 30°48 1888 22:99 . 24:53 1898 20°29 \ 24°77
1879 28°96 1889 28°42 | 1899 25°35
1880 29°68 ; 1890 19°80 y 1900 31°01 j
1881 27°31 ) 1891 27°22 } 1901 24-09 |
1882 37:97 | 1892 22°15 | 22-91 1902 24°36
1883 27°95 > 28°69 1893 19°72 > 1903 30°94 > 24:25
1884 23:24 | 1894 22°10 | 1904 21:88 |
1885 26°96 ; 1895 23°35 ) 1905 20°00 )
Ten years’ average Ten years’ average
1876-1885 1886-1895
29°58 23°72

The foregoing Meteorological Records were supplied by Dr.
James M. Cowie.

The Barometer is kept at the Town Hall 152 feet above sea
level, and all the Readings have been corrected for temperature
and sea level. All the other instruments are in the grounds of
the Borough Isolation Hospital, Outwoods, and are placed close to
but inside the Borough Boundary.

QS
Pivie ED
z2 NOVI906

TRANSACTIONS
of the

| BURTON- ON-TRENT
“NATURAL HISTORY AND
ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

with

ANNUAL REPORT, BALANCE
SHEET, : &c.,

ro, SESSIONS 1906- 7, 1907-8, 1908-9, 1909-10.

Bed. by

oi G. SELKIRK HOLLISTER, B.Sc, F.G.S.,
. foxes, aman ;
| , i BE a 4 MY
Ag, ea She Ss ‘e
‘ Tohior VIZ ae Rais A pas
1911.
“BURTON: ON-TRENT:
Burton Publishing Company, Ltd.
~ Horninglow Street. ©

A ae

BURTON-ON-TRENT

NATURAL HISTORY
AND

ARCHAXLOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ANNUAL REPORT,

BALANCH SHEHT,

&e., &e.,
FOR THE

YEARS ENDING SEPTEMBER 30th,

hous 1908, 1909. 1910,

Ul

PAST PRESIDENTS.

1876-77—S. EVERSHED, Ese., M.P.

1877-78— zs a

1878-79—Rev. C. F. THORNEWILL, M.A., F.E.S
1879-80—H. G. TOMLINSON, Esa.

1880-81---W. MOLYNEUX, Ese.

1881-82—R. THORNEWILL, Esa.

1882-83 —C. O’SULLIVAN, Esoa., F.R.S.
1883-84—-Rrev. C. F. THORNEWILL, M.A., F.E.S.
1884-85—Hon. G. H. ALLSOPP, M.P.

1885-86—J. T. HARRIS, Esq

1886-87—

1887-88—HORACE T BROWN, Esq, L.L.D., F.R.S.
1888-89— Ls ” bs
1889-90—P. B. MASON, Esq., J.P., M.R.C.S., F.LS.
1890-91-— 5 ‘5 se a
1891-92—T. KNOWLES, Esq, M.A.

1892-93— 4 =

1893-94—G. HARRIS MORRIS, Esq., Ph.D., “BLO.
1894-95—P. B. MASON, Ese., J.P., M.R.C.S., F.LS.
1895-96—F. E. LOTT, Esq., Assoc.R.S.M., F.LC.
1896-97— ss Ms “5
1897-98—-ROBERT MOXON, Esq.

1898-99— : . “A
1899-1900—JAMES 0’ SULLIVAN, Esq., F.1L.C.
1900-1901— 9 aA 2
1901-1902—G. MORLAND DAY, fae

1902-1903— me 2

1903-1904—CHAS, G. MATTHEWS, Esq., F.1.C., F.C.S.
1904-1905-- __,, Pe a P
1905-1906—B. L. OSWELL, Esa.

1906-1907-—~— _,,

1907-1908—G. H. STORER, Esq., F.Z.S.
1908-1900— _,,

1909-1910—-FRANCIS "THOMPSON, Esq.

ny’

OFFICERS OF THE “SOCIETY.
1909-1910.

President :

FRANCIS THOMPSON, Eso.

Vice-Presidents :
L. J. Day, Esa.
F. E. Lott, Esq., Assoc. R.S.M., F.I.C.
C. G. Marruews, Esq., F.I.C., F.C.S.
R. Moxon, Esa.
B. L. Oswett, Esa.
G. H. Storer, Eso., F.Z.S.
J. O’Suttivan, Esa., F-.I.C.
G. S. Hottister, Esq., B.Sc., F.G.S. (Chairman of Natural
History Section ).
A J. Lys, Esq., (Chairman of Literary Section).

Hon. Treasurer :

Epwin A. Brown, Esa.

Hon. Auditor :
F. E. P. Forster, Esa.

Hon. Secretaries :

Mr. H. Lioyp Hinp, B.Se., F.L.C.
,, G. Sevxirk Houister, B.Sc., F.G.S., Scalpcliffe Road.
,, READ SaMBLE (Natural History Section ).
», W. Harpy (Literary Section ).
Hon. Librarian and Excursion Secretary :

Mr. A. CuppDEFORD.

Committee :
Mr. F. W. AnpRews Mr. R. T. Rosryson, M.A., B.Sc.
,», C. Hanson Dr. A. Stator, F.I.C.
» J. E. Nowers , A. L. Srery, F.C.

», W. Opuine, F.I.C,

, H. H. Porr Mr. C. E. Wippicomse.

Annual General Meeting, 1907.

The Thirty-second Annual General Meeting was held in the
Society’s Room, Friars’ Walk, on October 18th, 1907.

The Retiring President (Mr. B. L. Oswell) took the chair and
was supported by sixty-seven members and friends.

The Honorary Secretary read the Report and Balance Sheet for
the past year, as follows :—

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING, SEPTEMBER 30th, 1907.

Your Committee have pleasure in presenting their Annual
Report for the 31st Session, which indicates the continued prosperity
of the Society.

The total membership for 1906-1907 was 260, made up as
follows: Honorary Members 12, Ordinary Members 210, Associates
38. During the year 24 new Members and 15 Associates have been
elected ; while the Society has lost by resignation, removal or death,
22 Members and 3 Associates.

The Balance at the bank now amounts to £6 3s. 11d.
The Programme of General Meetings and the attendance at each

were as follows. The November Meeting was held in the Wesleyan
Schoolroom, most of the others in Boots’ Café.

VI

1906. Attendance,
Oct. 25—Business Mocting President! s Address: “The Art of War in
England to the fourteenth Century.” ... he = 47
Nov. 15—‘The Stickleback: its Personal and Family att —H. H.
Summerton, D.Sc., A.R.C.S., F.Z.S. ... sis : it 85
Dec. 14—“ The Scenery and gees of the Wicklow Hills.” — 8.
Hollister, B.Sc. ... ES =f ba $5 oe 45
1907.
Jan. 17—“ British Trees” (Part 2)—J. E. Nowers ... oF “js rc 39
Feb. 21—- The Atmosphere.’’—-A. L. Stern, D.Se F.I.C. .. i sue 90
Mar. 21—‘‘ The History of Architecture, from the Ancient Egyptian down
to the Gothic.” - H. Simmonds... ahs i ee ste 47

During the year the Society has lost by the death of Mr.
C. O'Sullivan, F.R.S., one of its original and most respected
members and one of its most brilliant past Presidents.

At the meeting held on March 21st, 1907, Mr. G. H. Storer,
F.Z.S., was unanimously elected President for the Session, 1907-1908.

Four Excursions were arranged for the Summer, viz.: To
Tamworth, Dale Abbey, Wichnor, Alrewas, and Croxall, and the
Manifold Valley. The first and last were carried through most
successfully, but the other two owing to the very bad weather had to
be abandoned.

The Library has been enlarged under the capable control of
Mr. Cuddeford by the purchase of several books, especially of
local Archeology, and by the very kind gift to the Society of forty-
one volumes of Nature, by Mrs. P. B. Mason, to whom the most
cordial thanks of the Members is due.

Mr. W. B. Ollis has very kindly enriched the Museum by the
gift of a series of Anglo-Saxon Implements, found at Bass & Co’s.
Gravel Pits, Wichnor, and notable in that they are practically unique
in Staffordshire.

Volume 5, part 2, of the Transactions has been published, but
the Committee regret that the sale to members has been so small,
and were it not for the generosity of R. Ratcliff, Esq., there would
be a considerable deficit in the Society’s funds. The heartiest

VII

thanks of the Society are due that gentleman for his donation, which
made possible the publication of a volume which compares well
with previous volumes, and is a valuable addition to the literature
published by this and other similar societies. The Committee hope
that members who have not already purchased a copy will obtain one
from the Secretary or Librarian.

The Photographic, Literary, and Natural History Sections, have
had very successful sessions.

It is intended to hold an Exhibition and Conversazione with a
Popular Lecture, at the Town Hall, on October 23rd and 24th ;
preparations are well advanced and indicate a very successful
gathering.

The whole of the Committee retire and are eligible for re-election.

The report and balance sheet were passed on the motion of Mr.
J. E. Nowers seconded by Mr. R. T. Robinson.

The Officers, Committee, 21 Members and 18 Associates, were
elected.

At the close of the business meeting Mr. Storer proposed a vote
of thanks to the Retiring President for the able way in which he had
filled the office for two years. Mr. Lott in seconding, said that in
looking back over all the Society’s past Presidents, no more ardent
worker or capable President had filled the chair. Previously he had
carried out the duties of Secretary right well and as President had
given an excellent example of the work of a President, in leading up
to discussion and directing meetings. Mr. Oswell suitably replied.

Mr. Storer then delivered his inaugural address on the ‘‘ Ways of
the Ant,” at the close of which a discussion followed. A very hearty
vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Storer on the motion of Mr. Nowers,
seconded by Mr. Gibson.

Gye”

VIII

“PS ‘SLT JUNOdOY eo; 1WUMIO) Serpe] ox yURG ur eoURley

“AH LSUOW ‘d “HT AGNVNIGUAA

RE ELE —

994400 PUNO, pin paUruiMagy

Spuvy §.1o1nsvety, ul eouepey
ae sdureyg anbayyy
aoURINSUT 9.11 yy
‘079 ‘ayV.L4 0} sareday
SJUGAT] FaMI09T}.10,7
(uRATTINg.O “9 “ayN) yer AA
sesuedxy enjoy 8, UOJTOUUIMG “I(T
SouI'T puv sey) UeSAXG
SOTJINAL.L) PUR JOyLIeIeD)

OPE) Pus puy woxeg jo yuomyve.ty, ‘op
siodeg umiaeqrtoy—unesnyy
FUNOSY UOTPVOTTGNA 0} potleysuVIy, “Zz Avg ‘G ‘JOA
ou syoog Jo aredaa pus eseyouind ‘Areaquy
ar oe : Surjurtg
SIB[NOATS) sERGSODY pue se eitec §,10}DaT[0—)
ain as sase\SOg
SSuyooyY Te19UeL) OF STUOO YY FO aIIFY

ore IWS] oroopy pure quoy Aq

ec

co
i—|
RENO MHAiCHOcaQacreceocroccdcons

eS

Jo}

81

col

“DOMIIPUIdKXD

8 OL ess

ea ee 9/1 ¥ sounny g ‘qnzy dureyg 0} wooy Jo oxrpy

0 O12 (Z weg “A se A arty} aan) SignessyeHl Jo eyRg

0 oe 305 s1voLy

0 Zb- vee -/T 48 Ze ‘suorydr1osqng ,saye1oossy

0 Sl a BoC “Ig y@ TL] ‘suoydriosqng s1equmayy
2-0org * te PIVALOF YYSNoIq eouryeg oy,
D8 F

"$1d19924

"1-9061 NOISSHS ‘LAGHS TONVIVE "ALATOOS TVOIDO0TOWHOYVY 8 AYOLSIH ‘TWANLVN

IX

Report of the Natural History and Geological
Section.
SESSION, 1906-1907.

Chairman: Mr. J. E. Nowers.
Hon. Secretary: Mr. Reap SaMBLE.

The Committee have pleasure in presenting the fifth Annual
Report and Balance Sheet. They are pleased to be able to report a
continued interest in the work of the Section. During the year
meetings were held as follows :—

1906. Attendance.
Oct. 19 —‘‘ How to Botanise and Notes on Aquatic Plants.’”—J. E. Nowers 45

Noy. 16—‘ Notes on Alderman F. ee as Bird eas a ’_G. H.
Storer, F.ZS. ... , = 31

Dec. 21—“ Mineralogy for the Young.’ iw 1D) Lott, Kr ROREACRS SM.
This meeting was adjourned to April 16th, as the date was so

near Christmas. (Two evenings) ... ose abe Ste 53
1907.
Jan. 25 —“Notes on Shrubs and Herbaceous Plants of New Zealand.” —
F. W. Andrews ... ‘ 31
Feb. 15 —An Entomological Paper “My Collestion. ren ©. if: cna
will, M.A., F.E.S. 70
Mar 15—< ie Carboniferous Rocks. »_@, ML Cockin, F, G. iS ee 3 35

Apr. 16---Adjourned Meeting from December 21st
Average eas . 44.1

The Exhibition of specimens arranged for the last meeting did
not take place as a General Exhibition was arranged for the

Autumn.
During the summer two rambles took place : —
On Whit-Monday, May 20 —Repton Rocks.—Leader J. E. Nowers oe 20
May 25—Branstone and Walton.—Leader G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.... i 23

An excursion was arranged to Fritchley on July 6th, but owing
to the unsettled state of the weather it did not take place.

The number of members now stand at 83 as compared with 79
at the end of last season ‘The officers of the Section would be glad
to receive names of new members. The balance sheet shows a balance
in hand of £1 17s. 34d. as against £1 17s 54d. last year. The
thanks of the Section are due to Mr. Port for the able way he has
worked the lantern at the meetings, also to Mr. C. Hanson, Junr., for
his help with excursion arrangements and to other members who
have forwarded the work of the Section.

X

46 9 OF #6 9 9F
Teel puey ut ysep
0 ¢ 0 SuIsyeaApy
0 ¢ O sale IOyeyoLE|
ts te ‘- gos R4S0g
jt (0) G/F Surssorppy pue sdureyg ‘g/e morssimu0;)
6 610 ane mee fe ot “ Suyumag
O18 O S| ae pee “* BapITYG JO a1 = oO SUOISINOXGY UO yyorg
9 LI O “* QOURISISSY [ROIIETD 0 . Ff suordizosqng [g
€ 6 0 suygnig pag Ag te it il pIeamsoy yYSno1q ooueyeq oy,
‘ps F ‘poe F

‘2aNjIpu2dx> "$d 13924

\LHHHS AONV IVE
‘UOT}DIS [eI1sojoes) pue AIO STH [eInze N

Annual General Meeting, 1908.

The Thirty-third Annual General Meeting was held in the
Society’s Room, Friars Walk, on October 22nd, 1908. The President
(Mr. G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.), took the chair, and presided over an
attendance of 80 members and friends.

The Hon. Secretary read the Report and Balance Sheet for the
past year, as follows :—

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING SEPTEMBER 30th, 1908.

In submitting their report for the 32nd Session your Committee
has pleasure in recording the continued prosperity of the Society.

The Membership is now 244, Hon. Members 12, Ordinary
Members 188, Associates 44 During the year the Society has lost
by resignation or removal 16 Members and 4 Associates, and gained
30 New Members and 21 Associates, an increase of 31.

The Balance at the Bank is now £11 5s. Od.

The Programme of General Meetings, which were held in the
Society’s Room, Friars’ Walk, and the attendance at each, were as
follows :

1908

Attendance.
Oct. 18 —President’s Address—“‘ The Ways of the Ant”... axe ae 67
Nov. 22 — Deep Sea Exploration” —F. R.. Rowley, F.R.MS. e 70
Dec. 12 —“Sir W. Herschel and his Astronomical Work ”—Rev. J. T. W.
Claridge, M.A., F.R.A.S. re si ie 42
Jan. 23—‘‘Sen Mut, an Egyptian Crichton ”—W. eee ie : 46
Feb. 20—“ The Effect of the Eastern Nations on European History in
Bygone 'l'imes”” —R. T. Robinson, M.A., B.Sc. vA 56
Mar. 19--“‘English Gothic Architecture, a esigalaily that of the th
Century ’—H. Simmonds ay F : 30

Apr. 9—“ The Natural Products and Industries of New Beata "Pp. W.
Andrews .. ec ae aie cpt 43 Ae ee 50

XI

At the April Meeting, Mr. G. H. Storer was unanimously
re-elected President for the second year, and at the November
Meeting Mr. G. 8. Hollister was elected joint Honorary Secretary.

Members will much regret to hear that Mr. C. Hanson finds it
necessary to resign the Excursion Secretaryship, the duties of which
he has carried out with such ability during the last nine years, and
the Committee wish to leave on record their appreciation of the able
way in which he has carried out the arrangements for the Excursions.

During the Summer of 1908, 4 Excursions were arranged of
which 3 were successfully carried out, viz. :

A Attendance
April 17-20—A four days tour in South Shropshire

Leader—G. S. Hollister, B.Sc. Ae 8
May 23—Bagots Park and Abbots Bromley
Leader —G. H. Storer, F.Z.S. * 36

Aug. 22—Rangemore and Hoar Cross
Leader—J. O’Sullivan, F.1.C., F.C.S. 33

The Shropshire tour (an experimental innovation) must be
reckoned a distinct success, in spite of the small attendance, much
valuable field work being carried out.

The thanks of the Society are due to Sir Reg. Hardy and Mr. W.
Walters for the gift of books to the Library, and to Mr. F. Evershed
and Alderman Thompson for birds added to the Museum.

The unsuitability of the room at present used by the Society has
long been recognised, but your Committee have so far not been able
to acquire a better one, and have come to the conclusion that for the
present the Society must retain the Friars’ Walk Room, for which
they have obtained a further 2 years lease terminating in September,
1910. But every endeavour has been made to render the ventilation
efficient, and by re-decoration and re-arrangement to make the room
as comfortable and attractive as possible for the Meetings.

The Literary Section has had a very successful session but the
Members regret that the Rev. H. B. Freeman, M.A., who has been
Chairman from the formation of the section, and to whom so much

XTII

of its prosperity is due, finds himself unable to continue in that
office. In Mr. R. T. Robinson, M.A., B.Sc., the Section has secured
a very able successor.

The Photographic Section also regrets the loss of their Chair-
man, Mr. Howarth, who for many years has been one of its main
supporters, unhappily feels that his health will not permit him to
give the time to its work that he has heretofore done.

The Natural History Section under the Chairmanship of Mr.
Nowers has also had a very successful Session and during the
Summer carried out 2 Rambles.

Attendance
June 13—Croxall and Catton Park—F. W. Andrews 49 & Bie 30
July 4—Oakedge, Cannock Chase —J. E. Nowers_... ue So = 20

The whole of the Committee retire and are eligible for
re-election.

The Report and Balance Sheet were adopted on the motion of
Mr. A. Cuddeford, seconded by Mr. Bartlett.

The Officers, Committee, 5 New Members, and 6 New Associates
were elected.

At the close of the business meeting the President delivered his
address entitled, “‘Spain from North to South, with a Glimpse at
Morocco,” being a most interesting account of the natural history
observations, he had made during a recent sojourn there, with a
short account of some of the habits of the inhabitants.

A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Storer on the
proposition of Mr. C. G. Matthews.

Gage”

XIV

‘80/01/61 UHLSdOu d UW ANVNICUHa

oa1100 punoy pur pauruexy

G 6l SS5 G @6L Go
0 ¢ GI Fae
8 LT 0 Gauoooy SorpeqT) “ ‘e de
$F 12 TT " Spuuy BLeInsea], Uy eoUEleY
tL 6 ae an 6 “ qumdoay sey
Shea 0) : say MON
0 ¢ 0 (eonozep) S}UGAY FurMT09y4.10 |
9 9 O ze ie He (aeaoT) deyy Saruresy
9 OL 0 = van ae HeSPy) Spirgq Suynyg
9 20 sdurejyg enbayy
6 € 0 ek : “* gouRIMsOT a10 iT
26 (0 (neumg POD “8x0 agi SOUT] pure sexy uasixco
0 SLO i SajInyetr) puv 1ayejerv—
9 61 0 Syxooy jo esvyoand ‘Areaqvy
0 SLI Bo sesuedxy einyoaryT 8, AepMoyy “apy
€ gl & "FIOM [COLLET pus worsstuMo/ 810,08] 70} @ i (0) 9/1 ® e0u0 ‘qnip dureig 04 woo fo earpy
66 ¢ be “ TLONIGIYXY uo soya 0 4 O (pret "pacy g0u0) ULeyURT JO OATPT
Il 91 G aa ay oe Arowoyeyg pus suyurg i) ei “" SuOTjOBSUBLT, JO B[eg
ze 9 ease AC OF I nen are e Re Ane + giveLty
Fee” bee SUL Fume] (ht) 2 -/| ® SF is ASEAN ae SiNy)
ie aes oe qaecaeg ‘ax09 0 & FP Bis -/¢ @) LL ‘Suondr1osqng s1equteyy
aed Ga aa Li OMY NT FO OSVILAIB) Ire 9 —_—
—yse,) Ayeg pue sadvysog 8 110 “puey Ul ysey “yunodDy Serpe]
G OL 9T ne fa! ti JST o11yo9[qy pue yuey Ae € 9 ¢ a pABMIOF YYINoIq sourleg og,
Dees 1D Tey AD) Ah Be Seay:
“‘QANIPUIdXD *$d1993y
‘8061-4061 “LHAHS WONVIVd

‘AYQIIOG [edsojoxyIIy pue AsoJsIP [einyeN jUsT]-uo-uoJINng sy]

XV

80/01/61 ‘YALSUOd ‘d A AGNVNIGUAA
‘qoaI10D PUNOF puv poUIMVXI

€ 6 GF € & 68s

“fe quoMIast}10A pV
wort rgx a ory lestionon uo y10Ya(T
sais “* ezieg Jo O11
se qIqryx, ejvy puog
ueMell | ‘eot[od ‘sedeoyy [fey Aymyery
‘oxy ‘sjeqvy] ‘A1eu0yeyy ‘sed'eysog
@oUL}SISS¥ LayjO pue mo0qeyT
SPIGIYXT] JO deze)
Stspaerer a) aaory a uLe}TET O1.1}997 7]
* (LOSSO1)) OUBTT
*BISIEOS: 8,UIUIg- Osten uo Sarjurg
pe wD (qoojaog) SuyUIIg
#2 nee * ae “ anonvg
quoutasIj104 PV oy
ca te eouBINsUT
nae es ae “+ qauUntg
to x fis eo1[og
“+ gunod0y [BH WA\OT,
eee eee wae eee 90] 8 ,10.1400'T kg

mic
yg

--

nin

BOMODHOSCSODOOMRMOMOMONO
MOORDOWOrMMOINM—
= tod =

N

c snmooay jereuep) WOIF pOOs opeUt 410yacq
€ : LOB6BT Ut peyeT[o/)
— Say HTOTEAOL) serpeyT Aq poezoeTjoo syunoury
[Temi : se S1OOp 48 S
z fee ;
P

OAs
-
nN

A[snotaoid ““ QUOIZBSIGAUO,)
S1OOp 4e re WS
OL SI es se Ajsnotaeid pos sjyoyory, ‘e1njoo'T OF,

oho)
a

a
RMRMCOCOCFAAOCOCOR-DSOCHO

mgeoeceo
DN
=

*MINJIPUIAXD *$d1292y

‘LO6L ‘UAAOLOO

‘yunod.y aUOIzesIaAUOD pue siNnyaT] ‘VOrIGIYX”

XVI

Report of the Natural History and Geological
Section.

SESSION 1907-1908

Chairman - = Mr. J. E. Nowers.
Hon. Secretary = - Mr. Reap Sams_e.

In presenting the Sixth Annual Report and Balance Sheet
the Committee are pleased to announce that they have the satis-
factory sum of £4 !8s. 4d. in hand.

During the session meetings were held as follows :—

1907
Nov. Ist—‘‘ Sleep of Flowers and other Botanical Studies ’—J. E. Nowers.

,, 29th—‘ Bacteria in relation to Plant Life ’—C. G. Matthews, F.LC., F.C.S.
1908.

Jan. 31—* The Great Ice Age—Local Evidences”-—G. S. Hollister, B.Sc, F.G.S.
Feb. 28 —‘- Some British Beetles ’—-G. H. Storer, F.Z.S
Mar. 27—Short Notes by Members.

It is a matter of regret to the Committee that during the past
session the attendance at the meetings of this section only averaged
about 30 as against 44 the previous session. For Mr. Hollister’s
paper on ‘The Great Ice Age” the attendance was 45. The
smallest attendance was 20 at the meeting when short notes were
given by members, but this meeting was generally regarded by those
present as most useful from a practical point of view. Very few
members attended the joint meeting with the Photographic Section,
probably owing to the lateness in the season, but some remarkable
lantern slides of bird and animal life were exhibited by Mr. Hancock
and there is no doubt those unable to be present missed a rich treat.

The Committee will welcome suggestions from members with
regard to the meetings of this section and the subjects dealt with
_and will also be glad to receive offers of papers. It is hoped that
during the present session members will turn up in good numbers
and thus show their appreciation of the papers kindly promised.

XVII

During the summer, three rambles were arranged, namely :—

May 9th—Bretby and Hartshorne Valley to Repton.
Leader—Mr. W. Tunniclifie. B.Sc.

is Mr. F. W. Andrews.
“ Mr J. E. Nowers.

June 13th—Croxall and Catton Park
July 4th-—-Oakedge, Cannock Chase

Unfortunately the proposed ramble from Bretby through the
Hartshorne Valley to Repton had to be postponed and eventually
abandoned. The ramble to Croxall and Catton Park was attended
by about 30 Members and the Committee wish to acknowledge the
kindness of Mr. and Mrs. Anson-Horton for so kindly entertaining
them at Catton Hall. About 20 members took part in the ramble to
Cannock Chase where a most enjoyable time was spent but doubtless
the extreme heat kept many members away.

The number of members now stands at 60 with 22 Associates
making a total of 82 as compared with 83 last year. With regard
to the Associates, the Committee, to avoid any misunderstanding,
wish to point out that Associates are admitted on payment of 1/- to
the Society and 1/- to the Section.

The Committee again express their thanks to Mr. Port for his
kindness in undertaking the management of the lantern at the
meetings, and also to Mr. C. Hanson, Junr., for his services as
Excursion Secretary, and they extremely regret he has decided to
give up this office in which, by the excellent arrangements made by
him, he has done so much to ensure the members’ enjoyment of the
rambles.

All Members are asked to interest their friends in this Section
of the Society and to hand the names of any proposed New Members
to the Secretary.

BALANCE SHEET.

ey Gh fl £ ea. Ad.
To Printing and Stationery 0 8 84 | By Balance forward lei 3s
Caretaker De 80 Subscriptions soon wa OF YO
Postages... Oat 9S Surplus from Excursions 0 6 0
Commission 0 4 0
Balance in hand 418 4
£6 3 33 £6 3 32

Annual General Meeting, 1909.

The Thirty-fourth Annual General Meeting was held in the
Society’s Room, Friars’ Walk, on October 8th, 1909.

The retiring president (G. H. Storer, Esq., F.Z.S.), took the
chair and presided over an attendance of 45 members and friends.

The Honorary Secretary read the Report and Balance Sheet for
the past year, as follows :—

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING SEPTEMBER, 30th, 1909.

Your Committee presents with pleasure its Annual Report for
the 33rd Session, which has been a very successful year for the
Society.

The total Membership is now 228, viz.: 12 Hon. Members, 172
Members and 44 Associates, during the year 19 Members and 11
Associates have joined, while the Society has lost by death or
resignation 19 Members and 7 Associates, losing by the lamented
death of Lord Burton one of its original and most honoured members.

The Balance at the Bank is now £14 11s. 10d.

Six General Meetings were held during the Winter, and the
average attendance was 65 the highest yet attained, representing
practically the full capacity of the Friars’ Walk Room, the over-
crowding on one or two occasions emphasising the Society’s need for
larger and more suitable rooms,

XIX

The Programme was as follows :—

1908,
Oct. 22—Annual Meeting.—President’s Address—‘ Spain from North to South
with a glimpse at Morocco.”

Nov. 19 —‘‘ Mimicry and Protective Resemblance in Insects.”’—Prof. J.W. Carr,M.A
Dec. 17—‘‘ The Roman Road.” —Sir Reg. Hardy Bart.

1909.

a 21—“‘ A Telescopic Aspect of the Lunar Scenery.” —Rev. J. T. W. Claridge.
Feb. 18—‘‘ A Chat on Evolution.” —Mr. H. J. Bax.
Mar. 18 —‘Some Common Types of Bacteria.’”’—Dr. A. Slator.

At the March Meeting Alderman Francis Thompson was
unanimously elected President for 1909-10, in succession to Mr. Storer.

On January 15th, Capt. W. J. P. Benson, F.R.P.S., delivered
another of his popular lectures, the subject being “The Wonderland
of Mexico.” This and those given in previous years proved so
successful that the Committee has made arrangements for another
visit from Capt. Benson, during the winter.

The Committee regret that the attendance at the Photographic
Section Meetings has been so poor, ani! only two meetings have been
arranged at present. But if a sufficient demand is shown for Photo-
graphic Meetings, the Committee will be only too glad to offer all
possible facilities to hold more, as it considers that a Photographic
section should be of the greatest use to the Society as it certainly has
proved itself in the past.

The Natural History and Literary sections have had successful
seasons, holding respectively 5 and 6 meetings with good attendances.
To still further popularise the Sections the Committee has decided to
abolish the extra 1/- subscriptions, and while keeping the distinctive
characters of the meetings to open them to every member of the
Society who desires to attend. Their Chairmen will be elected as
Vice-Presidents and their Secretaries as Secretaries of the Society as
a whole.

The museum has been enriched during the year by the following
gifts and the warmest thanks of the Society are due to the Donors.

XX

Magnificent mounted specimens of the Black Swan and Peacock
from Miss Octavia Thornewill. A Sparrow Hawk from Ald. F.
Thompson. A framed Etching of Kit’s Coty from Mr. F. W. Andrews.
Photos illustrating the Life History of an Alga from Mr. Bettany.

The Society is under a double debt of gratitude this year to
Mr. Cuddeford; who besides his untiring work for the Library has
carried through the summer excursions to a most successful issue,
the first one of which will always be memorable owing to the
exceedingly generous hospitality of Sir Oswald Mosley and Mr.
Robert Thornewill.

May 1—Rolleston (as guests of Sir Oswald ere Bart.) Leader Ald. Thompson.
,, 22—Ashby and Coleorton Mr. Cuddeford.

”

June 12—Hartington and Beresford Dale ... se shee ane G. H. Storer.
July 10—Charnwood Forest and Bardon Hill _... be G. 8. Hollister.
» 24£-- Hartshorne Valley and Repton ... F . 5, das O. Sullivan.

Average eeddaree 35.

The Report and Balance Sheet were then approved on the
proposition of Mr. Watson Rowland, seconded by Mr. Port.

The recommendations of the Committee as to the alterations in
Rules 3 and 6, were agreed to.

The Officers, Committee, 17 new Members and 7 Associates were
then elected.

A hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Storer, the retiring President,
was moved by Mr. F. E. Lott, who speaking of him as the leading
Naturalist of the town, paid him a warm tribute for the interest and
labour he had bestowed on the Society, whose interests he had at heart
toa greater degree than any other member. This was cordially
seconded by Mr. Moxon.

Mr. Storer then suitably replied.

At the close of the business meeting Rev. T. Foster Edwards gave
his paper on ‘‘ The Works of British Artists,” having at short notice
taken the place of the new President (Mr. F. Thompson), who had
been unable through illness to deliver his Presidential Address.

A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Edwards for his
interesting paper on the motion of Mr. Storer, seconded by Mr. Lott,

XXI

“UALSUOd ‘d “A AGNVYNIGHHA

6 6 GOFF
OT Il FI
8 8 0
9 6 0
0 ¢€ 0
G6. 0
L pr .d
0 O10
Oey 0)
Sacra
0 ¢ O
02 0
0:G @
9° SI 0
L 8té
9-99
0 6 6
9 §1 0
IT U8
8.0 9
Oia
Ji Siva
‘p's F

“B0GT ‘WIZ 1990190. "POL SLL. PIF APA Ul souepey

Sot nie spuvy 8,1o1nsveiy, UI eoueleg
“+ (spreyory) SemmjoeTy 1Oy [eusig o1yoe[qy
oe wee see see see yoog enbeya
(sHespy) palg Faymg
oo Ae And ane 7? aouRANstty
SUF) pu [BOD
(WOIsAnoOx Gy
Wis uoooun0s ul sesuedxy) uosuLAy ~1yY
(paojeppa,) “ayy tod ‘uryveyy) syoog Surpurg
(op weskxQ pur ‘yyouurIg “10g “IW{)

sosuedxg U1eyuBT pur ‘seutry ‘sur) ‘ueshxQ
amnjoa'y 8 Uostag 10j Suysodirg ‘eu1¢
ot Suyureg 10}7e wWooy SULULET, )
ey Jeyejoreg 0} Aytnqyery)
(exojg JO UoNvIe}/e pue siiedoy) suesryT
(JIOA\\ [COMETH PUB WOISstUIMO!)) 1OxDaT[OD

aoe ee sas : (wooy
s Ajoroog Suryetooag, pue Sayyjurey) wojzyoyg
“se “* gmmyoary Io uosuag ydep
UWUINJOY) SJWOAG SurmM09y}.10,7
Sigh ; AIOUOTBIG pue Sau
(11vQ “yorg) yse,) Ayeg pue sesv}soq
T18H VOW A Pee 9F8O 83004 FO OTH

qySvyT orsjoolyy pue quey Ag

“2ANjIpuIdXx

*y001100 punoy pue pouiMeXT

6 6 g9F

cl 0 a wee ose wee Aymyery)
§,LOYBJIIUD 0} SMOTJOAG Eg WOIF SUOTINGIAJUOD,
aio "as as ab SUOTJOVSUBLT, JO BBG

91 G a “2 9.1myoe'T JO Spas001g
“f ee -/[ 3 [ pus -/¢ 48 CT ‘steerty

0 2 29 —/T 48 OF *e soyR1o0ssy

ct IF os -/¢ 1% 19[ ‘SuoNdrrosqug srequieyy

Gana Bas =a “* PAIBM.LOF IINOIG sour[eg Oy,

mmosocos (a)
e
ce
N

"$1d1992y

“6061-8061 ‘LAWHS HONVIVE
‘Aja1I00G jeoSojowyoiy pue AsosIp{ [eINjJeN jUeTL-uo-uojIng oy]

XXII

Report of the Natural History and Geological
Section.
SESSION 1908-09.

Chairman: Mr. G. SELkirk Hottisrer, B.Sc., F.G.S.
Hon. Secretary: Mr. Reap SaMBe.

The Committee report that during the past session, meetings were
arranged as under :—-

1908.

Oct. 30—“ The Ancestry of the Elephant.”—G. H. Hollister, B.Sc., F.G.S.

Nov. 29—“ Some British Birds and their Nests.”—Rey. E. Millard.
1909.

Jan. 29—* Notes on the Ranunculaceae (The Buttercup Tribe).’”—J. E. Nowers.
Feb. 26 —“ Notes on some Common Shells.” —G. H. Storer, F.Z.S.
Mar. 26—Short notes by Members.

All the papers were given except ‘‘ Some British Birds and their
Nests,” by the Rev. E. Millard, which had to be abandoned owing to
the Lecturer’s illness. With very little notice several members kindly
promised short notes, but the attendance on the evening was so small
that it was decided to adjourn the Meeting. The average attendance
during this session was 23 as against 30 last year, and 44 the previous
year, but the Committee hope that under the new system coming into
force this Session they will be able to record a better attendance.
There were 51 Members and 21 Associates as against 60 and 22
last year.

The Balance Sheet shows that the finances of this section are in
a very satisfactory condition. The kindness of Miss Octavia
Thornewill in presenting specimens to the Society, and also paying
all expenses of mounting and casing has saved this Section a consider-
able sum, and enables us to hand over to the general funds of the
Society the large balance of £7 18s. 5d.

BALANCE SHEET.

£os. d. Sead

Y'o Printing and Stationery 0 2 6 By Balance forward ... 418 4

Caretaker : 05 0 Subscriptions 4 0
Postages.-. ve 0 2 11
Commission ... OgrcreG
Balance in hand “18 5

XXIII

Annual General Meeting, 1910.

The Thirty-fifth Annual General Meeting was held in the
Society's Room, Friars’ Walk, on October 21st, 1910. The President
(Mr. Alderman Thompson) took the chair and presided over a
gathering of 52 members and friends.

The Hon. Secretary read the Report and Balance Sheet for the
past year, as follows :—

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR
ENDING SEPTEMBER 30th, 1910.

Your Committee has pleasure in presenting its Annual Report
for the 34th Session, showing the continued healthy state of the
Society.

The total membership is now 227, viz.: 12 Hon. Members,
175 Members and 40 Associates, during the year 25 Members and 3
Associates have been elected, while 25 Members and 7 Associates
have resigned.

The balance at the Bank now amounts to £30 4s. Od., and the
Committee feel that the good financial position of the Society well
warrants the early publication of another Volume of Transactions.
For which purpose a Publication Sub-Committee has been appointed.

Meetings were held during the Winter as follows, and the
average attendance were as given:

Four General Meetings... et re a 52
Four Literary Hs a is ce: = 37
Three Natural History aa : Se a 32

Four Associates and Photographie = hs 39

XXIV

1909 Attendan ce,
Oct. 8—Annual General Meeting, 7-30 p.m.—
“The Works of British Artists ’’—Rev. T. Foster Edwards 45

Oct. 22—Literary —‘‘ Jane Austen ’—Miss Elsie Lowe, B.A. ... 0 eo. 0)

Nov. 5—-Nat. History —‘‘ The Empire of the Great Reptiles” —
Mr. G. Selkirk Hollister, B.Sc. 47
Nov. 12—Photo—Lantern Lecture ‘‘ We Three,”
Slides of Bird and Flower Life ete.—Messrs. Lizars 27

Nov. 19-—President’s Address—‘t The Ancient Forest of Needwood.”’ ae Gy

Dec. 3—Literary—‘‘ Old World Letters and Letter Writers—
Rey. R. FE. E. Frampton, M.A. 19

Dec. 10—Associates-—“‘ An Evening with the Telescope ’—
Rev. J. T. W. Claridge, M.A., F.R.A.S. 53

Dec. 17—Nat. History-—‘‘ Some Nature Notes ’”—
Mr. C. G. Matthews, F.I.C., F.C.S. 20

“‘ Microscopical Plant Life at Barton’’—Mr. J. E. Nowers
1910

Jan. 23—Associates—‘ Science in Relationship to our Daily Lives ”—
Mr. F. E. Lott, F.1.C., AR.S.M. 29
Jan. 21— Literary —“ Some Studies in George Meredith’s Novels ’—
Miss Goodger, L.L.A. 30

Feb. 4 —Nat. History—‘‘ Some Fungus Life Histories ”—Mr. T. Gibbs on esl
Feb. 11—Popular Lecture, in Anglesey Hall—
“Morocco, The Canary Islands and Madeira ’’—
Capt. W. J. P. Benson, F.R.G.S.

Feb. 18—‘‘ Sinai Park’”’—Mr. Henry A. Rye... : : . 60

» 25-Photo—‘Some Minute Common Objects as cnet by Phot
micrography.”—Mr. C. T. Holford, F.R.C.S. Mr. H. Lloyd Hind, B.Sc. 45

Mar. 4—Literary—“ The Age of Geographical Discovery ”—
Mr. R.T. Robinson, MA. B.Sc. 70

Mar. 11—“ Thirteen Centuries of Repton’s History—Mr. J.T. Emmott ... 50

And on February 11th, Capt. Benson gave a Popular Lecture
on ‘“ Morocco, the Canary Islands and Madeira.” There was a good
attendance in the Anglesey Hall, and a balance of six shillings over
expenses remained. At the March General Meeting, Alderman
Thompson was re-elected President for 1910-11. And at the last
Literary and Natural History Meetings, Messrs. A. J. Lyle and
F. W. Andrews were respectively nominated as Vice-Chairmen.

The cordial thanks of the Society are due to all the members and
friends who so kindly gave papers at the Winter Meetings, and also
to those members who were good enough to lead excursions during

XXV

the Summer. Five of the latter under the energetic management of
Mr. Cuddeford were brought to a successful issue as follows, with
an average attendance of twenty-five.

1910. Attendance.
April 30—Lichfield—Mr. F, W. Andrews sine Ae “se-) GD
May 21—Gopsall Park and Market Bosworth—Mr. A. Cuddeford sss ta Oe
June 4—The Corporation Farm and Etwall—Alderman F. Thompson Boe. OY
June 25—Darley Dale (Lead Mine) and Rowtor Rocks-—Mr. F. E. Lott, F.I.C. 12
July 16—Hoar Cross Gardens and Church — Mr. C. G. Matthews, F.1.C. ... 11

The following gifts have been made to the Museum and Library,
and the thanks of the Society are due to the kind donors.

A ruddy Sheldrake, a buff-coloured variety of wild rabbit—a
common sheldrake, and white variety of the house sparrow (all from
Rangemore) and each mounted in a suitable case, Miss Octavia
Thornewill. A framed photograph of the group taken at Craythorne
on the occasion of the Society’s visit, Mr. F. E. Lott.

The Report and Balance Sheet were approved on the motion of
Mr. Lott, seconded by Mr. James O’Sullivan.

The Officers, Committee, 7 new Members, and 1 Associate were
elected.

The Officers, Committee, were thanked for their services, and
the new Hon. General Secretary was instructed to enter on the
Minutes, the warm thanks and appreciation of the members of the
Society for the five years’ work as Hon. General Secretary of Mr. H.
Lloyd Hind, B.Sc., F.I.C., who was retiring from the office, and for
his work as Editor of Vol. V., Part II, of the Society’s Transactions.

The President then delivered a most interesting address on
“The Birds of my garden,” describing the very many varieties of
birds which could be seen in a garden on the border of a town, and
their interesting habits. He was most heartily thanked by the very
interested audience on the proposition of Mr. Storer, seconded by
Mr. Lott.

l= o- o> aa)

XXVI

‘UHLISUOA “d “A AGNVNIGUAA
‘OIGL ‘WIST 1940900) “001109 punoy pur pouturexg

Il¢@ 8LF Il 6 8L5
r OF Pe mins spuvy 8 1oinsvody, Ul eourpeg
rol see tee see puey ut ysep Ayog
0 tL eae aoe eraed SuIpurg pue eseyorng
3 (0 nas sdureyg enbayy
ra en (uojdey) puny
denerontica dmv) ysturq 0} uondrisosqng 0 € 0 4 paisa ae a

io WI ¢ (qjeuurrg) ox» ‘semry ‘sexy uesAxG 8 kIT woyoag orqdeisojoyg
G86 99] 9INJOOT 8 Mosue ureyday G SIL pees ALOE |PINje NY Wory 9oURTeg
ZL ¢ me Ser (SIIVYO AON) TBH pure ystipag Q & j ceca yo eee
FLT GEOR meHie1D pue WOISSTUMUOG) 10}99T[0/) Sit (0) ; :
G 8 : Areuotyeyg pues Sunug 0 O F -/6 3 OF . So}BIOOSs VW

g oan Soe sep Apag pue sesvy80,7 0 GI &F -/¢ ye Gy] ‘suoydrazosqng stequleyy
Ol SI nou sine oe IBV] o1aqoopy pure quay Ag Ol Tl FI he a oe premaoF JYFnoI1q eouvleg Oy,
. alt jy He ee
8 F ;

“QANJIPUIAXD $1d 19994

‘OI6I-6061 ‘LHAHS WONVWIVE

‘AyaIN0G [eoZojoweyo1y pue AsJOISIP [eInJeEN jUsI]-uo-uoJINgG 94]

XXVII

REPORT ON EXCURSIONS.

Excursions, 1907.

During the Summer two Excursions, one to Dale Abbey, and the
other to Wichnor, Alrewas and Croxall were abandoned owing to
unavoidable circumstances. However two others were very successful,
the leaders and attendances at each were as follows :—

Leaders. Attendance
Ml spel by 1]
June ]—Tamworth and Bolehall Manor { he 7 Fe ere a : 46

Aug. 10-—Manifold Valley and Thor’s Cave— Mr. F. E. Lott, F.I.C., A.R.S.M. 22

At Tamworth the Rev. W. MacGregor entertained the party and
exhibited his fine collection of Egyptian curios at Bolehall Manor.

The Manifold Valley was brought within the possibilities of a
half-day’s excursion by means of driving from Alsop-en-le-Dale station.
The natural beauties of this valley and the geological features so
plainly evident were a pleasant surprise to the company.

Summer Rambles, 1907.

The following were promoted by the Natural History, Geological
and Botanical Section and Photographic Section.

Leaders. Attendance.

May 11—Tissington (for “‘ Well Dressing’’)—Mr. J. E. Nowers. ... za 14
», 20—Repton Rocks (Whit-Monday—-whole day ramble)—Mr.J.E. Nowers. 23
», 25—Branstone to Walton (River side)—-Mr. G.H. Storer, F.ZS. ... 23

XXVUI
Excursions, 1908.

The list of Excursions successfully carried out, with the leaders
and attendances at each, were as follows :—

April 17-20 eae Shropshire (4 days tour | Leaders. Attendance,
in Murchison’s “ Siluria.” J Mr.G.S. Hollister, B.Sc., F.G.S. 8

May 23 { Bagot’s Park and Abbots =
Bromley tus : Mr. G. H. Storer, F.Z.8. =e), OG

August 22 f Rangemore, Byres? iad nd Hor
(Cross... Mr. Jas. O’Sullivan, F.1I.C. ... 33

The Excursion to South Shropshire was somewhat of a departure
from the usual custom, taking the form of a four days’ tour in the
region of the Wrekin, Coalbrookdale, Buildwas Abbey, Much Wenlock,
Church Stretton, The Onny River, and Stokesay Castle. Though the
attendance was small, consisting of four cyclists and four pedestrians,
some considerable geological and other research was undertaken and
many specimens obtained—including an excellent sample of pitch-
stone from the volcanic agglomerate of Laurence Hill in the Wrekin
Range, an abundance of upper Silurian Corals and Brachiopods from
Coalbrookdale and Farley Dingle, and many excellent Trilobites
(Trinucleus) from the Onny Section.

Summer Rambles, 1908.

Two Rambles were arranged and carried out by the Natural
History, Geological and Botanical Section as follows :

Leaders. Attendance.
June 13—Croxall and Catton Park—Mr. F. W. Andrews _... Pe se 30
July 4- Oakedge, Cannock Chase—Mr. J. E. Nowers _ ... Pe Eee 20

On June 13th, the party was entertained by Mr. and Mrs.
Anson-Horton at Catton Hall.

Excursions, 1909.

Five Excursions were arranged and carried out, the average
attendance being 35.

XXIX

Excursion to Rolleston and Craythorne, May Ist.

Under the leadership of F. Thompson, Esq., President-elect,
aud attended by sixty-five members. This proved a most memorable
event in the annals of the Society. The excursion opened with an
inspection of the Hall, Museum, and Grounds at Rolleston, where
Sir Oswald Mosley, Bart., most kindly entertained the gathering at
luncheon, and personally conducted the party through the various
rooms of the Hall. In the afternoon the Hon. L. F. Tyrwhitt (Rector
of Rolleston) met the members at the Church, giving a historical
lecture on its structure.

The party then proceeded to Craythorne, where R. Thornewill,
Esq., J.P., and Mrs. Thornewill kindly entertained the members to
tea, their hospitable welcome being warmly appreciated by all.

Excursion to Ashby-de-la-Zouch and Coleorton, May 22nd.
Leader: Mr. A. CUDDEFORD, Excursion Secretary.
Forty members and friends were present.

This Excursion opened with an inspection of the ancient Parish
Church at Ashby, under the guidance of the Rev. H. Sawyer (vicar)
who, gave a most instructive address on the history of the Church
and its many treasures. After which the Castle ruins and grounds
were inspected, by the gracious permission of Lady Maud Hastings,
under the able supervision of W. F. H. Fosbrooke, Esq , of Leicester,
the leading authority on the Castle.

A drive was afterwards taken to the famous Hall Farm, Coleorton,
celebrated from its association with Sir W. Scott, Wordsworth and
his sister Dorothy, Byron, Coleridge, Southey, Tom Moore, and other
famous names in literature and art.

Here Mr. and Mrs. Radford hospitably entertained the party.

A brief visit was made to the Church, under the guidance of
the Rev. H. Robinson (vicar), after which the members wandered

XXX

through the delightful grounds of Coleorton Hall, and through the
courtesy of Mrs. Abel Smith were permitted to examine several
rooms, including the magnificent Picture Gallery with its fine
Statuary, as well as the zoological collection.

Excursion to Hartington and Beresford Dale, June | 2th.
Leader: Mr. G. H. STORER, F.Z.S., President.
Twenty-one members and friends attended.

The walk to Hartington village was much enjoyed, the old Lime
Kilns and Lead workings being noted en route. The Rev. J. Rhodes
Ashworth, M.A., vicar of Hartington, met the party and pointed out
the chief objects of interest, including the Parish Registers. After
which the party proceeded through the beautiful private grounds in
Beresford Dale (by permission of F. Green, Esq.). The famous
Pike’s Pool so quaintly described by Isaak Walton, was passed on
the way to the historic Fishing Hut of Walton and Cotton, with its
quaint inscription ‘“ piscatoribus sacrum”’ over the doorway. ‘The
Hut was open for inspection, and members were also able to view
Cotton’s cave in the limestone bluff, above the stream.

The hotel, where tea was taken, contains a number of prints and
other pictures relating to Walton and Cotton, as well as some
original documents with Cotton’s signature.

Excursion to Charnwood and Bardon Hill, July 10th.

Leader Mr. G. 8. Hollister, B.Sc., F.G.S.
Thirteen present.

The party drove from Coalville station to Copt Oak, passing the
Warren Hills on the left,and Bardon Hill on the right. At the highest
point of the road a halt was made while the leader explained the
general geological structure of the Forest area. Proceeding onwards

XXXI

towards Newton Linford, a short stay was made at the ruins of Ulvers-
croft Priory of the Augustinian order, which are very interesting and
suggestive in their decay. The journey being resumed, Old John and
Bradgate Park were passed, and some of the loveliest parts of the
Forest were traversed. Having passed under Beacon Hill near Wood-
house Eaves, the round was completed by passing through Charley,
and near High Sharpley to the Monastery a total distance of 15 miles.
In spite of a heavy shower the drive was much enjoyed, while the
leader took several opportunities of explaining the interest attached
to the Charnian uplift.

After tea, a close inspection was made of the older rocks exposed
in the Warren Hills and of the various stages in the immense quarries
in the porphyrite of Bardon Hill, permission being kindly granted
by Mesars. Ellis and Everard.

Excursion to Hartshorne Valley and Repton, July 24th.
Leader Mr. Jas. O’Sullivan, F.I.C.

Thirty-five present.

The ramble commenced at the Stanhope Bretby, along the main
road to the end of Bretby Park walls, thence by the field path to
Glover’s Mill, and on to Repton by the road, the varied scenery of the
beautiful valley being greatly enjoyed.

After tea, by the courtesy of the Rev. L. Ford, M.A. (Headmaster
of Repton school), H. Vassall, Esq., (of the Priory), and the Rev. A.
A. McMaster, M.A. (Vicar of Repton), the School, Priory and Parish
Church were open for inspection (Mr. J. T. Emmott of Repton kindly
acting as conductor). A most exhaustive visit was made to the
school buildings, Memorial Hall, and remains of the old Priory.
Prior Overton’s Tower (dated 1437-1439), with its projecting turrets,
considered to be one of the finest specimens of medizeval brickwork,
was greatly admired.

XXXII

The Church with its famous Saxon crypt (958 to 975), and the
interesting monuments presenting so many features of interest and
nearly every style of architecture was also visited, as also the school
chapel with its beautiful glass windows and memorial gifts.

The new Gymnasium and Swimming Baths were also visited.

Excursions, 1910.

Five Excursions were again arranged and carried out, the
average attendance being 25.

Excursion to Lichfield, April 13th.
Leader Mr. F. W. Andrews.

On arrival, the party proceeded to the Cathedral, Councillor C.
Harradine kindly acting as guide. Two profitable hours were spent
in visiting the Library, St. Stephen’s Chapel, St. Chad’s Chapel, the
Lady Chapel, the Consistory Court,and the Chapel house, the beauti-
ful stained glass, 16 century work in Lady Chapel was greatly
admired. ‘The famous MSS. of St. Chad’s gospel (about 700) also
attracted close interest.

The party then proceeded to Dr. Johnson’s birth place in the
Market Square, where Councillor W. A. Wood, gave a most lucid
account of the manner in which the house and its many valuable
gifts came into the possession of the Corporation. The Mayor of
Lichfield G. It. Benson, Esq (now Lord Charnwood) was also present.
The next move was to the Guildhall, where the famous Corporation
Plate and Regalia, including the ancient Ashmolean Plate was on view,
the last was presented by Elias Ashmole the noted antiquary, and
founder of the Ashmolean Museum, to his native city of Lichfield,
in 1666, also the valuable guild book proved unique in its interest.
Through the kindness of Colonel Williams, the party was allowed to
inspect the Friary, which formerly belonged to the Franciscan or
Grey Friars, and was founded about 1229. The house was partly
destroyed by fire, but was re-built in 1545.

XXXII

Excursion to Gopsall and Market Bosworth, May 218t.
Leader: Mr. Cuddeford.

Present thirty-four.

Train was taken to Shackerstone (Junction) Station, where
waggonettes were in attendance to convey the party to Gopsall about
two miles distant. Here, by kind permission of the Right Hon.
Earl Howe, the members were shown over the beautiful private
chapel of cedar wood, the exquisitely carved chimney piece, a fine
painting by Vandyck, and the organ being much admired. ‘The
lawns, gardens, and conservatories were next inspected, and a young
Cedar planted by the late King Edward VII. in 1902, and a Pine
planted by Queen Alexandra, were noticed, as well as what is
considered to be one of the most extensive avenue of cedars in
England.

Tea was taken at Market Bosworth, four miles distance from
Gopsall. The vicar, the Rev. P. H. Bowers, M.A., kindly met the party
when visiting the Church and pointed out an old font (13th Century),
a hagioscope or squint, a very chaste chalice of 1600, and flagon of
1570. Bosworth Hall, the residence of C. T. Scott, Esq. who
courteously allowed the party to inspect the grounds and part of the
Hall, was next visited. The Hall, formerly the home of the Dixie
family for over two-hundred years, bas now been carefully restored
by the present owner. The front hall is full of a fine collection of
old time accoutrements and armour of every description. The
splendid ceiling and old open fire-place, as well as the picture gallery
and beautiful stair-case were generally admired. The fine grounds
also were full of interest. The drive to Bosworth Field was
abandoned through lack of time.

Excursion to the Corporation Farm and Etwall, June 4th.
Leader : F. THOMPSON, Exq., (President).

Present, twenty-nine.

The first halt was madeat the Pumping Station where Mr. Lynam

XXXIV

and Mr. Metcalfe met the members, conducted them over the premises
and explained the various processes in dealing with the town’s waste
matter. The fine machinery consisted of eight pumps, each of which is
capable of raising ninety gallons at one revolution of the great fly-
wheel, which make ten revolutions per minute. The electric light
plant, the workshops, the lime-houses, the boiler-house, and the
various extensive buildings were each visited in turn, and
demonstrations were given of the manner in which the lime acts upon
the sewage. The party then proceeded on its way to the Monk’s
Bridge where some interesting particulars regarding its history were
given by the Excursion Secretary. Reaching the entrance to the Farm,
samples of the effluent were examined to indicate the eflicient way in
which the lime had done its work, the effluent entering the farm land
in an almost pure state.

The testing house was then visited. Here samples are taken
and tested every half-hour and recorded. Mr. Thompson then gave
a general description of the Farm itself, 950 acres in extent. The
centre of Farm, being used as a_ gigantic filter bed, was not
cultivated, only the outskirts being under cultivation. The town’s

sewage is being dealt with in a most efficient manner and with a
remarkable absence at the present time of any complaints as to smell.

The Farm Buildings were then visited, 40 cows being in process
of milking at the time, afterwards a visit was paid to the osier stripping

sheds.

Tea was taken at Etwall, after which, the church of St. Helen and
the Hospital were visited under the guidance of the Rev. D.C.
Cochrane (Master of the Hospital). The massive octagonal Font, 15th
century, and the Hospital chapel of carved oak, dated 1635, are very
beautiful and interesting, as are also the Monuments to Sir John
Porte (founder of Repton School and Etwall Hospital). The list of
vicars dates back to1301. Across the churchyard is the Hospital or
Alms house extremely old fashioned, but quaint and picturesque,
founded in 1556, and re-built in 1681.

XXXV

The Master of the Hospital and Repton School, the Ushers and
the three senior poor men formed a body corporate.

The Hospital has a double sundial.

The return journey was made via Egginton where a brief halt
was made at the church of St. Wilfrid. The Rev. F. Key, B.A. (Vicar)
kindly acted as conductor. The present church, built 1290 to 1300,
replaced the Norman structure of which no traces are said to remain.
There is a little of the original old stained glass to be seen in the east
window. The old door belonging to the original church remains
however.

The aisles of the church are supported »y two different types of
pillars, the one being the Norman shape and the other probably about
1320 work. A defaced stone effigy, under a long recess, of a woman
holding a heart in ber hand is to be seen, and is thought to be the
wife of one of the founders of the South Aisle. The list of rectors dates
from 1317, and the Registers from 1565. The Tower has 3 bells, No.
1 dated 1778, No. 2 supposed to be the one spared, when its fellows
were sold for repairing Monk’s Bridge, and the 3rd dated 1615.

Excursion to Darley Dale Lead Mines and Rowtor Rocks, July 2nd.
Leader Mr. F. Lott, A-.R.S.M., F.LC.
Present twelve.

The party proceeded to Darley Dale, the ancient Parish Church
(12th century) being first visited with its fine Yew Tree 33ft. in girth
and Norman Font.

The members were then conveyed to Warren’s car and Mill Close
Lead Mines, which were inspected by the kind permission of Messrs,
Wass and Co. Here those interested in mineralogy found many
specimens of lead ore and other vein minerals on the spoil heaps.
Mr. Morgan, the engineer, kindly explained the ore-dressing machinery
which is quite up-to-date, the pumps throwing over a ton of water
each stroke. The Mill Close is said to have been worked by the Romans.

XXXVI

and the road from Cowley Knoll Lane to Birchover still shows a large
number of stones laid by them.

Tea was taken at the Druid’s Hotel, and the drive continued to
Rowtor Rocks, the volcanic vents at Grange Mill and through the
Via Gellia, where the quarry in the dolerite at [ble was pointed out.

Excursion to Hoar Cross and Newborough, July 16th.

Leader: Mr A. Cuddeford, in place of Mr C. J. Matthews, F.I.C.
(absent through illness).

The drive through the Needwood District was much enjoyed
By the courtesy of the Hon. F. Meynell, the gardens and
grounds of Hoar Cross Hall were thrown open to the Society. The
wonderful show of flowers and shrubs were examined with the
greatest appreciation, the roses being greatly admired as well as
the Alpine garden, and garden of red lilies.

The upper portion of an ancient stone well, elaborated carved, and
brought from Palestine by the late Mrs. Meynell Ingram, attracted
the close attention of the Archzologists, the billet moulding of the
arches pointing to its being of the Norman style of Architecture.

The magnificent church adjoining was also visited, and the
carving, statuary, stained glass windows and paintings duly admired,

as were also the recumbent alabaster statues of Mrs. Meynell Ingram
and her husband.

The return journey was made via Newborough where the Rev. T.
H. Spinney, M.A, (Vicar), very kindly conducted the party over the
new church consecrated in 1901, and gave a most interesting account
of the circumstances attending its building, and the close connection
with families in the district notably the late Lord Burton and C. J.
Clay, Esq. The altar cloths of most artistic work appealed strongly

to the lady members present. About 15 members attended the
excursion.

XXXVI

LIST OF MEMBERS, 1910-11.

HONORARY MEMBERS.

BAKER, G., Rozel Road, St. Jacques, Guernsey.
BOYLE, Rey. VICARS A., M.A., Portslade Vicarage, Brighton.
BROWN, ADRIAN J., M.Sc., F.I.C., West Heath House, Northfield, Worcester-

shire.
BROWN, Sern T.,L.L.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. 52, Nevern Square, Kensing-
ton, 8.W.
DAWKINS, W. BOYD, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., Owens College, Manchester
GIBBS, T., Bridge House, Wirksworth. P
HERON, J., B.E., F.C.S., F.1.C., 110, Fenehurch Street, E.C.
MARTIN, T.C., 44, White Ladies’ Road, Clifton, Bristol.
MELLO, Rev. J.M., F.G.S., Cliff Hill, Warwick.
RYE, H.A., The Hayes, Bakewell.
THORNEWILL, Rey. C.F., M.A., F.E.S., 15, St. Margaret’s Road, Oxford.
TRIPP, C.U., M.A., F.R., Met. Soe., Penleat Altarnum, Launceston,

MEMBERS.

Abrahams, E. =: ts ant ce _ 212, Ashby Road
Andrews, F. W. ... et oe ; 180, Horninglow Street
Appleby, G. 50 dee _.. The Green, Barton-under-Needwood
Bairstow, F. mc _ ae ee ... 47, Malvern Street
Barratt, C.W. a, oa a a fa 39, Oak Street
Bartlett, G. op = ea: eS ... 88, Malvern Street
Bartlett, Mrs. G. ... a Bas a brs 9 »
Batkin, J. T. ao an ae ... Ferndale, Branstone Road
Bax, H. J. ied * Jee are ... 177, Station Street
Beale, C.... Bee ... Stewards Farm, Bucknall, near Stoke-on-Trent
Beck, H.... 2 ne a Lon 238, Branstone Road
Bence, H.,B.A. .. ie oe fae me 10, Clay Street
Bernard, Mrs. = ae ee Be ae Osborne Street
Bloodworth, J... SF = ns ... 96, Belvedere Road
Boultbee, Miss... sas 3 ot Holy Trinity Vicarage
Bradbury, H. K., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. me 181, Horninglow Street
Bradbury, Mrs. H. K., ee Ae af
Brittain, W. - ane Be is Ravenscliff, Stapenhill
Brittain, Mrs. W., L.L.A. ... a a a b
Brooke, Walter... an as ere ... Woodbridge, Suffolk

Brown, E A. i = “ie ax Bank House, High Street

XXXVIIT

Clarke, R
Clarke, Mre.

Claridge, Rev. J. T. W., MA., F.R.AS,,

Clarkson, C. D.
Cockin, Miss A.
Cockin, G. M.F.GS.
Cowie, J. M., M.D.
Cuddeford, A.

Day, L. J. a
Day, Miss M. E....
Draper, Mrs. T. A.
Dryden, H.
Dudney, A. H.
Dunn, E. A.

Edwards, Rev. T. Foster ...
Edwards, Mrs. T. F.
Elderkin, T.

Elliott, A. G.

Emmott, J.T...
Evershed, S. H. ...

Farrington, Miss
Fergusson, D.

Fisher, S. J.

Flamen, J. C. ...
Forster, F. E. P.
Freeman, Rev. H. B., EAC:

Frohwein, Otto, MR. (OFS Dp 2 OF ea

Gibson, T.
Gothard, F.

Hanson, Mias A. .

Hanson, C. Jun. .

Hardy, Sir Ragiaeld, Baek M. A.
Harrison, C., J.P. is
Hartshorn, ") :

Haynes, W. A. ...

Haynes, Mrs. W. A.
Herbison, J. .

Herratt J.

ishiih Ns

(sell acer

Hill, Mrs. J. ae sa
Hind, H.1;., B:Se; FEC. ..:
Hind, Mrs. H. L.

St. Paul’s Square
...Spring Terrace Road
Garthorpe, Saxby

103, Clay Street

30, Belvedere Road
Brereton Hall, Rugeley
Town Hall

70, Derby Road

Waveney House, Scalpcliffe Road
Braesyde, Newton Road
490, Stanton Road
Hazelmere, Blackpool Street
165, Horninglow Street

Alexandra Road

... 110, Belvedere Road
Lulworth, Scalpcliffe Road
High Street, Repton
Albury House, Stapenhill

. 357, Shobnall Street
Abbey Street

9, Needwood Street

6, Belvedere Road
The River House

The Vicarage
Lichfield Street

87, High Street
Bearwood Hill

195, Ashby Road

Dunstall Hall

... Branstone

The Firs, Rosliston Road
.. 69a, Branstone Road

3, Malvern Street

*3 .. High Street
.. 20, Rosemount Road
9, Clay Street

.. Red Hill Lodge, Stanton Road

” ” ” ”?

Holford, C. T., F.R.C.S. ...
Hollister, G.S., B.Se., F.G.S.
Hollister, Mrs. G. 8.
Howarth, W.

Hunter, J. J. =

Hunter, Mrs. J. J.

Kershaw, C.8. ...

Laer, N. Van

Lambrick, J. ...
Lathbury G. C. ...
Livens,C.M. ...

Lott, F. A.R.S.M. FLO,
Lowe, UC.
Lowe, Mrs. C. H.

Lowe, W. G., M.D.

Lowe, Miss E.

Lyle, A. J. : .
Lynam, G., M. ieee Te

MacGregor, A.
McCreath, R.
MacGregor, Miss
McKenzie, D., B.Se.
Mallen, H.
Marshall, G. _... a
Matthews, C.G., F.1.C , F.C.S.
Matthews, Mrs. C. G.

Maxted J. G. ...

Mitchell, W. D. ...

Moxon, R. af

Moxon, Mrs. R. ...

Moxon, Miss

Nowers, J. E.

Oakden, W.S. ...
Oakley, W. Jee
Odling, W., F.C.
Ollis, W. B.
O’Sullivan, J.,
Oswell, B. L

PARC:

Perfect Mrs.
prt, Hi. A:
Port, Miss
Pullen, T. J.
Pye, J.

Hi, MRCS, ERG:

178, Horninglow Street
Iverleigh, Scalpcliffe Road
71, Branstone Road

Guild Street

” ”

Shobnall Road

. 119, Belvedere Road

491, Stanton Road
Hunters’ Lodge

2 ...Ashby Road
Glenthorn, Alexandra Road
4, Clay Street

: Horninglow Street
East Bank, Alexandra Road
489, Stanton Road

Etwall

Horninglow Street

. 183, Shobnall Street
Osborne Street

201, Shobnall Road

7, Derby Road

5, Derby Road

31, Stapenhill Road

Osborne Street
42, Outwood Street
. 121, Alexandra Road

” ”

” ”

. 282, Blackpool Street

11, High Street

Newhall

.. High Street

. Ashby Road

High Bank, Ashby Road
11, Balmoral Road

Ss ... Stapenhill
. 103, Scalpcliffe Road

. 148, Alexandra Road
5, Mervyn Road

Ratcliff, Miss
Ratcliff, R. =
Ratcliff, R. F., M. P.
Reeve, A.

Richards, J.

Riddell, R.
Robertson, ©.
Robertson, R. N.
Robertson, Mrs. R. N.
Robinson, C. J. .
Robinson, R. M.
Robinson, R. T., M.A., BSc.
Robinson, W. H, B.A.
Rowland, J. W....
Rudgard, J.

Sadler, B.

Sadler, Mrs. B

Sadler, Mrs. M. T.

Samble, R. we

Samble, Mrs. R....

Sheavyn, Miss A. J.
Shercliff, T. R. ...
Simmonds, G.

Simmonds, H. T. C.
Simnett, J.S. ...

Slator, A., D.Sc. Ph.D., FLC.
Slator, H.

Smart, Miss

Steane, Miss _... ec
Stern, A. L., D.Sc., F.LC.
Stern, Mrs. A. L. ude
Stockley, Rev. J. J. G., M.A.
Storer, G. H., F.Z.S.

Storer, Mrs. G. H.

Street, Miss A. M.

Tanner, A. E. ...
Tarver, G.
Tavener, W. ...
Thompson, C., M.R.C. S...
Thompson, Ald. F.
Thompson, Miss M.
Thompson, Miss 8.
Thornewill, R. J.P.
Thornley, W. R.
Thorpe, C. H. ...
Throssell, W, ...

XL

Osborne Street
Newton Park

... Derby Street

10, High Street

...87, Horninglow Street
14, Osborne Street
Stanton Road

7, John Street
Station Street
Grammer School

30, Rosliston Road
Trent Brewery

Modwena House

Walpole House, Lichfield Street

205, Newton Road

. 49, Clarence Street

. 262, Blackpool Street

| Metharheld. Rollestanseetlieec
Modwena, Rolleston-on-Dove

. Guild Street

The ‘Phew Lickeala Street

2 ie Dany Street

. 246, Belvedere Road

High Street

... The Vicarage, St. Paul’s Square

10, Lichfield Street
. 258, Branstone Road

... Ferry Bank
Trentleigh, Branston

St. Paul’s Square
Rosliston Road
Dalebrdos, Newton Road
Ivy Lodge, Rosliston Road
Craythorne

2, St. Peter’s Street
_ 11, Mervyn Road
353, Shobnall Street

_——s

Wakley, A. P. ...
Wakley, Miss M.
Walters, W...
Walters, Mrs. W.
Ward, E. W. D.
Wartnaby, G
Webb, H.
Williams, W. G.
Worthington, Miss

Abbotts, D.
Andrews, Jas. ...

Baker, W.

Bax, A. P.
Burton, M.
Dunwell, L.

Eley, H. J.
Evershed, A. ...
Evershed, Miss P.
Fearn, L. N.

Gothard, C. F. ...
Gothard, S.

Hill, H. A.
Hartley, Miss W.

Illsley, F. K.
Fedleron, Is.

Lathbury, E.
Nowers, J. E,

O’Sullivan, C. ...
O’Sullivan, F. ...

Pye, W.

Reeve, E. A. F.
Shelley, E.
Smith J.B. . 2.
Street, Miss N. ...

Tooby, R. T,

XLI
155, Waterloo Street

Alexandra Road

4, Hamilton Road
Newton Road

55, Scalpcliffe Road
. The Manor

. Ashby Road

ASSOCIATES.

204, Ashby Road
180, Horninglow Street

Swan Hotel, Ashby Road

aS 177, Station Street
| Deakelow Villa, Br anstone Road

Stapenhill Road

.. Oriel, Outwood Street
Albury House

” ”

Westcliff, Shobnall Road

Bearwood Hill

” ”

9, Clay Street
Sinai Park

. 189, Thornley Street
Dale Street

Hunters’ Lodge
Blackpool Street

High Bank

5, Mervyn Road
Derby Street

41, Derby Road
12, Belvedere Road

.. 258, Branstone Road

. 65, Sealpcliffe Road

XLIT

RULES.

AS AMENDED AT THE GENERAL MEETING HELD ON
OcroBer 8TH, 1909.

1.—That this Society be called the “ Burton-on-Trent Naturat History
AND ARCHEOLOGICAL Society,’ having for its object the promotion and
encouragement of the practical study of Natural History, Archeology,
General Science and Literature.

2.—That the Officers of the Society consist of a President, two or more
Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and Librarian; and a Committee of
nine Members. These Officers to retire annually, but to be eligible for re-
election. Three to form a quorum.

3.—That a General Meeting be held not later than the end of October in
each year, for the purpose of electing officers for the current year, and transacting
any other business which may be brought before it, but that the President for
the ensuing year be elected at a General Meeting in March, and that at the last
meeting of each section nominations be made for a Chairman and Secretary of
that section, to be elected at the Annual General Meeting as officers of the
Society, the Chairman becoming a Vice-President.

4.—That Candidates for Membership shall be proposed and seconded (in
writing) at any Meeting of the Committee, and may be elected at the next
General Meeting by a majority of the Members present.

5.—That the Society commences its year with October Ist. That an annual
subscription of five shillings be paid by each Member rv apvance, and that all
Members whose subscriptions are six months in arrear be considered to have
forfeited their privileges as Members of the Society; that all Members who
have not given notice to the Treasurer or Secretary of their intention to retire
before the Annual General Meeting in October shall be held responsible for the
current year’s subscription.

6.—That the Committee may elect as Associates any persons under the age
of twenty-one, and that the subscription of such Associates be Two Shillings
per annum, payable in advance; Associates to have no voice in the appoint-
ment of Officers or the management of the Society, except in the election of their
own Secretary, who shall be considered as a Member of the General Committee.

Nore.—Associates must be elected Members in the ordinary way on
exceeding twenty-one years of age,

XLII

7—That the Committee may recommend as Honorary Members any person
distinguished for scientific attainments, or who may have in any special manner
advanced the interests of the Society.

8.—That Field Meetings or Excursions be held during the year, in suitable
localities, and that tiniely notice of each be given to the Member by circular.

9.—That, in addition, the Committee may organise a series of Field Meet-
ings for Junior Members, under the leadership of one or more Members of the
Society, to be invited for that purpose by the Committee; such meetings to be
devoted to practical explanation and the collecting of specimens.

10.—That Evening Meetings be held during the winter months at such times
and places as the Committee may appoint, for the exhibition of specimens, and
the communication or discussion of any subjects connected with the objects of
the Society ; that at Evening Meetings Members may introduce one
Friend, but no one resident in or within five miles of Burton
may be present at more than two Evening Meetings in one
Session; that the notice of Meeting sent to each Member be the entrance
ticket, admitting bearer and one friend; that the secretary be empowered, on
application, to issue additional tickets when necessary ; and that a book be
kept at the door of the place of Meeting in which Members must enter the
names of any friends they introduce.

11.—That the Committee may select and recommend to be given, annually,
a series of prizes for the best collection of specimens in any one of the
branches of Natural History made by the Associates individual y during the
preceding year, and that Members be invited to offer Prizes or Special Sub-
scriptions for that purpose.

12.--That the Committee have power to make such arrangements as they
may consider advisable for the establishment of a Museum in connection with
the Society, for the preservation of specimens illustrating the Natural History
and Antiquities of the district.

13 -That after providing for the payment of all incidental expenses, the
funds of the Society shall be applied to the maintenance of a Museum, the
purchase of Books, Journals, &c., or in any other way the Committee may think
likely to advance the interests of the Society.

14.—That the Committee have power to make rules for the circulation
amongst the Members genera!ly of Books, Periodicals, etc., belonging to the
Society.

15.—No rules of the Society shall be altered except at a General Meeting
called for that purpose.

XLIV

LIBRARY.

BOTANICAL SECTION.

TITLE. AUTHOR.
1 School Botany oes ee aie ie ay LINDLEY
2 Manual of Botany vise Es tas ad BaLrour
3 Elements of Botany ... sa ine Si a
4 Handbook of the British Flora ie ee fe BENTHAM
5 Elementary Botany ... Die . ... GRUGEON
6 Useful Plants of Great Beta = ae J OHNSON AND SOWERBY
7 Popular History of British Ferns... is Hee Moore
8 &9 British Mosses, Volumes 1 and 2 ... ie vos, ea BBP
10 Popular History of British Mosses ... aR oe Stark
11 Synopsis of British Mosses Se sid . Hopxirk
12 Flora of Derbyshire ... Sak an pon W. A PAINTER
13 Flora of West Yorkshire ... YORKSHIRE Naturaists’ UNton
14 Flora of Repton oF GARNEY AND OTHERS
15 Lectures on the Ehseislony of Plants £2 be ... Sacus
16 Flora of Warwickshire as ae are J. E. Baanati
17 Floral of Leicestershire ... wis ... EF. T. Morr ayp oTHErs
18-24 The Grevillea, 1872 to 1889 ... “ia ie —
25 Handbook of British Fungi... oH sts CooKE
26-29 British Fungi Flora... mf an ... Geo. MassEe
30 British Fungi an wae Lee ae pe
31 British Discomycetes MS Bee Is PHILLIPS
32 British Mosses (Illustrated Guide: uid ae ... JAMESON
34 British Uredinez and Ustilaginez ae be PLOWRIGHT
35 British Mycetozoa Guide = ... Briviso Musrum
36 British Fungi Guide (Sowerby’s Models) Shc 2 »
37 Dialogues on Botany... a aes we a —

81
82
83
84
85
87

88

89 & 90 Nests and Eggs, Vols. 1 & ee

91
92
93
94
95

XLV
GEOLOGICAL SECTION.

Elements of Metallurgy

Elementary Course of Geology

Students’ Elements of Geology...

Introductory Text Book of Geology

Advanced

School Manual of Geology

Elementary Geology

Manual of Geology

The Bone Caves of Greaswell Grics
& 62 Guide to Fossil Mammals and Birds, |

PHILLIPS
ANSTED
LYELL
PAGE

9”
JUKES

SKERTCHLEY

Harrison

MELLo anp Dawxtiys

Walwal eae f British Museum

Guide to Fossil Beriles and Highes

Students’ Index to the Collection of Minerals
An Introduction to the Study of Meteorites ...
A Guide to the Mineral Gallery

An Introduction to the Study of Minera,

A Guide to the Exhibition Gallery (Geology

and Palaeontology )
A Guide to Fossil inerrebratee and Plants

A Guide to the Coral Gallery

British Coleoptera

Lepidopterists’ Guide
Natural History of Selborne
British Molluses

List of Diurnac Birds of Pro
History of British Butterflies

An Introduction to the Study of Rocks < .
Elementary Treatise on Geology ; PortLook
Old Red Sandstone... $8 Bd a Hues Miter

NATURAL HISTORY SECTION.

Popular History of the Aquarium SoOWERBY
The Aquarium TayYLor
The Fresh Water Aepantiatte HipperD
British Butterflies and Moths .. Newman
& 86 Manual of Butterflies and Moths, Vale 1 sae 2 Srarnton
Notes on collecting and Dees Natural History T |
Objects : oa ree eee j; Ca

be AND SHUCKARD
Rey. F. O. Morris

Kyacas
WHITE
TATE

... HH. Gurney
Rey. F. O. Morris

XLVI

96 Lepidopterists’ Calendar ... ae ist a at MerRIN
97 Lava Collecting and eacuaa 2 Rey. J. S. Sr. Jonny
98 British Beetles a ah .. Rywanp Fowrer
99 British Pyralides ome ae; ce Pa ... LEECH
100 British Tortrices ae se 42 .. &. J. Witxinson
101 Insect Hunter’s Companion... é ... Rev. J. GREEN
102 to 109 Midland Naturalist, 1884 t to 1891
110 Birds of Staffordshire 1 = ... Dr. A. McALpowlE
111 Natural History of Tutbury .... Str O. Mostey anp E. Brown
112 The Ocean World... me ee oe ig: FIGUIER
113 The Study of Fishes... shed ae ... GUNTHER
114 The Mammalia (‘The Human pecs soe ab FIGUIER
115 The World before the Deluge f it He te
116to 119 Zoology, 4 Vols. ... oe Lee a. PENNANT
120 Trichopterygia av ea Rey. A. MatrHews

121 Pephoptsrycia (Gapclement)
122 Corylophide and Spheeriidze

”

xs)

123 The Voyage of the Beagle me he 2 Darwix
124 The Origin of Species ; Ree: <
125 Footprints (Nature seen on its "Saknan Side) Mrs. S. TyrLer
126 Wanderings in South America... es Cras. WATERTON
127 Seasons of the Year

128 The Butterfly ade Se 23 oa J. SrurrarD

129 Guide to Galleries of Reptiles and Fishes Bee
130 Blood-sucking Flies, Ticks, &c., and how to ‘
collect them
131 & 132 Guide to Shell aad Star Fish Galleries re 35
133 | Guide to British Oligocene and Eocene Mullusca ___,, re
(The Fredk. Edwards’ Collection)

135 A Handbook of Instruction for Collectors ue i a
137 A Guide to Galleries of Birds Rae ae Att hea st
138 Guide to Reptilia and Amphibia ae a y
139 General Guide to Natural History (New idi€ion) ¥ =
140 List of British Seeds, Plants and Ferns om > es
141 Guide to the Galleries of Mammals (New Edition) _,, -
142 Quide to the Great Game Animals bh . A
143 Guide to the Fossil Reptiles, Amphibians and Biss , if
144 Guide to the Fossil Invertebrate Animals pe ns a.
150 Bivalve Shells of British Islands .. Ae. Bs TurTON
151 Ants, Bees, Wasps ... bs We ... Sir J. Luspocok
152 Tropical Africa ae _ ual ... Pror. DRUMMOND

153 Nature (21 Vols., A to U)

XLVIZ

ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL SECTION.

160
161
162
163
164

165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
eat]

178
179
180
181
182
183
184
187

188

192
193
195
196

197

Dale and its Abbey te ia J. Warp
Dale Church and its Structural Peeuliaies x

History of Uttoxeter ie. A oe ses REDFERN
Moab’s Patriarchal Stone... Kine

Handbook of Cardiff (Compiled for nee evcanee
Meeting)

Greslv Charters : ale J. A. Jeayves
Repton and its N ianheachoady ose ‘Rev. F. C. Hrexiys, F.S.A.
History of Burton Bs in ... W. Motyneox, FG.S.
County Records... be “a ... A. D. Wetp Frencn
Staffordshire Knots .. = ... Eprrep sy Dr. McALpowrEe
History of Staffordshire, 1817... oe. aa EEE
History of Lichfield, 1805... au ae ... JACKSON
History of Derbyshire, 1857 at ... WHITE
Siege of Lichfield cc s re Rev W. Grestey, M.A.
A Survey of London under Granen Elizabeth ... ...0. STOW
Historical Sketch of the Lighthouse ee ... D. Apaus

England under the Tudors in the 16th Saneney
Reports of Burton-on-Trent Natural History and
Archeological Society, Vol. 1—1876 to 1881
: , Vol. 2—1885 to 1892
Transactions of ,, ., Vol. 1—1884 to 1889
a » ». Vol. 2—1889 to 1891
i Moll 3221891 to: 1996
4 » y» Mol. 4—1896 to 1900
, ow Vol. 5 - 1900 to 1906
3 » Wol. 6—1907 to 1910
Journal of Datkivahiae Archeological Society,
C1881, D1882, F 1884, G1885, H 1886,
11887, J 1888, 11890, M1891.
Journal of Derbyshire Archzological Society,
A 1902, B1903, (1904, D1905, E1906,
F 1907, G1908, H1909, 11910.
Farthest North (Vol. I) me me ys ... NANSEN
= SERVO LL). ..x.:
A short History of the Cresswell Cowes Biv. Madiens ME to, F. G. S.
The Prehishoric Factory of eae
Implements at Spiennes
Primitive Man

” ”

” ”

XLVI

Inaugural Address at the Opening of Burton Sir O. Mostey

Museum, 1842... d \ Barr., F.G.S.
King Ethelred’s Charter Gan finraiien the

F oundation of Burton Abbey ne t DUIGNAN AND CARTER
History of Tatenhill th 3 Be: ... C. W. Upton
Some Ancient Cave Homes for ee layin

and Dead in Derbyshire is 5 } J. Warp, F.S.A.
A Handbook to the Collection of Objects

from Roman Fort of Gellygaer, Welsh ne i

Museum, Cardiff : ra |
Burton Abbey Dissolution Taventoiies tt 2: ORROR RY
Youlgrave, a Derbyshire Village .... Rev. W. Parker Stamper
Egyptian Antiquities, British Museum
English Catherals (illustrated) oe Franots Bonn, F.G.S.
sia on Furness Abbey (Historical and fi Canon Even, M.A.

escriptive) F s

Historical Memorials of CanterBany feb Drawn STANLEY
Old English Churches (Illustrated) ... Gero. Cron, F.G.S.
Siege of Colchester ... .. Rev. G. Tyrer Townsenp, M A.
Visit to the Holy Land, or Recollections of the Kast DeLamartinr
History of Derbyshire, 1846 Lf fy. wd BAGSHAW
Beauties of Staffordshire CS (es Rev. J. NIGHTINGALE

Be nea ts Town and Priory of eee | Gu wives
History of Burton-on- “Kent, 1798 ve .. Rey. S. Saaw
Tutbury and Needwood Forest, 17 98 i
Lichfield, 1798 M. : ae Fe

the Ridwares, 1798 nee he ms
Longdon & Farewell, 1798 en 4
Yoxall, 1798 Au =
Teradenam to History of Stafford indy 1798

History of Drayton Bassett, 1798 ... ef >

“ Derbyshire, 1 Vol., 1829... ie ... GLOVER

a Melbourne 26 sad aide ... Rev. Deans
Froissart in Britain... am Cas me ... NewsBot
Buried Cities of Campania a be ame D. Apams
All About Derbyshire... sini ... BRADBURY
History of Tatenhill (2 Vols.) ou ca R. acne Bart., M.A.

: ae 9 ‘i

aes of Staffordshitfe ans x bas ... WHITE
The Topographer, (1 Vol.) 1790. vat “at Ep. Rev. S. Saaw
Camden’s Remains of Britain site 3, aiff CAMDEN

233
234
235
236
237
238

300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310

321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333

XLIX

History of Repton A saat ..» Mr. J. Emmorr

Churches of Derbyshire, Vol. 3 9% rie i Dr. Cox
se Vol. 4

Fistory of Monasticism in Staffordshire Bay. F. A. Hisar M. A.

The Old River Course of the Trent .... W. Motyneux, F.G.S.

Historic Staffordshire a “i J. W. Braptey, B.A.

PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION.

Naturalistic Photography ... a ft af EMERson
Chemistry of Photography _... wp ee ... Mvnpora
Book of the Lantern ix #5 ee ... HepwortH
Negative Making se 7 a : ~ ABNEY
Process of Pure Photography ane _ Borron AND PRINGLE
Chemistry of Light and Photography... oe ... H. VogEn
Optical Projection ... - ie Lewis Wricat
Beginner’s Guide to age nee a ... Perkins & Co.
Bromide Papers... ee 2 te o ... JUST
Platinum Toning a : 6 isp it) CLARKE
Carbon Photography rans easy ... abe ... ILLINGWorTH

MISCELLANEOUS SECTION.

The Story of the Heavens ae : ve Sir R. Bain
Orr’s Circle of the Sciences, Organic arase

” ” ” ”

Geology, Mineralogy, Crystallography
Elementary Chemistry

Practical Chemistry

The Mathematical Sciences
Mechanical Philosophy

Laws af Wind fara in Europe ... an a LEY
Curiosities of Science, ae 1 Be eB. ae } ae
0 ae

”

Year Bick of Science, 1891-1892

334 to 338 Year Book of Scientific and Learned Societies

339
340

of Great Britain and Ireland 1887-1891
Burton Weather Report, 1897 to 1899
Catalogue of Ancient Remains found at Stapenhill, 1881]

341 A Treatise on Astronomy ... aa fe au HErscHEL

342 Wireless Telegrapbhy... 25, das ee aus Fann

343 Adulteration of Food ee ere a 3 Accum
REPORTS.

400 to 429 North Staffordshire Field Club Reports and Transact-
ions (1877-1908)
432 - 437 Hull Field Naturalists’ Club (1898-1906)
443 - 448 Warwickshire Field Club (1891-1898).
451 - 466 Marlborough College Natural History (!889-1908).
469 - 485 Southport Society Natural Science (1898-1906).
486 - 509 Nottingham Naturalists’ Society (1880-1908).
510 - 534 Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union (1879-1900).
537 - 576 Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society (1899-1909).
574 - 578 Birmingham Natural History and Microscopical Society
(1880-1883).
580 - 585 Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society
(1894-1908),
586 - 595 Meteorological Observations
Birmingham and Midland Institute Scientific Society
(1905-1909).
596 - 648 Leicestershire Philosophical aud Literary Society (1875-
; 1908)
650 - 656 The Quekett Microscopical Club (1898-1901).
660 - 663 The Holmesdale Natural History Society (1888-1898).
666 - 686 The Yorkshire Philosophical Society a 1855, and
1886-1909).
687 - 689 Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society
1900-1902-3).
691 - 707 The British Association Reports, 21 Vols. (1886-1894;
1896 and 1899 to 1909).
713 - 732 Photographic Journal (1896-1897)
735 - 736 Birmingham and Midland Institute Report, 1872 and
1878-1879 (Archzological Section).

PAMPHLETS, &c, for Reference.

1 Prehistoric Inhabitants of British Isles .. Hawkins anpD OTHERS
2 Mosses and Hepatics of Staffordshire ae . Bacwan, @
3 A Contribution to the Chemistry and vide ace | H. T. Brown

of Foliage Leaves .. s J G. H. Morris

ee

LI

4 Flora of Burton-on-Trent and Neighbourhood

5 The Lepidoptera of Burton-on-Trent and District

6 The Microlepidoptera of Burton-on-Trent and District
7

Prominent Moths of Buckinghamshire ... Rev. Harpur Crewe

8 Variation in the Shells of the Mollusca... P. B. Mason

9 The Land and Freshwater Mollusca of | J. Masermexp, M.A.
Staffordshire i

10 The Microscopical Structure et Rocks .. Rey. Macens MEtLo

11 Les Grottes de Creswell :
12 Recent Discovered Insects in Gar boniferans: gad

” bh)

Silurian Rocks ... : {
13 Ripple Marked Sandstone at iGreen eens a ... BRADSHAW
14 On the Quartzite Pebble in the Drift and | W. JEROME
Triassic Strata of England ad f Harrison, F.G.S,
15 Geography of Warwickshire oe ae sei FRETTON
16 Education and Culture ... ee Rey. Mackenya
17 Atmosphere of Birmingham Bown Hall * G. H. Morris
18 Method of Taking Phenologica] Observations .. MAwLey
19 Staffordshire Aculeate Hymenoptera... .. Rey. JouRDAIN
20 Burton-on-Trent Weather Reports, 1897 to 1899
21 The Lepidoptera of Derbyshire. . 33: .. Rev. Jourpain
22 Burton Abbey: General Plan
23 Plates to Burton Abbey
24 Presidential Address—Australian Association, 1902
25 Ordnance Map of Burton and District
26, Sketchesin Burton 3e8 was Mr. Bopen
27 Catalogue of Ancient Remains Found 's at Fstasenkall 1881
28 Burton Abbey Dissolution Inventories
29 <A First List of Derbyshire Agarics ne .. Mr. T. Gress
30 38 - a - (continued) ¥
31 Mycological Notes on the Seasons. 1909-1910

”

SOCIETIES WITH WHOM PUBLICATIONS ARE

EXCHANGED.

Derbyshire Archzological and Natural History Society.
Leicestershire Philosophical and Literary Society.
Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Nociety.
Birmingham and Midland Institute and Scientific Society.
Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society.

Nottingham Naturalists’ Society.

LIT

Southport Society of Natural Science.

Marlborough College Natural History Society.
Warwickshire Field Club.

Hull Scientific and Field Naturalists’ Club.

North Staffordshire Field Club.

The Yorkshire Philosophical Society.

The Liverpool Botanical Society.

The Connecticut Academy of Arts and Scienges.

The Torquay Natural History Society.

The Royal Academy of History and Antiquities (Stockholm).
The Holmesdale Natural History Club.

The Dulwich College Scientific Society.

The Sheffield Naturalists’ Club.

The Hastings and St. Leonard’s Natural History Society.
The British Association.

Complete sets and parts of the Burton Transactions can be
obtained on application to the Hon. Gen. Secretary at the following
prices :

Complete Set ey 13/-
Parts—Vol. I. se 3/6
ge S 8 c32 1/-

Vol. Tif, Part, 1 — 1/-
Vel, Tf; Pari 2. 1/-
Vol. II. Part 3 1/-
Vol. IV. Part 1 1/-
Vol, TY. Part 2 1/6
Vol. V, Part 1 1/-
Vol. V. Part 2 1/-
Vials Nils tix 2/6

Transactions from other Societies are now available for use of
Members; both these series are of an extremely interesting and
valuable nature, and will well repay the closest study.

The Library has been enlarged by gifts of books from Mrs.
Mason, Sir Reginald Hardy, Mr. W. Walters, Mr. Smith, Rev. F. A.
Hibbert, Mr. T. Gibbs, while many others have been purchased.

Further gifts will be received with thanks by the Members of
Committee ; or can be sent to Hon, Librarian, Mr. A, Cuddeford,
70, Derby Koad,

LUI
Library Regulations.

1. —Books shall be issued to Members by the Librarian, General
Secretaries, or Minuting Secretary only.

2.—No Member shall have more than two Books at any one time.

3. —Any Book may be retained for one month from date of issue
provided no other Member has applied for it in the meantime, in
which case it must be returned within 14 days of date of issue, or on
demand, as the case may be.

4.—On returning a Book, a Member may renew it for a further
period of one month should no other application be made for it.

5.—All Books required for Sectional Meetings must be applied
for beforehand in the usual way by the Secretary of the Section, who
will be held responsible for their safe custody and return.

6. —All Books must be returned to the Library by September Ist
in each vear, and will not be re-issued until October Ist.

7.—The Officer who issues or receives a Book shall make an entry
of the same in the book provided for that purpose, and initial it.

8.—Members will be held responsible for Books issued to them,
and will be required to replace all Books lost or damaged while in
their custody.

ACES),
(SAK

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

BURTON-ON-TRENT

NATUKAL HISTORY AND
AKCHAOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Edited by
Gy SELKIRK. HOLLISTER, B.Se, F.GS.,

Hon. Secretary.

VOLUME VI.

BURTON-ON-TRENT.

1911

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

Francis Tompson, President.

H. Lioyp Hinp, B Sc., F.I.C.
Frank E. Lott, A.R.S.M., F.LC.
A. J. Lyte.

J. E. Nowers.

B. L. Oswet.

Reap SAMBLE.
Artaur Sniator, D.Sc, Pa.D., F.LC.
G. H. Srorger, F.Z.S.

G. Seixirk Hottisrer, B.Sc., F.G:S.,
Hon. Secretary.

ae —," a ve, >2 i hay

*

eee , enh a

‘on

SYDNEY EVERSHED WILLIAM MOLYNEUX, F.C.S., F.R. HIST.S._
(1876-1878). (1880-1881).

GORNELIUS O’SULLIVAN, F.R.S., F.I.C., F.C.S, THE HON. GEORGE HIGCINSON ALLSOPP |
(1882-1883). (1884-1885).

NTS.

Page
UAM OBLITI.
5
13
rations).
18
1D (with 37 figures),
22
29
ms).
36
IN BYE-GONE TIMES,
45
53
IT UP To
i Watrer Scorr,
Pes : 63
GE.—i. 67
il.
70
s istrations),
oa 73
79
93
Pe 94

JOHN THOMAS HARRIS THOMAS KNOWLES, M.A. :
(1885-1887). (1891-1893).

PHILIP BROOKES MASON, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., F.R.M.S., F.L.S.
(1889-1891, and 1894-1895)

GEORGE HARRIS MORRIS, PH.D., B.SC.. F.I.C., F.C.S, GILBERT MORLAND DAY
(1893-1894), (1901-1903).

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Cle
Page

OLIM INTER NOS PRIMI: NUNC EHEU! DECESSI ; NUNQUAM OBLITI.

By Frayx E. Lorr, A.R.S.M., F.I.C. aes ae mae 5
Herserr Spencer (an abstract).

By Frank FE. Lort, A.R.S.M., F.I.C. +e oe Bee 13
Norep Oaks near Burton-on-Trent (with 4 illustrations).

By J. E. Nowers. _.... fy 2: aoe a el 18
Tae Saruss ano Hersaceous Piants or New Zearanp (with 37 figures).

By F. W. ANDREWS. ... Eee aie wit “ep 929
Notes ox tHe Cannock CHAsk CoaLFIiELD.

By Georce M. Cocky, F.G.S. ae he ae ee 29
Sew Mur—an Eeyprtan Cricaton (with illustrations).

By Wittr4ast Howarvs. ee Sh aA Se ae 36

Tue [NFLuence or THe East on European History IN BYE-GONE TIMES.

By R. T. Rosiyson, M.A., B.Sc. as oe ae ae 45
Ture ANNALS oF Burton ABBEY.
By R. T. Rostnson, M.A., B.Se. eae as 2é oie 53

Tue Eneutsa Nove —1ts History aND DEVELOPMENT UP TO
Str Watrer Scorr.

By Mrs. W. Brrrraty, L.L.A. fe Biss a3. oe 63
Narorat Hisrory Osservations rrom Burton Bripce.—i. ee 67
Narurat History Nores.— - = li.

By Cuas. G. Martnews, F.IC., F.C S. ie a ae 70
Tae “ Breakine ” or Barron Fisnponp (with 3 illustrations),

By J. E. Nowers.... se oes ats nee eae 73

Sevar Park (with 3 plans and 3 illustrations).
By Henry A. Rye. ... on ee 3 eae ne 79

A Lisr oF tae Appots or Burton ABBEY.
ComPILeD By G. APPLEBY. it = poe ae oe 93

Dates or ARRIVAL OF SumMER MIGRANTS.
By Caas. Hanson, Junk... se ne mar a 94

METEOROLOGICAL SUMMARY.
1906, 1907, 1908, 1909, 1910. so = eee at 95

Olim inter nos primi: nunc eheu! decessi;
nunquam obliti.

SYDNEY EVERSHED
(1876-1878).

Born at Albury, Surrey, in 1824. After some years training at
Messrs. Stansfelds’ Brewery, London, Mr. Evershed came to Burton
in 1854, and established the brewery S. Evershed and Co., now
incorporated in Messrs. Marston, Thompson and Evershed.

He was Mayor of Burton in 1880 and 1881, and Member of the
Burton (U.D.) School Board 1873-1882

He was Liberal Member for the Burton Division of Staffordshire
from 1886 to 1900.

He was a keen sportsman and lover of Nature, and an enthusiastic
supporter of games and athletics.

He took a very thorough interest in the formation of this Society,
taking the chair at the inaugural Meeting held at the Grammar
School, October 27th, 1876, and he was elected its first President.

He attended many of the Meetings and usually had interesting
remarks to make relative to the subjects under discussion.

He died in London November 7th, 1903, aged 79.

6

WILLIAM MOLYNEUX, F.C.S., F.R. HIST. S.
(1880-1881).

Born at Newnham, in Oxfordshire, May 22nd, 1824, he came to
Burton from Stafford, in 1861 as mining engineer to the Marquis of
Anglesey (Manor Office). A geologist of great ability, he quickly
obtained a very complete knowledge of the geology of the town and
district.

Together with Mr. C. U. Tripp the head master of the Grammar
School, he first suggested the formation of this Society and called
the inaugural Meeting in 1876, drawing up the rules which were
then adopted. He was one of the first elected Vice-Presidents and
gave the Society much valuable advice and assistance.

He read interesting papers on :——

“The Old Bridge of Burton-on-Trent.”

“The Geology of the District round Burton-on-Trent.”

“The Geological Features of the Trent Valley.”

“A brief notice of the Pre-Norman history of Repton in Derbyshire.”

He also led excursions to Moira, Ashby-de-la-Zouch, Repton,
Bardon Hill and Bosworth Field, giving most interesting historical
accounts of these places.

He published a very complete history of Burton, now unfortun-
ately out of print, and will ever be remembered by Burtonians as
having first drawn attention to the necessity of a flood embankment
and suggested the scheme eventually carried out by Alderman
Canning, which has so admirably protected the town.

He died at Durban, South Africa, October 24th, 1882, aged 58.

CORNELIUS O’SULLIVAN, F.R.S., F.I.C., F.C.S.
(1882-1883).

Born at Bandon in the South of Ireland in 1842, he studied at
the Royal College of Chemistry under Professor Hoffman, and at the

~T

Royal School of Mines under Professors Tyndall, Huxley, Smythe and
Etheridge in 1863-5. He was assistant to Dr. E. Frankland at the
Royal College of Chemistry in Oxford Street, and followed Professor
Hoffman to the Berlin University in 1866, as his assistant

In 1867 he came to Burton as Chemist to Messrs. Bass and Co.,
and in 1885 became Head Brewer and Chemist.

He was an original Member of the Society of Chemical Industry
and of the Institute of Chemistry, served on the Councils of both
these Societies, and also on that of the Chemical Society.

In 1884 he was awarded the Longstaffe medal of the Chemical
Society and elected a fellow of the Royal Society in 1885. He was
an honorary Member of the Institute of Brewing. For many years
he was the acknowledged Scientific head of the Brewing Industry,
and the discoveries he made over 35 years ago about the transformation
of Starch in the mashtun, although since investigated by numbers of
of enthusiastic workers, still provide the explanation of the chief
operation in the process of Brewing.

This Society had the advantage of his advice and support from
its inauguration, and all who ever had the pleasure of accompanying
him on excursions will recall his genial kindly manner and clear
explanation of the natural phenomena observed.

He was in addition to being a distinguished chemist and
technologist, a first-class geologist and mineralogist,and no man had
a more thorough knowledge of the facts or a more accurate appreciation
of the principles, which formed the sciences in which he was interested.

He read papers at our meetings on;

“ Crystals,’ “Gypsum,” and “The Dales of Derbyshire.”

He died at Burton on January 8th, 1907, aged 65.

THE HON. ‘GEORGE HICCINSON ALLSOPP
(1884-1885).

He was born at Trinity House, Burton, in 1846, the third son of
the first Lord Hindlip. He was educated at Trinity College, Cambridge.
A partner in the firm of Allsopp and Sons. He was Mayor of Burton
1882-1883., Chairman of the Burton (U.D.) School Board from 1885
to 1888, Conservative Member for Worcester 1885-1906, and Deputy
Lieutenant of both Staffordshire and Derbyshire. He was not particu-
larly astudent of Natural History or Archeology, but having consented
to act as President of this Society he attended both General and Com-
mittee Meetings very regularly, and his natural common sense and
practical mode of dealing with matters helped to carry forward the
work of the Society.

He died on September 9th, 1907, aged 62.

JOHN THOMAS HARRIS
(1885-1887).

He was born in 1831, and educated at Repton. He came to
Burton in 1851, and entered the Burton Union Bank of which he
eventually became assistant manager.

He was an enthusiastic and original member of the Midland
Scientific Association, founded by the late Mr. E. Brown in 1864,
“ for the systematic investigation of the Natural History of the basin
of the Trent.”

He was one of the original members of this Society, and elected
on the first Committee. He was Honorary Treasurer from 1883 to
1891. He was an active and enthusiastic entomologist and. botanist,
and made very valuable collections. He was especially expert at
“setting” insects and was also a practical taxidermist.

He read papers on :—

“ Insects injurious to our Turnip and Grain Crops.”
“Notes on the Economy and Natural History of Beetles as affecting our
Grain and Vegetable productions.”

He also prepared the list of Micro-lepidoptera, which was pub-
lished in our Transactions, Volume III.

He died at Burton in 1892, aged 61.

(The portrait was taken at the time he was making his collections,
before the formation of our Society).

PHILIP BROOKES MASON, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., F.R.M.S., F.L.S.
(1889-1891 and 1894-1895).

He was born at Burton-on-Trent, January 2nd, 1842. According
to his own statement he commenced collecting natural history
specimens at the age of four years. He entered upon his medical
training in 1858, at Glasgow, where he gained prizes in anatomy,
chemistry, and botany. After a year spent in his father’s surgery
at Burton, he entered at University College, London, where he
gained seven gold and silver medals, as well as the Filliter Exhi-
bition in Pathological Anatomy, the Longridge Exhibition for
general proficiency in medicine and surgery, and the Atkinson
Morley Exhibition for three years in surgery. He was House
Surgeon in the hospital to Mr. Erickson and Sir Henry Thompson,
and in 1868 was appointed demonstrator of anatomy in University
College, holding the appointment for three years.

In 1884 he became a member of the Sociéte Entomologique de
France, and for ten years was a member of the Entomological Club.
He was an enthusiastic collector of botanical and entomological
specimens, and he purchased several important entomological collec-
tions. He had an almost perfect British Herbarium, and his Natural
History Library was as complete as he could make it, His collections of

10

birds, shells, and other Natural History specimens was very exten-
sive. His museum, especially built for these collections, contained
the finest collection of British zoological specimens that has ever
been got together by a private individual, containing as it did over
13,000 specimens. He was elected a Fellow of the Linnean Society
in 1872, and of the Entomological Society in 1874. He was one of
the original members of our Society, and elected on the first com-
mittee.

He read papers on :—

** An Old Burton Natural History Society.”
“The Irish Aran.”

“The Functions of Natural History Societies, as illustrated by the study of
Plant Galls.”

“ The Struggle for Life in the Individual and the Community.”
“The Struggle for Life Within the Animal Body.”
“Notes on Bos Longifrons.”

Ee died at Burton, November 6th, 1903. Aged 62.

(Many of these particulars are taken from an interesting
obituary notice in “The Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine,”
January, 1904).

THOMAS KNOWLES, M.A.
(1891-1893).

He was born in 1843, educated at St. John’s College, Cambridge,
with intention of joining the church; he acted as a schoolmaster at
Glenalmond, Scotland, but eventually decided to go in for law. He
was admitted as a Solicitor in 1880, and first practised at Ibstock.

He came to Burton in 1881, and was joined by his brother Mr.
John Knowles, who had practised for many years in India, and retired
to Langley Hall

He made a special study of Early English and Anglo-Saxon
subjects, and also had some knowledge of Arabic and the Science of

11

Languages generally. He took a very active interest in the work of
the Society, acting on the Committee for several years.

He read papers on :—

“Some ancient Burton Manuscripts.”

“Studies in English Spelling, its methods and delusions.”

“ The influence of the letter R in the pronunciation of the English vowels.”
“The Forgery of Shapera.”

“The Source of the Modern English Alphabet.”

“Some documents from the Burton Parish Church.”

“Notes on a Sojourn in the Levant.”

He died at Burton, May 13th, 1894, aged 51.

CEORCE HARRIS MORRIS, PH.D., B.SC., F.1.C., F.C.S.
(1893-1894),
Born at Bristol in 1858, he studied under Dr. Tilden at Clifton

College, and afterwards acted as his demonstrator at the Mason
College, Birmingham.

He also studied Chemistry under Professor J. Wisliscenus, at
the University of Wiirzburg. He came to Burton from Birmingham
in 1882,as Chemist to Messrs. Worthington and Co., under Dr.
Horace Brown, jointly with whom he published papers on “ Starch
transformation,” ‘Germination of the Grasses,” and other kindred
subjects.

He was Honorary Secretary of the Society 1887 to 1891, a most
energetic worker and one to whom the Society owes a great deal as
regards its general welfare.

He read papers on :—-

“ Micro-organisms and their relation to Man.”

“A paper on ancient Chemistry.”

“ Notes on Photomicrography.”

“ Notes on the detection of Micro-organisms in air and water.”
“The chemical action of Light.”

He edited the first and second volumes of our Transactions,

12

He was jOint author with Dr. E. R. Moritz, of the well-known
“Text-book of the Science of Brewing,’ now unfortunately out
of print.

For some years he practised as analytical Chemist in partnership
with Dr, E. R. Moritz,and for some time lectured on Bacteriology
at the Jenner Institute.

He died at Shortlands, Kent, on December 30th, 1901, aged 43.

CILBERT MORLAND DAY.
(1901-1903).

Born at Burton in 1855, he was educated by his father the Rev.
H. Day, Headmaster of the Burton Grammar School, and entered
the firm of Bass and Co. when quite young, remaining with that
firm until his death.

He was an enthusiastic sportsman and lover of Nature, of a
cheerful and large-hearted disposition. He distinguished himself
in athletics, on the football field, and as an oarsman on the river,
and latterly he became a keen and expert angler.

He was honorary Secretary of the Society 1892-3, and on the
Committee 1890 to 1901.

He read papers on :—
“ Natural Curiosities.”
“* Notes on Some Fishes of the District.”
“Trout and Grayling.”

He died at Burton, April 30th, 1904, aged 49.

Aprit, 1911. FRANK E. LOTT.

PRAUSKE

13

Herbert Spencer.

By FRANK E. LOTT, A.R.S.M., FIC.

Reap BEFORE THE Literary Section, January 15rx, 1907.
| ABSTRACT].

As one of the late Philosopher’s Executors, and as the son of his
greatest friend, the late Edward Lott of Derby—some of the personal
recollections and opinions may be here recorded as not having appeared
elsewhere in print.

As typical of Spencer’s letter-writing, the following letters, may
be of interest.

The first to Mr. Hughes (Borough Treasurer of Birmingham)
in 1893, who had been giving a lecture at Derby upon “ Herbert
Spencer,” and subsequently gave the same lecture before this Society.

St. Leonards-on-Sea,
Dear Mr. Hughes, January 22nd, 1893.

“You doubtless well know that among various uncivilized peoples it is
the custom of the chief to have an orator, whose function it is on all occasions
to set forth his merits and utter praises of him. It seems to me that in these
latter days there spontaneously arise in some cases, orators to do honour
to authors ; and you are obviously a very efficient one.

Judging from the type-written contents of your lecture, you have been
blowing the trumpet very loudly and very effectually.”

14 HERBERT SPENCER

The second is a lithograph letter of thanks sent out at the time
of his 80th birthday.
Brighton,

Dear Mr. Lott, April 28th, 1900.

“ Letters and telegrams conveying the congratulations and good wishes
of known and unknown friends, have reached me yesterday and to-day in
such numbers that even were I in good health it would scarcely be practicable
to write separate acknowledgments. I must therefore ask you in common
with others, kindly to accept this general letter, which while expressing my
thanks to those who have manifested their sympathy, also expresses my
great pleasure in receiving so many marks of it from my own countrymen
and from men of other nationalities.

Faithfully yours, HERBERT SPENCER.
P.S.—If the war was inevitable it was simply because the British are bullies.

I do not think you can alter or remove a single word in that
letter without altering the meaning. The postcript was a reply to a
remark in one of my letters about this time, and will give you
a fairly faithful idea of what Spencer thought of the Boer war.
He would however be a bold and thoughtless man who would accuse
Herbert Spencer of being a “ Little Englander.”

Regarding this question of style, although it has frequently been
stated that Spencer’s writings are hard to read. I think it will be
found that it is really the subject matter that is hard and that
his ewact meaning cannot be expressed in simpler or more expressive
language without more or less altering the meaning: and this
view will be found to be fully supported by others well able to
judge. Thus his Secretary, Mr. Troughton, adds a note tomy MS.
“Quite so! Maximum of meaning with a minimum of words was
his aim. In revising MSS. and proofs he sought to realize this aim
by deleting all superfluous words and phrases.”

I have a good example here in a first dictation MS. of a paper
on Vaccination.

It contains about 200 words originally : 72 are struck out and 25
added : and this is far from being an example of his most revised
sheets. But with all this alteration the original idea remains
unaltered, the style alone is changed and that is clearer and simpler.

He revised and re-revised in order to state his exact meaning in
the fewest and shortest words he could select.

HERBERT SPENCER 15

When finally revising ‘‘ First Principles,’ which was dictated,
the cutting out of superfluous words, clauses, sentences, and some-
times paragraphs, had the effect of abridging the work by fifty
pages—about one tenth.

In as much as he gave his whole attention to any subject he
discussed, he never talked for talking’s sake, and what is even still
rarer, he always gave his whole attention to what was said to him,
no matter how far he disagreed.

He was always interesting and never tedious, fond of a joke and
with a fund of anecdotes always well worth listening to.

Even the absurdities of those who sometimes argued with him
with an incomplete knowledge of the subject under discussion, gave
him amusement and his sparkling eyes would often indicate that
amusement before it brought out the happy laugh which was so
infectious, that the indignant cause had to join and laugh with him.

Troughton adds a note ‘‘Sentences clear and concise—you
could hear the commas, semi-colons, colons, &c.”

“Mr. Lott and friends” is an entry to be found in several
American hotel registers in 1882; Mr. Spencer preferring thus to
hide his identity during his American visit.

The speech he made at a banquet given in his honour in New
York, I believe, the only public speech he ever made, and it
was practically an address to the American Nation warning them
against too much slavery to work and too little healthy relaxation and
pleasure.

As he feared that his memory might prove at fault, after
continual insomnia, he had the address printed, and asked my father
who sat next to him to follow his delivery word by word, and if he
faltered to hand up the sheet with his finger marking the last word
delivered. Consequently my father followed that address word by
word, and he told me that Mr. Spencer actually delivered the 2,250
words verbatim not omitting or adding one word.

I think you will all agree that this was a very wonderful
example of memory.

It was in 1858, when 38 years of age, that Spencer determined
with splendid courage to write a complete philosophy which should

16 HERBERT SPENCER

embrace all things within this great thought of Zvolution, and soon
afterwards he issued the prospectus of the Synthetic Philosophy—a
new theory of the Césmos, from its earliest nebular manifestations
to its highest development in man and civilization. Contrary to a
very general misconception, frequently met within newpaper
articles and scientific works, Spencer’s scheme was not an elaboration
of Charles Darwin’s great theory, being published nearly twelve

months before the latter’s epoch-making work ‘“ The Origin of
Species.”

In a letter to Professor Ray Lankester, Darwin says in 1870
“T suspect that hereafter Spencer will be looked at as by far the
greatest living philosopher in England ; perhaps equal to any that
haye lived.”

And in a letter to Spencer in 1872, he says “‘ Everyone with eyes
to see and ears to hear, ought to bow their knee to you, and I for
one do.”

Three times he temporarily abandoned the project through lack
of funds, poor health, and in one instance, a period of insomnia which
lasted for 18 months, and if I wished to rouse your sympathies I
could tell you of his 20 years’ struggle with poverty: and of his
indomitable will overcoming obstacles which would have deterred
almost anyone else; and all for the absolutely unselfish motive of
giving to the world the information which he felt convinced was
wanted for the benefit of humanity at large, irrespective of nationality,
creed or social status. Certainly wealth was not his aim, as in 15
years he had lost £1,200 by his publications. and it was only after
24 years that he could say “ I am now not poorer than when I began.”

But in 1896 after 36 years, he completed this great work “for
which the 19th century will be remembered and honoured in all
time coming.”

In that part of his great work devoted to ‘‘ Justice,’ he gives
the great principle “ That every man is free to do that which he wills,
provided he infringes not the equal freedom of any other man,” and
upon this bases his objection to Socialism and state interference,
proving that both attempt to improve social life by breaking the
fundamental jaw of social life.

To many people his work on Education is the one work he is
known by ; and that alone, published first in 1861 would have made

HERBERT SPENCER 17

his name famous. Although his own countrymen did not at first
grasp the importance of this work, a nei ghbouring nation, quicker to do
so, made it a factor in the education of their race. Every Elementary
Schoolmaster in France has to include the French translation of
Spencer’s “ Education” in his curriculum and this decision was
arrived at by a vote in the Colleges of 25 to one dissentient.

In this country alone over 150,000 copies of this one work have
been sold ; and also an enormous circulation in the United States.

It has been translated into over 30 different languages and
dialects.

A learned Jewish Professor told me that many Jews con-
sidered Volume vii. of Spencer’s Descriptive Sociology on ‘“ The
Hebrews and Pheenicians,”’ one of the most valuable histories of
the Jewish. race.

Perhaps his works appeal comparatively to the Jew, but that
Jew is only relatively so, as throughout the civilized world earnest
students are to be found who look upon the name of Herbert Spencer
with the deepest reverence, and indirectly the world is indebted to
him now and for all time.

All his works are translated into French, most of them into
German, Italian, Russian and Spanish, some into Roumanian,
Greek, Hungarian, Bohemian, Polish, Dutch, Danish, Swedish,
Japanese, Chinese, Hindostani, Sanskrit.

Although I have held his ashes in my hands, and placed them
in the granite chamber at Highgate Cemetery, his personality remains
as strong as ever. The lessons I, as a boy, learned from him and
through him—lessons which his own life taught, as he never
wavered from following them himself—have helped me greatly, and,
as Professor Hudson says :---‘‘ The better one knew him the more
one grew to understand his quiet strength, steadiness of ethical
purpose, and unflinching courage, the purity of his motives, his
rigid adherence to righteousness and truth, and his exquisite sense
of justice in all things.”

To the student all the world over, his works will for many
years keep his name associated with admiration and respect, and
“the name of this great Victorian will go down to posterity linked
with one of the noblest efforts of the human will that modern history
recalls.”

Noted Oaks near Burton.

By J. KE. NOWERS.

Reap Berore THE Society, January 177TH, 1907.

When preparing my paper on British Trees*, the Oak was the
first tree considered. For that purpose I took careful measure-
ments of the principal trees on Needwood Forest, and also noted all
particulars I could find about well-known trees in the district.
Swilear Lawn Oak, situated about 14 miles from the Six Road
Ends, on the road to Uttoxeter, is 25ft.in girth at 5ft. from the
ground (1905).

THE SWILCAR LAWN OAK, NEEDWOOD FOREST.

NOTED OAKS NEAR BURTON 19

Shaw, in the History of Staffordshire, says: “It is of great
antiquity, but still fruitful of acorns.” It is called the Father of the
Forest. The girth, 5ft. from the ground, is 21]ft., extent of the
large arm 45ft.

The measurements of this tree vary in different accounts of it.
In the late Edwin Brown’s time** the girth is given as 33ft. in the
middle of the trunk, 42ft. round the base. This does not agree
with my measurements in 1905, or with one taken in 1899, which
is 22ft. at 6ft. fromthe ground. Garner gives the measurement in
1830 as 21ft. 44in., its height 65ft., containing 1,000 cubic feet of

timber.

Bagot’s Park contains a number of celebrated trees, the largest,
the Beggar’s Oak, is 264ft. in girth, 4ft. from the ground, and
about 60ft. high ; its branches extend about 50ft. in every direction.

THE BECGCAR’S OAK, BACOT’S PARK, NEEDWOOD FOREST.

There seems some doubt as to how the name originated ; some
think it is a corruption of Bagot’s Oak, others that it was the
frequent shelter for beggars and wanderers when crossing the Forest.

20 NOTED OAKS NEAR BURTON

The Squitch Oak was on December 23rd, 1905, 25ft. Yin.
in girth, at four feet from the ground, and 33ft. 3in. at two feet. In

Garner’s time*** it was 61ft. high, having a girth of 21 ft. Yin., at 5ft.
from the ground, and 43ft. round the base, having a butt 33ft. high,
containing 660ft. 9in. of timber, with.a total of 1,012ft. 10in. for
the whole tree.

THE SQUITCH OAK, BACOT’S PARK, NEEDWOOD FOREST.

The Walking-stick Oak is 85ft. high, but only 8ft. 10in
in girth.

The Gun-barrel Oak is over 95ft. high, 11ft. 3in. in girth,
and as straight as its namesake.

The great height of these trees, with their straight branchless
trunks, is no doubt accounted for by the fact of their having been
planted close together, the stronger ones running up to get light
and air.

The King Oak is 23ft. 3in. in girth, and many other trees are
of great size in this beautiful old park.

NOTED OAKS NEAR BURTON 91

Another celebrated tree was the Rocket Oak, on Tatenhill
Common. This was struck by lightning and destroyed by a heavy
gale in the early sixties, but the stump remained for many years
afterwards

Yok La

OS PRS wiw.e rr.

THE CUN-BARREL OAK, BACOT’S PARK, NEEDWOOD FOREST.

Fair Oak, near Rugeley, was 28ft. 6in. in girth, but nothing
now remains of it except the name, which is likely to be
remembered for a long time in connection with that unfortunate
undertaking, Fairoak Colliery Company.

Almost all the oak trees around Burton belong to the sub-
species Quercus pectunculata. The sub-species Quercus sessiflora
is not at all common. I have found it growing in Hopwas Wood,
near Tamworth, where there are a number of good-sized trees, and a
few trees in South Street, between Oakedge and Woolsly Parks on
Cannock Chase.

* Notes on British Trees, read before the Society, January 18th, 1906.
** Natural History of Tutbury, Sir Oswald Mosley and Edwin Brown, 1863.
p. 282.
*** Natural History of Staffordshire. R. Garner, 1844.

bo
bo

The Shrubs and Herbaceous Plants of
New Zealand.

By F. W. ANDREWS.

Reap Berore tHe Natorat History anp GEOLOGICAL SECTION,
January 257TH, 1907.

After a somewhat lengthy account of the acclimatized plants,
some of which, favoured by new environment, are noxious whilst
many are pests, I will proceed to the true natives of the soil, and
endeavour briefly to give a word picture of a New Zealand bush
scene, of the swamp plants, and of the vegetation of the more open
country, together with details of typical forms.

My observation will be generally confined to the neighbour-
hood of Cook Strait and the North Marlborough Sounds. I have
followed generally the nomenclature of Hooker’s Flora of 1864, the
only work available to me at the time of writing. It was prepared
from dried specimens, sent from various sources to Kew.

The nearest approach to the low bush isa well laid out and
tastefully mixed evergreen shrubbery in an English park; but even
that cannot compare favourably with a vista of New Zealand bush.

It is computed that there are 1,400 flowering plants; of these
two-thirds are found nowhere else in the world.

New Zealand bush is essentially evergreen, and very distinct
from the shadeless and interminable Eucalpytus and Mimosa Bush
of Australia, as the latter presented itself to me.

Take a general view of a particular strip of bush in Queen
Charlotte Sound. From high water mark the gently sloping hills
are clad in a dense green mantle of shrubs and trees rising in
perpetual verdure to the summit of the highest peak, 4,000 feet.

THE SHRUBS AND HERBACEOUS PLANTS OF NEW ZEALAND 23

It has been said the New Zealand Bush is sombre. Not so when
the sun, in its east to north morning course, strikes full upon the
scene. Varying shades of green, graceful shapes of foliage and
unique contour of branch and stem prevail. Tree ferns thrust their
crowns of sweeping fronds through the other foliage twenty or
thirty feet high.

If the time be September, the earliest spring blossom is the white
clematis (C. indivisa 21, 22). If later in the season the rata (Metro-
sideros lucida, 5) will reflect its hanging crimson flowers in the
glassy waters of the Sound. Still later the scarlet loranthus (L.
colensoi) adorns the branches of its host (Northofagus, 4) along the
hill sides.

On the ridges of spurs where the soil is poor, two members of
Myrtacez thrive, viz., Manuka rauriki and the ti-tree (Leptospermum).
Both emit the myrtle odour, and individual flowers of the latter, the
size of the English white thorn, are as beautiful. Generally sterile
beneath, the soil, nevertheless, shelters three terrestrial orchids,
Pterostylis banksii (15), Microtis porrifolia—both green—and the
waxy white Thelymetra longifolia, the commonest New Zealand
orchid. Besides these the interminable wiry stems and leaves of
Lycopodium ballardieri (25), and a small fern (Asplenium
flabellifolium, 23) find congenial sanctuary.

Other shrubs of the myrtle genus are the creeping rata (M.
scandens) clinging to old tree stumps, and crowning them with white
blossom ; and a bush with reddish brown scented leaves, and similar
white myrtle flowers known as rama rama (M. bullata, 6).

One of the ratas, starting life as an epiphyte, embraces and
strangles its host, while sending down roots and establishing an
independent forest tree (M. robusta).

If near the sea, the ridge is covered with the hoary foliaged
cassinia (C. leptophylla) one of the banes of the settler, because of
its rapid diffusion by wind carried seed.

In the little cove, bounded by two manuka ridges, is a rippling
brooklet emptying itself into the Sound. Close to the edge of the
tide-swept beach of golden quartz pebbles, the karaka (Corynocarpus
levigata) flourishes. It is the much loved fruit of the Maori and
almost ‘“‘tapu’”’ or sacred. It is one of the mango family, its drupes

24 THE SHRUBS AND HERBACEOUS PLANTS OF NEW ZEALAND

needing an acquired taste even as the mango, Side by side with it
is the ngaio (Mioporum laetum) with punctured leaves having
translucent oil glands and representing the Verbenacez. Still nearer
the beach two small trees demand attention. Both have exceedingly
hard wood of small dimensions, and both are termed ake-ake by the
settlers, signifying “for ever and ever.” One indeed is the ake-
rautangi of the natives (Dodonaea viscosa).

Leaving the foreshore it is often difficult to force one’s way
through a belt of the commonest fern (Pteris aquilinea, 37), and a
second barrier may be met in the shape of the bush lawyer (Rubus
schmidelioides) so called on account of its tenacious hooked leaves.

At last the bed of the brook is gained, and the forward pro-
gress is possible for a chain or two till a waterfall intervenes, richly
hung with ferns and mosses. There is a carpeting of a variety of
Hymenophylla (35, 36), Adiantum (33), Trichomanes (30), and
Lomaria ferns, and probably the fern-ally Botricium (26). The
sides of the cascade are hung with pendant Asplenium flaccidum
(24), and richly coated with moss. Almost fearful of placing the
foot on a delicate filmi-fern (35), or of the odd-looking kidney-fern
(T. reneforme 30) one is too spellbound to retire. The lavish hand
of Nature’s luxuriance fascinates all but the native born.

Even advancement means entanglement in the clutches of one of
the lily tribe, gai-gai (Astelia), and retirement courts disaster by
tripping over the half-hidden rattans of the supple-jack (Rhipo-
gonum scandens), a true sarsaparilla.

Overhead the fuchsia (F. excorticata 9), with its azure pollen,
is being fertilized by the bell-bird as he passes from flower to
flower, with intense blue viscid masses adhering to the base of his
bill. Moreover, the fuchsia is tri-morphic, like the English purple
loose-strife. Its fruit, called by the Maories ‘‘ Konini,’ when per-
fectly ripe, is one of the few palatable berries. Fuchsia kirku, a
decumbrunt species, has very much larger pale red fruits, and is
often found in English greenhouses.

The kindred Epilobiums creep everywhere, and appear to ime,
from their ‘‘ continuity of variation,” to merge gradually from one
species to another.

THE SHRUBS AND HERBACEOUS PLANTS OF NEW ZEALAND 25

In the densest part of this belt of bush, we may meet with a
specimen of New Zealand’s only palm, the Nikau (Areca sapida),
more recently named Rhopalostylis. Its beauty vanishes as it is
robbed of its protecting surroundings, and many a fine plant is
felled for no other purpose than its nourishing incipient flower buds.

On the outskirts of the bush the poisonous but graceful tutu
(Coriaria ruscifolia) shows its drooping pinnate leaves and many
flowered racemes, the petals of which are seductively offered to bird
and beast as they develop into a red, succulent covering of the
baneful berries. It is not unusual for the young shoots to be eaten
by cattle, which have not had the benefit of ancestral tuition, when
they become “‘ tooted ” with the alkaloid “ tutine,” stagger and die.

Another baneful shrub, known as rangiora (Brachyglottis
repanda), bearing scented composite panicles, attracts notice by its
large leaves with a white tomentous under-surface. Much frequented
by bees, its honey is said to be poisonous. The Maories use the
plant medicinally, lending a hope that some day its virtues may
be recognised in ‘‘ materia medica.”

One of the most elegant shrubs of the low bush is a repre-
sentative of the Lime-tree family, the Hinau (Elocarpus dentatus),
each raceme being like a spray of lily-of-the-valley.

A close relative of the latter is termed wine-berry (Aristotelia
racemosa) by Colonial boys, the rich red berry of which is consumed
by them, if the native pigeon has not anticipated the feast. This
shrub, together with the ‘tutu,’ indicates a South American
affinity with New Zealand.

There is one of the pepper family at hand (Macropiper excelsum),
called by the Maories “ kava-kava,” signifying “ bitter-bitter,” and
the shrub scarcely differs in appearance, as far as I could tell, from
the Kava-Kava growing on the Samoan Islands at Tutuela. This
latter is used, after a disgusting ceremonial preparation, in the
production of an intoxicating beverage.

A shrubby species of the Solanacez occurs in the poro-poro (8.
aviculare) growing to ten feet in height. It is only remarkable for
the colour of its flowers, which vary from violet to magenta. The
berries are wholesome but insipid— a miniature egg-fruit in shape.

26 THE SHRUBS AND HERBACEOUS PLANTS OF NEW ZEALAND

Leaving our selected belt of bush, we force our way through
the bracken to a leading spur and start our ascent treading under
foot one of the Iris family, the Libertia (L. ixicoides) with its three
waxy white petals, and scattering the loosely-held blue berries of
Dianella intermedia, one of the Liliacee. A few hundred feet up, we
get into the forest of Northofagus (4), a species of beech, upon which
the scarlet Loranthus (L. micranthus) is a conspicuous semi-parasite.
We see an epiphytic orchid of great beauty with rose-colored pendul-
ous racemes (Dendrobium Cunninghamii) and yet another (Earina
suaveolens, 14) growing on the stumps of decaying trees. It is
sweetly scented and white, with two orange spots. My specimen has
lost its beauty and ethereal odour in drying.

Assisting one’s ascent by holding on to the tough vegetation, a
disgusting odour is revealed by the bruising of the leaves of ‘one of
the Madder family (Coprosma foetidissima) a low, evil-smelling shrub.

Still upwards a remarkable shrub, the lance-wood of the settlers
(Pseudo-panax crassifolium) succeeds. It belongs to the tropical
family of Araliads. The young plant and the mature shrub differ so
markedly in foliage, that for years I had looked upon them as
different species, and confess a sense of botanical humiliation on
discovering my error.

At this altitude we find one of the Erica family, the snowberry
(Gaulteria rupestris 8) with pretty urn shaped flowers which, on
maturing, develop their calyxes into white, pink or red pseudo-fruits
of delicate taste—a staple diet of the ground parrot in the South.
Another of the Ericacez, the Epacries is here, but an unworthy
representative when compared with the Australian genus. We can
also study the imposing fronds of Gleichena cunninghamii (27) and,
if lucky, we may obtain a glimpse of the rare Davallia (28).

At 3,500 feet we suddenly emerge from dense bush and, for a
few chains, are beset with a zone of shrubs called ‘‘ tupare” by the
Maories (Olearia insignis). The blossoms are beautiful large com-
posites, but the smooth rigid branches which impede progress will
never be forgotten by those who essayed to force a passage across the
belt of simple-looking scrub.

Another 500 feet of steep but fairly open bush, with dripping
trees clad in moisture-laden moss, Polypodium ballarieri (31)

THE SHRUBS AND HERBACEOUS PLANTS OF NEW ZEALAND 27

Hymenophyllum (34) and lichen, with patches of Asplenium faleatum
(29) on the ground, brings us out on the small clear plateau of Mt.
Stokes (3,990 feet) where, in the summer month of January, there is
a perfect garden of alpine flowers. Members of the ranunculus family
(R. multiscapus 13) of the Senacios (18), the Celmisias (16) the
Pimelias (7) together with a minute gnaphelium (17) form a carpet of
blossom in many colours.

The Pimelias are claimed by the Daphne family and are very
much like the shrubby veronicas in leaf, but the 2-staminate flowers
are regular.

The Veronicas would take a volume to describe. Hooker had
about forty New Zealand species growing at Kew. In the severe
winter of 1894-5 he lost thirty-five. Theshrubby Veronicas growing
in Burton gardens have their origin in New Zealand. There are
now eighty-four described by Cheeseman, who has recently com-
pleted Kirk’s unfinished Flora. Dr. Lauder Lindsay, in 1861,
writing of the Colony’s Veronicas, refers to the ‘‘continuity of
variation”? in this genus, the species of which are ever being
extended and, very likely, alter under cultivation and environment,
as pointed out by Laing and Blackwell in a recent admirable work.

Annihilating distance, we return to the shore and visit a small
island set in the calm waters of the Sound. Crowded bunches of
Rock Lilies (Artbropodium cirrhatum) greet us. Its delicate green
leaves, white flowers and purple stamens are attractive enough to
secure a place in British catalogues. Two Coprosimas fringe the
island, whilst one of them (C baueriana) is much used in Wellington
for hedges. as it will stand close clipping. A white frame of an
endemic linum (L monogynum, 20). growing to the water’s edge,
completes the island picture.

In order to take a short survey of the typical swamp flora, we
must take our boat to the mouth of the creek, where on the shingly
bank dense low growing bushes of one of the polygonacez (Muhlen-
beckia, 3) offers a soft springy couch for a resting place. On the banks
alse grow the lace-bark or ribbon-wood (Hoheria), so called because of
its lace-like bast tissue. It is one of the Malvacez, and side by side
is one of the Leguminose having large yellow clusters of flowers.
This is the Kowhai, or New Zealand laburnum (Sophora tetraphera,
11), the blossoms of which are much frequented by the native honey-

28 THE SHRUBS AND HERBACEOUS PLANTS OF NEW ZEALAND

eating birds. Its scarlet-flowered relative, known as parrot’s bill,
(Clianthus punicius, 12), is more imposing, and has long been intro-
duced into English gardens. Glossostigma (G. elatioides 2), and
Goodenia (G. repens) in mossy profusion cover the quaking ground.
Three large shrubs alone claim attention as characteristic swamp
species. The palm lily, or cabbage tree (Cordyline australis) gives
a tropical aspect to the landscape, and owes its name to use by early
settlers, as a culinary vegetable, of its flower buds. The “ Phormium
tenax” is doubtless the most important plant in the colony, supply-
ing aS it does in its large fibrous leaves the so-called commercial
New Zealand flax or hemp. Both these plants belong to the
Liliaceze, and have no connection with either the flax or the hemp
plants of the Old World.

The remaining plant is the toi-tol grass (Arundo conspicua)
closely allied to the pampas, but, to my mind, much more graceful
as it bends to the wind.

A glance only at the open downs or “ sheep country,” where the
natural tussock grasses (Poa caespitosa) (and Festuca duriuscula) have
enriched many a squatter, and whence he musters his teeming
flocks in the early spring, ere the piri-piri, a pretty herb of the
Rosaceze (Aczena sanguisorbze, 10) ripens its hooked and spinous
fruit, which clings to the valuable fleece and depreciates it.

Such downs are often carelessly fired, thus destroying the natural
herbage which is not easy to replace, because the introduced grasses
are seldom permanent in these situations. Still more deplorable,
apart from lawful felling and clearing, are the wanton bush fires,
beautifully, yet sadly, deseribed by the Hon. W. P. Reeves :—

“The forest fire streams bright,
Clear, beautiful, and fierce it speeds for man
The Master, set to change and stern to smite,
Bronzed pioneer of nations !—ay, but scan
The ruined wonder wasted in a night,
The ravaged beauty God alone could plan,
And builds not twice! a bitter price to pay
Is this for progress—beauty swept away.”

ue”

Notes on the Cannock Chase Coalfield.
By GEORGE M. COCKIN, F.GS.

Reap Brrore tHe NaturaL History axnp GroLoGicAL Section,
Marca 15rx, 1907

In considering the geological structure of a country we are
influenced in the first place by its physical features. Each geological
age has impressed itself more or less boldly upon the surface, and
left its own characteristic marks. This fact is evident on Cannock
Chase, the rolling hills form a high plateau of unproductive land,
where only heather and bracken flourish, and where groups of birch
and pine picturesquely mark each prominent feature. The rounded
summits of Stile Cop, Castle Ring, &c. reach elevations of nearly
800 feet above sea level. Standing on one of these heights the
barren uplands of the Bunter Beds are remarkable for the contrast
they present to the rich level pastures of the Keuper Marls, stretched
out in the fertile plain across the Trent lying 500 feet below.

THE BUNTER BEDS.

The hills of Cannock Chase are formed of thick deposits of
sand, gravel, sandstone and conglomerate, known as the Bunter Beds,
being the lowest portion of the Triassic group of rocks. Although
from their unfossiliferous nature they appear at first sight un-

interesting, they contain many points of interest which will well

repay careful study. These beds attain a local thickness of 300-400
feet, and represent a deposit of water worn material. In Cheshire

30 NOTES ON THE CANNOCK CHASE COALFIELD

and Lancashire the same deposit attains a thickness of 2,000-3,000
feet. The sand, which varies very much in colour from pure white to
yellow and deep red, is sometimes found quite loose and sometimes
pressed into hard sandstone. The gravel varies in size from ordinary
gravel to pebbles as large as one’s head ; sometimes it is loose and
sometimes it is cemented by carbonate of lime into a compact hard
conglomerate.

The pebbles are all rounded and waterworn; they consist of
quartzite, vein quartz, felspar grit resembling granite, porphyry.
syenite, jasper, trap, greenstone, sandstone, limestone, and chert.
The commonest pebble—forming perhaps 85 per cent. of the whole —
isa hard fine-grained grey quartzite. A heap of broken pebbles by
the roadside affords an interesting study to the student in the
various kinds of rocks which go to make up the pebble beds.

What strikes one most in viewing these layers of sand and
gravel and conglomerates is the enormous waste of older rocks they
represent. They are the result of the detrition of older deposits,
and what we call waste is really the building up of something new,
for in nature there is no actual waste. A chart of the British
sedimentary rocks shows the tremendous relative thickness of the
older groups, so that in the Triassic Age when the degradation and
transfer was going on there was plenty of material formed for all
future requirements. It has been estimated that the Bunter Rocks
of Great Britain represent in volume the wastage of a range of hills
65 miles long, 4 miles wide, and 500 feet high. Where then did all
the material come from? Dr. Bonney, the well-known geologist.
has devoted much time in the endeavour to determine the origin of
these rocks, and concluded that the quartzites, which form so large a
percentage of the pebbles are identical with existing quartzite rocks
in the Northern and Western Highlands; he believes that the
original source was North-West Scotland, and that the waste rocks
had lain as pebbles on the Old Red and Carboniferous Rocks of
Southern Scotland, until in Triassic times huge rivers swept them
away south on to their final resting place in the Midlands and else-
where. Against this theory is the fact that whereas the pebble beds
of the Midlands are formed mostly of very large pebbles, in
Cheshire and Lancashire the beds consist of gravel and sand, and
the action of a river is always to deposit the larger rocks first, and
earry the finer material only to the far end,

NOTES ON THE OANNOOK OHASE COALFIELD 31

The theory advanced by Mr. Jukes Brown and others is that
during the Bunter period all Northern Europe formed one continent,
and that a chain of mountains extended from North Eastern France
to England. Such a mountain range might have supplied the
material of which the Bunter beds are composed, in which case the
course of the rivers would be from the south-east to the north-west.
The fossils found in the Bunter beds are mostly those contained in
the pebbles which are derived from older formations In England
at any rate there are very few contemporaneous fossils, from which
it may be concluded that the period was opposed to the presence of
organic life, or that the conditions were unfavourable to preserving
it. We can imagine the huge lake beds choked with torrents of
sand and gravel, afterwards converted into wind-swept desert plains,
more desolate and exposed than are the moorlands of Cannock Chase
to-day.

THE COAL MEASURES.

Over a large portion of Cannock Chase the Bunter Rocks rest
unconformably upon the Coal Measures This proves a break in the
succession of the strata. A great interval of time probably elapsed
between the end of the Carboniferous Period and the laying down
of the Bunter Rocks ; during that time voleanic forces twisted and
contorted the Coal Measures, evidence of which is found in the
extraordinary quantity of faults met with in working the coal.
Subsequently large portions of the Coal Measures were denuded and
washed away by river or flood, and deep valleys were formed.

The Permian Rocks which usually occur between the Carbonifer-
ous and the Triassic, may or may not have been deposited on Cannock
Chase ; if they were, it was only to be removed also by denudation
previous to the laying down of the Bunter Beds.

It is indeed very doubtful whether there is now any rock on
Cannock Chase corresponding to the Permian.

This fact of the uncomformity existing between the Bunter Beds
and the Coal Measures is of very great interest and of great commer-
cial importance. If the Triassic, the Permian and the Carboniferous
Measures were conformable, it would always be safe to rely upon
these groups being found in succeeding order, and the hazards

32 NOTES ON THE OANNOOK CHASE COALFIELD

connected with a search for coal would be confined to questions as
regards workable depth, &e.

The Triassic Rocks may rest on Permian, on True Coal Measures,
or on the barren rocks of Lower Coal Measures, or on older
rock, A very interesting example of this was proved at the Fair
Oak Colliery where—about 35 years ago—a very large amount of
money was wasted owing to the unconformity of the Coal Measures.

The No. 1 pits at Fair Oak were sunk through the Bunter Beds
to the Coal Measures, and the owners expected to find the same seams
as were being worked at adjoining Collieries. After passing through
300 feet of Bunter Conglomerates the shaft entered the Coal Measures,
another 450 feet failed to prove any seam of coal over 3 inches thick,
and the proof was continued by means of a borehole to a depth of
1,000 feet without success, and the undertaking was abandoned.

Afterwards pits were sunk 800 yards distant and the seams of
coal were found of normal thickness, and in the usual sequence.

This and other evidence go to prove the existence of a ‘ Wash
Out” or denudation of the Coal Measures over an area the extent
of which is not yet exactly ascertained. The probable explanation
being that at this spot the Coal Measures were elevated above the
surrounding district, and were thus particularly subject to the
denuding influences which took place before the Bunter Beds were
laid down, and consequently the Coal Measures were here removed to
below the lowest workable seam.

FOSSILS OF THE COAL MEASURES.

There are two kinds of collectors of fossils—those who collect
with a view to forming as large and as perfect a collection as possible
without regard to the particular stratum in which the fossils were
found, and those who collect in order to identify certain fossils with
certain beds of strata which may be perhaps traced over large areas.
It is in this latter way that horizons or zones may be established.
In this light the fossils of a district carefully collected and marked
become of great geological interest, and it is singular how very little

NOTES ON THE CANNOCK OHASE OCOALFIELD. 33

attention has been given to this subject by mining men in this
District. The correlation of the various coalfields, and the identification
of the different seams in each particular coalfield is a matter of the
greatest scientific and commercial importance. The way in which the
coal seams were originally formed, whether the vegetable crigin
formed in situ or by drifting accumulations, is still in dispute, but it
is noticeable in Staffordshire that several of the best seams of the
South are divided in the North by layers of shale and other substances
intervening. ‘hus the great 30 feet coal of the Black Country splits
up further north and becomes no less than ten seams under Cannock
Chase occupying 300 feet of strata. The bottom coal of South
Staffordshire 12 feet thick becomes the deep and shallow seams
under Cannoek Chase occupying 40 to 60 feet of strata. Another
interesting division takes place at the North of Cannock Chase,
where the deep seam itself becomes divided by a wedge of shale
and rock which rapidly widens into 50 feet of strata.

These instances show the difficulties in attempting to correlate
different coalfields, or even the seams in one coalfield, merely by com-
parisons of the respected seams, or by comparing the various thick-
nesses of strata.

It is certain that in whatever way the coal seams were formed
—whether the vegetable masses grew and decayed in situ, or
whether they were conveyed by drift—immense periods of time
must have elapsed during the process, and the organic remains alone
record this. ‘The dying out and extinction of old species, and the
appearance of new species, can be traced by means of the fossils found.

Hence it is to the Palzontological evidence that we must look
for the accurate zoning of the Coal Measures, and such proof may
be looked for in

1 Fossil Plants

2 » Shells (freshwater)
3 » Fish

4 Marine Beds

It is unfortunate that but little interest has been taken in this
subject in the Cannock Chase district, indeed we are almost entirely

34 NOTES ON THE CANNOOK CHASE COALFIELD

indebted for what we know to those untiring workers in North
Staffordshire, John Ward, J. T. Stobbs, and Dr. Wheelton Hind.

Tn the Upper Coal Measures the best known zonal forms are—

Anthrocomya Phillipsi
Carbonicula Vinti
Spirorbis carbonarius

The last-named occurs in limestone bands; one well defined
band, 18in. thick, has been traced over a very large area in North
Staffordshire, and seems to occupy the position of a persistent line
of sep:ration between the Upper and the True Coal Measures.
Similar bands have been traced in Warwickshire, Shropshire, and
Lancashire, and quite recently one was found in a borehole at
Claveley, in Shropshire, where, at a depth of 420 yards, the Spirorbis
Limestone was passed through.

Thinner bands of Spirorbis Limestone exist lower down in the
formation, and I have found one band 5in. thick in the True Coal
Measures on Cannock Chase.

Unfortunately the Cannock Chase Coal Measures are not very
fossiliferous ; the most abundant form is Carbonicula acuta, which is
extraordinarily abundant throughout the series, and is too common
to be of any use for zonal purposes. Another species —Carbonicula
robusta —is found towards the bottom of the Measures, and is
a useful indicator of horizon.

Marine bands are thin beds, containing either in the shale or in
bullions very characteristic fossils easy to distinguish, such as

Pecten papyraceous
Chonetes laguessiana
Lingula mytiloides
Nucula gibbosa, &c.

One such marine band is known to exist in the Cannock Chase
Coalfield, but its exact horizon has not yet been ascertained.

NOTES ON THE OANNOOK CHASE OOALFIELD 35

The work of hunting for and obtaining good specimens of
fossils from the pits is often slow and laborious work, requiring
much patience and perseverance. Some of the specimens, as will be
seen by those exhibited, are so minute that in the imperfect light ob-
tainable in a mine it is most difficult to detect them. At old
collieries where only two or three of the thickest seams are perhaps
being worked the range of observation is extremely limited,
and it is often the case that only the roofs and floors of these
seams are open to inspection. It is.a new colliery where a shaft
is being sunk or where boring is in progress that the best
opportunity occurs for systematic and thorough investigation, and no
such chance should be lost.

It is to be hoped that in the future more attention will be given
to this branch of research which, while it adds to scientific
knowledge, has also a great value in determining facts upon which
one of four staple industries depends.

36

Sen Mut—An Egyptian Crichton.

By WILLIAM HOWARTH.

Reap Berore THE Society, JANUARY 23RD, 1908.

James Crichton, born in 1561, of fairly wealthy parents, who
stimulated his natural intelligence by the best education the times
could give, soon became a prodigy of learning. At an early age he
was master of twelve languages, in any one of which he could with
equal facility compose an ode, write a drama, give a learned dis-
quisition, carry on an argument, or harangue a mob. Savant,
author, actor, athlete, swordsman, rider, musician, &c., doing all
things equally well, he has been called “The Admirable,” and his
name has become the synonym for brilliant versatility ; but of his
work there only survives some Latin verses, which have been
described as very poor fustian.

In Sen Mut we find an early example more richly deserving the
prefix ‘“‘Admirable.” His parents were poor serfs, yet without
influence, early education, or wealthy friends, he forged his way from
the lowest rung of the ladder to the highest position behind the
throne, directing the policy of the Pharoahs during portions of the
16th and 15th centuries B.o.

SEN MUT—AN EGYPTIAN CRICHTON 37

After tracing Sen Mut’s early life as a boy, a labourer, and his
escape from drudgery, hardship, and cruelties to the position of a
foreman, we follow him through a seriesof brilliant successes, becoming
the glorious friend of his Sovereign, and filling offices usually reserved
for members of the royal family. Finally the honours of the collars of
gold and hereditary princely rank were bestowed, and his grateful
queen erected a monument to him in his life time.

I shall make no attempt to panegyrize the man or his work,
but place a bare record of what he accomplished and the influence
he exerted upon the Pharoahs he served. In the history of all
great nations we not only meet with the names of marvellously
eminent men, but with those of almost equally eminent women ;
and, so far as the story has been unravelled, no one presents a more
striking figure than Queen Hatshepsut. From 1525 to 1481 n.c.
this magnificent woman-Pharoah swayed the destiny of her empire.

She was the great grand-daughter of Aahmas, who shook off
the yoke of the Hyksos, drove out the alien Shepherd Kings, welded
Upper and Lower Egypt into one empire, and was the founder of
the 18th dynasty, the duration of which covers the most fascinating
historic period of Egypt. Her father, Thothmes the ist, had
extended his territories to the south and east, and, after a life spent
in conquest, desiring ease from some of the cares of the State, he for
the last seven years of his life associated his daughter with him in
the government —and presented her in the great temple at Karnak
to the gods as his successor —being the only surviving child of his
first wife, and heir to the throne. Women always stood on a level
with men in Ancient Egypt, and as far back as the 2nd dynasty had
been permitted to rule as Queens.

Hatshepsut was married to her half-brother (afterwards
Thothmes 2nd), and associated with him in the government (his part
being almost that of a cypher). Such marriages and arrangements
were by no means uncommon.

Queen Hatshepsut was a woman with strong common sense,
clear judgment, directness of purpose, quickness of action, a great,
love of commerce, a passion for building, a broad grasp of State
questions, and a generally enlarged view (for those times) of the

io)

3 SEN MUT—AN EGYPTIAN CRICHTON

duties of a ruler; was a firm believer in the deified destiny of her
country, quick to perceive, and equally ready to avail herself of men
of ability. Guided by their counsels she constucted enormous works
of utility. erected temples, enlarged and embellished others, built
great quays along the Nile, constructed works of irrigation, canalized
a stream connecting the Nile with the Red Sea, made peace
treaties with many nations, formed an enormous fleet trading along
the East African and Asiatic Coasts and the Mediterranean Sea,
bringing back cargoes of gold, silver, precious stones, works of Art,
ivory, ebony, incense, peacocks, apes, leopards, tigers, skins, dyes,
and tin—possibly the latter not only came from Spain, but her
ships may have sailed as far as our own Tin Islands.

In her portraits Hatshepsut is often depicted as a boy, some-
times as a man, and nearly always dressed as a king, her decrees
in every known instance being issued as a king’s, and rarely is any
reference made to her as a woman, and after the death of her
husband she entirely abandoned the feminine dress. In later life
her face is shown worn, strong, pathetic, regal, dignified, and
masculine, indicating untiring energy, an inlomitable spirit, full of
action and vigorous life, and like our good Queen Bess—the
possessor of a temper. She died at the age of 60 years, and was
succeeded by her half-brother Thothmes 3rd, who had married
Hatshepsut’s eldest surviving daughter.

Hatshepsut had ruled her father, her husband, and her daughter
with a rod of iron.

When her successor came to the throne he was a man thirty
years of age; he had long smarted under the restraint, and in revenge
he destroyed many of her portraits, and chiselled out her name,
appropriated her works of fame, and has earned the title of King of
the Plagiarists.

Of the many brilliant and able men who served Hatshepsut,
Sen Mut stood head and shoulders above the rest, and exerted the
greatest influence; his counsel was not only sought but followed.
A man of transcendant ability, not only directing the jhome and
foreign policy, but an artist, who carried to the highest point of
excellence ever reached, buildings, sculptures, and ornamentation

SEN MUT—AN EGYPTIAN ORICHTON 39

in Egypt. Now, after a lapse of 34 centuries, these are yet the
most beautiful of this old empire.

Only a cursory mention of most of his work can be made. At
Karnack he built two additional chapels, extended the courts, made
doors of copper and bronze inlaid with figures in electrum, made a
great throne of the latter metal inlaid with precious stones, and a
great gate of copper in one single sheet called the Terror of Amen,
and many other works. But the chief labour accomplished here
was the erection of two obelisks, the largest that had ever been
produced --each of these was 102ft. high and of one single stone of
red granite without panel or rivet. ‘They were quarried at Aswan.
After being roughly shaped they were embarked and carried down
the Nile to Thebes, disembarked, drawn to Karnack, carved,
engraved, polished, tipped, and inlaid with electrum, and erected all
within the space of seven months.

There exists no firm in these days possessing all the mechanical
aids which modern engineering skill has devised which would under-
take to do the work in the same time.

Queen Hatshepsut’s dedication of these obelisks is the most
reverent and least boastful, and forms a striking contrast to those
emanating from the long line of Egyptian Koyalties.

“T have done this from a heart full of love for my Divine Father Amen.

“T have entered upon the way in which He conducted me from the
beginning.

5)

“JT was sitting in my palace thinking of my Creator, when my heart
urged me to make for Him two great obelisks of electrum,” &c.

Her jealous successor cased the pedestal all round with
additional stonework, and in high flown bombastical language
claimed the obelisks as his own work, and secured the false fame
for 33 centuries.

40 SEN MUT-—-AN EGYPTIAN CRIOHTON

DEIR EL BAHARI.

This exquisite funerary temple was designed and built by Sen
Mut at the joint desire of Thothmes 2nd and Hatshepsut, and it is held
to be the most beautiful building in Egypt.

High up on the Libyan hills, closed in on two sides by vertical
rocks, the ground sloping from west to east was levelled into three
great terraces; the approach was through long curving lines of
Sphinxes terminated by two obelisks. Upwards through the centre
of the terraces climbed a wide stairway, the front of each terrace
was fringed with a magnificent colonnade of white limestone; on the
highest terrace the entrance was through a triumphal gateway of
rose granite.

In the cliffs are niches and a sanctuary ; cut deep in the rock in
the centre is a splendid temple, its square window frames and door-
ways, its pillars sixteen-sided and without capitals, and above which
are painted Ureas, are claimed as the precursors of what afterwards
developed into the Italian style. North and south are many courts,
churches, and chapels; in one of the latter is a white marble altar,
the only one left standing in the whole land.

The principal central building was called the temple of “ Myriads
of years,” the outer doors were of black copper inlaid with eleetrum,
the inner of red cedar wrought with bronze, leading into the “ House
of Amen,” containing a great shrine of Nubian ebony, the steps of
which were of pure white alabaster inlaid with gold and silver.
The sculptures and inscriptions on the walls record the leading
events of Hatshepsut’s reign, and though inferior to Greek Art the
work is of a very high order; the details of the smallest objects are
so exquisitely done that when the surface outline has been destroyed,
sufficient of the incuse remains to insure the identification of a face
or a hieroglyphic. ‘The simple inscriptions form the most splendid
ornamentation, in which vivid colours are blended harmoniously.

Soil and water ahd been carried to the highest level, and each
terrace formed a splendid garden; dwarf trees, sweet smelling
shrubs, and gorgeous flowers were laid out in orderly beds, between
which ran rills of water, which fell on tiny glittering cascades to the
lower terraces. I think the Babylonians must have found here
the idea for their hanging gardens.

SEN MUT—-AN EGYPTIAN CRICHTON 41

A graphic description of the Nile Valley. as seen from the
upper terrace, was next given. Hemmed in by the mountains east
and west the great heban plain is heart-shaped, and the Nile
courses through the centre. The fertile valley was teeming with an
enormous wealth of agricultural produce, and through the groves
of palms, sycamores, tamarisks and orange trees could be seen the
towers, obelisks and temples of Luxor, Thebes, Karnak, Asher,
Gournul, the tombs of her kings, Medinet Habou, with an avenue of
sphinxes two miles long.

The river, crowded with fleets of war and merchant vessels,
the pleasure barges with gorgeous silk sails, queer river craft
and funeral boats, and the gorgeous barges of the many gods; whilst
just below the temple was the great parade-ground, more than five
times greater than the Champs Elysées, wiere, to the blare of trumpet,
and throb of drum, and shrill notes of the fifes, horsemen,
charioteers, and infantry practised their drill; or gigantic fetes
were held, and all the fun of the fair--from thimble-rigging to
games like Aunt Sally were plaved—and sports of wrestling, single-
stick, tournaments, races, &c., were in full go.

MUT URT IN ASHER.

The largest building Sen Mut designed was at Asher, about
two miles from Karnak. This temple was erected to the honour
and memory of the Queen’s mother, and dedicated to Mut Urt,
v.e., the Great Mother of the gods. Unlike the unique temple pre-
viously noticed this followed the conventional plan. An avenue of
sphinxes led up to the first pylon, or gateway—-this was 93ft. high
and 35ft. wide. After this came a double row of Secket statues,
i.e., the lion-headed sun god, then a second pylon, over which was
carved an enormous vulture, with outspread wing, and carrying the
ank, or sign of life, in its talons. The vulture was the symbol of
mist. This second pylon opened into a colonnaded court, from
which great copper doors afforded entrance to the hypostyle assembly
Hall; beyond the latter was the inner temple, the crypt of which
served as the Treasury. At the end of the temple stood a great
shrine of gold and ebony, with smaller shrines of alabaster and
marble on each side. Right and left were many chapels and
chambers, forming library, laboratory, store-rooms for vestments,
bureges, canopies, chambers for the scribes, priests, &c,

42 SEN MUT—AN EGYPTIAN CRICHTON

Cloisters and courts enclosed three sides of the temple, and
beyond the precincts wall a horse-shoe shaped lake environed the
cloistered sides. From pylon to sanctuary the temple measured
355ft. and was 160ft. wide.

Here for more than 2,000 years the native and alien Pharoahs
and their people worshipped ; and Egyptian, Ethiopian, Babylonian,
Persian, Assyrian, Greek and Romans restored, embellished, added
to or endowed, with rich gifts, the treasury.

Earthquakes in the Ist century pB.c. and the Ist and 2nd
centuries A.D. completely ruined the building; the sand and dust
covered it over, and it lay shrouded for nearly 1,700 years. Many
explorers made fitful attempts to remove the shroud, but the task
was a great one, and it was left to two ladies, the Misses Benson and
Gourlay, in 1895-6 and 7 to complete the work. They made out a
perfect plan of the original building, and discovered a large number
of statuesof gods, Pharoahs, historical personages, and rich nobodies.
There were also some richly-carved blocks of the time of King
Pianki, with representations of some of the vessels of his fleet. By
the side of each ship was given its name, the name of its commander,
the length, breadth, and the cargo. A shrine, built by Ptolemy
Philadelphus, was found near the steps leading down tothe lake. At
the north-east corner of the Court, amongst many others, was found a
statue of Sen Mut. This is of hard red sandstone, beautifully
polished, and in an excellent state of preservation. He is repre-
sented kneeling, and holding a Hathor-headed altar in front of him.
The face is, without a doubt, a portrait, and, in spite of its uncomely
appearance, there is that about it indicative of the man’s genius and
untiring energy. The front and back of the figure, and the base on
which it rests, are covered with hieroglyphics.

It will perhaps be as well to explain that an Egyptian believed
his entity consisted of six parts: the Ret or body, Ba or soul, Karbit
or shade, Khu mind or spirit, Salm the spiritual body and the Nen or
name. It was essential the latter should be kept in evidence, 1.¢.,
made to live, or the dead person would become an unidentified waif,
liable to all sorts of indignities, privations, tortures, and even a
second death. The name, Sen Mut, is recorded thirty-five times on
this statue, and is always followed by Maa Kevon, ¢ ¢., triumphant,

SEN MUT—-AN EGYPTIAN CRICHTON 43

or true voiced, signifying he has been tried in the Osorian Judgment
Hall, and acquitted of deadly sin.

The inscriptions consist of the stock prayers to the gods for
bread, beer, flesh, fowls, &ec. There is also an unusual request that
people visiting the temple will offer up prayers on his behalf.

What a record these hieroglyphic inscriptions gave of Sen
Mut—labourer, mason, designer, leader of all the handicrafts,
sculptor, architect, steward of the fields, gardens, estates, cattle,
slaves, husbandmen, granaries, and temple of Amen ; priest, scribe,
historian, director, dean, and high priest of Menthu, Truth, and
Neith ; regulator of the royal palace, lord privy seal, magistrate,
judge, who leaned not with favour to either side, astronomer royal,
the sovereigns’ reporter and interpreter, who accompanied the King
in all his journeys; Governor of the north and south countries, the
greatest lord in all the Jand, to whom all listened and gave heed,
Chancellor of tle Exchequer and glorious friend of the King. But,
as though these were not enough, we learn from another statue he
was chief tutor to Hatshepsut’s eldest daughter Ra Neferu. This
beautiful girl died just as she was approaching womanhood, and one
wonders what this old man taught her of all the wisdom of the
Egyptians, and what of her country, which then possessed a recorded
history stretching over a period four times as great as that which
divides us from the Norman Conquest.

Great men sometimes reach eminence in a profession and a
hobby, a Statesman may be alsoa writer. Italy had a genius great
as an architect, sculptor, painter, and a poet.

In Sen Mut we have many geniuses combined: a St. Jerome,
a Michael Angelo, a Leonardi da Vinci, a Burleigh, a Herschel,
a Baring, a Gladstone, a Beaconsfield, and a Cecil Rhodes. Sen Mut
died at the age of 81, and was laid to rest in the tomb cut deep into
the rocks at Aswan, as was customary. This chamber had been
prepared long before, and the funeral stele is evidence that he could
be great to the last, for, instead of the long roll of honours, there is
a single inscription showing he was not ashamed of his lowly origin,
and tlie sculptures picture him standing between his father and
mother “whose names were not found in the writings.”

44 SEN MUT—-AN EGYPTIAN CRICHTON

I make no attempt to eulogise the man, but, looking across the
long vista of time and considering Sen Mut and his work, I feel no
hesitation in asking, Does he not richly deserve the title of ‘‘ The

Admirable ?”

The paper was illustrated with thirty-six slides and a number of

Seal of Sen Mut.

Egyptian antiquities, among the
latter being a seal or rubber which
had belonged to Sen Mut, and is
almost the only relic belonging to
Sen Mut in England.

Sketch of side and under face of a seal or
rubber in the collection of the Rey. William
Macgregor, Tamworth. The figure of the
god is shown on one side, and the hiero-
glyphies read ‘* nes peren Amen, Sen Mut,”
i.e., Steward of the Temple of Amen, Sen
Mut.

45

The Influence of the East on European History
in bye-gone times.

By R. T. ROBINSON, M.A., B.So.

ReaD BEFORE THE Sociery Fepruary 207Tx, 1908.

The events of the recent Kusso-Japanese war have made us
reconsider our estimate of the inhabitants of Asia. In the forgotten
past Asia has profoundly affected Europe. Very few of us realise
that all our moral teaching, in fact all the higher religious teaching
of the world comes from Asia. ‘The old pagan religion of the Greeks
and Romans is stone dead, and so is that of the old Scandinavian and
German peoples. The cnly religion which Europe has given birth to
and which still lives is the worship of wealth. Our own easy conquest
of India and the silent absorption of North and a great part of Central
Asia by Russia have given us a feeling almost of contempt for the
Asiatic, at least for his military qualities. This feeling is quite
unjustified ; even in India soldiers of the very best type are recruited
from the North Western tribes, from the Ghurkas (of Tartar or
Mongol type) and from the Sikhs. The superiority of Europe over
Asia has been due to the great advances made in practical science by
Europeans especially in those sciences which relate to war and
commerce, and also to bad government—no form of government
other than the government of a despot being known in Asia. We forget
that in former times the Saracen conquests included Spain, which
was for centuries under Arab or Moorish rule, that a considerable
part of modern Russia was ruled for years by the vassels of a Tartar
or Mongol Khan, that the Magyars of Hungary and the Bulgarians
were originally Asiatic people and that a dwindling portion of South
Eastern Europe is still in the possession of a people who came from
somewhere near the region of the Altai mountains.

46 THE INFLUENCE OF THE EAST ON EUROPEAN HISTORY

The Greeks under Alexander were the first European people to
found kingdoms in Asia. Their conquests extended as far East as
the Indus, were bounded on the North by the line of the Oxus
and included Asia Minor, Persia, Bactria, Syria, and Egypt. From
these conquests kingdoms were carved by Alexander’s generals after
his death and Greek became a common medium of communication
in the nearer East. Under the dynasty of the Ptolemies in Egypt
learning was cultivated and the famous museum of Alexandria was
founded. The conquests of Alexander by bringing to light new
countries, new peoples, new animals and plants, and new religions,
opened the eyes of the Greeks and stimulated their intelligence.
Alexander himself sent to the famous Aristotle, his old tutor,
specimens of plants and animals which were not to be found in
Europe. At the museum of Alexandria the foundations were laid of
several branches of Natural Science, for example, comparative anatomy,
botany, hydrostatics, astronomy and amongst the great names
associated with the museum are the names of the immortals Euclid,
Archimedes and Ptolemy, the last named being the founder of the
Ptolemaic system of Astronomy : on thissystem the motions of all the
heavenly bodies are worked out on the assumption that the earth is
fixed in space and to carry out this work a very high degree of
geometrical skill was required. The popular name associated with
the museum is that of Hypatia who lectured on Geometrical conics
and whose death was brought about by the fanaticism of the morks of
Lower Egypt. Owing to this hostility the influence of the museum
gradually declined and the capture of Alexandria by the Saracens
destroyed it for ever. Before the death of Hypatia the political
influence of the Greeks had declined, and during her days Egypt was
a Roman province and Rome itself had long since passed the zenith
of its greatness. The Roman Empire, several years before, was
found to be too vast to be governed by one individual, and had been
divided into two parts, the Roman Empire of the West and the Roman
Empire of the East with its capital Byzantium or Constantinople.
With the Empire in this condition, Europe towards the end of the
fourth century received a shock, the like of which it had never before
experienced and became acquainted with a people till then practically
unknown to her—a people of the Tartar or Mongol type.

Look at the region about the fiftieth parallel of latitude: here
you have a stretch of land almost level, with the exception of the
Mongolian plateau, which extends over four thousand miles. It is

THE INFLUENCE OF THE EAST ON EUROPEAN HISTORY 47

for the most part what is called steppe land, a land of grassy plains
intersected by rivers, a land especially suited for pasture. It is not
all of the same quality and in some of the districts of Asia the grass
is very thin, and the encampments of the inhabitants must be
repeatedly changed. The district from the Black Sea to Mongolia
is inhabited for the most part by nomads 7.e. wandering tribes:
there are very few large towns and the inhabitants have a hereditary
dislike to permanent settlements. The habits and sports of nomads
in peace are in many respects the habits of a people engaged in war—
constant breaking up and change of encampment, directing their
march to distant places over a roadless steppe, foraging, the orderly
arrangement of the animals in camp at night. Their vision is
excellent, they see very long distances and find their way to remote
places with ease. From their earliest youth they are accustomed to
riding, and they may be said to live on horseback. They are
accustomed to live a very simple life and can sustain themselves for
days independent of the tribe. In early times when the sword, bow
and arrows were the chief weapons of offence, they constituted a body
of men ready at once for war and in these times they were repeatedly
at war with each other, but their battles never seem to have been of
a decisive kind and the reason is not far to seek. When a whole
nation lives on horseback and has no towns, they suffer no great loss
in a defeat: they have the means of retreat and a conflict witha
more powerful tribe simply means that the weaker tribes has
perpetually to retreat and find a safer encampment. When these
tribes have been united under one ruler they have formed a powerful
army, an army consisting entirely of cavalry and therefore of great
mobility—an army of mounted horsemen on a vast scale.

There have been several occasions in the world’s history when
these tribes have been under the control of one man, the great Khan,
who has been filled with the ambition to be the Lord of the world,
and the consequences both in Europe and Asia have been terrible.
The operations of these vast and rapidly moving armies have been
compared to the most destructive of natural operations 7.¢., the
eruption of a volcano, a great earthquake shock, a great inundation
or a destructive whirlwind. The extraordinary thing about these
people is that they have left hardly any written history of their deeds
behind them. If you wish to find their history you must seek it in
the history of the peoples with whom they have come in conflict, and
the histories of these people bear witness to their own disasters.

48 THE INFLUENCE OF THE EAST ON EUROPEAN HISTORY

Have we not an expression in our own language very eloquent
respecting this fact, I refer to the expression “to catch a Tartar.”
In the course of their military operations the following nations bear
reluctant witness to their disastrous encounters, the Chinese (who
built their great wall to keep the nomads out), Persians, Indians,
Armenians, Syrians, Greeks, Russians, Poles, Hungarians, in fact all
the peoples of middle and eastern Europe.

From the 4th to the 15th century Europe has been subject to
these irruptions of the Tartars. After the revival of learning in the
15th century Europe has taken the first place in civilisation and
power ; these irruptions have ceased altogether, and in its turn Asia
in the North and South has been subject to the conquest of European
powers.

Let us now see how these Tartar or Mongol peoples affected
European History. In 376, when the Roman Empire of the West
was tottering to its fall, there was an invasion of a tribe of Tartars,
called Huns. The reason for their appearance at this time is some-
times given as being due to a revolution in China, or in the North of
China, where a tribe hostile to the Huns became very powerful, and
drove them from their territory. ‘lhe appearance of the Huns in
Europe caused general consternation ; with their strange type of
face, short and bent legs, and shrill voices they were supposed to be

inhabitants from the nether world, and the offspring of witches and
demons.

In the South of Russia they first came into contact with the
Ostrogoths and Visigoths, who had for a long time been a thorn in
the side of the Eastern Empire. The Goths were displaced from
their territories and fled. It was some time before the Visigoths
settled down, and in the course of their wanderings they ravaged
Greece and Italy, sacked Rome, and finally founded the Visigothic
kingdom of Spain.

To what extent the great migrations of the Teutonic peoples
other than the Goths was influenced by the invasion of the Huns I
cannot tell. The migratory movement had been in existence for a
long time before, but I cannot help feeling that it was greatly
stimulated by it. To me it has always been a puzzle to explain how
it was that whole nations, or a vast proportion of these nations, left

THE INFLUENCE OF THE EAST ON EUROPEAN HISTORY 49

their former settlements; for example the Burgundian nation settled
in Burgundy, the Franks in Gaul, and the Angles and Saxons in
Britain. ‘The weakness of the outlying portions of the Roman Empire
does not appear to me to be a stimulus strong enough to set such vast
masses in motion.

Under Attila (406-453) called “The Fear of the World,” and
“The Scourge of God,” the Huns became the terror of the world.
They overran the Eastern Empire, and subdued Central Europe.
Their chief settlements were in Hungary, and Attila ruled over that
belt of the world which stretches from the Rhine to the confines of
China. He invaded Gaul with 700,000 men, and after ravaging it as
far as Orleans his progress was checked at Chalons by the united
forces of Actius, the Roman general, and Theodoric, King of the
Visigoths. Heinvaded Italy the following year, and boasted that his
horse would eat oats on the High Altar of St. Peter’s, but an embassy,
headed by the Pope in person, diverted him from his object ; the
reason for this diversion is obscure, and is sometimes explained by
the presence of St. Peter and St. Paul in the embassy. However
this may be, Northern Italy was ravaged, and several of the inhabi-
tants took refuge in the islands and marshes of the Adriatic, near
the mouth of the Po, and to this cause is due the foundation of
Venice. Shortly afterwards Attila died ; dissensions arose amongst
his followers, and the majority of them went back again into Asia.
For a time Europe was free from their invasions

After the death of Mahomet, in 632, his successors were inflamed
with a desire to spread his doctrines and convert the world. Egypt
was subdued, and the whole of Northern Africa. In no province of
the Roman Empire did Christianity appear to be more firmly estab-
lished than in Northern Africa; it had produced some of the most
famous Bishops and Fathers of the Early Church, but after the
conquest and up to the present time hardly any trace of it remained.
From Africa they crossed over into Spain, overthrew the Visigothic
monarchs, crossed the Pyrennees, and advanced into F rance as far as
Tours, where they suffered defeat at the hands of the Franks, and
retreated into Spain. In the East the Saracen conquests included
Syria, a great part of Asia Minor and Persia. Being now close
neighbours of the Greeks, the Saracens, on settling down in their
new habitations, were eager students of the Greek learning ; they
prided themselves on their coliections of manuscripts, and Aristotle

50 THE INFLUENCE OF THE EAST ON EUROPEAN HISTORY

and Ptolemy were held in great veneration. During the Caliphate
of Al Mamun they even calculated the length of a degree of longitude,
and so were able to determine the Earth’s diameter. The Saracen
Dominion extended from Spain, through Northern Africa, almost to
India, and there was frequent communication between Spain and
the eastern part and, consequently, the fruits of Greek and Hindu
learning were brought into Europe. During the Dark and Middle
Ages the Moorish Kingdom of Spain was the bright intellectural
Spot of Europe. ‘The period from 800 to 1000 a.p. is known
as “The Dark Ages.’ Europe was then troubled with three
pests—the Vikings in the North, Saracens in the South, and
from the East came an Asiatic people, the Magyars, the ancestors
of the present people of Hungary The Magyars settled in Hungary,
and from this point ravaged Germany and Italy. The people of the
North had then an extra intercession in the Litany, ‘‘ From the rage
of the Vikings, Good Lord deliver us,’ and the people of Italy had
a similar intercession beginning with, ‘ From the arrows of the
Hungarians, &c.”

About this time the Seljukian Turks, who are a Tartar people,
migrated from somewhere near Mongolia into Persia, and ultimately
founded a dynasty there. They overthrew the Saracen power in the
East, and became masters of Syria, including the Holy places of
Palestine. Under the Saracens the pilgrims to Jerusalem had been
weil treated, and were a source of income. This was now changed.
The clergy and pilgrims were plundered and very roughly handled
by the Turks, and a pilgrimage was both uncertain and «langerous.
It was at this time that Peter the Hermit made his pilgrimage, and
the sight of the indignities which the Christians had to undergo at
the very shrine of Christianity so filled him with rage and resent-
ment that he forthwith started to preach a Crusade, and by the eloquent
pictures he drew of the distress of the Christians, and the indignities
to which they were subjected, he aroused the enthusiasm of the
whole of Christian Europe. In these crusades millions of Europeans
directed their course to the East, and, although the crusades were a
failure, they were very effective in stimulating the intelligence of
Europe, and sometimes results were brought about which were never
anticipated. In those days, for example, a lord was wealthy in his
land and feudal dues, and money was scarce; the great lords took
the lead in the crusades, and were often in want of money for their
great expenses of arms, transport, and provisions. To meet these

THE INFLUENCE OF THE EAST ON EUROPEAN HISTORY 51

expenses charters of freedom and privileges were conferred on towns
in return for a money payment.

In the thirteenth century nearly all the Tartar hordes were
united under the great Zingis Khan and under his successors they
conquered China, Corea, Tonkin and Persia. It is interesting to
notice that they twice attempted the conquest of Japan and on both
occasions their fleet suffered shipwreck, the loss of men amounting
to 100,000. Under Ogdai Khan three armies were sent out. one
against Corea, another into China and the third into Eastern Kurope.
This last army under the command of Batu advanced into Europe
with astonishing rapidity crossed the Volga and appeared before
Riazan. This city was taken by assault after being battered with
shot from the balistas for five days. The prince with his family,
the nobles and inhabitants without regard to age or sex were
slaughtered with savage cruelty: some were imyaled, some shot at
with arrows for sport, others were flayed or had splinters of wood
driven under their nails: the priests were roasted alive. Vladimir
was then attacked. he imperial family with a vast crowd of
fugitives sought refuge in the cathedral only to perish by the swords
of the Mongols or the flames of the barning building. At Kieff
which was razed to the ground the flat roof of the principal church
was crowded with fugitives and so vast was the crowd that the roof
fell in and all, young and old, were buried in the ruins. After
desolating Southern Russia the Mongols marched in two divisions, one
into Hungary and the other into Poland, ‘The Hungarians were
defeated, the King saving himself by flight and for two days journey
from the field of battle the roads were strewn with the bodies of the
slain. Near Leignitz the Polish army crumbled under the impetuous
attack of the Mongols: as usual no quarter was given and the
massacre was frightful. It was a Mongol habit to cut off an ear from
the body of each of the slain, and it is stated that on this occasion
nine sacks were filled with these trophies. | While laying waste the
territorys of Moravia, Batu was informed of the death of Ogdai Khan
and turned back eastwards into Mongolia. For two hundred and
fifty years after this invasion the East of Europe from the Carpathians
was in the power of the Tartars or Mongols, and for 250 years the
Russian princes paid tribute to the great Khan. In Southern Russia
at the present time there is a large number of Tartars or men of
Tartar descent and the Crimea was for a long time the settlement of
the Crim Tartars.

52 THE INFLUENCE OF THE EAST ON EUROPEAN HISTORY

This invasion drove from its home near the Altai mountains a
tribe of Turks who afterwards acquired fame as the Ottoman Turks.
In the course of their wanderings they settled in Asia Minor and
rendered assistance to the Seljukian Turks. After the power of the
latter had been shattered by the Mongols the Ottoman Turks
gradually rose to supreme influence in Asia Minor, and in extending
their influence they came in conflict with the Eastern or Bysantine
Empire. Their first landing in Europe took place a little after 1350
and they soon subdued a large amount of territory to the west of
Constantinople, but the city itself was not captured till 1453. It
would have been captured much earlier had there not been an
invasion of Asia Minor by the Tartars under the famous Timur or
Tamerlane. The Turks and Tartars met at Angora in 1402: the
Turks received their first defeat and their renowned Sultan Bajazet
“The Thunderbolt” was captured and imprisoned in an iron cage.

With the capture of Constantinople and the fall of the Eastern
Empire, modern History practically begins. Since this time there
have been no invasions from the East ; as for the future, ‘‘ it is in the
lap of the Gods.” The great yellow slumbering giant awakened
from his long sleep by the prickings of Europeans, anxious in their
desire for wealth to give him a civilisation which he is unwilling to
receive, may awaken also to the realisation of its power and of his
own and then—~

The Annals of Burton Abbey.

By R. T. ROBINSON, M.A., B.Sc.

SS

READ BEFORE THE LITERARY Section Octoper 277TH, 1908,

If you would like to realise the extent to which Literature
decayed during a period of over one thousand years owing to the
flooding of the Roman Empire by barbarian tribes, read any Greek
or [toman historian and afterwards take up one of the medieval
chronicles, you will then realise that as far as the development of
the intellect is concerned medieval times are indeed one thousand
years behind the classical.

I approached the Annals of Burton Abbey with the feelings of
one who is about to enter a rich jeweller’s store, who expects to see
gold and silver articles of great value and artistic design and
workmanship. I found instead that I had entered a store house
filled with bars and wedges of gold and silver. As a chronicle of
contemporary events the Burton Annals are very disappointing. On
the other hand it is one of our most valuable chronicles as it contains
a large number of important documents and most of these documents
are not to be found anywhere else. Ag I had read a fair number of
chronicles before taking up the Annals of Burton [ had persuaded
myself that I would find in them an excellent illustration of feudal
times : disputes between the Abbots and the inhabitants of Burton
over feudal dues, disputes between the Abbot and neighbouring
lords like Earl Ferrars at Tutbury, quarrels with the Bishop of
Lichfield over Visitations, some accounts of the visits of famous
people. But of all these things you are told next to nothing.

54 THE ANNALS OF BURTON ABBEY

The number of years covered by the Annals is 258, and there are
330 pages in the copy of the Annals in the Rolls series. The first
155 years from 1004 to 1159 is dismissed in six pages, and the
reigns of Richard I and Jolin are disposed of by an extract from
Roger of Hoveden of 21 pages. Then comes the original description
of the interview between King John and the Papal Legate and this is
followed by extracts from Roger of Wendover. The reign of Henry
III oceupies the bulk of the space; no less than 287 pages being
devoted to it.

That kings did not always work smoothly inside the Abbey is
seen by the fact that one Abbot was expelled. The fact is stated
without comment and other events even the great ones are treated
with a similar impartiality, for example the whole of the First Crusade
is dismissed with the item. “‘1097 Jerusalem is captured by the Franks.”
You are not given the reason for the expulsion of the Abbot, but
from other sources we find that he had disposed of some of the
Abbey lands and that he was afterwards re-appointed. You hear
more of Earl Ferrars of Tutbury from Matthew Paris,a monk of St.
Albans, than you do from the monk of Burton. From the Burton
Annals you get such meagre items as that William Ferrars, Earl of
Derby was at “ the Fair’”’ of Lincoln (when the castle was attacked),
and at the Coronation of Henry III. His name and that of Robert
de Gresley appear as witnesses to the confirmation of Magna Charta
in 1225, full copy of the Charter and the names of the witnesses
(about 64 in all, 31 being bishops and abbots) being contained in
the Annals. Later on in the reign of Henry Ili, we are told in one
of the documents which relate to the Provisions of Oxford and are
written in Norman French that Sir Thomas de Gresley, justice of the
forest, is to take Nicholas de Ramsey and three knights from each
county to inquire into the state of the Forests as to vert and to
venison and as to bad usages in pleas of the Forest, ete. ‘The
chronicler is a diarist pure and simple and he reminds me of my one
and only attempt to write a diary when I was avery small boy. Here
is our special correspondent’s account of one of the French wars of

Henry III.

1230 Coming of King Henry into Brittany.

1231 Henry returned from Brittany.

His account of the King’s expedition into Gascony in 1242 is
described in the very same way.

THE ANNALS OF BURTON ABBEY 55

And yet the whole period covered by the chronicle is a period
filled with great and stirring events. Of the changes. revolutionary
changes, brought about by the Norman Conquest, confiscation of
lands for example, nothing is mentioned That changes took place
in the government of the Abbey itself is certain. The names of the
first Abbots are Saxon names, these are succeeded by Norman names.
And here I might mention that such facts as the accessions, marriages
and deaths of Kings, the accessions and deaths of popes and abbots
of the monastery are always chronicled ; the same remarks holds as a
rule with respect to the Earls of Derby and the bishops of the diocese.
From your acquaintance with history you know that subsequently
there was a great monastic revival : this is borne witness to by such
entries as ‘1576 Abbey of Croxden is founded.” Looking at the
entries previous to the reign of Henry III you get the impression that
they were inserted at some subsequent time, at a time when the
changes mentioned above had developed into a permanent settlement.
From the internal evidence I would say that the whole was compiled
during the latter years of the reign of Henry II] and for the following
reasons. ‘There are hardly any documents relating to the reigns of
the kings preceding Henry, whereas for the reign of Henry the
number of documents is exceedingly large. In monasteries there was
usually a scriptorium and important documents were often sent
round to the monasteries or exchanged between monasteries and
copied by the monks, and I take it that these had grown up to such
a number in the time of Abbot Lawrence that he determined to make
a chronological collection of them, to bind them together with the
small fragments of what was known of local and general events and
in order to give the story an appearance of completeness, it was made
to embrace all the events generally known at the Abbey from the
time of its foundation. In order te add to its value and to supply
information which was otherwise not forthcoming a portion of Roger
of Hoveden was inserted in the chronicle. That in the early portion
the entries were made subsequent to the time when they occured is
evident from the fact that in mentioning the deaths of Edward the
Confessor and of Becket the one is described as Saint Edward and the
other as “‘ Gloriosus Becket,’ and they were not of course canonised
till some time after their death. It appears to me that the Annals
were compiled between the years 1246 and 1262 (the date of the last
entry) for Edmund Rich, Archbishop of Canterbury was canonised
in 1246, and he is described as St. Edmund in an entry opposite the
year 1234. St. Louis the King of France, one of the leading figures of

56 THE ANNALS OF BURTON ABBEY

this period and a man greatly to be admired for his many virtues, is
often referred to in the Annals, but he is always mentioned as Louis
without the prefix Saint so that the entries were in all probability
made before his death.

You are all aware of the fact that during the reign of Henry
there was always a great deal of discontent, and that owing to the
bad government the barons ultimately, under Simon de Montfort,
took up arms against the King. ‘The chronicles of these times give
you an excellent idea of the extent to which both barons and clergy
were taxed, the barons by the King, the clergy by the King and the
Pope. ‘That they literally groaned under these exactions is not
surprising The following is a recapitulation of the exactions during
the reign of Henry from the Abbey of Burton :—

1224 In return for the charter of liberties and the charter of the Forests
Henry took one-fifteenth
Abbott Lawrence gave 800 marks.

1229 A tenth of all goods movable and fixed is exacted for the use of the
Pope Gregory. This amounts to £24 14s 2d.

1235 The King took the old and the new scutage when his sister was
married to the Emperor Frederick.

1240 Otto, the Papal Legate, demands a tallage against the Emperor.
Abbott Lawrence paid 30 marks.

1254 A tenth collected by the Bishop of Norwich for the use of the King.
This was to be given for 3 years.

After mentioning these exactions the chronicler adds, “These were
imposed at different times during the reign, not once, tallages heavy,
burdensome, and hardly to be borne.”

1 When the King went to Brittany 1230.
2 When the King went to Gascony the first time 1242 and the second
time 1253.
3 Of the same amount when Edward (afterwards Edward I) the King’s
son is knighted.

After all these comes the demand of the Pope for a tenth for a crusade
against Manfred.

It must not be forgotten that at this time the Pope looked on
England as a vassal state. When Otto, the Pope’s legate, came to
England, he was entertained at a banquet, and occupied the principal
seat, Henry and the nobles occupying inferior places. At this time
the Church had risen to the zenith of its power. The idea held

THE ANNALS OF BURTON ABBEY 57

then was that God’s vice-gerents on earth were the Pope and the
Holy Roman Emperor, the Pope in spiritual matters, the Emperor in
temporal, and there had been for years a struggle between these two
for pre-eminence, or rather the Pope wished the temporal power to
be subject to him, and this dispute came to a head in the quarrel
over investitures. In early times it was the custom for bishops to
be appointed by the King, and as the revenues of a large territory
were allotted to the Bishop he had to pay homage for his Jands to the
King. Pope Gregory VII. issued a decree that on no account were
bishops to receive investiture from the King, or to do homage. As
bishops were also lay lords they accepted responsibilities for supply-
ing the usual military service when they did homage, and as the
Church lands were vast and the military service expected great in
proportion, no king could give his consent to sucha decree. In the
struggle which followed the Emperor was excommunicated, and so
dreadful was the weapon before its edge was blunted by too frequent
use that he found himself deserted by his vassals, opposed by his
son, and utterly helpless; nor did he recover any semblance of his
former power till he had endured the humiliation of Canossa, when
for three days he stood barefoot in the snow in the garb of a penitent
in this mountain village, waiting before the gate of the residence of the
Pope to implore his forgiveness. This was in 1077. A hundred
years later our own Henry II., when surrounded by enemies, found it to
his advantage to win over the support of the Church by walking
barefoot through the streets of Canterbury, and submitting to flagella-
tion at the tomb of Becket. There are about five pieces of continuous
narrative in the chronicle on the following subjects :—

1 The excommunication of John.

2 The Archbishop of Russia on the Tartars.

3 Areligious rising in France—the rising of the Pastoureaux, or shepherds.
4 A short account of the pilgrimage of the King and Queen to Portigny.
5 The murder of the boy Hugh at Lincoln.

As it illustrates what I have written above I give the following
extracts from the narrative on the excommunication of John. The
whole narrative is much too long to be given in full.

“Pandulf, the Pope’s legate, comes to John’s Court at Northampton,
the occasion of his coming being the quarrel between the King and the
Pope.

The King: [ contess that the Pope is my spiritual father, and that he is
the successor of St. Peter, and I ought to obey him—that is in spiritual
matters, but in temporal matters, which concern my crown, not at all.

58 THE ANNALS OF BURTON ABBEY

Pandulf: You allege you are bound to obey the Lord Pope in spiritual
matters but not in temporal matters. We say you ought to obey the Lord
Pope in temporal as well as spiritual matters. Did you not swear faith to
God, obedience to the Pope, and to respect the rights of the Church when
you assumed the reins of government.

The King: Yon offer threats, do you wish to make me subject to you as
you have done to my nephew Otto, the Emperor. For I have heard from
him that you have elected another Emperor in Germany.

Pandulf: It is true, and the Pope believes, and it is certain that as he has
made that man an Emperor so he can make another. . . . The Pope
has excommunicated you, and the sentence takes effect as soon as it is
delivered to you.

The King: And what more?

Pandulf: From this day we absclve all Englishmen from holding com-
munication with you, and those who do hold communication with you let
them know that they are excommunicated.

The King: And what more ?

Pandulf: From this day we absolve all earls, barons, knights, clerics
all free men, and all men of the Christian faith dwelling in your territories
from all service and homage which they owe toyou . . For the last
two years dukes, earls, and barons have asked the Pope to absolve them, so
that they might enter your land with a strong force, and they would bestow
the kingdom on whomsoever the Pope’s choice fell The Pope indeed
intends to send his army into England; Holy Church wisely wishes to
declare its right and with its children to assert its right. When the Pope
will send his army into England you must all be present and render
fealty to the leader of the army. If you do not so you will be consigned
to everlasting punishment !

The King; What more can you do?

Pandulf: In the name of God we tell you that neither you nor any heir
whom you may beget can after this be crowned King.

The King: It had been intimated to me by my messengers, or rather
hirelings, that you at the Roman Court would advance my cause, and that
you loved me. Now indeed I see that you do not favour my cause, but you
wish me never to reign for the future, but by Him who rules over all if you
enter my territory I will make you and yours hang. I have not asked you
to announce such things to me. but to defend my cause.”

The chief European event during the reign of Henry III. was
the long and bitter dispute between the Emperor Frederick II. and
the Pope, and it was for the purpose of raising money for the Pope
in this contest that the clergy of England and the monasteries were
so heavily taxed by the Papal legates, At the Council of Lyons

THE ANNALS OF BURTON ABBEY 53

Frederick was formally excommunicated. It was at the Council that
the Arckbishop of Russia, as he was called, gave an account of the
Tartars and their invasion of Eastern Europe. The second piece of
continuous narrative in the chronicle is an interesting account of the
Tartars. This account, or something like it, is found in other
chronicles, and Matthew Paris relates that there was an outlawed
Englishman in the Tartar host who was sent to one of the towns of
Hungary to demand its surrender.

The following is the list of purely local events :—

1023. An eclipse of the Sun.

1160 The Trent dried up at Nottingham

1114 The Church at Burton begun.

1215 Charter of liberties granted to the Abbey.

1216 W. de Ferrars at the Coronation and at the Fair of Lincoln. Goes
to Jerusalem.

1250 ‘The right of Burton to the tithes of Appleby.

1253 Remarkable meteor seen at Alvaston, near Derby.

1254 Fire at Burton. Great floods.

1255 Capture of a large sturgeon at Castle Donington. Assessment of
the Abbey of Burton. Dispute as to who should repair the bridge at
Egginton.

1256 Brief summoning of the Abbot of Burton to London.

I cannot give in full the Charter of Liberties granted to the
Abbey of Burton. I will merely remark that no one was allowed to
hawk, hunt. or catch hares without the Abbot’s permission. ‘The
Abbot was granted his own plenary court for all pleas and quarrels
with soe and sac (cognisance of all criminal and civil cases within
the liberties) toll and theam (the right of receiving toll and of
holding serfs) and in fangtheof (the power to imprison felons) with all
customs within or without the borough, and ali their goods were to
be free from passage, portage, and any other custom. ‘They had the
right to hold a fair of three days’ duration at Burton on the eve of
St. Modwen, on the day itself, and on the next day, and a market
every seven days, on a Thursday.

There were quite a lot of charters of this kind given to barons
and abbots at this period, and the Abbot of Burton had to pay a tax
of one-fifteenth for the privilege. In these charters you generally
find the limitation “‘ provided the holding of the fair or market is not
to the harm of any neighbouring fair or market,” thus safeguarding
the rights of any neighbouring baron or abbot who had the right to

60 THE ANNALS OF BURTON ABBEY

hold a fair or market, for the dues and customs derived from them
were often very valuable.

In pleasing contrast to many other chronicles there is an almost
complete absence of miraculous events in the chronicle, unless what
is described as ‘‘ the remarkable meteor seen at Alvaston” be so
considered. As the phenomenon is stated to have lasted some time
it looks as if it were an electrical phenomenon and not a meteor.

Edmund, Archbishop of Canterbury during the early years of
the reign of Henry III went into exile at the little village of
Portigny in Burgundy where there is a very fine Abbey. After his
death miracles were performed at his tomb and Portigny became a
great place of pilgrimage: both Henry III and his wife made a
pilgrimage here and there is a good account of it in the Annals. St.
Edmund has many votaries even at the present time and the back of
the high Altar in the Abbey Church is covered with votive tablets from
grateful supplicants; here are two gathered recently (1) Succés
d’examens, le dernier obtenu le jour de la féte de St. Edme. 16
Novembre 1892 (2) Voce exaucé 1870-71.

Monk’s bridge at Egginton was built by John of Stretton, Prior
of Burton Abbey, ‘‘a man of great authority and eminent learning ”
for the benefit of the souls of his father and mother. During his
lifetime he kept the bridge in repair : after his death the inhabitants
of Egginton asserted that the Abbey of Burton should repair the
bridge, but Abbot Lawrence denied the responsibility and procured
a brief from the King directing the Sheriff of Stafford to find out
whose duty it was to repair it. So twelve men from Staffordshire and
twelve from Derbyshire were appointed to make enquiries and their
report was that nobody was responsible for the repairs. The names
of these men are interesting as they show that surnames had not
then become common. Five of the Staffordshire men have surnames
the others have names of the types ‘* Willelmus de Tatenhalle,” or
“ Ricardus de Astone,” and “ Ricardus filius Rogeri de Haselower.”

The bulk of the Annals is made up, as I have said, of important
documents and although the chronicler himself gives you next to
nothing of the history of the period, the reading of these documents
cannot fail to give any one a very illuminating and correct picture
of the times, especially of the condition of the Church, of the struggle
between the Pope and the Emperor and of the Sicilian project—

THE ANNALS OF BURTON BRIDGE 61

Sicily belonged to the Emperor, and both he and after his death, Man-
fred, who claimed it, had been ex-communicated and the kingdom was
offered by the Pope to Henry who was foolish enough to accept it for
his second son : this being an expensive undertaking and coming at
a time when barons and clergy were exceedingly sore from repeated
taxation had a good deal to do with bringing on the civil war.

One of the most interesting things in the Annals is the “ Articles
of Enquiry before the Justices Itinerant at Lichfield.” I give a few
of these as they throw a light on the social conditions of the times.

Articles of Enquiry :

“Concerning Ladies who are or should be in the gift of the King, whether
they are married or should be married, and if they are married, to whom:
and by whom they hold their lands and of what value there lands are.”

“ Concerning measures made and sworn to in the kingdom, if they are
kept as they should be. And if the guardians of the measure take a bribe
from anyone so that he may be able to buy with one measure and sell with
another. And if the assize of bread is kept as it should be and if anyone
has taken a bribe for selling wine or bread contrary to the assize. And of
found treasure.”

“Concerning the hue and ery raised, and not followed up.”

Later on in the reign it was definitely laid down for what crimes
the hue and cry should be raised and followed up.

“Concerning dead Christian usurers who they were and what goods they
had and who should have them.” Usury was for a long time considered
as being contrary to Christian principles.

“Concerning forgerers and clippers of coin.”

The coinage was very bad in this reign and a new coinage was
issued.

“Concerning money and exchange and who coins money without the
permission of the King and his justiciars.”

“Concerning those through whose lands outlaws or thieves passed and
who did not make pursuit with hue and ery as the law is.”

‘Concerning outlaws and their goods, who return after flight without
the warrant of the King.”

“Concerning sheriffs and other bailiffs who have taken ransom from
widows holding a whole knight’s fief or land worth £20 for not supplying

62 THE ANNALS OF BURTON ABBEY

military service at the King’s command when the sheriffs and bailiffs had no
order from the King for that purpose.”

“Concerning sheriffs aud bailifis who take from one side and from the
other.”

“Concerning sheriffs and baillifs who twice or oftener had received
money from anyone for one fine when he had been fined once.”

“Concerning those who distrain several having one name, at the summons
of the exchequer, that each should pay his due when one only of them had
been mulcted.”

There are also a lot of very interesting articles of enquiry
throughout England into the life and conversation of the clergy and
laity. It is much to be doubted whether these were ever put in
force. Here are a few out of a multitude :—

“Whether any laymen are drunken or habitually frequent the tavern or
are usurers in any kind of usury.”

“Whether any layman is remarkably proud or remarkably envious or
remarkably avaricious or remarkably nourishes rancour cr is remarkably
gluttonous or voluptuous.”

“ Whether the laymen are obstinate so that they stand in the chancel with
the clergy.”

‘““ Whether any clergy are drunken or frequent taverns or are traders or
usurers or fighters or wrestlers or noted for any vice.”

‘‘ Whether any rectors or vicars or priests are exceedingly (enormiter)
illiterate.”

The most valuable part of this chronicle is that which deals
with the Provisions of Oxford, and in this matter it is, I believe, the
leading English authority. At the end of the reign the storm,
which had long been brewing, burst, and a council of twenty-four
was appointed to assist the king in reforming the realm. Of these
twenty-four twelve were appointed by the king and twelve by the
barons, and it is interesting to note that one of the twelve appointed
by the barons was Thomas de Gresley. An epoch-making reform was
immediately introduced—the meeting of the First Representative
Parliament in England in 1258—in which, for the first time, repre-
sentatives from the towns were to sit with bishops, barons, and
knights.

NQyxe”

63

The English Novel — Its History and
Development up to Sir Walter Scott.

By Mrs. W. BRITTAIN, L.L.A.

Reap BeFore THE LITERARY Section, January 127, 1909.

The principle of action and reaction is responsible for the
changes in form which the novel has undergone during its develop-
ment. Being by nature both realists and idealists, we delight
equally in the portrayal of life as it is, and as it is only in dreams.
Art ministers to both these needs, but sometimes realism will be in
the ascendency, sometimes idealism. When the former has shocked
by its cynicism, the pendulum will swing towards the latter. The
extravagance of that will cause a reaction again in favour of realism.
But there is never a full return to the. past. The old style always
reappears with modification, and in this way literature is constantly
moving on to a future that cannot precisely be predicted.

The two terms “romance” and “ novel” are in themselves a
summary of these two conflicting aims in fiction. The former was
in use in English as early as the 14th century, and then meant a
highly idealised verse narrative translated from a romance language.
For a verse narrative approaching more nearly to the manners of
real life the word “‘ novas” had been employed for a similar short
narrative in prose. Boccaccio and his contemporaries used the
word “novella.” Stories of this type written in English in the 14th
century were called “Tales” (a name used by Chaucer to designate
all kinds of verse stories). During the two centuries following
Boccaccio, great numbers of these “ novelle” were composed by
Italians, and shoals of them came into English in the age of

64 THE ENGLISH NOVEL

Elizabeth—with them the word “novel.” The name “romance”
was often used to designate works of fiction during the last half of
the 18th century, and a definite distinction was drawn between it
and the novel. Scott combined both, and from this time the name
“novel” became the generic term for English prose fiction.

The origin of the novel must be sougit far back in the prose
romances which grouped themselves round certain heroes of fiction
and fable. The Arthurian legends, in particular, were the foundations
of a vast superstructure of romance reared upon them by French
and Anglo-Norman poets. The main situations in the great stories
of Arthurian romance have proved to be permanent types, and can
be found to this day in the modern novel. After this cycle came
the French “romances of adventure,’ which were professedly
fictitious. This was a step towards freedom ; the prevailing themes,
too, altered somewhat, and though this form disappeared towards
the close of the 14th century, it played a part in the development of
the type.

Though some distinct progress had been made in the evolution
of the novel before the Elizabethan age, that progress was arrested
by a formidable rival—the drama, which took all the material from
the novelist, to present it in another form. The literatures of Greece
and Rome, too, ousted from their places the romances of chivalry.
From Elizabeth to the Restoration romancing became a lost art in
England, then the taste of the public slowly turned again towards
fiction.

During the 17th century, in branches of literature apparently
quite remote from fiction, material was being collected for the future
novelist, and influences were at work, paving the way for the
appearance of the novel proper in its due time. The newspaper
trained up a large reading public, and an instrument was being pre-
pared for the novelist in the shape of a new prose much more
available for narrative or description than the earlier prose. In the
work of Bunyan, Steele, and Addison, tentative approaches to the
novel can be found. The ‘‘ Tatler” and ‘“‘ Spectator” are brilliant
examples of prose fiction, while the ‘‘ Coverley Papers’’ only need
unity and continuity to become a serial novel. Defoe and Swift
both play a part in the history of fiction. ‘‘ Robinson Crusoe”’ is
the first English novel of incident and has, ever since it appeared,
been a part of the world’s literature.

THE ENGLISH NOVEL 65

Though in the works of the writers just mentioned, almost all
the characteristics of the novel are to be found, it was very tardy in
making its appearance. Writers were slow to adopt a new form
until they were sure they would find a public. It was the decline
of the theatre during the early part of the 18th century that cleared
the way for the novel It was a form of literature that had all the
interest of the drama but imposed only the most slender tax on the
reader’s imagination, and was therefore predestined to success.

The first English novelist was Samuel Richardson, who used the
method of telling a story by means of letters. Though this is the
least popular of all methods, in his hands it was quite successful.
Richardson added to fiction four distiact portraits, and his influence
was distinctly felt in Continental literature.

Fielding presented, in his novels, a gallery of portraits far
exceeding, in variety and reality, the work of any former English
narrator. He waged war always against hypocrisy and shams. He
made distinct advance in the art of novel-writing; he could conduct
a complicated plot artistically, and he could be convincing without
hampering artistic freedom.

To the same group of 18th century novelists belong Smollett,
Sterne, and Goldsmith. This period of the novel’s history is
brilliant in the extreme and shows that this new form of literature
had now a place of its own. No novelist until Scott can compare
with the best writers of this period.

From the 18th century novelists to Scott we have arather feeble
and uninteresting period forming the earliest stage of the Romantic
revival. “Terror” novels came first, introducing the supernatural in
the most weird and exaggerated form. After those came ‘ Novels of
Purpose” used to propagate various individual theories upon politics,
religion, marriage, and education. The impetus given to speculation
by the French revolution at this time influenced considerably this
particular form of novel. ‘lhe next group is ‘‘ Novels of Domestic
Satire” the names of Miss Burney, Jane Austen and Maria Edgeworth
being the most prominent in this school. Domestic life was the
theme which gave them opportunity, particularly Jane Austen, for
delicate satire and fine character drawing.

66 THE ENGLISH NOVEL

Just before the appearance of Waverley, romances were poured
forth in shoals. They were unintelligent and worthless, and have
passed into oblivion. At the time they furnished food for laughter
to the critics, and even the most popular of them lived no longer
than a season.

When Scott appeared, all the elements of excellence which before
had rarely been united, were combined in one writer. Using
romantic themes with all devices that during previous periods had
proved the main strength of the novel, Scott won the victory for
prose in the Romantic Revival. It was no longer the prerogative of
verse to deal with romantic themes. This victory paved the way for
the wide empire which the novel has won in its various forms since
his day. Amongst the many things which won for Scott such
universal admiration may be mentioned: the “local colour” in his
stories, which many romancers had attempted in vain; the fidelity
of his male characters to life, especially his Scotch men; the women
of the lower classes, whom he draws to perfection; his magnificent
gallery of historical portraits, never surpassed either in quality or
quantity ; his aptitude for dealing artistically with historic events,
and re-making the daily life of centuries far distant; finally, and
greater than all the foregoing excellences, his representation of
human nature, alike in every age and period. His novel isa human
epic set in whatever century he chose to place it.

67

Natural History Observations from Burton
Bridge.—i.

By CHAS. GEO. MATTHEWS, F.I.C., F.C.S.

Reap Berore THE Narurat History AND GEroLoGIcAL SECTION,
Marcu 267TH, 1909.

I speak as a human biped who has walked over Burton Bridge
for 25 years and more. The very moderate estimate of twice a day
for the period named works out to about 4,500 miles, or say one-half
the diameter of our planet, and there ought to have been a fair chance
of seeing something either in the domain of natural or adventitious
history in the time and distance covered.

The Bridge affords a 440 yards traverse of interesting landscape,
river and meadow, being very pleasantly associated in the nearer
view, trees and shrubs are not far away, there is an open sky and
fairly wide horizon—on certain days a very extended one northward
—and no little variety as regards atmospheric phenomena. We are
not obliged to take into account such visible appliances of our present
day civilisation as posts, telephone wires, etc.

The Trent Bridge is an admirable place to sample the weather ;
the full force of a gale from he W. or S.W. may accelerate one’s out-
ward bound progress from the ‘l'own or retard the inward passage,
whilst the biting effect of easterly winds is an experience.

A walk across the Bridge is usually associated with an expectant
attitude of mind. There is always a sporting chance of an accident
or mishap, but whilst keeping a corner of one’s eye for happenings
in the immediate vicinity there is ample time to look out over the
parapets for something connected with the life of bird, fish, or other

68 NATURAL HISTORY OBSERVATIONS FROM BURTON BRIDGE

animal which shall afford some pleasing impression and draw away
the thoughts from surroundings which tend to monotony.

Briefly noting things which one has seen at various times, there
is no harm in speaking of such ordinary circumstances as Rooks and
Starlings feeding in the meadow, especially after a flood. Blackbirds
Thrushes and the occasional presence of Wagtails and Plover may
be noted. Greenfinches are often to be seen, apparently picking out
the seeds from the spent hops on railway trucks. Then as regards
the river—the Waterhens, and the cheerful little Grebes flopping
suddenly under for a fairly prolonged search below water occasionally
reappearing with something in their beaks which they sail about
with for some time as if showing off in mild triumph, till presently
they gulp it down and get ready for another subaqueous hunt. Often
there are the Swans to watch and of all the things they do perhaps
the most striking is the magnificent power and momentum of their
flight.

Not infrequently one has seen small pike lying near the
buttresses of the Bridge, and twice has the capture of big fellows
of nine and ten lbs. been witnessed. Dace may be seen in the
Barbel Hole, sunning themselves at the top of the water, and taking
the flies borne by the stream through the arches of the Meadow
Road wing of the Bridge. The anglers also arrest attention,
but not often by reason of their success. As regards rarer
occurrences, or the presence of uncommon living things:—-
A good many years ago I saw a Tern or Sea Swallow flying
near the spot just mentioned, it had probably come inshore
with a gale. Two or three times I have seen flights of wild duck
which were changing their feeding ground. A few years ago I was
amongst the witnesses of the arrival of five beautiful specimens of
Shag or Green Cormorant. ‘They were just below the Barbel Hole,
and at once became a target for stones from various men and boys,
one of them being injured before we could get the stone-throwers
to desist. The birds would probably get a better reception now with
the increasing interest in natural objects. Several times one has
seen Sparrow Hawks flying quite near brewery buildings, and one
day I saw one perch on the stone ornament at the gable-end of Messrs.
Salt’s pumping station. It remained there for some little time.

During the last few years a Kingfisher has been frequently seen
on the stone parapet edging the rails on the Burton side of the river

NATURAL HISTORY OBSERVATIONS FROM BURTON BRIDGE 69

by the Midland Hay Wharf, also on the posts and iron stanchions in
the same vicinity. Its hunting place was mainly the shallow edge of
the scour, and one could often see it swoop and bring up small fish ;
sometimes it flew over to the bushes near the sand-spit on the
opposite shore. One of the most interesting things this last autumn
was to see the parent swallows feeding the young birds which were
sitting on the wooden fence rails on the river bank, opposite the
Leander boat-house. The old birds made great circular flights over
the meadow, skimming from four to eight feet above the ground, and
never pausing till after covering hundreds of yards, and, I suppose,
picking up flies all the time. They darted up to their expectant
offspring on the fence, and rapidly delivered something from their
beaks into the ready mouth presented to them, and then off again,
like the wind, to get a fresh supply. I watched this most interest-
ing procedure for quite along time. Since penning the above notes,
I have frequently seen the Kingfisher again, indeed, it has attracted
very general attention. The Starlings have been enjoying a great time
the last few days, picking about in the grass as the flood subsides, and
they have been accompanied by other birds, including a beautiful Pied
Wagtail, in fine plumage. A day or two ago a velvety brown water-
rat, of very large size, was nibbling the grass on a little spit of land
just above Mr. Lynam’s cut. He had probably been driven out of
his house by the “spring cleaning” of river water. A small boy went
for a stone, but he was easily persuaded to let the animal have a
further chance of getting some enjoyment out of life.

From the Recreation Grounds the other day some of us saw a
Rook leave a wooden fence on which it was perching, and swoop
down upon the river fetching out some object which was floating
down. The behaviour seemed unusual but we could not see what
the object was. It is to be wished that more people had had a
chance of seeing the Otter alive which was so recently killed near
the Trent Bridge.

I trust that these few notes may stimulate observation in some

who do not commonly exercise it in the direction indicated, and so
bring a little fresh interest into their daily walk.

Gage”

70

Natural History Notes.—ii1.

(A SEQUEL To THE ForEGcoinc Paper) READ DecemBER 17TH, 1909.

Some months ago I was invited to put together a few more
Nature Notes as part of the programme for this evening, and so out
of a rather limited supply of experiences of an unusual character I
venture to lay the following before you.

A good many years ago, in company with an old friend, | spent
a fishing holiday on the river Usk at Usk. Amongst various
recollections of what interested us at the time two things stand out
rather prominently. The river was rather low and had been in this
state for a considerable period through the spring and early summer.
The stagnancy of the deep pools caused by this and possibly the
crowding of Salmon in them had apparently led to a serious state of
contamination and had resulted in a very bad outbreak of Salmon
disease. Several times whilst we were fishing for trout on the
“cours” great Salmon would come past in a dying state, at one
moment swimming feebly and the next rolling over and over like a
log. fine fish of 12 lbs. and upwards leprous with the fungoid
growth which almost covered their bodies and was now choking
them by invading the gills. It was quite piteous to see the fish in
such a state. The disease did not appear to have communicated
itself to the trout, probably because they would be moving about in
all parts of the river and thus keeping themselves fit and clean.
After a week or so abundant rain fell and there was a strong “ fresh ”
in the river and it is to be hoped that many of the diseased Salmon,
which were not too far gone, were able to get to the sea and there
heal themselves of their grievous malady

It may be interesting to those who are not aware of the fact to
know that Salmon disease is caused by a microscopic fungus—a
mould which belongs to the genus Sapolegnia, which in its turn is
related to Peronospora. ‘There can be little doubt that the Salmon
fungus is one of the moulds which grow so readily on the dead bodies
of insects and are known to even invade their tissues in life.

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES 71

Sapolegnia ferax is one of these moulds and first cousin to the same
organism is Achlya prolifera which, I believe, is the direct cause of
Salmon disease. Achlya grows parasitically on the bodies of dead
flies lying in water and it is obviously but a step from this to the
Salmon for it is quite conceivable that a stagnant pool in a river on
or near which considerable hatches of flies took place might become
infested with the spores of the organism, their new nidus being the
skin of the living fish.

Some years afterwards I saw that the same or a similar disease
was affecting the grayling in the Wye between Rakewell and Haddon
Hall: some very large fish were seen dying and dead. The general
appearance cf the diseased fish being that of the salmon in the Usk -
there can be little doubt that the malady was the same as also the
general causes which led to the outbreak, viz.,a low river for a
lengthy period and consequent increase of contamination ; the sowing
of the mould into the stream by insects and probably the passage of
such insects through the digestive tract of the fish, whilst the
evacuations of the fish might greatly foster the trouble. From what
I have observed I should think that the trout is not nearly so
susceptible to the disease as the other fish mentioned—I have never
seen an indisputable case amongst trout. It suggests itself that
Some antiseptic treatment might be carried out in an affected river—
something which would restrict the mould srowth without injuring
the fish. A salt of copper very carefully applied might prove
successful. ;

An incident of the little campaign on the Usk, which I recall]
with some pleasure, was seeing an otter face to face on one of the
scours. It was in the dusk, but the surface of the water was plainly
visible with the western sky as a back vround. Whilst pausing for a
few moments in casting, there rose from the sandy shoal] at a distance
of perhaps ten paces an object which at first view looked like a black
baby. Just as I had made out what it really was, it slid noiselessly
back into the water and was gone. I found subsequently that the
animal had shewn itself in a somewhat similar manner to my friend
who was fishing further down the river-— it had given him quite a
“start,” having come much nearer to him than to me.

Turning to an entirely different subject. How many people
who have spent much time in open country must have been struck
by the curious movements of birds when flying in flocks. Starlings

12 NATURAL HISTORY NOTES

and other birds, I believe, show the amazing power of suddenly and
simultaneously changing directions often at a considerable angle to
the previous one. The movement is often like a louvre or venetian
blind in the general effect produced. There are evidences of this
simultaneous movement traceable, it seems to me, in various living
things, ¢.g. —

Gnats—in their dancing movements.

Fish -- rising in a lake or river, but especially in the former.

Birds —as aforesaid.
With regard to fish I could quote several instances, particularly one
concerning a Welsh mountain lake, Llyn Conaght, where I spent a
large part of a day fishing with a friend. It wasa mixed day as
regards weather, unmixed as regards failure to take fish, although my
companion was an expert. We saw more rising fish that day than I
have ever seen anywhere else. The fish were sporting with some
fly which was on the water in profusion. At moments the fish were
rising all over the lake, at other moments they were quiescent, and
this without obvious cause, though at times it seemed to be con-
nected in some way with light cloud or drifting mist which always
seemed to put them down.

Hugh Miller says * anent this matter, ‘In middle autumn and
the close of the herring season, when the fish have just spawned,
and the congregated masses are breaking up on shallow and skerry
and dispersing by myriads over the deep seas; they rise at times to
the surface by a movement so simultaneous that for miles and miles
around the skiff of the fisherman nothing may be seen but the
bright glitter of the scales as if the entire face of the deep were a
blue robe spangled with silver.” It is this simultaneous movement
which calls for explanation, and it seems to offer a good subject for
debate. The idea has been put forward that dumb animals may
have some mode of communication which lies outside the ordinary
senses as we know them—a kind of telepathy may be.

To conclude with a passing allusion to local matters: Several
people, including myself, have seen the kingfisher of late in the
accustomed spot, and I am told that a pair of these birds was seen
a little while ago just above the bridge, in the neighbourhood of
the Baths. The sparrow hawks have been rather prominent from
the Bridge and Stapenhill Road for some time past, and it has been
very curious to see them hovering over the water as well as over
land, though I have not seen them swoop into the water as yet.

*“ Old Red Sandstone.”

73

The “Breaking” of Barton Fishpond.

By J. E. NOWERS.

Reap Berorr tHe Narurat History anpD GEOLOGICAL SECTION,
December 17rH, 1909.

The fishpond, near Barton and Walton Station, on the Midland
Railway, has been the scene of a curious phenomenon during the
summer months of 1908, 1909, and 1910. This pond is an old
ballast pit, about seven acres in extent, and of considerable depth in
places. There is no stream running into it, but a brook runs out on
the east side, discharging into the Trent. The water is no doubt
partly supplied by springs in the bottom ofthe pond, and of course
a large quantity of rain water is collected in that area.

I believe it is between thirty-five and forty years since gravel
was dug out of it, the water getting ahead of the pumping engines
and drowning the pit out. It is now stocked with fish, and is the
private fishing of the Midland Railway Institute Fishing Club. On
Sunday afternoon, July 4, 1909, 1 visited the pond, and instead of
finding the water of the usual transparency, the surface was covered
with a thick green scum, which on the lee side the wind had driven
into quite a solid mass, and all over the pond one could see quite
distinct tracks made by coot and other water fowl, including the
Great Crested Grebe, a pair having again taken up their abode on
the pond, and this year have hatched off a brood of young. I saw the
old birds with three or four young several times.

On taking a sample tube of the water as deep down as I could
reach, and holding it up to the light, I found it to be full of minute
Algze, which appear to float throughout the full depth of the pond ;
probably being about the same specific gravity as water,

74 THE ‘‘ BREAKING”? OF BARTON FISHPOND

They appear as minute irregular diamond-shaped particles when
floating in a tube of water, which, on microscopical examination,
proved to be bundles of trichomes of Aphanizomenon flos-aque. I
had never seen the pond in this condition before, but, on mentioning
the matter to Mr. Collins, the stationmaster, he told me that the
same thing occurred in 1908, but not so badly as this year. The
phenomenon is not uncommon on the Shropshire Meres, it is called
‘“ breaking of the Mere,” or ‘‘ breaking of the water.”
It is reported by the late Sir Thomas Wardle, of Leek, as occurring
on Copmere, Staffordshire. * It is also observed in both Scotland
and Ireland, and is known in Germany as Wasser-bluthe, and in
France as Les Fleurs d’Eau.

The term “breaking ”’ must not be confused with water
breaking through the banks, or with the term broken water, used
when water is in violent agitation ; but itis given to this phenomenon
because the surface of the water is said to resemble the appearance
of yeast breaking through wort at the start of fermentation. While
the pond is in this condition the fish seem to sulk, and the most
expert angler is unable to tempt them with his most alluring bait.
It is thought that either their gills become clogged with the minute
Algze, or that injurious gases are given offand have an effect on them,
but which is the case is not yet determined. I was informed that
practically no fish were caught during the “breaking” of Barton
Fishpond, only a few eels being captured. Of course during the
summer months one may skim considerable quantities of minute
Algz off the surface of any still water, but this is quite unlike the
breaking of a pond or lake.

A close microscopical examination revealed myriads of minute
Algz ; in addition to Aphanizomenon flos-aque. Ionly identified
one other species, Anabeena Hassallii, and this only in very small
quantity. Itis with the former species I wish particularly to deal, as
it is the one that causes most of the mischief ‘This little Alga
belongs to the family Nostocez, being one of its six genera.

The green specks consist of great numbers of needle-like bodies
called trichomes. ‘I'hey have the power of adhering, thus forming

* Transactions North Staffordshire Field Club, Vol, XXI pp 110-123
“The Breaking of Copmere.”

“ce

THE ‘‘ BREAKING”? OF BARTON FISHPOND 75
the specks visible to the naked eye; they are very thin rods slightly
attenuated at the apex, and about 1-3000th part of an inch in
diameter, and slightly flattened, which possibly gives them the
strong power of cohesion. On some of the trichomes we find
Heterocysts, which are cells of a totally different character from their
neighbours. The microscopical appearance of the ordinary trichomes
is rather peculiar; they are slightly granular, rather refractive,
and seem difficult to get in proper focus. In some of the specimens
examined I observed a gliding movement of the trichomes; they
appear to slide along each other rather slowly, but the movement
is quite distinct. ‘I'he movement does not appear to be very common ;
scores of slides were examined without seeing it, then one would be
found showing it very distinctly. I think it has possibly to do with
reproduction, and that the plants must be in exactly the right
state for it to be observed. The same movement was noticed by
Dr. A. H. John, of Stoke-on-Trent, in some specimens I sent him from
Barton. Healso found it of rare occurrence. Neither he nor I could
find any record of this movement having been previously observed.
As the plant decays so very soon, it is not an easy matter to keep it
long for continuous microscopical examination. But it is during
the process of decay that some of the most interesting points
connected with it can be observed.

When the decay set in large numbers of Animalculz made their
appearance, many Paramecium of different forms, and small Rotifers,
while the various species of Entomostraca seemed particularly happy
feeding on the decaying matter. Another interesting feature was the
large number of Bacteria that put in an appearance. I noted one
large species particularly active, it was no doubt Bacillus subtilis.
The water became a bluish colour and turbid, but on the decaying
plants and the infusoria living among them settling to the bottom
of the tube, the middle portion of the water was the colour
of a solution of sulphate of copper, the top part remaining turbid and
of a pale blue, giving off a most unpleasant smell.

I filtered some of this greenish blue water, and after the filtrate
had been standing some days I noticed a curious dichroic effect ; on
viewing the liquid by transmitted light it appeared bluish green, but
by reflected light chestnut-brown, exactly as is seen in a solution of
some of the anilene dyes.

76 THE ‘‘ BREAKING” OF BARTON FISHPOND

A drop of tincture of Iodine turns this solution of chlorophyll
(I have no doubt that it is a solution of chlorophyll) the same colour
as seen by reflected light.

The late Sir Thomas Wardle gave a very interesting account of
the colouring powers of this little plant in his paper before the North
Staffordshire Field Club. [| He contends that the chlorophyll occurs
in this Alga in a liquid state and that it escapes as the plant decays
thus forming the solution of chlorophyll, I believe the dichroic state
of the solution of chlorophyll was first noticed by Sir Thomas Wardle,
he says that in about a month the solution finally assumed an autumnal
brown tint and compares the changes, to the changes in foliage
during a year. I was extremely pleased to find on reading Sir
Thomas’ paper after making my own observations on Barton pond
that they agreed so closely with the opinions of such an eminent
authority on the chemistry and physiology of colours and dyes.

I paid several visits to the pond during 1909 after July 4th.
On July 31st it was still in the same condition. August 9th, the Alga
appeared to be slightly dying off ; at the South end it was a bluish
green colour, rather the shade of corroded copper, the temperature
of the water was 72 °F.; the smell was very bad from the partly
decayed Alga. September 11th, there was still a quantity of the Alga at
the S.W. corner and of the corroded copper colour, most of the pond
was clearer; the temperature was lower, the water being only 56 oF.

On October 31st I found the pond quite clear and free from
Alga except a small quantity adhering to the stems of the dead rushes
ete. at the South end. During 1910 I made several inspections of the
pond. June 23rd, I noticed the water had a lot of minute Alge
floating in it, this proved to be Anabzena Hassallii in considerable
quantity, and only the slightest traces of Aphanizomenon.

July 2lst the water was full of bundles of Aphanizomenon
floating about, making it look a sea-green colour, but was not in
sufficient quantity to forma scum on any part of the pond. The
water itself was quite clean and colourless. On making a microscopical
examination of samples taken on this day, I found the gliding
movement mentioned above in almost every field examined } had
never seen it so frequent or distinct before.

+ Transactions North Staffordshire Field Club, Vol. XXXI p 121,

‘YW NOV-SOTH NONANOZINVHdV

‘apoujaed Surjeoy ypemg ‘sysA00.10}0F] Furmoyg
OF X Ko 091 X
“TIL Sty S/S ‘T St

“UML JO SSBUL FOr} B MOLT

lex
‘Tl Sty

,

THE ‘‘ BREAKING” OF BARTON FISHPOND 17

Anabeena Hassallii was also observed but in much less quantity
than on the previous visit. It no doubt appears earlier than
Aphanizomenon and was rapidly giving way to that species.
July 30th a very large quantity of Aphanizomenon was in the water,
forming a thick scum on the surface.

August 31st this Alga still in large quantity. October 16th it
had almost disappeared only a few small bundles floating about, the
water was quite clear and bright.

On the 13th of August, 1909, I made some marks on a sheet of
note paper with water containing Aphanizomenon, exposed it to light
and sun for a year, and at the time of writing (January, 1911), it is
as fresh a green as ever, this shows how very permanent the colouring
matter is.

As I said above, the * breaking” of this pond was not noticed
until 1908. JI have a theory as to how the occurrence may have been
started, ‘lhe great Crested Grebe is found on the Shropshire Meres,
on which “ breaking” occurs, they are also found on Barton Fish
Pond, I think it is quite possible that some of these birds have come
from Shropshire carrying some Alga with them, the conditions being
favourable, it had spea'l] to an enormous extent and continued for
three successive summers, this seems a likely explanation of its
appearance: Ellesmere being only 60 miles in a straight line from
Barton Station. Of course the Alga may have been in the pond in
small quantity for some years before it was noticed; gradually
increasing each year until the ‘ breaking ” occurred.

I have been frequently asked by fishermen if anythizg could be
done to clear the pond of the Alga, Iam afraid I cannot suggest a
remedy ; now it is once established, nature must take its course.

Another matter is how far is the water affected by organic
contamination, this would be an interesting matter for investigation.

The “ breaking ” of Ellesmere wasa great source of wonder until
the matter was finally settled by a committee of the Caradoc Field

Club,

78 THE ‘‘ BREAKING’? OF BARTON FISHPOND

Mr. W, Phillips, F.L.S.{ in a paper on the Shropshire Meres,
counted the number of Algze contained in a drop of water the size of
a pin head and found them to be 300, so what myriads of these
minute plants there must be in Barton fish pond with its area of
seven acres.

During this year I visited the pond several times and found that
“ breaking” had again occured. but not to so great an extent as I
had seen it in previous years, in spite of the very hot weather.

My first visit was on May 6th when there was not the slightest
trace of Aphanizomenon or Anabena to be found. On June 4th there
was a large quantity of Anabzena Hassallii floating about, but not a
trace of Aphanizomenon to be found. On July Ist and 29th the pond
was ‘“ breaking” badly, and on August 19th not a trace of the Alga
was to be found, even on careful microscopical examination, but again
on September 3rd and also on October 15th there was considerable
quantity of Aphanizomenon to be seen. On the latter date it was
starting to decay at the South-West end of the pond. It is a
remarkable fact that the Alga should disappear for a time during the
Summer; perhaps the temperature of the water was too hot for it,
one would have expected to find it in greater quantity during the
very hot weather, but this was not so.

t ‘Breaking of the Shropshire Meres,” by W. Phillips, F.Z.S.
ransactions of Shropshire Natural History Society, Vol. VII.

Sinai Park.

By HENRY A. RYE.

READ BEFORE THE Society, Frespruary 1871p, 1910.

Needwood Forest was one of the Royal forests of England, and
the Abbot of Burton-on-Trent and the Prior of Tutbury held special
privileges and peculiar rights in the same. Let us start with a clear
idea of what was the meaning of a forest, so many have such wild
ideas. I well remember a friend of mine, who raved about the
iniquity of the great deer forests in Scotland, who came to visit me
when I was under the Duke of Sutherland and who, going with me
to visit one of the forest shooting lodges, after a drive of ten miles
through heather, rock and peat-bog, asked, ‘‘ When do we come to
the deer forest?” My reply was, ‘* We are in the centre of it now.”
‘But where are the trees, and grass lands”? I replied, ‘In your
imagination. Is this not grand land to clear and make into small
holdings for the crofters?” Needless to say his views of settling
small holders on the great deer forests of Sutherland underwent a
great change.

A “ forest’’ in Norman Plantagenet and early Tudor days was a
portion of territory consisting of extensive waste lands and including
a certain amount of both woodlands and pasture circumscribed by
defined metes and bounds within which the right of hunting was
reserved exclusively to the King, and was subject to a special code
of laws administered by local as well as central ministers.

Much learning might have been spared had the true meaning of
forest been grasped in trying to prove that forests were vast woods
with rich grassy glades,

80 SINAI PARK

Many forests had various parks. A park was an enclosure fenced
off by pales ora wall. In the forest, forest law prevailed in a park, but
not in those outside such limits, and under the head of Shobnall
Park we first meet with a definite description of what in after days
became known as Sinai Park.

Of the various notices of Shobnall given in the early charters
and documents of the Abbey, we may briefly glance at the following :—

Early in the reign of Henry I, in a deed it is stated that Ulsi
held one house in Scopenhal for which he paid twelve pence, three
acres of land and one acre of meadow. In the same reign is recorded
the great dispute beween Robert de Ferrers and Geoffrey, Abbot of
Burton, which ended in a grant of permission to have two carts in
the Forest of Needwood to draw dead wood for firewood for the
Abbey.

1247, Matthew de Scobenhal quit claims to Lawrence, Abbot of
Burton all the land, which he held in Scobenhal by Matilda formerly his
wife and previously wife of William Gardener of Lichfield, for ever,
for which the Abbey granted him one mark of silver and every
month a bushel of rye from the granary of the Abbot.

Walter son of Ralph de Sobenhal in the time of Henry III quit
claims to God and the Church and the monks of Burton one messuage
with appurtenances in Sobenhal, which Ralph Bole held, together
with the messuage of Nicholas de Oxonia and a small toft near the
messuage of Herbert Carucarii extending from Holebroc towards the
Abbot’s Hay, for which grant the Abbot Lawrence paid him one mark
in silver. He granted them also for the health of his soul and his
ancestors eight acres of land in a field cailed Broderuding for ever.

By a similar deed Hawise, daughter of Jordan de Sobenhal, in
her lawful widowhood quit-claims to God, the Abbey of Burton
Lawrence the Abbot and the Monks there all that tenement and
lands which she held in the township of Sobenhal, and the meadow
and volatu in Littlehay and all other appurtenances, together with all
that tenement and land which Eva her mother held in dower in the
town of Sobenhal, save only that she should hold the same of the
Abbot and Convent for her life by service of fourpence in annual
rent,

SINAI PARK 81

I fancy myself that all these various grants went to make up
what, about this time, beeame known as Shopenhale Park.

In 1316 Abbot John Fisher died, and was succeeded by Abbot
William Bromley. In 1334 the Abbot and Convent grant to Adam
Bullok, of Burton, the bailinri and custody of their park at
Schobenhale for his life. The chronicle tells us ‘He gave five
days’ indulgence from the blood letting from mid-day on Satur-
day till vespers on the fourth day after, in that place
surrounded by a dyke in the park of Shopenhale,
with increased allowance of bread and beer beyond the usual
corrody.”

SINAI PARK, SHOWING PORCH, AND APARTMENTS AT ONE TIME THE
SOLAR, CHAPEL AND CELLAR.

Here we have a distinct mention of the house that goes under
the name of Sinai Park, and also of its use at that time. The curious
practice of periodical blood-letting, regarded according to medizeval
medical knowledge as so salutary, formed part of the ordinary
infirmarian’s work. ‘The operation was performed or might be
performed in all four times a year; if possible in February, April,

8° SINAI PARK

September, and October. It was not to take place in time of harvest,
in Advent, or Lent, or on the three following feasts of Christmas,
Easter, or Pentecost. ‘Thecommunity were operated upon in batches
of from two to six at a time, and the special day was arranged for
them by the Superior in Chapter, who would announce at the proper
time “that those who sat at this or that table were to be blooded.”
In settling the turns, consideration had of course to be paid to the
needs of the community. The weekly server for example, and the reader
and the hebdomadary of the community mass were not to be operated
upon during the period of their services; and when a feast day was
to be kept within four days of the blood-letting, only those were to
be practiced on who could be spared from the singing and serving
at the necessary ecclesiastical functions of the feast.

From first to last the operation of blood-letting occupied four
days, and the process was simple. At the time appointed the
infirmarian had a fire lighted in the Calafactory if it were needed,
and thither, between Tierce and Sext, if the day was not a fast, or
between Sext and Nones if it were, the operator and his victimg
repaired. If the latter desired to fortify themselves against the
lancet they might proceed beforehand to the Frater and take some-
thing to eat and drink. During the time of healing, after the
styptic had been applied and the bandages fastened, the discipline
of the Cloister was somewhat mitigated. The patient for instance
could always spend the hours of work and reading in repose—either
lying on his bed or sitting in the Chapter House or Cloister as he
felt disposed. Till his return to full choir work he was not to
be bound to any duty. If he was an obedientiary or official he was
to get some one to see to his necessary duties for him during the
time of his convalescence. If he liked to go to the Hours in choir he
was to sit ; he was never to bend down or to do penance of any kind
for fear of displacing the bandages, and he was to go out of the
Church before the others, for fear of having his arm rubbed if he were
to walk in the ranks. During the three days of his convalescence he
said his Compline at night in the Chapter House or elsewhere, and
then went straight to bed before the community. Though he had
still to rise for Matins with the others, after a brief visit to the church
he was allowed to betake himself to the infirmary, and there to say a
much shortened form of night office with the infirmarian and others.
When this was done he was to return at once to bed. In the Frater
the Monk who had been ‘‘ blooded” received the same food as the

SINAI PARK 83

rest, with the addition of a half-pound of white bread, and an extra
portion, if possible, of eggs. On the second and third day this was
to be increased in amount, and other strengthening food was given
him. In some places these meals were served in the infirmary after
blood-letting, and it was directed that the infirmary servant should,
on the first day after the bleeding, get ready for the patients, sage
and parsley, washed in salt water, and a dish of soft eggs. ‘‘ Those
who found it necessary to be cupped or scarified more frequently,”
adds our set of regulations, “‘ had to get leave, but were not to
expect to stay away from regular duties on that account.”

I am indebted for the foregoing to Abbot Gasquet’s English
Monastic Life.

Undoubtedly the house was then standing surrounded by its
moat or dyke in the days of Abbot Bromley ; what it may have been
used for before is uncertain, but I have little doubt myself that it
was the Manor House of the de Sobenhal family. By Abbot Bromley’s
gift it became a Sanatorium.

Robert Longdone succeeded as Abbot. He died 1340.

Robert Brickhull was made Abbot, and we hear of him that he
made a large barn and a dove cote with other buildings at Shopinhale.
Whatever the house we are speaking of had been, Manor House,
Grange, Park Lodge or what, this evidently refers to what is now
called Shobnall Grange, Robert died in 1348.

As I have no documentary evidence I cannot make at present a
positive assertion, but it looks as if the Magna Pestilentia visited
Burton, for we have a change in Abbots in the very year of that
dreadful time. We can only touch upon this subject in passing.
If any of you want to follow it up and see the fearful destruction of
life read Dr. Jessopp, on The Black Death or better still Abbot Gasquet
on the same subject or go look at some old Church or Monastic
building and you will see traces of it written in stone. Consult the
Court rolls of any ancient Manor. 800 beneficed Clergy perished in
Norfolk and Suffolk alone. In the religious houses the plague
wrought worse havoc. There were seven nunneries in Norfolk and
Suffolk, five of them lost their prioresses, how many of the nuns, who
can guess. In the college of S. Mary in the fields at Norwich five of
the seven prebendaries died. In September the Abbot of S. Benets

84 ~ SINAI PARK

Hulme was carried off. Again we ask and receive no answer, what
must have been the mortality amongst the Monks and the servants
of the Convent.

And yet we do sometimes get an answer. In the house of
Augustinian canons at Heveringland, prior and canons died to a man.
At Hickling, which a century before had been a flourishing house
and doing good work, only one canon survived. Neither of these
houses ever recovered from the effects of the visitation. They were
both eventually absorbed in other monastic establishments. I quote
from Wadding the great Annalist of the Franciscans.

He writes :—

“Tt was from this cause that the monastic bodies, and especially the
mendicant orders, which up to this time had been flourishing in virtue and
learning, began to decline and discipline to became slack, as well from the
loss of eminent men as from the relaxation of the rules in consequence of
the pitiable calamities of the time, and it was vain to look for reform
among the young men and the promiscuous multitude who were received
without the necessary discrimination for they thought more of filling the
empty houses than of restoring the old strictness that had passed away.”

We get passing glimpes of this from the “ Burton Chronicle” :—

“ John Ibstoke, Abbot, 1348-1366, he added two-and-a-half days to the
indulgence from the blood-letting so as to extend it from the Saturday till
Saturday.”

As the number decreased at the Abbey there would be less need
for the Sanatorium, and I doubt not that it would return to its original
use of the great lodge for the Shobnall Park and would be used for
hunting and other purposes by the Abbots.

When it changed its name I cannot say, but it must have been
shortly before the dissolution.

In the 26th Henry VIII (1534) Seyne Park was valued at £8
per annum.

In the 3rd Edward VI (1549) the herbages of the farm was let
to John Taylor at £20.

Can it have been called Sinai because it was used as the court
for the administration of Forest Law? The law was given upon Mount

SINAI PARK 85

Sinai and if Forest Law were given here, what more likely than to
call this hill Sinai?

The earliest notice I have come across as to why it was called Sinai
is a description of Leicestershire by William Burton, 1622, on page 119
under the heading of Grace Dieu.

“A monastery for nunnes of the order of Saint Augustine to the
honour of the Holy Trinity of de la Grace Dieu 20-26 King Henry
III. This house standeth low in a valley upon a little brooke in a
solitary place compassed round with an high and strong wall, within

_which the nunnes had made a garden in resemblance of that upon
Mount Olivet—Gethsamane, whither Christ with Peter, James and
John (a little before he was betrayed) went up to pray. As formerly
had been done by the Abbot of Burton-upon-Trent in
the County of Stafford, who having a vast rough hillie
ground about a mile distant from the Abbey, called it
Sinai for the likeness it had to that rough wilderness
Sinai, where in a mount, God appeared unto Moses—
which ground to this day retaineth the name and is
now called Sinai Park.

Molyneux says :-—

“In the earliest accounts preserved of the place it is described as Seyne,
Seynne, or Seyney and formerly stood within an enclosed park, so named,
containing 519 a, 3, 3p, of which | a, 1 R, 5p, formed the site of the great
lodge as the house was then called, 3524, 2r, 16, consisted of wood, and
the remaining 1654, 3R, 22p were under cultivation of the lord of the
Manor, and valued at £170.”

He further states :—

“Tn an estate map executed 1759, the park fence is distinctly shown
running at the base of the hills across the Lawns Farm to the old road to
Tatenhill, and thence parallel to it onward to Postern House, along the
whole of which line the old earth bank upon which the fence stood may still
be traced. It was then continued to Shobnall.”

Let us now turn to the building itself and see what we can
make out. Well, here is the plan as at present. To-day it is
divided up into three holdings—a dwelling house, a farmhouse, and
a farm man’s cottage.

INAI PARK

8

86

"MuVd IWNIS 40 NV1Id

NIMHILIN
std Poy

“LNGAL 4“ NOLAAG
Havd IWNIS

YagNVHO

87

SINAI PARK

It is late in the 13th century that we get the first definite notice

of that place surrounded by a dyke in the Park of

Shopenhale.

ee ee ee a —— rr er rae are -

“MaVd IVWNIS 40 NW1d GNNOYD

NZHILI

‘(Aqoroog uvenbyuy espquiyg ayy fq due, A[pury) XISSA “TIWH WVHYOH 40 NV1d GNNOUD

Veal lie
| IaH? S.LIS | “e

pITTTT?

a

RKO
COOKS
POO

“00,0000 OO Os"
SES

SKS

SESE LON

OZ+| Lnoelv Baa

38 ONIAVHS ° AWM
NW Tel GNNOYUD
TWH WYHYUOH i a ee ee oe eee

SINAI PARK 89

And here we have the dyke still nearly perfect.

Alexander Nequam, said to have been born at S. Alban’s 1157,
Master of the Grammar School 1188-1195, 1213 Abbot of Cirencester,
and died 1217, in describing the various parts of a house enumerates
the hall, the private bed chamber, the kitchen, the larder, the
servery, and the cellar. The Hall—this apartment, and not
infrequently the whole building, was termed Aula. Hence the
origin of the modern word Hall, as applied to a country residence.
It was generally situated on the ground floor, but sometimes over a
lower storey it presented an elevation equal or superior to that of the
buildings annexed to it, and was the only large apartment in the
entire edifice; and was in its original design intended to accom-
modate the owner and his numerous followers and servants. They
not only took their meals in the hall, but also slept in it on the floor.
The Hall would he the whole height of the building. The upper
end of ihe Hall was raised a step to form a dais for the high table;
the tables of the retainers ran down the sides. To check the draughts
from the doors, short screens were projected from each side wall, and
a third Screen was placed in the centre. The passage came to be
called the Screens; there was also a gallery over the top of the
Screens. The Private Bed Chamber was annexed to the hall, and
was situated on the second floor, and was called from an early period
the Solar. The chamber beneath, on the level with the hall, was
called the cellar.

Adjoining the Solar seems to have been the Chapel, and to have
extended the remaining length of this wing it may have been of two
storeys in height, the lower part for the retainers, the upper for the
Monks, but there is nothing left to teli from. The roof, where exposed,
certainly points to this part having been used for the Chapel

At the opposite end of the hall usually comes the buttery and
pantry, and behind these the kitchen, but here we seem to depart
from the usual plan, and to bave had the kitchen opening out from
the screens, and the larders, pantries, etc., running out and forming
another wing. A stair also seems to have opened out of the Screens
and led to the chambers above.

To show you that Sinai follows closely upon the plan of a
medizval house, I show the plan of Horham Hall, Essex, which is a
typical medizval plan,

90 SINAI PARK

Here you will see the Hall, with Dais and Screens, also the
staircase at the back of Dais, as it was at Sinai, but the arrangement
of kitchen, etc., a little different. You will see also that the Chapel
occupied almost the identical site it must have done at Sinai. Also
note the fireplace in the Hall.

Now we will get back to our plan of Sinai and see its gradual
development. You will find at Sinai, the greater part of the develop-
ment is of timber construction. Well, we are on the edge of the
Great Forest of Needwood, and timber is more easily obtained.

As we get away from the Middle Ages there is a greater
seclusion. The Solar becomes the centre of the life of the house in
place of the Hall, and in this case we may I think safely say that at
Sinai the Hall
was made into
two by inser-
tion of a floor
forming it
into an En-
trance Hall
and a Great
Gallery. At
this time was
also added the
porch, now
made in the
centre of the
east side, and
the staircase
on the west
side, giving
access to the
Great Gallery.
Most of the
oak panelling
is of this date.
The kitchen
was also

divided in

THE OLD FRONT DOOR, SINAI PARK.

SINAI PARK 91

the same manner, and a bedroom formed over it. We find the
same treatment at Haddon Hall, and if you compare it with the work
at Sinai we shall see that the work is very similar, except that the
wood supports to the floor at Haddon are superseded at Sinai by
a cast-iron column ; an oak post would have been in better keeping.

. . ‘ * AB
Z af
/ { a

THE WEST SIDE OF SINAI PARK.

I should put these alterations as between 1541 and 1595, when
it was the Great Lodge of the Lord of the Manor. To the same
period the building, which I have ventured to call the Chaplain’s
Room, with the room below must be ascribed.

After Sinai was abandoned as the Great Lodge, it became a farm-
house, and was further broken up into smaller rooms; the great
fireplaces were walled up, and reduced to what we find now.

To this period, the date of which should be easily found by any
one who had access to papers and muniments connected with the
Estate, belong the division of the Great Hall, and the later addition
on the north side.

92 SINAI PARK

And later we come to the time when the depression in agricul-
ture swept over the land, and the gentleman farmer gave place to
the hard working farmer, and again the old house was divided up,
and we see it as it is, in three distinct holdings—the dwelling house,
the farmhouse, and the farm man’s cottage.

I should not close my paper without saying a word upon the
traditions of the place. First, the strong popular belief of the
subterranean passage to Burton Abbey. Molyneux pointed out its
impossibility. Why should any sane being want to travel that distance
underground when there was no earthly reason for it, and certainly
the Monks of old had no reason for so doing. I have been shewn
lots of these subterranean passages and have usually found they
were the remains of the ancient drainage of the place.

The next, as Molyneux says : —

“ One small room or recess leading from the principal staircase still bears
the name of the confessional, a purpose to which there is no doubt it was
originally applied.”

There is no doubt in my mind that when this room was built, was
long after the suppression of the Monastery and that this little room
opened out into what was then the Great Gallery, and would most
likely have been used for a gallery in which to place the musicians,
when the place was used for dances. I fear friend Molyneux never
went to his duties or he would have known the usual place for
confessions would be in the private chapel, not a room over the stairs
opening out into the Great Gallery.

I hope that the few brief remarks, that I have been able to make
upon this old house, will add more interest to this most remarkable
old building, that has for 576 years at least watched over the
development of Burton-on-Trent.

ap”

93
Abbots of Burton-on-Trent—1004 to 1540.

Compiled by GEORGE APPLEBY.

Was previously.

NAME
1 | WULGETUS
2. BRETERICUS ...
3 | LEWRICUS
4| GEFFREY DE MALATERRA .
5 | NIGELLUS
6 | GEFFREY
7| ROBERT
8 | BARNARD
ROBERT
9 | ROGER MALEBRAUNCH
10 | RICHARD
11 | NICHOLAS
12 | WILLIAM MELBOURNE
15 | ROGER sil
14 | NICHOLAS DE WALLINGFORD)
15 | RICHARD DE LISLE .. 2
i6 | LAWRENCE
17 | JOHN STAFFORD
1s | THOMAS PACKINGTON
19 | JOHN PISCATOR
29 | WILLIAM BROM: RY ...
21 | ROBERT LONGDONE ..
29 | ROBERT BRICKHULL
22 | JOHN IBSTOKE
24 | THOMAS SOUTHAM
23 JOHN SUDBURY
26) WILLIAM MATTHEW ..
27 | ROBERT OUSBY
28. RALPH HENLEY
29 WILLIAM BRANSTON
30 | THOMAS FEYLDE
51 | WILLIAM FLEIGH
2 si REYNE
33 | JOHN BOSTON ..
34 | TOMAS
34 | RICHARD EDYS
a=

..| Monk of Burton

.. | Monk and Cellarer of Burton

Monk of Winchester
do.
do.

do.

.| Monk and Sacrist of

Winchester

. | Monk and Prior of

Winchester
Monk of Winchester

Monk of Giastonbury, then
Abbot of Cerne
Re-instated

Prior of Great Malvern

-| Prior of Rochester ...

Prior of Abingdon ...

Monk of Reading ...
Monk of Normandy ..

Monk and Prior of Burton .
Prior of St. Edmonsbury
| Monk of Burton

Monk and Prior of Burton

do.
Monk of Burton eos
Monk, also Cellarer of Burton
Monk of Burton, then Prior
of Tutbury
Monk and Cellarer, of Burton
Monk and Almoner of Burton
Monk and Abbot’s Chaplain
of Surton

Monk and Sacrist cf Burton
| Monk and Almoner of Burton

Monk of St. Albans

Monk of Burton
Monk of Burton

Monk and Prior of Burton ...|

No account
do
| do

Died.

A.D.
1026

1050

1085
Expelled
1094

1114
Resigned

1150
Expelled

1179
i7

1182

1188
1197
1213
1218

1223
Preferred
1229

1260
Resigned
1280

1305
1516
1329

1340
1348

1366
Resigned
| 1400
Resigned

1424
Resigned
1430

1432
Resigned
1454
| 1472
1495
1502
1525
No account
Was Abbot
in 1533

Surrender-
ed 1540

94

DATES OF ARRIVAL OF SUMMER MIGRANTS, AS
NOTICED IN BURTON-ON-TRENT DISTRICT.

By CHAS. HANSON, Junr.

| 1906) 1907 1908t | 1909) 1910

CHIFF-CHAFF _..| April ny March 24 | April 17 | April 9| April 14
WILLOW WARBLER st i 13 April 28|May 2] , awl . Fag
WHITETHROAT _ ...| ,, 13|May 5/ , 2! , 24] May 16
EeMSGHRGw eas wor wecs|ea 13) re Meee a ek Ps
YELLOW WAGTATL | 3. ~ 8] apa «| | 2] 3 GPs
REED HUNTING | % 11 March 30 | April <5 | 4 10] setae
COMMON SANDPIPER .| ,, 22| ,, 24 LY:
CUCKOO ... Py » 49] April 28 | April 28 | April 24 A ee
SAND MARTIN ah AU, | Mey, 2, 9
SWALLOW ... | edb 4 87 | apar 20'| ae
HOUSE MARTIN To = 82! May 5) May -11 | ,,. “Bf eee
SWIFT... | May 6) 5 - 4} bs gee
TREE PIPIT a ee See ee
CORNCRAKE fel" Maye 236) fe key ys 2 a
REDSTART ..| April 13] April 28{ ,, 10] ,,. 8 | April 24
WHINCHAT Eide a5 | Mag) OA’ 19 |
SEDGE WARBLER ...| May 6| ,, 5|May 2| April 24| Mey 9
REED WARBLER tach, 13| Sat) tee ee
BLACKCAP as Apel ae rg oeee
GARDEN WARBLER... May) 9 | 5, %59
SPOTTED

FLYCATCHER ...| May 27] May 25] May 10 5 9 eee

* A very early record.

+ The month of April 1908, was very cold, with N.E. wind pervailing throughout,
and this, no doubt, was the cause of the late arrival of many species.

For previous years see Vol, V, part 2,

1906.

R OF

WEATHE

0

4

THI

¢ 98 6g COT 611 QL aed OT tee 66 68h 981 ci G8: 6996] UVaA
I él 4 ra FL 61 Lé | ‘OT 6 €¢ L-LE 06 Bre Ge: 86.2 “yaawaodd
6 8 6 8 OL ¢ 61 GG (a4 6¢ LEP LI 61 T9. GL-6 UHANAAON
t € 3 61 : 9 3 FI GE I 89 LG ina SI LL. OLF | UAAOLOO
ook 9 6 L 8 F 66 O€ T 66 6-LG 9 al 8. 46-1 | YHANALdaAS
0 3S FI GT 0 Of sr L€ 68 9.9 eI ina €¢- I0tT | GDSnadsnVv
P G IT PL 0 aL 1b’ | OF 08 | 0-19 FI 8I ae te ““ATOL
| F §I ¥ 6 0 g Lg 18 LL G.LG (1 86 €9- | O€-6 |" aNOL
| 6 9 6 L G 6 oe 8 6L € 1g LI 06 1€- Ole | “IVA
OL 8 G L 6 GT 96 él 69 0-SF | rat 82 9[- Osi te WYdV
SI [ 8 L €l 0€ ia L G90 98. 1F €l ral JAS Walolesle | HOUVA
ix) OL e L 8 9 9 GG 9I €G 8-9¢ 61 12 LV 81-6 AUVOUETA
¢ I IL FI 8 €% Ge LG GG L-OF O36 LI 68: 64-6 | AUVONVE
a a a Pe ee
alee ee ee | ae Pe ee eee en | coe arene
“‘PUEAN JO UOT}DaaIg ‘aanjesadosay lesurey

a saa Si gees ea eed 2k dl
‘9061 JO} AvewUING yeoISojos0a}aJ, UII] -u0-u0zIng

he

190

THE WEATHER OF

96

P 69 8P LET LOL G8 | gé | II pais 6L | BLP 66 Aine | 98-1 | $6 62 UVAA
Eales aia aol eel ie i

T 6 G 91 L al I xa 8 cg | 9.6¢ Ié Gl 149. | 91-€ | UdaNaoOUd

€ al 0 II P OI | 0& | &@ ¢ 8G | 8-6P 61 6 OF. | 6G | UMANAAON

: L 6 06 6 F 8 66 ) 9!) | €-6P 16 91 66-1 | 66-P dad OLIO

6 6 G L 0 Fo | PE \ElFel| FL | 8-99 8 i? 8e | £8 | YHA NALdas

0 0 OL 16 0 86 | 88 | 6RE| F4 L-8S LT Fl 6L-T | 99.6 LSODNV

I FI ¥ él 0 Tl | 68 Sl | 6L | @-LS Li Ié 96-1 | 4V-E | “XTONL

g 0 €L PL 0 66 | 66 6 FL | 1-S¢ 66 II 6G. | 866 aNOL

Ol 9 Ol G I ee | Ie ol | 62 | TTS LI €T 26. | OL-€ “ AVA

L 8 8 L G 8l | 28 I 69 | 0-9F 61 TS6VEl| Gs. | HG-T WadV

; G 0 9 OL Sl | Fe | & 16 | 89 | G€F ral 61 L¥. | O€-1 HOUVA

: OL 6 6 L Sle i|es él 16 | 8& | 9.96 él al OV 149-1 | AUVOUEAA

. 6 6 cI LT GI Gc | IL él GG | G-LE 8 6 Se. MOLL (= SACU YONA
Senn aba de was “MS Mores cae pees ste jo-on | isowwaap | Mod ‘HLNOWN

‘pur AA JO WoI}Daa1G ‘aanjesaduna f, “pesurey

‘2061 40} ArewruInS yeoBojosoajay. JUII_L-uo-uoj}Ing

97

1908

ER OF

EATH

THE W

L 89 LL TI B01 17) ae BP ieee nse 161 ae €8 | 9-96 |" UVaA
g I 6 91 g 6 |o¢ jot |9 | to | Tse £2 ct | 28 | t9-1 | HaaNaodd
er G L Ol 8 9 |OT | 0% | at | 6¢ | ¢.cF GI at | 2 | 69-1 | UMAWAAON
gt ee 91 I 0 T | 88 | 1 | 1 4 | 1-9 Lt st |. ue leet | wtaoOLoO
g g gl Ol Bi eb ene |-08m ee egg PL SI | PL | 63 | UaaWaLdaS
cs g 6 G a 0. | db es. fe~ Vee | eee GI €8 | 6c. | LHe msapav
a F ¢ ul II 0 |8 |ar je \te ) 019 Il 6.) OF Lene te eRe
a 5 Ul L 8 0 |st |9¢ |¢ | os | oge I e | €8 | Fe2 anor
Ss g b Gl Ol 6 |i | 6e | 28 | 6s | eee gl @ | Gh | r92 AVN
of gl 6 ¢ G 6 | +2 | Fe | 0g | go | Gar 61 G@ | €2 | 91% Wad
7 fest I 6 9 Qt | @t | 98 |esPs) sc | 268 61 #3 | og. | £92 HOUVIN
F 0 g 1z b | SE | 98) dt 169 | ¢-0F Gl a | es | 261 | AuvOUadd
a t 8 8 a | |e | ft | se | zee 91 9 | 8% | 90) AUVONWE
Bog] BIEN | usspend har eee Oa eae wihdye coy | wriseratg | | som

‘PULA JO UOT}IaIIG

‘aanjesadusay

Tleyurey

‘2061 10} AtveuUINS [edIZojo1oazaJA. JUII[-UO-uOJING

THE WEATHER OF 1909.

98

“PUPA FO GOr}D945 ‘aanjeseduna | ‘prepurey

‘6061 Joy ArewuINS jedZojosoajay] JUII[-uo-uoJINg

Sug |® | By | 28 trAY] te é, C01] 19:28|'" VGA
7 8 13 | 9T [2-98] eo |eg.ze i =6| 3 (| eo. | er | umaWaona
mt ra Z 8 8 Qt |12'08 Fe | | 09 |oL.0r GI 1a | Gé | 88 | UXaWAAON
ie ¢ 0 tI aI €¢ |1€ |93 |8 | 99 |g2.0s 82 ez | 69 | ge | amEOLOO
ES rat g 6 g Ome se Ot atr oleae Fa 2 | ve | 166 | UdaWaLaas
Bs g L 9 91 (Cian tf Seay ener etna lb TT PI WY | ob | 88g |"? “Lennar
: p 0 g & 0 |@ |6¢ (zt‘ell cz ) ¥-69 a te: 2) 201 | eb I amie
es a g p 6 | DSB eae el) Peeluaere, tI He 1 |—ees-elsterer ey anor
ge L L gl F ¢ |6t | 6% | 18 | 08 (e919 EL ve | 2e. (Ot i eM
a g g al I g | 8's] sz | Or | st | 08> SI ST lame | 86h Tay
pes ame g ra ¢ Bis Go. 28 eae) fe.) ace 61 9 SL. | 89-6 HOUVW
i. eI 9 g f 1g. | 6¢ eth] F. | Le) og 6 or | 22 | 89 | AYVOUaaa
I 6 0 Or Tl LD |ge‘o8} 02 | € | 1S | 9-9¢ GI , | @ | set (” AUvOaNVe
eee eres e ean Le eee | eet | nary | x0rt fe 0:0 je EMS | soon
og | mePENd | aumspend | uexpend | aaespend fe susto| comune | cunmeregy | OTN | HoT | urtenasy | | arson

THE WEATHER oF 1910.

=E F8 Gg élT FIT €9 oe el oan 68 | 9-8b 11% ass LI-1 | 69 66|"" UVaA

P é 9I 6 P 86 | Fe | G6 | SS | 0-EF G6 ee LVt | Pe-F | WAANAOAG

G oa F 6L 0@ | 2 | 06 l eg | 0-LE 16 Le 40-1 | 60-¢ | UAANAAON

: 8 el 9 4 0 81 If l 69 | €-1g cI Iv ¢0-1 | 993 | WAdOLOO

cI F € 8 0 le | €& | 26 | BL | €.G¢ Ol FI be. | 9S. | YHENALdaAS

é 6 06 L 1 0 I GP Il Gl 6-09 0¢ €Z 19 oFé | ZSNDOV

eT 0 eg ak 0 | % || | et | ph quee | = fer. ig leg. Sheesh erro

L 6 g 6 0 SI | Ih | 61 | 28 | 9-8¢ él #2 VE. NOLS Ss aNOL

ts L él € 6 I 6 1€ | 06 | GL | Leg 61 1é O€- | 8h | ANA

| L § 6 Il li § €- |lé¥6| 19 | 9-GF 16 FG bP. | VES | TWddV

cn 8 8 8 L Il | 64 | #6 | OF | 6G | 6.3F 6 L SI. |v | HOUVN

| b 0 ‘ial Ol OT | OL | 8B 9 | 9S | 8.0F G6 Forde) Ge. | P06 | AUVOUADA

9 0 LT 8 €l | 246 | &L |6 Ye FE | GLE 61 66 ce. | 66-T (°° AUVONVE
a a a
Soa Sue AgexpEno pees Be tes pa “UnUTUTAL | sunonxeyy ie ee PCAC [iin

‘PUPA JO GOH}Daa1T ‘aanjesadura y “Teyuyey

‘OI6T Jo} Aseurumns yedZojosoajay. JUIIL-uo0-uo0jIng

100

Raryratt aT Burron-on-Trent ror 35 Years, 1876 1910.

5 years’ 5 years’ 5 years?
average average average
1876 31°96 ) 1886 3274) 1896. 20°87)
1877 31:29 | 1887 18°72 | 1897 26:34
1878 30°53 } 30948 1888 22 99 $2453 1898 20°29 } 24:77
1879 28°96 | 1889 28°42 | 1899 25°35 |
1880 29°68 ) 1890 19°80} 1900 31°01)
1881 27°31 \ 189i_ 2722) 1901 24:09)
1882 37:97 | 1892 22-15 | 1902 24°36 | 24.25
1883 27°95 } 28°69 1893 19°72 } 22-91 1905 30°94 }
1884 23°24 | | 1894 22-10 | 1904 21°88 |
1885 26 96 ) { 1895 23°35 ) 1905 20-00)

Ten years’ average Ten years’ average Ten years’ average
1876-1885 1886-1895 1896-1905
29°58 23-72 24°51

5 years’
ayerage
1906 26°69 )
1907 2994 |
1908 25°65 $27 87
1909 27°51 |

1910 29°59)

The foregoing Meteorological Records were supplied by Dr.
James M. Cowie.

The Barometer is kept at the Town Hall 152 feet above sea
level, and all the Readings have been corrected for temperat®re
and sea level. All the other instruments are in the grounds of
the Borough Isolation Hospital, Outwoods, and are placed close to
but inside the Borough Boundary.

Geer
PRESENTED
27 FEB. 1912